Full text of "Technical information for Congress : report to the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Development of the Committee on Science and Astronautics, U. S. House of Representatives, Ninety-first Congress, first session"

See other formats

^ /sL C^ . hli**o. [COMMITTEE PRINT]

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

FOR

CONGRESS

REPORT

TO THE

SUBCOMMITTEE ON SCIENCE, RESEARCH,
AND DEVELOPMENT

OF THE

COMMITTEE ON SCIENCE AND ASTRONAUTICS

U.S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

NINETY-FIRST CONGRESS

FIRST SESSION

PREPARED BY

THE SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH DIVISION

LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS

Serial A

ISO

APRIL 25, 1960

Printed for the use of the Committee on Science and Astronautics

[COMMITTEE PRINT]

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

FOR

CONGRESS

REPORT

TO THE

SUBCOMMITTEE ON SCIENCE, RESEARCH,
AND DEVELOPMENT

OF THE

COMMITTEE ON SCIENCE AND ASTRONAUTICS

U.S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

NINETY-FIRST CONGRESS

FIRST SESSION

PREPARED BY

THE SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH DIVISION

LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS

Serial A

m
u~

m
cr

i o

: □

I r=\

i a
i m
I °

I D

APRIL 25, 1969

Printed for the use of the Committee on Science and Astronautics

U.S. GOVERNMEKT PRINTING OFFICE
99-044 WASHINGTON : 1969

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
"Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $2.25

COMMITTEE ON SCIENCE AND ASTRONAUTICS

GEORGE P. MILLER, California, Chairman

OLIN E. TEAGUE, Texas JAMES G. FULTON, Pennsylvania

JOSEPH E. KARTH, Minnesota CHARLES A. MOSHER, Ohio

KEN HECHLER, West Virginia RICHARD L. ROUDEBUSH, Indiana

EMILIO Q. DADDARIO, Connecticut ALPHONZO BELL, California

JOHN W. DAVIS, Georgia THOMAS M. PELLY, Washington

THOMAS N. DOWNING, Virginia DONALD RUMSFELD, Illinois

JOE D. WAGGONNER, Jk., Louisiana JOHN W. WYDLER, New York

DON FUQUA, Florida GUY VANDER JAGT, Michigan

GEORGE E. BROWN, Jr., California LARRY WINN, Jr., Kansas

EARLE CABELL, Texas JERRY L. PETTIS, California

BERTRAM L. PODELL, New York D. E. (BUZ) LUKENS, Ohio

WAYNE N. ASPINALL, Colorado ROBERT PRICE, Texas

ROY A. TAYLOR, North Carolina LOWELL P. WEICKER, Jr., Connecticut

HENRY HELSTOSKI, New Jersey LOUIS FREY, Jr., Florida
MARIO BIAGGI, New York
JAMES W. SYMINGTON, Missouri
EDWARD I. KOCH, New York

Charles F. Ducander, Executive Director and Chief Counsel

John A. Carstarphen, Jr., Chief Clerk and Counsel

Philip B. Yeager, Counsel

Frank R. Hammill, Jr., Counsel

James E. Wilson, Technical Consultant

Richard P. Hines, Staff Consultant

Peter A. Gerardi, Technical Consultant

Harold A. Gould, Technical Consultant

Philip P. Dickinson, Technical Consultant

William G. Wells, Jr., Technical Consultant

Joseph M. Felton, Counsel

K. Guild Nichols, Jr., Staff Consultant

Elizabeth S. Kernan, Scientific Research Assistant

Frank J. Gmoux, Clerk

Denis C. Quigley, Publications Clerk

Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Development

EMILIO Q. DADDARIO, Connecticut, Chairman
JOHN W. DAVIS, Georgia ALPHONZO BELL, California

JOE D. WAGGONNER, Jr., Louisiana CHARLES A. MOSHER, Ohio

GEORGE E. BROWN, Jr., California DONALD RUMSFELD, Illinois

EARLE CABELL, Texas D. E. (BUZ) LUKENS, Ohio

BERTRAM L. PODELL, New York

(II)

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

April 25, 1969.
Hon. George P. Miller,

Chairman, Committee on Science and Astronautics,
House oj Representatives,
Washington, D.C

Dear Mr. Chairman: Pursuant to the identification in 1965 of the
area of technology assessment as a major activity of the subcommittee,
work has been proceeding steadily along two lines. One of these has
been investigations and inquiry by the committee itself; second, has
been the instigation of a number of special studies dealing with differ-
ent phases of technology assessment by outside groups.

This report by the Science Policy Research Division of the Library
of Congress represents the completion of the first of the outside studies.
It was inaugurated by the subcommittee late in 1967. Substantive
work began several months later following the formulation of specific
objectives and study parameters.

In our view, the report represents a major eft'ort to delineate the
kinds of scientific and technological problems which Congress is in-
creasingly being called upon to face. It also illustrates in specific terms
just how these problems have been approached and handled by the
Congress during the peak technological era in American history — that
is, the period from the close of World War II up to the present time.

This study should be of use to every member of the Congress. For
our committee, it should serve an indispensable purpose in helping us
determine what precise mechanism for technology assessment now
needs to be established. We believe the effect of the report wiU be a
lasting one, both as a reference work of great intrinsic merit and
as a guide to the science policies of tomorrow.
Sincerely yours,

Emilio Q. Daddario,
Chairman, Subcommittee on Science, Research and Development.

(m)

LETTER OF SUBMITTAL

The Library of Congress,
Legislative Reference Service,

Washington, B.C., April 18* 1969.
Hon. Emilio Q. Daddario,

Chairman, Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Development, Com-
mittee on Science and Astronautics, House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C.
Dear Mr. Daddario: I am pleased to submit the study, "Technical
Information for Congress," in response to your request.

The study contains 17 chapters. The first two chapters contain
introductory discussion about the problems of congressional manage-
ment of information about technical issues, and indicate the approach
to be taken in studying them. These are followed by 14 chapters,
each presenting a case study of one particular technical issue that
underwent congressional scrutiny and action. A closing chapter of
summary observations and conclusions brings together the salient
elements of the entire study.

The project was under the direction of Dr. Franklin P. Huddle, of
the Science Policy Research Division. He was assisted by Miss
Genevieve Knezo, who prepared drafts of chapters 4, 6, 9, 12, and 13,
and managed bibliographic referencing for the entire study.

Many persons in and out of government contributed source data,
and deserve our thanks. Staff members of the Legislative Reference
Service, and particularly in the Science PoUcy Research Division,
under the direction of Dr. Charles S. Sheldon II, reviewed the manu-
script and contributed to its completeness. Particular acknowledge-
ment is made of the helpful guidance of Mr. Philip B. Yeager, counsel
to the Committee on Science and Astronautics, who monitored the
project for your subcommittee.

On behalf of the staff of the Legislative Reference Service, may I
express my enthusiasm for this interesting, demanding, and, I believe,
productive assignment.
Sincerely,

Lester S. Jayson, Director.

(IV)

•Anniversary date.

PREFACE

The findings of this study can be stated briefly. Few politicians are
scientists, and few scientists are politicians. In the communication of
technical information from one group to another, some members of the
receiving group, as well as the members of the transmitting group,
need to have special qualifications.

To help the Congress to assure itself of the quality and thorough-
ness, as well as to determine the direction and validity, of the tech-
nical testimony it receives calls for a strengthening of the resources
of personnel that serve it. The requirement is for support by special-
ists with adequate and sound qualifications for understanding, analyz-
ing, and interpreting technical testimony.

Technical issues requiring congressional resolution are becoming
broader in scope ; they are more serious, more complex, and more ur-
gent. Information about them is voluminous and abstruse. The di-
vision of labor among the continuing committees of Congress, by which
some Members become quasi-specialists on each issue, is becoming in-
creasingly hard to plan and execute. Congressional penetration into
new technical issues is becoming more onerous and time consuming.

Arrangements are needed to shorten the leadtime in the making of
congressional decisions on technical matters. Leadtime can be shortened
by improving the management of technical information. Sound
management of teclmical information can improve the sources of in-
formation to raise its quality. It can structure it to bring out its es-
sentials, analyze it to test its completeness, and filter it to eradicate
inaccuracies, contradictions, and irrelevancies.

The leadtime can be further reduced. Anticipatory studies by a
capable staff can identify teclmical issues likely to require future
resolution by the Congress. The collection of reliable factual informa-
tion about such potential issues can take place in advance, uncolored
by political controversy, and unhurried by the pressures of urgent
need. Then, when the issue needs to be decided, the groundwork will
have been done and the Congress can more quickly and confidently
come to grips with the political assessment of the problem.

(V)

I .')

PART I

TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR CONGRESS

(VII)

1 T^A*I

CONTENTS

PART I

Technical Information for Congress

Page

Chapter One — Introduction 1

Statement of the problem 1

Plan for the study 1

Chapter Two — Some general observations on science and government 5

The search for a common ground o

The political framework 8

The scientific framework 11

Chapter Three — AD-X2: The difficulty of proving a negative 14

I. Background of the case 14

The story in brief 14

Relevant historical elements in the background 15

Issues growing out of the AD-X2 case 17

The illustrative features of the case 18

II. Beginnings of the AD-X2 story 19

The protagonist: Mr. Jesse M. Ritchie .. 19

Uncertain composition of the battery additive AD-X2 20

III. How the AD-X2 issue came before the Congress 22

Bureau of Standards involvement with AD-X2 23

The Federal Trade Commission and AD-X2 26

The Post Office Department and AD-X2 28

AD-X2 and the Office of the Secretary of Commerce 29

AD-X2 and the Senate Select Committee on Small Busi-
ness 31

rV. Management of the issue 35

Structuring the issue 36

Assessment of the issue 39

Definition of alternatives 39

V. Sources of the committee's information 40

Testimony of Ritchie before the committee 40

Testimony of Dr. Astin on AD-X2 and NBS 42

Dr. Weber's description of the MIT tests 45

Other technical evidence presented to the committee 46

Recapitulation : A plethora of data _- 46

VI. The decisionmaking method 47

The decision method in the testing issue 48

The decision method in the regulatory issue 49

The decision method in the science policy issue 51

VII. The outcome of the AD-X2 controversy 52

Direct consequences of the controversy 54

Indirect consequences of the controversy 54

VIII. Lessons of the controversy — The role of scientific information.. 56

(IX)

Chapter Four — The point IV program: Technological transfer as the basis Page

of aid to developing countries 61

I. The point IV problem and its background 61

Summary of the legislative history of point IV 62

II. Central issues of point IV as seen by Congress and the adminis-
tration 64

Political justification 64

Business and financing 65

The alternative of a study commission 68

III. The role of technology in economic development 68

IV. U.S. experience with technical assistance before 1950 78

V. Importance of long-range, comprehensive, and integrated de-
velopment programs 81

VI. Evaluation of aspects of the point IV program 84

Research 84

Personnel 86

Agriculture 87

Business 89

Labor 90

Education 91

Population 92

VII. Conclusions 94

Chapter Five — Inclusion of the social sciences in the scope of the National

Science Foundation, 1945-47: A groundwork for future partnership 97

I. Background of the issue 97

Origins of the National Science Foundation concept 97

The decision process on NSF legislation 102

Contemporary relevance of the social science issue 103

II. Issues confronting acceptance of the social sciences in 1945 104

III. Lessions of the Senate hearings on NSF bills 106

Testimony of the phj'^sical scientists 106

Testimony of the social scientists on NSF legislation 109

Social science views of Government witnesses 112

IV. Structuring the issue 112

V. The decision process — Senate and House 115

Congressional adoption of permissive formula in 1947 117

VI. Contemporary views of the social science community 119

VII. Federal sponsorship of social science research after 1950 121

Growth in social science sponsorship by NSF 122

Present status of the social sciences 125

Effect of deferred decision on the social sciences 125

Chapter Six — Congressional response to Project Camelot 126

I. Introduction 126

II. Establishment of the issue 128

Military uses of behavioral research in foreign areas 128

The rise and demise of Project Camelot 131

Administration activities 131

Congressional reaction 133

Congressional inquiry 134

DOD's need for foreign area social science data 134

The conduct of foreign area research by the Department

of State 136

Chapter Six — Continued

III. Determination of alternatives and enlargement of the scope of Tugo

the issue 137

Foreign area research coordination 137

Subcommittee concern for the relationship of the social

sciences and the Federal Government 137

Assessment of the social science/Federal Government re-
lationship 138

Congress 138

Social science response 140

Constructive criticism 141

The Administration responds 143

DOD and NAS 143

State Department 144

Other responses in the "Advisory Community" 144

IV. Congressional response 14.5

Fascell bills — Toward a national social science policy 145

National Science Foundation 14.5

NSF information assessed 146

National Foundation for the Social Sciences 147

Objectives 147

Testimony received 148

Federal support of social sciences 150

Foreign area social science research 150

Administrative mechanisms 151

Responsibilities of social scientists in policymaking. _ 152

The proposal for a Social Science Foundation 1,52

Pro 152

Con 153

V. Consequences of Camelot for Government social science 153

Military-sponsored foreign area research 153

State Department response 153

DOD response 1.54

The social sciences and the Federal Government 156

The proposal to create a National Foundation for the
Social Sciences, and amendment of the National

Science Foundation 156

Congressional stimulation of administration and legislative

assessment of the problem 158

Social science response 158

Administration response 158

Conclusion 159

Chapter Seven — Congressional concern with the decline and fall of Mohole. 161

I. Background of the Mohole issue 161

The situation facing the earth sciences in 1957 162

Evolution of Project Mohole 162

Mohole's administrative growing pains 164

Issues raised by the Mohole episode 167

Relevance of the Mohole experience for the future 169

II. The case in Congress 171

Possible congressional response to AMSOC first feasibility

report 171

Congressional assessment following phase I success of

Mohole 172

Congressional review following ^lohole contract placement. 176

The intermediate versus the ultimate drilling vessel 177

NSF interrogation by Subcommittee on Science, Research,

and Development 183

Congressional action to terminate the Mohole project 185

III. Conclusions 188

Chapter Eight — The test ban treaty — A study in military and political

cost effectiveness . 193

I. Introduction 193

Issues and consequences of the treaty 193

Obstacles to acceptance of the treaty 194

Considerations favoring approval of the treaty 196

Assessment of the process of approving a weapons treaty 198

Chapter Eight — Continued Page

^-' II. Background of the issue 199

Status of nuclear tests in 1961 199

President Kennedy's search for a test ban agreenaent 199

Collapse of the test moratorium 200

Impetus to detente after Cuban missile crisis 201

Divisions of opinion on test ban scope 202

Indications of United States and Soviet Union detente 203

Guidelines for treaty negotiations 204

Completion of the negotiation process 205

III. The test ban treaty hearings 206

Complications of hearings in two committees 207

Testimony of the Secretary of State 208

Testimon j^ of the Secretary of Defense 210

Testimony of the Chairman of the AEC 212

Testimony of the Chairman of the JCS 213

Testimony by opponents of the treaty 215

Technical support for the treaty 216

Legal and political considerations, pro and con 218

Analysis of political impacts of the treaty 220

Hearings before Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee. _ 222

Military opposition: The theory of maximum deterrence 223

IV. Reports of the committees 226

Findings of the Foreign Relations Committee 228

Committee citations of principal points in testimony 228

Importance ascribed to military safeguards 229

Findings as to proliferation, plowshare, radiation, military

acceptance 230

Findings of Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee 230

Military advantages neglected by the subcommittee 232

V. Final Senate decision process on the treaty 232

Preservation of the treaty from "eroding" amendments 233

Protection of Senate prerogatives in treatymaking 234

Preservation of the national security under the treaty 234

VI. The aftermath and the significance of the Test Ban Treaty 238

Expectations of President Kennedy for the Treaty 238

Future guidance afforded by the treaty debates 239

Chapter Nine — Estabhshment of the Peace Corps 241

I. Introduction 241

II. Identification of the issue 242

Congressional proposals by Reuss and Neuberger 243

The Peace Corps bill introduced bj^ Senator Humphrey 244

The Kennedy proposal 245

Public reaction pro and con to the Peace Corps plan 245

III. Assessment of the issue 246

International versus National Peace Corps 247

Evolving scope of the plan through professional reviews 247

The Reuss conferences on Peace Corps proposals 248

Peace Corps evaluation contract for the Congress 248

The Peace Corps task force report to the President 250

rV. Information assessed by the Congress 251

Grassroots technology aspects in Peace Corps presentations. 252

V. Congressional hearings and enactment of legislation 253

Objections 254

Compatibility of the Peace Corps with U.S. foreign policy

and goals 254

Language training 25.5

Enactment of the Peace Corps legislation 255

VI. Assessment of consequences 255

Neglect of research as a major program defect 257

Technology transfer in the Peace Corps 259

VII. Conclusion 261

XIII

Page

Chapter Ten — High-energy physics: An issue without a focus 263

I. Introduction 263

Priority of high-energy physics atnong basic research

discipHnes 265

Direct rewards of national investment in high-energy physics. 266

National security aspects of high-energy physics 266

Indirect social benefits of high-energy physics 267

Considerations of continued Government support 268

Recapitulation 269

II. Advice to the Congress on high energy physics 270

The technical advisory panel as a mechanism to advise

Congress 271

Presidential support for high-energy physics programs 277

Hearings before the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy 278

Testimony of the Director of the National Science Founda-
tion... 280

Panel discussion by senior Government officials 281

Roundtable discussion in Joint Committee on Atomic

Energy heaiing 282

III. Status of high-energy physics support after 1965 285

Chapter Eleven — The Office of Coal Research: The use of applied research

to restore a "sick" industry 288

I. Statement of the problem 288

The changing product mix of energy sources 288

Problems and opportunities in coal research 290

National moves to strengthen the coal industry 291

Plan of investigation of the Special Subcommittee on Coal

Research 294

11. The investigation by the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research. 295

Scope of testimony in coal research hearings 296

Position of Bureau of Mines on expanded research in coal.. 296

Scope of potentially useful research in coal 298

Proposed magnitude of expanded coal research effort 299

Organizational issues in expanded coal research program 300

Findings of the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research 301

III. Subsequent historj^ of the coal research program 301

Presidential veto of independent coal research agency 302

Provisions of the Coal Research Act 303

Implementation of the Coal Research Act 303

Uncertainties over the goals of the program 305

Status of coal research program in 1968 305

IV. Assessment of OCR in the light of congressional objectives 307

Consideration of the information-gathering procedures

leading to the Coal Research Act 307

Chapter Twelve — Congressional response to the Salk vaccine for immuni-
zation against poliomyelitis 309

I . Introduction 309

Increasing incidence of polio in early 1950's 3o9

Present immunization treatments for polio 310

Controversy over introduction of the Salk vaccine 310

Congressional concern over Salk vaccine distribution^ — __. 312
11. Congressional consideration of arrangements for distributing

the new vaccine 312

Early difficulties with quantity production 313

The distribution issue in congressional hearings 313

Distribution — The administration plan 314

III. The safety and efficacy aspects of the vaccine 319

Initial congressional probes of the safety and efficacy issue. 320

Technical questions probed by House Commerce Committee. 324
Additional sources of technical information tapped by

Commerce Committee 327

Acceptance of enabling legislation for distribution of vaccine. 331

IV. Assessment of the congressional information process 331

Smooth acceptance and distribution of Sabin vaccine 334

XIV

Chapter Thirteen — The Water Pollution Control Act of 1948: the dilemma Pare

of economic compulsion versus social restraint 337

I. Introduction 337

The issues of national water pollution and pollution control. 337

Evolving problems with water pollution in prewar years 340

II. Postwar consideration of antipollution legislation 341

Legislative proposals for water pollution abatement in 1947 _ 341

Testimony in support of the water pollution control bill 343

Industrial opposition to Federal pollution control 346

Ambivalence of State and municipal views on Federal

legislation 348

Interagency contest over pollution control jurisdiction 349

Summary of positions of groups for and against the legis-
lation 350

Final congressional action on 1948 water pollution control

bill 351

III.T Gradual evolution of comprehensive pollution control 352

National assessments of water needs and resources 352

Resistance to amending legislation, 1954-55 353

Passage of the 1956 amendments; presidential reservations. 354

Renewed activity in Federal control legislation after 1960__ 355

Significance of the 1948 act for subsequent pollution control. 356

Chapter Fourteen — Thalidomide: The complex problem of drug control

in a free market 357

I.I^Introduction 357

Medical and pharmaceutical ethics in a free enterprise

economy 357

Background of the thalidomide episode 358

II. Criticism of ethical drug industry in antitrust investigation,

1959-61 362

Professional criticism of drug industry and drug control 363

The need for strengthening of arrangements for drug

evaluation 367

Senate conclusions of drug investigation 368

III.' Proposals to strengthen control of new drugs, 1961-62 369

Improved drug information program of AMA 369

Recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences 371

Senate hearings on Drug Industry Antitrust Act 372

IV. The thalidomide story 375

Early evidences of thalidomide side effects 377

Medical determination that thalidomide was associated

with phocomelia 378

Fortunate exclusion of thalidomide from U.S. markets 380

The thalidomide testing program in the United States 381

V. Congressional response to the thalidomide near-disaster 385

Presidential interest in drug efficacy and safety 386

The spate of drug testimony available to Congress 387

Provisions of the 1962 Drug Act for increased Federal con-
trol 390

VI. Aftermath of the thalidomide episode 391

Implementation of the Drug Amendments of 1962 391

Evaluation of efficacy, safety, and comparative merits of

drugs 393

The issue of generic versus brand name drugs; clinical

equivalence 395

Problems in the exchange of drug information 396

Proposals for an authoritative drug compendium 398

Report on biochemical mechanism of phocomelia from

thalidomide 400

VII. The continuing problem of securing and using scientific guidance

on drug issues 400

Chapter Fifteen — The Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of Page

1947 404

I. Introduction 404

An overview of public attitudes on pesticide regulation 404

Trends in scientific agriculture after 1S60 40.')

Essentiality of pesticides in single-crop farming 406

Alternatives to chemical control of pests 406

Federal regulation of agricultural pesticides 407

The dilemma of pesticide contamination and essentialitj' 40<S

II. Congressional consideration of pesticide legislation, 1946-47 409

Hearings on H.R. 1237, the 1947 pesticide bill 410

Legislative action on H.R. 1237 412

III. Growing awareness of imjiortant secondary effects of pesticide

residues 414

Medical interest in human response to insecticide toxicity. _ 416

Appearance of "Silent Spring" ; wide impact of its message- _ 417

IV. Conversion of pesticide issue into the issue of total environmental

preservation 419

Resolution of the chemical pesticide issue 421

Pesticides as one of many pollutants of the environment 424

Chapter Sixteen — Congressional decisions on water projects 426

I. Introduction 426

Growing complexity of water management 427

II. Evolution of U.S. policy in water resource management 429

The search for coherence in water planning 432

Emphasis of Truman administration studies on social goals. 43.5

Growing importance of qualitative criteria 436

Allocation of costs and benefits; economic analysis in plan-
ning 439

III. Senate investigation into national water policy 447

Manning and staffing of the investigation 448

The time-phased program of committee operation 449

The fiindings and recommendations of the select committee. 453

Committee rejection of restrictive cost/effectiveness formulas 456

IV. Impact of the select committee's report 457

Easing of departmental criteria for projects 458

Increased attention of Kennedy administration to water

research 458

Coordinated development of drainage system water projects. 460

V. Observations on the resolution of the water policy issue 463

PART II

Summary

I. Introduction ll.l 473

The conceptual framework: Decisionmaking in Congress 473

Congressional management of issues in process 473

The kinds of information required for decisionmaking 474

Acceptance of a problem for decisionmaking 474

Preparation for structuring the problem for decision 474

Structuring and deciding the issue 475

Differences between scientific and political decisionmaking 475

Differences between scientific and political information 475

Procedures and methodology used in the studj^ 476

Scientific and political behavior in contrast 479

XVI

Page

II. Fields of congressional concern in science policy decisions 480

Political identification of incompatibilities of man with his

environment 480

Determination of political goals and their relative priorities, in

improving the compatibility of man with his environment 480

The forecasting of technology 480

Establishment of technological goals and priorities 480

Establishment of related basic and supporting research goals and

priorities 481

Applied technological system building 48 1

Technological assessment 481

Technological control 481

Technological transfer 481

Management of technological obsolescence 482

' ■"' •" Science policy factors relevant to cases studied 483

III. The technical information function in political decisionmaking:

The cases summarized 484

Case 1: The AD-X2 battery additive 484

Case 2 : The point IV program 485

Case: Inclusion of the social sciences in the National Science

Foundation (1946). .._ 486

Case 4: Project Camelot 488

Case 5: Mohole 489

Case 6: The Test Ban Treaty 491

Case 7: The Peace Corps - 492

Case 8: High energy physics 493

Case 9: The Office of Coal Research 495

Case 10: The Salk vaccine 497

Case 11: Water Pollution Control Act, 1948 499

Case 12: Thahdomide 500

Case 13: Federal pesticide control, 1947 502

Case 14: Criteria for water projects 504

TV. Some elements of technical information for political decisionmaking. _ 506

Priority of a technical issue embedded in a political issue 506

Some obstacles to the receiving by Congress of technical information. . 507

Hypotheses 507

Sensationalism 507

Outstanding personalities as witnesses 508

A list of "near impossibihties" 508

Technical differences of opinion 509

Administration versus Congress 509

V. Technical information-gathering methodologies useful for the Con-
gress 510

Congressional information sources on technical issues 511

Congressional requirements for technical information 513

Ways to secure information pertinent to the issue 513

Assuring authoritative, accurate, objective, technically sound

information 514

Authoritative 514

Accurate 514

Objective . 514

Technically sound ._ — _ 515

Arrangements to assure completeness of technical information 515

Staflf functions 516

Classes of witnesses 517

Modes of information gathering 518

Data analysis 518

Iterative nature of the process 519

Achievement of maturity and full development of structured informa-
tion 519

Organization of a system to achieve and maintain technical perspec-
tive 519

TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR CONGRESS

(Case Studies of Information Collection and Analysis to Support
Congressional Decision-Making on Technical Issues)

CHAPTER ONE— INTRODUCTION

This report is introductory to a series of case studies of selected
past decisions by the Congress involving the interface between science
and politics. The focus of the case studies is on the sources of the
scientific and technical information and advice received by those
participating in the decision process. The purpose of the case studies
is to shed light on the processes involved in congressional decisions
on scientific issues.

Statement of the Problem

The Congress of the United States has the responsibility under the
Constitution for making the law. Increasmgly, the lawmaking func-
tion has been taking on a scientific content. The necessity has
accordingly arisen for Members of Congress to participate in many
decisions relating to science.

They must resolve issues and make laws for the achievement of
social objectives involving programs, activities, and persons char-
acterized as "scientific." The problem is: How do politicians obtain
information and advice from scientists?

In order to investigate this subject, a case study approach has been
proposed that wUl iUustrate the dimensions and the character of this
question. The distinctive features of the scientific world and the
political world can be recognized and described. The nature and
problems of communication between these two worlds can, it is
hoped, be presented in meaningful terms.

Plan for the Study

The case histories to be examined in the following chapters of this
study are purposefully selected to bring out the various aspects of the
problem. They are selected to reveal how the Congress, in dealing
with various kinds of scientific issues and by various Idnds of decision
mechanisms, has obtained and applied scientific advice and mforma-
tion.

In selecting instructive cases to bring out the essential elernents
and problems of the scientific advisory function relative to pohtical
decisionmaking, the following criteria were used for an initial screening:

1 . Reasonably recent (since World War II) .

2. Significant enough to have evoked some debate.

(1)

99-044—69 2

3. Involving a definable political decision of a definable issue.

4. Concerned with a political issue having substantial scientific or
technological content.

5. Presenting difficulties of communication between scientists and
politicians.

Other consideration in the selection of cases included —

1. Achievement of widely representative examples, including basic
research (big science, little science); applied science (the four categories
cited on p. 11); and technology (the same four categories); science
matters of local, regional, national, and international concern;
l^roblems concerning a science project, a regulatory problem, a treaty,
and legislative oversight.

2. Achievement of widely representative examples as to the variety
of congressional decision mechanisms, the ways issues arise and come
to Congress, and the pattern of derivative subsidiary issues.

Fourteen cases have been selected for study. It is believed that these
provide a sufficient range of variation in subject matter, sources and
kinds of information inputs needed and used, and decisionmaking
procedures employed by the Congress. The first case, that of the
battery additive controversy, is taken up to illustrate the kinds of
questions and issues that are evolved at the interface between science
and politics. Other cases to be considered include —

The issues of basic science (Mohole, High-energy physics) ;
The issues of applied biomedical research (Thalidomide) ;
The issues of resource research (Office of Coal Research) ;
The issues of pollution research (1947 Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodenticide Act) ;

The issues of behavioral research (Inclusion of social science m
NSF and Camelot) ;

The issues of biomedical engineering (the Salk vaccine) ;
The issues of resource engineering (Criteria for water projects) ;
The issues of pollution engineering (Water Pollution Control
Act of 1948);

The issues of social science engineering (Peace Corps) ; and
The issues of international science (Test ban treaty. Point IV) .
A concluding section will extract from the discussion of these cases
the salient aspects bearing on the four questions delineated on page
8 of the following chapter.

In each case history, approximately the same general outline will
be followed. The hypothesis to be investigated is that any political
decisionmaking process consists of a succession of steps or events,
about as follows:

(a) Identification of an issue requiring legislative action;

(b) Accumulation of factual data about the issue, its signifi-
cance, and the urgency of taking action;

(d) Estabhshment of technical data as to the consequences
and costs of the alternatives;

(e) Estabhshment of the probable pohtical consequences and
costs of the alternatives;

(/) Selection of a preferred alternative;

(g) Estabhshment of a consensus as to whether or not to accept
the preferred alternative.

For each case, after a brief synopsis of the chi'onology, these steps
Avill be identified; the "scientific" contribution of information bearing
on each step \^^ll be characterized as to vahdity, appropriateness,
certification, and impact; the total effect of the "scientific" testimony
will be assessed; and the significance of the event will be discussed
from the vantage point of hindsight. To achieve this "hindsight,"
some attention wUl be given to the subsequent history of the issue,
but no effort will be made to present a complete historical account
up to 1969.

With reference to the above sequence of steps in political decision-
making, the questions to be researched at each point will be about as
follows :

(a) Issue identification

From what source did the indication come as to the need for action?
What institutional and substantive form did it take?
Did the source or form of the indication have bearing on its recep-
tion?

How was the indication validated?

How was the need for action made evident?

How was the urgency of the action characterized?

(6) Issue assessment

What organizational arrangement was made to place the asserted
need for action in proper perspective?

What evidence was provided for this purpose?

What persons and groups were consulted?

What was the time relationship of this assessment to the initial
indication as to the need for action?

What form did the findings of the assessment take?

What alternative courses of action were proposed?
Were they presented in the form of legislative proposals?
Wliat different sources did they come from?

What organizational arrangement was made to collect data needed
for decisionmaking?

How did it relate to the way the issue was structured?

(d) Technical data on alternatives

What quantitative data were presented bearing on the alternatives?

What sources were used?

How were these data validated?

Was quantitative evidence presented that conflicted, or seemed to
be in confhct, with other quantitative evidence or testimony?

How were such conflicts resolved?

Were all relevant questions asked, and was all available information
at hand, bearing on the decision?

(e) Action decision

What decision process was employed, and what organization?

Was decision to act separated from selection of preferred alterna-
tive?

How was technical information presented to the decisionmakers?

What was the decision?

Did the decision respond primarily to scientific evidence, to political
evidence, or to a melding of the two?

Was the final form of the decision sufficient to result in imple-
mentation?

Did it provide for followup to meet the scientific and political
criteria bearing on the decision?

Assessment of the consequences of a political decision can be made
on several different bases. It can be evaluated in terms of —

The intent of the Congress at the time (with respect to the
legislative history of the action);

The subsequent need for further corrective action (which may
indicate imperfection in the initial action taken);

The sum total of subsequent social benefits and costs of the
implementation of the action, as looked at from historical per-
spective;

A comparison of the actual consequences of the action with the
conjectural consequences, had it not been taken.
The questions to be considered in this study deal centrally with the
acquisition of scientific and technological information by the political
decisionmakers, to assist them in deciding issues with a considerable
content of scientific and technological matters. Accordmgly, the assess-
ment of the consequences of the action needs to be made in terms of
such questions as the folio whig :

Did the advice of technical witnesses correctly forecast the costs
and benefits of the action at the time it was under consideration?
Were subsequent adverse consequences and needs for amending
action correctly foreseen by technical witnesses in their testi-
mony?

If conflictmg evidence was given on the issue by technical
mtnesses, what evaluation of these different sources can be made
in retrospect?

Did the language barrier between scientific or technical wit-
nesses and political decisionmakers result in any lasting dis-
advantageous consequences?
The general aim of this study is to develop an understanding of the
process of drawing from the scientific community information and
guidance needed by the Congress in legislating on issues with a sub-
stantial technical content. By identifying strengths and weaknesses
of past experiences with this problem, it is hoped that the study will
contribute to the never-ending process by which the Congress strives
to adapt itself to a changing environment.

By identifying such past weaknesses in the information process as
the breakdown in communications between the scientific community
and political decisionmakers, the neglect of valuable sources of informa-
tion, inappropriate selection of som-ces, and unstructured, unplanned
acquisition of data, ways may be found of avoiding possible sources of
error in the future. By determining the criteria of effectiveness in the
selection of witnesses, in preparing and structuring the acquisition and
evaluation of information, in the design of organizational arrangements
and procedures, ways may become evident for the more effective con-
sideration of legislation at the interface between science and pohtics.
If, as seems likely, the role of science in government continues to
expand in range and volume, these lessons extracted from the past
can serve many useful purposes of guidance for the future. In this
endeavor, two things are sure: there will be found no single correct
answer, and there will be no definitive finding for once and for all.
The subject is too complex to permit of the first, and too dynamic for
the second.

■)

CHAPTER TWO— SOME GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON
SCIENCE AND GOVERNMENT

The Search for a Common Ground

The interaction of science and poKtics has often proved rewarding
to mankind. Great periods of science have had direct bearing on
pohtical innovation and advance. For example, the scientific achieve-
ments of Isaac Newton, early in the 18th century, were the primary
motivating force in the "age of reason," a period in which, perhaps for
the first time, man perceived the possibility of scientifically designing
his government to fit his needs on a practical basis. This rational,
analytical approach to the pohtical order was one of the main intellec-
tual ingredients of the Constitutional Convention that met in
Philadelphia in 1787.

One of the great accomphshments of science in the 20th century
was the development and confu'mation of the theory of equivalence
of matter and energy. Up to this time, these two physical quantities
had been regarded as separate and unrelated. The theory of the
equivalence of matter and energy merged two great sets of informa-
tion, linked up two worlds, and generated countless new opportunities
for further scientific discovery and practical human benefits.

The stimulus given to science by this latter event has been matched
by the stimulus given to the effort to make effective pohtical use of
the skills and methods of science. However, as this effort proceeds,
niankind encounters the extremely difficult task of reconciling scien-
tific values with human values. For there is no theory of the equiv-
alence of the physical world and the normative world. The values of
science remain distinct from the values of poHtics.

Even between the scientist and the poHtician, in a piure sense, there
are differences in habits of thought and language. These differences
can easily be exaggerated, and are rarely as pure as the follo^ving
enumeration might be taken to imply. However, for purposes of sim-
plicity, the important differences in tendency between these two
groups can be stated in absolute terms, as follows:

The vocabidary of science is elaborate and specialized, but
objective and factual; that of politics is more everyday, and is
centered on value judgments.

The rules of science data differ from the rides of legal evidence:
scientific truth is established by objective demonstration and
confirmed by replication; political truth is established by con-
sensual agreement, usually after an "adversary" contest.

Science deals ^^dth its subject matter in mainly quantitative
terms, pohtics in mainly qualitative terms.

The subject matter of scientific issues is foreign to the experience
of political decisionmakers; few scientists join the ranks of the
political decisionmakers, and few political decisionmakers can
accept the product of scientific analysis as unqualified guidance
in making pohtical decisions.

(5)

Basic science is insulated from personal desires, expectations,
or motivations as to what is discovered; applied science is con-
cerned with meeting a social goal, but the scientific tests of
effectiveness of any particular project of applied science are
objective rather than subjective. Conversely, the thrust of
politics focuses on human desires, expectations, and motivations;
the political test of effectiveness is mainly whether or not the
social response to a project is (or is likely to be) favorable.
Given these two differing groups, with differing habits of thought,
sets of values, and rules of evidence, how does communication flow
from the scientific world to the political world? How are "spokesmen
for science" selected to give evidence on scientific aspects of pending
legislation? Is it important that they be regarded by political leader-
ship as "eminent scientists" or that they are accepted by the scien-
tific community as its authentic spokesmen and interpreters? How
is scientific information converted from data into evidence useful to
political decisionmakers? To what extent is there a tendency for
scientific witnesses to volunteer information or respond to questions
beyond the limits of their competence? To what extent do political
decisionmakers accept the unquestioned eminence of chosen scien-
tists in particular disciplines as a general certification of their wisdom
respecting matters external to their discipline? Do the personal biases
and motivations of scientists impair the objectivity of their testi-
mony or render it suspect to the political decisionmaker?

In a broader sense, how do political decisionmakers weigh the rela-
tive merits of scientific and social values? Do scientists have a legiti-
mate role in assessing the relative importance or merit that society
should attach to scientific truth and political value? Are normative
judgments outside the scope of competence of the scientist? How far
should a scientist go in interpreting his data in support of an issue
in which both scientific and political factors are involved? These
questions underlie the quandary of the pohtical leaders of society in
attempting to harness science to the achievement of social goals.

A practical illustration of the interaction between science and
politics, and between the scientific goal of achieving the best combina-
tion of measurable quantities, and the political goal of expanding
human freedom, can be drawm from the system of personal transi)or-
tation by automobile. In this case, human freedom is defined as the
absence of regulation of the behavior of the individual. Extreme
assertion of individual freedom in the use of this means of transpor-
tation, experience suggests, would take such forms as competitive
behavior, discourtesy, flouting of commonsense precautions, the right
to drive unsafe vehicles, etc. Untrammeled freedom on the highway
would almost certainly have intolerably dangerous consequences:
Practically speaking, motorists would be denied freedom to drive in
reasonable safety. Even with present highway regulations and enforce-
ment levels, some 50,000 persons are killed and millions are injured
annually in the operation of the system. With less control, these
numbers could be expected to be higher. On the other hand, it would
be technically feasible to reduce tliis carnage virtually to zero by the
development of a comprehensive and disciplined system of highway
transportation designed to do the best possible job of moving people
about as they wish, but giving an absolute, overriding priority to the
total elimination of all causes of unsafety. It is possible to do this.

But the inconvenience to the individual highway user would be
intolerable.

The costs of such a system would almost certainly include decreased
personal freedom of all highway users under close regulation. Up to
now, society has rejected such an extreme solution, and has accepted
the compromise between complete (unregulated) freedom on the high-
way and complete (closely regidated) safety on the highway. The prac-
tical question facing society is whether the compromise is at a satis-
factory balance point between freedom from regulation and freedom
from risk of accident; any political action respecting this balance point
might logically be subjected to scientific analysis to determine such
questions as: What are the costs and benefits of the proposed change?
What reduction in the probability of accident and what reduced
freedom will result from some new control or technological innovation?
At the same time, political analysis might consider such issues as:
Does societ}' find the cost acceptable in terms of the benefit? Have the
scientific potentials been fully exploited within the limits of tolerable
levels of reguJation?

For practical purposes, accident victims are not merely those self-
selected by their own carelessness. Everybody is exposed to some
average level of risk, and the total amount of risk per individual de-
pends on how much time he sj^ends on the road. Risk is thus a factor
of use, and in this sense it is ''equitable." If society at large were to
pay all direct and indirect costs of highway unsafely, each reduction
in personal freedom caused by safety regulations could be related to
actual dollar savings achieved by the reduction of accidents. The gain
could be measured and indicated in dollar terms. But the cost — iii
human freedom — cannot be measured or expressed in dollars. It would
be impossible to say — scientifically — that any given reduction in
freedom in order to achieve a given increase in highway safety is
warranted b}' the dollar savings. In the language of the systems
analyst, science cannot "optimize" for freedom but only for sj^stem
performance. As long as society continues to aspire to the political
goal of freedom, there will remain an inherent disparity between social
goals and scientific goals.

The role of the political system is to mediate this conflict, to resolve
these two sets of goals and standards in a practical way. Somehow
the political system has to decide how much freedom ought to be
sacrificed, in the interest of achieving some generally satisfactory or
tolerable level of safety. The scientist measures quantities, defines
alternatives, and states the physical costs and rewards of the alterna-
tives. But it is up to the politician, not the scientist, to choose the
preferred alternative. Can a scientist advocate a policy decision
\\-ithout either (1) discountmg as inconsequential such political
values as freedom, happiness, and the like; or (2) accepting responsi-
bility for making unscientific comparisons of scientific values with
intangible normative values?

In general terms, the problem of the Congress in dealing with
scientific issues of politics appears to be fourfold: First, to identify
and delimit the scientific content of political issues; second, to demise
intellectual bridges to enable the scientific world to communicate effec-
tively with the political world; third, to establish practical political
techniques for assessing and validating scientific eWdence; and fourth,
to formalize the process by which the quantitative cost/effectiveness

concepts of science and technology are weighed along with, or balanced
against, the qualitative values of politics and society. In the projected
series of case histories of recent political decisions involving science
and technology, attention will be given to ways in which the Congress
came to grips with this fourfold problem. Specifically, answers will be
sought to the folio \ving questions:

1. How are scientific issues brought to the Congress and how does
the manner of then* presentation influence the outcome?

2. What information from what sources, bearing on the issue, was
received by the congressional decisionmakers, and how did it influence
the outcome?

3. What institutional decisionmaking method was employed in the
Congress for each issue, and how did the method of decision influence
the outcome?

4. What was the outcome of each issue, both in terms of the values
expressed at the time of decisionmaking, and in retrospect — as judged
by the values of the present day?

The Political Framework

It would seem to be a basic proposition that any assessment of the
social function of science, or of political decisionmaking as to the social
uses of science, must be relative to the goals of the society. The pri-
mary goal that has historically been shared by all political factions in
the United States is personal liberty or human freedom. All functions
of government in the United States can surely be regarded as con-
tributing to this unifying goal. Freedom, in this context, is a very broad
and comprehensive term. It may generally be taken to mean the pro-
tection of man against undesired compulsions of the environment,
both physical and human, and protection against undesired compul-
sions of the body and mind of the individual. Science undoubtedly
contributes in many important ways to the means by which freedom is
sought and attained. But the determination of which program to
carry out, or which aspect of freedom to emphasize, is essentially a
political task.

Because freedom is elusive, poUtical means to achieve and expand
it in the United States have taken many directions and raised many
issues. Its achievement has been sought according to different political
and economic concepts, logically developed and pragmatically tested.
Emphasis has been placed successively on centralized government,
with strongly enforced legal responsibility, economic mercantilism,
and expanding credit resources (up to 1800); then on local initiative,
local police power, and local monetary management (up to 1860);
then on national resource and facility development, large corporate
organizations, and concentrated investment (up to 1930); then on
welfare capitalism. Federal paternalism, and minimum standards of
economic well-being (after 1930). During these successive evolutionary
periods of U.S. growth, until after World War II, science was largely
peripheral. Except for the encouragement of scientific agricxilture after
1863, science remained largely a private matter. Technological support
for economc growth rested on domestic technological innovation,
drawing largely on basic research conducted in Western Europe, and
exploited by private citizens and companies for their own profit.

An accelerating tendency has been evident in the United States
since about 1915 for the problems and tasks of society to be recognized
as national in scope and amenable to solution in primarily national
terms. These have included the great depression, war, education, civil
rights, en\aronmental pollution, health and medical science, the
exploration of space and the oceans. The trend toward a national
approach in problem solving has been reinforced by such factors as —

The sheer magnitude and scope of the problems and tasks;

The appearance of an increasing array of major tasks essential
to society but offering no evident opportunity for direct profit
in their execution;

The superior financial resources of the National Government;

The growing technical sophistication of Federal administrative
staffs in tacMing large assignments;

The gromng skills of the political decisionmakers in defining
problems and assigning responsibility for solving them;

The expanding scope of the scientific method, and concurrent
political acceptance of the method, in dealing systematically and
objectively with an ever-larger fraction of public concerns.
Perhaps the most significant — certainly the most dramatic— event
evidencing this centralizing trend was the successful scientific and
technological effort in World War II to develop the atomic bomb. The
mounting of a large technological effort under Federal sponsorship
was not inconsistent with the historical growth of the American Nation.
Great national programs had been undertaken in the recent past to
dig the Panama Canal, to harness the Tennessee and western rivei's,
to restore the Dust Bowl. These were in the tradition of a pragmatic
Nation that had tied political power of the States to a national head
count, that located its county seats for 1-day access by local popula-
tions, that built post roads and railroads as national enterprises. But
the idea of a national effort toward a big goal achieved a higher level
of refinement in the atomic bomb project. It required the marshaling
of a large team of scientists, backed by the financial resources and
authority of the National Government, coordinated in the quest for
a defined objective; its outcome was the achievement of a scientific
goal long thought impossible. By the Congress and the public, the
conclusion was plausibly drawn in 1945 that the creativity of science
could be harnessed similarly to achieve other specific goals of society
as these were defined and adopted through the political process. ^

It is relevant to ask whether the attitude of Congress toward science
has been influenced by partisan considerations — whether, for example,
it has been closely involved with the contest between liberal and con-
servative. The details of method, procedure, and scope of the political
uses of science are indeed exposed at times to the stresses of political
controversy, but there appears to be general agreement that science as
an institution ought to be vigorously supported. Both major political
parties have accepted the initiative in encouraging expanded Federal
sponsorship of scientific research and education. PoHtical activists
have recognized in the scientific method a powerful instrument for
achieving social objectives while conservatives have seen in science a
means by which the products of many independent researchers can
stimulate economic and cultural growth with a minimum of Federal
contribution or intervention.

The pragmatic character of the American Nation was reinforced by
the dramatic lesson of the atomic bomb project. But other less dramatic
forces were at work that also encouraged public belief in the efficacy
of science for public purposes, such as —

A rising level of public education, with increasing emphasis on
scientific materialism;

A great increase in the population of trained scientists, and
A proliferation of demonstrations of scientific success, such as in
military hardware and systems, space projects, achievements in
biomedicine, and the bewildering proliferation of computer tech-
nology.

Science has apparently been enlisted in the national effort to achieve
the political goal of freedom. As with each previous period of U.S.
history, the means used has tended to shape the objectives and the
methodology by which the objectives are sought. Since science is in-
herently materialistic and systematic, the applications of science to
the preservation and expansion of human freedom have led to the
extensive use for this purpose of the computer, systems analysis,
cost/effectiveness calculations, and quantitative standards of measure-
ment. Pofitical leaders apparently look to the skills and techniques of
science to wipe out disease, guarantee military security, extend man's
life, control his numbers of progeny, eliminate the hazards of accident
and environmental degradation, insure economic growth and stabihty,
erase pockets of poverty, expand the utility of leisure time, achieve
the exploration of space and the oceans, and perpetuate the resource
base needed to feed, clothe, house, and equip man for safety, comfort,
and happiness.

More specifically, science is to be the means by which the political
system is to achieve a long hst of concrete national projects such as
an anticancer campaign, a communications satelhte, a rapid transit
system, improved technical standards of highway and automotive
safety, a desalting plant, and so on.

In the pofitical world, science has become a foremost national
resource whose exploitation is regarded as contributing to the enlarge-
ment or preservation of human freedom. Basic research is judged to
contribute by enlarging human understanding, applied research by
enlarging human options, and technology by putting selected options
to work to create beneficial structures and systems.

However, as the automotive safety illustration demonstrated,
science is not in complete harmony Avith the political objective of the
United States. The achievements of science can sometimes extend
freedom, but they also act at times to constrain it. vScience is based
on the exercise of human discipline to establish a rigorous characteriza-
tion of cause and effect relationships. Applied research exploits these
relationships by being obedient to them. Engineering materializes
these relationships into coherent structures and systems. In these
contexts, man emerges as a human component of systems, subservient
to the same natural laws of cause and effect as are the inanimate
elements of systems.

If the Congress is confronted by the opportunity to exploit science
to expand human freedoms, the Congress would also seem to be con-
fronted by the obligation to constrain or resist the encroachment of
science on human freedoms. Science does not create ideal relation-
ships of man and nature; it identifies and applies the laws of nature.

Man can achieve a A^der range of goals by the use of science than
without. But the appHcation of science defines limits as well as op-
portunities, and sometimes both together. Science has become the
art of the possible; politics is evolving into an institution for reconciling
the force of inexorable cause-and-effect natural law with the per-
versities of human desires and preferences. It must answer the ques-
tion: How much science does society want?

The Scientific Framework

The concept followed in this study is that basic scientific research
has as its goal the discovery of facts about nature. It is structured
into such disciplines as physics, chemistry, biology, astronomy,
et cetera; into such subdisciplines as solid state physics, inorganic
chemistry, solar astronomy, et cetera; and into such integratmg dis-
ciplines as physical chemistry, astrophysics, ecology, et cetera.

Applied research is the use of information about nature, derived from
basic research, and employed to make feasible some social goal.
It is structured in two ways: (1) Into loose categories of like fields
or disciplines, such as meteorology, metallurgy, electronics, agronomy,
et cetera; these overlap with (2) subject categories suggesting purpose,
such as transportation, communications, materials, and standards,
et cetera. All goals of applied research aim at a single overriding ob-
jective, which is to improve the compatibihty between man and his
en^-ironment.

For purposes of social analysis, it is convenient to classify applied
scientific research into four types of activities by broad social purpose,
as foUows:

1. Physical modification of man: An improvement in the feasi-
bility of man's capability to adapt himself to his envu"oimient by
physical changes of his own structure.

2. Application of natural resources: An improvement in the
feasibility of man's exploitation of the resources of nature to change
the physical environment to render it more compatible with man.

3. Environmental restoration: An improvement in the feasibility
of corrective actions to restore the physical environment by reversing
impairments wrought by man or by natural forces.

4. The social enviromnent: An improvement in the feasibility of
actions by man to enhance his compatibility as an element of the
changing social/human envii'onment.

The relationsliip between science and politics is epitomized by a
comparison of their respective goals: environmental compatibihty
versus human freedom. Human freedom is e^ddently diminished by
man's incompatibility \nth his enviromnent. It is also diminished by
the imposition of regulation and control to improve his compatibility
with his envu-onment. In assessing each issue involving scientific
matters. Congress appears to need ad\4ce that will help to answer
tliree fundamental questions:

(1) What is the potential contribution of the action to improved
compatibihty of man with his environment?

(2) What are the costs and benefits of the action, in terms of human
freedom?

(3) In the particular issue, how much freedom is equal to how much
compatibihty?

The formal limits of the scientific method are that it can describe
relationships and outcomes of given conditions, but cannot make value
judgments about these relationships and outcomes. The trained
scientist can collect and examine the scientific data in his field, and
can draw conclusions as to their vaHdity and meaning. In basic
research, he can conclude that further research in some particular
area has some degree of probabihty of disclosing information of
significance relative to many elements of nature — contributing new
knowledge to fiU many gaps or open up many new possibihties of
understanding. In applied research, he can identify possible scientific
solutions affording alternative means of achieving some social goal; he
can estimate what order of magnitude of effort would be required by
each alternative and what probability each has of succeeding. The
trained technologist can calculate the relative cost/effectiveness of
carrying out alternative engineering approaches to the achievement of
social goals (or of not doing so). But the scientist or technologist
transcends his disciphne when he advises on whether society should
exploit some technical opportunity, should embark upon some apphed
project, or should apply some particular set of performance criteria.

Fidl compliance with this disciplinary constramt on science advice
is rarely observed. In the purest philosophic sense, even the invariable
appeal of the scientist that more money be invested in research in his
area of interest is a technical violation. Evidently there is a quandary,
here. Basic research, applied research, and technological engineering
are peopled by motivated specialists with personal hopes and profes-
sional ambitions. For them to live within the philosophic constraint of
nonadvocacy is to deny themselves the opportunity to mcrease the
probability of achieving their ambitions. For them not to practice this
self-denial is to contravene their own discipline.

The opportunities in all three areas of technical endeavor are limit-
less, while the avaUabUity of supporting resoiuces is not. Since society
cannot support all worthy projects, on what basis can it choose, other
than by consultation with those who seek to carry out the endeavors,
who are the most knowledgeable about the possible rewards of doing
so?

On the other hand, several pitfaUs he in the way of communication
from the scientist to the politician relative to pubhc issues with a
scientific content. Some of these have already been enumerated in
Chapter One, such as differences in vocabulary, rules of validation,
quantification, subject-matter, et cetera. However, a general charac-
terization of these pitfalls is illustrated by a social phenomenon
classically known as the "Egyptian priesthood." Under the Pharaohs,
the Egyptian priests had special knowledge of geometry, which
enabled them to control the distribution of lands. They had special
knowledge of the mysteries of nature, and special vocabularies in
which to express their findings. By this exclusive knowledge they
were able to control and influence the administration of the govern-
ment. Their judgments were unchallenged because only their asso-
ciates in the temples knew the language; the loyalty of the cult pre-
served their sohd front. In a sense, the Pharaohs had the same problem
as the Congress of today ; how to achieve credible communication with
a knowledgeable cult of specialists whose social contribution was
undeniable, but whose ways were obscure and whose findings were
not subject to proof test outside of the priestly cartel.

Under these conditions the scientist is — or may be thought to be —
subject to the temptation of advising not only on what but as to
whether. Even when a survey of a field of science concludes that more
money should be spent on research, it is in effect making a value
judgment on social priorities. Another danger is that in the interpre-
tation of data to the poUtician the scientist wall incUne, or permit him-
self to be encouraged, toward a finding in response to the situation
rather than strictly hmited to the data. Scientific data are rarely abso-
lute, and are more usually approximations or probabilities. Informed
judgment plays an important part in scientific decisions. Here the
politician may be at the mercy of the scientist, but at the same tinae the
politician — by structuring the situation — may influence the inter-
pretation of the data.

The difficulty is compounded by the difference in symbols of the
scientific and the political subcultures. Communicating among them-
selves, scientists express technical issues in confidence levels, figures
of merit, uncertainties and probabilities, all in quantitative terms. But
in communicating with politicans, they encounter the obstacle that
the accustomed quantitative indicators lack significance and need_ to
be translated into words. For example, the difference between a purity
of aluminum of "four nines" and "six nines" is understandable to a
scientist, but not necessarily to a politician. (These are 99.99 percent
pure and 99.9999 percent pure.)^ Both forms of aluminum are very
pure, but one is more so than the other. The communication could be
improved by giving relative costs per pound of material at each level
of purity (say, 40 cents and $800). Or by indicating how much of
each is normally produced (say, several tons versus a few poimds).
Or it might be helpful to indicate the kinds of uses each level of purity
has. The purpose of scientific language is to concentrate meaning.
The necessity to explain and clarify his terms leads the scientist to
virtually endless explanation, and it is sometimes easier to accept
shortcuts in which the truth is somehow lost.

« Actually, for higher orders of purity the scientist would be unlikely to use a percentage figure for total
Impurities, except as a loose, order-of-magnitude term, measured by electrical resistivity ratio. If purity
■was important for some scientific test, it might be statisticaUy determmed throughout a sample, for five
or six specific impurities, but not for others. Levels of some impurities would be important for the scientist s
purposes; others would not.

CHAPTER THREE— AD-X2: THE DIFFICULTY OF PROVING

A NEGATIVE

I. Background of the Case

The purpose of this case study of congressional management of the
battery additive controversy of 1953 is to draw from recent history
useful lessons on the legislative role of scientific information.

The hypothesis is that the world of politics is concerned -with
decisions on issues based on moral and social values, while the world of
science is concerned ^nth matters of measured fact. Since political
decisions involve both facts and values, the political problem of collec-
tion and interpretation of data for decisionmaking is particidarly
difficult uith respect to issues having a considerable scientific or
technological content.

The battery additive controversy was selected as the initial case
study in this investigation because it shows how complex and far
reaching a seemingly simple technical issue can become, once it has
been identified with, political values. It introduces many of the prob-
lems of political use of scientific information that will reappear in cases
projected for subsequent investigation. During the battery contro-
versy, which simmered from 1948 through 1952, and climaxed in 1953,
many pohtical values were at stake. Seemingly, the virtue of a battery
additive was somehow ideologically related to the freedom of science
from political influence, the conflict between small business and
monopoly, the oppressiveness of business regulation by Government
bureaucrats, and the controversy as to whether the proofs of pure
science should prevail over the test of the marketplace, as applied by
practical men.

The story in brief

The initial statement of the facts is as foUows: A west coast vendor
of a white powder, represented as beneficial to the operation and useful
life of electric storage batteries, is asked by the Federal Trade Com-
mission to moderate his advertising claims for his product, and is
advised by the Post Office Department that transactions involving
his product may not go through the mails. These actions derive from
findings by the National Bureau of Standards that battery additives
are without merit, inckiding specifically the questioned product
AD-X2. The vendor challenges the NBS competence in battery
additive testing, and more particularly the use of NBS findings to
support and benefit commercial interests adverse to his own; he
appeals for exception through political channels.

Before the issue died away — it was never cleanly resolved — the
resignation of a Director of the National Bureau of Standards had
been requested, accepted, deferred, rescinded; an Assistant Secretary
of Commerce had resigned; a Senate committee had produced a
785-page set of hearings to ascertain "whether or not agencies of the

(14)

Government have been fair and just in the treatment of Mr. Ritchie
and his product, battery AD-X2."

A succession of laboratory tests of the battery additive had been
conducted at NBS, and in response to a request by the Senate Select
Committee on Small Business, a separate set of tests had been per-
formed in 1952 at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Because
of apparent differences in the findings of these two sets of tests, the
Secretary of Commerce requested the President of the National
Academy of Sciences, May 3, 1953, to "* * * appoint a committee
to objectively appraise the quality of the work performed by the
National Bureau of Standards in relation to battery additive AD-X2."
Concurrently, a separate committee of senior scientists, organized by
the President of the National Academy of Sciences at the request of
the Secretary of Commerce, undertook an evaluation of the role and
mission of the NBS.

The latter committee reported first: NBS shoidd divest itself of an
accumulated load of military research and concentrate on its primary-
function; mth respect to commercial testing, there should be a
separation between the purely scientific and technical work, as per-
formed by NBS, and the political and economic aspects, which were
the responsibility of the Secretary of Commerce.

The Committee on Batteiy Additives of NAS was chosen by the
President of the Academy ^^ith attention to the political as well as
the scientific and economic ramifications of the issue. It met, assembled
the available data, enlisted highly qualified technical assistance,
deliberated, and on October 30, 1953, issued its findings in a report to
the Secretary of Commerce. It found the additive to have no merit,
and the NBS abundantly qualified and motivated to test battery
additives objectively and authoritatively.

Subsequently, notwithstanding the NAS report, the Post Office
rescinded its fraud order, and eventually FTC voided the complaint
against Ritchie and his product.

Relevant historical elements in the background

The years between 1946 and 1953 afforded an unusual opportunity
for small business in the field of materials salvage and brokerage.
Disposal of World War II surplus materiel was proceeding at an
enormous rate. Shortages of consumer durable goods, together with
abundant savings in the hands of the pubhc, combined to produce a
large pent-up demand. Materials shortages were sustained by the
accumulation of a national stockpile, by foreign aid exports, by
domestic industrial consumption, and — after June 1950 — by produc-
tion of materiel for the Korean war. Return of World War II scrap
and salvage from abroad was neghgible, but vigorous efforts were
made by private companies to recycle old domestic scrap inio reuse.
Lead was especially short in 1947-49. Needs for new storage batteries
to equip the outpouring of U.S. veliicles from Detroit, needs for
lead-sheathed cable for catchup capital construction and replacement
of corroded lines, production of bearing bronze (10 percent lead),
and the new requirement for atomic shielding, all combined to place
heavy demands on supphes of lead. Leaded gasohne was a large and
expanding use without recovery.

During the 3 years, 1943-45, automobile production had been
suspended, and during and after this period considerable attention
was given by car owners to keeping their irreplaceable vehicles

operating as they continued to age. Among replacement parts in high
demand were storage batteries. Battery life was commonly considered
to be upwards of 2 years or less, although there was no technical
reason why this life should not be doubled or tripled. The obvious
imphcation was that batteries in the hands of the pubhc were re-
ceiving insufficient care and attention. However, a hvely market
existed for batteries : As scrap from which the lead could be extracted
to produce new batteries for the market; as replacement battel ies
to be "reconditioned" and sold as such; and as a source of replacement
parts for the reconditioning of other batteries. Battery technology
called for a particular and critical composition of lead, such that
battery producers constituted a preferential market for battery
scrap lead.

An important complication was the technological aspect of storage
batteries themselves. Although they are universally required for auto
operation, as well as for many industrial and standby power som'ces,
their characteristics and behavior in practice are not well known by
the using public, and their detailed processes have been imperfectly
characterized in the scientific literature. During the AD-X2 contro-
versy, much was made of the fact that "even scientists do not know
how batteries work," — or so it was alleged. This point was taken to
signify that an additive whose effect was inexplicable might still be
of practical value. There was a wide range of popular ignorance among
users of batteries as to how to operate them most efficiently, and so
as to insure a maximum operational life. There was a great wealth of
partial, and partially incorrect, knowledge derived from practical
experience on the part of repair and salvage shops. There was also an
imperfect level of "supply discipline" observed among these tech-
nologists, who did not — for example— follow faithfully the "first in,
first out" policy in moving stock from inventory to sales. For another
example, distilled water is specified to be added to replace evaporation
losses to the battery electrolyte, to keep it above the plates, but some
service stations fiU the water bottle from the tap; local water supplies
vary widely in solute content, and this builds up harmful impurities
in the electrolyte. The designs of batteries varied considerably from
company to company. Similarly, the owners of batteries exposed them
to an infinite variety of conditions of use and misuse. It became evi-
dent, as the testimony about AD-X2 accumulated, that scientific
data about electrochemical processes under controlled conditions do
not translate well into the indeterminate, usually dirty, and invariably
complex and disorderly conditions and effects of battery maintenance
and service.

In summary, there was an urgent demand for batteries, new or
rebuilt; lead was scarce and costly, and old batteries were the ideal
raw material to produce new batteries; any lag in the cycling of bat-
teries to the customer, into use, into the junkyard, and to reclamation
of their lead, was disadvantageous to the producers of batteries.
Care, maintenance, and operation of batteries was an imperfectly
practiced art, rather than a science. The circumstances called for
invention of a means for prolonging the life and improving the per-
formance of batteries, insofar as the customer was concerned. Battery
producers saw monetary advantage in accelerating the turnaround
time of batteries, once their efficiency began to dip. A two-way trade

in used batteries became an active form of small enterprise, in conflict
with the interests of battery manufacturers.

In the larger arena of national concern was the economic question
as to the role of small business and the concentration of economic
power in the United States. A number of congressional investigations
before and dm-ing World War II had revealed that major consolida-
tions of economic power had occurred. Congressional efforts to diffuse
this control and ownership had taken such forms as encom-aging
preferential contractual opportunities for small businesses, establish-
ment of credit and information assistance, and the like. However, it
was generally held that wartime production tended to favor larger
enterprises. This had happened in World War II (1941-45) and
again in the Korean war (1950-53). Concern for the health and vigor
of small business was a well-established feature of public policy by
1953.

Also relevant to the battery additive controversy was the relation-
ship of the Federal Government to private business generally. During
20 years of administration by the Democratic Party, economic ac-
tivity and regulation of business by the Government had increased,
attributable generally to successive periods of depression, war, recon-
version, and war again. The new Republican administration, assuming
office in January 1953, had campaigned on a platform that included a
promise to reverse the trend toward intervention and regulation of
private enterprise.

Finally, the scientific community had assumed greatly increased
importance, nationally, during and after World War II. Scientific
contributions to military weaponry had prompted a general belief in
science as a potential somxe of solutions to many public problems.
Unprecedented resort was had by committees of Congress to the ad-
vice and information of leaders of the scientific community. Scientific
groups had quickly learned to "politicize" themselves — to achieve
effective access to the political decisionmaking points in Congress and
the executive branch, and to express their views as representatives of
substantial and concerted groups.

Issues groiving out of the AD-X2 case

Initially, the AD-X2 issue appeared as a conflict between the
regulatory processes of Government to protect the consumer from
fraud and misrepresentation and fairness to an entrepreneur.

The political context of 1953 gave force to the issues of small business
versus big business, and small business versus Government
bureaucracy.

The initial response of the Secretary of Commerce — which was to
redress the balance more in favor of small business b}^ removal of the
Dii'ector of NBS to signalize a shift in policy — was interpreted by the
scientific community as the application of pressure on science to pro-
duce politically acceptable findings. Political objectives were thus
counterposed to scientific objectivity.

Once the scientific issue was raised, the Secretary of Commerce and
others read into the controversy a confu'mation of the nonobjectivity
of NBS itself — as already alleged by Ritchie. This injected into the
controversy the question as to the merits and value of NBS itself as a
gTeat national laboratory.

99-044—69 3

In the subsequent assessment of the merits of NBS, adverse testi-
mony took the form of laboratory findings, interpretations of labora-
tory findings, and, above all, the evidence of many satisfied customers
and detailed favorable testimonials of use. Practical experience was
ranged evidentially against scientific laboratory tests by NBS, which
were themselves clouded by contradictory findings and interpretations
of laboratory tests conducted outside the NBS.

Other issues concerned such matters as whether the tests conducted
by some particular laboratory had been properly designed, conducted,
and interpreted; whether the product being tested was different from
others previously found without virtue; whether the asserted virtues of
the product could be quantitatively characterized by a laboratory
test; and whether or not the product really contained a "mystery"
ingredient.

Also of importance was the role of the NBS as a consultant and asso-
ciate with a nongovernmental organization that served as a mechanism
of self-regulation_by private enterprise itself, in its relations with the
consumer.

The illustratwe features of the case

Because of the wealth of issues involved in the AD-X2 case, it
offers useful and instructive penetration into the many aspects of the
congressional ]>roblem of securing reliable information about scientific
matters. No effort will be made in the study to resolve the issues that
remained in dispute as the case faded from view. It is the virtue of
science that truth is finally proved by communication and criticism.
In the words of the Committee on Battery Additives of the National
Academy of Sciences: "Unsound or illogical scientific work, once
published, will not long survive the fierce light of criticism to which it
is subjected." On the other hand, it is the virtue of politics to seek out
(and find) accommodations by which people can live together in
reasonable peace and freedom. Political decisions and policies are
sometimes found necessary to mediate, postpone, or circumvent the
effects of harsh and arbitrary findings of science that impose unaccept-
able obligations or conditions on the electorate.

The issue of AD-X2 arose at the interface of science and politics.
It grew out of the underlying question as to whether science should
find increasing employment in regulating the quality and reliability of
commercial products. Out of the case came the decision that the
primaiy role of science in commerce should not be to regulate the
quality of products to protect the consumer but to discover the truths
of natiu'e, and use them more particularly to create additional products
for human satisfaction and entrepreneurial exploitation. The issue
apparently resolved in the case of AD-X2 is germane in the present
day. As American society becomes increasingly aware of the impair-
ments to the human enviroiunent that result from the api^lication of
technological innovation, the move toward regulation of products and
product use to protect the environment is gathering impetus. It is
easy to foresee the possibility of some future cause celebre, paralleling
that of AD-X2, in which the rights of some small businessman to sell
his product come into conflict with the regulatory mechanisms of
government and science to protect the environment.

II. Beginnings of the AD-X2 Story

The case would never have arisen had it not been for an individual-
istic entrepreneur whose determined efforts to sell his product brought
him in conflict \\ith competitive and institutional obstacles, and whose
persistence and ingenuity were sustained in the face of accumulating
adversity. The protagonist in this episode was Jesse M. Ritchie,
president of Pioneers, Inc., of Oakland, Calif. He described himself
in these words: 'T am not a chemist; I am an engineer. I am basically
a bulldozer operator." ^ Elsewhere, he has been described as a man of
versatile and somewhat informal interests:

Ritchie, a self-educated engineer, was born in 1909 in Sharp County, Ark.
He supplemented a sixth-grade education with correspondence courses, worked
as a certified bulldozer operator and as a journeyman diesel engineer. During
World War II he worked as a civilian in charge of various defense contracts
and in 1946 joined the Drake-Utah-Grove construction combine on an $80
million Armv Engineer contract, serving as general superintendent of construction
with headquarters in the Philippines. In 1945 he qualified as a class A general
contractor in California. In 1953 he listed himself as a "Psychologist-Specialist
in Alcoholism" in the phore directory in Oakland, Calif. By this time, too, he was
able to claim a doctor of psychology degree from a Chicago institution called the
College of Universal Truth.^

In his testimony before the Senate Select Committee on Small
Business, Ritchie described the evolution of his formula for a battery
additive. Upon his return to California from the Philippines, early
in 1947, he bought a partnership in a firm that made and sold a
storage battery additive called Protecto-Charge. He found this addi-
tive to be harmful to batteries, and undertook to develop a satisfactory
one. He enlisted the aid of Dr. Merle Randall, professor emeritus of
physical chemistry at the University of California. After an earlier
partial success, he assertedly settled on the "AD-X2" formida in
October 1947.^ To protect his proprietary interest in the new additive
he relied on secrecy. In the Senate hearings Ritchie introduced various
documents signed or authored by Dr. Randall describing the effect
of the new additive in qualitative terms. Experience with the new
additive, according to Dr. Randall, showed that it held the active
lead paste tightly to the plates in storage batteries with "an apparent,
possibly real, decrease in the amount of battery mud." The bubbles
of gas generated during the charging phase were small and distributed,
resulting, he said, in a decreased evaporation of liquid from batteries.*

Elsewhere, Dr. Randall had said that the additive AD-X2 contrib-
uted a desirable softening action to hardened "sulfated" battery
plate material, and that by electrophoretic action it caused particles
of battery mud to be "attracted to the plates, where they lodge and
gradually form additional active material." He also attributed to the
compounds of sodium suKate and magnesium sulfate the property of
diminishing the rate of growth of crystals of lead sulfate; size of these

1 Testimony of Jesse M. Ritchie, president, Pioneers, Inc., Oakland, Calif. In U.S. Congress. Senate.
Seleat Committee on Small Business. Battery AD-X2. Hearings before tlie * * * on Investigation of
Battery Additive AD-X2. Mar. 31, June 22, 23, 24, 25, and 26, 1953. 83d Cong., first session. (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1953), p. 18.

2 Samuel A. Lawrence. "The Battery Additive Controversy." The Inter-University Case Program,
No. 68. (University of Alabama, University of Alabama Press, 1962), p. 5.

3 This account is pieced together from Ritchie's testimony in Senate. Battery, AD-X2. Hearings, op. cit.,
pp. 17-18, 20, 196-197.

* Letter of June 23, 1948, from Dr. Merle Randall to Dr. George W. Vinal, National Bureau of Standards.
In Senate. Battery AD-X2. Hearings, op. cit., p. 44.

crystals was associated with the aging of storage batteries with con-
sequent loss of efRciency.^ Other favorable effects included an increase
in the porosity of the plate surfaces and a slightly lower temperature
of batteries both while charging and discharging.

Uncertain composition of the battery additive AD-X2 "

From the various documents in the case it is evident that the compo-
sition of AD-X2 was inconstant. According to Ritchie's testimony
in 1953:

It is a secret formula. It contains sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate, but —
and this is important — they do not appear as epsom and glauber salts. There are
also seven trace elements and a pH of 7.9, if that means anything to you, Senator.''

The composition, he said, had not been changed since October
1947.^

Senator Hubert H. Humphrey, in the Senate hearings, vainly
sought more information about the material. Ritchie was carefully
uncommunicative, except to admit that some trace elements were
added, and that there was silver * * *_9

In an exchange with Senator George A. Smathers, Ritchie ad-
mitted that Professor Randall had never made reference to any
"secret trace substance or element" in the additive, but that he had
said there was magnesium oxide in it.'°

A memorandum "to all bureau managers," by Jack A. Harris,
general manager of the Oakland Better Business Bureau, February
21, 1949, reported the results of a chemical analysis of AD-X2 made
at his request by an "independent and disinterested chemical labora-
tory" that described it as follows: Sodium sulfate 60.16, magnesium
sulfate 28.64, magnesium oxide 6.95, combined water 3.82. Harris
added: "Mr. Ritchie, of Pioneers, Inc., states that this chemical
analysis is the most accurate he has seen.""

In connection with the extensive NBS tests in June 1952 the
"manufacturer supplied an ample quantity of his additive." It was
analyzed by the NBS chemists and was found to contain 99.84
percent soluble materials (magnesium sulfate, anhydrous, 47.3,
sodium sulfate, anhydrous, 41.2, water of hydration, 11.5) and 0.16
percent insoluble material (mainly barium sulfate).^^

The report of the Academy Committee on Battery Additives,
October 30, 1953, cited as a "typical" composition for AD-X2 the
laboratory analysis by Squier Signal Laboratory of material supplied
early in 1948. It was reported to contain 48.5 percent of sodium
sulfate, 42.5 percent of magnesium sulfate, and 8.6 percent of water
of hydration. ("The remainder [0.4 percent] was presumably insoluble
material.")

' Document titled "Aging of Lead Sulfate in the Lead-Acid Storage Battery," by Merle Randall. Sub-
mitted by Mr. Ritchie to the Senate Small Business Committee and identified as a paper that Dr. Randall
had delivered at the spring meeting of the American Chemical Society, San Francisco, 1941. In Hearings,
op. cit., pp. 72-75.

6 Hearings, op. cit., p. 71, presents explanation by Mr. Ritchie: "AD is additive; X is the unknown portion
of the thing; [and the 2 signifies] 1 ion of sodium and 1 ion of magnesium." For a time the new additive
went under the same name, "Protecto-Charge," as had been used to designate the unsatisfactory and
partially satisfactory precursor additives sold by Ritchie's company.

' Ibid., p. 18.

8 Ibid., p. 20.

» Ibid., p. 22.

i» Ibid., p. 64.

" Ibid., p. 76.

'2 Ibid., p. 565.

' The NA8 report observed that "later analyses vary above and below
these figures somewhat and we note the analyses change significantly
from time to time." This was the earUest of "nearly a dozen" aiialyses
encountered by the Academy committee. ^^

According to Dr. Allen V. Astin, Director of NBS, the additive
AD-X2 was neither mj^sterious nor unchanging in composition. He
said :

The Bureau's tests have shown that the material is primarily a simple mixture
of sodium and magnesium sulfates and that there is no evidence of a compoiuid or
alum structure. The analj'sis also showed a number of trace elements but for the
most part these are the same trace elements usually found in varying amovuits in
commercial grades of sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate or in the normal
battery electrolyte. It is also pertinent to note in connection with the claim of the
uniqueness of the composition of AD-X2 that our analyses have shown variations
between samples as high as 19 percent in the ratio of sodium sulfate in AD-X2 to
the magnesium sulfate. The ratio of the ciuantities of trace elements also vary
a})preciabh-.'*

In response to questioning by Senator Smathers, the Director said :
"We know everything that is in it in concentrations in excess of five
parts per million." ^^ He testified that the cost of the sulfate salts in the
preparation, in a $36 package wotdd cost about 5 cents at wholesale
rates. 1^

An article favorable to the additive, that appeared in Newsweek
magazine, December 11, 1950, said that Ritchie had revealed that
"the trick is in the way the sulfates are treated during preparation,
which takes 4 days and nights." ^^

An element of uncertainty as to the identity of the additive was
contributed by the Randalf letter to Vinal of April 23, 194S, which
ascribed the "invention" of AD-X2 to a Donald E. Keifer, and stated
that:

Reductions of 85, 90, and in one instance, 95 percent in annual battery expense
during the past year has [sic] been reported by large firms, some of which have
always had an intelligent battery service program.'**

Since the material in question had been in existence only 6 months,
according to Ritchie, and the material superseded had been described
by Ritchie as unsatisfactory, and an earlier composition positively
injurious, the claim of a tenfold to twentyfold im{)rovement in battery
cost/effectiveness on an annual basis, in a communication to a fellow
scientist is difficult to understand. The material Randall was discussing
he described as "a powder mixture of anhydrous sodium sulfate and a
slightly basic, nearly anhydrous, magnesium sidfate." ^^

The conclusion of the Academy committee was that the composition
of the battery additive was of no consequence. It said:

The matter of the composition of AD-X2 is somewhat irrelevant to our dis-
cussion since we liave found no unusual effects which could not be explained by
the assumption that it consists of a simple mixture of sodium and magnesium
sulfates.^"

13 National Academy of Sciences— N'ational Research Council. Committee on Battery Additives. Report
of tlie Committee on Battery Additives. (Washington, National Academy of Sciences, Oct. 20, 1953), p. 30.
I* Hearings. Op. cit., pp. 219-220.
"Ibid., p. 260.
i«Ibid., p. 263-264.

1" "New Life for Batteries." Newsweek (Dec. 11, 1950), p. 62.
IS Hearings. Op. cit., p. 45.

19 Idem.

20 Report of the Committee on Battery Additives. Op. cit., p. 30.

A somewhat obscure statement by Ritchie in the Senate hearing
seems to foreshadow this comment by the Academy committee. He
agreed :

Most of the learned men with whom I have worked on [AD-X2] have expressed
the opinion that it did not make a great deal of difference what it is made of.
[And later on] It is my opinion that what is in it doesn't have a great deal to do
with the subject matter at all. It is what it does.^i

From the point of view of the scientists of the NBS and the Academy
who investigated AD-X2, the composition of the additive was not of
consequence. However, if the preparation consisted merely of two
salts, untreated, without unusual additives, then some extent of mis-
representation was present- — if only in the name of the product. Also,
there would be an extraordinary price markup, if the "raw" material
wholesaled at 2.5 cents per pound and retailed at $18. Moreover, it
was to be Ritchie's claim that his additive was different in composi-
tion from the scores of others tested by the NBS, and that therefore
the NBS publications declaring battery additives without vu'tue did
not apply to his. If the first part of his claim was without substance,
then there was no substance to the second part.

When Senator John Sparkman, toward the latter part of the hear-
ing, sought advice from Dr. Harold C. Weber, professor of chemical
engineering at Massachusetts Institute of Technology, on whether
trace elements might prove beneficial the answer was vmhelpful.

Senator Sparkman. Here is a question that comes over from yesterday. If you
were here, you may recall that Dr. Astin stated in answer to a question which I
put to him — and I am refreshed by one of Senator Smathers' questions — that
in the chemical analysis of this AD-X2, it was broken down to a fineness of five
points in a million; in other words, that the seven trace elements were found to
that extent. Is that a close enough analysis? Could there be other elements in
there in that small amount, five points in 1 million, to be effective?

Dr. Webkr. I cannot answer your question. I do not know.^^

Ill — How THE AD-X2 Issue Came Before Congress

The AD-X2 issue emerged gradually as a question inviting congres-
sional consideration. Most of the ways in which it impacted on the
Federal Government resulted from the vigorous merchandising and
promotional efforts of Ritchie himself. His attempts to establish re-
spectable bona fides for his product brought him successively under
scrutiny of the National Better Business Bureau, into controversy
uith the National Bureau of Standards, and within the regulatory
purview of the Federal Trade Commission and the Post Office Depart-
ment. Progressively, concurrently with these encounters, appeals were
made by Ritchie or on his behalf to individual legislators in the Con-
gress. When at length he appealed to the Senate Select Committee
on Small Business, that took a leading role in reviewing the issue,
some 28 Senators had records in their files of communications with and
concerning Pioneers, Inc.

Ritchie's early appeals to individual Members of Congress were
dealt with in the customary manner — by being referred to the Bureau
of Standards, or to the Department of Commerce, with a request
that information be provided as to the merits of the case. His appeals
to NBS were dealt with, at first, in accordance with established
policy — -

21 Hearings. Op. cit., pp. 183, 184.

22 Ibid., p. 392.

That NBS would not do any commercial testing at the request
of an individual or business firm;

That NBS would not identify tested products by name or
company affiliation.

However, Ritchie's dissatisfaction with the status of his product
under this policy encouraged him to generate pressure on NBS to
test his product before condemning it. Similar pressure was exerted
on NBS by the National Better Business Bureau (NBBB) in an ef-
fort to counteract Ritchie's promotional claims that his product was
different from those found worthless by NBS laboratory tests, and
that the various warnings on the subject issued by NBBB, based
on NBS findings, did not apply to AD-X2.

"When, in response to these pressures, NBS tested the product,
assured the NBBB that the product had been tested, and then allowed
the fact to be made public by NBBB, Ritchie's status as a political
plaintiff became a special one. Summary action by the Post Office
made his problem exphcit and urgent.

By selecting the Senate Select Committee on Small Business as
the forum in which to present his case, Ritchie was assured of a friendly
hearing, if he could estabhsh (a) that his was a small business, (b) that
his product had a reasonable claim to utility, and (c) that he had been
obstructed in the marketplace by "big business" and bureaucratic
regulation. Ritchie was able to document these points.

Bureau oj Standards Involvement with AD-X2

The first Federal agency to encounter Ritchie and his company
in connection with the controversy was the National Bureau of
Standards. Professor Randall's letter of April 23, 1948, wTitten by
Randall as consultant to Pioneers, Inc., called attention to the
favorable response of batteries when treated with the additive. He
said it improved the service and restored the condition of batteries
to an extent quite different from that produced by adding equivalent
amounts of sodium sulfate and epsom salts.^^

The Randall letter was apparently the opening gun in a campaign
to secure an exception for the product of Pioneers, Inc., then known
as Protecto-Charge and later called AD-X2. The NBS in 1931 had
issued Circular 302 which had recommended against the use of any
battery additive, and had named sodium sulfate and magnesium
sulfate (respectively known as glauber salts and epsom salts) as
worthless additives.^* The National Better Business Bureau had long
carnpaigned against battery additives as fraudulent, and had relied
mainly on the NBS for technical data and support. During World
War II, the NBBB had issued "Facts About Battery Dopes" to
further its campaign, and "to help the war effort." ^" Ritchie sought
to advance the contention that Circular 302, having antedated his
product by 16 years, could not be considered to apply to it.

His success in gaining the support of the local Better Business
Bureau of Oakland, Calif., was shoun by a "confidential memoran-
dum to all bureau managers," circulated by Jack A. Harris, general
manager of the Oakland BBB, February 21, 1949. It recapitulated
the state of affairs regarding Ritchie's campaign, as follows :

23 The Randall letter, cited earlier. Hearings. Op. cit., pp. 44-45.

2« Text of NBS Circular 302 was reproduced in Ibid., p. 515i

2S The text of "Facts About Battery Dopes" was reproduced in Ibid., p. 41.

The U.S. Bureau of Standards, Circular No. 302, specificaly [sic] condemns
battery additives composed of sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate on the inclu-
sive condemnation that these products are epsom salts and glauber salts. It is
Dr. Randall's contention that these two chemicals when used in certain combina-
tions with other elements do not form epsom or glauber salts, but form a new
compound which does not possess the harmful qualities of the above-named salts.
Numerous attempts have been made by Pioneers, Inc., Dr. Merle Randall, S(!n-
ator William Knowland, and I, [sic] to get the Bureau of Standards through the
Chief of Electro-Chemistry Division, Dr. George W. Vinal, to give this product
a fair test to either prove or disprove the statements made in this circular. In
every case, the only courtesy received from the Bureau of Standards has been a
statement that further test is unnecessary in that the product is admitted by its
manufacturers to contain sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate.^'

Shortly after receiving the letter from Randall, Vinal wrote Mr.
K. B. Willson, operating manager of the NBBB, June 25, 1948,
observing that battery componnds "seem to be becoming increasingly
numerous and troublesome" and soliciting his opinion "as to the
desirability of issuing an up-to-date statement of the problem." He
still regarded Circular 302 as valid, but noted that NBS had con-
ducted a 2-year program of unsuccessful research to find satisfactory
methods of storing war-surplus batteries, and that information
acquired in the course of this work might usefully be incorporated in
a revision." Willson replied, June 30, that a new statement would
be "extremely helpful to American business and to governmental
agencies" as there were several such products on the market. He con-
tinued: "Perliaps the most aggressive is Protecto-Charge, which is
being promoted out of Oakland, Calif." Willson said lie was includ-
ing in his letter some corresi^ondence with Dr. Merle Randall, object-
ing to the NBBB bulletin on battery dopes. "I do not know Dr.
Randall, but he is presumed to have some standing and his vouching
for the product lends further support for it in the minds of the
inexperienced and tlie uninformed." '^^

Dr. Vinal wrote Willson again, Jidy 16, exi)laining that national de-
fense work had kept him too busy to spend much time "* * * on
these rather troublesome battery compounds." He added: "Tliere
seems to be unusual activity at the present time, which is ])robably the
result of shortages of lead and finished batteries." He saw no reason,
on the basis of the information he had about Protecto-Charge, why
any excei)tion could be made for this ]:)rodiu't in the application of
Circular 302.-^ Vinal's next letter to Willson, dated December 9, 1948,
contained a rough draft of the revised circular and invited comments
"with reference to subject matter and any possible legal complica-
tions." 2"

On December 1, 1948, Harris, of the Oakland Bettei'^ Business
Bureau, ^vTote Vinal on behalf of Pioneers, Inc., asking NBS either to
test the company's additive or to make an excej)tion for it from Circu-
lar 302. Vinal rephed, December 22, explaining that NBS had not
tested AD-X2 (Protecto-Charge) because he had been informed by
Randall that it was merely magnesium sulfate and sodium sulfate, the
effects of which were well known by NBS to be useless in batteries.
Moreover, tests of the material were being made at the Signal Corps
laboratory at Fort Monmouth and at the New York and Mare Island

26 Ibid., p. 76.
2' Ibid., p. 769.
2' Ibid., p. 770.
2» Idem.
SI- Ibid., p. 741.

Navy Yards. Finally, NBS did not make commercial tests of battery
materials, did not endorse commercial products, and did not permit the
results of its tests to be used for advertising purposes.^^

At about this same time (Aug. 25, 1949). a letter from the Oakland
Chamber of Commerce, with a copy to NBS, went to the National
Better Business Bureau, endorsing in principle the latter's pamphlet
against the "battery-dope racket" but asking that AD-X2 be specifi-
cally excepted from its application."-

During 1949, the NBBB continued to press Vinal for a compre-
hensive and up-to-date statement that woidd unmistakably apply to
AD-X2. Finally, Vinal wrote, June 22, "It has been our policy not
to make any tests on commercial products until requested to do so
by some Government agency which is interested in the merits of
the product. If this matter is turned over to FTC [the Federal Trade
Commission] it is possible we may be requested to make tests." ^^
In the vSenate hearings. Senator Gillette told Director Astin of NBS
that "if that is not a suggestion on how to proceed to ask your organi-
zation to make tests, I do not know the English language, Doctor." ^*
However, the NBBB had filed a protest with FTC regarding AD-X2
on June 17, and had apparently sent a copy of the action to NBS
at the same time. It was probably to this action that Vinal was
referring, rather than volunteering the suggestion that the action be
taken. Earlier in the hearing, Secretary Weeks, of the Commerce
Department, had also been a victim of this same misinterpretation.
In his prepared statement, March 31, he had said: "* * * I find the
National Bureau of Standards suggesting to the National Better
Business Bureau that tests would be made if requested by the Federal
Trade Commission." ^^

A reason for NBBB anxiety to have an explicit and authoritative
statement as to NBS findings on the inefEcacy of AD-X2 was that
potential "legal complications" were assuming importance. WiUson
wrote Vinal, Alarch 29, 1950, to explain:

The reason why we have considered sending a bulletin to Vjattery manufacturers
on this subject is because Pioneers, Inc., apparently has been pursuing a deliberate
course of making inquiry of various manufacturers and their dealers in regard to
the product — AD-X2. When they receive in reply a copy of our bulletin on
battery compounds and solutions, they believe they have evidence to show that
through the distribution of our bulletin we and the manufacturers distributing
it are damaging their business. I do not know what they intend to do with this
"evidence," but in view of certain threats which they have made about possible
action against the manufacturers, we felt dutybound to put them on notice * * *.

Pioneers, Inc., has always been in the position to tell us that although they
agree completely with everything that Ur. Condon stated in our bulletin, the
National Bureau of Standards has not tested their product and, therefore, was
not in a position to state with authority that it is not the exception that they
claim it to be. If we now can tell Pioneers, Inc., that you have tested their prod-
uct and found it wanting, they may continue to dispute your findings and con-
clusions but they cannot claim that they are based upon theorv and not an
intimate knowledge of the product.^'^

With the permission of NBS, NBBB in August issued a new pub-
lication on battery additives specifically identifying AD-X2 (among
others) as having been tested and found ineffective by NBS. The

31 Ibid., p. 772.

32 Ibid., p. 79.

33 Ibid., p. 777.
31 Ibid., p. 250.
3^ Ibid., p. 2.

36 Ibid., p. 780.

publication noted that the NBS finding was challenged by Pioneers,
Inc., on the ground that the "only practical means of determining the
product is through field test." The tests of NBS, the protest continued,
"were not run in accordance with our specifications and, therefore, did
not indicate the value to be derived from our product." "

The Federal Trade Commission and AD-X2

A complaint agahist AD-X2 was filed by the National Better Busi-
ness Bureau with the FTC, June 17, 1949. The Commission instructed
its San Francisco field office to initiate a field investigation of the
product. However, this first field investigation appears to have yielded
no adverse information about AD-X2. "Instead of unearthing com-
plaints, the [FTC] San Francisco office found wide acceptance for
AD-X2 in and around the bay area. The proponents included technical
personnel at military installations, the Oakland Chamber of Com-
merce, the Oakland BBB, and many individual customers." ^^

A second complaint came to FTC, March 10, 1950, from the Asso-
ciation of American Battery Manufacturers, transmitting a letter from
Keystone Batteries, Inc. The Keystone letter, dated February 2, 1950,
said in part:

When the AD-X2 first came out, we thought they would kill themselves off
m short order like most of the other battery additives in the past, but they seem
to be getting stronger and reaching out further all the time, and they will probably
reach Midwest and East unless something is being done.

As we understand it, they are now appointing dealers in various cities on the
west coast who not only try to sell this preparation but also will recondition a
stock of old batteries which they will guarantee for 12 months. * * * This is a
sweet business because we have been informed that all they do is charge these
batteries or, at the most, reinsulate them, which shows a considerable profit * * *.

This is a serious situation. We know that we have lost a considerable amount
of business for last month alone and the loss of business to large manufacturers
must have run into thousands.^^

In forwarding this letter to the FTC, the Association of American
Battery ^Manufacturers explained its position as follows:

At one time the association tried to combat the use of dopes or trick electrolytes
because after a group of them had been carefully tested in the laboratory it was
found that none of the materials tested had been helpful in battery performance
and some of them were actually harmful. Many of these were reported to the
Federal Trade Commission from"'time to time. Cease-and-desist orders were issvied
by the FTC, but the companies would spring up in other localities under different
names and it became a hopeless effort.

Moreover, retailers of the dopes used as an argument for selling the materials
that the battery industry is interested in obstructing the use of the materials
because they would lengthen the life of a battery and reduce sales. This was not
the case. The industry was simply trying to protect its product against introduc-
tion of foreign materials and at the same time prevent the public from spending
its money for something of no value.'"'

Faced with these conflicting views, FTC sought technical advice
from NBS as to the merits of the additive, by letter of March 22,
1950."^ On the basis of chemical analyses of the additive, and earlier
experiments with two batteries. Dr. Vinal reported to FTC, May 11,
that a series of tests had demonstrated no "significant reduction in
harmful sulfation * * *." (Results of these tests were later reported
in the NBS Circular 504, Battery Additives, issued in January 1951.) ^^

" Ibid., pp. 781-782.

38 Lawrence. Op. cit., p. 8.

89 Hearings. Op. cit., pp. 514-515.

" Idem.

" According to Lawrence, Op. cit., p. 8.

<2 Ibid., pp. 8-9. Also, "Report of tlie Committee on Battery Additives." Op. cit., p.U.

Meanwhile, further information was accumuhiting in the FTC
San Francisco office:

Its San Francisco attorney-examiner did not consider the NBS test results
conclusive. He felt that the iSTBS report would have had greater effect if actual
service tests had been made. He felt that the overwhelmingly satisfactory experi-
ence of many bay area users, reinforced by tests approving AD-X2 made at the
Universitv of San Francisco, outweighed the NBS findings. He, therefore, recom-
mended on December 8, 19.50, that the FTC drop its case without prejudice to
the right of the Commission to reopen if and when warranted by facts. He was
overruled by reviewing officials in both Washington and San Francisco who felt
that the laboratory tests at NBS were more competent and conclusive than the
experience of users. Attempts were then made to work out a stipulation under
which Ritchie would modify some of his advertising claims. Ritchie refused to
accept any restrictions on his advertising. The investigation continued.^^

It is not clear from the record whether or not the article in Newsweek
magazine, issue of December 11, highly favorable to AD-X2, had
appeared before the December 8 recommendation was made in
San Francisco.

Of the first test of AD-X2 run by NBS, Dr. Astin was later to
e.xplain :

The test was actually run on the Bureau's own initiative, but there had been
prior requests from Senator Knowland and from the Oakland Better Business
Bureau. About that time, the Federal Trade Commission had asked the National
Bureau of Standards to run an evaluation on another battery additive, and it
was felt that with very little added effort, AD-X2 could be put in and run along
with the other additive, and that was the occasion for starting the test.^*

The first NBS report was considered defective by FTC from the
legal [)oint of view, because the samjjles used in the test had not been
obtained by FTC in the course of its investigation. Accordingly, a
request was made by FTC for further tests. Dr. Walter J. Hamer,
who had replaced Vinal upon his retirement, after further tests,
repeated the earlier NBS finding in a report dated July 21, 1952.*^
Dr. Astin summarized the rather confusing sequence of NBS tests as
follows :

There was a request from the Post Office Department in September of 19.51,
but the Post Office Department was given, in response to that request, the data
obtained from the test beginning January 1949, and the second test for the Post
Office Department started about the first of 1952, and there was almost simul-
taneously a second test about that time for the Federal Trade Commission. So
the second and third tests which w^ere run by the Bureau on AD-X2 were in the
winter of 1951-52. I do not recall the exact dates.^^

A further test was run publicly in June 1952, with Dr. Astin per-
sonaUy in charge, in an eft'ort to satisfy Ritchie and his supporters by
following precisely the test procedure he had specified. Like the other
tests conducted by NBS, it found no merit in AD-X2 and was called
faulty by Ritchie.*^

The quasi-judicial character of the FTC as a regulatory agency
largely insidated it from external pressures by interested parties or
from congressional intervention. Apjjarently the only congressional
exchange was with Senator Henry C. Dworshak, who wrote FTC,
October 24, 1951, to suggest that it might be advantageous if tests of

" LawTence. Op. cit., pp. 9-10.

" Hearings. Op. cit., p. 258.

" Report of the Committee on Battery Additives. Op. cit., p. 10.

<« Hearings. Op. cit., p. 259.

" Idem. Also, see Hearings. Op. cit., pp. 222-225.

AD-X2 were run for FTC by some other laboratory than NBS. The
Commission, through Chairman James M. Mead, replied in part:

The Commission has reviewed this matter very carefully and has decided to
have new and additional tests made with respect to the product by the National
Bureau of Standards. It is being requested * * * that the tests conform, insofar
as is possible, to the manufacturer's directions for use of the product * * * .

The Bureau of Standards, of course, has no biased interest in the tests which
it runs, and the Commission has always found the Bureau most fair in its position
on other matters in the past.*^

Although the issue of AD-X2 remained on the FTC docket through-
out the period of intense congressional concern it did not become active
until 1954. Nevertheless, developments in other areas of the case were
presimiably of interest to FTC, and the ultimate disposition of the
FTC complaint was undoubtedly of considerable interest to Rit'"lne
and his associates and supporters. In this sense, the suspended case
was a source of pressure on Pioneers, Inc.

The Post Office Department and AD-X2

Apparently, a complaint was lodged with the Post Office Depart-
ment some time before September 6, 1951, when the Ciiief Post Office
Inspector asked NBS to advise him if the additive x\D-X2, ''* * *
when used as directed and applied to mechanically sound batteries,
will prevent sulfation and exteiul the life expectancy of mechanically
sound batteries; whether it will restore junked batteries to normal
use; and whether it will extend the life of batteries 2^2 times tlieir
normal Hfe." *^ According to Dr. Astin's prepared statement to the
Small Business Committee —

The Bureau submitted a report in December 1951 * * * based on results of
tests obtained on the sample submitted by the Oakland Better Business Bureau.
Following receipt of this report, the Post Office Department also requested addi-
tional tests on samples submitted by them. Accordingly, the National Bureau
of Standards initiated still another series of tests of AI)-X2.5°

Apparently, this first NBS report to the Post Office Department-
like the first report to FTC — was unsatisfactory because the material
tested had come to the Government by an inappro])riate route (the
Oakland Better Bushiess Bureau). Tlie record is not clear as to when
and what further tests were performed. ConjecturaUy, the AD-X2
material supplied by the Post Office Department and the material
supplied by FTC were both analyzed ui detail. (Dr. Astin mentioned
the variation, from time to time, in the analysis of the additive. )^^
Apparently, also, the first NBS test for the Post Office was rim in the
early days of 1952, almost simultaneously with the first test for FTC.
For the Post Office, 14 three-cell batteries were used. At any rate, the
Post Office Department notified Ritchie, March 2, 1952, that he was
to appear at a hearing in Washuigton on April 26 to answer charges
that he was "conducting an mdawful enterprise through the mails."
After a series of postponements, the hearing was eventually held
October 13-14.^2

' «s Foregoing statoment based on text and internal evidence in FTC letter, appearing in Hearings, op. cit.,
p. 122.

" Report of Committee on Battery Additives, o;). cit., p. U.

5'' Hearings, op. cit., p. 221.

«i Ibid., pp. 221-222.

52 Account taken from Lawrence. Op.- cit., pp. 11-12, 14-16. Post Ofnce Solicitor's docket No. 2., ( p. cit.,
notes for the October hearing: "No one appeared for respondent at the hearing these dates."

Ritchie, upon receiving the Post Office notification, immediately
went to Washington where he endeavored to recruit a legal and tech-
nical staff, and sought support of the Committees on Small Business
of the House of Re]n-esentatives and the Senate. The House committee
responded to Ritchie's appeal by directuig a request, over the signa-
ture of the executive director of the staff, that the NBS "* * * make
a new test of [Ritchie's] product and submit a report on specific
results of your testing." ^^ This test was supposed to be carried out in
accordance with procedures specified by Ritchie. Subsequently, the
House connnittee withdrew from further participation in the contro-
versy, and left the followup action on tests and testimony to the Senate
Select Committee on Small Busmess.

The tests run by NBS of AD-X2 in June 1952, were with the co-
operation and participation of Ritchie, and were under the personal
supervision of Dr. Astin.

As he told the Senate committee, the following year, "* * * i i^.^j
hoped that by using a procedure described by [Ritchie], the matter
could be settled decisively for all concerned." ^^ An elaborate series
of tests was performed and was reported on Jidy 11, 1952. Again, the
NBS found no merit in the additive, and again Ritchie assailed the
tests as having been improperly performed.^^

When the rescheduled Post Office hearing took place, October 13-14,

1952, Ritchie did not appear. Testimony was provided by Dr. Astin
and seven senior scientists from NBS. Decision was issued February 18,

1953, then suspended within a week by order of the Postmaster
General, Arthur Summerfield, on Alarch 2, and eventuall}^ was can-
celed, August 20, 1953.^«

AD-X2 and the Office of the Secretary of Commerce

During the closing months of the Administration of President
Truman, after nearly 20 j^ears of Democratic succession, policies had
become habit and a minimum of policy surNeillance was exercised
by departmental secretaries over bureau chiefs. The AD-X2 contro-
versy at NBS did not involve the Secretary of Commerce. However,
the advent of the Administration of President Eisenhower brought
important changes in policy and personnel. The new Secretary of
Commerce, wSinclair Weeks, was particularly outspoken as to the
need for restoring a "climate" favorable to private business. When
his appointment was announced, in December 1952, he received
considerable mail from —

* * * People telling me that an outfit in Oakland, Calif., making a product
called AD-X2 to prolong battery life tlirough reducing sulfation, was having tough
sledding in Washington. Your committee, in fact, issued a report on the subject
last December. One of the first things I did was to ask Mr. Sheaffer, Assistant
Secretary for Domestic Affairs, to make a full and impartial investigation. He
and his men have gone through file after file extending over the past 5 years.^^

« Hearings, op. cit., pp. 222-223.

" Ibid., p. 222.

55 Ibid., pp. 223-224. The report of NBS on the test is presented at p. 551.

58 Lawrence. Op. cit., pp. 16, 19-20; 27.

" Hearings, op. cit., p. 1. On Weelis' outspokenness, Lawrence, p. 18, notes: "Weelis' approach in his
early months as Commerce Secretary was direct and forceful. 'We shall clean up the mess,' he promised in
his first public statement. 'The administration has tlie backbone to do the job. * * * ShriU cries will be
heard as the ax is swung on deadwood and poison ivy.' This pledge was followed by replacement of five
higli-level officials * * *."

When the Post Office decision on AD-X2 was made public, Secre-
tary Weeks actively intervened. By correspondence and interdepart-
mental meeting he encouraged the suspension by the Postmaster
General of the ruling against Pioneers, Inc/^ He also acquiesced in
the action of Craig R. Sheaffer in requesting the resignation of NBS
Director Astin/^ When this action was represented in the press as a
political assault against "science" as symbolized by NBS, the Secre-
tary appeared before the Senate Small Business Committee to advance
his philosophy as to the interface between private business and Gov-
ernment science. He made a brief but emphatic statement, expressing
sympathy for Ritchie, criticizing the NBS as not "sufficiently objec-
tive," and indicating dissatisfaction with Du'ector Astin. He said:

We have felt rather strongly about this particular situation. It is one of many
phases of that particular picture that caused us to decide that it would be well to
have a change in the administration of the department.^"

Weeks pledged to the committee that he would obtain the best
scientific advice available to evaluate the role and mission of NBS,
that he would have new tests of AD-X2 performed by "scientists in
the Bureau who have never had an}^ connection with this matter,"
and that in the meantime he would suspend all NBS circidars dealing
with battery additives.

The forced resignation of the Director of NBS brought sharp critical
response from the scientific community. "With the criticism mounting,
the Secretary turned to the Visitin;^," Committee of the National Bureau
of Standards." ^^ A meeting of the full Committee was held A})ril 14.
That same day. Dr. Detlev Bronk, president of the National Academy
of Sciences and a member of the Visiting Committee, wrote Weeks
urging that Astin's dismissal not take effect until the AD-X2 issue
had been studied.

Weeks announced April 17 that Dr. Astin would remain temporaril}-
as NBS Director, and that Dr. Mervin J. Kelly, president of Bell
Telephone Laboratories and a member of the Visiting Committee, had
been asked to form a group to evaluate the general situation of NBS.
Weeks had already discussed A\-ith Dr. Bronk the possibility of a
separate study to be conducted by the National Academy of Sciences
to clear up some technical imcertainties as to the merits of AD-X2.
A formal request was made by Weeks to the Academy on this matter,
May 3, 1953.^^ The response of the Academy was a report by the
Committee on Batter}^ Additives, of the NAS, October 30, providing
two conclusions: NBS had done excellent work in battery testing, and

5' Lawrence, op. cit., p. 19, describes a departmental meeting on the Post Office action. Solicitor's
docket No. 2, op. cit., at 3-2-53, notation reads: "Letter from Secretary of Commerce to Postmaster
General, advising that it has come to liis attention that there is available certain credible and pertinent
evidence not introduced in the hearings of POD concerning respondent corporation; and requesting that
the POD suspend the fraud order of 2-24-53."

M Ibid., p. 21.

60 Hearings, op. cit., pp. 1-5, especially 5.

61 Lawrence, op. cit., p. 23. According to the ofTicial history of NBS, the sequence of events was as
follows: "Uln April 1953, in the midst of the impasse raised by the controversy over AD-X2, Secretary of
Coimnerce Weeks asked the National Academy of Sciences to convene an ad lioc committee to evaluate
the functions and operations of the National Bureau of Standards in relation to the current national
needs * * *. H * * * In March 1953, anticipating Secretary Weeks' own request by almost a month, the
Director of the Bureau had written liim to seek the counsel of the National Academy of Sciences on the
current program and operations of tlie Bureau." (U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of
standards. "Measures for Progress: A History of the National Bureau of Standards." By Rexmond C.
Cochrane, editorial consultant— James R. Newman (Washington, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1966,
p. 495.)

62 Lawrence, op. cit., p. 27. (According to tliis source, the letter noted that "the matter has been discussed
over the phone and othenvise on an informal basis," but that the letter was judged necessary by Weeks to
fimi up the assignment.)

the additive in question was Anthoiit merit. ^^ Of greater significance
for the underlying issue was the report of the Kelly committee, whose
initial findings went to the Secretary in late July, and whose formal
report was transmitted October 15.

The Kelly committee found that the quality of personnel and
scientific research of the Bureau were high, but that basic research
had lost ground "at a tragic rate" to sponsored development of
military hardware for the Department of Defense and the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission. With respect to the AD-X2 controversy, the
committee recommended that the NBS be insulated from contact
with private industry on the nontechnical aspects of commercial
testing, and that the Secretary of Commerce be made responsible for
the "policy and the establishment of the nontechnical procedures on
commercial product tests." ^^ In carrying out this second recom-
mendation, the Secretary transferred NBS from the jurisdiction of the
Assistant Secretary for Domestic Affairs to the Assistant Secretary
for Administration. The Kelly committee quite evidently sought to
remove the NBS from the kind of contacts with private industr}^ that
had led to the AD-X2 controversy, which was explicitly cited in the
report: "The current 'Battery Additive' evaluation is typical of others
that have sporadically occurred throughout the Bureau's history
where its findings have been challenged and \\'ide public attention
directed to them."

The committee recommends that policy and procedures of a nontechnical
nature, particularly with other agencies of Government, for handling commercial
product tests be reviewed by the Secretary of Commerce and appropriate members
of his staff with the Director of the Bureau of Standards. The committee recom-
mends that the policy and establishment of the nontechnical procediu-es on com-
mercial product tests be the responsibility of the Secretary of Commerce. The
policy on the technical content of the problem should reside with the Director
of the Bureau. We believe that the area of commercial product tests involves
policies and actions of a nontechnical nature on which the Director of the Bureau
should not be required to make the decisions.*^

Apparently his contacts with Director Astin, and his discussions
with Dr. Kelly on the future of the Bureau, satisfied Secretary Weeks
as to the merits of Dr. Astin. Members of the Visiting Committee had
been asked to nominate possible candidates for the du'ectorship, and
had unanimously agreed to recommend Astm's retention. Accordingly,
on August 21, he announced that Dr. Astin was being retained as "a
member of my team." ^^

AJD-X2 and the Senate Select Committee on Small Business

At the opening of the hearings on "Investigation of Battery Ad-
ditive AD-X2," the chau'man. Senator Edward J. Thye, described the
function of his committee: "* * * to help create an atmosphere in our
general economy that is conducive to the welfare of small-business
enterprise and the creation of new business." ^^ Subsequent testimony
brought out the fact that the particular product that was the subject

63 Report of the Committee on Battery Additives. Op. cit., p. 1.

6< Ad Hoc Committee for Evaluation of the Present Functions and Operations of the National Bureau
of Standards. A "Report to the Secretary of Commerce on tlie Present Functions and Operations of the
National Bureau of Standards With Their Evaluation in Relation to Present National Needs and Recom-
mendations for Improvement and Strengthening of the Bureau." ((Washington), processed Oct. 15, 1953),
p. 16.

'5 Idem.

6» Lawrence, op. cit., p. 27. Noted the New York Times: "Dr. Astin has since been reinstated, and Craig
R. Sheafler, an Assistant Secretary of Commerce, who has been popularly credited with trying to get rid of
Dr. Astin, has resigned" ("Scientists Praise Standards Agency," New York Times, (Oct. 16, 1953), p. 11,
col. 3).

6' Hearings, op. cit., p. 1.

of the hearings had been repeatedly brought to the attention of in-
dividual members, and of the committee staff. For example, referring
to a "letterwriting campaign to the Congress that started in the sum-
mer of 1951 * * *," Senator Sparkman observed:

By the way, let me say this: I was chairman of the committee when this matter
came up. I have no apology to offer for our committee's having vmdertaken it.
I think we wonld have been neglectful of our duty if we had not.

You point out that some 28 Senators had interested themselves in it. Those
same Senators were calling upon a committee that had been set up in the Senate
for the purpose of protecting the interests of the small businessman, to intercede
in behalf of this small business. We handled it as a routine matter. We have literally
hmadreds of these cases throughout the j^ear, and it was handled by the staff as a
routine matter.^^

A second wave of letterwriting to the Congress on behalf of AD-X2
occurred in February 1952. Again, according to Senator Sparkman —

Apparently these letters started coming to the Senators about February. The
letter that I received originally was February 19, 1952. That letter was referred
to the committee staff. Copies of that letter have been sent also to other members
of the committee.

Action in response to this letter, by the committee staff, was to
request from the Director of NBS available information on the
additive AD-X2.«9

Shortly after March 2, 1952, when the Post Office Department
summoned Ritchie to appear in Washington to answer mail fraud
charges, he went in ])erson to the Small Business Committees of the
House and Senate to appeal for their help. The House committee
wrote NBS, March 11, asking that further tests be made of AD-X2.
In the Senate committee, a more comprehensive response resulted.
The Senate committee staff also asked NBS to make further tests.
However, Blake O'Connor, committee staff member, became active
in pursuing the truth of the controversy as a test case of justice to
small business confronted by big business and big government.™

When the extensive set of NBS tests of AD-X2^ iu June 1952 had
been completed, the Senate Small Business Committee staff pressed
for an inclication of results. Dr. Astin, in his testimony to the com-
mittee, noted that "Mr. O'Connor of your committee had requested
that we make every effort to exi)edite the report * * *." "^ When
the report was transmitted to the committee, July 11, O'Connor
apparently regarded it as unsatisfactor3^"^ Dr. Astin said that
O'Connor had asked him, later in the summer, "* * * if ^ve would
be willing to run still another test." "^ (Dr. Astin had replied that
he would be willmg to do so, if the test were designed to establish
some new pertinent factor, and if Ritchie would provide the batteries.)

At any rate, the staff of the Senate Small Busmess Committee
persisted in the matter. Technical support was provided by Dr.
Keith Laidler, associate professor of chemistry at Catholic University,

68 Ibid., pp. 258, 234.

68 Ibid., pp. 286-287.

'0 According to Lawrence, op. cit., p. 12, the opposition of battery manufacturers to tlie promotion and sale
of AD-X2 served as confinnation that it liad merit, insofar as the committee stalT was concerned. O'Connor —
says Lawrence— "saw in AD-X2 a test for the committee:" (apparently quoting O'Connor:) "Would [it]
be content merely to make more or less innocuous studies of small business problems and file reports for
the record or would the committee turn when needed into an aggressive champion of the riglit of the
Nation's small businessman?"

'I Hearings, op. cit., p. 224.

" Idem. Also, Lawrence, p. 14.

" Hearings, op. cit., p. 224.

who had accepted employment in 1952 as consultant to Ritchie; ^*
on July 29, Dr. Laidler, accompanied by O'Connor, met with Dr.
Astin to discuss the results of the NBS tests the previous month. In
a subsequent letter, August 5, to Ritchie, Dr. Laidler expressed dis-
satisfaction with the NBS interpretation of the data. He also mdicated
the existence of a hostile attitude that existed between himself and
the Director."' Dr. Astin later described "proponents of AD-X2" at
this time as "lookino- for minor flaws in the report and the testing-
procedure ***."-«

The proponents of AD-X2 continued to press for further action
by NBS to validate the product. As a residt of the conversations
between Dr. Astin and O'Connor, a meetmg was convened, September
29, in Dr. Astin's office at the Bureau.

Its purpose, according to O'Connor, was to "clear the air." In attendance were
Dr. Astin, O'Connor, Ritchie, Laidler, two representatives of the Post Office
Department, a representative of the Department of Justice, and several NBS
scientists. Also present was Dr. Harold C. Weber, the chemical engineering
professor from ^IIT, who reported favorable results from some lareliminary
tests of AD-X2 he had run on his own initiatives^

The mterest of the Justice Department related to an antitrust case
in preparation against the Association of American Battery Manu-
facturers for consph'acy to prevent resale of used battery lead. Dr.
Weber's interest appears to have derived from his contact with Nor-
man Goodwhi, president of Guaranteed Batteries, Inc., of Boston,
and local sales representative for Ritchie's product. ''^ Laidler's role
at this time seems to have been as consultant to the Small Business
Committee.'^

According to a memorandum of that meeting, circulated hj the
chairman of the Senate committee, and a[)parenth^ prepared by
O'Connor, it was agreed that additional tests of AD-X2 would be
desirable, that jjreferably such tests should be held elsewhere than in
the NBS, and that NBS would agree to i)articipate. (Dr. Weber's
recollection was that Dr. Astin did not agree to partici[)ate, but merely
said "it could be arranged" or something of thesort.)^" Dr. Astin's own
explanation was that no definite agreement had been made, and that
in view of Ritchie's attitude toward tlie Bureau, "* * * we concluded
that it would be better if MIT carried out its tests completely inde-
pendently." He added that at the September 29 meeting Ritchie had
said that "* * * he would believe no results which were not favorable
to his product and that he did not believe Bureau personnel could be
depended on to give a fair test." ^'

O'Connor wrote NBS, September 30, suggesting that Bureau liter-
ature critical of AD-X2 not be circulated by the Bureau until conflict-
ing technical points of view were resolved. On October 8 he wrote

'* According to Lawrence, p. 17, in late 1952 Laidler was "the Committee's unpaid consultant, who had
until recently been Ritchie's scientific adviser and would be again in 1953."
"5 Hearings, op. cit., p. 150 (where the letter is reproduced in full).
'6 Hearings, op. cit., p. 224.
" Lawrence, op. cit., p. 14.

78 Hearings, op. cit., p. 380.

79 In the hearings, Senator Humphrey asked Ritchie how Dr. Laidler had become acquainted with the
committee. Ritchie replied, in part, that: "Dr. Laidler had been helping me with tliis situation, and due
to some difficulties with the Duector of the Bureau of Standards, he reached the conclusion that he had
better not work for me any more, and the committee was just entering into the tiling then, and * * * really
taking an interest in the situation, and they had no technical help. I believe that tlie committee felt at that
time that possibly Dr. Laidler's academic freedom was threatened, and they asked him. To the best of my
knowledge, they knew at that time that he had been helping me (p. 207)."

'0 Hearmgs, op. cit., p. 384.
81 Ibid., p. 225.

89-044—69 4

Dr. Julius Stratton, provost of MIT, asking "if it would be possible
for the tests agreed ui)on to be conducted by MIT as a public service
and at no ex])ense to the committee." The following day, Dr. Stratton
replied agreeing to have MIT conduct the agreed-upon tests. ^-

The MIT tests were completed November 7, and a report of results
])re])ared early in December. A transmittal letter to the Senate Small
Business Committee was written by Provost Stratton, December 16,
and a sealed coj^y of the report was delivered personally to the com-
mittee by Goodwin, December 17. That same day the committee
released a statement analyzing the report and criticizing the work of
the NBS in battery additive testing.

The release identified eight eft'ects of the additive upon batteries
that had been found by the MIT tests, and said that the results of these
tests completely supported the claims of the manufacturer. A 15-page
commentary by Dr. Laidler accompanied the release; it asserted that
the MIT tests were a thorough assessment of the effectiveness of the
additive, and were "in sharp contrast to the residts of tests conducted
* * * by the National Bureau of Standards." The Laidler statement
called the NBS findings "reprehensible," and said the NBS researchers
i-esponsible for testing AD-X2 were "simply psychologically incapable
of giving battery AD-X2 a fair trial." ^^

Dr. Astin later commented on the procedure employed in the MIT
tests, and on the resultant eight effects:

A major couclusiou of the Bureau's investigations with respect to the effect
reported by MIT is that the effect is observable in the batteries only with elec-
trolyte of extremely dilute acid concentration, so dilute in fact that it appears to
be of no significance whatever in normal storage battery operation. ^*

Reorganization of the Senate imder the Republican majority after
the elections of 1952 placed Senator Thye in the chairmanship of
the Small Business Committee, but did not change the staff of the
committee. At tlie close of the year, Ritchie was endeavoring, with
the assistance of the committee staff, to have the Post Office Depart-
ment reopen his case. However, his petition was denied, February 18,
1953, and the Post Office fraud order went into effect February 24.
At this point, Ritchie obtained the help of the new committee chair-
man. Senator Thye wrote a transmittal letter to accompany a final
petition by Ritchie to Postmaster General Arthur Summerfield to
set aside the fraud order. According to Lawrence: "Blake O'Connor
delivered the docimients late Friday night, February 27, to Summer-
field at his Connecticut Avenue apartment." ^^ Subsequently, the
order was set aside, and by the end of March, Dr. Astin's resignation
was on the President's desk.

When a newspaper columnist "exposed" the resignation as having
been forced by the AD-X2 issue and the personal hostility of Assistant
Secretary Sheaffer, a hearing was convened by the Senate Small
Business Committee on the afternoon of the same day, March 31.

s- Ibid., p. 384. (This information is contained in an extract of a memorandum introduced in tlie record
of tlie, hearing by Senator Guy M. Gillette.)

83 "Senate Unit Flays NBS Battery Test," Washington Post (Dec. 18, 1953), p. 37, col. 3. Also, see
Lawrence, op. cit., p. i7. Lawrence supplies a later explanation by Laidler that his commentary had been
"written hastily" and that it had been his impression that he was "preparing background material on the
basis of which the committee would pursue its investigations." He said that he still stood "behind the
opinions expressed in my report," but that he would have worded it differently had he known it was for pub-
lication. He also indicated that a final paragraph had been added to his report by someone else. The addi-
tional paragraph had hinted that the close association of the NBS scientists with the battery industry might
have led them, despite their "considerable scientific distinction," to have made "such grave errors."

8< Hearings, op. cit., pp. 225-226.

86 Lawrence, op. cit., p. 19.

Weeks and Sheaffer were the only witnesses and the hearing lasted
less than an hour. The Secretary traced succinctly the history of the
controversy between Pioneers, Inc., and NBS, involving the FTC
and the Post Oiffice. He noted that there were many testimonials
from satisfied users of AD-X2 (including his own company). He
noted that "The manufacturer had independent tests made by the
tj.S. Testing Co., of Hoboken, N.J. — controlled field tests extending
over a period of 362 days." The results of these tests, he said, "rendered
credible the experience reported by consumers." ^^ He took note,
also, of the tests at MIT under the sponsorship of the committee.
Then he said:

I am not a man of science, and I do not wish to enter into a technical discussion
or be accused of overruling the findings of any laboratory. But as a practical
man, I think that the National Bureau of Standards has not been sufBciently
objective, because they discount entirely the play of the marketplace and have
placed themselves in a vulnerable ijosition by discussing the nature and scope
of their prospective reports with the verv people who might not want to see the
additive remain on the market, and when their reports and results of tests were
questioned, discussed the matter with other scientists, engaged by your committee
to make separate, objective findings.

I cannot help but wonder how many similar cases have never been heard about —
how many entrepreneurs who were convinced they have a good thing for the
people, were licked before they started, whether they knew it or not and by their
very own Government to whcm they paid high taxes.^'

By way of rectif\dng the situation, the Secretary promised the
committee that he ^\■ould have the functions and objectives of the NBS
examined and reevaluated "* * * in relation to the American busi-
ness community * * *." He would "* * * put a group of scientists
in the Bureau who have never had any connection ^nth this matter
and tell them to test tliis thing in every conceivable way * * *."
Meanv.'hile, aU circulars and technical reports dealing ^yith battery
additives would be \\ithdrawn until the tests were completed. ^^

The agitation over the "firing of Astin" was not quieted by the Secre-
tarj-'s appearance and testimony. Wtiile Secretary Weeks occupied
himself ^^dth negotiations vith the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, the National Academy of Sciences, and the
Visiting Committee of the NBS, the Senate Small Business Com-
mittee staft" was engaged in accumulating information bearing on
the issue. They ^dsited Ritchie's operation in California, inter\dewed
many users of AD-X2, and collected military test data on field
and laboratory experiments with the additive. After seA^eral post-
ponements, the committee hearings on the AD-X2 issue resumed
June 22. «3

IV. Management of the Issue

As presented to the Congress, the AD-X2 case does not appear
to have been viewed as invohing profound or far-reaching issues. The
case was described as one of many small grievances in wliich some
small business found itself unable to establish a viable relationship
with the Federal bureaucracy and other institutional hazards of the
commercial environment. Emphasis in researching the issue centered
on factfinding: An effort to establish the facts of the case, and a

" Hearings, op. cit., p. 2.
" Ibid., p. 3.
S8 1bid., p. 4.
8« Ibid., p. 9.

search for an appropriate form of corrective action specifically relevant
to it. The Small Business Committee had no jm'isdiction over the
fundamental ]5rotection of the household or private consumer from
fraud. The abundant testimonials of satisfied users of AD-X2 ai)i)ar-
ently foreclosed any interest in the case from the aspect of the small
business as a consumer to be protected. The fundamental legal issue
of testimonials versus scientific evidence was repeatedly discussed
in the hearings, but Mdthout being structiu-ed as a problem for s^^s-
tematic analysis. Neither the Post Office Department nor the FTC
could find in the hearings any substantial guidance on this aspect,
other than that the NBS clearly regarded testimonials (or uncon-
trolled tests) as vorthless, while many Members of Congress con-
sidered them as of important practical value.

The apparent tendency of the committee to eschew the fimdamental
aspects of the case, in order to disj)ose of it as a case, was strengtliened
by tlie urgency with which it was presented. One source of urgency
was the Post Office decision which, if allowed to stand, would i)robably
have put the ap})ellant out of business. ^° Another was the strong dis-
approval by the scientific community of the treatment of Dr. Astin, as
represented in the press. ^^

It is possible, too, that a further sense of urgency was contributed
by a recognition on the part of the committee members that too much
time and energy was being devoted, in the early days of a new political
administration, to an issue of less than transcendant importance. For
exami)le, Chairman Thye expressed some irritation that Ritchie, tlie
principal witness for himself, had been unable to present his case in
the first day of the hearings, and had run over to midday of the
second. ^^

The Ritchie presentation was so voluminous, in fact, and touched on
so raan}^ points of grievance, with so little organization of material, and
with so much documentation of varied germaneness, and so much
technical data of varying quality, that the impression it conveyed
depended largely on the preconditioning and technical sophistication
of the listener.

Structuring the issue

Secretary Weeks made clear to the committee, March 31, 1953,
that he regarded the AD-X2 testing controversy as an internal matter
within his Department, and described the actions he proposed to take
to resolve it. He questioned the power given to the FTC and suggested
that restraint of trade by regulatory agencies should be used sparingly.
He noted that "business has suft'ered severely at the hands of certain
bureaucrats," and saw no reason ''why a product should be denied an
opportunity in the marketplace." The enlargement of the issue that

M As Chairman Thye told Dr. Astin (Hearings, op. cit., p. 335): "* * * If this becomes a prolonged
investigation, the manufacturer in question might well be out of business and long since liquidated by
bankruptcy action."

»i Drew Pearson, "Astin Ouster Laid to Influence," the Washington Post (Mar. 31, 1953), p. B-31. Ac-
cording to Pearson, Dr. Astin was "fired" by Sheafler, and "lectured regarding the Bureau of Standards
diagnosis of battery additives." LawTcnce describes the "sharp critical reaction" to the Astin dismissal
on the part of "scientists. Congressmen, civil service groups, consumer organizations, newspapers, and
private citizens" (p. 22). He notes (p. 24) that politicized organizations of scientists "issued angry press
releases, called meetings, badgered the administration, and sought to call public attention to tlie Govern-
ment's alleged assault on science." Another line of action was taken by members of the more staid National
Academy of Sciences who "did not wish to add to the embarrassment of the administration, and they be-
lieved that they could help the Bureau more effectively by working quietly within the administration
and tlirough established channels."

•2 Hearings, op. cit., pp. 91, 160.

resulted from the interpretation of the Astin resignation confused the
situation rather than chirifying it, and the subsequent hearings re-
vealed how variously the issue was defined.

(a) The issue as presented by Ritchie. — Testimony and exhibits
offered by Ritchie in the Senate hearings tilled some 200 pages of the
proceedings — pages 9 to 209. Tlie witness based his case on five
principal points:

1. His battery additive was different. It contained a mysterious ingredient or
several of them. Or the preparation of the ingredients made it different, or it
contained trace elements. An accredited scientist had aided in its development,
and had observed differences in its effects from those of the other additives being
merchandised.^^

2. Tests of the additive showed that it had merit except for those tests that
were improperly conducted. Properlj- conducted tests included his own and those
at the University of San Francisco physics department, the U.S. Testing Co.,
and MIT. Those improperly conducted included tests at NBS, and by the Army,
Navy, and Air Force. Faults of such tests included: permitting specific gravitj-
of electrolyte to go too high, use of uninspected or excessively aged batteries,
dirty electrolyte, and a high initial charge sufficient to "ruin" the test batteries.^*

3. There were many testimonials from satisfied users of the additive, and no
complaints. On the other hand, NBS had run no practical field tests. Although
military tests were adverse, there were many indications of satisfied users in the
military field installations. ^^

4. The administrative procedures of NBS were unfair to the vendor of AD-X2.
The personnel at NBS held patents on designs of batteries contributing an effect
that would be competitive with that of the additive, which showed bias. The
NBS Circular 302 was unfair because "the product was condemned about 16 or 17
years before it was developed." The NBS Circular 504 was unfair because it was
issued before NBS tested AD-X2. The tests performed in preparation for Circular
504, by NBS, were declared faulty by Dr. Laidler. Although NBS claimed not to
test individual products or report on them by name, they had done so in effect by
permitting NBBB to announce the results of NBS tests, naming AD-X2. There
was an implication of animus in the vigor with which NBS testified against
AD-X2 in the Post Office Department hearing. (Said Ritchie: "The array of
witnesses from the National Bureau of Standards was probably the greatest parade
of scientists ever to appear before a Government agency in the history of the
United States.") ^^

5. The NBS contriVjuted technical information and assistance that benefited
the stoiage battery manufacturers whose interests were adverse to Ritchie, and
did so in a manner injurious to Ritchie. Through the intermediate agency of the
NBBB, the battery manufacturers distributed bulletins, circulars, and pamphlets
based on NBS data that were critical of AD-X2. The NBBB was in conflict with
the Oakland BBB, with which Ritchie had maintained excellent relations, but the
NBBB cooperated with the battery manufacttu'ers against him. Close relations
were maintained between NBS staff "and NBBB. Also, NBS consulted with battery
manufacturers respecting AD-X2 matters. ^^

Ritchie summed up his case against NBS in these words:

* * * The Bureau of Standards condemned battery AD-X2, together with all
other additives by implication since 1931 to April 19o0, whether they were tested

or not * * *.

The Bureau of Standards has condemned battery AD-X2 through the National
Better Business Bureau jjublication, "Battery Compounds and Solutions," over
protests, when, by their own admission, they had only tested the material in one
or, at the most, two batteries which we and others have determined were not
opened for inspection of the samples prior to testing; and the overcharge shown in
the test report 504 indicates that the batteries were ruined prior to treatment
with the product. That in June 1952, they ran tests on a group of batteries and
allowed the acid to go well over 1.280, which action ruined the test. This was

«3 Ibid., pp. 20-23, 27-28. 44.

" Ibid., pp. 65, 81. 83, 143, 158, 161-2, 192-3.

»5 Ibid., pp. 46, 81. 757-76'J.

»8 Ibid., pp. 52, 63-65, 123, 136, 170, 177.

»' Ibid., pp. 77, 86, 124-125, 143, 145.

allowed to happen over our repeated protests; and, yet, at the Post Office hearing
on October 14, 1952, the Director of the Bureau of Standards testified to the fact
that the test was run, for all practical purposes, in accordance with the manu-
facturer's instructions.**

(6) The issue as seen by committee members. — -Throughout the
hearmgs, there was mcomplete agreement as to what theu" purpose was,
what was to be decided, and what mformation was germane. Senator
Humphrey hiterested hmiself in the chemistry of AD-X2, and in the
processing competence of its vendor. Senator Nixon (by this time, the
Vice President), had expressed concern over the apparent discrepancy
between hiboratory tests and practical experience in operational use
of the product. ^^ Most of the committee members were concerned
over the small business versus big government issue.

At various times the chairman of the committee shifted from one
issue to another. For example:

The issue * * * is whether or not agencies of the Government have been fair
and just in the treatment of JNIr. Ritchie and his product, battery AD-X2.io°

* * * We are trying to comb for the last morsel of evidence as to whether this
man should be denied the right to package and sell the product or whether he
should be privileged to sell it.""

We are trying to determine whether this product has merit or not."'^

* * * I have absolutely no interest in the product, only as a Member of Congress
who is trying to determine whether a businessman should have an opportunity
or whether that opportunitv should be denied the businessman, becaiise of a
finding of a Federal agency. i"^

The issue of monopoly, or the question of the protection of tlie small
business in conflict with the interests of big business evidently inter-
ested Senator Gillette:

What I am interested in, and I am sure the other members are in agreement with
me on this, is whether or not there was in this entire investigation any discrimi-
natory action against a company or a manufacturer anywhere along the line.'"^

* * * I have no knowledge and little interest as to whether the one test or another
shows the particular merchandise to be valuable or not, relatively; but I am tre-
mendously interested if any agency of this Government, the Bureau of Standards,
the Federal Trade Commission, the Post Office Department, or ai'v other agency,
has been, wittingly or unwittingly, knowingly or unknowingly, used to impair
the business and the business position of any citizen of the United States.'"^

For Senator Schoeppel the question concerned both the product
and the objectivity of NBS:

* * * Probably the central issue h(>re is whether AD-X2 helps batteries or
not.108

One of the main questions * * * jg whether the Bureau [of Standards] was
completely objective and fair in the handling of AD-X2.1""

Senator Smathers saw the issue in a broader perspective, in which
the Congress had obligations to both producer and consumer:

As the other Senators have said, we are interested in seeing tliat no businessman
gets put out of business arbitrarily. I think we are also interested in seeing tliat
no consumer gets sold something under representations that do not measure up.
So we have sort of a dual resi^onsibility not only of protecting the businessman
but also, possibly, the consumer."'*

•8 Ibid., p. 161. . ,^ . .. ^

•» Ibid., p. 222. (Letter excerpt, introduced as part of prepared testimony of Dr. Astni.)

i"" Hearings, op. cit., p. 9.

i«i Ibid., p. 229.

i«2 Ibid., p. 374.

iM Idem.

iM Ibid., p. 248.

iw Ibid., p. 384.

i<» Ibid., p. 208.

<•' Ibid., p. 320.

i«s Ibid., pp. 385-386.

(c) The issue as defined by staff documentation. — Some indication
as to how the committee staff defined the issue may be drawn from
the kinds of documentation and \ntnesses they assembled for the
hearing. There was evidence of the interest of battery manufacturers
m halting the promotion of AD-X2. There were NBS circulars and
memoranda on battery additives. A great deal of military test data of
the additive, as well as the MIT test data and report, were included.
Some documentation of NBBB interest had been collected, although
most of this was supplied by Ritchie as he testified. ^°^

The -witnesses included two scientists, Dr. Astin and Dr. Harold
C Weber, professor of chemical engineering at MIT; 10 practical
technologists, all but one of whom appeared to present testimonials
supporting AD-X2; and Ritchie himself. The hearings concluded
with testimony by an east coast sales representative of Pioneers,
Inc.

Evidently the staff interest was in the performance of the additive
in the laboratory and in service, and in the role of NBS both in
technical evaluation and in influencing the competitive position of
the product.

Assessment of the issue

The apparent lack of definition of the issue is both understandable
and tolerable in a case before a committee with investigative rather
than legislative functions. However, it would seem that before the
Congress could resolve the issue it needed to be analyzed, and al-
ternatives considered. These alternatives would need to go beyond
whether Ritchie had been fairly treated or not, whether AD-X2 was
any good or not, and whether it did or did not contain any mysterious
ingredients that differentiated it from numerous additives the Bureau
of Standards had previously found worthless.

It does not appear that any analysis was made of the AD-X2 case
in terms of its public or political significance. Accordingly, the testi-
mony was based on each witness' interpretation of the issue; the
choice of witnesses and documentation introduced in the hearings re-
sulted mainly from committee staff interpretation as to what the
issue was; and the questions asked of witnesses were essentially ad
hoc — responding to the need for clarification or testing of the testimony.

Definition of alternatives

The most fundamental statement of alternatives offered to the
committee was that of Secretary Weeks. He saw the issue in the con-
text of the dichotomy of business vereus Government. For him the
alternatives were as to whether the test of the marketplace should be
permitted to prevail or whether the Government regidation should
serve in its place.

It is interesting to note that the report of the National Academy
Committee on Battery Additives was later on to take the position
that the surest means for the testing of the validity of scientific find-
ings was in the "marketplace of ideas." Only the worthy survived.
Whether the commercial marketplace served equally well, however,
was not as evident. There were lacking some of the main som-ces of
validation available to the institutions of science, such as the prestige
of individual critics, the critical selection of items for publication, the

'«» Ibid. (An index of exhibits contained in the appendix appears on pp. 10-11.)

currency of validated quantitative data, the rapid circulation of
established publications, and the means of repeating procedures
under challenge.

However, the use of science in support of the regulation of com-
mercial quality was clearly a relative matter. The resources of science
would be quickly exhausted by any comprehensive program of testing.
The NBS personnel responsible for the tests of AD-X2 found the work
distasteful. There was no obvious way to limit the scope of scientific
tests in support of regulation. The rights of the consumer to quality,
and the rights of the producer to freedom from arbitrary regulation,
had not been probed. Selection of products to be tested seemed to be a
chancy process, invohdng at least some admixture of inadvertence,
and some of competitive interest.

Less fundamental, but still pertinent, were the alternatives ])re-
sented by the regulatory mechanism in operation that had raised the
AD-X2 issue. For example, one issue was as to whether a scientific
laboratory should be insulated from possible bias, or imputation of
bias, by dealing with the interested parties to a technological con-
troversy only at arm's length, and through the medium of a political
screening process. Another issue was as to whether the role of the
Department of Commerce shoidd be limited to — or should emphasize —
the facilitating of product sales, or whether it was also interested — even
equally interested — in the maintenance of quality of products accepted
by the consumer. Still another issue was: Should Government applica-
tion of science serve neutrally but actively as the guardian of the
marketplace, or should it be relegated to the development of new
products?

V. Sources of the Committee's Information

The committee hearing was intended, according to Chairman Thye,
to provide "* * * a complete presentation of the facts * * *" that
would enable the decision process to take jilace. As the chairman
observed, this process was — for this particular case — a diffuse one.
It was spread among "* * * the public, the agencies of the Govern-
ment, and this committee." ^''°

Information was formally i)resented to the committee by 15 wit-
nesses (in addition to Weeks and Shaeffer, who appeared at the brief
preliminary session on March 31). These included Ritchie himself and
one of his regional representatives, two scientists (Dr. Astin, of NBS,
and Dr. Weber of ^IIT), four industrial technologists offering testi-
monials favoring AD-X2, a battery shop manager, and six technol-
ogists connected with field installations of the military de])artments;
three of these last reported on military tests of the additive (one favor-
able, one unfavorable, and one terminated after favorable preliminary
results), while the other three attested to favorable experience in
field service.

Testimony of Bifchie before the committee

In the some 200 pages of his testimony, Ritchie dealt with many
aspects of his difficulties in marketing his product. He described the
background of his scientific associate and consultant, Dr. Randall,
including a notarized description of his technical qualifications. He

'>» Hearings, op. cit., p. 0.

offered exhibits of Dr. Randall's technical writings in support of the
additive. He graphically described Dr. Randall's reaction to the
discovery of AD-X2.

He included documentary evidence of Dr. Randall's repeated at-
tempts to win recognition from NBS of the unique virtue of his prod-
uct. Ritchie also introduced trade literature favorably describing
AD-X2, and evidence (including bills of sale for repeated military
orders) demonstrating that his product had numerous satisfied cus-
tomers. He also gave evidence in the form of correspondence to show
that a controversy had occurred between the Oaklaiid Better Business
Bureau and the NBBB concerning AD-X2.

The scientific aspects of Ritchie's testimony were largely evidential,
as he did not represent himself as technicall}^ qualified. In addition
to the documents by Dr. Randall, he presented informatioji about the
experiences and uncontrolled tests by the Physics Department of the
University of San Francisco, reports by the United States Testing Co.,
various field tests of his own, and an evaluation by Dr. Laidler of NBS
Circular 504.

There were evident tactical advantages to Ritchie in leadhig oft' as
witness. For one thing, he was able to enlighten tlie connnittee as to
how an electric storage battery worked, couching his explanation in
terms compatible with his own explanation of the usefid function of his
additi\e. It was also convenient for Ritchie's case for him to be able
to mterject his own mterpretation of the results of the tests he reported
on to the committee.

Another 29 pages (482 to 510 of the hearings) were occupied by the
testimony of Norman Goodwin, president of Guaranteed Batteries,
Inc., of Boston, Mass., and an east coast distributor of AD-X2.
His testimony included a nine-page reprint of a trade magazine article,
as told by Ritchie ("the exclusive behhid-the-scenes story of the fight
for recognition of the battery powder which caused all the trouble").
Goodwin claimed to have lost $40,000 because of the use made bj^ his
competitors of NBS Circular 504 to campaign against him.

Goodwin identified his competitors as "battery manufacturers,
the manufacturers and dealers or })eople who were selling batteries." ^"
He described a talk he had given on the additive to a group of potential
customers at a trade association meeting in Boston, and said that
during the 30-minute question period at its close, "the New England
rnanager of a large national battery manufacturer stood u]), and he and
his assistant took up the whole question period reading the Bureau of
Standards 504 Circular, and otherwise fouhng up tlie situation."
Goodwin asked why? ^^^

Goodwin conceded that "battery additives have, in the i)ast, had an
unsavory rei)utation, and with cause * * *." But, "in view of the
actual field experience with battery AD-X2, which luis been ]>iled up
in all ])arts of the country, it is absurd that the Bureau of Standards,
wdth their inadequate laboratory tests, would even dare to ignore the
excellent results obtained from tlie wealth of field experience over a
period of years * * *." ^^ jj^ d(!scribed a number of favorable experi-
ences by his customers and c( Qchided bj^ recounting the favorable

':i Ibid., p. 492.
"2I)Mfl., p. 497.
"3 Ibid., p. 404.

indications in preliminary tests of the additive to restore a failing
submarine battery at the New London Submarine Base."*

Dr. Laidler did not testify. He had assisted the committee late in
1952 in preparing a preliminary report on AD-X2, in which the results
of the MIT tests were interpreted by him as being favorable to
AD-X2. He had also served as a paid consultant to Ritchie both
before and after his work for the committee. Laidler was not named
by Dr. Astin in his testimony, which is discussed below, but he was
referred to indirectly, in the comment: "* * * the proponents of
AD-X2 began looking for minor flaws in the report and the testing
procedure [of the June 1952 tests], ignoring the major conclusions
of the report." "^

Testimony oj Dr. Astin on AD-X2 and NBS

Dr. Astin took the stand the afternoon of June 23, and continued
until late in the afternoon of June 24. In his prepared statement,
Dr. Astin welcomed the scrutiny by the National Academy of Sciences
of the battery work of NBS, described the scope and functions of the
Bureau, cited its statutory authority for tests and information dis-
semination about commercial products, and then extensively dis-
cussed the testing function itself. In particular, he explained to the
committee the differences between laboratory and field tests, and
between controlled and uncontrolled tests. He acknowledged that
field tests were needed to confirm that an effect or improvement still
persisted under the "more rigorous conditions of actual use." How-
ever, the field test, he said, "* * * is not resorted to until some
improvement or effect is developed in the laboratory which would
then make the field test worthwhile." "^

Then Dr. Astin described the extensive work of NBS in storage
batteries, the correspondence ^nth Dr. Randall, analysis by NBS
of the chemical composition of AD-X2, and initial laboratory tests
of the material. In comment on the charge of unfairness on the part
of NBS in the testing of battery additives, he said:

First, every action which the Bureau has taken with respect to the testing of
AD-X2 and the dissemination of information with respect thereto has been
brought about as a direct consequence of the representations and pressures of
the proponents of AD-X2. The Bureau became aware of the existence of the
product first by approaches made by the manufacturer, and initially declined to
make any tests on it because there was no reasonable evidence that the product
was, in fact, different from any of the other numerous additives the Bureau had
previously tested, and also because the Bureau does not evaluate jjroprietary
products for individual manufacturers. The initial tests made by the Bureau
came about largely as a result of inquiries and suggestions from the Oakland
Better Business Bureau and from Senator Knowland, their inquiries in turn being
instigated by Pioneers, Inc. The subsequent dissemination of information about
batterv' additives came about largely as a result of pressures applied to the Na-
tionaf Better Business Bureau to make unwarranted exceptions in the case of
Battery AD-X2.1"

The response to the "pressures" from Pioneers, Inc., said Dr. Astin,
had led to the sequence of NBS tests made at the request of the FTC
and the Post Office Department. Periodically, there had been a spate
of correspondence ^^•ith Members of Congress in reference to these
acti^^ties.

"< Ibid., pp. 508-510. An indication tliat tliis reference excited the interest of the committee is provided
by the letter the chairman subsequently ^vrote asking the Department of the Navy to advise him of the
results of the tests described by Goodwin. The Navy lias no record of any response to this inquiry.

115 Ibid., p. 224.

>i« Ibid., p. 217. Dr. Astin's testimony runs from p. 209 tlirough p. 335.

1" Ibid., p. 221.

Finally, he described the procedure used in the NBS tests during
June 1952, the methods used in interpreting the test results, and his
OA\Ti conclusions based on these results. He also offered his own con-
clusions on the MIT tests, which differed from those dra\v-n by Dr.
Laidler. He asserted that "* * * the [major] effect reported by MIT
is * * * observable in the batteries only vdth. electrolyte of extremely
dilute acid concentration, so dilute in fact that it appears to be of no
significance whatever in normal storage-battery operation." "*

In the interrogation that followed his prepared statement, the
committee sought to learn why NBS had conducted no field tests of
the battery additive. Dr. Astin explained variously that the field test
was less amenable to control of the external variables than was the test
in the laboratory, that field tests were employed to explore the practi-
cal significance of laboratory findings, and that he knew "* * * of no
instance in a field test where something has been demonstrated of this
sort which could not be demonstrated in a laboratory test." "^
Moreover —

* * * We have taken the point of view that if the material performance does
anything useful in the operation of a battery, then we should be able to relate it
to some performance characteristics that can be measured. That has proved
completely fruitless. I mean any pertinent effect, I should say.'^"

In response to repeated comments by the chairman that the layman
found the detailed reports of user-experience persuasive. Dr. Astin
agreed that he could understand this. But he suggested that the same
results would have been obtained with or ^^'ithout the additive, if the
batteries in question had received otherwise identical treatment. In
answer to Senator Sparkman's question as to the importance that
should be attached to testimony by engineers, on the use of the
additive, Dr. Astin suggested —

Well, I think you should ask them for the type of observations and measure-
ments they have made on which to base their decision that the material helps
them. You should ask them if they have any control so that they have a base
with which to compare their measurements. '^i

Asked whether Dr. Randall was an "eminent scientist," Dr. Astin
said that in the field of battery technology, he was not in a class with
Dr. Vinal, and, "I would not endorse him." ^^^ He later explained
that Dr. Randall's written submission of his views in an article had
been rejected by a scientific journal "as not having adequate technical
content." ^^^

Dr. Astin acknowledged that the NBBB request was a factor in
the NBS initiation of activity on Circular 504, but insisted that —

* * * our legislation authorizes us to disseminate the information we accumulate
when such data is of importance to scientific or manufactiu-ing interest. We had
information which has apparent importance to the public. The National Better
Business Bureau said it was important.

Now, since our legislation specifically states that we should appraise the interest
of science and manufacturing interest before we publish data, I see nothing wrong
with that. * * * If, however, this committee does not think it [a legitimate pro-
cedure], then we would like your guidance on that.'^*

119 Ibid., pp. 225-226.
n» Ibid,, p. 224.
iMJbid., p. 260.
"1 Ibid., p. 228.
'22 Ibid., p. 251.

123 Ibid., p. 321.

124 Ibid., p. 252.

As to the relevance of testimonials to the work of a scientific labora-
tory, he dismissed them entirely as unacceptable for scientific evidence:

In general, the reports are made by noutrained observers, and the people who
supply svich information usually have no records or data to support, in a scientific
manner, the statements or claims they make. For that reason — first, that there
are generally no adequate measures included in a testimonial, no rigorous specifi-
cations of the operating conditions under which the measurements were taken,
and usually no controls whatever are used — for those reasons we cannot accept
testimonials as scientific evidence. *^^

Wlien the questioning turned to the role of NBS in the testing of
commercial products and the publication of information about findings
in such tests, Dr. Astin stressed the essential neutrality of a scientific
laboratory in this work:

We try to confine oiu- reports merely to the presentation of technical data, and
we hope thereby that since it is straightforward data, nobody can complain that
they are being discriminated against. That is, I gave in my general statement the
example of tests on aluminum. It might show that tests on aluminum under a
particular set of conditions favor superior performance characteristics to steel.
Now would we withhold the dissemination of that data because the steel i)eople
would not like it? It is a cold, hard scientific fact. You disseminate it. To withhold
the dissemination of scientific information I think is the most prejudicial action. '^e

He defended the practice of consulting with private industry as to
the subjects to be investigated by NBS:

* * * We frequently attempt to determine the interest of sci(>ntific and manu-
facturing groups in publications before we distribute them. * * * And since
our act specifies that publications should be related to scientific and manufacturing
interests, we do make a serious eff"ort to determine the degree of interest in in-
formation of a particular type before dissemination.^^^

The infltience of the marketplace miglit generate interest iu a subject
to be investigated by NBS, but shoidd not be permitted to influence
tlie findings of a scientific investigation:

* * * We are a scientific laboratory. We attempt to determine technical merits;
and use consideratioii, that is, whether a person is satisfied by the use of a product,
bears no consideration in influencing our findings. If, however, marketplace
factors create interest in a product, then that might determine whether or not we
would investigate it. But certainly the customer satisfaction or the demand for a
particular product in the market has no bearing whatsoever on the technical
merits of a product. '^^

The idtimate issue seemed to be the definition of the regidatory
role of a Government scientific laboratory. In response to qtiestions by
Senator Homer Ferguson, Dr. Astin sotight to reconcile the concept of
a neutral Government scientific institution insidated from the interests
and stresses of the marketplace ^nth the concept of a Government in-
stitution generating data in response to the needs of commerce. Senator
Ferguson asked such questions as:

Do you believe that the Congress intended to grant authcrity to the Bureau of
Standards personnel to prepare material at the request of and for publication by
private organizations for commercial use?

Do you think that the National Bureau of Standards by following its i)olicv
of disseminating technical data, when not specifically directed toward scientific
or technological progress, at the professional and production level, is broadening
gratuitousl' and, perhaps, inadvertentlv, into a regulatory activity?

Dr. Astin responded that («) he was not sure that the Congress
intended the Bureau to channel its reports to comnKircial use by private

125 Ibid.

P-

2fi2.

126 Ibid.

. P-

2.53.

12- Ibid.

P-

275.

'-'' Ibid.

P-

272.

organizations; (6) the organic law of NBS authorized dissemination of
information of interest to private groups, and did not determine or
restrict the use to be made of the information; (c) the conduct of
scientific research was inherently regulator}^ —

* * * All progress in science and technology is regulator}-. The invention of
the incandescent lamp bulb made obsolete gas lights and so on, so that if j-ou
carry this too far, then you would never disseminate any scientific information
because it might have some effect on curtailing the marketing of some products
that it is related to. i^-a

Dr. Weber's description of the MIT tests

Since the MIT tests of AD-X2, performed at the committee's re-
quest, had been interpreted and represented as substantiating the
advertising claims of Pioneers, Inc., the appearance of Dr. Weber
before the committee had special significance. Dr. Weber, a professor
of chemical engineeruig at JNIIT, had conducted the tests and had had
a casual interest in AD-X2 for some time. Dr. Laidler had been quoted
in a release by the committee as concluding from the residts of the
MIT tests that the NBS evaluation of the additive was "reprehen-
sible." ^-^ However, vhen the full report and test data were released
by MIT, they had created uncertainties rather than helping to resolve
the issue as to the merit of the additive. Dr. Astin had dismissed these
tests as uninformative because, he said, the electrolyte used in them
was of much lower specific gravity than would be requhed for service
use, and the effects noted did not correlate with any significant change
in battery performance.''*^

It was notable that in his comments about the performance of
AD-X2 to the committee. Dr. Weber was careful to restrict himself
to the formal wording of the MIT report; he provided no interpretation
of the test data. He disassociated himself from Dr. Laidler's conclu-
sions and accepted, as a precise paraphrase of his own thinking, a
statement by James A. Beattie, professor of physical chemistry,
concerning the MIT report. Its concluding paragraph read:

I would say that the addition of AD-X2 certainly does have an effect on the
behavior of a lead-acid battery. From my brief contact with the work, I cannot
say that this effect is correlated with a beneficial action from the standpoint of the
normal use of such a battery. I feel that the latter can be determined only after
the examination and statistical evaluation of extensive field tests. i^i

The testimony of Dr. Weber differed from that of Dr. Astin in some
respects. Thus, wliile recognizing the competence of the National
Academy of Sciences Committee that was to make a definitive finding
as to the virtue of AD-X2, said Weber ("* * * I certainly have
confidence that they will render as good a decision as such an eminent
group of scientists could render"), he nevertheless attached more
importance than had Dr. Astin to the "field data" on the additive.
For himself, he said that a scientist coidd not aftord to disregard user
testiniony.'^^ He called attention to a passage in the MIT report that
said, in part, "* * * laboratory findings must be supplemented by
field-use data if a true evaluation is to be obtained." '^^ (By contrast,

i2'a Ibid., pp. 315-316.

129 "Senate Unit Flays NBS Battery Test," op. cit.
131 Hearings, op. cit. pp. 225-226.

"1 Ibid., p. 393. The complete MIT report, and related correspondence are presented in the appendix to
the hearings, pp. 565-618. The comments by Professor Beattie are on pp. 589-590.
»32 Ibid., pp. 383, 386.
133 Ibid., p. 375.

Dr. Astin had said: "If it affects the performance of the battery, it
does something to it that can be measured." '^*)

Other technical evidence presented to the committee

The rest of the hearings were occupied Math three military tech-
nologists reporting on military tests, a battery shop operator, and
seven users reporting favorable experience with the additive. (These
included three persons from military field establishments.) The aj^pen-
dix to the hearings contained data of three sets of military tests (adding
up to an inconclusive picture), the full text of the MIT report and test
data, affidavits of satisfied users, and correspondence between NBS
officials and other persons concerning AD-X2 and battery additives
generally.

Typical of the experience reported by the technologists was that of
Kenneth W. Binding, experimental and developmental engineer,
Market Forge Co., Everett, Mass. His report occupied five pages of
the hearings (pp. 421-426). Binding had no special experience with
batteries, but designed and developed industrial equipment using
them. He testified that he had had one i)articular battery 5 years
old, hea\^ duty, costing between $500 and $600, used continuously
for 3 years, then left idle 1 year, because it had begun to operate un-
satisfactorily. The battery was then (November 1951) inspected by a
battery salesman who recommended its discard. It was ordered junked
at scrap lead salvage value of $29. The battery was then treated with
AD-X2, repeatedly charged and discharged in accordance with the
instructions provided along with the battery additive, and at the end
of the week was put back into service. The cost of the treatment was
$36. The battery was still in service in June 1953. Binding was now
using the additive in his other batteries and had not required a re-
placement battery in the previous 6 months; according to his past
experience he would have expected some necessary replacement
during this period.

Recapitulation: A plethora of data

From the political point of view, the committee had been provided
with more information about batteries, battery tests, and battery
experience than was really needed. The testimony brought out the
fact that Ritchie had gone to the trouble of working with NBS,
engaging the services of U.S. Testing Co., and contesting the Gov-
ernment's position regarding his additive. It established that the
product was associated by many users with an improvement in battery
performance.

Voluminous test data had been collected from military field in-
stallations (pp. 618-757), that yielded inconclusive residts. There
were data and reports of NBS tests, with controls, that uniformly
showed an absence of beneficial results. There were the data of the
MIT tests, indicating differences in battery behavior with and without
the additive, but which the testing institution declined to identify as
benefits.

The question was: What did all this evidence prove? How did it
bear on the issue? What action should the committee take? Was there
conflicting evidence or did it merely look that way?

Despite the advice of Dr. Astin that field data should be looked
askance unless they were substantiated by quantitative data in

134 Ibid., p. 335.

writing, with environment and circumstances properly characterized,
and appropriate controls devised, the committee did not raise these
questions in taking testimony from witnesses describing favorable ex-
perience with AD-X2. Data were almost entirely qualitative. On the
other hand, the voluminous quantitative data from the various tests
that the committee collected were virtually unmanageable. The tests
themselves added up to an inconclusive total, and the information
they provided was not usable in resohing the issue.

VI. The Decisionmaking Method

An analysis of the AD-X2 case reveals that it hivolved three sets
of issues. One had to do with the testing process, a second with the
regulatory mechanisms of the Government, and a third with broader
science policy. The bulk of the evidence was relevant to the first issue,
and much less was relevant to the second; the third issue remained
largely undefined and was resolved only indirectly. The three sets of
issues were as follows:

1. The testing process:

(a) Was AD-X2 a useful product?

(b) Was NBS qualified to test it?

2. The regulatory process:

(a) Was it desirable to invoke the postal regulations, and
was Pioneers, Inc., engaged in a fraud?

(6) Was it desirable to invoke the fan- trade authority of
FTC to moderate the advertising claims of Pioneers, Inc?

(c) Was the regulatory process as it involved NBS arbi-
trary or discriminatory, such as to give unfair treatment to
Pioneers, Inc?

3. The science policy issue:

(a) Should NBS personnel become involved in contacts
with private industry involving evaluation of the merits of
commercial products — i.e., give an appearance of interest?
(6) Should NBS functions in the regulation or testing of
commercial products be more sharply defined and delimited?
(c) Shoidd the emphasis of Government sponsorship of
science be on the regulation of consumer products or on new
discovery and the development of new technology?
These tlu-ee sets of issues called for tliree different kinds of treatment.
The first set, which had received the bulk of the committee's atten-
tion, had given rise to so much information of a detailed and seemingly
conflicting nature that the committee saw no way of resolving it, and
was content to leave the issue to resolution by the leadership of the
national scientific institution.

The regidatory issue, on which Dr. Astin and Ritchie had testified
at some length, was of primary concern to the committee because it
involved the question of fairplay to small busmess. It was of particular
salience at this time, moreover, because of the emphasis of the new Ad-
ministration on the need to redress the balance between bm'eaucratic
regulation of business and Government encouragement of free enter-
prise. In part, the resolution of this second set of issues seemed to hinge
on the findings in the first set. However, as will be seen, the regulatory
decision was not resolved automatically by the decision as to the merit
of the additive.

The science policy issue, least salient from the political point of view,
had perhaps the most far-reacliing implications and the most pro-
tracted consequences. Because it was not made explicit, its resolution
was generalized and adaptive, and not easy to identify.

The decision processes concerning all thi'ee sets of issues involved a
complex of decision points. The role of the Congress w^as as monitor.
No legislation was involved in the decisions. This was partly because
the committee itself did not have legislative responsibilities, partly
because the issue did not appear to be amenable to resolution by act
of Congress, and partly because the Admhiistration — through Secretary
Weeks as its spokesman — gave assurances that the organizational and
procedural changes found necessary to correct the situation would be
taken promptly and decisively by his office.

The decision method in the testing issue

Although the committee had received information on upward of a
dozen different sets of laboratory tests of AD-X2, and many testi-
monials from satisfied users and field experience reports, a definitive
finding was elusive. For every test there was some criticism as to
procedure, sufficient to shake the faith of the committee as to the
findings. Originally, the committee had sought to resolve the issue by
going to an outside laboratory that was neutral as well as prestigious.
MIT's reputation as a practical engineering institution, coupled with
its acknowledged scientific com])etence, made it a logical choice. The
MIT tests followed on the heels of an extensive set of tests by NBS
which had been criticized by Ritchie principally on the ground that
the electrolyte was too high in specific gravity. The MIT tests, con-
ducted in autumn of 1952, identified eight effects in batteries attribut-
able to the addition of AI)-X2. The ^IIT report, as evaluated by Dr.
Laidler, seemed to show that these eight effects made the additive
meritorious. However, the MIT research people did not make any
interpretation of their data, and Dr. Astin rejected the data as derived
from an unrealistic condition (in his judgment, the electrolj'te had
been much too low in specific gravdty). It was understandable that
Senator Sparkman was moved to ask: 'Ts there not some way that a
conclusive test for the satisfaction of everybody can be conducted
and conducted in such a way that there will be no possibility of a
mistake?" '^^ And again — "Is it not possible to devise a test that can be
agreed upon by all, so that, if it is run, it \dll be foolproof?" ^^^

Four conflicting attitudes seemed to persist among the membership
of the committee. One was a profound respect for the institution of
science, and for NBS as a great national laboratory. This attitude was
conditioned somewhat, as shown above, by irritation that science was
unable to provide unequivocal answers to the simple question of the
virtue of a battery additive — or at least sufficient to silence the
critics. ^^^ A second attitude was the general acceptance of the idea
that the Edisonian creativity of the backyard inventor can sometimes
accomplish what institutional science has concluded was impos-
sible. ^^^The third attitude was a respect for the practical judgment and

135 I hid., p. 239.
■36 Ibid., p. 383.

137 As evidenced by Senator Sparkman's questions above. An additional source of irritation, expressed by-
Senator Sparkman, ibid., p. 238, was tliat complaints had been heard from small business people that
NB S had not given them fair treatment, that it had adhered to its fixed standards without full regard to
changes that may take place.

138 See ibid., pp. 242, 379, and 381.

experience behind the "hardheaded" test of the marketplace and the
testimonials of real-life users, over the theoretical or laboratory find-
ings. Fourth was a tendency to accord respect to a finding held by a
unanimous faction (satisfied users) over a faction in conflict (the
laboratory testers).

The decision of the committee on this issue was to defer to the
findings of the Committee on Battery Additives of the National
Academy of Sciences, endorsed in advance by both Dr. Astin and Dr.
Weber. Secretary Weeks had indicated his intention of asking for a
review of NBS battery additive testing by the best qualified scientists
available.'^'' Dr. Astin had told the committee that Secretary Weeks
had sought the advice of tiie National Academy of Sciences on this
matter.^*'' He had also described the Academy and its special qualifi-
cations, and had assured the members of the committee that on the
issue of the reliability of the NBS tests he "would prefer that this is a
question you let the National Academy committee settle." ^^^

The decision, however, was a tacit one. The Academy committee
was proceeding on the basis of a request from the executive branch.
The Small Business Committee might have ignored this development
and gone ahead with its own report. That it did not do so, and the
open-ended manner in which the chairman terminated the hearing, ^*-
suggest that the committee had reached no fu-m conclusion of its own
onthe merits of AD-X2 nor as to the reliance to be placed on battery
additive testing by NBS.

The decision method in the regulatory issue

With respect to the regulation of small business in battery addi-
tives, three quite separate issues confronted the committee. There was
the summary issue of the Post Office fraud charge, the more formal but
less clear-cut case of the FTC complaint, and there was the role of
NBS in the regulatory process in general.

In the Post Office case, a copy of the hearings was sent to the Post-
master General with a letter which said, in part —

The committee has concluded that further hearhigs should not be held for the
time being. It could not, in the present state of the testimony, make a finding of
its own. * * * This committee sends you for whatever consideration you care to
give it, the testimony presented at its hearings. The decision as to what action
your Department should take with relation to the suspended fraud order, the
committee emphasizes, is yours. ^^^

According to the Lawrence account of the controversy, when the
Post Office Department did not find in the record of the hearings a
sufficient justification for "expunging" the case from the record at
once, the Senate committee staft' "urged the Post Office informally to
remove the fraud order." It needed documentation to show cause,
however, which the staff supplied in a memorandum which drew the
following conclusions :

1. A scientific controversy does exist over the merits of AD-X2.

2. The military and commercial users of AD-X2 feel very strongly that this
product does all that the manufacturer claims it should do and that they are
satisfied that the product can effect large savings in terms of time and money.

139 Ibid., p. 4.
•« Ibid., p. 226.
i«i Ibid., pp. 326, 244.

•" Ibid., p. .510. Concluded the chairman: "* * * and, therefore, we wiU have to discontinue the hearings
for a few days. For the present this will conclude the hearings."
143 "The Battery Additive Controversy," op. cit., p. 26.

99-044—69 5

3. No one who has used this product feels in any way that he has been de-
frauded, either by the manufacturer or by the product.

4. That Mr. Ritchie's advertising is conservative and that his product does
exactly what his advertising claims.'*^

Shortly after receipt of this memorandum, the Post Office Depart-
ment, on August 20, took action to cancel the fraud order against
AD-X2. It is possible that this memorandiun was too imqualified in
its endorsement of the product. However, in view of the evident
efforts by Ritchie to expose his product to tests by NBS, MIT, the
military departments, U.S. Testing Co., Chicago Development Co.,
and others, it is difficult to conclude that Ritchie himself considered
AD-X2 as other than meritorious. It was accordingly reasonable for
the Post Office Department, in dismissing the case, to conclude that
a* * * there is insufficient proof of an actual intent by Ritchie to
deceive which is requhed to warrant and maintain a fraud order." ^^^
Even assuming the absolute validity of the NBS test conclusions, the
record strongly suggests that Ritchie believed otherwise.

There is no evidence that the Senate committee or its staff took any
specific interest in the AD-X2 case before the FTC. This case dragged
on for a number of years, before Pioneers, Inc., won final vindication.
While it presents an interesting question as to relative weights of
different types of evidence before a regidatory commission, it is not
particularly instructive for the purposes of this study.

The extent of active participation by NBS in the regulatory process
was the subject of much of the committee's interrogation of Dr. Astin.
Tliis question was the main focus of Secretary Weeks' presentation to
the committee, and was also a main theme in Ritchie's testimony.

The potential for discrimmatory treatment of an individual company
was certainly present in the complex of regulatory arrangements that
had evolved for the protection of the consumer. Even wider oppor-
tunity was offered by this complex for allegations of discriminatory
treatment. Thus, NBS did not test all products, but only those that
came to its attention. Its attention was attracted by two routes: either
as a consequence of complamts to regulatory agencies, who then
brought the ])roduct to the Bureau for test, or (very rarely) as a result
of direct inquiry to NBS itself. In either case, the contact with the
initiating Government agency might be made by a nonprofit institu-
tion with a public service character, but the impetus might ultimately
be traced to a profitraaking organization with a competitive interest in
having such tests made. The hearings did not reveal whether or not
NBS had been influenced by its having taken a technical stand against
battery additives, or whether it was inflexible in persisting in such a
finding in the face of contrary evidence. There was contrary evidence,
but its rejection by the Bureau was on the scientific grounds that it was
unsoundly based or trivial. On the other hand, the hearings did contain
allegations that NBS was both influenced and inflexible. Moreover,
the relationships that the Bureau had drifted into, with the battery
industry and NBBB, lent credence to the allegation. Further oppor-
tunity for criticism lay in the fact that two principal battery experts
of the Bureau had accepted employment in the battery industry after
leaving NBS. From the point of view of Dr. Astin, it was "very unfair"
to read any impropriety into this circumstance; the stature of the

1" Idem.

"5 Ibid., p. 27.

scientists in qnestion ruled out the possibility. Dr. Astin's admission
that the Bureau's findings were not absolutely infallible might also
be taken as indicative of a degree of flexibility."^

Having made the point that the opportunity for impropriety^ Avas
at least latent in the NBwS procedures, the committee did not pursue
the subject further. It was left to the Department of Commerce to
work out its own resolution of the problem. The recommendations of
the Kelly committee and the evolution of NBS policy to increase the
distance between commercial interest and scientific investigation
appear to have disposed of the issue in a gradual way.

The decision method in the science folicy issue

The influence of the testing function on the character and program
of a Government laboratory was not explored by the committee. Dr.
Astin made clear that he did not seek or want regulatory responsibility
for ]iis agency."^ The testing function had indeed involved the Bureau
in t!ie AD-X2 controversy ; its undesirable byproducts had been shown
to include distraction, stress, animus, personnel instability, and a
■veakening of scientific objectivity and disinterestedness. Although
the motivation for NBS invoh'ement in the AD-X2 controversy was
described as the desire to be helpfid, and a legitimate concern for
the interests of the consumer, the consequences were harmful to
the A\'ork, the reputation, and the stability of the personnel relations
within tire laboratory. ^"'^

It was apparent from the line of questioning of Dr. Astin that the
committee found the function of a national scientific laboratory
difficult to reconcile with that of a monitor of product quality. The
members took particular exception to the phrasing of Dr. Vinal's
letters to the NBBB inviting comment on the "'legal aspects" of an
NBS circular."^ They were also ambivalent about the NBBB itself:
on the one hand, it was a constructive, public service organization of
merit; ou the other hand, it shoidd not be referred to — as it had
been — as a "quasi-governmental" institution.^^" Senator Schoeppel
suggested that it was "maybe a little irregidar approach" for NBS to
deal with NBBB on such a basis. Although no explicit conclusions
were drawn on this matter by the committee, the implication was
clear —

1. That to provide Government support for a private institution engaged in the
regulation of business — even in a form of business self-regulation — was regarded
with disfa\'or when it adversely affected the interests of small bushiess and bene-
fited larger business organizations;

2. That an arms-leiigth relationship with commercial institutions should be
maintained by NBS in matters other than the purely scientific or technical;

3. That NBS retained a residual responsibility as to the use made of its reports
of the results of tests of commercial products.

The proper scope of participation by NBS in regulatory activities
affecting private industry was seen by Senator Ferguson in particidar
as quite narrow. By implication, he would lunit it to "matters of

w8 Ibid., pp. 271-272. Senator Smathers apparently accepted this view. Speaking of Dr. Vinal, he asked
Dr. Astin (p. 330) the leading question: "Do you tliink that, having retired and having this experience as
an electrician and a battery expert, he should have gone to work for a dairy, for example, or a cement-mixing
plant, or do you think it is logical that he went to work for a battery concern?" The disclaimer of NBS in
fallibility appears on p. 226.

»■ Ibid., p. 313.

w" At various points, Lawrence (op. cit.) refers to the newspaper accounts of threatened resignations,
"Lysenkoism," and politically directed scientific research. (See especially pp. 22-23.)

"« HeirinTS, op. cit., pp. 287, 294.

ISO Ibid., pp. 244-245.

interest to science and technology, broadly speaking, and to manu-
facturing interests at the technical level * * *." ^^^ By following a
policy of disseminating "* * * technical data, when not specifically
directed toward scientific or technological progress, at the professional
and production level [suggested Senator Ferguson, the Bureau was]
broadening gratuitously and, perhaps inadvertently, into a regulatory
activity?" ^^2

Having demonstrated their concern with this role of NBS, the
committee dropped the matter. It was left to the Department of
Commerce to find the way to correct the situation. Secretary Weeks
in his opening statement to the committee, had promised action along
this line, and the policy instrument he selected was the Kelly com-
mittee. This group met during the summer and studied broadly the
NBS roles and missions, organization, and procedures. Its findings
were relayed to the Secretary periodically and were mostly imple-
mented as received; the final report of the committee, October 15,
Avas accordingly largely pro forma.^^^

The issue as to whether Government science should serve regulatory
or developmental functions w^as not made explicit at any point in the
controversy. The "freedom of science" — that is, the insulation of
scientists from political pressiu-es, such as those illustrated by the
Astin resignation^w^as indeed an element in the case. But none of
the participants expressed the conclusion that the use of science as a
part of the regulatory process necessarily exposed it to political
pressures.

Dr. Astin had told the committee that the testing of commodities
by NBS amounted to about 1 percent of its total activity, and that
more than half of its testing w^as of the commodity cement.^^^ The
agitation generated by the AD-X2 controversy, in view of this small
proportion of NBS effort devoted to testing, was altogether dispro-
portionate to the effort involved. At the same time, the case illustrated
the political consequences of the use of science in regulation. Even
without deahng with the issue as such, the committee — ^by focusing
attention on the controversy, and by the process of factfinding and
cross-examination— made the regulatory function sufficiently onerous
that NBS thereafter undertook it sparingly and with reluctance.^^^

Vn. The Outcome of the AD-X2 Controversy

The direct consequences of the AD-X2 case evidence the political
character of the episode. They were not unequivocal. The methods of
politics were used to mediate a conflict that the methods of science
would have resolved in a politically unacceptable way.

The issue did not reach the stage of legislative action. Apart from
the technicality that it was presented to a select committee rather

■51 Ibid., p. 314.

152 Ibid., p. 315. J J ^

>53 See Ad Hoc Committee for Evaluation and Operations of the National Bureau of Standards. Op. cit.
Also, Measures for Progress, Op. cit., especially p. 497.
iM Hearings, op. cit., p. 212.

"55 In the words of the official history of NBS ("Measures for Progress," op. cit., p. 485n) :
"The action [The Astin resignation and associated events] raised a basic question: whether Governrnent
through its regulatory and scientific agencies was to judge the merits of new products offered to the pubhc,
or whether this function was to be left to the test of the marlret place. The integrity of the Government s
primary scientific research body had been impugned. The Bureau was being subjected to pressure, and to
reorganization in accordance with an outside concept of scientific ol)jectivity. The attacli on the Bureau
Implied a radical reversal in the role of Government as the regulator of commerce."

than to a standing committee, the issue was never presented in a form
in which legislation would have been a suitable means of resolution.
]\lost of the decision-points lay outside of the Congress, and were only
influenced by actions within the committee of Congress.

The alternatives perceived by the Congress — that is, by the com-
mittee— centered on whether or not the battery additive had merit,
whether the vendor had been fairly treated, whether arbitrary action
of Government was closing the door of opportunity for small business.
An investigating committee assumed the primary decisionmaking role.
By concentrating on the case at hand, it generated pressure on the
executive branch to avoid repetition of the case, but afforded no
guidance as to how the repetition was to be avoided, or how this
avoidance was to be accomplished without sacrificing the protection
of the consumer that had led to the controversy.

The source of the issue was an uncommonly aggressive entrepreneur.
The indication of the issue took the form of a complaint of unfair
treatment of the individual, supplemented by many letters to Con-
gress from many different jurisdictions. Reception of the entrepre-
neur's complaint was favorably motivated by a concurrent change
in pohtical admmistration, and by the functional commitment of the
membership and staff of the Senate Select Committee on Small
Business, to whom the entrepreneur appealed. Validation of the issue
to the committee derived mainly from a considerable number of
testimonials asserting favorable experience with the product. The
need for action was not well expressed because of the way the issue
came to the Congress: There was a tendency to lose sight of the
functional role of the National Bureau of Standards in a system
designed to protect the consumer against fraud and misrepresentation,
and instead to concentrate on the issue as to the merits of the product —
and as to whether or not NBS was competent to test it.

The urgency of the issue as perceived by the Congress was partly
out of consideration for the plaintiff, whose business was in jeopardy,
and partly an extension of his plight to an indeterminate number of
other persons whose businesses might be similarly jeopardized.
Urgency was also contributed by the status of the Director of NBS,
whose resignation had been linked publicly with the controversy.

The issue assessment took the form of a thorough investigation
by the committee staff of the perceived issue — by resort to a technically
qualified scientific laboratory — ^presumably objective and remote from
the issue, by collection of earher scientific findings, by numerous
consultations with users of the product, and by lengthy interrogation
of the Director of NBS. Because of the evolutionary way the issue
emerged, attitudes and commitments had crystalhzed around the
question as to the merits of the product rather than on the procedures
by which the protection of the pubhc against fraud and misrepre-
sentation was reconciled witli the protection of the entrepreneur
against arbitrary and bureaucratic procedures.

Thus, various statements of the issue were made by members of
the committee during the hearings that had little bearing on the
question of what to do about it. The most substantive statement was
contained in Secretary Weeks' presentation at the opening session
of the hearmg. He noted that the NBS was the "keystone" on which

other Government agencies depended. Its findings were a source of
great power. However:

* * * If the Bureau's foot slips, a business starting in against all the normal
competitive hazards, finds itself up against something with which it cannot cope,
the vast power of the U.S. Government. '^^

He suggested that the committee " * * * might want to reexamine
the legislation giving the Federal Trade Commission very broad
powers in matters like this." He might have added that even if NBS
had not erred, its relaxed and informal attitude in consulting with a
party to a commercial dispute might give color to the charge by the
other party that NBS was not objective and without bias.

Other procedural issues suggested by Weeks involved the NBS
with the political and economic aspects of the issue. Bureau personnel
had become involved in a technical controversy. Finally, he raised
the question as to the roles of scientific tests versus practical experi-
ence in the evaluation of products. There were " * * * many testi-
monials to the fact that the product is good * * * ." Then the Sec-
retary stated succmctly the essential issue as he saw it:

As a practical man, I do not see why a product should be denied an opportunity
in the market place. I believe that the purpose of the Congress in establishing
the Bureau of Standards and in giving powers to such agencies as the Federal
Trade Commission and the Post Office Department to act to prevent unfair prac-
tices and the pei-petration of frauds, was that * * * their powers should be
exercised in the interest of the general public and that such interest should be
substantial and specifically and positively shown to be adversely affecting before
the power is used.'"

Direct consequences of the controversy

There were six direct and explicit consequences of the AD-X2
controversy. They were :

1. The Senate Select Committee on Small Business did not report either
favorabl}' or unfavorably on the merits of the additive.

2. The Director of the National Bureau of Standards was fully restored to his
position by the Secretary of Commerce.

3. The National Bureau of Standards was extensively reorganized in response
to the recommendations of the Kelly committee, and in particular was relieved
of responsibility for political or other nontechnical decisions relative to com-
mercial testing.

4. The Committee on Battery Additives of the National Academy of Sciences
issued a formal report that found:

(o) AD-X2 to have no merit;

(6) NBS tests of the additive to be of excellent quality;
(c) Competence of NBS personnel in battery tests to be high;
(cO No want of objectivity of NBC personnel in the conduct or interpreta-
tion of tests of battery additives.

5. The Post Office Department canceled its fraud order against Pioneers, Inc.

6. The Federal Trade Commission unanimously dismissed the complaint against
Pioneers, Inc.

Indirect consequences oj the controversy

In addition to these direct consequences, there were a number of
indii-ect results or effects, of which the most significant — as seen in
retrospect — were the following:

1. Pioneers, Inc., and its proprietor, emerged without legal blemish,
although at considerable cost for which he later vainly sought re-
imbursement at the U.S. Court of Claims. The demonstration by this
"Village Hampden" that the regulatory mechanisms of the Govern-
ment on commerce could be effectively resisted by a determined indi-

•5« Hearings, op. cit., p. 3.

157 Idem.

vidual can be variously evaluated: It might be judged a kind of
vindication of individual rights, an erosion of a partial and incomplete
mechanism of consumer protection, or a warning to civil servants to
interpret any regulatory mandate narrowly and precisely. One effect
was an encouragement to Ritchie himself to enter politics. ^^^

2. The effect of the case on the value of user testimonials is con-
jectm'al. The Academy committee and Dr. Astin made abundantly
clear that in the scientific community such testimonials were valueless.
On the other hand, the Federal Trade Commission explicitly permitted
them to overweigh the evidence judged pertinent by the formal
scientific community. On this showing, any business confronted with
the prospect of defending itself before the FTC would have reason to
collect testimonials and use them with confidence as evidence in its
support. Nevertheless, the au-ing of this issue before the committee
was probably educational for the general public — both in principle and
with respect to the merits of AD-X2.

3. The message was communicated unmistakably that the new
Administration intended to minimize, or at least to moderate, the role
of the Federal Government in the regulation of private business.

4. The role of science was confirmed as a respected institution
immmie from political pressures as long as the institution contributed
to technological opportunity, and did not insist on exercising a regulatory
function. Tliis effect gTew out of an interaction in wliich the scientific
community showed that it had strong views on the insi^dation of its
findings from political pressures, and could speak with a single voice
on issues even when the scientific e^adence seemed contradictory. On
the other hand the political communit}'^ was unwilling to give political
effect to a scientific finding that contravened political values such as
business freedom from Government regulation, the well-being of small
business, and the acceptability of testimonj^ based on practical
ex]Derience.

5. The issue demonstrated both the utility and the limitations
of a useful methodology^ for arbitrating issues of a highly technical
nature. It highlighted the importance of insiu-ing that those who make,
interpret, or arbitrate on scientific evidence are truly disinterested
and objective. A committee named by the National Academy of
Sciences and consisting of eminent, disinterested, and scientifically
qualified individuals had gathered, assessed, and reported on the
pertinent evidence, and had been able to arrive at a unanimous
conclusion that was technically unassailable. However, it seems to
have had an indecisive effect on the political aspect of the case, and
was rejected as "hearsay" in the proceedings of the Federal Trade
Commission.

6. As to regulatory proceedings, the case established that testi-
monials of satisfied users were weighty, even to the extent of over-
matcliing the findings of the NBS and the National Academy of
Sciences; it defined more precisely the limits of postal regulation
when science could not rule completely, mieqmvocallj", and simply
on a complex technological process with many variables and unknown
factors. In both cases, the result was a lessened interest in the role
of the Government as protector of the consumer.

7. The rektionship between the Congress and the executive branch
on the AD-Z'i2 issue illustrated anew the axioms that careful scrutiny

'58 See Lawrence, op. cit., p. 33.

of any area of Government operations reveals o])i)ortumties for tight-
ening of administration and procedures, and that close congressional
scrutiny compels agenc}' self-examination and sharpening of policies
responsive to statutes and congressional intent.

8. Perhaps the most significant effect of the AD-X2 controversy
in the long run was that it turned the attention of Government science
away from the monitoring or policing function, and in the direction of
positive contributions to knowledge. In the hearings, Dr. Astin was
quizzed sharph^ on the role of NBS in the regulatory process and in-
sisted strongly that NBS was a scientific laboratory that conducted
research and made objective findings. It was not, he said, concerned
in any way with the application of its findings in the regulatory process.
Thus, the point was made by inference that science should not be
concerned with regulatory functions. But no testimony was oft'ered or
sought to shed light on the uses of science for this purpose. By rejecting
the findings of NBS, even though supported by the National Academy
of Sciences, the FTC may have contributed to a trend away from scien-
tifically supported regulation. ^^^

VIII. Lessons of the Controversy — The Kole of Scientific

Information

The effectiveness of the information acquisition process in con-
gressional management of the AD-X2 controversy cannot be assessed
without a first determination of the objectives sought. If the objective
was simply to win for Ritchie an easement of the regulatory arrange-
ments that impaired his market opportunities, the effort succeeded.
The main sources of information yielding this result were the evi-
dences of satisfied users and the apparent technical disagreement in
findings between MIT and NBS tests.

If the purpose was to communicate to the business community the
intention to reduce the scale of government regulation of commerce,
that, too, was successful. Here, the information was primarily in the
form of declarations of polic}^ by Secretary Weeks and the tenor of
the questioning of Director Astin. But there seem to have been other
objectives.

The oft-repeated assertion that the committee sought to determine
whether or not AD-X2 Avas anj good remained unsatisfied. The
Small Business Committee received more scientific and technological
information about AD-X2 tests than it could assimilate or evaluate.
Even so, when the Academy Committee on Battery AdditiA^es entered
the scene, it found this information inadequate. ^*^° It needed more
information about NBS personnel, more information about NBS test
procedures, data from additional tests, and more expert consultation
from "neutral" sources. ^^^ The problem of the Senate committee was
not in the acquisition of data, but in the specialized skills required to
use the data it received. Members of the committee were frank to ad-

!69 Nevertheless, FTC did not itself emerge from the controversy unscathed. Lawrence reports: "The
editor of Consumer's Research Bulletin wrote in September 1956: "There is no doubt that the handling of
the AD-X2 case has severely damaged the [FTC's] prestige and ability to provide the American consumer
with effective protection against misleading advertising' " (p. 32.) Lawrence also notes that a study of
FTC procedures, made at the instigation of the Small Business Committee, led to a number of procedural
changes at the Commission.

160 Report of the Committee on Battery Additives, op. cit., p. 19, Moreover, the Committee rejected the
MIT data as UTelevant, and providing "* * * no basis for an evaluation." (p. 22)

161 Ibid., pp. 4-5.

mit their bafflement at the complexities of the technology on which
they were expected to rule.'*^-

Another objective, the protection of small business from a combina-
tion of big business (i.e., the battery industry) and Government, was
met in the sense that Government ])articipation in an arrangement
that constrained a particular small business was undoubtedl}'- curtailed.
The protection of the scientific community in the discharge of its
research function while constraining its participation in regulatory
activities was achieved, and was almost certainly an objective of the
committee. The description by Dr. Astin of the functions of NBS
may have helped to define this objective, but it was probably more
attributable to the high esteem earned by the scientific community
for its achievements in World War II — in which NBS had played an
important role in connection with both the atomic bomb and the prox-
imity fuse. However, the ramifications of this policy were not explored
at the time, and are only beginning to emerge today. It is possible
that if the AD-X2 issue had been studied not as an ad hoc problem
of an individual businessman versus bureaucracy, but as a matter of
principle — if the questions it raised had been enumerated and the
issue analyzed as to its broader implications — an altogether different
set of witnesses might have been called. The assistance of the National
Academy of Sciences in midsummer of 1952, instead of a separate set
of tests at MIT, might have helped to dispose of the controversy
more quickly and simply. The collection of the great mass of test
data by the committee would have been obviated, the parade of
testimonials would have served no purpose, and the questioning of
Dr. Astin could have been concentrated on the issue of the role of
science in regulation rather than on whether or not NBS had per-
formed imperfectly in a given instance. However, if the question was
not as to the virtue of AD-X2, but as to the use of science in Govern-
ment regulation, the Academy's advice might usefully have been
sought on this broader issue. The related question as to whether the
National Bureau of Standards was an appropriate agent for regula-
tory tests or test standards, and how such an agent might be insulated
from political intervention on individual cases, might also have been
the subject of an Academy inquiry. ^^' As it was, the committee was
concerned less in protecting a regulatory mechanism from political
onslaughts than in interceding on behalf of an affected small business.

The gulf in understanding that prevailed in 1953 between the Con-
gress and the world of science is perhaps best illustrated by the issue of
testimonials versus laboratory data. There was a mutual "credibility
gap" between Congressmen and scientists. On the one hand, the
committee was unable to reject the force of practical experience on the
part of practicing technologists, especially when the money of hard-
headed businessmen backed their judgment. On the other hand, to the
scientists, testimonials were worthless as evidence because the data
they provided were uncontrolled, not quantitative, and usually not
even well documented.

The National Bureau of Standards found itself in the awkward
position of trying to prove a negative, in the face of abundant testi-
monials supporting the affirmative. In view of the limitless variables

"2 Hearings, op. cit., pp. 174, 183-184, 304, 377-378, for examples.

'MTo be sure, the Kelly committee did make a recommendation as to the inappropriateness of NBS
to act in the nontechnical aspects of commercial tests. But its finding was made in the narrower context
of the question of NBS reorganization to strengthen its scientific capability. On the broader question of
scientific regulation by Government per se, the Kelly committee did not rule.

present in some minute extent in the situation, no complete, absolute,
unqualified, impregnable proof was possible. A negative finding could
be arrived at to the satisfaction of the scientific community, by reduc-
ing to a negligible level the residual possibility of error. But it could
not be reduced to zero.

Most communications to the Congress appealing for help are from
individuals without scientific training, and are based on a layman's
judgment and values. Most Members of Congress have legal training
in which representation of a client imposes the obligation to accept his
story along with the case, and to attempt to substantiate his position.
When the scientific evidence is confiictmg, obscure, or indecisive, the
congressional conclusion may favor the layman's judgment, especially
when backed by abundant practical evidence in the form of testi-
monials. From the scientific point of view, NBS may have been alto-
gether justified in ignoring testimonials. But from the practical or
political point of view, the more testimonials in favor of a product, the
stronger and more conclusive must be the scientific evidence to nullify
it.

Among the difficulties encountered by the Senate Small Business
Committee in acquiring technical information, there was the problem
of scientific language itself. ^^* There was the difference in approach
as between the political personality, accustomed to dealing with quali-
tative information, and the scientific personality, used to quantitative
information.^*^^ There was the problem of obeying the scientific rules
in the collection of data.^®^ All of these stood in the way of effective
communication between the disciplines of physical science and the
practice of politics.

On the positive side, the AD-X2 episode contributed usefully to
public and political education on matters of science. It afforded instruc-
tion in the difficidty of conducting unassailable scientific tests of
product performance and properties, the vulnerability of tests to
criticism, and particularly the vulnerability of scientific tests to
practical criticism. It illustrated the importance of controlled scientific
tests, the importance of quantitative data, and the importance of
requiring technica,l witnesses to arm themselves with careful docu-
mentation on procedures and results. It explained the dift'erence
between laboratory and field tests. In a broader context, it demon-
strated the difficulty of resolving a technical issue in a congressional
committee. It showed why political factfinding processes needed to
separate the consideration of scientific aspects of issues from the
political aspects, and to separate administratively the functions of
scientific investigation and political or economic policy formulation —
in order to preserve the appearance as well as the fact of scientific
objectivity.

The battery additive controversy also presented the Congress v\'itli
a number of difficult policy questions. Some of these were specific
to the controversy, as for example —

Was it important for the examination of the issue that the Post Office Depart-
ment, the FTC, and the NBBB were all impacting on Pioneers, Inc., using the
data i3ro\ided by NBS? And that the motivation for all three lines of attack is

164 For example, see Hearines, op. cit., p. 397. Also, see references cited in footnote 163.

165 Hearings, op. cit., pp. 228-229.

166 For example, the Academy committee rejected 1 set of data received by the Senate committee on the
ground that it was not made with AD-X2. (See report of the Committee on Battery Additives, p. 20.)
The Academy committee rejected another set of test data partly on the gi'ound that "* * * the manner
of reporting the data does not give confidence in the care with which the experiments were perfor;ned.
(Ibid., p. 22.)

at least conceivably attributable to the battery industry? Did the battery industry
use this regulatory complex for its own purposes?

How could the committee ascertain the technical competence of persons offering
testimonials? The competence of NBS scientists? The relevance of MIT test
procedures?

What conclusions could the committee draw from the detailed descriptions of
fimction and service of a battery additive provided by accomplished salesmen
of this product?

Was the committee, after being exposed to much scientific evidence of seemingly
conflicting nature, and descriptions by salesmen and users, able to accept the
judgment and assessment of test data by a committee of scientists chosen by the
National Academy of Sciences?

Other questions raised by the controversy have broader impHca-
tions, and are hkely to recur in a new context. For example —

If it is decided that the Government should maintain a regulatory mechanism
to protect the citizen or business from fraud, misrepresentation, and unsatis-
factory products, how can the mechanism be designed to be immune from political
reprisals following complaints from aggrieved parties, and at the same time
maintain its objectivity, and also provide continuous assurance to the Congress
that it is maintaining this objectivity? Can an impartial testing laboratory be
exposed to political pressures without losing its objectivity and disinterestedness?
On the other hand, should science and scientific institutions have immune status,
apart from political pressures? Can any group be safely insulated from political
stress? Yet — can science be objective and creative if it is subjected to political
stress?

In the building of a science institution with esprit and reputation, is this charac-
ter accompanied sometimes by a sense of superiority and bias against "outside"
experts? How does this development influence the objectivity of the "in-group"
and the "out-group"? Is there a danger that there may develop a scientific "estab-
lishment" infected vvith this kind of bias — the sort of attitude that scientists
themselves have labeled the "NIH (Not Invented Here) Syndrome"?

What policy should govern the relationships among professional people in the
same discipline but representing conflicting or competitive commercial interests?
In particular, what should be the relationship between civil service scientists and
persons in private employment sharing the same scientific discipline?

Many patterns of questioning were observable in the AD-X2
heai-ings, reflecting both the interests of committee members and their
responses to the testimony. This combination of prepared statements
and subsequent interrogations is a tried and proved method of eliciting
information. However, its effectiveness is maximized by advance
planning, and systematic preparation to insure that the questions
asked bring out most thoroughly the most important aspects of an
an issue. In the AD-X2 hearings there was no overall systematic use
of the technique to develop factual information relative to major
themes or issues. There was no preliminary staff report (except for
the brief issuance in December 1952, based mainly on Ritchie's
allegations and the MIT report as interpreted by Dr. Laidler), to
establish what the issues really were. In more recent years there has
been evident a more systematic approach to congressional investi-
gations involving scientific and technological issues. This approach
may be gradually evolving into an institutionalized procedure, along
approximately the following sequence:

1. Statement of the issue.

2. Structuring of the issue.

3. Identification of the implications and ramifications of the
issue.

4. Establishment of the priorities or ordering of the aspects
of the issue, ranked in terms of relative significance and import.

5. Definition of the information needs of the Congress relevant
to each aspect of the issue to be investigated.

6. Identification of the best sources of the requu-ecl information.

7. Procurement of the information : as pubUshed or unpublished
documents, testimony, and witnesses avaihxble for questioning.

S. Processing (ordering, analysis, and interpretation) of the
information.

9, Statement of findings.
10. Establishment of policy decision or decisions.
Whether for investigations and oversight, or for the testing and
evaluation of legislative proposals, the merit of an orderly and struc-
tured system of 1:his sort seems compelling. When, at the earliest point
of contact, an issue can be identified as of major concern or widespread
impact, and congressional investigation of it planned according to an
orderly sequence, the outcome is likely to be of superior value. Diffi-
culty is still to be anticipated, even today, with issues like AD-X2
in which a seemingly minor grievance evolves by stages into a front
page controversy. It would have been unreasonable to have expected
the Senate committee or its staff to have foreseen the scale of agitation
that would ultimately result from a complaint over a test of a battery
powder. It is much easier to relate the implications of the entire
controversy, as they appear in retrospect, than it would have been
at the time. While recognizing this, it is still valid to suggest that a
searching analysis of these implications, taken at the earliest moment
after the issue became momentous, might have served a useful purpose.

CHAPTER FOUR— THE POINT JV PROGRAM: TECHNOLOG-
ICAL TRANSFER AS THE BASIS OF AID TO DEVELOPING
COUNTRIES

I. The Point IV Problem and Its Background

This chapter is a case study of the decisionmaking process leading
to congressional enactment in 1950 of the first long-range U.S.
technical assistance program for the less developed countries of the
world, the so-called point IV program. The purpose of the study is to
examine the use by the Congress of scientific and technical information
bearing on this issue.

A principal goal of U.S. pohcy following World War II was to shield
against Communist encroachment the territories of members of the
"Atlantic Alliance." Marshall plan assistance to the war-ravaged
nations of Western Europe was a principal means for implementing
this policy. Progressively, the scope of this effort was enlarged as other
nations, many of them former colonies of NATO countries, sought U.S.
aid. Foreign economic and military assistance to a long list of bene-
ficiaries thus became a fixture of U.S. policy.

At the same time, a rapid growth in Communist power was taking
place — as exemplified by Soviet achievement of nuclear weaponry
and IMao Tse-tung's conquest of the Chinese mainland. Communist
technological and territorial gains intensified the stresses between the
Communist and non-Communist power systems. One area of competi-
tion was in the territories that had been colonies of the European
nations in Asia, Africa, and the Middle East.

Requirements of all the developing regions for economic assistance
quickly threatened to overtax U.S. resources. Unlike the ravaged
nations of Western Europe, whose skilled manpower and viable
political systems enabled them to make a quick restoration under
the stimulus of postwar aid, the developing countries lacked both
technological culture and political organization suited to the encour-
agement and organization of industrial skills. Assistance under United
Nations auspices was slow in materializing. It became evident that
the United States faced a choice between curtailing the scope or
altering the content of the foreign aid program.

Accordingly, a search was undertaken for ways to enlarge the
effects of foreign assistance without imposing a corresponding drain
on U.S. resources of capital goods. Principal reliance was for a time
placed on the concept of exporting U.S. technology. In his inaugural
address of 1949, the President voiced this aspiration:

Fourth. We must embark on a bold new program for making the benefits of
our scientific advances and industrial progi-ess available for the improvement
and growth of underdeveloped areas. ^

1 U.S. President (Harry S. Truman). Inaugural address, Jan. 20, 1949. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Com-
mittee on Foreign Relations. Development of technical assistance progi'ams: Background information and
documents, Subcommittee on Technical Assistance Programs pursuant to S. Res. 214, 83d Cong. Nov. 22,
1954. 83d Cong. 2d sess., Commdttee print. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1954), pp. 53-64.

(61)

While the cooperation of other nations should be sought in the
investment of capital to aid the poorer nations (said the President),
the United States was "preeminent in the development of industrial
and scientific techniques" which could be used effectively in areas
needing them. Eighteen months later, on June 5, 1950, the Act for
International Development, embodying the congressional response to
the President's request, received his approval. Its first funding was
further delayed until the end of August 1950.

Summary of the legislative history of Point IV

The first step in implementing the point IV proposal was the formu-
lation of a set of specifics. This task was undertaken by the Inter-
departmental Advisory Committee on Technical Assistance, com-
posed of agency and departmental administrators of assistance pro-
grams, acting in concert with the National Advisory Council, com-
posed of departmental chiefs concerned \\ath financial matters and
also nongovernmental spokesmen for the American business com-
munity. The enterprise was under the general direction of Assistant
Secretary of State Wiliard Thorp. The major product of these deliber-
ations was a program, issued in the form of a series of State Depart-
ment publications under the title: "Point Four: Cooperative Program
for the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas."

On the basis of the recommendations in this series of publications,
the administration drafted two bills which were introduced as legis-
lative proposals in June 1949. One treated the provision of technical
assistance ^ and the other the establishment of safeguards for private
capital to finance a large part of the program.^

Segments of the business connnunity challenged the position taken
by the Administration in oft'ering a flexible aid program, urged a larger
role for private capital with stronger safeguards, and opposed the con-
templated role of the United Nations as partner in the program. Tln-ee
sets of hearings were held on the initial bills and on subsequent com-
promise measmes, before the Congress adjourned without taking
action.

Deliberations between the executive branch and interested members
of the business community continued. Compromise legislation was
drawn up and introduced in an attempt to satisfy some of the criticisms
of industry. New hearings were held, during the first part of 1950, by
the Foreign Relations and Foreign Affahs Committees. The two
Houses acted on separate measiu"es, the House version calling for a
$25 million appropriations authorization, with a substantial role for
guaranteed private investment, and the Senate version limited to the
provision of technical "know-how," supported by a $45 million appro-
priations authorization with few guarantees to protect overseas private
investment. House and Senate conferees acquiesced essentially on the
House version. After much debate in the Senate, the Congress accepted
the conference report and the President signed the bill into law June 5.*
After further debate, the Congress appropriated $25 million to get the
program underway.

The Act for International Development was a compromise between
the administration bills and counterproposals for a program of limited

2 H.R. 5615, introduced in the House by Representative John Kee, chairman of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs.

3 H.R. 5594, introduced in the House by Representative Brent Spence and S. 2197, introduced in the
Senate by Senator Burnet R. Maybank, July 12, 1949.

<Act for International Development, 1950, title IV, sec. 403. PubUc Law 535, 81st Cong., June 5, 1950.

technical assistance emphasizing the flow of private capital, \\dth
clear safeguards in the recipient countries to protect private American
investment. The major role of the Congress was to amend and enact a
policy that had been initiated by the executive branch. The ultimate
form of the bill took into account both the Administration concepts
and those of the business community, which had been reflected in
opposition measures introduced by Senator Leverett Saltonstall and
Representative Christian Herter. In its final form the bill contained
less emphasis on multilateral programs, and more emphasis on a bi-
lateral investment program, supported by bilateral agreements be-
tween the United States and the recipient countries; other provisions
were :

An annual review of requests for assistance;
Annual legislative authorization for appropriations;

Establishment of joint commissions to coordinate country programs and
recommend specific projects;

Funding on a functional, rather than a geographic, basis;

Appropriations on an annual basis;

Authorization to Export-Import Bank to provide investment guarantees.

The bill did not provide for governmental funding of technical
development programs. The role of the State Department in over-
seeing the administration of the new program was left in some doubt :
the President was instructed to establish the Technical Cooperation
Administration as a coordinating agency ^^'ithin the Department, but
departmental control over programing and management of TCA was
A\'ithheld. It was the view of some legislators (notably Senator Van-
denberg), and some Foreign Service personnel, that diplomatic
operations of the Department were not readily reconcilable with the
responsibilities for administering a technical assistance program.

The role of the legislative branch in initiating foreign policy is
defined by the Constitution as well as constrained by tradition and
circiunstance. Congress has traditionally relied on the information
and analysis resources of the executive branch. In the formulation of
the point IV program, the Congress relied for information almost
exclusively on the Administration and on those spokesmen of the
business community interested in participating in an overseas in-
vestment program. The easing of consumer demand during the first
half of 1950 (for the first time since the close of World War II) under-
scored the need for economic stimidus.

Business views in particular were parochial regarding problems
facing the underdeveloped world. These \dews — expressed mainly by
business executives rather than either economists or technologists —
were a main source of guidance for both ihe administration and the
Congress.

Preparation for the midterm congressional elections of 1950 diverted
attention from consideration of the aid plan. Moreover, with the out-
break of the Korean war, late in June 1950, national priorities shifted.
The event was widely interpreted as evidence that the Communist
world was prepared to employ military force to gain its expansionist
ends, and that a countervailing force capability was called for. (Al-
though the war itself did not begin until the end of June, the growing
tensions in the area were perceptible 3 months earlier.) Increasingly,
the support for the technical assistance program came from those
concerned wdth national security needs and took on a military char-
acter. Technical data, some of which had little bearing on economic

development, were presented in support of the measure as a means of
strengthening defenses against overt Communist penetration.

Although both the executive branch and the Congress saw the
technical assistance program as inherently experimental, the experi-
mental character of the program seemed to serve as justification for
setting it in motion without exhaustive intellectual underpuming,
rather than the reverse. Neither the Congress nor the Administration
attempted to exhaust the sources of relevant information which might
have revealed pitfalls in the design and implementation of the pro-
gram, and ways of avoiding them. Many witnesses, particularly
those supplied by the Administration, voiced uncritical exi)ectations
about successes to be achieved from the ajjplication of science and
technology to any developmental program. America's arsenal of tech-
nical knowledge, that had served so well in the war against the Axis,
was regarded as a iniiversal panacea in the campaign to raise the tech-
nological level of laggmg economies. Physical and social scientists, and
experienced participants in previous tJ.S. technical assistance pro-
grams, might have contributed information to qualify these optimistic
views. Such information was chculating within the scientific com-
miniity and current journals during the 18 months while the policy was
before the Congress. But members of the scientific community were
not mvited, and did not take the mitiative, to bring their coiuisel to
the decisionmakers. The scientific and technical problems of under-
development were not sharply defined, nor were the scientific and
technical requisites of an effective technical assistance policy.

II, Central Issues of Point IV as Seen by Congress and

THE Administration

Other issues than the mechanics of exporting technology occupied
most of the testimony and debates during the 18 months of considera-
tion of the measure. These issues centered on political justification of
the new program, the role of private business and the need for guar-
antees for overseas investment, and a counterproposal for a com-
mission to study the need for technical assistance.

Political justification

Following his maugural address and his July 1949 technical assistance
message, tlie President undertook to build a consensus for his proposal
in the Congress. A program of teclniical assistance would need to
be shown to be feasible, beneficial, and combined with low^-risk
exports of capital so as to be most effectual at least cost to the tax-
payer. Of particular importance as justification was the national
security as measured by the benefits to be received by the containment
of communism and improvement of the availability of strategic and
critical materials. For instance, the Secretary of State, Dean Acheson,
testified in 1950 on the development bill before the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee:

This legislation * * * is a security measure. And, as a security measure, it is
an essential arm of our foreign policy, for our military and economic security is
vitally dependent on the economic security of other peoples * * *. Economic
development will [also] bring us certain practical material benefits.*

' statement of Secretary of State Dean Acheson. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions. Act for International Development. Hearings before the * * * 81st Cong., 2fl sess., Mar. 30 and Apr.
3, 1950. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1950), p. 5.

Members of Congress were assured — and did not appear to ques-
tion— that economic development of the poorer countries woidd
benefit the U.S. national interest by eliminating the preconditions
for the spread of communism.^

Congressional supporters of the legislation dealt mainly with the
need to improve the international political posture of the United
States. For instance, Representative Abraham Ribicoff regarded it as
"an investment, and investment in the future, which will pay off in
peace and security." ^ Some Members attached importance to the
potential benefits of the legislation for foreign trade. Said Senator
Hubert Humphrey :

Let me say to those who are interested in our business and industrial picture
that with point IV we will find markets. We cannot sell American goods to paupers.
We can beat our chests for the next 10 years; but until the people of the world
have raised their own standards of living and until they have the means to buy
our goods, we cannot do business with them.^

Others cited improvements that would result in U.S. supplies of stra-
tegic materials:

Rubber, sisal, industrial diamonds, bauxite, of which we have a very small
and limited supply * * * palm oil, of which we have none, graphite, sperm oil,
of which we have none, and other materials of that type.»

Opposition to the concept of technical assistance was based not on
questions of feasibility, but on such tangential issues as isolationism
and opposition to United Nations membership, the need to protect
U.S. agriculture and industry, and opposition to what might become
excessive interference of Government with trade and commerce.
Senator Burnet R. Maybank saw a trend in the bill toward socialism.
Others objected to the proposed legislation on the grounds that
technical assistance in irrigation might increase cotton production
abroad so as to impair U.S. markets. '°

Business and financing

Issues occupying a major portion of congressional attention related
to financing or — as an alternative to public funding — the provision
of capital investment by private American business and the establish-
ment of guarantees for its safety.

Diu"ing the postwar period many business spokesmen had opposed
large-scale export of public capital to promote economic development.
Instead they preferred more profitable techniques — the provision of
private capital investment (\\dth appropriate assurance of guarantees
for returns on investments) and international trade. ^^

'Whereas, a decade later, Walt W. Rostow was to write: "Communism is best understood as a disease
of the transition to modernization." ("Guerilla Warfare in Underdeveloped Areas." In "The Guerilla and
How To Fight Him." Selections from the Marine Corps Gazette. Edited by Lt. Col. T. N. Greene. (New
York, Praeger. publishers, 1962), p. 56.) Social scientists generally accept the hypothesis that groups most
susceptible to the appeals of communism are those who have had their expectations heightened by a meas-
ure of advancement, and who are then frustrated and look to the Communist political managers to help
transmit their demands to local political leadersliip tlirough legitimate channels, or, conversely, to help
overthrow the existing leadership to accelerate their personal progress.

■ Statement of Representative Abraham Ribicoff. Foreign Economic Assistance. Consideration on the
floor of the House. Congressional Record (Mar. 27, 1950), p. 4140.

8 Statement of Senator Hubert Humphrey. Economic Cooperation Act of 1948. Consideration on the
floor of the House. Congressional Record (Mar. 29, 1950), p. 6263.

» Statement of Representative Mike Mansfield. Foreign Economic Assistance. Consideration on the floor
of the House. Congressional Record (Mar. 29, 1950), p. 4337.

w See statement of Representative Peter Mack. Foreign Economic Assistance. Consideration on the
floor of the House. Congressional Record (Mar. 27, 1950), p. 4175. Southern Senators voted against point
rV by a margin of 11 to 8.

" David Baldwin. "Economic Development and American Foreign Policy 1934-62." (Chicago, the Uni-
versity of Chicago Press, 1966), passim, but especially pp. 103-4.

99-044—69 6

Experience with the administration of subsequent technical assist-
ance programs has shown that the development of the economically
underdeveloped areas ^vill not occur without the presence of large
sums of public capital (both bilateral and multilateral) for "social
overhead" or public capital investment (public works, education,
health, sanitation, etc.).^^ The Congress and the Administration, were
not eager to begin another tax-supported program of foreign aid. They
were aware of the influence of American business and earnestly solicited
the advice and support of this private sector for enactment of the
point IV legislation. In the end, the Congress acceded to the need for
guarantees for private capital. The program was judged to be a political
necessity to meet the Communist threat.

Immediately after the President's inaugural speech the Administra-
tion sought the reactions of industrialists to the proposed program.

Interested businessmen were actively responsive to the develop-
mental role assigned to them by the Administration. At first many
business spokesmen wanted unequivocal assurance that the Admin-
istration did not propose to sujjply either the funds or technicians for
foreign development operations; that these tasks would be entrusted
solely to private enterprise. In May 1949, the National Association of
Manufacturers said that the best way to promote development would
be to encourage a flow of private capital and to protect such invest-
ments by requiring the signing of bilateral agreements between the
United States and the recipient governments to provide reimburse-
ment in case of confiscation or nationalization, diasaster or civil
disorder.'^

As reflected in the press and congressional hearings, the business
community offered three arguments in justification for its claim for
preferential treatment in the program.'^ First, it was suggested that
economic development should proceed and develop according to the
lines of a free enterprise system whUe the use of Government funds
would inevitably reshape the beneficiary nation into a socialist system.
For instance former Ambassador Spruille Braden said :

Having spent the majority of my mature life, both in business and diplomacy,
either in or in direct contact with the so-called undeveloped areas of this hemi-
sphere, it is my firm conviction that the best and often the sole effective means
of developing these areas is through free, private, competitive enterprise and not
through Government. 1^

Second, the business community contended that private enterprise
possessed unique technical skills needed to accomplish the job:

Private industry has the industrial know-how. Government has not. The most
effective assistance in industrial development abroad can be provided by skilled
technicians of American companies which are investing their funds. '^

12 "The lack or shortage of roads, ports, and powerplants are well-known obstacles to economic develop-
ment. A complete listing * * • would include all forms of transportation, telecommunications, schools,
hospitals, sewerage and water systems, streets, administrative buildings, and many otlier forms of capital
investment." (In Lloyd D. Black, "The Strategy of Foreign Aid" (Van Nostrand, 1968), p. 54.)

13 "Bilateral Pact Urged on Point IV," New York Times (May 24, 1949), p. 41.

" See articles of Henry Hazlitt in Newsweek, 1949-50; Hebert Harris, "Point IV Is Big Business," United
Nations World magazine (vol. 3, No. 12, December 1949), pp. 55-58; Fortune magazine (October 1949) and
Februarv 1950 (issue devoted to U.S. foreign economic policies — especially "Point IV, Has U.S. Capital
the Incentive to Carry It Out?" pp. 89-96, 176, 178, 181-182).

16 Statement of Hon. Spruille Braden. In U.S. Congress. House Committee on Foreign Affairs. Inter-
national Technical Cooperation Act of 1949 (point IV program). Hearings before the * * * on H.R. 5615,
a bill to promote the foreign policy of the United States and to authorize participation in a cooperative
endeavor for assisting in the development of economically underdeveloped areas of the world. Sept. 27, 28,
30, Oct. 3, 4. 5, 6, and 7, 1949. 81st Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1969),
p. 225.

18 Report of Special Committee on Point IV Program, Chamber of Commerce of the United States.
The point IV program, approved by board of directors. In House. International Technical Cooperation
Act of 1949, Hearings, op. cit., p. 156.

And third, private industry held that training in technical skills and
know-how would rapidly follow on the heels of private foreign invest-
ment :

To the average backward country, the chief advantage of private capital,
especially direct or equity capital, is that it brings along its own know-how,
managerial experience, and the exchange to buy doUar machinery, all of which
are welcome."

Representative Christian Herter introduced an alternative bill
incorporating business demands. Herter's bill, and a similar one intro-
duced in the Senate by Senator Saltonstall, woidd have limited the
assistance provided by the United States to agricidture, health, sani-
tation, and education. Bilateral agreements would protect U.S.
investors from confiscation of their property and give them special
tax pri\-ileges. The measure also would rule out U.S. participation in
United Nations technical assistance programs and would establish
an advisory council of businessmen to select technical assistance
projects for the United States; it would establish an administration
in the State Department to supervise and implement the program;
and would "restrict intergovernmental loans to those designed for
purposes for which private capital is not available on reasonable
terms and which will contribute to the economic development of the
borrower without displacing or competing with the same or similar
facilities operated by private enterprise." ^^

The Senate Banking and Currency Committee held one set of
hearings on the original administration bill. The House held three sets
of hearings — on the original bill, and then on the Herter bill which
combined technical assistance and investment provisions, and then
on the compromise administration bill. In spite of the repeated
exhortations by the President for enactment of his plan and the con-
cessions he granted to business opponents, serious opposition to the
President's call for a flexible $45 million program still remained in the
business community and in the Congress.

The Senate was opposed to any provision of guarantees for the
protection of private capital. The Foreign Relations Committee stated
that there should be no more to an initial progi'am than simply the
diffusion of technical know-how. It also suggested that if provisions
for the protection of capital were included, the program would even-
tually involve the United States in a big-money foreign-aid operation.
The House, on the other hand, responded to the views of Representa-
tive Christian Herter that funding be limited and stronger provisions
extended to protect private capital.

After repeated delays, cuts, and compromises the Congress in July
1950 agreed to a program with Umited guarantees for private invest-
ment, an indefinite program and a $35 million appropriations authori-
zation. Additional attempts to cut the program came from the Appro-
priations Committee — because of the need to divert funds to the
Korean conflict. However in September, the bill was passed and $35
million allocated for the program.

""Point rV. Has U.S. Capital the Incentive To Carry It Out?" Fortune (Febraary 1950), pp. 95-96.

19 Statement of Austin T. Foster, chairman, Treaty Committee, National Foreign Trade Council, Inc.,
New York, and general counsel Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc., New York. In House. International Tech-
nical Cooperation Act of 1949, Hearings, op. cit. ,p. 111.

The alie Illative oj a study commission

Two proposals were offered, one in March by Representative Jacob
Javits ^^ and the other in April, by Senators Eugene Millikin and
Leverett Saltonstall ^° for the establishment of bipartisan committees
to study whether a technical assistance program was needed. Although
generally regarded as delaying maneuvers, the proposals are open to
various possible interpretations.

A measure of support was given to the Saltonstall/Millikin bill
which would create a commission similar in functions to the Krug
and Herter committees which had been established after the war to
study the need for the EGA program. The proposed commission would
examine all existing laws on the subject, assess the need and chart
the course of a future technical assistance program, and suggest
additional provisions for guaranteeing private capital and stimulating
capital investment in underdeveloped areas.

Principal siij)port for the proposal of a study commission was based
on congressional recognition of deficiencies in the scientific and tech-
nical aspects of the administration's program. For instance, Senator
Millikin challenged the proposition that the United States possessed
the capability to supply technical assistance. He touched upon serious
obstacles to social and economic development posed by factors
indigenous to the underdeveloped nations. He said in part:

Do we have a surplus of technical skill available for work in connection with
these foreign i)rojects * * *? How much will these programs improve the welfare
of foreign countries * * *? We have not begun to commence to start to study
the implications of this program * * *. [What will happen in the way of depress-
ing food supplies and the harmful dislocations to communal life which will
ensue from the introduction of modern technology?] * * * In our programs are
we going to deal from government to government, or, where it suits us to do so,
are we going to short circuit and go over the heads of the local dictators and chiefs
of the countries ***?*** Will the intrusion of these foreign-inspired pro-
grams and their operation on the ground accentuate the cleavages between races
and classes? * * * Is it not a fact that the development of resource-poor areas
may create more economic and social problems than it solves? -^

Defeat of the study commission proposal was insisted upon by the
Administration and its congressional supporters. However, the views
of the proponents of the concept appear to have had considerable
validity in the light of the subsec{uent history of the program.

in. The Role of Technology in Economic Development

During the past 20 years, U.S. foreign aid programs have taken
two main forms: indirect and direct assistance. Indirect assistance,
whose objective is to improve the growth potential of an entire
national economy, includes such programs as —
Removing discriminatoiy trade barriers;
Eliminating tariff's to facilitate international trade; and
Encouraging private usiness initiative in the underdeveloped
areas.

" Representative Javits introduced liis bill to create a Committee on Foreign Economic Policy to review
the situation. His remarks on tliis proposal appear in the Congressional Record (Mar. 30, 1950), p. 4414.

M This was an amendment to S. 3304. to supplant title V with title VI. See statements of Senators Salton-
stall and Millikin, Congressional Record (Amendment of Economic Cooperation Act of 1949, April 1950),
passim.

21 Statement of Senator Eugene D. Millikin. Amendment of Economic Cooperation Act of 1948. Con-
sideration on the floor of the Senate. Congiessional Record (May 4, 1950), pp. 6374-6375.

Direct forms of aid, whose objective is to effect prompt increases
of a nation's available productive resources, include:
The provision of grants and loans;

The supply of surplus agricultural commodities; nonagricul-
tural grants in kind; counterpart funds and military and defense
support.^^
Technical assistance, a major form of direct aid, is loosely defined
as the diffusion of American skills and know-how. It consists of —

(1) Providing a recipient nation with U.S. technical experts
to furnish advice and instruction in long- and short-range pohcy
matters ranging from public administration to managerial organi-
zation and the development of improved rice strains;

(2) Executing demonstration projects;

(3) Providing equipment and materials for demonstration
projects; and

(4) Bringing foreign nationals to the United States to receive
technical training in American universities and Federal agencies.^^

Almost 20 years of experience in economic assistance programs to
the underdeveloped world ^^ shows quite conclusively that the tasks
of a bilateral or multilateral program for the development of a nation
in transition are both numerous and complex — much more so than had
been anticipated by decisionmakers in 1950.-^ ]Many constraints
deriving from the political, economic, social, and technical conditions
of both the donor and the recipient nation are important in shaping
U.S. technical assistance programs. Each aid program must match
each form of assistance, each project and program, to the particular
problems faced by that nation in fostering its growth. Although the
problems faced by economies in transition differ from one country to
another depending upon resource potential, history, political culture,
and traditions, certain impediments are common to all. The

2-' Study No. 1. The Objectives of U.S. Economic Assistance Programs by the Center for International
Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. January 1957. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Special Committee
To Study the Foreign Aid Program. Foreign aid program: Compilation of Studies and Surveys, prepared
under the direction of * * * pursuant to S. Res. 285, 84th Cong., and S. Res. 35 and 141, 85th Cong. Pre-
sented by Mr. Green. July 1957. 85th Cong., 1st sess. S. Doc. No. 52. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1957), p. 39.

23 See Jack Baranson. The Challenge of Underdevelopment. In Melvin Kranzberg and Carroll W. Pursell,
Jr. Technology in Western Civihzation, vol. II (The University of Wisconsin Press, 1967) , pp. 516-531. There
are diflering concepts of what a technical assistance program is and of what it sliould attempt to accomplish.
For a discussion see: f U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. Organization and Adminis-
tration of Technical Assistance Programs. Staff Study No. 2, Subcommittee on Technical Assistance Pro-
grams. 84th Cong., 1st sess. Committee print. (Washington, D.C, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955),

p.n.

"■* Since World War II, the United States has been involved in many bilateral and multilateral programs
to disseminate technical knowledge and skills. Among them are its participation in the United Nations
and specialized agencies, such as the United Nations Education, Scientific, and Cultural Organization,
(UNESCO); Food and Agriculture Organization, (FAO); and the International Labor Organization, (ILO);
etc.; the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (OECD); the multilateral body whose
objective is to close the technology gap between the United States and the nations of Western Europe:
the Alliance for Progress, operative for the nations of Latin America; and numerous programs of dn-ect and
developmental assistance implemented through the Agency for International Development (AID); and
the military assistance programs (MAP) implemented by the Department of Defense. Additional aid is
provided by private U.S. business organizations, religious and philanthropic groups, and developmentally
oriented foundations and business concerns.

=5 A study conducted for the Senate Committee on Government Operations ui 1966 reviewed the opera-
tions of the Agency for International Development in Chile. Conclusions and recommendations for improve-
ment of AID operations in Chile and throughout the world were generated. Many of these problems were
overlooked in the tecluiical assistance legislation enacted in 1950. Prime among them are: (1) The size of
the U.S. assistance program must be tailored to the nation's ability to absorb an influx of funds; (2) a method
must be devised for coordination of international assistance; (3) AID should utilize the past experiences
and recommendations of its programs and personnel; (4) The United States must develop a means for
mobilizing specialized skills in a timely manner; (5) Research is needed in niral development; (6) AID
personnel should be familiar with the language and culture of the nation in which they are working; (7)
An effort should be made to gage the host government's commitment to a project; (8) "Perhaps the most
urgent requirement for a sound foreign assistance program is to damp expectations all around with respect
to what foreign aid can accomplish?' (U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations.
U.S. Foreign Aid in Action: A Case Study. Submitted by Senator Ernest Gruening to the Sub-
committee on Foreign Aid Expenditures (pm'suant to S. Res. 182. 89th Cong.) (Washington, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, 1966), pp. 122-124).

achievement of self-sustaining growth requires that the extremes of
wealth and poverty which exist in all less developed nations be
eliminated. In addition to the accumulation of a sufficient quantity of
capital savings and investment, the economic structure of the nation
must be diversified so that its products can enter world markets. ^^

Other requirements are: the maximum development of the pro-
duction resource potential of the nation- — whether industrial or
agricultural, or the appropriate admixture of the two; establishment
of adequate communications, power and transportation systems; and
the recruitment and training of a cadre of skilled manpower — in
agriculture and industry, in i3ublic administration and management.

The experiences of U.S. technical assistance programs have also
shoA\Ti that many forms of technology utilized in the industrialized
nations cannot be easily assimilated and adopted by the less developed
nations without considerable modification to their particular needs
and capacities. Many factors make modern technology incompatible
^^ith resources of transitional nations : It costs more than less sophisti-
cated techniques, requires much maintenance, and is designed for
large-scale production units. In addition, modern technology is
capital intensive; it requires large sums of capital plus highly skilled
workers, both of which, are scarce in these countries. Labor-intensive
production systems are usually more compatible vdth the primitive
economic conditions of the less developed nations where there is an
abundance of unskilled labor. Yet modern technological efficiency
calls for automation and economies of scale. Differences in climate,
topogi'aphy, resource potential, level of education, culture, and the
value given to a materiahstic way of life, suggest that it may be neces-
sary to export (or even to invent) a technology which is appropriate
to the industriahzed countries in the early stages of their develop-
mental process, such as wooden instead of steel farm implements,
hand-powered washing machines, or progression of the farmer from
the hoe to the animal-drawn plow instead of to the tractor." These
differences also lead to the conclusion that special technologies ap-
propriate to the miique circumstances of the less developed country
must be developed and diffused.

In trying to get the point IV program through the Congress, the
State Department gave little consideration to these obstacles to
the transfer of advanced technologies. Its justification material
cited only two sets of limiting factors: (1) the need to supersede the
"civil disorder and extreme forms of nationalism," and (2) the long
time period required for economic growth to take place.-^ ^lisled
by American successes achieved in post World War II reconstruc-
tion and recovery programs in Europe, the Department held

2« Barbara Ward (Lady Jackson) . Technological Change and the World Market. In U.S. Congress. House.
Committee on Science and Astronautics. Panel on Science and Technology, Ninth Meeting: Applied Sci-
ence and World Economy. Proceedings before the * * * Jan. 23, 24, and 25, 1938. 90th Cong., 1st sess. (No.
1) (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 196S), p. 29.

2' Gerald M. Meier and Robert E. Baldwin. Professors."Technical Assistance. In the United States and
the Developing Economies. "Edited with an introduction by Gustav Ranis. (New York, W. W. Norton
and Co., Inc., 1964), p. 120.

28 U.S Department of State. Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid in the Development of Economically
Underdeveloped Areas. Prepared by the Department of State with assistance of an Interdepartmental
Advisory Committee on Technical Assistance and the staff of the National Advisory Council. Department
of State Publication 3719. (Washington, U.S. Govermnent Printing Office, revised January 1950) , pp. 33-34.

unduly optimistic expectations as to ^vhat U.S. technical assistance
could accomplish. Congress was told that development of the under-
developed states would take a long time, but that it would need no
more assistance from the United States than a few better seeds, the
introduction of fertilizer, development of an educational sj^stem, and
other technical advances. Legislators were assured that annual U.S.
outlays for technical assistance would never exceed the initial request
of $45 million. Absent from the prevailing theory of economic de-
velopment was the understanding that to be effective, technical
assistance must be coupled with substantial capital and capital goods.
Little mention was made by the executive branch of the need for
legislation to undertake a coordinated long-range progi'am coupled
with extensive and repeated surveys and planning. No recognition
was given to the need to establish a research capability within the
country to tailor U.S. technical knowledge and skills to the require-
ments of the developing nations; and no authority was sought to
stimulate the appropriate training of assistance experts nor to provide
for strict guidelines in administrative oversight and program planning.
In short, the technical assistance hypothesis was presented simplis-
ticall^T-: technology delivered to the underdeveloped society is easily
grafted onto the society and economic progress follows automatically.

Initial technical assistance programs suffered from mam^ weaknesses
which later had to be rectified by subsequent legislation, by the
grantmg of progressively larger appropriations, and by administrative
reorganization. The prevalent ex]oectation in 1950 that the technical
assistance to promote economic development could be accomplished
at modest cost to the United States underwent radical correction as
the 3^ears went by. In 1950, $25 million was appropriated for point IV
and $10 million was appropriated for ongoing programs of technical
assistance. In 1951 and 1952 when technical assistance programs came
under the jurisdiction of the INIutual Security Agency, approximately
$150 million was granted annually.^^ In 1967 $200 million was spent
by the Government on technical assistance activities.'°

In contrast with the program chosen in 1950 for small technical
assistance projects and little or no capital assistance, American
foreign aid programs today recognize that economic development of
the less developed world will not occur without the extension of
large amoiuits of technical assistance as well as public capital for
investment m roads, education, public health, and public works.
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, which led to the
creation of the Agency for International Development, provides for
a research and development capability in technical assistance, dis-
bursal of assistance fimds on a geographic instead of a project basis,
and mandatory preliminary surveys.

Congress gave little consideration to the evaluation of scien-
tific and technical aspects of the plan. While the program en"\dsaged
(but not emphasized) by the State Department included technical as-

29 U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreicn Relations. Technical Assistance Proerams. Hearings
before a Subcommittee of the * * * Feb. 17, 18, 21. 23, 24, Mar. 2, 3, 4, 1955. 84th Cong., 1st sess. (Wasliington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955), pp. 30-31. ««

s" U.S. Agency for International Development. Proposed foreign aid program, fiscal year 1968. Summary
presentation to the Congress. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), p. 296.

sistance in 18 applied science areas,^^ the Congress briefly looked at
only seven: agriculture and forestry; mineral resources; industry;
labor; health; education; and public administration.

In the extensive congressional hearings, the House called upon more
witnesses, and more ''scientific experts," than did the Senate commit-
tee; but most of the testimony related to political criteria and to the
rationale for beginning a technical assistance program, and its eflPects
on the domestic scene, rather than to the scientific and technical as-
pects. Most of the testimony came from the State Department, other
Administration witnesses, and spokesmen for religious missions. (See
table II.) The majority of statements inserted in the hearings came
from persons interested in private capital investment or in the political
aspects of the proposed program. (See table HI.)

3> The proposed State Department program is shown as follows:

TABLE 1.— PROPOSED 1ST YEAR TECHNICAL COOPERATION PROGRAM BY FUNCTIONAL CATEGORY, ESTI-
MATED COSTS TO RECIPIENT COUNTRIES AND TO UNITED STATES OR INTERNATIONAL AGENCY

Category

Costs borne by

United States or

international

agency

Costs borne by
recipient coun-
tries

Total

$2,365,545

12,659,553

909.300

4.515,710

1.868,950

$1,182,772

6,329,777

454,650

2,257,855

934, 475

2.531,847

1,621,025

1,905,975

5,443,874

3,076,640

894,225

300,435

493.850

134,450

387,675

170,575

320, 150

99, 750

$3,548,317

18,989,330

1.363,950

6,773,565

2. 803, 425

5.063,694

7.595,541

3. 242. 050

4,863,075

3.811.950
10,887,748

5,717,925
16,331,622

6,153,280
1.788.450

9,229,920
2,682,675

600, 870

901,305

987. 700
268.900
775.350
341.150
640. 300

1.481,550
403,350

1,163,025
511,725
960, 450

199, 500

299, 250

57, 080, 000

28, 540, 000

85,620,000

1. General economic development

2. Agriculture and forestry

3. Fisheries

4. Reclamation, hydroelectric power, and flood controL

5. Mineral resources -..

6. Industry.-

7. Labor

8. Transportation.

9. Health

10. Education

11. Social security and social services...

12. General statistics

13. Public administration

14. Finance.

15. Housing

16. Communications..

17. Hydrographic and geodetic surveys.

18. Weather

Total

Source: Point Four: Cooperative Program For Aid in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas
(revised January 1950), op. cit., p. 81.

■z.
<i

(/>

r)
o

<
—I

■z.

CTJ

C CO

O OJ

CD ^

M."ti

1. 1

§5

<i> a) Qj

Vi CO

•^

-o

C/1

{/>

CNJ

Q.Q.

r^ P

3 3
O O

o> E
coS.

= 00 p ;r

DO OJ O
<U_0

"S. Q. Q."5. Q. CL Q.

toWCOOtOVlt/)0
3Z133333-—

o o o o o o o

n. 1 a.

LJQ QJ ^ O
0 CO TO

3 O 03

: n:oo

TO*-

TO l_0

TO .

. a:>

.u o.S=

3 c:
Q ea £

c £ o
ro oC3

'^ UJ ->;

03 c/5

TO ^o ^

■o a> o
£ Eti

._ o.^

:§ °:5

— ^ 03 to
fli > '^

n- ^ O) 00

Se^s

•O CO <U
" CD E"

. S) r OJ

000"
x^ E

c"" •-,£

•^ (/5 - Q_

- QO c^ '^

-= •r?-3:

< „• C "3

^ f^

■— o" £-00
o CO Q :c

o 00

o -^

E-J
o I

go:

■2. S'o
.03^ .

1 OJ t1 -

■ — ) .= (^

: a:LO

; c .

|<Q£

;.?? =

. 03 o

I/)

<
CO

Q.ro
o-o

QlJ-

la's

co'

«3 CO

•iio

.■= <u

"IT Q.

O OJ

- O O O (u

,- o _- OJ

O QJ

0.0. ,

trt C/) C3

3 =3 =
O O o>

3:xco

^X3-

<1>

03 LU

It is not evident that at the time of the hearings there were very
many persons with the necessary quahfications to present scientific
or technical criticism or ahernatives. Whether or not a search was
vigorously pursued for such witnesses, they were not forthcoming.
Vu"tually no testimony was offered to shed doubt on the Nation's
ability to pursue an effective program of technical assistance to the
less developed countries. No testimony was taken from executive
officials actually designing the program: Haldore Hanson, Director
of the Interdepartmental Committee on Scientific and Cidtural
Cooperation, and Jon Abbink and Isadore Lubin, who had participated
in the Joint Brazil-United Statts Technical Mission and who were
aiding Assistant Secretary Thor]) in program planning.

Several reasons may be gi\'en to explain wiry Congress passed over
the science policy aspects of this program. To begin with, the program
was not recognized as involving scientific problems at all. Much of the
deliberation centered on political, economic, and military considera-
tions such as the need to contain conmiunism, the need to exjjand U.S.
markets, and the development of secm^e som'ces of strategic materials.
Then, to silence those opposed to Government spending, the President
yielded to the persuasions of those advocating that main reliance be
placed on private investment and private arrangements for the export
of technology. The executive branch had apparently not undertaken
thorough prelimmary analyses of the special needs of the underde-
veloped countries. Its optimistic and somewhat superficial belief in
the ability of American technicians to aid the underdeveloped countries
was not challenged by the Congress, nor were the views of critics
outside of the executive branch solicited.

And in 1949-50 the executive branch did not have the benefit
of the science advisory apparatus it now utilizes to help formidate
science policy: the Office of International Scientific and Technical
Affairs in the Department of State,^^ the Office of Research and
Analysis within the Office of Technical Cooperation and Research in
the Agency for International Development,^^ the science attache
program in the Department of State, the Office of Science and Tech-
nology, and the President's Science Advisory Committee.

The task of Congress was complicated because it also lacked such
science advisory arrangements as the several House and Senate
committees relating to science, technology, research, and development;
the Subcommittee on Technical Assistance of the Committee on

^* A Science Advisory Committee, chaired by Dr. Oliver E. Buckley, chairman of the board of the Bell
Telephone Laboratories, was established on Apr. 20, 1951, witliin the Office of Defense Mobilization, to
advise the President and the Director of Defense Mobilization in matters relating to scientific research and
development for defense. (U.S. Federal Register Division, National Archives and Records Service, General
Services Administration. U.S. Government Organization Manual, 1951-52. Revised as of July 1, 1951.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951), p. 69.) Later in the Truman administration, it fell
into disuse. (Bm-ton M. Sapin, "The Making of U.S. Foreign Policy" (Washington, D.C., the Brookings
Institution, 1966), p. 225.) The Office of International Scientific and Technical Affaii's was created as the
Office of the Science Adviser to the Secretary of State in 1951 upon recommendations of the Berkner report .
From 1052 to 1902 it was ineffectual and nonfunctional. It was resuiTected in 19.58 after the launch of Sputnik
I and reorganized into the Office of International Scientific Affairs (later the Office of International Scien-
tific and Technological Affairs), in 1962 upon recommendations from the Development Assistance Panel
of the President's Science Advisory Committee. (U.S. President's Science Advisory Committee. Report
of the Development Assistance Panel: "Research and development in tlie new development assistance
program," prepared for the Department of State, 1961. In U.S. Congress. House Committee on Foreign
Affairs. The International Development and Security Act. Hearings on * * * 87th Cong., 1st sess., pt. 3.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962), pp. 971-82.)

35 Created in 1961 after enactment of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 and upon recommendations from
the 1961 report of the President's Science Advisory Committee. (For information relating to the Science
Offices within State and AID, see: Warner R. Schilling, "Scientists, Foreign Policy and Politics." Revised
version of an article pubhshed in The American Political Science Review (vol. LVI, No. 2, June 1962),
in Robert Gilpin and Christopher Wright, (eds.) "Scientists and National Policy Making." (New York,
Columbia University Press, 1964), po. 144-173.

Foreign Relations; ^"^ and the Science Policy Research Division of the
Legislative Reference Service of the Library of Congress.^^

Congress did not call upon members of the scientific community
who might have helped to shape this initial technical assistance
program. Discussions of the subject appeared in some of the trade
journals of the various relevant scientific groups. However, with the
exception of social scientists, few other scientists and experts addressed
themselves to the need to confront the problem as a whole, to forge a
link between instruments of foreign assistance and the problems of
economic development, to evaluate the relevant political and policy
aspects of the issue, or to attempt to transmit theu' recommendations
to the Congress.

Two interdisciplinarjT^ social science organizations were engaged in
direct analysis of the problem at this time. The Public Affairs In-
stitute of Washington, an independent research organization under
the direction of Dr. Dewey Anderson published a series of eight de-
tailed studies in 1950, prior to enactment, on the requisites of an
adequate i)oint IV program and how such a program could benefit the
economy of the L^nited States.^* Members of the institute published
plans for a 50-year program, costing $600 million during the first 5
years, to be carried out largely under the auspices of the LTnited
Nations. Many of the reconuuendations contained in the series offered
specific criticisms of the administration program.

The American Academy of Political and Social Science for 2 years
carried on an examination of the proposed program; it issued two
volumes of findings before enactment of the legislation.^^ Moreover,
several sessions of the 54t]i annual meeting of the academy held in
April 1950 were devoted to the topic of point IV.*°

The Social Science Research Council was not as active as the
American Academy of Political and Social Science prior to the enact-
ment of legislation. However, it held two meetings on the "Social
Science Problems of Point 4", in December 1950 and February 1951.
Much of the first meeting was addressed to the problems of how social

3' Established in 1054 in accordance with S. Res. 214, agreed to July 2, 1954, to "make a full and complete
study of technical assistance and related programs." (In "Development of technical assistance programs,"
op. cit., p. V.)

5' Little use was made by the Congress of the Legislative Reference Service for scientific and technological
information. The Congress did have the benefit of a report undertaken by the Legislative Reference Service
for the House Committee on Foreign Afl'airs in July 1949, whicli sununarized congressional and administra-
tion activities on the point 4 progvain to that date. However, it was based almost wholly on State Depart-
ment justification materials, and did not include any critique of the program or recommendations regarding
the proposal. (I^S. Library of Congress. Legislative Reference Service. "Point 4: Background and Program"
(International Technical Cooperation Act of 1949) .July 1949. Prepared for the use of the Committee on
Foreign Affairs. Committee print. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1949, 19 pages.)

38 The series published by the Public Affairs Institute of Washington D.C. throughout 1950 includes:
"A Policy and Program for Success," by Dewey Anderson and Stephen Raushenbush, 75 pages; "Two-
Thirds of the World: Problems of a New Approach to the Peoples of Asia, Africa, and Latin America," by
Harold R. Issacs, 64 pages: "Groundwork for Action," by Morris Llewellyn Cooke with Calvin J. Nichols,
Dorothy Detzer. and Peter G. Franck, 96 pages; "Engineers of World Plenty," by James Rorty. 70 pages;
"People, Food, Machines," by Stephen Raushenbush, 79 pages; "Helping People Help Themselves," by
Wallace J. Campbell and Richard Y. Giles, 71 pages; "Foreign Aid and Our Economy," by Se3rmour E.
Harris, professor of economics. Harvard University, 76 pages; and "Where is the Money Coming From?"
by Morris S. Rosenthal, president, Stein-Hall Co. and National Council of American Importers; vice chair-
man, Foreign Commerce Department Committee, of the Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 58
pages.

39 Halford L. Hoskins. Ph. D.. ed., senior specialist in international relations. Legislative Reference
Service, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C, "Aiding Underdeveloped Areas Abroad," The Annals of
the American Academy of Political and Social Science (vol. 268, March 1950), 251 pages; and Ernest Minor
Patterson, Ph. D., ed., professor of economics. University of Pennsylvania, president, the American Acad-
emy of Political and Social Science, Philadelphia, Pa.; " Formulating a Point Four Program," The Annals
of the American Academv of Political and Social Science (vol. 270, July 1950), 204 pages.

*o See: Point 4 and Southeast Asia— Extention of Remarks of Hon. Harley M. Kilgore, Congressional
Record, appendix (May 19, 1950), pp. A3794-3796.

scientists coiild contribute effectively in the formulation of foreign
aid policies, how social scientists could make their thinking and the-
orizing more realistic and relevant to policy problems, and how social
scientists could immediately transmit their recommendations to the
Government. They proposed research in such areas as training, "cul-
tural shock" resulting from the introduction of new technology, and
research in socioeconomic and cultural information problems.*^ The
second meeting went further into these problems, and gave particular
attention to the cases of supplying technical assistance to Paraguay
and Liberia.*^

Other scientific groups gave less consideration to the proposed
program and pubhshed less material than did the social science
community before enactment of the legislation. For example, no
sessions of the 1949 and 1950 conventions of the American Farm
Economic Association were devoted to the problem. The only relevant
article during this period in the pages of the joiu'nal of this associa-
tion summarized part of the United Nations Scientific Conference
on the Conservation and Utilization of Resources held in August
1949.^^ And the only article appearing in Science, the journal of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science, (AAAS),
treated the same topic.** Three papers were presented at the 1949
meeting of the AAAS which related to the provision of technical
assistance by the United States, and these were contributed by pohtical
scientists and economists rather than physical, agricultural, or other
natural scientists.*^

It was not until after enactment of the legislation that a symposiimi
devoted to the topic of "Science and International Understanding"
was held, at the December 1950 meeting of the AAx'\.S. Three papers
dealt with mineral, biological, and intellectual resources.*^ Much of
the discussion which followed treated the topic of developing resources
to keep up with a biu'geoning population. But while the discussion
addressed the need to develop food resoiu-ces and devise acceptable
substitutes, no mention was made of the need for birth control or
population control measures.*''

" Social Science Researcli Council. Summary minutes: "First Conference on Social Science Problems of
Point 4" (Washington, D.C., Dec. 2, 1!I50, mimeo), 6 pages.

<2 Social Science Research Council. Summary minutes: "Second Conference on Social Science Problems
of Point 4" Feb. 2-3, 1951 (Washington, D.C., mimeo), 11 pages.

« G. H. Aull, L. P. Gabbard, and John F. Timmons. "The United Nations Scientific Conference on the
Conservation and Utilization of Resources". Journal of Farm Economics, (vol. XXXII, No. 1, Feb. 1951),
pp. 95-112.

« Carl N. Gibboney, Office of International Trade, Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C. The
United Nations Scientific Conference for the Conservation and Utilization of Resources. Science. (Vol. 110,
Dec. 23, 1949), pp. 675-678.

<s E. S. Furniss, Jr., "Some Pohtical Aspects of Technical Aid to ijatin America"; A. R. Burns,
"Economic Considerations Affecting Aid to Underdeveloped Areas"; and J. P. Shea, "The Role of Ecology
and the Social Sciences in Safeguarding Programs of Technical Assistance to Underdeveloped Areas."
Section K-1— Academy of World Economics. In: American Association for the Advancement of Science and
Participating AfQUated and Associated Societies. General program: Sixth New York meeting. The 160th
meeting of the association. Dec. 26-31, 1949. (Washington, D.C, American Association for the Advancement
of Science, 1949), pp. 211-212.

<« Papers presented were: Kirtley F. Mather, Harvard University, and Howard A. Meyerhofl, AAAS,
"Mineral Resources and International Understanding"; Karl Sax, director, Arnold Arboretum, Harvard
University, "Biological Resources in International Understanding"; and W. Albert Noyes, Jr., chairman.
Department of Chemistry, University of Rochester, "Intellectual Resources in International Understand-
ing." In: American Association for the Advancement of Science and Participating AfHliated and Associated
Agencies. General progi-am. Sixth Cleveland meeting. The 117th meeting of the association. Dec. 26-30, 1950.
(Washington, D.C, American Association for tlie Advancement of Science, 1950), p. 99.

4' William L. Laurence, "Scientists Warned on Point-Fom- Plan." New York Times. (Dec. 27, 1950),
pp. 29, 34.

IV. U.S. Experience With Technical Assistance Before 1950

When the point IV program was jiroposed to Congress, there v.as
high confidence on the part of the Administration that the United
States had the resources, the will, and the experience to accomplish it.
State Department literature exuded this assurance:

A great deal of experience already has been acquired as a result of rather ex-
tensive activities * * * jj^ cooperation with other countries primarily in Latin
America, and under programs of international agencies. * * * The U.S. Govern-
ment has knowledge from many sources of economic conditions and primary
needs in the undeveloped areas of the world.^^

Many such statements were offered, and accepted by Congress in
the same spirit of confidence.*^ One notable exception among ad-
ministration witnesses, who did not share the prevailing optimism,
was Paul G. Hoffman who bluntly told the C^ongress that "you cannot
export know-liow." What actually took place, he said, was an ex-
change of technical information in order to construct workable pro-
gram designs in local regions. Before this could be accomplished,
moreover,

* * * There has to be a good deal of preparatory work engaged in, and the
more specific it is the better will be the results that ensue. * * * The fewer
preconceived ideas you have, the better j'our program is apt to be. Because out
of those discussions comes a knowledge of the real needs. And then out of that
knowledge you set up the project and you tailor it so that it will produce that
knowledge.^"

Experience of the United States with international aid to unde-
veloped economies had, as a practical matter, been meager. Pre-1950
economic assistance had taken two forms: Marshall plan assistance
to the war-ravaged nations of Western Europe, and a number of
discrete, ad hoc, and small operations mainly in Latin America. The
former set of operations were not really relevant to the problem of
development, while the latter were of small scope and impact.

The bulk of U.S. bilateral technical assistance activities to the
underdeveloped world before 1950 was centered in Latin America
and the Philijjpines. The two major j)rograins were those of the Inter-
dejiartmental Committee on Scientific and Cultural Cooperation
(SCC), established in 1939,^^ and the Institute of Inter- American
Affairs (IIAA), created in 1947.^^

The limitations of these programs were that they were mainl}^ in
support of U.S. political and military operations: improving the
quality or procurement of rubber or other strategic raw materials;

<9 Point 4: "Cooperative Program for Aid in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas,"
(rev. January 1950), op. cit., p. 15.

" See, for examples, the statements by Representative Shelley, Congressional Record (Mar. 31, 1950),
p. 4537; and by Representative Holifleld, in Ibid. (Mar. 27, 1950), p. 4138.

5" Statement of Hon. Paul G. Hoffman, Administrator, EGA. In House, "Act for International Develop-
ment," Hearings, pt. 2, op. cit., pp. 415-417.

" A 1939 bill had authorized temporary detail of U.S. employees to governments of the American Repub-
lics, the Philippines, and Liberia. (Public Law 545, 75th Gong.). In May 1939, tlie act was amended to au-
thorize the President to detail persons to any foreign government requesting it. (PubUc Law 63, 76th Cong.)
Several other measures by Congress, and the Administration, enlarged the progi-am with particular respect
to Latin America. After World War II, this small aid program was broadened to include more general edu-
cational aid abroad.

s2 The Institute was chartered by Nelson Rockefeller, Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs, in 1942.
In 1947, with its functions expande"d, it was chartered by act of Congress, and the following year it was
extended for 5 years with application to Asia as well as Latin America. However, before tliis final change
was implemented, the Act for International Development was passed.

or solving a problem such as malaria or water supply that interfered
yvith. U.S. procurement of these materials. The relevance of these small
II AA projects for the more comprehensive and ambitious point IV
program is not evident. However, they were enthusiastically reviewed
as e\adence of the validity of the concept and the competence of U.S.
administrators to employ them. For instance, regarding IIAA, the
State Department said:

These programs have in effect demonstrated the practical vaUdity of the prin-
ciple of technical assistance to underdeveloped areas which under the point 4 pro-
gram will be expanded in volume scope, and in area of application * * *.^*

Before the House Committee on Foreign Affairs, Oscar R. Ewing,
then Administrator of the Federal Security Administration which had
responsibility for public health and welfare measures in this country,
emphasized the same point:

We have this kind of knowledge and experience in greater abundance than any-
other nation on earth. It is our most precious asset and, at the same time, our
cheapest exportable commodity.

We in the Federal Security Agency have been engaged in large-scale programs
of technical assistance in health, education, and social security for a long while.
The preservation and development of human resources is our business. We deal
in the very fields that are fundamental to the point 4 program. By long and ex-
tensive experience both at home and abroad, we have learned that expert technical
guidance in these fields is often the key to the solution of problems which seem at
first glance to be insoluble. * * * In our cooperative programs with the other
American Republics, in helping the less developed countries in this hemisphere
to improve their health, education, and social services througli advice and training
of their personnel, our experts have learned a great deal. They have developed
the sometimes delicate techniques of this function to a high degree. I believe our
staffs are admirably equipped with knowledge, experience, and prestige for the
task of developing and operating projects of technical assistance in these fields
under the point 4 programs * * *. 54

Criticism has been expressed regarding the operations of these
American programs and the subsequent consideration of them by
legislators and Presidents in the fasliioiiing of the point TV program.
In his study of the major foreign assistance programs of the United
States before 1950, and particularly of the technical assistance pro-
grams of the Interdepartmental Committee on Scientific and Cultural
Cooperation in Latin America, Philip Glick stated that although
these programs were full of inadequacies, proponents of the new
technical assistance programs gave little consideration to their merits
and failures :

What influence did these forenmners exert on the administration of the
Government's technical cooperation program? Directly, surprisingly little. There
is almost no evidence that this early experience was studied bj- the organizers of
the bilateral program as a guide on what to do and to avoid. Only in the most
general way, through vag\ie recollection and fragmentary report, dia these private
pioneer efforts and similar activities in other regions of the world help to shape
their governmental successors. In fact, no systematic accounts of these earlier ef-
forts were then available for such scrutiny. But they contributed greatly to the
W'orld climate of opinion on international technical cooperation. ^^

53 Department of State. "Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid in tlie Development of Economically
Underdeveloped Areas" (rev. January 1950), op. cit., p. 18.

" Statement of Hon. Oscar R. Ev?ing, Federal Security Administrator. In House. International Tech-
nical Cooperation Act of 1949, Hearings, op. cit., pp. 66, 68.

55 Philip M. Glick. "The Administration of Technical Assistance: Growth in the Americas." (Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1957), p. 5.

According to Glick, immediate self-interest by tlie United States ^^
and lack of efficient State Department coordination of programs ^^
precluded the formulation of integrated technical assistance projects
and programs designed to promote the overall economic development
of the underdeveloped nation.

In sum, the ])rogram conducted by the SCC was small, not well-
coordinated ancl was not geared to overall economic development. Tech-
nical assistance was provided in localized instances to serve U.S.
strategic and political aims. Undoulitedly, very little of this effort
had direct benefit to the economies of nations where it occurred. Only
$17.7 million was spent over the total 8-year life of the SSC, and this
sum was spread thinly over many projects. See table IV.

TABLE IV.— PARTICIPATION OF THE UNITED STATES IN TECHNICAL COOPERATION IN THE AMERICAN REPUBLICS
THROUGH AGENCIES OF THE INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMIVIITTEE ON SCIENTIFIC AND CULTURAL COOPERATION
FROM JULY 1, 1940, TO DEC. 31, 1948'

Assignments Foreign

of U.S. trainees

Government brought to the Amount

experts United States obligated

Cooperation in agriculture,. 885 202 $5,698,599

Cooperation in public health .__ 156 198 787,286

Cooperation in industry, labor resources, government services:

(a) Statistical services.. 46 120 739,583

(b) Railvi^ay transportation 1 5,979

(d) Civil aviation 63 1,021 2,193,188

(e) Industrial training... 79 130,765

(f) Women's employment 9 16 75,159

(g) Labor standards 1 17 70^389

(h) Geologic investigations 117 18 832^387

(i) Mining and metallurgy 20 1 136,643

(j) National income and balance-of-payments research 2 16 42,788

(k) Industrial research and standardization 2 23 53,715

(I) Tariff research and administration 8 41,767

(m) Public administration 35 134,395

(n) Telecommunications regulations 3 8,600

(0) Weather investigations. 18 65 711,573

(p) Tidal observations 82... 61,524

(q) Magnetic and seismological observations 84... 157,572

(r) Fishery and wildlife resources... 30 27 343.730

Cooperation in social welfare:

(a) Child welfare. 58 19 385,610

(b) Social security 14 22,630

Cooperation in education:

(a) Exchange of students 21,744 2,563,090

(b) Exchange of professors and specialists... 3 265 < 558 1,588,270

Total amount obligated 17,752,062

'Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas (Rev. January
1950), op. ciL, p. 130.
- Includes U.S. students sent to Latin America as well as Latin American students brought to United States.
3 U.S. professors and specialists to Latin America.
< Latin American professors and specialists to United States.

s« Neither in the work of the IIAA nor in the work of the Interdepartmental Committee had the United
States yet undertaken to assist the Latin American governments in promoting economic development
as a direct program purpose * * * .(Dsid., p. 23). The principal objective of the Interdepartmental Com-
mittee was to maintain and improve friendly relations between the Government of the United States
and the governments of Latin America. (Ibid., pp. 10-11.) Immediateself-interest on the part of the United
States contributed to this thinking. U.S. personnel were at work in some tropical and jungle areas within
Latin America on programs to grow rubber and extract minerals for use in the United States. Malaria con-
trol and other pubhc health progi'ams were necessary for their protection, and, if local food supplied could
be increased, fewer ships would be needed to take food to them from the United States. (Ibid., pp. 15-16.)

" According to Glick dfjid., pp. 8-9), there was no central authority to view the program as a whole, to
select particular activities for greater emphasis and others for curtaihnent, or to establish controlling poli-
cies or procedures for aU member agencies of the SCC).

V. Importance of Long-R.ange, Comprehensive, and Integrated

Development Programs

It is increasingly recognized that the factual and intellectual under-
pinning of the point IV program was madequate. "The available records
indicate that the United States embarked on its program for economic
development and technical assistance * * * without the elaborate
studies that had characterized the plamiing of the European recovery-
program." ^^ Not only was the background research and planning
incomplete, but there was a lack of emphasis on the need for the
planning and fhiancmg of long-range and major projects, on the need
to establish sound criteria for the selection of projects, and the con-
struction of development programs on a country-by-country basis.^°
Tlie early program has been characterized as "narrow and short-
sighted" m conception, with "too much attention * * * to the crises
of the moment and not enough emphasis given to long-term improve-
ments in societies." ®'

The attitude of those who framed this program seemed to be that
benefits would accrue more or less automatically and comprehensively
from the random application of technical knowledge which im-
jjoverished peoples were eagerl}^ awaiting to absorb and use. For
example, in presenting their case to the Congress and to the public,
the State Department said:

Increasing numbers of these people no longer accept poverty as an inescapable
fact of life. They are becoming aware of the gap between their living standards
and those in the more highly developed countries. They are looking for a way out
of their misery. ^^

In taking this optimistic position, the Administration neglected to
account for those nontechnical and noneconomic factors which would
prevent an effective grafting and diffusion of modern technology:
the social inertia which would prevent the peasant or industrial worker
in the underdeveloped country from perceiving the potential benefits
of modern science and technolog}^; the traditional and cultural tastesj
mores, beliefs, and acti\aties that would obstruct the acceptance of
new ideas; and the cultural shock which would ensue from the intro-
duction of foreign methods, technicians, and products. ^^

U.S. foreign assistance has always been recognized as inherently
long range in character. As early as 1949 and 1950 the State Depart-
ment acknowledged this necessary feature:

Economic development is a long-term process. Consequently, this must be a
long-range program. Its duration and success will be measured in decades rather
than years. 8*

59 Harry Price. "The Marshall Plan and Its Meaning." Cited in U.S. Library of Congress. Legislative
Reference Service. "U.S. Foreign Aid: Its Purposes, Scope, Administration, and Related Information."
June 11, 1959. 86th Cong., 1st sess. H. Doc. 116. (Wasliington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959) p. 85.

6i) Cliarles Wolf, Jr. "Foreign Aid: Theory and Practice in Southern Asia" (Princeton, N.J., Princeton
University Press, 1960), p. 59, as cited in Higgins. op. cit.. p. 75.

61 HoUis B. Chenery. "Objectives and Criteria for Foreign Assistance." In: "The United States and the
Developing Economics." Ed. by Gustav Ranis (New York, W. W. Norton and Co., Inc.) pp. 79-91.

63 Statemeul of Hon. Dean Acheson, Secretary of State. In Senate. Act for International Development
hearings, op. cit., p. 4.

83 For an excellent summary of the obstacles to the technology transfer in the less developed world based
on 506 case studies tiiroughout recent history, see: Everett M. Rogers. "Diflusion of Innovations" (New
York, the Free Press, 1962), 316 p., bibliogi-aphy and index. See also Melvin Kranzberg. "Comments
by Melvin Kranzberg." John Joseph Murphy. "The Transfer of Technology: Retrospect and Pros-
pect," pp. 37-47; and Edwin Mansfield. "Comments by Edwin Mansfield." Jan Kraenta. "Economic
Theory and Transfer of Technology," pp. 76-80. In Daniel L. Spencer et al. "Transfer of Technology to
Developing Countries." December 1966. U.S. Department of Commerce. National Bureau of Standards.
Institute of Applied Technology. Defense Documentation Supply Center (December 1966), 260 pages;
and Richard N. Adams. "Etliics and the Social Anthropologist in Latin America," American Behavioral
Scientist (.June 1967), pp. 16-21.

w "Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas"
(rev. January 1950), op. cit., p. 6.

99-044—69 7

The Department also recognized — -although less explicitly — that
the lack of knowledge about the developing countries required that
the new program be evolutionary and experimental:

It is * * * impossible to formulate far in advance complete plans for an
enterprise of this sort. At this time it is possible to plan only for activities wliich
will clearly be successful, and to undertake exploiatoiy and experimental opera-
tions in some areas to gain new experience * * *. This is an evolutionary pro-
gram.^5

However, the Department saw less clearly (or perhaps was less
willing to admit to) the scale of effort required. In response to a ques-
tion from Representative Battle, asking as to the size and duration
envisioned for the point IV program. Acting Secretary of State James
E. Webb replied:

Not a substantially larger scale program. This is the beginning of the funda-
mental basic policy which we accept in our position of leadership in the world.
It is anticipated that it will be a continuing thing for a substantial period of
time.^^

Perhaps the most telling comment on the administration's easy
acceptance of the point IV concept was that of John Kenneth Gal-
braith. First, he attacked the glibness of the concept itself:

Regretfully it is * * * my conclusion that the popularity of the point I\' idea
was associated with a sad misunderstanding of the problem of rendering assistance
to less favored peoples. During the war a new and damaging phrase, ''American
know-how," entered our vocabulary. A rough synonym for organizing, engineering,
and mechanical experience, it has gradually assumed the concreteness of a sack of
wheat. It is something that can be picked up, exported, planted in far lands where,
with proper care, it will flourish to the untold benefit of the inhabitants * * * .
For many the charm of point 4 was in the notion that we could deliver this know-
how by the planeload to every corner of the world and at little cost to ourselves. ^^

Then Galbraith pictured the technical, social, and cultural obstacles
bound to confront the technical assistance expert, using agricultm-e by
way of illustration:

Success with agriculture will come only " * * * after a long process of demon-
stration and education which, in practice, must also be combined with a good deal
of adaptation to the climate, soil, and existing modes of crop or livestock culture
of the country * * *. The [Agricultural] Extension Service [of the United States]
has always spent a good deal of its time trying to persuade the farmer to sell
him — on innovations that are to his advantage. If technical advance requires such
extensive educational machinery in the case of American agriculture, where
farmers are well educated, alert, and on the whole, predisposed toward change,
it is evident that there won't be much progress elsewhere without an equal or
greater emphasis on education." ^^

All this contrasts with the vision of an American expert, loaded with "know-
how'' and USDA bulletins, disembarking on some distant airport to put his cargo
at the ser\'ice of an eager peasantry. If tliis traveler is to be useful he must have a
corps of helpers for the huge task of training yet another corps of native extension
workers. He must be willing to stay a long while and persuade his local recruits to
forgo the fascinations of this capital (this is an especially serious problem in South
America) for the full rigors of the agricultural hinterland. It will be evident that
even in agriculture, where the needed component of capital is relatively small, the
operation here pictured is a costly one both for the aiding country and the aided
one.

63 Ibid., p. 7.

6' In House. Act for International Development. Hearings, pt. 1, op. eit., p. 27.

" John Kenneth Galbraith. "Making 'Point 4' Work. Some Unsolved Problems in Aiding Backward
Areas." Commentary (September 1950), p. 229.
68 Ibid., p. 230.

Anotlier warnins; came from Kurt Weil, a consult iiig engineer and
specialist in industrial development, who foresaw actual harm to the
developing countries as a possible outcome of uncritical application
of American technology. He said:

The world's economy is today endangered by too la\ ish an imitation of American
industrial techniques/ Uncritical export of U.S. Ixnow-how, notably to Asia and
South America, can thwart the drive to lift living standards as symbolized
by * * * point 4. Point 4 can damag(i rath(!r than Vjencfit V.m countries it is
designed to help.

Alany of the plans that have been drawn up in the past by .\merican engineers
and economists for large-scale developnuaits in Asiatic and Latin American
countries have failed because they turned out to be unrealistic. They calhnl for
whol(!sale transplanting of American technology to tho?e countries without a
sufficient grasp of local conditionSj and for too rapid progress toward mechaniza-
tion in areas where tradition made speedy change impossible, [^"art of the] fault
is to be found in o\<'rsimplification rootc^d in too great an immersion in the
American A\'ay of doing things. Technicians in the underdeveloped countries
want to be shown why th<; m(>thor's of life that were good enough for their ancestors
are not good enough for them. A big job of selling and of education would have to
pr<iced<' any such evolution in their way of doing things * * *. ?^iost of the
technically backward countri"s have old, high cultures. It would be folly to rlestroy
them by tr3'ing to convert thes<' civilizations into a poor replica of life in Ann'rica.^'^

In retrospect, the easy assimiption as to the feasibility of ti'ans-
planting U.S. technology to imdeveloped regions is the more re-
markable because of the real and evident dilemma that \\as presented
by the social and political structures of candidates for ai(L On the
one hand, the United States depended for much of its support, in the
effort to contain conununism. on tlie stable institutions of developing
countries — landowning groups, the military, religious leadership, and
those who had developed large interests in extractive industries —
mines, refineries, timbering, and plantations. New technology wotdd
leave none of these imaffected. In man}' instances, the cltange would
place in jeopardy the status of the very persons most relied upon to
support U.S. political objectives. The temptation must be resisted,
said Galbraith, to give only such aid as suits the convenience of existing
leadership :

* * * If we are to aid such countries at all [said Galbraith] we must aid them
where the aid counts. Above and far beyond Point 4, we must put ourselves on the
side of truly popular government with whatever pressure we can properly employ.
[Emphasis in original.] ^'^

George Hakim, a counselor of the Legation of Lebanon in Washing-
ton and a former professor of economics, made the requirement even
more explicit:

What is in fact needed in the imderdeveloped countries is no less than a social
revolution invoh'ing the transformation of a semifetidal, reactionar\' social order
into a new industrial system under which the forces of production could develop
and expand freely so as to raise the standards of living of the people as a whole.'^

It would seem to be a reasonable proposition that a major new
national program that contained such evident conflicts in purpose
and impact Avarranted a great deal of careful study in advance of its
implementation. The dilemma presented by the adverse impact of
U.S. aid on those persons most dependent on the United States for

89 Kurt Weil. New York consulting engineer and specialist in industrial development. "Pitfalls of Point
4." United Nations World magazine. Vol. 3, No. 9, September 1949, pp. 57-59.

"0 Cialbraith. "Making 'Point 4' Work," op. cit., p. 231.

'1 George Hakim. "Point 4— The Need and the Impact." Annals of the American Academy of Politica
and Social Sciences. July 1950, op. cit., p. 69.

preservation of their status, as against the possible — or even prob-
able— potential of aided groups to overthrow the status quo, this
dilemma was not to be resolved by being ignored.

Even apart from these considerations, the task of aiding a national
economy to grow in a healthy as well as acceptable fashion, which was
known by some experts of the time to require a comprehensive and
coordinated approach, appears to have been beyond both the means
and the technical skUls available for the program. Such an approach
was not clearly spelled out untU 1961 w^hen President John F. Kennedy,
ill his foreign aid message, called for :

* * * a carefully thought-through program tailored to meet the needs and the
resource potential of each individual country instead of a series of individual,
unrelated projects. Frequently, in the past, our development goals and projects
have not been vmdertaken as integral steps in a long-range economic development
program. '^

VI. Evaluation of Aspects of the Point IV Program

The foregoing sections dealt with the point IV program in its totality.
This section discusses briefly a number of particidarly relevant sub-
systems needed to stimulate and support modernization and economic
growth of an underdeveloped country. The examples selected are:
scientific research, personnel required to work in the developing
countries, agricultural productivity problems and requirements, busi-
ness activity and skUls, labor training and mobilization, education in
modern skUls generally, and the overriding aspect of the balance
between population mcrease and developed resources.

The adequacy of plans and the depth of study in these areas seem
to be crucial elements in determining the rate of progress toward
point IV goals. To what extent had the Department of State examined
the problems, ascertained the facts, traced the mechanisms, formulated
the policies, established specific operational goals, and provided for
essential interactions, in these essential areas? To what extent had
the Congress been satisfied as to the adequacy of the planning in
these areas? What available thinking among qualified students in these
categories remained unused by the Department, and how relevant
would it have been in the legislative decision process?

Research

The 1950 technical assistance legislation made no provision for
systematic accumulation of knowledge about the developing areas.
The need for a research capability on the developing areas went un-
recognized in the hearings and floor debates. The State Department
offered assurance to Congress that previous and ongoing U.S. technical
assistance programs, and current United Nations surveys, provided
an adequate basis on which to formulate and administer the program.
This position went unchallenged.

Some members of the scientific community doubted that enough
preliminary work had been done, but there was no insistent call for
more spadework. Surveys of the resource potential of underdeveloped
areas were proposed at the MIT Mid-Century Convocation on the

" President John F. Kennedy. "Special message to the Congress on foreign aid." Mar. 22, 1961. In PubUc
Papers of the Presidents of the United States. John F. Kennedy. Containing the pubUc messages, speeches
and statements of the President, Jan. 20-Dec. 31, 1961. (Wasliington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1962), p. 206.

Social Implications of Scientific Progress, held in 1949." At the United
Nations Scientific Conference for the Conservation and Utilization of
Resom-ces, August 17-September 6, 1949, there was an appeal for
"thoroughgoing surveys and analyses * * * as a basis for planning
resource developments * * *." ^^ The need for development of new
social methodologies was identified by Carleton S. Coon, who said
there was an understanding as to the needs of the countries for
specific improvements in public health, agricultural aid, and general
education. But — "What is not clear is how." ''^ Then he continued:

What we need is much knowledge, much more than we now possess, and with
knowledge will come an increase of good will. People will deal with people, while
governments watch, supervising only as needed. Such a program is a hard one;
it takes much effort, much adjustment, and much patience; but it will pay in
the end. We have lost too many postwar peaces from ignorance and lack of
planning.'^

It was not until 1961, a full 10 years after the inception of U.S.
technical assistance programs, that the U.S. Congress recognized
the need for a research capability on both the transfer of technology
to, and the process of economic development in, the developing
countries. The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 authorized the President:

To carry out programs of research into, and evaluation of, the process of eco-
nomic development in less developed friendly countries and areas, into the factors
affecting the relative success and costs of development activities, and into the
means, techniques, and such other aspects of development assistance as he may
determine, in order to render such assistance of increasing value and benefit. ^^

The Agency for International Development, which was given
jurisdiction for implementing this provision, began a program of
research on the underdeveloped areas in 1962. The scope of AID's
current R. & D. ])rogram, listed below, i)oints out the side gaps in
present understanding and suggests how little was known in 1950.

1. AgriciUture (to teach the scientific methods developed by agricultural
scientists and train people to apply these methods. Research is being done
on tropical soils, improving cereal crops, and tsetse fly control).

2. Public health (to organize and train personnel for health services,
anah^ze effects of health measures on economic growth, and make nutritional
studies. The main effort has been to improve malaria eradication methods).

.3. Human resources (to learn about design of educational sj'^stems and
improve curriculums and teaching methods).

4. Material resources (to gain knowledge of the economic, technological,
and environmental factors and their relationship to development) .

.5. Social systems (to study the dynamics of social and cultural change).

6. Analytical studies (to develop analytical tools to appraise changes and
their interrelationships, and to evaluate programs).^''

Today the importance of a wide spectrum of scientific research in all
relevant disciplines looms as a major task of development. According
to Roger Revelle, director of the Center for Popidation Studies at
Harvard University, neglect of research in favor of quick results on

'3 "Formula to Improve Neglected Areas." Science News Letter. (Apr. 9, 1949), p. 238.

'* Carl N. Glbboney. "The United Nations Scientific Conference for the Conservation and Utilization
of Resources." Science (vol. 110, Dec. 23, 1949), p. 676.

" Carleton S. Coon, curator of ethnology, University of Pennsylvania Museum. "Point 4 and the Middle
East." Annals, July 1950, op. cit., p. 83.

« Ibid., p. 94.

" Sec. 241(a) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended. 22 U.S.C. par. 2201. Sec. (b) stressed the
authorization of research on problems of population growth.

"s U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics. The Participation of Federal Agencies
in International Scientific Programs: Report of the Science Policy Research and Foreign Affairs Divisions,
Legislative Reference Service to the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Development of the * * * .
90th Cong., 1st sess. Conmiittee print (serial A). (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1987),
p. 42.

short range projects is a clear case of "haste makes waste." Revelle
has stated:

The emphasis on speed has been one of the curses in recent years of something
we may call the black box theory of economic and social development. One did not
look into what was actually happening in a poor country, the real social processes
and forces, but one simply injected sufficient capital investment and economic
development would pop out * * *. It is becoming more and more clear however
that little can be accomplished until we obtain such understanding. * * * The
understanding required to make these changes does not now exist; it must be
obtained through research."

Dr. Revelle also states that the development of an R. & D. capa-
bility would have a double effect on the ad^ ancement of the developing
world :

The first is to discover the knowledge needed to carry on assistance effectively.
Here, the results of research are important. Second, research is a teaching tool,
understandable across cultural differences, and neutral with respect to previous
beliefs and experience. Here it is the methods of research that are important. *°

Personnel

During consideration of the point IV program both the President
and the Congress were satisfied with the abundance of ai^jn-opriate
technical skill ])ossessed by U.S. technicians to implement an effective
assistance program. In his inaugural address of 1949, the President
maintained that "humanity possesses the knowledge and skills to
relieve the suffering" of that jiart of the world still living in poverty.
The State Department, the ])rimary information source of the
Congress, assumed that a sufficient resource of technical manpower
existed and that their eagerness to serve would be limited only by
the availabilit}" of adequate compensation.^^ In testifying before the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee, Secretary Acheson said: "I
suspect we will find hundreds of good peo[)le in State and municipal
governments, on farms, in schools and universities, factories, and
private research organizations."

The oiily problem, he said, "* * * is to seek out these people, give
them a little extra training and persuade them to go abroad in the
service of their country." ^-

]\Iany members of the academic and scientific community, who
were not called upon to testify, challenged the assumption that
America possessed the skills and manpower needed. For instance,
Francis R. Valeo, a foreign affairs specialist in the Library of Con-
gress, A\Tote that it would be difficult to find technical assistance
experts with the sociological background needed to be effective:

It will not be easy to find persons with the requisite technical and scientific
abilities who are willing to serve abroad. If such abihties are to be utilized effec-
tively * * * they must be su])plemented with an appreciation of the broad prob-
lems of underdeveloped cou)itries. Without this attriVou.te, regardless of their
technical or scientific qualifications, participants in the program are more likely
to hinder than to further realization of the objectives of point 4.^^

"9 Statement of Dr. Roger Revelle. "Can the Poor Countries Benefit From the Scientific Revolution?" In
U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics. Panel on Science and Technology. Ninth
Meeting: Applied Science and World Economv. Proceedings before the Committee on Science and Astro-
nautics. Jan. 23. 24. 25, 1968. 90th Cong., 2d scss. No. 1 (Washington, U.S. Government Printhig Office,
1968), p. 243.

^1 Ibid., pp. 60-61.

'■ "Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas."
(Rev. January 1950). op. cit.. p. 34.

*2 Statement of Secretary of State Dean Acheson. In Senate. Act for International Development, hearings,
op. cit., p. 11.

S3 Francis R. Valeo. Analyst in Far Eastern Affairs, Legislative Reference Service, Library of Congress.
"Point 4 Problems in the Far East." In Annals (March 1950), op. cit., p. 107.

And Haldore Hanson, then executive director of the Interdepartmental
Committee on Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, stated that Ameri-
can technicians did not always possess the technical skills needed to
implement a valuable technical assistance program:

* * * The large proportion of underdeveloped countries are located in the
tropical or subtropical zones. American technicians who are experienced in tropi-
cal agriculture, tropical health, and tropical forestry, to name but three fields,
are far scarcer than the general supply of technicians in the United States. **

As enacted, the legislation had insufficient provisions for effective
staffing; it did not provide special training programs in language,
culture, and history- to help develop staff and considtant competence.
There was no plan for the creation of a cadre of technicians skilled
in the specialized technical and scientific needs of the tmderdeveloped
country — in tropical diseases and soil mechanics, in public adminis-
tration, research in the transfer of technology, in basic education,
community development and health services.

One consequence of executive and legislative miscalculation is
that since their inception American technical assistance programs
have been plagued by a lack of skilled and motivated personnel willing
to devote some of their energies to serving abroad in a less developed
country. Among the many statements made about this problem *^ are
the conclusions of a survey of the American foreign aid program in
Chile, where it was observed that the United States does not possess a
cadre of skilled manpower appropriate to the needs of the developing
nations:

The assumption is erroneous that the United States can provide suitable tech-
nical advisers as needed to help modernize archaic practices and build new insti-
tutional structures throughout the less developed world. This misconception leads
to dangerous overcalculation within AID, in Congress, among the American
people, and in host nations with respect to what the foreign aid program can
accomplish.

And later —

The United States must develop means for mobilizing specialized skills in a
timely manner for use in overseas technical assistance programs.

A reservoir of suitable talent on the necessary scale does not at present exist. If it
is in the national interest to conduct technical assistance programs, then energetic
and systematic efforts must be made to develop and maintain the special compe-
tence required.*^

Agriculture

One of the most important goals of the point IV program was to
provide for increases in food production to compensate for the rapid
rate of population growth in the less developed countries. It was
hoped that American technical know-ho\\' and skills in agriculture
would increase ^ield per acre in the developing areas. Unfortunately
little recognition was given to the unsuitability of American agricul-
tural know-how to effect this goal or to alternative ways of producing
more food.

'' Haldore Hanson. Executive Dii-ector of the luteidepartmental Committee on Scientific and Cultural
Cooperation, Department of State. U.S. Organization for point 4. Annals (March 1950), op. cit., pp 43^4.

*= See Organization and Administration of Technical Assistance Programs, op. cit., pp. 13-15, and study
No. 2. Personnel for the Mutual Security Proeram, by Louis J. Kroeger and Associates, February 1957. In
I'.S. Congress. Senate. Special Coimiiittee To Study the Foreign Aid Program. Foreign Aid Program,
Compilation of Studies and Sm^veys, prepared under the direction of * * * Pursuant to S. Res. 285. 84th
Cong., and S. Res. 25 and 141, 85th Cong. Presented by Mr. Green, July 1957. S. Doc. 52, 85th Cong., 1st sess.
(Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957), p. 85.

^6 U.S. Foreign Aid in Action: A Case Study (1966), op. cit., pp. 77, 122.

This oversight has been widely criticized. For example, in his
recent re\dew of teciniical assistance needs in agriculture, Roger
Revelle said :

A dostruotivo fallacy of the postwar nra has been the notion that the agricul-
tural technology of the developed countries in the temperate zone could be easily
adapted for use in the poor countries of the tropics and subtropics. The standard
approach for technical assistance has been: "We know how and we can show how."
The fact is that we do not know how.

Western technicians can help with design of irrigation works and fertilizer plants;
surveys of soil and water resources; and identification and analysis of country
problems. But at least part of the technology for raising fields in each locality must
be created through applied local research and this research must be continuous."

The problems cited by Revelle were not anticipated in 1950 hy the
framers of the ])oint IV program. The bulk of testimony relating to
agriculture in the hearings before the House and Senate committees
came from spokesmen for the Department of Agriculture. In state-
ments before the House, Charles F. Brannan, Secretary of Agriculture,
like other administration spokesmen, extolled the ability of American
experts to assist their less fortunate counterparts. He also stated that
the United States had a long and valuable history of aiding the under-
developed areas and thus had much experience to bank on:

The Department of Agricidture is eager to share with Congress and others who
are building this program the experience we have had in the past 10 years in ex-
changing technical help and know-how with Latin American countries.

Our experience to date clearly demonstrates the desirability and workability
of extending this type of international cooperation to all parts of the world that are
willing to receive it. As a matter of fact, the point 4 program, so far as agriculture
is concerned, is a natural outgrowth of our internal program for farmers.***

Secretary Brannan's testimony recounted past successes of U.S.
agricultural technical assistance programs in Latin America and
elsewhere. Cited were valuable experiences gained in the discovery of
desmodium in Guatemala, a plant formerly believed to be a weed with
no nutritive value, and its subsequent cultivation and used as a feed
for poultry. He also stressed the value of developing kenaf fiber in
Cuba; rotenone roots in Peru for use as insecticides, and the advances
given to other commodities such as rubber, coffee, and cacao, which
returned benefits to U.S. homes and industries. Brannan's testimony
ended with the observation that all of these extremely effective
programs had "* * * cost only about $1,200,000 a year.'' ^^ And he
stated that their extension under point IV would yield a "100-to-l
return" in food production efforts in the underdeveloped world. ^°

Nongovernmental agricidtural witnesses who testified did not chal-
lenge these contentions. Then- testimony related primarily to the need
to develop agricultural extension services.

Hmdsight shows us that the strategy of attempting to increase
yield per acre is only one answer to the problem of feeding people.
Other alternatives were known and being developed in 1950. For
example, an approach which was widely discussed within the agricul-
tural community, but not treated in Congress — was the natural or
synthetic production of food substances such as proteins, fats, and
vitamins from algae and mmerals. These programs had been widely

s" Roger Revelle. "On Technical Assistance and Bilateral Aid". Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists (March
1968), p. 17.

ss Statement of Hon. Charles F. Brannan, Secretary of Agriculture. House. International Cooperation
Act of 1949. Hearings, pt. I, op. cit., pp. 43-44.

89 Ibid., pp. 44-45.

«» Ibid., pp. 59-60.

lauded at the United Nations Scientific Conference on the Conserva-
tion and Utihzation of Resources, held in 1949.^^ And Stephen
Raushenbush, who was a participant in the U.N. Conference suggested
that the point IV program allocate a significant amount of resources
to studj'mg this alternative:

In addition to the presently known methods of increasing the land's produc-
tivity, there are others that may reasonably be expected during the next 50 years.
One of them is the development of a cattle fodder through algae. A large amount
of the now useless marsh area of the world might be used in this way. The fat
production might be in the ratio of 3 to 1 in comparison with an acre of land put
into peanuts or soybeans. There are also new protein and fat yeast processes, now
using tropically grown molasses as a raw product. If the algae can be substituted
as a raw material, the productivity of an acre of pond (plus the necessary process-
ing plants) might be in the ratio of 20 to 1 for dry land.^2

Business

The private business community exerted considerable influence on
the point IV decision process for two reasons: (1) The business com-
munity provided an alternative to public financing; and (2) business
leaders i^romised that private initiative would play a valuable role in
overseas development. In order to buttress their arguments, business
spokesmen circulated figures to exemplify the extensive business
experience they had in the underdeveloped world. Fortune magazine
estimated that in 1948, $10 billion was invested abroad by private
business interests. ^^ Time magazine stated that $400 million had been
invested annually since the end of World War II by American business.
Time also stated that while the return on capital invested domestically
averaged 13.8 percent, that on capital invested abroad averaged 15.6
percent.

^lembers of Congress repeated these assurances of business com-
petence to take a leading role in development programs. Representa-
tive Thurmond Chatham told the House:

I have been in business all my life, and I know something about the American
business system. I think I know something about technological skiUs, I think I
know something about business knowledge, and I think I know about improve-
ments. The American way of life is founded on the American business system.
There are three classes of production throughout the world: The miner, the
farmer, and the manufacturer. We have built up the American sj'stem through
technical knowledge and through technical skills. There is no earthly reason why
we cannot help other countries whether they be backward areas or not — these
Western European countries, for instance, by giving them our technical skills.^*

However, difficidties inherent in private overseas business operations
which would prevent this sector from contributing valuably to the
program were isolated and discussed by social scientists. Galbraith
challenged the contention that the U.S. business had a history of
valuable experience in foreign technical assistance.

" The following papers were contributed: F. Neville Woodward, director, Institute of Seaweed Research,
Inveresk Gate, Musselburgh, Midlothian, Scotland. "Creatable Resources: The Development of New
Resources by Applied Technology"; G. E. Hilbert, Chief, Bureau of Agricultural and Industrial Chemistiy,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, "The Contribution of Chemurgy"; J. A. Hall, Director, Pacific Northwest
Forest and Range Experiment Station, U.S. Forest Service, Portland, Oreg.,"VVood Fiber: Creatable Re-
source of Wide UtOity"; Harry Lundm Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden, " Fat Synthesis
by Micro-Organisms and its Possible Applications in the Food Industry"; A. C. Thaysen, Colonial Micro-
biological Research Institute, Trmidad, British West Indies, "Food Yeast in the British Empire"; and
Ernst D. Bergmann, Weizmann Institute of Science, Rehovoth, Israel, " Agricultui'al Products as Starting
Materials for the Chemical Industry." In United Nations. Department of Economic ASairs. Proceedings of
the United Nations Scientific Conference on the Conservation and Utilization of Resomxes, Aug. 17-Sept.
6, 1949. Lake Success, N.Y. Vol. I, plenary meetings. (Lake Success, N.Y., United Nations, 1950), pp.
129-165.

»2 Stephen Raushenbush. " People, Food, Machines." No. 5 in the Bold New Program Series. (Washington,
D.C, the Public Affairs Institute, 1950), p. 17.

" "Point 4— Has U.S. Capital tlie Incentive to Carry It Out?" Fortune. February 1950, p. 182.

91 Statement of Representative Chatham, "Foreign Economic Assistance." Consideration on the floor of
the House, Congressional Record (Mar. 31, 1950), p. 4528.

The difficulty is that the United States has almost no tradition of private
investment abroad of the sort required by the point 4 program. Foreign invest-
ments have been made where, as in the case of oil, copper, iron ore, rubber, and
other raw materials, there was need to develop sources of supply for American
industries. In 1948, about two-thirds of American foreign investment was for oil
development alone; as this declined with the completion of Middle Eastern
projects, including some overdevelopment, the total volume of overseas invest-
ment has declined. There has also been a smaller though substantial investment
in branch plants and sales facilities as supplements to the main stem of the
American markets. All of this activity has, in effect, been subordinate to American
operations.'^

James P. Warburg, an economist and author on int_ernational
affairs, stated that because private business is interested in making
a large profit, it "* * * would not be willing or able to undertake the
long,"patient development programs required by most of the areas in
question.'"'^ And Morris S. Rosenthal detailed those essential de-
velopmental tasks tliat private business would avoid:

Broadly speaking, power, transport, and the social services do not lend them-
selves to "foreign private investment. Some American and European public utility
companies have investments in Central and South America, and perhaps there
are some other areas of the world in which the private enterpriser would be willing
to take such investment risks. But when we think of the social services, the
development of food for home consumption, the development of internal trans-
portation facilities, and in a large measure the development of power, the risk is
too great for private American investment abroad. ^^

Labor

The development of labor as an industrializing resotnce in the less
developed nations was a technical cooi^eration program proposed by
the State Department in its point IV program planning brochure.
Although more attention was given to the proposed labor develop-
ment program than to some of the other areas, the specific requn-e-
ments of a labor-training ])rogram and of the obstacles to it were not
foreseen by congressional and executive decisionmakers nor by authori-
tative persons who testified before the Congress. Spokesmen for kbor
groups supported the ])rogram, especially in the face of the Com-
munist threat, and suggested the need to export technical assistance in
union organizations, management-worker relationships, and other
labor rights. However, these witnesses offered no guidelines as to the
type of technical assistance needed to improve labor skills or as to
wliat contribution labor organizations could make to the promotion
of labor development in tlie less-develo])ed cotm tries.

Walter Reuther, i)resident of the United Auto Workers— CIO,
promised that American labor would "* * * make the necessary
accommodations and adjustments from time to time * * *" ni order
to improve trade >\'ith the other areas of the world. However the pro-
visions he and other leaders of the American labor movement sug-
gested to meet the needs of the worker in the underdeveloped coun-
tries were limited to enactment of the "* * * appropriate mmmium-
wage laws and maximum-hour law s * * *" to improve labor relations
and the legal climate for workers.^'*

The Department of Labor presented testimony detailing technical
cooperation programs which it planned to undertake. Assistant Secre-

96 Jaines^P ^Varhiire.' ecoiiomrst'aiul author on international affairs. Previously Deputy Director of the
Overseas Branch of the Office of War Information. "A New Look at the Economic Challenge. Annals

' « Morris 's°'RosenthaL "Point 4-Enough or Not at All." Annals (July 1950). op. cit., p 38.

M Pee text of Letter of Walter Reuther, president of the UAW-CIO to Mr. E. F. McDonald Jr.. president,
Zenith Radio Corp., Chicago, Nov. 22, 1949. (Pp. 449-450), and foreign policy resolution adopted by tne

tary of Labor, Philij) M. Kaiser, said tlie Departnieut considered it
would be necessary to "increase labor's understanding of economic
development [)roblems and the role which a free labor movement
plays in the process." For this purpose, "trade-union officials and
other interested i)ersons sliould be brought to the more advanced
countries to learn how more industrially developed countries attempt
to deal with the problem of developing constructive industrial rela-
tions.^'* Little recognition was given to the training requirements
needed for developing the skills of workers in the underdeveloped
countries.

Thus, a primary goal of the point IV program planners, and one
which the Congress apparently did not question, was to export the
American stanclards of the rights of labor to regions where they were
of less pertinence — and possibly seriously premature. However,
such a goal, as subsequently became evident, was only one of many
technical cooperation considerations relevant for labor. The need
for the training of workers in basic and special technical skills, the
development of labor recruitment technicjues, and the establishment
of environments to motivate workers, have commanded at least an
equal priority.

Education

The importance of educational assistance in the point IV program
was obscured by several factors: the lack of perception of significant
cultural differences, the belief that rapid change would ensue, the
notion that the United States possessed the appropriate technical
"know-how," and the importance given to the role of private business
operations in the program. It appears that Congress easily acquiesced
in the State Department program, which allocated only 10.5 percent
of the initial budget to educational programs.' °° Agricultural and
health assistance received approximately 20 percent each, while
funds authorized for industrial development, approximated those
given to education.

Even the National Education Association did not foresee or docu-
ment the essential role of education in the process of technical assist-
ance. The only information it circulated called for a larger share of
technical assistance funds to be devoted to educational programs
"embracing nonschool as well as school agencies." For example:

The "rich ethnic resources" of America should be fully utilized, the report
advised, recommending that talent present in our Negro citizens be sought out
in working with technically undeveloped peoples, the majority of whom belong
to the colored races. '"^

Subsequent experience with technical assistance programs has shown
that one of the prime requisites of economic develoiunent is the
provision of a liberal and a technical education to a significant number

CIO in November of 1949. In House. Act for International Development. Hearings, pt. 2, op. cit.. pp. 443.
See also William Green, president of the American Federation of Labor. Letter to Hon. John W. McCormack.
President Truman's point 4 program. Congressional Record (appendix) (Mar. 31, 1950), pp. A2421-A2425.

99 Statement of Philip M. Kaiser, Assistant Secretary of Labor. In House. International Technical
Cooperation Act of 1949. Hearings. Pt. 1, op. cit., p. 280.

wo Total program estimates equaled .'};57,080,000 with education's proposed budget totaling $6,153,280.
(Table IV, proposed first year technical cooperation program by functional category— Estimated costs to
recipient countries and to United States or international agency. In Point 4: Cooperative Program for Aid
in the Development of Economically Underdeveloped Areas (revised January 1950), op. cit., p. 81.)

'«' "Educational Steps in Point 4 Program," Science News Letter (July 22. 1950), p. 63.

of persons in the underdeveloped society.^"- Critics of American aid
programs overwhelmingly agree that early programs suffered from a
lack of emphasis on education — both formal and informal.^"^ For
example, Rene Maheu, UNESCO's Director General, has suggested
that development must overcome widespread social inertia in the
less developed nation. This implies the need for a change in attitude,
which will not occur "* * * until science and technology cease to
be an imported magic * * * (but instead) * * * become a custom
of (the) people." ^"^

It was not until 1955 that the defects of not allocating more
resources to the development of an educational system were noted
by the administration and the technical assistance program was
shifted to give greater priority to basic education and also i)ublic
administration. Upon submitting information reviewing program shifts
in technical cooperation to the Subcommittee on Technical Assistance
of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, Mr. Harold E.
Stassen, then Director of the Foreign Operations Administration,
said :

We are in the process of shifting the emphasis in the program. Here you see
that in the agriculture and natural resources in percentage the effort is declining.
In the health and sanitation it stayed relatively in about the same importance.
In education, going beyond literacy, it is expanding. This generally increased
emphasis on education, including, for examiale, the establishment of the voca-
tional-educational schools for crafts and occupations, the engineering schools, and
the various types of professional schools, brings that less developed society along
as it goes beyond the state of enough clothing for its people, into a more developed
society.

At the same time we are stepping up the public administration program to
endeavor to educate and train their young men to be more economic in the
managing of the financial exchange of their country, the balance of payments,
the budgetary processes, the kind of things that a society, as it moves away from
an agricultural, less developed society, must have if it is to be stable and continue
to develop. '"5

Population

In approaching the problem of population per se, both the admin-
istration and the Congress were constrained by the existing cultural
values, which in 1950 had not 3^et fully appreciated the growing
problem of population pressiu'es. Accordingly the views of the best
qualified authorities were not brought to bear in 1950 on the question
of population resource imbalance in the underdeveloped coimtries.
This omission delayed official recognition of the need for a national
policy in this field until 1963 when President Keimedy said that
"we need to 'know more about the whole reproductive cycle' and
that this knowledge should then be made more available to the

102 Theodore Schultz asserts that nivestment hi human capital is as important as investment in pliysical
capital (Theodore Schultz, "Investment in Human Capital." American Economic Review (March 1951),
p. 1): Albert O. Hirschman has called for a "binding agent" or the development of a liberal enlightened
stratum, which can understand and communicate with both the developed and underdeveloped sectors of
society (Albert O. Hirschman, "The Strategy of Economic Development" (New Haven, Yale University
Press, 1959), pp. 6-7).

W3 See John Kenneth Galbraith. "A Positive Approach to Foreign Aid." Foreign Affairs (April 1961),
p. 444.

'M Rene Maheu, as cited by Carlos Chagas, Ambassador, Brazilian permanent delegate to UNESCO.
Science and Technology in Latin America. In U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astro-
nautics. Government, Science and International Policy. A compilation of papers prepared for the eighth
meeting of the Panel on Science and Technology, 1967. Committee Print. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1967), pp. 10-11.

•C5 Statement of Hon. Harold E. Stassen, Director, Foreign Operations Administration. In U.S. Congress.
Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Technical assistance programs. Hearing before the Subcommittee
on Technical Assistance of the * * * on Technical Assistance Programs. Feb. 17, 18, 21, 23, 24, Mar. 2, 3. 4,
1955. 84th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955), p. 21.

world." Both tlie Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended in 1966,
and the Food for Peace Act of 1966 have special provisions for the
use of U.S. -owned foreign currencies to conduct birth control research
and to assist family planning programs in countries requesting such
help.ioe

Under the constraint of existing social values, the problem of
popidation growth presented to Congress by the State Department
understated the magnitude, gravity, urgency, and seriousness of the
problem of rapid population growth.

The rate of increase of population is one of the undoubtedly serious problems
as far as the economic future of these areas is concerned.!''^

State Department information indeed revealed that popidation
growth rates approached 3.5 percent in the underdeveloped coun-
tries, ^°* but the impression was conveyed that the population growth
rate of these nations would not be likely to exceed 2 percent per annum
in the longer range future. ^°^

The programmatic solution developed by the State Department to
alleviate the perceived population problem was based on the premise
that the application of technical assistance, and concomitant increases
in food production and industrialization, would eventuate in a Eiu'o-
pean pattern of social relations and mores. It was suggested that a
middle class ethos would be developed and that persons therefore
woidd choose to have fewer children.""

Hindsight, of course, reveals the deficiencies of this reasoning.
The cultm'al, technical, and financial obstacles to agricidtm'al develop-
ment are so great that food-producing capability did not expand
enough to keep pace with the burgeoning population. In addition,
policymakers learned that cultural patterns vary widely between the
developed and underdeveloped world. One cannot assinne that de-
velopment— whether agricultural or industrial — will produce the same
cultural values and mores evidenced in Europe and other developed
areas.

No evidence was presented in Congress to reveal these fallacies.
In fact the position taken by the State Department, of eschewing
any form of bhth control, and opting for rapid economic develop-
ment to alleviate the impending problem, reflected the domestic public
opinion and some of the literature chculating at that point."^

w« U.S. Agency for International Development. Background paper: U.S. Foreign Assistance Policy and
Programs in tlie Field of Population and Family Plamiing. (Wasliington, D.C., mimeo, Sept. 14, 1967, n.p.)
and U.S. Agency for International Development. M.O. 1612.57 — Guidelines for assistance to population
programs, manual transmittal letter. Sept. 15, 1967, p. 3.

">' Statement of Hon. Willard L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary of State for Economic Affairs. In House.
International Technical Cooperation Act of 1939. Hearmgs, pt. 1, op. cit., p. 21.

"" Almost hidden in a chart m an appendix of its program planning material, the State Department in-
cluded figures which would reveal that 25 of the 28 comitries which were to participate in the point 4 program
manifested an annual birth rate over 3.5 percent — an alarming rate when compared with the 1.0 percent
rate of the developed countries. According to the State Department, " The birth rates refer to average annual
flgui'es for the period 1931-40. Official vital statistics were used where available, though for a number of
countries these were corrected to take account of apparent miderreporting of births. Birth rates were esti-
mated from other demographic information for countries lacking official vital statistics." (Point 4: Coopera-
tive Program For Aid in the Development of Economically tjnderdeveloped Areas.) (Revised January
1950), op. cit., p. 114.

•09 Statement of Hon. Willard L. Thorp. In House. International Technical Cooperation Act of 1949,
hearings, pt. 1, op. cit., p. 21.

110 Thorp, op. cit., p. 21.

111 For instance, Galbraith,"In Commentary," op. cit; Stephen Raushenbush "People, Food, Machines,"
No. 5 in the bold new program series. (Washington, D.C., the Public Affairs Institute, 1950), p. 11, and
Morris LleveUyn Cooke with Calvin J. Nichols, Dorothy Detzer and Peter G. Franck. " Groundwork for
Action" No. 3 in the bold new program series. (Washington, D.C.the Public Affairs Institute, 1950),
pp. 19-20.

However, studies circulating within the scientific community in
1950 revealed the need for population control measures in the develop-
ing countries. In 1946 the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization
calculated that it would be an economic impossibility for enough finan-
cial resources to be available and a])plied to food j)roduction to keep u|)
with the projected rate of population growth."- And in a special Annals
study devoted to requisites of an eft'ective point IV program, John Kerr
Rose, a geographer with the Legislative Reference Service of the Li-
brary of Congress, challenged the economic determinism hypothesis:

More often than not it is assumed that development will provide self-correction
for the population problems faced in a majority of the underdeveloped areas.
This * * * is open to grave question. There is no particular reason for believing
that areas of other cultures, if and when they industrialize, will necessarily fall
into the 20th century Western European-United States population pattern. "=*

Scientific i)opulation control devices were available in the deveh^ped
Avorld in 1950. The controversy surrounding their use in both donor
and reci])ient countries attests to their merit. And in spite of the di-
lemma over the use of U.S. resources to interfere in the lives of other
peoi)le and other nations, anthropologists know today, and knew in
1950, that many of the cultures of the less-developed world sanctioned
a variety of birth control measures including infanticide, enforced
segregation of the sexes, chemical potions, and primitive prophylactic
apparati. "^ In their presentation of material to the Congress, the State
Department might have given greater attention to the proposition that
while technical assistance most certainly woidd lower the death rate,
the economic conditions of underdeveloped peoples would not improve
unless there were a concurrent lowering of the birth rate, and that
artificial means might be needed to achieve this end. The study of this
problem and its implication would have been warranted then, in view
of its increasingly serious importance subsequently.

VII — Conclusions

In advancing the point IV program, President Truman and his staff
had identified an issue requiring legislative action: to provide technical
assistance to the less-developed w^orld. Both the Administration and
the Congress proceeded to assess this need. While the State Depart-
ment and other departmental representatives concentrated upon
devising a suitable and financially acceptable program, the Congress
assessed the political implications and financial costs of carrying it
out (pp. 62-71).

However, there were many gaps in the scientific and technical
information supplied to the Congress about the proposed program.
Few questions were asked in the hearings to challenge the State De-
partment's rationale and assumptions (pp. 71-75). The bulk of the 18
months of congressional decisionmaking was spent on mulling over
two overriding, nontechnical issues: (1) A group of national and
international political considerations directly or tangentially related
to the question; (2) the financial approach to be taken, with particular

"2 Cited by Dennis A. Fitzgerald "World Needs and Resources" Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists (vol.
Vn, No. 4, April 1951), p. 102.

"3 John Ken- Rose "Needs and Resomces of the Brave New World." Annals of the American Academy
of Political and Social Science. Aiding Underdeveloped Areas Abroad, edited by Halford L. Hoskins. (Vol.
268, March 1950), pp. 10-11.

IK For instance see Peter Frver "The Birth Controllers." (London, Seeker & Warburg, 1965.)

Csi

reference to the role of private business (pp. 65-67). Partisan resistance
to the program in Congress was supplemented by a resurgence of
isolationism, and various issues of particularity. When the ultimate
yes-no decision appeared to be in doubt, the President revived the
main issue of political and military policy that had been the initial
inspiration for the legislation. The companion claim — that to stress
the technical assistance aspect of foreign aid would be optimal from
the cost/effectiveness standpoint — had appeal in the existing context.
It proved to be a persuasive justification for the new i)rogram.

In retrospect, however, the aid program as a means to contain
communism b}' alleviating sources of unrest in developing countries
has had only a qualified success. The particular emphasis of the point
IV program on the export of technology has become recognized as sim-
plistic, incomplete, and on occasion inappropriate. Congressional
evaluation of the merits of technical assistance per se was not search-
ing or resourceful (pp. 68-80). The assumption of U.S. competence
in applied technology was insufficient. Attention was diverted to such
perennial issues as funding, the bipartisan foreign policy, and preserva-
tion or expansion of U.S. exports.

Several other factors also diverted attention from the central issue:
(!) The Administration was the major source of scientific and technical
information for the Congress. While this was a new and admittedly
experimental program, the Congress expected the Administration to
have adequately evaluated all pertinent information in putting it to-
gether. It was not seen by either the Congress or the Administration as
an important feature of a national science policy, nor as a component of
international science policy; (2) the Administration showed an exces-
sive optimism regarding the Nation's ability to engage in an effective
program of technical assistance to the less developed world. This belief
went unchallenged (pp. 78-84) ; (3) members of the relevant scientific
disciplines — including social scientists, civil engineers, and public
health experts — who would have supplemented the superficial tech-
nical understanding of the decisionmakers, were only mildly active in
discussing the program (pp. 76-77). They held information Avhich,
if i)roperly evaluated, might have eliminated early pitfalls to the pro-
gram. HoAvever, they were not asked to contribute their comments,
and did not attempt to gain a hearing.

Several alternatives were presented in the Congress to the bills
sent over by the President. One alternative was to establish a com-
mission to study the need for technical assistance, and to determine the
character such aid should take. While this alternative proposal use-
fully raised some doubts about the scientific and technical aspects of
the President's program, it was summarily condemned as a stalling
maneuver, and received less serious study than it merited. Another
alternative was to give responsibility for program formidation and
implementation to the private business community in return for its
financial participation. This approach was adopted, in part, along
with a program of Government guarantees of private loans. The further
alternative of tabling the legislation w^as rejected because the inter-
national political costs would have been too great. Accordingly, a
small and relatively low-cost, partly private, program of technical
assistance was selected.

The program enacted by the Congress was a modification of the ad-
ministration proposals. The Congress added provisions for better over-
sight, more centralized direction, and a larger and more secure role
for private business. However, the Congress made no substantive
modification of the technical assistance program itself. It is apparent
that many of the problems that surfaced in early U.S. technical
assistance programs could not have been anticipated ^^^thout a trial
run. However, it is also apparent that many other deficiencies which
had to be corrected later on by additional legislation, redirection,
and funding, could have been foreseen if the Administration and the
Congress had made better use of information circulating within the
relevant scientific communities at the time.

It was in the scientific/technical area that caveats were issued
regarding the fallability of the belief that the United States could
easily and rapidly promote foreign economic dcA^elopment. Among the
many cautions expressed by experts who were not called upon, were
the observations (later to be confirmed) that the United States would
not easily find a supply of quahfied technicians to implement its aid
progTams; that economic development could not be fostered Anthout
the appropriate admixture of technical assistance and capital transfer;
and that it would not be easy to graft the best of a technologically
developed society onto the complex and culturally different mechanisms
of an underdeveloped nation. (Pp. 81-84.)

In evaluating the program, the Congress made heaviest use of
business and poHtical Antnesses, who discussed business and political
issues. The State Department and other officials of the executive
branch were expected to be a major source of congressional information
in international science policy issues; not only did they need to have
the pertinent information, but they were called upon to relate it
broadly to domestic and international political objectives. What ap-
pears to have been lackuig in the development of the point IV pro-
gram, was the evaluation of the specific substantive aspects of the
program, and its coherent integration as a practical and frugal opera-
tion. It is here that nongovernmental witnesses, experts in particular
scientific fields, and critics of foreign assistance policies, can make their
most signal contribution.

CHAPTER FIVE— INCLUSION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
IN THE SCOPE OF THE NATION AI SCIENCE FOUNDA-
TION, 1945-47: A GROUNDWORK FOR FUTURE PART-
NERSHIP

I. Background of the Issue

The piu-pose of this chapter is to examine the treatment of the
issue, under consideration from 1945 to 1947, as to whether the social
sciences should be included within the scope of the National Science
Foundation (NSF).

For reasons unrelated to the issue of this study, the evolution of
NSF did not reach legislative enactment until 1950. But the question
as to whether the scope of NSF should include the social sciences
was resolved, for practical purposes, on July 3, 1946, when a key
vote in the Senate decided in favor of a permissive formula: NSF
was not to be told to accept or to exclude the social sciences, but it
had the option of doing either, with the unmistakable further impli-
cation that careful selectivity of projects to sponsor in this area was
a must.

What were the considerations in the Congress bearing on this
decision? What advice had been received, and from what sources,
that helped the Congress to select this alternative? What other in-
formation was available at the time? What consequences derived from
the decision?

Origins of the National Science Foundation concept

President Franklin Roosevelt had made sporadic attempts, during
the depression years, to enlist the resources of the physical sciences
to further national goals of economic recovery. Freedom from bm*eau-
cratic direction and assm*ance of unconditional support were necessary
conditions of such service, however, and these the President could
not provide.

Nevertheless, evidence accumidated in the 1930's as to the func-
tional relationship between progress in basic scientific discovery and
the capability to solve large national problems.^ There was a fiu^ther
relationship, also becoming apparent, between the growth of tech-
nological application and the economic well-being of society.^ How-
ever, no means had been devised — except in the special case of agri-
cultm'e — for systematically exploiting the resources of basic and
applied science and technology for public purposes. The scope of
applicability of the scientific method for public purposes had not
emerged as a serious question.

Historically, the United States had contributed few achievements
in the basic sciences. Research centers mostly in Eiu'ope had led the

1 See, for example: U.S. National Resources Committee. Research— A National Resource. Pt. 1. Rela-
tions of the Federal Government to Research. November 1938. Report of the Science Committee to the * * *
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1938), 255 pages.

2 See, for example: U.S. National Resources Planning Board. Research— A National Resource. Pt. H.
Industrial Research. December 1940. Report of the National Research Council to the * * * (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941), especially p. 42.

(97)

99-044—69 8

way: by such outstanding contributions as those of Bohr and Moseley
in atomic structure, Einstein in rehitivity, Curie in radioactivity; the
Russians led in theoretical matlieniatics, the Germans in theoretical
mechanics, Austria in medicine, Italy in electromagnetics, and so on.
The genius of the United States (except for such outstanding excep-
tions as Henry and Gibbs), lay in the areas of applied science and
technology.^

Science had not been a major preoccupation of the Congress. There
was a longstanding tendency to regard scientists as a group remote from
political affairs whose achievements were sometimes rewarded by the
granting of patents, but whose work largel}^ was beyond tlie control
and whose motivations were beyond the reach of the legislators.
Agricultural sciences were accorded a special status in the Morrill
Act of 1863, whicli recognized this mundane field of research as related
to the raising of the levels of skills of farmers.* In the field of science
proper, congressional interest and government activities were on a
modest scale. A small research effort was authorized in the National
Bureau of Standards. Small programs were supported in the U.S.
Geological Survey, the laboratories at ordnance arsenals, the Naval
Research Laboratory, the David Taylor Model Basin, and the Naval
Observatory. The quasi-governmental Smithsonian Institution was
maintained with the help of Federal funds. Such longstanding institu-
tions as the Bureau of the Census, the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Connnerce, and the Bureau of Labor Statistics, however, were not
recognized as performing really scientific functions and their researches
were not ordinarily identified with those of the physical science
laboratory.

During World War II the physical scientists, and to a lesser extent
the social scientists, were mobilized to carry on applied research and
engineering develo})ment to help solve military problems. The impact
of this outpouring of technology was the more notable because the
depression period preceding the war (1930-39) had been character-
ized by small expenditures for research and a reluctance of private
industry to develop and use new technology that involved capital
expenditures or laborsaving economies. During the prewar period,
many graduate students, unable to find employment in industry, had
continued their advanced studies so that when the war broke out there

3 Dr. Harold Urey, of Columbia University, whose name is associated with the discovery of "heavy
water," submitted to the Senate Subcommittee on War Mobilization, Oct. 25, 1945, a table of Nobel Prize
winners in the United States and Europe as follows:

United Europe

States

Chemistry - 4 37 (11 Germans).

Physics -- 8 39 (17 Germans).

Medicine and physiology 6 37(8 Germans).

Commented Urey: "The relatively small number of Nobel Prizes awarded to U.S. citizens indicates the
weakness of this country in pure science and also, by contrast, its great strength in industrial development."
(U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Military Affairs. Hearings on Science Legislation (S. 1297 and related
bills.) Hearings before a subcommittee of the * * *. Pursuant to S. Res. 107 (78th Cong.) and S. Res. 146
(79th Cong.). Authorizing a Study of the Possibilities of Better Mobilizing the National Resources of the
United States. 79th Cong. 1st and 2d sess. Five parts: Pt. 1, Oct. 8, 9, 11, 12, 1945; pt. 2, Oct. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
1945; pt. 3, Oct. 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 1945; pt. 4, Oct. 29, 30, 31 and Nov. 1, 1945; pt. 5, including statements sub-
mitted for the record, Nov. 1, 2, 1945; and pt. 6, Testimony of Science Talent Search Finalists, Mar. 6, 1946.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office (1945), p. 658.)

* The unforeseen consequences of the encouragement of scientific agriculture were the steady rise in in-
industrial productivity of the United States as manpower left the farm. During the century following this
action, farm families declined in proportion to the total population from about two-thirds to about one-
twentieth. Throughout most of the period 1920 to the present, this dwindling proportion of farmers produced
unmanageable surpluses of farm produce.

Avas a considerable pool of a\'ailable scientific manpower of high qual-
ity. This pool Avas further augmented by an influx of refugee European
scientists. This army of scientists, provided with an abundance of
supporting resources, challenged by real and urgent ])roblems, and
assured of eager acceptance of worthwhile products useful in military
or industrial supi)ort of the war, produced an array of novel technol-
ogy that Avas quantitatively voluminous and strategically decisive.

Perhaps most significant of all, the war showed that it was feasible
to organize a large-scale mobilization and coordination of scientifically
skilled U.S. manpower to achieve a national goal. This teamwork on
a national scale was attributable to a combination of cu-cumstances:
the acceptance of direction under the stress of a powerful patriotic
motive, the moral issue of a war against a particularly ugly political
system, the receptiWty of U.S. military forces toward technological
innovation, the need for Aveapons growing out of a decade of neglect
of U.S. military development, the outstanding leadership of Dr.
Vannevar Bush and his associates, and the unlimited resources that
the Avartime Congress and Administration Avere prepared to provide
for any plausible scientific application that might contribute to the
Avar effort.

From his vantage point as chairman of the Subcommittee on War
Mobilization of the Senate Committee on ^Military Affairs, Senator
Harley M. Kilgore became acquainted AA'ith the unprecedented Avar
role of applied science and technology. The subcommittee had iuA^esti-
ga ted the mobilization of scientific personnel, had surA-eyed Avartime
scientific programs, had taken testimonj^ on the integration of science
and technology into the Avar program, and had Avitnessed the rise of
Government outlays on science from $70 million in 1940 to $700 million
in 1944. As an outgroAvth of this surveillance, five legislatiA'e goals
were perceived as necessary by the subcommittee:

1 . Government funding for research in the public interest, and
especially for defense, health and medical, and basic sciences;

2. Coordination of Government-supported research;

3. Stimulation of research by private institutions;

4. ImproA-ed management of scientific information;

5. ^Accelerated full exploitation of the fruits of research.

A bill_ (S. 1297) proAnding for a National Research Foundation to
accomplish these purposes Avas introduced by Senator Kilgore (for
himself, Mr. Johnson of Colorado and Mr. Pei3per), Jidy 23, 1945. In
this initial bill, the scope of research, as proA'ided in section 2-a, Avould
have been: "in fields of recognized public interest, particularly national
defense, health and the medical sciences, and the basic sciences, in-
cluding the social sciences."

A similar line of thought Avas concurrently pursued by President
Roosevelt, Avho sought a Avay to consolidate the mobilization of science
for public purposes to serve in the peace to folloAv. In a letter to
Dr. Bush, November 17, 1944, he requested adA'ice on Avays in AA'-hich
the lessons found in the unique experiment of teamAvork and coopera-
tion in coordinating scientific research and in applying existing scien-
tific knoAAledge to the solution of the technical problems paramount
in Avar could be profitably employed in times of peace. He cited as
goals for peacetime science, a fuller and more fruitful employment
and a fuller and more fruitful life. There Avere four questions: con-
cerning dissemination of scientific knoAvledge accumulated in connec-

100

tion with war research, the future of medical and rehxted science,
Government sponsorship of private and pubHc research, and en-
couragement of talented young people to pursue careers in science.

In response to the President's request. Dr. Bush organized four
study panels, each to report on one of the four issues raised by the
President; a report specifying an action program was transmitted to
President Truman, July 5, 1945. The Bush report, "Science, the End-
less Frontier: A Report to the President on a Program for Postwar
Scientific Research," concluded that a vigorous level of scientific
effort under Federal sponsorship could be beneficial to national health,
productivity, and defense.

The primary need was for a strong and undirected effort in basic
scientific research. The United States could no longer rely on Euro-
pean basic research for the underpinning of its ap])lied research pro-
grams; moreover, the research capital of past basic discoveries had
been used up during the war years and needed replenishment which
only the United States could undertake to provide. The report called
for a national policy on science, with heavy emphasis on the need
for Government support of basic research, expanded interchange with
other countries of scientific information, and a vigorous program to
bring more and better qualified young people into scientific careers.
To implement these recommendations the Busli report proposed a
national research foundation, responsible to the President, able to
disburse funds to sponsor research, and consisting of divisions of med-
ical research, natural sciences, national defense, scientific personnel
and education, and publications and scientific collaboration, supported
by an administrative office.^

Dr. Bush later explained that in preparing his recommendations, he
had understood the President's request to encompass only the physical,
biological, and medical sciences. However, upon recei])t of the Bush
report. President Truman enlarged the scope of its terms. In a lengthy
message to Congress on reconversion, September 6, 1945, he included
a section in which he lU^ged "the earl}^ adoption of legislation for the
establishment of a single Federal research agency which would
[discharge six functions, of which the second was:] promote and
support research in the basic sciences and in the social sciences."
[Emphasis supplied.] ®

Dr. Bush did not altogether oppose this addition to his program.
On October 15 he told the Kilgore subcommittee that he believed
"that our strength is also dependent upon the extent of our knowledge
of social phenomena and our ability to bring such understanding to
bear wisely on the urgent problems confronting us." He urged that
the question receive proper study and that the views of the social
scientists be assembled.'^

Because of its longstanding interest in science policy, the Sub-
committee on War Mobilization — jointly with two ad hoc subcom-
mittees of the Senate Committee on Commerce, proceeded shortly
after the President's reconversion message to begin consideration of

* U.S. Office of Scientific Research and Development. "Science, the Endless Frontier," n report to the
President on a program for postwar scientific research, by Vinnevar Bush, Director of the Office of Scientific
Research and Development. July 1945 (Washington, D.C., National Science Foundation, reprinted July
1960), especially pp. 34-40.

' tr.S. President Harry S. Truman. Special message to the Congress presenting a 21-point program for the
reconversion period, Sept. 6, 1945. In Public Papers of the Presidents. Harry S. Truman, 1945. (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946), p. 293.

7 Hearings on Science Legislation (S. 1297 and related bills). Pt. 2, Oct. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 1945, op cit., p. 800.

101

science legislation the message had requested. In 21 days of hearings
before the end of 1945, the subcommittee accumulated 1,200 pages of
testimony, exhibits, and statements relating to National Science
Foundation legislation. These were followed by a preliminary report,
December 21, a supplementaiy appendix presenting an analytical
summary of the testimony, and a final report on science legislation by
the subcommittee, February 27, 1946. The full Committee on Military
Afi'airs made its report, April 9, and the Senate debated the proposal
July 1-3, giving the measure its approval by a vote of 48 to 18, with
30 not voting.

A companion measure was introduced in the House of Representa-
tives,^ and was the subject of 2 days of hearings in the Committee on
Interstate and Foreign Commerce. However, no House action was
taken on either this bill nor on the version passed by the Senate,
and the bill died at the close of the session.

Although the House bill provided explicitly for social science, the
purpose of the language was explained by its author to the committee.
The provision read: "Until such time as the [National Science] Board
may create a Division of Social Sciences * * * the initiation and
support by the Foundation of the social sciences shall be limited to
studies related to the programs of the division * * * and studies of
the impact of scientific discovery on the general welfare." According
to Representative Mills: "Actually what is in the bill is an effort on
mv part to limit the activities of the Foundation in the field of social
science." Mere omission of the words "social science," he said, would
not prevent the Foimdation from sponsoring research in the field at a
future date. Thus, "The only way that such action can be prevented
is for the committee in its discretion to place some limitation excluding
social science as one of the activities of the Foundation." ^

In the House hearings, Drs. Bush ^° and Isaiah Bowman (president
of Johns Hopkins Universit}^, and a geographer by discipline), ^^
gave cautious support for the permissive approach — allowing the
proposed National Science Foundation to establish a division for the
social sciences at some future time. Dr. Detlev Bronk,^^ soon to be
President of the National Academy of Sciences, and physiologist. Dr.
Homer W. Smith, an associate of Dr. Bush m Office of Scientific
Research and Development (OSRD),^^ took a similar position.

Spokesmen for the military departments did not deal at all with the
issue. The Secretary of Commerce, Henry A. Wallace, was represented
by Dr. E. U. Condon, Director of the National Bureau of Standards,
and vigorously supported inclusion of the social sciences in the pro-
posed foundation.^* Most of the other witnesses preferred that the
social sciences be omitted entirely from the functions or organization
of the National Science Foundation. ^^

8 TI.R. G448, 79th Cong., 2d sess. Introduced by Representative Wilbur D. Mills.

« U.S. Congress. House. Conunittee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. National Science Foundation
Act. Hearings before a Subcommittee on the * * * on H. R. 6448, a bill to promote the progress of science and
the useful arts; to secure the national defense; to advance the national health, prosperity, and welfare;
and for other purposes. May 28 and 29, 1946. 79th Cong., 2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Omce, 1946), pp. 3,24.

w Ibid., pp. 11-12. However, in the exchange that followed. Representative Brown remarked that there
was "a sort of antipathy agamst social science" in the Congress, and Dr. Bowman agreed that this was true
also "of most of the scientists who testified before the Senate [Kilgore] subcommittee."

11 Ibid., p. 53.

12 Ibid., p. 72.

13 Ibid., p. 59.

i< Ibid., pp. 78, 80-81.

13 Including John F. Victory, executive secretary, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (Ibid.,
p. 62); GeorgeE. Folk, representing the National Association of Manufactuiers (p. 67); Rev. J. Hugh O'Don-
nell, president of the University of Notre Dame (p. 91); and Dr. C. E. MacQuigg,of the Engineering College
Research Association (p. 33).

102

The decision 2)rocess on NSF legidafion

The NSF concept was strongly favored by the scientific community
in the United States, by the p'ubhc at hirge, and by a considerable
consensus in both Houses of Congress. The fact that it failed of enact-
ment from 1946 to 1950 is explained by the variety of subordinate
issues it raised. These issues included the patent provisions of the
various bills, the issue of basic versus applied science, the possibility
of alternatively resorting to tax concessions as a means of stimulating
scientific research, and the question of mandatory distribution of
NSF funds geographically. The most salient issue was whether the
NSF should be a conventional agency of the Government, under a
director responsible to the President, or an agency run by a part-time
board of scientists, assisted by an agency director resj^onsible to them.

In essence, this issue was viewed as that of scientific pursuit of new
knowledge, free from "government dictation." The question as to
the inclusion of the social sciences mthin the scope of NSF was a
relatively minor one. Although it loomed large at first, it was resolved
by the Senate in the debate in July 1946. While the question was
again debated in 1947, the outcome was the same. The issue was
whether the social sciences should be (a) explicitly included as an
equal partner ^nth the ])hysical, the biological, and the medical
sciences; (b) not included at all; (c) included, subject to narrow con-
straints; or (d) left to later determination by the NSF itself. Dr. Bush
had recommended the fourth alternative, and the Senate concurred
in his recommendation mthout much difficulty.

The extensive hearings in the Senate subcommittee, and the 1946
debate on the Senate floor ^^ill be discussed later on. Although the
social science decision made in 1946 became a fixture of subsequent
bills, the Senate bill expired with the close of the 1946 legislative
session.

In 1947, after different bills had been passed by the two Houses,
agreement was reached in conference on a compromise (permissive
with regard to the social sciences) that would establish a National
Science Foundation imder the direction of a part-time board of
scientists. President Truman rejected this proposal by pocket veto,
August 6, on the basis of the lack of Executive control."This action he
took with "deep regret" because he had "hoped earnestly" for suitable
legislation; however the bill as passed would, he said." "be divorced
from control by the peoi)le to an extent that implies a distinct lack of
faith in democratic i:)rocesses." ^^

Also in 1947 the President created by Executi^'e Order a Presidential
Scientific Eesearch Board, and appointed John R. Steelman, his
principal adviser, as its chairman. This Board was to undertake a
study of U.S. scientific research and re]:)ort its recommendations to
the President on national science policy. Like the Bush studv it
omitted consideration of the social sciences. The rejiort of the Steel-
man committee explained this omission on the grounds of their
unmanageability. A statement by Dr. Bronk was cited with approval
that every field of research in the physical sciences led sooner or later
to new social ])roblems, so that "competent social scientists should

's Congressional Eecord (Nov. 17, 1947), p. 10568.

103

work hand in hand with tlie natural scientists" to solve these problems
as they arose. Continued the report:

Under these circumstances, it would have been desirable to include the social
as well as the physical and biological, sciences in our investigations. The magni-
tude of the task and the pressure of time prevented this, although we did examine
a number of instances in which physical and social scientists were working jointly
on projects in the Federal Government. These relationships should be further
nvestigated, and a survey of the program of the Government in social science
.areas would be useful."

Bills were again introduced in 1948 and 1949, but not until 1950
were the two Houses of Congress able to concur in a legislative proposal
which the President would approve; like most of its predecessors
after July 3, 1946, it provided that the NSF might create additional
divisions, presumably including one for the social sciences.

Contemjjorary relevance oj the social science issue

The issue of Goverimient sponsorsliip — or more precisely, NSF
sponsorship — of basic research in the social sciences, quickly resolved
in 1946, continues to be relevant. The intervening two decades have
seen a sharpening of national problems which the 1945 Senate hearings
identified as important challenges that social science research could
heli^ to solve. These problems included:

Crime Arms control

Racial stresses Environmental degTadation

Urban stresses Social impact of new
Poverty technology

After its creation in 1950, the National Science Foundation made
a gradual and cautious entry into the field of the social sciences.
Mindful of congressional reservations about their controversial
character, it restricted its sponsorship to ultrasafe lines of inquiry. ^^

No serious challenge of any social science undertakings of NSF has
come to national attention. This caution has been rewarded by a
steady growth in the scope and level of supported effort, and in
December 1960, by action of the National Science Board as the
statute had provided, a Division of Social Sciences was formed within
NSF. In 1968, the Congress finally accepted the maturity of the social
sciences, and instructed NSF to accord them equal status with the
other categories of science witlun its purview. ^^ However, the funda-
mental question remains as far from resolution in the late 1960's
as in tlie mid-1940's: whether the scientific method can be functionally
applied by a democratic society under republican institutions to
assemble a body of reliable data about society itself that can be sys-

'" U.S. President's Scientific Research Board. "Science and Public Policy." a report to the President by
John R. Steelman, Chainuau. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947), five volumes, see
vol. I. p. viii.

'" For example, the Fifth Annual Report of NSF (1955) , describes the "limited program of support of the
social sciences" that was approved 1jy the Foundation in August 1954. Criteria for the projects included
those areas characterized by the application of the methods and logic of science, "national interest." "con-
vergence of the national sciences and the social sciences," and "basic research." It was administered within
the existing divisions of the board, and included projects in antliropology, functional archaeology, human
ecology, demography, psycholinguistics. experimental and quantitative social psychology, human geogra-
phy, economic engineering, statistical design, and the history-philosophy-sociology of science (pp. 60-61).

i» Public Law 90-407, approved July 18, 1968. specifies in sec. 3 that the Foundation is to "initiate and
support basic research in the mathematical, physical, medical, biological, engineeriTig, social, and other
sciences * * *;" and toawardscholarshipsandfellowships in these sciences. Sec. 4 provides that the National
Science Board's executive committee shall be appointed of persons "eminent in the fields of the basic, medi-
cal, or social sciences * * *." And sec. 8 adds the provision that a division of the social science is to be in-
cluded in the NSF organization, thereby confirming the 1960 action of the Board.

104

tematically applied to the development of social inventions to meet
human needs.

A long list of important social inventions had contributed to social,
political, and economic progress before 1945. A random sampling of
this list might include such items as —

parliamentary procedure work simplification surveys

the Australian ballot retirement pensions

Federal-State grants-in-aid insiu-ance

budgeting and accounting methods mass public education

the census institutional waste disposal

Government corporations public hygiene

job and personnel classification statistical sampling and quality

national income and product sta- control

tistics workmen's compensation and un-

hospitals employment compensation

clinics opinion polls

institutional outpatient care

The relationship between these inventions of applied social science
and the data, theories, and principles produced by basic research
in the social sciences, is analogous to that in any other field of science.
Invention has often come into being empirically, without benefit of,
and in anticipation of, the development of fundamental theory. In
the electric storage battery, for instance, the invention was empirical
and the theory came later. So, also, with the wheel and the Code of
Hammurabi. In many other cases, theory pointed the way to solution
of a technological or social problem, such as Albert Einstein's theory
of the equivalence of matter and energy leading to the discovery
of nuclear energy, or the Pavlov and Skinner theories of conditioned
response and reinforcement leading to the teaching machine. In
other cases, refinement of understanding led to the correction of a
misconception — such as the notion that metals failed by "crystalliza-
tion," that alcohol potations were a specific for snakebite, that
insanity resulted from exposure to moonlight, or that criminal tend-
encies could be eradicated by severe enough punishment.

Whether the invention is in technology, biology, medicine, or the
social science fields, it is more likely to be relevant to the real problem
if the inventor knows what the facts are. It is the function of basic
scientific research to provide the facts. The issue in 1945-47 was
whether the social sciences were ready to accept full partnership in a
national endeavor to this end.

II. Issues Confronting Acceptance of the Social Sciences in 1945

When the hearings on science legislation opened before the Senate
Subcommittee on War Mobilization, October 8, 1945, the proposal
of President Truman that the social sciences be included was already
confronted with numerous obstacles. The social sciences tended to
have unfavorable connotations for many people: as connected with
socialism, authoritarianism, and improper manipulation of people; as
an attempt to apply scientific methods to a field that lay beyond the
reach of science; as connected with "isms" and "crackpot ideas." The
addition of the social sciences to the NSF proposal was evidently an
afterthought; it had not even been considered or studied by the four

105

committees that collaborated in the preparation of the Bush report.
The social sciences in World War II had produced no spectacular
product like the atomic bomb; there was no widespread recognition
of the practical results of research in social science fields. The disci-
plines of the social sciences were poorly structured, displaying many
conflicts and contradictions in each field, between related fields, and
between general scientific and lay opinion as to matters of policy and
theory. Distinctions between basic and applied research in the social
sciences were poorly drawn. Moreover, the disciplines were not clearly
defined, either by Members of Congress, by scientists generally, or
even by the social scientists themselves. In short, for the social sci-
ences to win equal status with the physical, biological, and medical
sciences in the new Foundation, as the President had suggested, would
require that compelling evidence and reasoning be assembled in their
support.

As this matter was considered by the subcommittee chaired by
Senator Kilgore, and later as it was reviewed by the Senate, the
following questions emerged:

1 . Were the social sciences sufficiently mature to be vested with
a public interest?

2. Were these sciences in fact really "sciences" with proper
objectivity and employment of the scientific method?

3. Were the social sciences sufficiently structured as disciplines,
or would their inclusion in a National Science Foundation open
the door to limitless scope of meaningless projects, thus siphoning
off funds from other, more significant, functions of the Foundation?

4. Had the methodologies of the social sciences been sufficiently
perfected for them to be considered as capable of serious research?

5. Could researches in the social sciences be satisfactorily
classified into basic and a])plied?

6. If in fact the social sciences lagged behind the physical
sciences, was that not an added reason for encouraging an
accelerated effort in the former?

7. By consulting senior men as witnesses in a mature set of
physical science disciplines, and also by consulting senior men as
witnesses in a less mature set of social science disciplines, was
Congress able to obtain a clear picture of the potential of the
latter? Would younger researchers closer to the contemporary
state of the art have served better as witnesses respecting the
potential social utility of the social sciences?

8. The subjects studied by social science were "controversial"
while those of the physical and biomedical sciences were not;
thus, would social science research be more difficult to program,
elicit political opposition, and embroil NSF in controversy such
as to jeopardize its existence as a vehicle for the supjiort of the
physical sciences?

9. Was it not possible to support a considerable range of re-
search in the social sciences by calling it something else — as for
example, the study of methods of improving the management of
scientific information, research in the history of science, improve-
ment in educational methods for the teaching of science, and
statistical data collection concerning scientific manpower, etc.?

10. Did the social sciences present the threat that their prac-

106

titioners might acquire jiolitical power by the manipulation and
control of the public?

II. Could the same scientific leaders coordinate and manage a
program of social science research and physical-biological-
medical research?

III. Lessons of the Senate Hearings on NSF Bills

The decision to allow the social sciences a gradual admission to the
NSF appears to have been taken on tlie floor of the Senate. The
sustained interest of the Senate Subcommittee on War Mobilization
in scientific and technological matters made it the logical place for the
testing of NSF legislation. The hearings held in this forum, accord-
ingly, provided most of the evidence relevant to the Senate's decision.
The content, direction, and implications of this evidence seem to
support several conclusions:

That the social sciences were not accepted to ecpial partnership
or status by scientists in the "natural science" disciplines;

That there was general agreement that the social sciences
lagged, needed support, and must ultimately play a commanding
role in the adjustment of society to technological advances;

That the social sciences had already made important contribu-
tions to military potency and peacetime development, although
these were neither well recognized nor commonly regarded as
"scientific" inventions;

That tlie mechanisms by which new basic scientific discoveries
move forward to exploitation were not ^ndely understood, and
least of all in the social sciences;

That the very relevance of the social sciences for major social
problems intensified resistance to their development.

Testimony of the physical scientists

For the most part, the physical scientists who provided the bulk
of the testimony were less hostile than skeptical. Isaiah Bowman, him-
self a geographer and earlier a member of the Social Science Research
Council, recognized the obstacles:

It is well-known that so much of human i^rejudice and tendency and social
philosophy enter into the study of social phenomena, that there is the widest
difference of opinion as to what constitutes research in many instances in the
social sciences.

His view was that the proposed NSF should at first content itself with
provision for the study of the social impacts of scientific discovery, and
for the development of social statistics. ^"^

Probabl}' the bulk of the scientific witnesses would have agreed with
Dr. Bush; although he recognized that "our strength is also dependent
upon the extent of our knowledge of social phenomena and our ability
to bring such understanding to bear wisely on the urgent problems
confronting us," this resource should be approached with caution:

I am not a social scientist and cannot presume to speak for the disciplines
embraced by the field of the social sciences. ^len who can speak for them will
appear before you. The proposed foundation should allow an opportunity for
effective integration and partnership between the natiu-al and social sciences, and
I believe that this pattern should be the result of careful study by the fovmdation
after its establishment.-'

2" Ilearinss on science legislation (S. 1297 and related bills), p. 23, op. cit.
■•'Ibid., p. 200.

107

Some witnesses flatly opposed i)ro vision for social sciences in the
NSF. For example, C. E. MacQiiigg, dean of engineering of Oliio State
University, speaking for the Engineering College Research Associa-
tion and also as a member of the OSRD gronp that contributed to
the Bush report, said that "no useful purpose will be served" by
including social sciences in the proposed foundation. Its problems and
its practitioners were of an altogether disparate character from "those
dealing with the physical world." ^- In one straw vote reported to the
hearing 12 scientists favored inclusion of the social sciences, 46 favored
putting them in a se])arate agency, and 4 were o])i)osed to any
Government program of social science sponsorship or aid.-^ Bernard
M. Baruch dismissed the social sciences in a single sentence; they
should not, he said, "be included in the same setup." ^* Dr. Morris
Fishbein, editor of the Journal of the American Medical Association,
opposed their inclusion because of the "great danger of the use of
so-called researcli in the social' sciences for political purposes and to
influence legislation." ~°

The suggestion tliat the social sciences could not be objective
because of their relevance to national ])roblems was advanced by
Dr. I. I. Rabi, nuclear ph^^sicist from Cohunbia University. He
noted that they were different, required a different kind of admin-
istration, and might jeopardize the held of science generalW, although
they were "a place where we need attention even more than the natural
sciences." On the other hand, he said:

I am afraid of the power of this foundation, in the support of social sciences
through fellowships and otherwise, to make such selections as to strengthen a
preconceived point of view or a particular opinion. You see, social science comes
very closely to fundamental political questions which are questions of the day,
and I begin to see possibility of a Government's building up a certain body of
opinion, a certain direction of thinking through that, whereas in the physical
sciences I am not afraid of that simply because it is quite objective. You can
prove things b}* experiment.-^

Among those witnesses who favored the inclusion of the social
sciencies. Dr. F. R. Motdton, permanent secretary of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, offered tlie judgment that
the physical sciences luid been overemphasized and that "if we
neglected social sciences, all tlie humanities that are involved in the
human race living together, tlien the expertness in the {physical
sciences would not in the long run save us from A\ar." -" A i)oll rejiorted
by Dr. Howard A. Meyerhoff, executive secretary of the AAAS, of
192 replies to a questionnaire reflecting tlie views of some 400 members,
indicated that 67 ])ercent believed that the social sciences "needed
support." He said: '' * * * all of the social scientists answering the
questionnaire, and a substantial nmnber of physical scientists believe
that the social s("iences should have an integral place in the program,
and that they should be classified with the basic sciences." ^*

Most military witnesses ignored the issue entirely, but Brig. Gen.
John ^klagruder, director of the Strategic Service Unit (the residual
organization that had been the Office of Strategic Services, and was
later to become the Central Intelligence Agency), made a strong bid

22 Ibid. p. 710.

23 Ibid., pp. 1145-1146.
2'' Ibid., p. 910.

25 Ibid., p. 496.
2« Ibid., pp. 998-909.
2' Ibid., p. 79.
28 Ibid., p. 92.

108

for support of ''those systematic studies which treat of man in his
relationships with his community — economics, poHtical science, soci-
ology, history, and geography among others." He cited the importance
of strategic assessment of foreign nations, psychological warfare and
morale studies, psychological testing of personnel for special service,
and other aspects of intelligence. Said Magruder:

In the estimates made for the various planning agencies of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff and their Joint Intelligence Committee the social scientists made valuable
contributions in gaging the enemy capabilities, probable intentions, and vulnera-
bilities. They dealt primarily with the nonmilitary aspects of the enemy situation,
and the economic, political, and geographic position with respect to his supply
of strategic raw materials, manpower supply, and plants; on enemy production
of aircraft, tanks, and other military supplies; on the probable durability of the
enemy's political structure; and so forth. These calculations, made by a staff
which in large part had come to Federal service from the social science faculties
of our leading universities, contributed significantly to the overall capability
studies available to the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

It was important that this capability be preserved, he went on.

Were there to develop a dearth of social scientists, all national intelligence
agencies servicing policymakers in peace or war would directly be handicapped.^^

The role of the human sciences in systems engineering was described
by Gen. H. H. Arnold, commanding general of the Army Air Forces,
who spoke of the "necessity for scientific research on human factors,
in use of new equipment and the integration of research in designs,
personnel selection, and training, so that by the time the equipment
has become standard, standard procedures for selection and training
are also available." ^°

Three witnesses testified as to the importance of the social sciences in
fields that have since become of foremost importance in connection
with national problems. One was Dr. Abel Wolman, professor of sani-
tary engineering of Johns Hopkins University and Chairman of the
Committee on Sanitary Engineering of the National Research Council.
An important part of the research in his field, he said, "* * * falls
over very completely in the social science field." It involved such
problems as water sui)ply, stream pollution, air pollution, the social
aspect of waste, and the social aspects of the environment. He would
include the social sciences in the NSF because:

I see tremendous importance in converting the results of fundamental and
applied research to the uses of man. The reason I hesitate in defining how that
should best be done is the criteria, the method of measurement, the whole field of
research in social sciences doesn't lend itself to the concreteness that it does in
natural sciences. But I certainly would not underestimate its importance because
what such a foundation of science does in this field has, after all, whether we like
it or not, significance not only in abstract knowledge, but significance in raising
the general level of humanity, and that part of the program is a social science
enterprise.^'

In the field of "technological transfer," Moms L. Cooke, a consult-
ing engineer who represented the Independent Citizens Committee of
the Arts, Sciences, and Professions, favored inclusion of the social
sciences in the NSF, and appeared to associate it with the achievement
of a "balanced system for the sciences based on total human needs." ^^

Judge Ewing Cockrell, of the U.S. Federation of Justice proposed
that the Foundation be given a special branch of the social sciences as

29 Ibid., pp. 900-901.
so Ibid., pp. 345-346.

31 Ibid., pp. 663-674; and especially 670.

32 Ibid., pp. 1003-1005.

109

a principal charge. This would be a Division of Social Relations and
Conduct and woidd deal synoptically with such problems as crime
and arms control by deriving from the social sciences the findings
relevant to social relations and conduct. In essence, he jiroposed a
special organization of applied social science.^^

Testimony of the social scientists on NSF legislation

The Senate subcommittee devoted 1 day — October 29, 1945 — to the
hearing of testimony from witnesses representing the social science
disciplines. Dr. Wesley C. Mitchell, an economist and a director of
research at the National Bureau of Economic Research, delivered to
the subcommittee a memorandum from the Social Science Research
Council that made a strong plea for mclusion of the social sciences in
the NSF. It said there was a great need of new social inventions —

There is grave danger that man will find that he does not have the wisdom to
guide his tremendous control over the forces of nature for his own greatest benefit.
Fears exist not only that the powers of science will be misused in wars of unspeak-
able destructiveness, but also that impending fundamental technological innova-
tions cannot be made without serious internal social disorders.

Scientists themselves perhaps more than the public are uneasy about potential
evil uses of their inventions. It is obvious that man's inventions are in themselves
of neutral character and that their value to humanity depends on the purposes
which they are made to serve. The hazards to national and world interest created
by new inventions cannot be evaded by checking the powers of invention even
were such a proposal not too fantastic to merit serious discussion. Dependence
for security and order must rather be on the improvement of the foundations of
human relations.

The social sciences were ill equipped to meet the challenge of
designing the accommodation to new technology:

The present inadequacy of knowledge of human relations is a source of danger
which can be greatly reduced by more adequate applications of scientific tech-
niques in the study of human problems. Social science personnel, research pro-
cedures, and facilities are underdeveloped in terms of the tasks which must be
undertaken. The fact that it cannot be claimed that the social sciences have
reached a stage comparable to that of some of the other scientific disciplines is
considered the strongest possible reason for advancing their develojoment by
every effective means.

The statement concluded with an allusion to the essential indivisi-
bility of science and a blunt prediction for the future.

The traditional lines of demarcation between the natural and the social sciences
have little meaning when confronted with the research problems involved in the
safeguarding of the human aspects of every major problem of national interest.
Collaboration and cooperation among the sciences rather than an intensification
of past rivalries and competitions is essential if the contemplated program is not
to worsen the existing situation instead of achieving the goals set for it. The
proposed research agency will be concerned with social science problems whether
it so wishes or not; the only relevant and essential question is whether it will
from the outset be able to deal competently with these problems.^^

The position of the Social Science Research Council A\'as seconded
by Dr. Herbert Emmerich, director of the Public Administration
Clearing House, who urged that the "Government shoidd not further
put out of balance the program of these discijjhnes by overemphasis
on purely physical research." ^^

Speaking for the American Political Science Association, Dr. John
M. Gaus, its president, called attention to the gro\\ing need for

33 Ibid., pp. 1074-1079.

34 Ibid., pp. 741, 743.
34 Ibid., p. 740.

110

studies of urban problems and noted that wliile the Government
^^'as ah-ead}^ engaged in a ^^ide range of social science studies, tlie
question was as to how well these would be done ^\"ithout the assurance
of a progressive improvement in tlie quality of trained personnel and
basic information. There was a disposition to overh)ok the social
sciences because their useful inventions and products did not ajipear
in recognizable form. Leaders in the physical sciences were identified
by their scientific products, but no comparable eminence was con-
ferred by social inventions or jiroducts such as budget programs,
jjersonnel classification, public administration, regional planning,
and many others.

Dr. Robert \l. Yerkes, emeritus professor of psychobiology, Yale
University, called the subcommittee's attention to the social im-
portance of psychology which tended to link the physical to the human
science invohdng the engineering contributions of human factors, the
economic aspects of labor-management relations, the broader contri-
bution to education, the matching of i)ersonnel to job classification,
and the many contributions of the discipline to military operations.
The social sciences, he said, were capable of contributing to the
effectiveness of Government itself —

In Government it would seem that social science research should be of first-rate
importance, for Government itself is a social science and most of the problems
that cost jNIembers of the Congress laborious days and sleepless nights are either
partially or wholly psychological. For clearly enough they involve such Inunan
factors as desires, prejudices, beliefs, opinions, convictions, practical judgments.
Major contributions of psychological research and of psychotechiiological develop-
ments to Government appear in the methods of individual psychobiological ap-
praisal and description which enable us to understand oiu'selves and others better,
and in procedures for public opinion polling, which have vast potentialities of
usefulness and abuse. ^°

Dr. Edwin G. Nom-se, vice ])resident of the Brookings Institution
(and later to become Chairman of the President's Coimcil of Economic
Advisers), observed that "Every problem of utilizing the resources of
nattu'e for man's safety or material satisfaction has two halves, one
technological, the other economic." But the values that were ulti-
mately determined in the marketplace were evolved outside of his
discipline —

While scientific analysis of comparative costs and returns and investigations
into the nature of the economic process occupies a pivotal place in man's effort to
make a good life for himself out of the rich but reticent resources of nature, the
values which come to expression in the marketplace, the preferences for certain
types of goods or services, the esteem in which leisure is held, and the capacity of
men to combine their productive efforts in one pattern of organization or another
and in response to various kinds of incentive or motivation are matters which lie
outside the field of economics as such. These contributory factors must be explored
by otlier sciences such as psychology, anthropology, political science, sociology,
and their handmaiden, history. We must understand the subtle complexities of
human nature as well as the precise mechanistic relations of physical nature if we
are to develop the national strength that grows out of productive cooperation
and avoid the disruptive struggles of group, class, racial, or nationalistic warfare."*'

There was a tendencj^, he said later, to "exaggerate the amount of
exactness that there is in the phj^sical and biological sciences" and to
"underestimate the amount of evidential value that social science
techniques can get out of raw data from the economic and social
fields.

3«rbid., pp. 751-753.
3' Ibid., p. 758.

Ill

The suciologictil discipline was rei)resented by Dr. William F.
Ogburn of the University of Chicago. In his prepared statement he
identified tliree ways in \\hich the social sciences made significant
public contributions. The first, and most generally recognized, was in
discovering "reliable and trustworthy knowledge" about such phe-
nomena as "social, economic, and political organizations of all kinds
such as government, industry, transportation, agriculture, the press,
church, famil}^, rural communities, cities, nations, and international
bodies." Secondly, "for every important mechanical invention that
physical scientists make there is created a new social problem on \\'hich
social scientists should work." Thirdly was the fact that social sciences
were of increasing importance to national defense because "every war
now is a total war and must be fought not only with munitions but
also with institutions."

For examples of the social impact of inventions, he noted that the
steam engine had resulted in an increase in divorce, the automobile
an increase in crime, and the atomic b(uiib a threat to cities. "Hence,
social scientists (as a consequence of these inventions) must do
research on divorce, on crime, and on the protection of our cities."

The "industrial revolution," caused by steam, creat(>d cities, changed agri-
culture from subsistence to commercial farming, built a new economic system
with many new economic organizations, destroyed social classes and created new
ones, redistributed wealth, revolutionized warfare, realigned the great powers,
abolished the household economy, and reduced greatly the social functions of the
family. The "scientific revolution" following nuclear fission of the atom may
change our society and its institutions even more.

It would be as foolish, he said, to ask the physicist to forecast the
social consequences of invention as for the social scientist to outline
the next procedure in nuclear fission. It would be foolish, also, to
expect "off the cuff" answers from the social scientists to ciuestions
warranting extensive study and research. "If Government sponsors
research in natural science, it ought also to support the study of the
social changes and social problems which the natural science researches
create."

He admitted that research in the social sciences was "a more
recent development than research in the natural sciences" and that
it was more difficult "because of the larger number of variables than
are found in problems of the physical sciences."

The field of anthropology was represented by Msgr. John AI. Cooper,
professor of anthropology, Catholic Uni^'ersity. His subject dealt with
comparative human cultures, and could contribute to the purposes
of the proposed legislation by helping to "bridge the gap between the
findings of the natural sciences and our living habits," and by "helping
to bring about and to maintain harmonious relationships between
larger national, ethnic, and other groups of human beings." As
examples of the first, he cited analysis of the factors in U.S. culture
that led to acceptance or rejection of sound dietary practices, hj'giene,
and medicine. As an example of the second, he suggested that mis-
understandings and conflicts grew out of the ignorance of the "subtle
but powerful forces that underlie the working of other social systems
than our own, of basic philosophies, attitudes, incentives, motives,
loyalties, prejudices, and dislikes." ^^

»« Ibid., p. 778.

112

Social science views of Government witnesses

Only a few of the administration spokesmen gave attention to the
social science aspect of the NSF proposal. Secretary of Commerce
Wallace said his Department's research activities embraced social as
well as physical sciences and that their less advanced development
was a reason for supporting them.^^ Dr. R. E. Dyer, Director of the
National Institutes of Health, said that the Public Health Service had
found it "* * * impossible to study man apart from his environment."

Many problems of public health [he went on], are dependent for their ultimate
solution upon greater understanding of the social and economic conditions.
Geography, demography, sociology, and economics are all essential considerations
in the study of disease.^"

A statement submitted by P. V. Cardon, Administrator of the
Agricultural Research Administration of the JDepartment of Agricul-
ture, gave favorable mention to the inclusion of the social sciences in
NSF and noted that "for many years the Department of Agriculture
and the State agricultural experiment stations have carried on social
research, and investigations in this field have proved important in the
solution of economic and social problems of agriculture." *^

The principal Government witness on behalf of the social sciences
was Watson B. Miller, Federal Security Administrator (preciu"sor
agency to the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare). He
observed that social inventions were "just as real and valuable as
material inventions" but were not usually recognized as inventions,
and were rarely patented, or sold at a profit. Therefore these important
incentives were not available to stimulate social science research.
Aliller gave examples of many social science inventions, and filed
with the subcommittee a summary of social science research activities
being carried on by his agency.

The increasing use being made of teamwork in research. Miller
concluded, made it important that the various scientific resources
"be integrated in such a way as to reinforce each other." For ex-
ample—

When a broad human problem is approached to attempt to divide it into aca-
demic fields is often highly artificial. Suppose we are planning a coordinated
attack on malaria. We would probably start with such natural science techniques
as study of the mosquito, study of the germ, study of insecticides and drugs, but
we would eventually get to such socio-economic problems as the ownership of
mosquito-breeding waters, methods of keeping roadside and farm ditches free of
weeds and obstructions, methods of house screening, methods of obtaining com-
munity cooperation, and sources of funds for the campaign.^^

rV. Structuring the Issue

The hearings before the Senate Subcommittee on War Mobilization
provided a voluminous record of information and identified many
issues and considerations that were germane to the Senate's decision
on the proposed NSF. The social science issue seemed to be regarded
by the subcommittee as a principal issue. Its preliminary report,
December 21, 1945, included a compromise bill, S. 1720, and called
attention to the fact that one of the "major recommendations em-

39 Ibid., pp. 140, 143.

*" Ibid., p. 522.

" Ibid., p. 727.

«2 Ibid., pp. 796-800, especiaUy p. 798;

113

bodied in the biH" made specific provision for the social sciences.
The report continued:

In recommending that the program of the Foundation include the social sciences,
your subcommittee is implementing the recommendations of the President and
the majority of the witnesses who testified on this subject. Not a single witness
opposed the Federal support of the social sciences. A minority urged that such
support be deferred or provided in a separate agency.*^

In an accompanying appendix, the subcommittee provided a
summary of the testimony on the various issues. Witnesses comment-
ing on the social sciences were divided as follows: Those favoring
unqualified inclusion of the social sciences in the NSF, 37; an addi-
tional 8 favored it with reservations; those favoring a separate
agency for the social sciences, none. The publication devoted 13
pages to the social science issue, and remarked that "in addition to
the social scientists who lu-ged mclusion of their fields in the program
of the proposed foundation, a most substantial majority of other
witnesses also came out for the social sciences as essential to a national
science program." ** The summary included reference to the following
aspects, pro and con:

A. POINTS IN FAVOR OF FEDERAL SPONSORSHIP OF RESEARCH IN THE

SOCIAL SCIENCES

1. The lag in social science research needs to be corrected.

2. The utility of social inventions has been demonstrated.

3. The accommodation of society to the impact of new technology
requu'es social science research.

4. Mechanisms for the exploitation of new technology involve
research in the social sciences for their development.

5. Social science research provides coherence m the national defense
effort.

6. The unity of all science requires that all be included in one
comprehensive program of sponsorship.

7. Social science helps social change to occur by evolution rather
than by revolution.

8. Social sciences help to set goals for the physical sciences.

9. The major problems confronting society have a content that is
mainly in the field of the social sciences.

10. Social sciences are a stimulus to the physical sciences, and vice
versa.

1 1 . The study of the human environment cannot be separated from
the study of man,

B. POINTS IN OPPOSITION TO FEDERAL SPONSORSHIP OF RESEARCH IN

THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

1. Social science research encounters problems of objectivity (its
findings may be exploited for political purposes, or used to influence
legislation).

" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Military Affairs. National Science Foundation, "Preliminary
Report on Science Legislation, From tiie Subcommittee on War Mobilization to thie * * * Pursuant to S.
Res. 107 (78th Cong.) and S. Res. 146 (79th Gong.), Authorizing a Study of the Possibilities of Better
Mobilizing the National Resources of the United States," Dec. 21, 1945, print contauiing S. 1720, 79th
Cong^,_lst sess., Subcommittee Rept. No. 7 (Washington, U.S. Govenmient Printing Office, 1945), p. 2.

w U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Military Affairs- "Science Legislation: Analytical Summary of
Testimony," Appendix to report from Subcommittee on War Mobilization pursuant to S. Res. 107 (78th
Cong.) and S. Res. 146 (79th Cong.) , authorizing a study of the possibilities of better mobilizing the national
resources of the United States, December 1945. 79th Cong., 1st sess., Subcommittee Monograph No. 5
(Washington, U.S. Government Printmg Office, 1945), pp. 26-38.

99-044 — 69 9

114

2. Social science methods, approaches, and training of practitioners
differ from those in the physical sciences.

3. Findings of social science cannot be subjected to experimental
verification.

4. The scope of social sciences is limitless, and administratively
infeasible to encompass in a single agency.

5. Social science is inherently controversial, and would discredit
and jeopardize support for the physical sciences.

6. Social sciences are not sciences in the same sense that the physical
sciences are.

In general, the tone of the preliminary report and its accompanying
appendix gave the impression of an enthusiastic endorsement of the
social sciences as a worthy and coequal academic partner with the
physical, biological, and medical sciences in the new agency.

However, by the time the subcommittee made its final report on
NSF legislation, February 27, 1946, a note of caution was evident in
its attitude on the inclusion of the social sciences. While still "firmly
convinced" that they should be included, and that they would be able
to make "significant contributions to almost every department of
government," it was also true that "these younger disciplines have
not had time to perfect their specialized techniques * * *."

Therefore —

With a carefullj' planned and administered program of support, the social
sciences promise to make even more important contributions to the solution of
the problems of the future. Because the specific research needs of the social
sciences have not been subjected to such careful study as those of the physical
and biological sciences, your subcommittee has recommended that initial support
of research in these fields be limited until adequate planning studies have been
completed.*^

This note of caution was repeated in the report of the parent
Committee on Military Affairs, in presenting S. 1850 to the Senate
for its consideration. The report, April 9, 1946, gave verbatim the
above quotation from the final subcommittee report.*® But, in intro-
ducing the subject, the full committee finding included the statement:

The committee has rejected the proposal that the social sciences be specifically
excluded from support by the new agency, because of the demonstrated inter-
dependence of the physical and social sciences. S. 1850, however, makes special
provision to assure that all social studies supported by the Foundation are in
fact scientific in character."

The provision in question was as follows:

The functions of each division [of NSF] shall be prescribed by the Administrator
after receiving the advice of the [National Science] Board, except that until the
Administrator and the Board have received general recommendations from the
Division of Social Sciences regarding the support of research through that Divi-
sion, support of social science research shall be Hmited to studies of the impact of
scientific discovery on the general welfare and studies required in connection with
other projects supported by the Foundation. ^^

" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Military Afiairs. National Science Foundation. "Report on
Science Legislation From the Subcommittee on War Mobilization to the * * * Pursuant to S. Res. 107 (78th
Cong.) and S. Res. 146 (79th Cong.), Authorizing a Study of the National Resources of the United States,"
Feb. 27, 1946, print containing S. 1850, 79th Cong., 2d sess., Subcommittee Report No. 8 (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946), p. 6.

" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Military Affairs. National Science Foundation. "Report from
the * * * Pursuant to S. 1850, a Bill To Promote the Progress of Science and the Useful Arts, To Secure the
National Defense, To Advance the National Health and Welfare, and for Other Purposes," Apr. 9, 1946,
79th Cong., 2d sess. S. Rept. No. 1136, Calendar No. 1153 (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1946), p. 8.

<" Ibid., p. 2.

" Ibid., p. 18.

115

The report explained :

The initial limitation with respect to the support of research in the social sciences
has been included in the bill because none of the studies which served as a back-
ground for this legislation had considered the research needs of these fields.^'

V. The Decision Process — Senate and House

The Senate took up the Science Foundation bill, S. 1850, on July 1,
1946. Senator Kilgore as floor manager, explained the need for the
legislation, described the abundant support it had received in the hear-
ings from scientists, business, labor, and other public figures, and
indu'ectly accounted for the change in tone as between the preliminary
and final reports of his subcommittee when he said :

* * * After all the hearings were concluded [early in November 1945], a commit"
tee was formed, consisting of leading scientists, to study the bill. I think the com-
mittee was headed by A'annevar Bush and Dr. Isaiah Bowman as cochairmen. We
met with Dr. Bowman and Dr. Bush in a conference in which all points in dispute
with reference to the bill itself were ironed out, and we departed from the confer-
ence with both sides satisfied as to the details of the bill.^o

However, Senator Johnson of Colorado (one of the sponsors of the
bill and very much in sympathy with its purposes) took exception to
the bill's provision for a division of the social sciences. Senator
Kilgore explained that the sciences were inseparable, and that the
bill provided merely for a study of the relevance of the social sciences
for the total program. Senator Magnuson offered assurance that there
was "no intention of embarking upon a vast program into the realm
of the social sciences" but that some areas of research unavoidably
overlapped. But Senator Johnson protested that to include social
sciences made the scope of the program vague and unmanageable.^^

Senator Fulbright evidently sensed an antipathy toward the social
sciences which he thought might be based on a misconception with
the study of the social sciences ''being confused with what we com-
monly think of as politics, socialism, or some form of social
philosophy." In attempting to clarif}^ the issue. Senator Fulbright
quoted an "able scientist" whom he had consulted the day before, who
had defined social science as "one individual or a group of individuals
telling another group how they should live." ^^ This explanation was
not well received and in his further explanatory^ statement he revealed
both his own ambivalent attitude toward the social sciences and its
source :

At the request of the physical scientists, we incorporated a special provision
in the bill in an effort to try to prevent the Division of Social Sciences getting
out of hand, so to speak. I have no fear of that, however. I only hope this provi-
sion will give some prestige to social science, that it will sort of recognize that
field of study as a legitimate thing in our society, and I hope it will encourage
some of our more inteUigent 3'oung people to go into that field. I think it is sadly
understaffed. I know there are many crackpots in that field, just as there were in
the field of medicine in the days of witchcraft, but it is not something from which

4» Ibid., p. 31.

5" Senator Kilgoie's statement is taken from the Congressional Record (July 1, 1946), p. 8144. In intro-
ducing the legislation. Senator Smith explained that framing it he had had the benefit of advice from
"* * * Dr. Vannevar Bush, Head of the Office of Scientific Research and Development, which Office the
Foundation would replace; President James B. Conant of Hai-vard University and H.D. Smyth of
Princeton University, author of the Smyth report on atomic energy (Gerald G. Gross, "New Science
Drive Beiun in Congress," Washington Post, Feb. 8, 1947).

" Congressional Record, op. cit., pp. 8157-8158.

52 Ibid., p. 8164. J

116

we should back away. We have to solve the social problems one way or the other.
I cannot see any harm in admitting that they are legitimate problems and giving
the Board authority to devote some of its resources to that study.^^

As the debate proceeded, opponents brought out further points:

The proposed foundation should initially be confined to the
fields most urgently needing support, with doubtful areas de-
ferred until the plan had been tested;

There was a danger in loading too much scope into the program;

It was uncertain as to what the social scientists would study —
they could not be trusted (this attitude was in marked contrast
with that toward the physical sciences, which aU members agreed
to assure full freedom of scientific inquiry) ;

The scope of the social sciences part of the program deserved
further study which the Congress would not itself be qualified
to conduct;

There was a danger that the Congress might find itself re-
sponsible for sponsoring "wild-eyed, so-called research" or the
use of funds to further projects of "a man addicted to certain

isms";

The social sciences were not subject to close definition, were
not related to the physical sciences, could not be managed by
those qualified to direct research in the physical sciences, and
were not favored by the physical scientists.

In an effort to expedite the decision process. Senator Smith of
New Jersey offered as an amendment a substitute bill which differed
from the Kilgore-AIagnuson proposal in five respects: (1) control by
a science board rather than an appointed administrator; (2) changed
provisions for regional distribution of project funding; (3) changed
patent provisions; (4) exclusion of the social sciences from the scope
of the bill; and (5) modification in the timing of the scholarship-
fellowship part of the program. ^*

In support of item 4, Senator Smith produced a letter to the Presi-
dent from a "Committee Supporting the Bush Report," dated
November 24, 1945, and signed by 5,000 scientists. The committee
included many notable figures in the scientific community, such as
its Chaii'man, Isaiah Bowman, and also Bronk, Con ant, and Du-
Bridge. This group said it would be a "serious mistake to include
the social sciences * * * at this time," and recommended that a
separate institution be provided for their support.^^ When the Smith
amendment was rejected,^^ the Senate then proceeded on the following
day (July 3) to take up one at a time the issues raised by Smith.
An amendment by Senator Hart, of Connecticut, proposed to delete
from the NSF biU the provision for a social science division, as-
sistance to students of social science, and inclusion of the social
sciences in the scope of the Foundation. ^^ In support of his amend-
ment. Senator Hart again referred to its omission from the Bush
report, the lack of agreement as to the definition of the social sciences,
the complexity and expense of administering a field of such large
scope, and the lack of coherence between physical and social sciences.

53 Ibid., p. 8165.

5* Ibid., p. 8232.

" Ibid., pp. 8237-8238.

5« Ibid., p. 8265. Thie vote was 24 to 39 with 33 not voting.

"Ibid., p. 8349.

117

In defense of the bill as introduced, Senator Thomas of Utah again
referred to the social impact of science, the relevance of social trends
for the general welfare, the unity of all science, the military importance
of the social sciences, and the need for freedom of scientific inquiry.
Whereupon the Senate accepted the Hart amendment (46 to 26, with
24 not voting) ,^^ and then adopted the NSF bill (48 to 18, with 30
not voting)/^ The effect of the decision was to register the Senate's
disapproval of any positive action toward the social sciences in the
NSF bill; the proposed National Science Foundation might, at a
subsequent time, expand its scope to include "other sciences" but —
at least insofar as the social sciences were concerned — would do so
at its own risk.

Congressional adoption oj 'permissive formula in 1947

It was evidently generally believed that the Senate action in ex-
cluding the social sciences altogether from the NSF bill had been too
extreme, because in the legislation introduced the following year the
terms were uniformly more permissive. In the Senate, a bill was in-
troduced (S. 526) by Senator Smith of New Jersey, and discharged by
unanimous action (without hearings) from the Senate Committee on
Labor and Welfare. It was taken up May 14. With respect to the social
sciences, the committee recommended :

Your committee has rejected the proposal that the social sciences be included as
a division of the Foundation at this time. It is cognizant of the impact of funda-
mental science on modern society and of the need for social-science studies.
It feels, however, that the disciplines of the social sciences are not at this time
sufficiently well defined to include them in a foundation designed to treat with the
basic sciences. Rather, it is the opinion of the committee that the broad, collective
wisdom of the Board must be relied upon to determine the time and to what extent
changes shall be made in the divisional status of the Foundation; section 7(2)
provides "and such other divisions as the Foundation may from time to time, deem
necessary." [And also:]

Time may change the relative importance of the divisions. The foregoing clause
permits the necessary flexibility and leaves to the wisdom of the Board the extent
to which the social-sciences disciplines are to be explored. It may thus be said that
S. .526, as amended, denies mandatory provision for the social sciences, but estab-
lishes the right of the Foundation to explore the needs of the social sciences and to
determine the extent, if any, that studies in this field are necessary to support work
in the other divisions.

Smith, himself, confessed that he did not favor having the NSF
support research in the social sciences but was yielding to the con-
sensus.'^'^ Toward the end of the debate on S. 526 Senator Fulbright
once more attempted to persuade the Senate to have the bill give equal
status to the social sciences with other fields of science ^^ but his amend-
ment was rejected by a vote of 23 to 63, with 9 not voting. From
this point on, in both the Senate and House bills on science foundation
legislation, the compromise formula as reported from the Senate Labor
and Welfare Committee was uniformly followed.

In the House hearmgs, before the Interstate and Foreign Commerce
Committee, March 16-17, 1947, the attitude toward the social sciences

58 Ibid., p. 8350.

58 Ibid., p. 8300.

M Congressional Record (Mav 14, 1947), p. 5258.

" Ibid. (May 20, 1947), p. 5649.

lis

had been somewhat more friendly than m the i)revious year's hearings.
Dr. Bush, for example, said :

In the last session of Congress there was considerable controversy over a pro-
vision in the Kilgore-Magnuson bill which would establish within the Founda-
tion, a Division of Social Sciences. This provision was eliminated on the floor,
and I beheve that was a wise move. But I do think that the controversy was
unfortunate. If we, as a democratic nation of free individuals are to survive, we
must seek to understand the forces which affect our social organizations in order
that they may be anticipated and guided in safe directions.

A large amount of research is already being devoted to various aspects of the
social sciences, both by the Government and by private individuals and orga-
nizations. Much more could be done to advantage. In view of the magnitude and
complexity of this field, however, it seems to me that the Fovuidation should
fully survey it with a view toward determining those areas which could be made
the subject of fruitful research under its auspices. Under H.R. 1830 [which was
identical with the subsequently Senate-passed S. 526], this could be done, and
I hope it will be done. But it is well to make research in the social sciences permis-
sive rather than mandatory.^^

Although some witnesses still adhered to the idea of separate support
for the social sciences, Dr. Bronk continued to support the full
inclusion of the social sciences; "^ in addition, a rather strong move in
support of the permissive formula was made by a group headed by
Dr. Edmund E. Day, president of Cornell University and chairman
of the " Intejsociety Committee on Science Foundation Legislation,"
representing 68 (or 75) scientific and educational organizations, and
supported by the American Association for the Advancement of
Science. According to Dr. Day: "It is my impression that both the
natural scientists and the social scientists are prepared to go along
with the provisions that are in these four educational bills which leave
[the question of the social sciences division] essentially to the Founda-
tion later to determine." ^"^ Responses from the participating societies
to a questionnaire showed that 49 percent of these professional people
favored specific inclusion of the social sciences in the NSF, another
48 percent favored permissive inclusion, and only 2 percent favored
their exclusion. Also, 99 percent were willing to accept permissive
inclusion as the solution, 94 percent were willing to accept specific
inclusion (i.e., a Division of the Social Sciences), and 37 percent the
exclusion of the social sciences from the Foundation altogether^"*

Four of the House bills were identical with that passed by the Sen-
ate; there was also a different bill, H.R. 942, introduced by Repre-
sentative Celler of New York, that woidd have provided for a di\^sion
of the social sciences. The Celler bill did not receive favorable con-
sideration, however, and all parties appeared to be satisfied with the
decision to defer action, leaving the question of level of effort and
organizational provisions in the social sciences to the Foundation
itself, after it had been created. The effect of this decision, of course,
was to place responsibility for decisions regarding the social sciences
with the representatives of other scientific disciplines than the social
sciences.

62 U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. National Science Foundation.
Hearings before the * * * on H.R. 942, H.R. 1815, H.R. 1830, H.R. 1834, and H.R. 2027, bills relating to the
National Science Foundation. Mar. 6 and 7, 1947. 80th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1947), pp. 235-236.

63 Ibid., see pp. 70,43^4.

64 Ibid., p. 59.

63 Ibid., pp. 64-65.

119

VI. Contemporary Views of the Social Science Community

During the first 2 years of consideration of the proposed National
Science Foundation, 1946-1947, communication between the social
science community and the Congress was not extensive. In the 1945
hearings before Senator Kilgore's subcommittee, 1 day had been de-
voted to testimony by social scientists, and the 1947 hearings before the
House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce received
testimony showing a wide consensus within the scientific societies
(including both physical and social sciences) in favor of permissive or
even explicit inclusion of the social sciences in the NSF. The general
propositions were unquestioned that the social sciences lagged behind
the physical sciences, and that new inventions in technological
hardware generated problems that the social sciences were called on to
solve. But the Congress was left with many uncertainties.

For example, the social sciences had not been subjected to the same
scrutiny by the Bush committee as had the physical-biological-medical
sciences. They were not clearly defined in scope. As the NSF concept
gradually became delimited to the encouragement of basic rather than
applied research, the role of the social sciences became less distinct:
there was some question, for example, that research in the social
sciences could even be separated into basic and applied categories
or that there was any such thing as basic social science research. The
existence of an array of meaningful basic research objectives in the
social sciences had not been demonstrated. There was no clear char-
acterization of the process by which basic discoveries in the social
sciences led to useful results in the applied field. (Nor, for that matter,
in the physical sciences either, but the dramatic hardware develop-
ments of World War II had certified as real the process in the physical
sciences.)

Some of the attempts to apply the hypotheses of social science, it
was held, ran counter to practical experience. There was a general
sense of uneasiness that the potential — or actual — results of social
science research might challenge deeply entrenched value-centered
beliefs. There was also some question as to whether in the field of
social studies the term "science" was applicable. For example, John
M. Potter, president of Hobart and William Smith Colleges, and an
historian, suggested that "when we use the term 'the social sciences,'
we are expressing a more or less realizable hope, rather than indicating
blood kinship between political economy and physics:"

The extension of the exact methods of science into the doubtful regions of human
peiplexity is devoutly to be wished. But the scientific study of man's affairs is
still so little advanced toward the level of our examination of physical nature
that it might seem more dangerous than advantageous to set up a Division of
Social Sciences within the same National Research Foundation. We probably
face many more decades of tedious and disappointing study, of tentative experi-
ment and frustrated enterprise, before the methods for the study of society can
without risk be so firmly crystallized.^^

Another social scientist, Alfred E. Cohn, ^\Titing in the Political
Science Quarterly, assailed as bureaucratic and undemocratic the
basic idea of a Federal foundation to support science. He criticized
as generally diffuse and largely irrelevant the testimony before the
Kilgore subcommittee ("* * * probably not the best way of securing

M Hearings on Science Legislation (S. 1267 and related bills), op. cit., p. 939.

120

light on so intricate and professional a problem.* * * I suggest that
a better way * * * is through reports." However, he found it "almost
shocking" that the social sciences were not to be admitted to full
partnership in the institution of which he disapproved).^^

Probably the most comprehensive and systematic analysis of the
issue of social science and the NSF was that of George A. Lundberg,
of the department of sociology of the University of Washington.
From an analysis of the testimony in the 1945 KUgore subcommittee
hearings and the 1946 debate on the floor of the Senate, he concluded
that the decision to exclude the social sciences from the NSF was not
based on "considered hostility or opposition;" it was, he said:

* * * Simply as a reflection of the common feeling that the social and the
physical sciences have nothing in common and that at best the social sciences
are a propagandist, reformist, evangelical sort of cult.*^

Lundberg identified as the "principal misapprehensions regarding
the nature of social science, as revealed in the Senate hearings," the
following: (1) Social science cannot be unbiased; (2) the social sciences
are "applied," not "pure" or "basic"; (3) social science research should
be controlled by a separate foundation; (4) education rather than
research is needed in the social sciences; (5) the atomic bomb should
frighten people into effective social organization.^^ He concluded that
the hearings actually provided a useful rough measure of the present
status of the social sciences as seen by the witnesses. These views
were significant because "they are sincerely held by people of promi-
nence and influence in science, education, and public affairs." He
summarized them as follows:

1. Man and his behavior are not a part of nature that can be studied as basic,
"pure," natural science; the social sciences are inherently "applied" and concerned
with ameMorative and exploitive techniques in the service of whatever tribal lore
happens to be current. Social science, therefore, is a nondescript category consisting
mainly of reformist and propagandist ideologies and isms.

2. The methods of tlie social sciences are so widely at variance with those of
other sciences as to make it inadvisable to attempt to administer research in the
social sciences under the same organization —

(a) For fear of discrediting the other sciences ; and

(b) Because people qualified to direct research in the other sciences would
not be able to judge what constitutes vahd or desirable social research.

(3) Social research is especially in danger of falling a victim to pressure groups
or of being corrupted by the Government itself. And finally:

(4) There is always in the background of the testimony reviewed, the tradi-
tional view that, after all, we know the solution of social problems through the
historic pronouncements of seers and sages, past and contemporary, and all that is
needed is more education to diffuse this lore and arouse moral fervor in its behalf. i*

Lundberg strongly intimated that the social scientists themselves
bore a share of the responsibility for the disadvantaged status of
their disciplines. To secure equality (and to justify equaUty) with the
physical sciences they should "subject themselves to standards of the
kind recognized by other scientists and by the public." They should
distinguish between the true social scientist and "that vast array of
camp foHowers, reformers, propagandists, and social workers, which
today dominate even most of the professional organizations of social
scientists." The social scientists (and indeed scientists generally)

w Alfred E. Cohn. "Federal Legislation in Support of Sciences." Speech before American Association
for tlie Advancement of Science and Pi Gamma 5lu. Symposium on science legislation and problems ot
Federal aid. Dec. 28, 1946. (Reproduced in Political Science Quarterly. (Vol. 62, June 1947), pp. 235, 239).

95 George A. Lundberg. "The Senate Ponders Social Science." The Scientific Monthly (May 1947), p. 399.

«9 Ibid., pp. 40(M07.

'0 Ibid., p. 409.

121

should "make up their minds regarding the proper function of scien-
tists as contrasted with the functions of citizens." ("Many of them are
firmly convinced that it is the peculiar function of social scientists
especially, not only to describe reUably the costs and consequences of
alternative courses of action, but also to dictate public policy.")
The social scientists have been "careless of their scientific reputation
in a number of ways":

Through lack of clarity or lack of intellectual integrity they have failed to
make clear to the public when they have spoken as scientists and when they have
spoken as propagandists and as citizens. They have posed as social scientists, and
frequently claimed academic immunity as such, while actually engaging in ordi-
nary pressure group activity. Finally, they have been careless in distinguishing
between scientific research and special pleading.

Another defect was that the social scientists had failed to present
examples of their research that would be accepted as "scientific" by
other disciplines, although there were many of these available.

By way of corrective action in the learned society proceedings, he
suggested that scientific papers in the social sciences should be care-
fully kept separate from papers dealing with normative questions
("It may be that the [AAAS] should have a section devoted to ethics,
planning, and social policy and thus avoid the confusion which results
from including these topics ^vith the social sciences.")

Finally, he said, the natiu-e of the scientific method should be
thoroughly taught in the schools. The natiu-e of research was not
well understood. It was not considered an important function in
society. It was not looked upon as an important method of soh^ing
social problems."'

A succinct and prescient lay comment on the issue, at the time, was
that of Fortune magazine whose editors concluded that the proposed
NSF would probably be forced into the social sciences, regardless of
the apparent public antipathy toward them. "It [NSF] will have the
problem of studying its own organism for the kind of policies, rotation
of personnel, or other techniques it must develop to prevent the
ossification that sooner or later afilicts aU academies. And it ^vill have
to study the sharper and sharper impact of science and technology
upon society, never before systematically investigated under a steady
flow of relevant data." "^

VII. Federal Sponsorship of Social Science Research After 1950

A gradual improvement in the acceptance of the social sciences has
taken place during the 19 years since the NSF received its statutory
charter; the social sciences have enjoyed a healthy growth in numbers
of students, a strengthening in their methodologies, and some increased
appreciation of the functional relationship between basic research and
what is sometimes called social engineering. At the same time, the
opening up of the field has provided disturbing evidence of just how
vast it is, and how much remains to be disclosed before the field reaches
its real potential. There still remain public reservations about the field
as a "science." For example, in 1967, the Honorable W. Willard Wirtz,
Secretar}" of Labor, said:

* * * The present development of research in the social sciences falls so far short
of both its potential and of the imperative necessity for its infinitely larger de-
velopment that I think our problem is actually one of whether there are forms for

" Ibid., pp. 410-411.

" "The Great Science Debate," Fortune (June 1946), p. 242.

122

expression of the present form of the problem or even a recognition of it. * * * I
believe that [the] limiting factor is a very real doubt in democracy's mind as to
whether it really wants any more expert advice as far as the social sciences are
concerned, for this is peculiarly an area in which every single one of us thinks that
he is an expert and that if he is not enough of an expert, he would rather play it
by hunch than to try to find out what somebody else's expertness might imply.'*

The durability of the criticism of the social sciences is illustrated by
charges leveled at the field by Adm. Hyman G. Rickover, in testimony
before the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, May 28, 1968. The
social sciences, he said, were jargon-ridden, vague, unconvincing, a
Avaste of the taxpayer's money, and not a science at all:

* * * Precision and dependability is possible only in regard to phenomena
lacking both free will and significant individual diversity ; they do not obtain in the
social science field, which deals with human phenomena about which one can
generalize only in a statistical sense.^*

[Social scientists] always try to judge human behavior the way the natural
scientist judges the behavior of atoms. Now all atoms of a similar type are alike.
So you can observe regularities in their behavior and express them in the form of
"laws." But no two human beings are exactly alike. Therefore, you cannot by any
statistical formula predict what any given human being will do.''^

I don't think our Government should sponsor such research abroad. I would go
so far as to say, we ought not to sponsor it at home, either.'^

The certainty with which some engineers, like Admiral Rickover,
regard the laws of the physical universe as absolute, is not shared
completely by the practitioners of the basic physical sciences. Physical
phenomena are also probabilistic — differing from social phenomena in
degree of probability rather than absolutely. As physicist R. Bruce
Lindsay, of Brown University, somewhat optimistically \vrites in the
lead article in a recent issue of American Scientist: "It is well known
that statistical mechanics operates in terms of averages of quantities
associated with the particles or molecules of an aggregate." It is not
possible, for example, to fix the positions and velocities of a huge
number of particles, but this is of no consequence to the physical
scientist who can deduce causal laws in terms of statistical averages.
But so, too, can the social scientist. The social scientist cannot,
indeed, predict how the individual unit will behave, but neither can
the physical scientist. And as Lindsay concludes: "What difference
does it make after all? If [the fundamental theory] can predict statis-
tical averages and these agree with experiment, what more should
we ask?" "

Growth in social science sponsorship by NSF

The evolution of the social science program of NSF, after 1950,
w^as described by Dr. John T. Wilson, Deputy Director, before a
subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Government Operations, in
1967. He noted that the social sciences had not been named in the act,
but that the phrase, "other sciences," permitted some degree of
support.

"3 In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. National Foundation for Social
Sciences. Hearings Before the Subcommittee on Government Research of the * * * on S. 836, a bill to pro-
vide for the establisliment of the National Foundation for the social sciences in order to promote research
and scholarship in such science, Feb. 7, 8, and 16, 1967, 90th Cong., 1st sess., pt. 1 (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office), p. 9.

~* In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. "Defense Department Sponsored Foreign
Affairs Research. Hearings before the * * *," May 28, 1968, pt. 2, 90th Cong., 2d sess. (Washington, U.S.
Qoverimient Printing Office, 1968), p. 10.

" Ibid., p. 39.

'« Ibid., p. 29.

" R. B. Lindsay, "Physics— To What Extent Is It Deterministic?" American Scientist (Summer 1968),
pp. 93-111, especially pp. 96, 110.

123

Two or 3 years after the Foundation started its program [he went on], we began
thinking about how to handle the problem of the social sciences. The initial attach-
ment of psychology was in the biological-medical sciences domain, where it fits
very closely to physiology, neurology, and the traditional physiological and med-
ical areas of psychology.

The initial moves * * * were to attach a part-time person to an area of actixity
that was called program analysis. The purpose in bringing a sociologist on the
staff at that time for that particular function was that in our studies of the sup-
port of science by the Federal Government, we were turning up data that re-
flected support of the social sciences through the Census Bureau and through
other agencies, and we needed somebody on the staff who knew what this was
about and could interpret the data, so we brought Dr. Alpert over from the Bureau
of the Budget part time on the program analysis activities. The other jDart of his
time we assigned liim to the Biological Sciences Division, and we began support-
ing physical anthropology, cultural anthropology, archeology, and areas of social
science' that impinged rather closely on the biological sciences.

In the Physical Sciences Division, we began a small effort in * * * the history
and philosophy of science. We had a staff member over in the Physical Sciences
Division who was particularly interested, so we began that over there. This went
on for 2 or 3 years.

Then, we finally created an Office of Social Sciences, and supported social science
research per se. This, of course, came about as a result of study by the Board and
in further response to the action of the Board in adopting policy that allowed us to
support a broader range of social science research activities. Coincidentally, the
same kind of movement was taking place in the fellowship programs for the sup-
port of graduate students. After creating what was called the Office of Social
Sciences, we began supporting social psychology, anthropology, economics, soci-
ology, and the history and philosophy, of science — generally the things that were
* * * scientific in character. In other words, we a^Dplied scientific methods to
study the social phenomena.

This went on for a few years and we eventually created a full-fledged Social
Sciences Division. It has not become as large a program, but it has full division
status.

In the last couple of years we have broadened the program to include political
science * * *. For the total effort of the Foundation encompassing research and
facilities as well as fellowships and traineeships and other educational kinds of
things the figure would run about $30 million.

In the recent past there has been * * * an increasing awareness of * * * prob-
lems of social import rather than social problems * * *. There has been the feeling
that perhaps a stronger press for work in the social sciences might lead to solutions
of some of these problems of social import.^^

Only a few grants and fellowships (in psychobiology, psychology,
and anthropology) were extended by NSF during its first years of
existence. However, in March 1953, the Foundation undertook
a study of the status of the "sciences of human social behavior" to
determine what should be its own position respecting research in this
field. Results of this study were reported in NSF's Fifth Annual
Report. The conclusion was that NSF should support a "limited
program of support of the social sciences" which was approved by the
National Science Board in August 1954. Criteria for the program
were four:

(1) the criterion of science, that is, the identification within
the social disciplines, of those areas characterized by the applica-
tion of the methods, and logic of science;

(2) the criterion of national interest, namely, the assignment
of highest priority to social science activities directly related
to the responsibilities of the Federal Government with respect to
national welfare and national defense;

'8 In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Establish a Select Senate Committee
on Technology and the Human Environment. Hearings before the Subcommittee on Intergovernmental
Relations of the * * * on S. Res. 68, to establish a Select Senate Committee^on Technology and the Human
Environment. Mar. 15, 16, 20, Apr. 5, 6, and 11, 1967. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967),
pp. 133-134.

124

(3) the criterion of convergence of the natural sciences and
social sciences; and

(4) the criterion of basic research/^

Shortly before this report was completed, the Study Director
for Social Science Research in NSF, Harry Alpert, noted that the
extent of NSF support for tlie social sciences depended mainly on
the social scientists themselves. He called attention to the need of
social scientists to address themselves to such "strategic considera-
tions" as those suggested by Charles Dollard, president of the Carnegie
Corp., at a mid-century conference on the social sciences.^'' The overall
goal of the social sciences according to Dollard was acceptance —

Acceptance, at least by the literate public, including scholars in other fields,
of the fact that the behavior of men, like the behavior of materials, is charac-
terized by certain uniformities and patterns which can be studied systematically,
and further that the discovery of these uniformities and patterns is a matter of
importance to society at large. It is important because presumably a better
understanding of the springs and patterns of human behavior would help us to
construct a more rational world. ^^

The obstacles to the achievement of acceptance were three: (1) the
urgency of the problems meant that the application of results was
too often premature; (2) the social scientist was forced into social
contact, with many claims on his time, instead of remaining secluded
to reflect on his research; (3) the social scientist was viewed with
suspicion as one who would change society rather than one who
sought to study it. The natural allies of the social scientists were
felloM'' scientists in the older fields who were aware of their own long
struggle to overcome resistance of society to their efforts and their
findings; there were also allies m business and Government among
those aware of the need for more systematic ways of achieving order
and management in large human organizations.

To meet the needs of business and government, the social sciences
needed to deliver theh products in neat packages of completed and
proved work. These customers had money to spend. If the legitimate
scientists failed them, the charlatans would move in.

To meet the needs of the universities, the social sciences needed to
allocate much of their time to teaching. This function was of "immense
strategic importance" in winning acceptance for the social sciences. ^^

The demands of the physical sciences upon the social scientists were
that they discipline themselves to adhere to the scientific method,
the proof of hypotheses by hard data and meticulous analysis, to
yield predictive findings.

To satisfy these requirements, DoUard proposed that the social sci-
ences accelerate the sorting-out process by which the social scientists
went into basic research teaching, and applied service. He urged

" Fifth annual report, National Science Foundation, op. cit., p. 60.

8" Harry Alpert. The National Science Foundation and Social Science Research. American Sociological
Review (April 1954), p. 209. The Dollard paper was pubUshed in: The Social Sciences at Mid-Century,
papers delivered at the dedication of Ford Hall, Apr. 19-21, 1951. (Published for the Social Science Research
Center of the Graduate School, by the University of Minnesota Press., 1952), pp. 12-20.

81 Ibid., p. 12.

82 He noted, for instance, that "A Congress which contained even a few men with undergraduate training
in the social sciences might well have given us a very different National Science Foundation bill from the
one we got" (p. 17).

125

restraint in the making of claims of research results, higher standards
of disciplined research, patience, and humility —

The long-term contract of the social sciences with society [he concluded] is
not to perform miracles but to bring to the study of man and his problems the
same objectivity and the same passion for truth which have in the past given
us some understanding and control of the physical world. ^*

Present status of the social sciences

It is evident that the NSF has moved cautiously into the social
sciences. Leadership of the Foundation has been predominantly
drawn from the physical sciences. The social sciences, in accordance
with Dollard's formula, have been obliged to prove their validity and
scientific merit to their opposite numbers in the physical, biological,
and medical sciences.

That this has been a salutary process, despite some complaints from
the social scientists that they were subjected to undue discrimination,
is evidenced by the growing vigor and public acceptance the social
sciences have achieved. In 1968, a proposal to create a separate Na-
tional Social Science Foundation attracted considerable support and
generated a large volume of testimonial endorsement in the Senate.^*
At the same time, the social sciences won final acceptance in the
Congress — in the form of coequal status within the NSF along with
the physical, biological, and medical sciences. This was accomplished
in Public Law 90-^07, approved by the President July 18, 1968,
amending the National Science Foundation Act of 1950 to make
mandatory a division of social sciences in NSF, and to include the
social sciences explicitly within the scope of its functions.

In the same bill, the Congress in section 3(c), instructed NSF to
"initiate and support scientific research, includiiig applied research
* * *. [Emphasis added.] The earlier congressional reservations con-
cerning the abUity of the social scientists to distinguish between basic
and applied research, and then* capacity for restraint in the applica-
tion of social theory, appear to have been removed as a residt of the
record of NSF performance and judicious selection of research, as well
as by the achievements of the social sciences since 1950.

Effect of deferred decision on the Social Sciences

The_ contribution of the Congress in bringing about this strength-
ening in the disciplines of the social sciences appears to have been a
helpful one. By making both explicit and consequential their reserva-
tions about the qualifications of these sciences for equal partnership in
a national science program, the Congress increased the pressure on the
social sciences to reexamine their own professional standards; at the
same time, the caution expressed by Congress to the NSF to proceed
slowly and in noncontroversial areas of the social sciences, resulted in a
solid foundation for eventual full partnership of the social sciences in
the work of the NSF.

» Ibid., p. 20.

94 National Foundation for Social Sciences. Hearings, pt. 1, op. cit. and pt. 2, June 2, 6, 7, 20, 21, 1967;
and pt. 3, June 27, 28; July 12, 13, 1967. For testimonal endorsement in the Senate see a statement of the
sponsor and a cosponsor of the bill: Senator Fred R. Harris. National Social Science Foundation: Proposed
Congressional Mandate for the Social Sciences. Article from American Psychologist, November 1967. In
statement of Hon. Gaylord Nelson on the floor of the Senate. Governmental grants for research. Congres-
sional Record (daily edition) (Mar, 13, 1968), pp. S2739-2742.

CHAPTER SIX— CONGRESSIONAL RESPONSE TO
PROJECT CA^IELOT

I. Introduction

Project Camelot was a project in applied research in the social
sciences sponsored by the Department of Defense. It was designed to
study the political, economic, and social preconditions of instability
and potential Communist usurpation of power in several developing
countries. Public disclosure of the existence of the project, in June
1965, made front page news. Reaction to the disclosure was prompt
and vociferous, Latin Americans of all political shades saw the project
as related to recent U.S. troop landings in Santo Domingo; appre-
hensions were widely expressed that the United States intended to
intervene elsewhere in the internal affairs of the sovereign States of
Latin America. Members of the U.S. Congress were also outspoken
in their reactions to the project, raising such questions as —

What was the Department of Defense doing?

What was the propriety of such a military invasion of the field
of foreign policy research ?

Why had the President permitted military operations to damage
U.S. relations with a Latin American neighbor ?

Why had the Department of State played no role to prevent or
control activities within its jurisdiction by another Department?
During its formal assessment of Project Camelot, the Congress
ordered a halt to the study and withheld appropriations for the Special
Operations Research Office (SORO), the contractor performing the
work for the Department of Defense under a contract administered
by the Department of the Army. However, the interest of the Congress
went further: the Legislature, the Administration, and the social
science community apparently recognized that "big social science" (or
applied social science) had become an essential fixture in government;
accordingly, a mechanism was needed for the assessment of the entire
relationship between the Federal Government and the social sciences.
Various uncoordinated and sporadic moves were made, before 1965,
to fashion an effective relationship between Government and the social
sciences — a relationship to solve problems of priority, propriety, util-
ity, funding, and ethics.^ The repercussions of the Camelot episode

1 Many of these problems were scanned during congressional debates regarding the in-
clusion of the social sciences in the National Science Foundation. (See Chapter Five of this
compilation.) Other early reviews are: Milton D. Graham. Federal Utilization of Social
Science Research : Exploration of the Problems — A Preliminary Paper. (Washington, D.C.,
The Brookings Institution. August 1954). 146 pages. (Mr. Graham was formerly with the
Research and Development Board, Department of Defense and with the Human Resources
Research Institute of the U.S. Air Force.) See also: The Technology of Human Behavior.
Recommendations for Defense Support of Research in Psychology arid the Social Sciences.
A report submitted to the Office of Science, Director of Defense Research and Engineering
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract No. 1354/08. By the Research Group In
Psychology and the Social Sciences. (Washington, D.C.. Smithsonian Institution, July 1966)
39 pages ; Ithlel de Sola Pool, et al.. Social Science Research and National Security. A Re-
port Prepared by the Research Group in Psychology and the Social Sciences, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D.C. Under Office of Naval Research Contract No. 1354 (08), Task

(126)

127

made salient the issue of military sponsorship of foreign area re-
search, and indeed the entire issue of the use of applied social science
by the Federal Government. The purpose of this case study is to ex-
amine the role of the Congress in resolving this issue, with particular
emphasis on the information used by the Congress, and the mecha-
nisms employed to resolve the issue.

Although many Members of Congress had reservations about mili-
tary research in social science questions abroad, and about the absence
of coordination of such research by the Department of State, they dis-
covered that the military initiative in this field was a natural con-
sequence of the ability, no less than the need, of the Department of
Defense to conduct such research, coupled with the lesser resources and
distaste for such research on the part of the Department of State.
Congressional intervention took the form of committee recommenda-
tions and appropriation cuts.

As the examination of the problem proceeded in congressional com-
mittees, it became evident that these two issues were part of a broader
problem : the need to develop a coherent policy for Federal funding
and utilization of social science research, and to relate it to the forma-
tion of a national science policy. This concern, demonstrated through
indirect pressure and recommendations by Congress, mobilized the
Department of Defense and other agencies, as well as the social science
community, to assess this relationship. Thus, without attempting to
prescribe a final solution, the Congress exerted its influence and con-
sidered legislation aimed at solving the sponsorship problem and for-
mulating an administrative mechanism to deal with the broader issue.
The legislative proposals took two forais: (1) to recognize the im-
portance of Government support for basic social science research in
the National Science Foundation; (2) to create a parallel National
Foundation for the Social Sciences. Eventually the former expedient
prevailed.

Wliile the Congress accumulated voluminous evidence on these mat-
ters, the answers required administrative determination. The primary
result of congressional investigations was that of education — the rais-
ing of many questions requiring answers ; the stimulation of the execu-
tive branch to answer the questions ; the motivation of social scientists
to relate their researches more instrumentally to the real world; the
provision of a national forum for debate on the uses of social science
for public puiiDOses; and the assurance of congressional receptivity
for further contributions of these developing academic fields.

In sum, while many of the problems that arose could be solved only
by the executive branch, and by the social scientists, the Congress was
able to motivate these groups in a constructive way toward the solving
of their mutual problems.

No. NR 170-369, March 5, 1963. (Washington. Smithsonian Institution, 1963). 261 pages;
William W. Ellis, Study Director. The Federal Government in Behavioral Science. The
American Behavioral Scientist (vol. VII, No. 9, May 1964) ; Dr. George A. Miller. An
Overview of the Behavioral Sciences. A Position for the National Institutes of Health
Conference Report. (Washington, NIH, 1966), 76 pages ; and other references in : U.S. Con-
gress. House. Committee on Government Operations. The Use of Social Research in Federal
Domestic Programs. A Staff Study for the Research and Technical Programs Sub-
committee of the ♦ * * 90th Congress, 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1967) (committee print), four parts: I. Federally Financed Soclrl Research — ■
Expenditures, Status, and Objectives : II. The Adequacy and Usefulness of Federally
Financed Research on Major National S5ocial Problems : III. The Relation of Private
Social Scientists to Federal Programs on National Social Problems ; and IV. Current
Issues on the Administration of Federal Social Research.

128

II. Establishment of the Issue

Before the Administration of John F. Kennedy, most military appli-
cations of social science research in foreign countries were on an ad hoc
basis in wartime — the study of military government in occupied terri-
tory, propaganda and psychological warfare, morale questions, and
related subjects. A modest peacetime effort in applied research abroad
was sponsored by the Office of Naval Research in 1946, involving a
contract with Ruth Benedict and later Margaret Mead to "* * * study
culture at a distance" to help in the administration by the Navy of
Pacific island communities.- Other peacetime applications of social
science research by the Nation's militai-y establishment were centered
on manpower, training, organization, and problems of human factors
engineering in connection with weapon system development.

Military uses of hehavioral research in foreign areas

Early in his Administration, President Kennedy was motivated by
the first Cuban crisis and other manifestations of political instability
in developing countries to increase the U.S. capability in dealing with
"guerrilla forces, insurrections, and subversion." Such a capability
would entail a general strengthening of military resources of anthropo-
logical, cultural, and other social science data in relevant areas of the
world. In his March 28, 1961, message on the defense budget, the Presi-
dent said that the U.S. interests were threatened by limited guerrilla
warfare such as had brought Castro to power in Cuba. To counter the
threat of being "nibbled to death," as the President expressed it, the
United States needed to strengthen the capability for conventional
(i.e., nonnuclear) and lower levels of intensity of conflict. It was
evident that the President's concept of warfare would generate a re-
quirement for background material on social dynamics. Said the
message :

To meet our own extensive commitments and needed improvements in conven-
tional forces, I recommend tlie follov^ing : A Strengthened capacity to meet limited
and guerilla warfare * * *. We need a greater ability to deal vpith guerilla forces,
insurrections, and subversion. Much of our effort to create guerilla and anti-
guerilla capabilities has in the past been aimed at general v^'ar. We must be
ready now to deal with any size of force, including small externally supported
bands of men ; and we must help train local forces to be equally effective.^

The Secretary of Defense, Robert McNamara, was charged with
reconstructing DOD to fill this mission. It involved such changes in the
DOD as the bringing in of civilians trained in systems analysis and
social and behavioral sciences research and enlargement of DOD's in-
ternal and external social research program.

The substantial increase in Defense spending for foreign area re-
search in the social sciences contrasted markedly with the level of effort
in tlie Department of State in sponsoring corresponding researches.
The Defense social research program in 1961 amounted to $17.17 mil-
lion for psychological research and $0,215 million for social science
research. However, by 1964, Defense expenditures for psychological
research had risen to $31.1 million and for social science research had

2 Luisi Petrullo. Government Sponsorship of Overseas Research. Paper presented in a
symposium on "Psychology, Government, and Overseas Research" at the meeting of the
American Psychological Association, Washington, D.C., September 1967. American Psy-
chologist (vol. 23, No. 2. February 1968), p. 108.

* President John F. Kennedy. Special message to the Congress on the defense budget.
In Public Papers of the Presidents — John P. Kennedy, 1961. (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1962), p. 236.

129

risen to $5.7 million. In 1965, when the total Federal expenditure for
foreign area research in the social sciences totaled $30 million, the De-
partment of State accomited for less than 1 percent of this amount.^
And in 1967 while the Department of Defense spent $13.1 million on
foreign area social science research, the Department of State spent
only $1.35 million. ( See the following tables :)

V.8. Government agency obligations for social and behavioral research on foreign

areas and international affairs *

Fiscal year 1967
^Oency Internal

Agency for International Development: breakdown Total

Central research $4, 4.51, 922

Regional bureaus 917,000

$5, 368, 922

Departure of Agriculture 525, 062

Arms Control and Disarmament Agency : Social, economic, and be-
havioral sciences 985, 286

Department of Defense:

Army $4, 853, 005

Navy 331, 762

Air Force 1,946,289

Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) 3,937,000

International security affairs 1, 947, 632

Systems analysis (Office of Secretary of Defense) _ 90, 337

13, 106, 025

Department of Health, Education, and Welfare :

Office of Education $1, 942, 789

Public Health Service 3, 418, 890

Social and Rehabilitational Service 4, 742, 691

10, 104, 370

Executive Office of the President : National Council on

Marine Resources and Engineering Development 561, 477

National Endowment for the Humanities :

Division of Fellowships and Stipends $.506, 250

Division of Research and Publications 386, 190

892 440

National Science Foundation :

Social Science Division $5,579,850

Economic and Manpower Studies 107, 000

5, 686, 850

Peace Corps 292, 829

Smithsonian Institution 920, 231

Department of State :

External research $125, 000

International educational and cultural exchange
program :

American research scholars 745, 790

Assistance to centers for research and study

aboard 480, 889

1, 351, 679

U.S. Information Agency ,537, 887

Miscellaneous programs 280.' 895

Total 40, 613, 953

iFAR Horizons (March 1968), p. 2.

* Behavioral Sciences and the National Security, Rept. No. 4, p. 6-R. In U.S. Congress.
House. Committee on Foreign Affairs. Behavioral Sciences and the National Security Kept
No. 4, together with pt. IX of the hearings on Winning the Cold War : The U.S. Ideological
Offensive, by the Subcommittee on International Organizations and Movements of the * * *
Pursuant to H. Res. 84, A Resolution Authorizing the Committee on Foreign Affairs to
Conduct Thorough Studies and Investigations of AH Matters Coming Within the Jurisdiction
of the Committee, Dec. 6, 1965. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965),

99-044 — 69 10

130

(rt

O-

C/3

Q
UJ

>-
oa

UJ
CO

O
C3
O

a:
o

<
cc

5.2
00 o

00 rvj C3 ""^

oi 00 ^

cr>

(o.^r<» coc^

CO 00

Joo

OCsJ

to *t in Lrt csi

cor^

"<*

C3CSI

00 00 to ro
^r 00 fOCMcsj

o <l>
00 o

u- w

0.2
00 <j

? " s

"-So

u- crt

0.2
00 cj

m r-^ CT> ^
r^ tooo tocsj

^ ro CO C^

00 01 to

CXDLTJ

a>oo to "^

ro en 00 00

u^ (3 O ^

oicvjoo 00

iD LfJ ^ O
^3- CNJ .-.1— I

trt P P
03 crt CO

O <U QJ — OJ

O (O

at -M

■5;o
<-• >
00 .

o.H

£^

00 .i£

■gco

■=0

111
u. >o

3 to ^
o <" ^

OJ o —
C= „ <D

Li- ■

) <U (/I

ooO

131

The rise and demise of Project Camelot
A dm inis tration activ ities

Project Camelot was assigned in 1964 to the Special Operations Re-
search Office (SORO) of The American University, under contract to
the Department of the Army. In 1958 SORO had received an Army
contract to prepare area handbooks describing the social and cultural
conditions in the areas of possible future operations for military guid-
ance. Under the direction of Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara,
SORO's mission was expanded to include research studies on noncon-
v^entional warfare, civic action, and counterinsurgency. In late 1963,
SORO staffers and officers of the Office of Research and Development
of the Department of the Army identified a need to measure ancl fore-
cast the causes of revolutions and insurgency in the underdeveloped
areas of the world and to prescribe ways to cope with potential insta-
bility. The concept was presented to the DOD staff in May 1964.^ In
the summer of 1964, the Subcommittee on Behavorial Sciences of the
Defense Science Board (DSB), the Department of Defense's scien-
tific advisory group, was asked by the Chairman of the DSB to
assess the limited warfare and counterinsurgency behavioral sciences
program of DOD with particular reference to development in South-
east Asia.

The report of the subcommittee, composed of prominent social scien-
tists and DOD personnel, cited deficiencies in both the state of the art
and the inventory of quantifiable data "* * * of the internal, cultural,
economic, and political conditions that generate conflict between na-
tional groups.'' It proposed an in-depth program to mitigate an as-
serted lack of understanding with respect to all the developing nations
of Asia, Africa, and Latin America.'' During its investigation, the
Panel recommended that SORO and the Army start work on the proj-
ect in the summer of 1964.' SORO was given $6 million for a 3-4 year
project and Rex Hopper, a Latin American area specialist was chosen
to be director.^ In its report of January 1965, the DSB Subcommittee
recommended that funds be substantially increased to provide for the
shift of SORO operations from the library to empirical field re-
search— however, it warned that close supervision be exercised over
the project.^

Although neither the State Department, the Department of Defense,
nor SORO have released all of the details surrounding the demise of
Project Camelot, the story is pieced together as follows :

The project was not classified. In August of 1964, the first of a series
of reports on the project was released by SORO. It stated that library
work was being completed to select those nations which "* * * show
promise of high payoffs in terms of the kinds of data required."

* Behavioral Sciences and National Security, iiearlngs, op. cit., pp. 17-19.

* Defense Science Board, Subcommittee on Behavioral Sciences. Research in the Depart-
ment of Defense on Internal Conflict and Insurgencv In the Developing Countries. Final
report of the » • * Jan. 30, 1965 (Washington, Office of the Director of Defense Research
and Engineering, 1965), pp. vil, vlll, xl.

■7 George Lowe, "The Camelot Affair." Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists (May 1966).
p. 47.

8 Kalman H. Silvert, "American Academic Ethics and Social Science Research Abroad."
American Universities Field Staff Reports Service. West Coast South America Series
(vol. XII, No. 3, .Tuly 1965), p. 2.

8 Research in the Department of Defense on Internal Conflict and Insurgency in the
Developing Countries, op. eft., p. 11.

"Irving Louis Horowitz, "The Life and Death of Project Camelot." Trans-Action (No-
vember/December 1965), pp. 4-10.

132

Work on structuring the research design began ; that part which was
completed apparently was acceptable to the Department of State
as not being detrimental to U.S. foreign policy. In December of 1964,
a document describing Camelot was mailed to a select list of social
science scholars around the world to solicit their participation in the
project. The document clearly identified DOD as a sponsor. ^^ It con-
tained a preliminary list of countries which v^ould be studied ; Chile
was not listed.^-

Prof. Hugo Nutini, a Chilean by birth and a naturalized American
who taught sociology at the University of Pittsburgh, was engaged by
SORO to survey the suitability of Chile as a possible case study, and
to enlist the participation of Chilean social scientists. On his second
trip to Chile, in April 1965, Nutini called upon Eaul Urzua, a sociolo-
gist with the Chilean Catholic University, who had worked with
Nutini at UCLxAl.^^ According to the report of Ercilla, a Chilean news
magazine, Nutini erased from the working papers he brought with
him all references to DOD sponsorship and represented the project
as being funded by the National Science Foundation. He was also
reported to have made excessive claims as to the extent of participation
in the project by U.S. leaders of the academic social science com-
munity." He subsequently wrote to Alvaro Bunster, Secretary General
of the University of Chile, repeating these assertions. Bunster ex-
pressed doubt regarding the objectivity and sponsorship of the project
to Ricardo Logos Escobar, of the School of Law, who told Bunster he
had received a copy of a memorandum about the project from Johan
Galtung, a distinguished Scandinavian sociologist teacliing at
UNESCO's Latin American Faculty of Social Sciences. Galtung had
received the memorandum from Rex Hopper, who asked him to partic-
ipate in the project and to attend an advisory meeting to be held at
The American LTniversity in the summer of 1965.^^

George Lowe, who has studied the Camelot episode, said that Bunster
became convinced that the project was "political in nature," and
"constituted a grave threat against our sovereignty." Meeting with
Nutini, the Chileans showed him the memorandum from Hopper;
Nutini denied knowing anything about the military connections of
the project.^® The Chileans then wrote a note of protest to the Latin
American Review of Sociology.

Chilean leftists promptly seized the issue and denounced the "Pen-
tagon plot" against constitutional governments in Latin America.'''
It was then announced that a select committee of the Chilean Chamber

"The document stated: "The U.S. Army has an important mission in the positive and
constructive aspects of nation-building- in less developed countries as well as a respon-
sibility to assist friendly governments in dealing with active insurgency problems." (Ibid.,
p. 4.)

^ Countries selected were : Argentina, Bolivia, Peru, Venezuela, Egypt, Iran, Turkey,
Brazil, Korea, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Paraguay, Colombia, Cuba, Dominican
Kepublic, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, Greece, and Nigeria. (Ibid., p. 4.)

" Silvert, op. cit., p. 5.

" He was reported to have said, without foundation, that Seymour Lipset and Robt^rt K.
Merton (two outstanding U.S. social scientists) were project members. (Silvert, op. cit..
p. o. citing El Mercurio. Santiago de Chile. July 2. 1965, p. 2.3.)

JB Irving Louis Horowitz. "The Rise and Fall of Project Camelot." In Irving Louis Horo-
witz, ed. "The Rise and Fall of Project Camelot : Studies In the Relationship Between
Social Science and Practical Politics." (Cambridge, the MIT Press, 1967), p. 12.

10 Lowe, op. cit., p. 45.

" Henry Raymont. "United States Is Due To Drop Study of Latin Insurgency." New York
Times (July 8, 1965).

133

-of Deputies would investigate the project.^^ This announcement
prompted Ralph Dungan, U.S. Ambassador to Chile, to cable Wash-
ington to find out something about the project. The first U.S. news
story appeared on June 27, 1965, in an article in the Washington
Evening Star, citing the Dungan inquiry.^^

Congressional reaction

Congressional reaction swiftly followed the publication of the news
report. Senator Eugene McCarthy asked WiUiam Fulbright, chairman
of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, to hold a hearing on the
matter. He charged that the Army "has intruded itself into the field
of foreign policy without authority," and seemed to have bypassed
the Department of State "which properly has the role of implementing
U.S. foreign policy." ^^ Hearings on the incident were also requested
by some members of the Senate Appropriations Committee, and the
House Appropriations Committee, which had just cut the DOD re-
search budget. The House committee had reported that —

Some of the areas of study l)eing pursued in behavioral sciences * * * appear
not to offer any real promise of providing useful information. Other studies appear
to be concerned with trivial matters on which intelligent people should not
require studies in order to be informed.^

Little information about the project was forthcoming from either
the DOD or the Department of State. However, State, which had not
objected to the project, apparently sought to quiet the criticism sur-
rounding its failure to keep in touch with the DOD, and to coordinate
the demise of the project with DOD.^^ The developments that took
place between State, DOD, the President, and the Congress have not
been fully disclosed.

Hearings were held, beginning on July 8, 1965, by the Subcommittee
on International Organizations and Movements of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs, which had previously studied the problem
and whose past disjjleasure with DOD incursions into foreign area
research had had no apparent impact. But whether because or in spite
of this concession, the Congress was able to exert pressure on the
Administration to terminate the project, and to improve coordination
between State and DOD operations.

As an answer to the criticism of its project, the DOD, on July 1,
1965, released a "task statement" explaining that data to be used in
the study would come primarily from materials in libraries and
archives; and the next day, as an answer to the alleged lack of coordi-
nation between State and DOD, DOD announced that "* * * all
Army surveys in foreign countries would henceforth be subject to the

" "Pentaffon Silent: 'Camelot' and the Critics." Latin American Times (July 1. 1965).
On Dec. 17^1965, the Chilean Select Chamber of Deputies unanimously approved a 318-page
report drawn up by the select committee which concluded that the Camelot plan "was an
attempt against the dignity, sovereignty, and independence of states and peoples and
acainst the right of the latter to self-determination." ("U.S. Interference Is Charged in
Chile." New York Times, Dec. 18. 196o). p. 14.

19 Walter Pincus. "Army-State Department Feud Bared by Chile Incident : Diplomats
See Pentagon Political Study As an Invasion of Foreign Policy Field." Washington Star
(June 27, 1965), pp. A-1, A-8.

20 Walter Pincus. "McCarthv Calls for Probe of Army's Project Camelot." Washington
Star r.Tune 30. 19R5). p. A-10.

21 Pincus, Ibid., p. A-1.

22 An example of this objective was the failure of SORO to begin July 1, 196.5. scheduled
distriijution of its new quarterlv journal Conflict, which was described as "Designed to
explore a major preoccupation of U.S. political and military planners. This Is the anticipa-
tion, prevention, or resolution of tensions within countries which adversely affect inter-
nation.il peace or the national interests of the United States." (Walter Pincus. "Camelot
Probe Fended Off." Washington Star (July 9, 1985), p. A-5.)

134

approval of the countries concerned." ^^ On July 7, 1965, one day before
the House hearings were to open, the New York Times reported that
the DOD insisted that "* * * the State Department had been fully
consulted about the project," and that Secretary of Defense McNamara
and other officials were undertaking a "top level" review "* * * to
determine whether the study should still be held * * * and what new
arrangements, if any, should be made for coordination of the study
with the State Department." -* The following day, DOD announced
that Secretary McNamara had ordered the cancellation of Project
Camelot. The cancellation was ascribed to DOD's misgivings about the
"technical feasibility of this type of research," and the "practicality
of officially sponsored research on other nations which had been "veri-
fied by the reaction to news of the project." -^

Congressional Inquiry

DOI^s need for foreign area social science data

When hearings on Camelot opened before the Subcommittee on
International Organization and Movements of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs, July 8, 1965, there were four interlocked questions
with wdiicli the committee was to deal. These were :

1. Did the military security of the United States require a
knowledge of the social and cultural factors contributory to politi-
cal instability in developing countries?

2. Could such knowledge be acquired on a meaningful basis so
as to yield results on which program action decisions of the mili-
tary services could be based ?

3. What responsibilities for acquiring such knowledge prop-
erly belonged with the Departments of Defense and State, how
should such responsibilities be properly allocated, and how could
the interests, responsibilities, and research programs of the two
departments be coordinated ?

4. As a practical matter, since Project Camelot had been the
source of vigorous protest, it had little hope of surviving; the
relevant question was whether it had come about as a result of a
genuine need and, if so, what alternative means might be found
for meeting the need in a way that would be more acceptable at
home and abroad ?

In 3 days of open and closed hearings (July 13-14, August 4) , the
subcommittee heard testimony from 10 witnesses from Defense, State,
and SORO. The subcommittee was particularly well equipped by
previous investigations to deal with the problem at hand. On some of
the questions, indeed, it had already formed an opinion which the
1965 hearings on Camelot would simply reinforce. As the chairman,
Representative Dante B. Fascell, stated at the opening of the hearing :

In a report which the subcommittee issued last year, we drew attention to two
major points which have a direct bearing on today's inquiry : First, we stressed
the importance of behavioral research to the effectiveness of our foreign
policy * * *. Second, we worried that as a consequence of the overriding require-
ments of our military security, too much of our research, conducted in the field

23 Walter Plncus. "Pentagon Plan to Clear New 'Camelot' Studies." Washington Star
(Julv 2. 1965).

"1 Richard Eder. "Project Under Review." New York Times (July S. 196.5).

2= Walter Plncus. "Sudden Pentagon Order Kills Camelot Project." Washington Star
(July S, 1965), PD. A-1, A-R.

135

of foreign affairs was directed to military ends. We cautioned about possible
overmilitarization of our foreign affairs research, and as a result possibly even
of our foreign policy."^

The survival of Camelot itself as a viable project was not in question ;
it had been canceled the day before the hearings began. Prof. Irving
L. Horowitz has explored the rationale of its termination and
concludes :

Those negative toward the military used the occasion to criticize the Defense
Department's sponsorship of types of research based on intervention into the
affairs of other nations, while those negative toward social science used the
occasion to note the ineffectual and impotent character of social science vis-a-vis
the smooth operations of big diplomats. Project Camelot was thus caught in
a pincer maneuver, and it could neither extricate itself nor rely on its asso-
ciates to "save" itself.^

Nevertheless, to the subcommittee, the broader question of the mili-
tary usefulness of applied research in the social sciences was still of
concern. Did such research yield valid results? How could the results
of such research be used ? Was the Army the proper agent to do this ?
At various points in the hearings these questions recurred :

* * * If we have a political problem in one of our States, we don't send out
a military man or economic aid, but people who know about politics * * *.

* * * When you come to try to create a model of a developing society for
purxK)ses of predicting what is going to happen in that society or for purposes
of trying to figure out what kinds of things can be done to affect decisionmaking,
and the social processes, I do not see the Army is in the game.

* * * Ultimately our goal for these nations is the development of mature eco-
nomic systems predicated on their own sovereignty. When we are working with
these nations to help them, it seems to me it ought not to be the military that is
providing the main thrust for this, and the research that is involved ought
not to be flowing from the military.

* * * Is there someone in the operational end [of the Army] who has the
professional competence to [understand the substance of SORO area handbooks] ?
Unless you happen to be a psychologist or a cultural anthropologist or some other
kind of behavioral scientist, I don't see how an operations man could evaluate
this.="

The witnesses abundantly described the evolution of Camelot, its
funding, its activities, and its relevance for the Army roles and mis-
sions. With respect to this last item, Lt. Gen. William W. Dick, Jr.,
Chief of Research and Development, Department of the Army,
explained :

This model that we hope to develop by a project such as Camelot would * * *
allow the prediction of social unrest of the kind which would lead to riots oi
the kind that could lead to outright insurrection. [And then :] If we knew it. we
would undertake planning so that if the American Army were to be sent into
this country under this set of conditions, or another, we would have determined
where the troops are from, would have better prepared them to operate, and de-
termined who would support them. We have to make long-range plans if our
future operations are to be successful. * * * This would help us to predict
potential use of the American Army * * *.^

However, the hearings convey an unmistakable dissatisfaction on the
part of the subcommittee, both as to the validity of social science data
for applied purposes, and in particular as to the military usefulness
of such data.

28 "Behavioral Sciences and the National Security," Hearings, op. cit., p. 1.
^ Horowitz, ed., op. cit., pp. 20-21.

28 "Behavioral Sciences and the National Security," Hearings, op. cit., pp. 39, 17, .36,
restipctlvely.
» Ibid., p. 89.

136

The conduct of foreign area research hy the Department of State

The subcommittee gave considerable attention to the question, fea-
tured in many news stories, as to the existence of a "feud" between
the Departments of State and Defense over the conduct and coordina-
tion of foreign area research in the social sciences.^° The chairman
invited the comment of Secretary Rusk on the circumstance that the
"bulk of research in foreign areas and foreign populations is being
conducted by our Military Establishment * * *" while the Department
of State "* * * continues to shy away from any significant employ-
ment of this type of research,"

We have been told [continued Representative Fascell], that the absence of
an effective State Department role in social science research may be attributed
to two factors : Expectations of congressional nonsupport, and prejudice on the
part of some persons within the Department against this type of research as
such * * *. I hope that you, Secretary Rusk, will help to clarify these issues
and correct any misimpressions that I may be harboring.^^

The Secretary conceded the discrepancy between Defense and State
outlays for such research but offered no estimate as to a proper division
of responsibilities. He also implied that the Congress had a func-
tional role in establishing this division —

We have difficulty in getting budgets in the Department of State for research
or even in the Disarmament Agency, for research. One percent * * * of the
total Government research budget in this field is Department of State. We
have not been in any sense in a dominant position here.^'

There vrere various indications that coordination between State
and Defense needed strengthening, with respect to the area of mutual
interest represented by Camelot. According to one news story, Sec-
retary Rusk had urged the chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee not to respond to Senator McCarthy's request for hearings
on Camelot because he (Rusk) and Secretary McNamara w^ere work-
out a system "* * * which would guarantee that diplomats are kept
up to the date on all overseas defense research projects." ^^

Another evidence of interdepartmental discord was the press
account that the State Department was familiar wath Camelot all
along, but deficient in its efforts at review and monitoring. A State
Department aide, Pio Uliassi, was in fact a part-time member of the
Camelot core planning group — according to this report — and he along
with representatives of the Bureau of Intelligence, of State, had partic-
ipated in all of the briefings held by SORO and the National Acad-
emy of Sciences on the project. The Foreign Area Research Coordi-
nation Group, a voluntary foreign area social science research group
established by Federal agencies in 1964 and chaired by the State
Department, had also participated in the SORO briefings; held res-
ervations about the project, but had no authority to suggest changes
and reportedly was only considered as an observer. Other material has
since come to light which shows that SORO had not informed either
the Department of Defense nor the Department of State that it had

3« One news story, convincing in its direct quotations, described a critique of Camelot
tliat had been circulating within the Department of State, which called the project "naive
and sometimes alarming." According to this source, the document challenged the idea that
social science research was yet able to "* * * arrive at generalizations about complex
social matters that are abstract enough to have serious theoretical significance and * ♦ *
immediate practical utility." (Lowe, op. cit., p. 40, and Pincus, June 27, 1965, op. dt.,
pp. A-1, A-8.)

'I "Behavioral Sciences and the National Security," Hearings, op. cit., p. 106.

'2 Ibid., p. 117.

"Walter Pincus, "Camelot Probe Fended Off, Washington Star (July 19, 1965), p. A-5.

137

contracted with Nutiiii to send him to Chile to undertake preliminary
investigations about the suitability of the country as an object of
study for this project.^*

Throughout the hearings several questions recurred, without receiv-
ing satisfactory answers: Was the Department of State familiar with
Camelot? Did Camelot have State's endorsement? Was there an
adequate mechanism operating between the two Departments to evalu-
ate possible adverse consequences abroad of such research? In view
of the conflicting series of reports, according to Robert Nisbet, most
members of the subcommittee viewed Camelot as "* * * a sad con-
sequence of the dispersed, unfocused, and inadequate role of the be-
havioral sciences in the Federal Government," ^^

III. Determination of Alternatives and Enlargement of the

Scope of the Issue

Foreign area research coordination

The absence of effective coordination by the Department of State
of social science research conducted abroad by other departments was
conclusively shown by the hearings. Secretary Rusk told the subcom-
mittee that the FAR Coordination Group had no authority to request
agencies to conduct particular tasks or studies, and was specifically
forbidden by its terms of reference to "veto or to direct the research
of any agency." Its primary function was to improve communication,
"both among contract research administrators and substantive research
specialists in Government." ^^ General Dick was asked by the chairman
if he thought there was need for such a coordination mechanism,
"that determined in advance the priority and the broad policy applica-
tions for the Defense Department" and that in fact there was not in
existence such a mechanism. He agreed that no such mechanism existed,
and that a group to perform this function "would be very valuable." ^^

On August 2, while the hearings were still in progress, the President
instructed Secretary Rusk to establish review procedures to insure
that federally sponsored foreign area social science research could not
damage U.S. foreign relations. While testifying to the subcommittee,
on August 4, 1965, Rusk announced the formation of a Foreign Affairs
Research Council to "* * * formulate policy for departmental action
with respect to Government-sponsored research bearing on foreign
affairs * * * [and to] * * * determine [State] Department needs
for foreign area research." He also announced that DOD would
"* * * designate an office within [DOD] to cooperate closely on re-
search matters." And he added that State had also "moved to
strengthen the interagency Foreign Area Research Coordination
Group." ^^

SubcoTninittee concern for the relationship of the social sciences and
the Federal Government

The Fascell subcommittee report, issued December 6, 1965, reflected
the dilemma faced by Congress m solving the Camelot problem and the

2^ Horowitz, ed., op. cit., pp. 14-15 : Lowe, op. cit. p. 45, citing a "Fact Sheet," issued
by SORO, June 28, 1965 ; and "Behavioral Sciences and the National Security," Hearings,
op. cit.. p. 53.

« Robert A. Nisbet. "Project Camelot: An Autopsy." The Public Interest (fall 1966),
p. 46.

» "Behavioral Sciences and National Security," Hearings, op. cit., p. 110.

37 Ibid., p. 64.

Mlbid., p. 107.

138

issue of DOD sponsorship of foreign area research. First, it showed
that while the Congress objected to DOD sponsorship and wanted
State and AID to increase their foreign research programs, it realized
that DOD was best qualified to do such research and could do no more
than recommend that DOD and State effectuate structural reforms
geared toward greater coordination of review :

(All recommendations here and below are summarized. ) ^^

It found that foreign area social science research was of significant value to
the foreign (military and political) objectives of the country and should be
continued ; that such research include significant components of economic and
social research designed to develop democratic political institutions ; that there
was an imbalance between State's and DOD's research program (while $30 million
was spent in behavioral sciences research, State spends less than 1 percent) ;
that State and AID should expand their programs ; but that in order to conduct
its mission, particularly with respect to fighting Communist subversion, that
DOD should continue to engage in a social science research program.

The report also showed that the committee was dissatisfied with
interagency rivalries and was pleased to see greater efforts toward
coordination, but felt that they were not sufficient :

The report cautioned against interdepartmental rivalry, citing leaks about
Camelot which originated in the State Department ; cited the establishment of
the Foreign Affairs Research Council, and suggested that State should take fur-
ther steps to "upgrade the work of the Foreign Area Coordination area re-
search ta.sks."

The committee evidently realized that these steps could not solve
the basic problems regarding military sponsorship of foreign area
research, and further recommended that a general assessment of the
social science relationship with the Federal Government was needed :

[There is] no single focal point within this growing govemmentwide effort
for a sustained and fruitful collaboration with private scholars and the academic
community.

The committee recommended that the executive branch should take
further steps to put its own house in order, including the creation of
an Office of Behavioral Sciences Advisor to the President (Repre-
sentative Gross did not concur in this recommendation) ; and the con-
vocation of a White House conference on the behavioral sciences "* * *
to examine our national effort in these fields, and to bring to bear upon
Government policy the knowledge, the experience, and tlie insights of
the leading social scientists of our country."

Assessment of the social science /Federal Govemnient relationship

Congress

As noted above, criticisms made by the Fascell subcommittee were
somewhat ambivalent concerning DOD sponsorship of foreign area
social science research. A few recommendations were made, and the
executive branch took preliminary steps to meet them. No legislative
proposals were made by members of the committee. (One i^roposal,
however, was introduced by Representative Paul Findley, not a mem-
ber of the committee, for establishment of a "Hoover-type commission
to bring U.S. sponsored foreign research projects under control.")^"

»« "Behavioral Sciences and National Security. Report, op. clt., pp. 4R-10R.

<" Representative Findley made a statement on the floor of the House, stating that the
President's creation of a FAR Council" * » * gives no hope for improvement;" he called
for creation of the commission, which would he composed of foreign policy specialists and
Government representatives. (Statement of the Honorable Paul Findley. Hoover-type com-
mission Is needed on foreign research projects. Congressional Record (Aug. 16, 1965),
-g. 19732).

139

The issue did not receive much attention on the floor in either the
House or the Senate. The only evidence of congressional interest in
1965 came from some members of the Senate Foreign Eelations Com-
mittee, in the context of discussion of DOD appropriations on the
floor. A few weeks after the announcement of the President's order for
the Department of State to begin reviewing projects for political
sensitivity, Senator Fulbright delivered a severe critique of the issue
on the floor of the Senate. He saw Camelot as an unwarranted incursion
by DOD into the formulation and implementation of foreign policy,
and questioned the value of behavioral sciences research in general.
His major contention was that the DOD, by its foreign policy activi-
ties, was impeding the natural course of events of social change in
developing countries :

I am personally concerned with such projects as Camelot because I believe
there lies beneath the jargon of "science" in which these studies abound, a re-
actionary backward-looking policy opposed to change. Implicit in Camelot, as in
the concept of "counterinsurgency," is an assumption that revolutionary move-
ments are dangerous to the interests of the United States and that the United
States must "be prepared to assist," if not actually participate in measures to
repress them. It may be that I am mistaken in this interpretation ; if so, I would
be greatly reassured to have convincing evidence to that effect.

As to the value of federally sponsored social science research in
particular and social science research in general, he said :

All too often, it seems that re.search is used by Government agencies either
for prestige and growth purposes ; or as a substitute for positive decisionmaking.
This is both an unhealthy and a costly trend * * *.

What was needed was assessment of this research by an existing
Senate committee or by a specially created group :

But I am hopeful that before long the appropriate Senate committee, or a
special committee, will undertake a thorough study of all our Government's
research programs.^i

Senator Wayne Morse was even sharper in his disapproval of the
alleged DOD intervention in internal affairs of a sovereign neighbor,
and in the need for executive and legislative view of such research.*-

Senator Fred Harris, who had just been made chairman of the Sub-
committee on Government Research of the Senate Committee on Gov-
ernment Operations, announced in the same discussion that one task
of his subcommittee would be to assess "the operations of the entire
Government research program carried on by all agencies of Govern-
ment * * *" and suggested that his committee would review the social
science program.^^

Senator Harris did not hold hearings in 1965 on the issues raised.
However, examination of the Project Camelot incident and its impli-
cations continued. The Senate Appropriations Committee released a
report concurring with the House recommendations that the DOD
behavioral sciences program be reduced by $1.5 million, eliminating
Project Camelot. Other DOD sponsored foreign area research projects

■•^ statement by Senator J. W. Fulbright on Department of Defense research in foreign
policy matters. In Department of Defense Appropriations, 1966. Consideration on the
floor of the Senate. Congressional Record (Aug. 25, 1965), pp. 20905, 20906.

«2Ibld., p. 20922.

« Ibid., p. 20924.

140

were canceled ^* or questioned by foreigners and Americans alike.*'

jSocial science response
The initial response of social scientists to the disclosures about
Project Camelot was decidedly ad hoc, ambiguous, and, in the main,
not very helpful to decisionmakers desiring to solve the problems of
Government-sponsored social research. Herbert Bkmier, a sociologist
at Berkeley, has said that the initial " * * * response of social sci-
entists to Camelot has been * * * surprisingly mild and nonchalant/'

I infer from a large number of conversations which I have had that many social
scientists never even heard of the affair. Of those who did, seemingly more re-
garded it with passing interest merely as an odd and momentarily exciting event
even such as might appear anywhere in the news columns * * *.

Social scientists who expressed themselves on the issue saw nothing
wrong with DOD sponsorship and only criticized operational mistakes.
Blumer continues :

Their criticism of it — when they had any — were confined to condemning cer-
tain decisions and action in the administraton of the project, as showing poor
judgment or mismanagement. For them, the lesson to be learned from the Camelot
affair was that of being careful not to get into trouble — to do such things as
employing tactful and discreet workers, establishing good lines of communica-
tion within the project, maintaining good relations with embassy officials, avoiding
involvement in "cloak-and-dagger" activities, and being diplomatic in inter-agency
fights."'

Several reasons explain the relaxed social science response: many
social scientists were working for the Government and for the DOD ;
they felt that the military had been the major and best source of Fed-
eral support for social science research. Thus, when a response did
come it favored continuing DOD support. Some social scientists even
suggested that social scientists, by virtue of their relationship with
DOI), could "educate the U.S. Army so that future interventions in
other countries might be more intelligent and benign." *^ Strongest sup-
port along this line came from Alfred de Grazia, a political scientist at
Columbia, and editor of the American Behavioral Scientist. He as-
serted that the project should not have been canceled. He gave his
reasons in rhetorical form; major points are summarized below:

1. Is it not true that since 1940, the Army, Navy and Air Force have contributed
incomparably more to the development of the pure and applied human sciences
than the Department of State?

2. Is it not true that the State Department might on dozens of occasions have
sought much more extensive research and intelligence facilities than it has actu-
ally sought or employed ?

.3. Is it not reasonable that the Armed Forces mission in respect to in.surgency
should include research on areas where revolution might occur?

■1^ Also canceled in July 1965 was a USIA survey of public opinion in Pakistan. (USIA
Cancels Survey Opposed by Pakistan.) (Washington Post, July 27, 19C5, p. A-14.) And
on .July 22, U.S. Ambassador to Brazil, Lincoln Gordon, obtained the cancellation of a T'.S.
Army "pro.iect in that country. It was designed to Study "ways of influencing social and
political change and the subversive techniques which permit Communists to take advantage
of such situations in developing countries." (Walter Pincus, Pentagon Research in Brazil
Is Blocked by U.S. Envoy. Washington Evening Star (July 24, 196.5), p. A-3.)

■^ On July IS, 196.5, Argentine leftists announced they were determined to cancel U.S.-
Argentinian cultural exchange and tecliiiical assistance programs financed by pr'.vate
foundations. (Subversion Study Stirs Argentines, New York Times, (July 18. 190.5), p. 19) ;
John Goshko. Other Research Handicapped by Latin Ire Over Camelot, Washington Post
(Aug. 9, 1965), p. 1-A. Some leftists segments in Colombia later objected to another SORO-
DOD project. Project Simpatico, designed to study the effectiveness of military civil action
programs in that country. The project was later cleared by both U.S. and Colombian gov-
ernments. (Simpatico Issue Stirs Colombians. U.S. Study Project Arouses Criticism in
Legislature, New York Times (Feb. 6, 1966), p. 32.)

*" Herbert Blumer. Threats from Agency-Determined Research : The Case of Camelot.
In Horowitz, ed., op. cit., pp. 153-154.

" Letter to the editor from a group of social scientists at Washington University. Ameri-
can Sociologist (August 1966), p. 208.

141

4. Are Cuba and Santo Domingo, Lebanon and Vietnam and other cases too,
going to stand as historical proof that the Army can send men in to be liilled
but cannot help anyone go in to forestall by preventive understanding the occa-
sion, of killing?

5. Is "clearance" so vital to an Ambassador that a large, important project
should be destroyed for want of it?

6. Is it wise for any agency to seek to get a few more research funds by in-
vidious comparisons with the worthy research efforts of another department of
government ? *"

The bulk of the social science response came after the State Depart-
ment's promulgation of procedures for review of federally sponsored
foreign area research in November 1966. But, as Blumer points out,
the major concern of social scientists related not to the scientific integ-
rity of the study, but to the ''* * * consequences of the affair affect-
ing the status of the social sciences * * *."

CONSTKUCTIVE CRITICISM

Under the stimulus of this attack, other social scientists began to
charge censorship (although they had been influential in securing
exemption of NSF, NIH, Fulbright-Hays, and NDEA grants from
State Department review). Apprehension was voiced that the "social
sciences might suffer a loss in their share of Federal support of re-
search."' or that the influence of the social sciences in Federal circles
might be lessened.^^ Others asserted that military sponsorship should
be Avoided lest access be closed to important areas of foreign data.^°
Instances were cited of the cancellation of independently financed and
other foreign area researches and the establishment by many foreign
countries of their own clearance procedures. Collaboration with na-
tive scholars was reported to be damaged, and it was charged that
"anti-militaristic" sentiments in foreign countries x^ut American social
scientists at a disadvantage.^^ Senator Fulbright's contention that the
American and foreign military could not and should not play the role
of a modernizing force in the underdeveloped countries found sup-
port." Blumer himself was highly critical of the Camelot episode
which he saw not as an issue of academic freedom to conduct applied
research, but as an encroachment by government on the integrity and
objectivity of social science. He was indignant with those members of
his profession who did not share these views :

A similar obtuseness to questions of scientific integrity is to be noted in the
case of social scientists operating in some capacity as representatives of their
disciplines. Scarcely any references to the Camelot affair are to be found in the
professional journals in social science, and where made, the discussion did not
perceive the occurrence as threatening fundamental precepts of scientific study.
More disquieting is the absence of items in the official proceedings of the various
social science societies to suggest that such bodies saw anything in the Camelot
incident that was omnious to fundamental ideals of scientific study. One must

*s Alfred de Grazia. Government and Science * * * An Editorial. American Behavioral
Scientist (vol. IX, No. 1, September 1965), p. 40.

^s Blumer. op. cit., p. 155.

•'"' Elinor Langer. Foreign Research. CIA Plus Camelot Equals Troubles for U.S. Scholars.
Science (vol. 156, June 23, 1967), pp. 1483-84 : and Dale L. Johnson, Department of
Sociology, Universitv of California, who wrote the American Sociologist that his own
research had been denounced in the Chilean Chamber of Deputies. (August 1966), pp.
206-207.

51 John Walsh. Social Sciences : "Cancellation of Camelot After Row in ChUe Brings
Research Under Scrutiny." Science (vol. 144, Sept. 10, 1965), pp. 1211-1213.

52 Marshall Sahlins. The Established Order : "Do Not Fold, Spindle, or Mutilate." In
Horowitz, ed., op. cit., p. 76.

142

conclude, I tnink, that social scientists by and large are only mildly aroused by
the Camelot affair and that they showed very little official concern with the im-
plications of the episode for the integrity of scientific study.^

There were also technical criticisms that acceptance of Project
Camelot had been "scientifically irresponsible," that its research de-
sign was weak, and overly ambitious. Robert Nisbet siigirested that the
attitude of responsible social scientists to Army recruiters for the
project should have been : "Your objective is your business and no
doubt admirable from the point of view of the Army ; as behavioral
scientists we desire to be of such help as we can but everything we
know * '^ * suggests the monumental, possibly catastrophic, unwisdom
of such a project." ^* Some social scientists charged that the "merging
of policy goals * * * and scientific questions * * * made objective
research unlikely." ^^

Eventually social scientists began to offer constructive criticism.
George Blanksten, a Latin American area specialist at Northwestern
University stated that in his estimation neither the DOD nor the State
Department was the appropriate sponsor of foreign area research. He
urged his colleagues to evaluate the creation of a new Federal agencv
to support such research.^*' Kalman Silvert, an esteemed Latin Ameri-
can area specialist, attributed the Army's need to do such research to
the fact that Latin American studies had not received the importance
they merit in American universities :

There is no need to belabor this point with multiple examples. I suggest merely
that it is time for rigorous and realistic thinking about Latin American studies,
instead of the unprofessional surrender to stereotypes and status which has
helped to hinder the growth of research as well as the reading and evaluation
of what already exists."

He illustrated this point with evidence that the top 10 prestige
schools in political science do not have one senior man who is a
Latin American specialist. Some of his colleagues echoed this sentiment
and said that "the professional societies are in the vast majority com-
posed of social scientists who do not themselves work in Latin America
and, therefore, may not feel any great sense of outrage or urgency
about the particular details of Camelot." ^^ Others stated that it should
be the responsibility of professional associations to develop their own
code of ethics for social science research. This topic came up at the
1965 meeting of the International Studies Association, which was de-
voted to the examination of the project and of State Department
activities. William Marvel, president of Education and World Affairs,
stated :

We might actually decide that this is the time for a real mobilization of the
concerned community, that it is time for the scholars to put their own house
in order as a surer, more honest, and much more effective approach than to
rely on the hope of inculcating in Government agencies the sensitivity and
sophistication that we would like to see there.

Maybe it is a code of ethics or a statement of best practices that would be
n first step. Maybe in the social sicences we need the functional equivalent of
the HyiK)cratic Oath. Whatever form it takes, the major requirement is the
elimination of deception, whether self-deception, or the deception of others * * *

» Blumer, op. cit., pp. 153-154.

B< Nisbet, op. clt., p. 52.

^For instance, see: John Friedman, "Letter to tlie Editor." Science (Dec. 31, 1965),

™ George I. Blanljsten, "Letter to the Editor," American Behavioral Scientist (October
1965). p. XS-12.

^ Silvert, op. fit., p. 19.

« Letter to the Editor. American Sociologist (August 1966), pp. 207-8.

143

making sure that reality and appearance are reasonably in accord for the
research scholar * * * making certain that if we must serve two masters — the
Government agencies and also the canons of our own profession — we have our
own priorities clear * * * that we are uot posing as something which, at the
moment, we are not.'''

Eventually manv social scientists began to see the broader implica-
tions of the project — the civic and scientific responsibilities of social
scientists and their relationship to the formation of public policy.
Gabriel Almond \Yarned that '-big social science is on the way and
that the United States and the world had better be ready for it." «°
Sahlins posed questions which his colleagues should begin to tackle:

Who can or might distort the purposes of this research for his own political
ends? Which interest groups can be made to see their research as in their
own interest? To what extent can one risk acceptance of their support without
destroying the basis of the research itself? How can the researchers balance
their own sense of traditional scientific morality against the tactics of those who
will see this morality as a weakness and exploit it to the limits dictated by
their own political purpose? Is it at all possible to conduct even the most
basic and nonapplied research using real world events as data without some
risks of the results being taken over and used by "bad guys"?

He added that "Such questions seldom if ever get asked * * *"' by
social scientists.^^

The Administration resjjonds

DOD AND NAS

In order to implement the President's directive that the Department
of State review federally sponsored foreign area social science proj-
ects and weed out those detrimental to foreign policy objectives, a
Foreign Affairs Research Council was established within the Depart-
ment of State. It was chaired by Thomas L. Hughes, Director of the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research of State, and composed of 14
other senior State Department officials. The Council then met with
the Bureau of the Budget and other Federal agencies, and attended
a meeting of the Social Science Research Council, to secure advice on
establishing criteria and review procedures for federally sponsored
research in foreign areas.

In September of 1965, Donald MacArthur, Deputy Director of De-
fense Research and Engineering, DOD, agreeing that the impact of
DOD's foreign social science operations on foreign policy had to be
examined, asked Frederick Seitz, president of the National Academy of
Sciences, to establish a committee to assess and advise on foreign
area and social science research. That same month, the x\.dvisory
Committee on Government Programs in the Behavioral Sciences was
established in the National Research Council. DOD funded the project
and was joined several months later by the Russell Sage Foundation.
The foundation suggested enlarging the scope of the committee's task
to include problems which had been enumerated by the Fascell com-
mittee in its report: "ways in which the behavioral sciences can
become a more effective instrument of Government," and "ways in
which the Government can contribute most productively to the growth

^ William Marvel, president, "Education and World Affairs." Remarks. Background
(vol. 9, No. ?.. November 1965), dd. 182-3.
""Lowe, op. clt.. p. 47.
*i Sahlins, op. cit., p. 116.

144

of the behavioral sciences." ^^ The committee was chaired by Dr. Paul
Youn^, of the Rockefeller University, and Gene Lyons, a political
scientist at Dartmouth was chosen to be executive secretary.

State Department

On November 18, 1965, the Foreign Affairs Research Council re-
leased its list of criteria and procedures for review. Projects covered
included all grants and contract research of all Federal agencies.
Exempted from review were in-house social research and work done
under NSF, NIH, the Fulbright-Hays and National Defense Educa-
tion Acts. Also exempted were "grants made by operating agencies —
that is, grants which leave to the recipient academic institution full
autonomy in the selection of scholars, areas, and methods * * *." The
only criterion established for cancellation of a project was "* * * the
purpose of avoiding adverse effects upon U.S. foreign relations." It
encompassed: potential of the project for being exploited by opposi-
tion parties; vulnerability to attack by foreign nationals because of
agency sponsorship; classification; and research techniques (library
research is recommended by the State Department) .^^

Other responses in the '"'' Advisory C oiriTnunity''''

On May 7, 1966, the realignment of SORO at The American Uni-
versity was announced. The office henceforth would be known as the
Center for Research in Social Systems (CRESS), and would confine
itself to preparing the country and area handbooks for the Army. All
other DOD contracts would be screened for propriety by the university
and a panel of outside advisers. In addition, CRESS would try to
establish closer ties with the university and the academic world.""*

Two other NAS committees were formed. While not a direct reaction
to Project Camelot, they were established in part because of the re-
action that came after that issue to search for improvement of the
relations between the Government and the social science community.

The Behavioral and Social Science Committee was established un-
der COSPUP (the Committee on Science and Public Policy), in Jan-
uary 1967. COSPUP had previously conducted reviews of the needs of
the physical and natural sciences. The tasks of this committee are to
assess the opportunities and needs of the social and behavioral sciences
and to relate them to a national policy for strengthening and develop-
ing the behavioral and social sciences. Funded by NIH, NSF, and the
Russell Sage Foundation, the committee has polled social scientists
in academia and industry, to get some data on the "social science en-
terprise." Its report will be published in September 1969.

The third NAS Committee to be formed after Project Camelot was
the Committee on International Relations in the Behavioral Sciences,
established in late 1966. Several factors stimulated establishment of
this committee: (1) the relative weakness of international social sci-
ences; (2) the need for encouragement of cross-national and cross-

«2 "Reports of Committees, Division of Behavioral Sciences, National Academy of
Sciences — National Research Council." 1968. Washington, National Academy of Sciences —
National Research Council, mimeo, 1968, p. 12.

«3 Procedures for Department of State Review of Government-Sponsored Foreign Affairs
Research. Released by the Department of State, Nov. 18, 1965 ; State Department Review
of Research ; Research Council Activities : A Summary. PAR Horizons (vol. 1, No. 3,
May 196S), p. 7.

8* Richard Eder. "School Limits Ties to Army Proieet." New York Times (May 8, 1966),
p. 30.

145

cultural research, freed from political hindrances; (3) the need to
give the social sciences additional prestige; and (4) to improve com-
munication between American and foreign social scientists. In its first
report, issued to the Department of State in 1967, recommendations
were contained regarding improvement of UNESCO's social science
activities.

IV. Congressional Response

Fascell hills — Toward a national social science 'policy

On June 6, 1966, 6 months after release of the subcommittee report,
Chairman Fascell introduced 3 bills based on its recommendations.
The major purpose of the bills, he said, was to initiate a dialog between
the Government and academia on the topic of social science research.

I hope that interested individuals — ^the Congress, in the executive branch of
our Government, and in the private sector — ^will take up these bills, study them,
and offer us their views and comments."^

The three bills reflected Fascell's concern not only with foreign area
research, but also the need for Congress and academia to concern
themselves with assessment of the problems of the relationship of
the social sciences to the Government, The first, H.R. 15457, would
establish a committee to plan for a White House Conference on the
Social and Behavioral Sciences. The second, H.R. 15458, would estab-
lish an Office of Social Sciences in the Executive Office of the President,
whose staff would be taken from and modeled after the Office of Science
and Technology' and whose purpose was to "* * * develop * * * a
national policy for the promotion of basic research and education in
the social and behavioral sciences"; to evaluate Federal social and
behavioral sciences research programs ; and to advise the President on
coordination of Federal social and behavioral sciences research. The
third bill, H.R. 15459, would establish a National Social Science Foun-
dation, whose purposes would be to initiate and support basic re-
search in the social and behavioral sciences ; provide financial support
to behavioral scientists; serve as an information exchange between
American and foreign social scientists; evaluate the status and needs
of social sciences ; undertake a registry of social and behavioral scien-
tists ; and report to the President on priorities of Federal funding in
social and behavioral sciences.

National Science Foundation

Congressman Fascell's bills gave the social sciences greater visibility,
and stimulated discussion both inside and outside of the Go^^ernment
on the social science relationship with the Federal Government.
Mr. Fascell had proposed the creation of a new agency — a National
Social Science Foundation — both to solve the problems of military
sponsorship of foreign area research, and also to improve Federal
funding and utilization of the social sciences. An alternative proposal,
not specifically designed to treat the foreign area research problem,
but to treat Federal funding and recognition of the social sciences, was
being examined by the Congress when Rep. Fascell's proposals were
introduced. This alternative was amendment of the National Science
Foundation.

6^ Dante B. Fascell. Behavioral Sciences and the National Security. Remarks upon intro-
duction of H.R. 15457. H.R. 15459. Congressional Record (June 6, 1966), p. 11687.

99-044 — 69 11

146

In 1964, the Subcommittee on Science Research and Development of
the House Science and Astronautics Committee began a review of the
National Science Foundation, with the intention of introducing legis-
lation to improve the agency. In 1965, a report reviewing the history
and problems of the Foundation was issued by the subcommittee.^^ The
subcommittee then held extensive hearings, with physical, natural and
social scientists, and Federal officials to gather information on the
points raised in the report.*'^ It then prepared an analytical summary
and resurveyed its witnesses to clarify points raised in the hearings.^®
Subsequently, a report outlining legislative and administrative changes
needed in NSF was issued on December 30, 1965.^^

Of the many recommendations made for amending the NSF legis-
lation, three are of importance to this study. The committee recom-
mended that the words "social sciences" be expressly added to the types
of scientific activity that NSF supported. (NSF had supported some
social science research since 1956, and especially after creation of the
Division of Social Sciences in NSF in 1960, but such support was
justified, according to the original legislative mandate, under the terms
"other sciences.") The stated intent of the committee was to "empha-
size congressional interest in and desire for increased support in the
social sciences." It also recommended that NSF be given "permissive"
authority to support applied research "* * * if such research were di-
rected toward a major national problem * * * ;" and responsibilities in
support of international scientific research and activities.'^'' The rec-
ommendations were incorporated in H.R. 13696, introduced on March
16, 1966, by Emilio Q. Daddario, chairman of the subcommittee. Ad-
ditional hearings were held; ^^ and a clean bill was introduced.'*

NSF information assessed

The NSF amendment received unanimous approval from witnesses
regarding inclusion of the social sciences. William Carey, Executive
Director, Bureau of the Budget, said his agency "believes there is a
great potentiality for attacking many of the problems of a changing
society [and would] welcome greater viability for social sciences re-
search within the framework of the Foundation * * *." Herman Pol-
lack, acting director of international scientific and technological af-
fairs, Department of State, said he welcomed the change and sug-
gested that such research also be devoted toward achievement of in-

8' U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics. The National Science
Foundation : A General Review of Its First 15 Years. A Report of the Science Policy Re-
search Division, Legislative Reference Service, Library of Congress, to the • • *. May 1966.
89th Cong., 2d sess. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, May 1966.)

s' U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics. Government and Science :
Review of the National Science Foundation. Hearings before the Subcommittee on Science,
Research and Development of the • ♦ • vol. I. June 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 ; July 1, 6, 7, 8, 13,
14, 15, 20, 21, 22, 27, 28, 29; August 3, 4, 5, and 19, 1965. (No. 6.) 89th Cong., 1st sess.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965), 838 pages.

* U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics. Government and
Science : Review of the National Science Foundation. Hearings before the Subcommittee on
Science, Research and Development of the * * * vol. II. 89th Cong., 1st sess., 1965.
(No. 6.) (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965), pp. 839-1494.

*» U.S. Congress. Committee on Science and Astronautics. The National Science Foun-
dation : Its Present and Future. Report of the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and
Development of the * * * 89th Cong., 1st sess. Serial M. Committee print. (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966), 118 pages.

™ Ibid., p. 112, 106.

" On Apr. 19, 20, 21, 1966. U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Science and Astronautics.
Amending the National Science Foundation Act of 1950 To Make Improvements in the
Organization and Operation of the Foundation. Report (to accompany H.R. 5404), Mar. 6.
1967. 90th Cong., 1st sess. Report No. 34. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1967), 55 pages.

« H.R. 14838, May S, 1966.

147

ternational scientific and technological progress. Dr. Eric A. Walker,
Chairman of the National Science Board " 'strongly supported the pro-
vision.' " '2 Dr. Leland J. Haworth, director of the National Science
Foundation, concurred with the amendment and added (Summary) :

The foundation should not be confined to the natural or physical sciences ;
NSF support for the social sciences has been consistently increasing and growing
at a rate greater than that of the other social sciences. Government participa-
tion in social science research should increase and NSF should play a significant
role in that increase.'^

Dr. Pendleton Herring, president of the Social Science Research
Council, suggested that the base of social science support should be
broadened, and added that the social sciences sliould also be repre-
sented on PSAC and the National Science Board.^^ He also stated
that significant interdisciplinary relationships are developing between
the social and other sciences and that significant changes "in spirit"
of the NSF would take place ensuring the social sciences more sup-
port from that agency."^

National Foundation for the Social Sciences

Objectives

Senator Fred E. Harris had maintained a keen interest in the
problems of foreign area research and the social sciences and the
Federal Government. Upon his return to the Senate in 1966, to begin
his first full Senate term, Harris suggested that Congress investigate
expenditures for foreign area social science research ; that it take an
interest in establishing better mechanisms for review of research ; and
that the Congress "* * * provide for 'civilizing' all types of contract
research being done in foreign countries." '^

Although the Congress was considering the NSF amendments bill,
and the Departments of State, Defense, and the National Academy of
Sciences, and various segments of the social science community were
busy with their assessments. Senator Harris decided that the problem
of Federal support for social science research might be solved with
the creation of a new National Foundation of the Social Sciences.
Under Senator Harris' chairmanship, his subcommittee opened hear-
ings into the matter of "Federal Support of International Social and
Behavioral Research" on June 7, 1966. This was the first of four hear-
ings held on the matter throughout 1966 and 1967.^^

" Amending the National Science Foundation Act of 1950 • ♦ * H. Kept. No. 34, op. cit,.
p. 15.

^■« The National Science Foundation: Its Present and Future: op. clt., p. 52; Govern-
ment and Science : Review of the National Science Foundation, Hearings, pts. 1 and 2,
op. clt., pp. 917-1295.

TO Government and Science Review of the National Science Foundation, hearings, pt. 1,
op, cit., pp. 879-880.

"■^ The National Science Foundation : Its Present and Future, op. cit., p. 51.

■" Senator Fred R. Harris. Project Slmpatlco. RemarliS on the floor of the Senate. Con-
gressional Record (Feb. 7, 1966), pp. 2185-2193, esp. pp. 2186-2187.

■" U.S. Congress, Senate, Committee on Government Operations, "Federal Support of
International Social Science and Behavioral Research." Hearings before the Subcommittee
on Government Research of the • • * June 27, 28 ; July 19 and 20, 1966. 89th Cong.,
2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), and U.S. Congress,
Senate. Committee on Government Operations. National Foundation for Social Sciences.
Hearings before the Subcommittee on Government Research of the * * ♦ on S. 836, "A
Bill To Provide for the Establishment of the National Foundation for the Social Sciences
In Order To Promote Research and Scholarship in Such Sciences." Pt. 1, Februarv 7, 8,
and 16, 1967 ; Pt. 2, June 2, 6, 7, 20, and 21, 1967 ; and Pt. 3, June 27, 28 ; July 12 and 13,
1967. 90th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), 809'
pages.

148

In his opening statement to the committee in the 1966 hearings, Sen-
ator Harris stated that he had twin objectives, botli of wliicli would be
attained with the creation of a National Foundation for the Social
Sciences (NFSS). The first was to solve the DOD social science
research problem by creatine a mechanism which would "civilianize
research :

We want to be sure that the proper procedures are being followed to prevent
damage to our national image, as has occurred on occasion in the past, when
such research projects evoked criticism in the host country. We want to be certain
that proper administrative procedures are being followed as well. Since much
of the research is done under the auspices of the Defense Department, we want
to see if it would not be better to "civilianize" such research through a new or
existing agency.

And the second was to provide additional Federal support for social
science research in general :

I personally do not feel that the Federal Government has been as interested
in the social sciences and in the stimulation of social scence research as it should
be. And I also believe that statutory changes are required to bring about greater
emphasis on the social sciences domestically and to improve social science re-
search and its administration abroad."

Testimony received

Senator Harris' major intention in holding the hearings was appar-
ently to explore the issue and to gather data to substantiate his con-
tention that while passage of the Daddario NSF bill was needed, its
passage would not solve the major problems of military sponsorship
and Federal funding and utilization of social science. (No action was
taken on the similar Fascell projiosal, which died in the House Educa-
tion and Public Welfare Committee at the close of the 1968 session.
Senator Harris did not introduce his bill for creation of a NFSS until
October 1966, after the first set of hearings was complete.) His bill,
when introduced in October (and the same bill, S. 836, introduced
the following session), ®° included provision that the proposed founda-
tion conduct research ; accept contracts from defense agencies, that is,
the CIA and DOD ; screen projects for political sensitivity; and serve
as a subcontractor for the military agencies funding social science
research.

Senator Harris had charted a large task for the newly formed
subcommittee. The issues he wanted treated in the hearings had been
carefully developed by his staff. In this first set of hearings Senator
Harris heard the testimony of 16 social scientists, many of whom were
the directors of the major professional organizations of the relevant
disciplines — political science, anthroj)ology, sociology, and psychology.
Before their appearance he sent them a prepared list of questions that
he wanted answered. The major topics related to level of effort and
best form of Federal support for social science ; ways to maximize the
utility of social science research in the solution of national problems ;
Government stimulation of the development of the social sciences as
scientific disciplines; and ways to insure propriety of Federal sup-
port for foreign area social science research.^^

"Federal Support of International Social Science and Behavioral Research, op. cit.,
pp. 1. 71.

80 Introduced Feb. 6, 1967. Cosponsored by Senators Mansfield, Tydings, Monroney,
McCarthy, Gruening. Kuchel, Edward Kennedy, Robert Kennedy, Muskie, Hatfield, Hart,
Fulbright, Yarborough, McGee. Mondale, Bayh, Inouye, and Nelson.

^ In testimony of Robin Williams, Jr., secretary of the American Sociological Associa-
tion. In Senate. Federal Support of International Social Science and Behavioral Research,
op. cit., pp. 140-145.

149

Senator Harris' hearings did not serve his purpose of presenting
a strong argument for the proposed foundation. The Bureau of the
Budget opposed his proposal, as did many of the social scientists who
testified that they would prefer the NSF proposal or that they would
wait to see the recommendations of the NAS Committee on Government
Programs in the Behavioral Sciences. Nevertheless, the hearings on the
bill had positive results :

To elevate the status of the social sciences in Federal science
policy structure by bringing the issue of the social sciences and
public policy into the Congress, and to create a more hospitable
attitude toward social sciences as worthy of support ;

To provide a national forum for social scientists to discuss
their problems — this was the first time social scientists had testi-
fied en masse before Congress on disciplinary' matters ;

To stimulate social scientists to assess systematically the prob-
lem of Federal sponsorship and to begin a dialog between social
scientists and the Congress ;

To inform the Congress with respect to the utilization of the
social sciences ;

To present proposals for reform of Federal mechanisms and to
raise many questions deserving of answer ;

To recognize that the social sciences have many problems in
common with the physical and natural sciences and to suggest
that a place should be found within the Federal science policy-
making structures for social sciences ;

By virtue of the wealth of valual)le testimony received and not

digested in the subcommittee of Congress, to demonstrate the

mechanisms that had to be developed both within the Congress

and the Administration to provide for a continuing assessment of

the social science/Federal Government relationship.

A complete analysis of the information presented in the hearings

held by the Sulocommittee on Government Research is not necessary ;

a few illustrations will serve to justify the assertions made.

For instance, Dr. Arthur Brayfield, executive director of the
American Psychological Association, presented a history of the rela-
tionships between psychology and the government and gave a run-
down of the association's lobbying efforts in Washington. Anthro-
pologists illustrated their contributions to Federal programs,
especially in Peace Corps training and field operations. Dr. Brayfield
and Pendleton Herring of the Social Science Research Council pre-
sented a typology of the disciplines in the social and behavioral sci-
ences. Social scientists eagerly responded to the Senator's queries for
infonnation about the types of research for which additional sup-
port, was needed. For example, Kalman Silvert, president of the
Latin-American Studies Association and professor of government at
Dartmouth, suggested that social scientists could best assist Federal
programs if additional attention were given to research in :

( 1 ) General problems of social change ;

(2) Social problems of economic development ;

(3) Problems of social integration ;

(4) Application of theoretical categories to data gathered to further
elaborate general sociological theory.*^

•2 Ibid., pp. 56, 88-89, 69, and 229-231, respectively.

150

Febkeal Support of Social Sciences

The committee also heard testimony about Federal support for the
social sciences. Senator Harris was interested in ascertaining the con-
sensus within the disciplines regarding increases in the level of Federal
funding and geographic distribution. Carl Pfaffmann, former chair-
man of the Divisional Behavioral Sciences, NAS, citing NSF study
figures, presented an overview of Federal support for various dis-
ciplines, gave a rundown of the differences between the physical and
natural sciences vis-a-vis the social sciences, and concluded that expan-
sion of "* * * the educational as well as research support programs
of the NSF, HEW, and others in the social sciences is clearly
indicated."

The adequacy of trained manpower, if social scientists were to ex-
tend their services to Government as well as to teaching and research,
"was also considered. Dr. Henry Reining, dean of the School of Public
Administration, University of Southern Californifi, among others,
suggested that the Government needs might be met by direct contact:
"with universities as institutions, rather than by hiring teachers away
from them. Alex Inkeles, of Harvard, suggested that commercial orga-
nizations might be effectively equipped to conduct social science re-
search on a large scale. Dr. Brayfield proposed that teachers of social
science had an obligation to train their students in skills needed to
conduct research effectively for the Government, including instruction
on problems of overseas research and development of a code of social
science ethics. Dr. Gabriel Almond, of the American Political Science
Association, noted the ambiguous motivation of social scientists whose
personal preference might be for "autonomous" research but also might
need to consider the availability of sources of funds for sponsorship of
research — military sponsorship, sometimes without restrictive condi-
tions could be attractive.^^

Foreign Area Social Science Research

Stephen T. Boggs, Executive Secretary of the American Anthro-
pological Association, identified the problems faced by social scientists
doing field work in the developing countries : ^*

[Charges by foreign nations that social science research serves as a screen
or cover for collection of intelligence] ;

[The widespread impression that social scientists were representatives of the
American Government trying to implement policies controversial in the develop-
ing world] ;

[Charges of neocolonialism — that American social scientists conducted re-
search in various countries, obtained voluminous quantities of data and never
gave indigenous social scientists the chance to utilize their own researchers].

Most of the social scientists who testified about the need for proce-
dures to insure propriety of federally sponsored foreign area research
suggested that the State Department was not prepared to handle this
task. Dr. Almond said that while the State Department procedures for
review were an improvement, the State Department really did not
understand the nature and value of social science research.

I think the Department of State has a record of on the whole being unduly
skeptical and unduly slow in stimulating and in carrying on social science
research that has a direct bearing on the foreign policy interests of the United

w Ibid., pp. 124-127 ; 103, 190-191, 60 and 108-109, respectively.
e« Ibid., pp. 72-76.

151

states. They are a conservative, humanistic institution, dominated by a foreign
service which is trained largely in the law, in history, in the humanistic
disciplines. They believe in making policy through some kind of intuitive and
antenna-like process, which enables them to estimate what the prospects of this
and that are in this or the other country.

I believe they are a backward agency, as far as their relationship to science is
concerned.

* * * I wish the Department of State was more familiar, more receptive to
some of the possibilities of social sciences than it now is. I think it has a real
handicap in bringing to bear one, which could only come out of some change, it
seems to me, in the fundamental culture of the Department of State.*'

AOMINISTEA'nyE MECHANISMS

Many suggestions were offered for the development of mechanisms
to improve the performance of the social sciences in Government
service. Dr. Inkeles offered several alternatives sunmiarized below :

Establishment of a high-level and maximally independent national research
"institute" modeled after the National Institutes of Health or Brookings to
"* * * undertake research on foreign areas and international affairs."

Significant expansion of the budget of the NSF for research on foreign affairs.

Congressional appropriations of grants to universities to establish semi-
permanent centers for social science research.

Establishment of a "* * * .separate and relatively independent fund grants
agency which would not itself do research, but would rather have prime re-
sponsibility for fostering the growth, within universities and research institutes,
of our national capability" for foreign areas research.

Creation of a Federal Grants Commission on International Studies, modeled
after the University Grants Commission in Great Britain, to distribute block
grants to universities for foreign area research.^

Other recommendations for improvement of executive formulation
of a policy for the social sciences, some of which would later be issued
by the Advisory Committee on Government Programs in the Be-
havioral Sciences of the National Academy of Sciences were heard,
and are summarized below :

Creation of a social science panel in PSAC, and expansion of PSAC to include
at least two social scientists.

Creation of a Federal Council on the Social and Behavioral Sciences.

Improvement of the relationship of social sciences and public policy by "* * *
increasing the staff for each Senator and Member of the House by hiring a full-
time social scientist assistant.

* * * Expanding the Social Science Division of the National Science
Foundation.*'

And solutions were proposed for solving some of the difficulties of
foreign area social science research :

* * * Provide the top-level policy and decisionmakers in the Government de-
partments or agencies most heavily involved in international activities with di-
rect, immediate, and continuing access to behavioral scientists by establishing
staff positions for such scientists at an appropriate level of responsibility.

* * ♦ Given the nature of the State Department's mission, given the increasing
interest in the .social and behavioral sciences * * * it would indeed not be amiss to
consider for appointment (to the oflBce of Scientific Adviser to the Secretary of
State), a well-known and distinguished behavioral scientist.

* * * Have the review of [foreign] research proposals done by panels of con-
sultants— as is now done at the National Science Foundation and the National
Institutes of Health — who are capable of evaluating the capabilities and skills of
proposed personnel as well as the designs of the research.

««Ibi(l., p. 114.

80 Ibid., pp. 184-187.

»' Ibid., pp. 213, 165, 247. and 59-60, respectively.

152

♦ * * Encourage some form of international social science council or associa-
tion to facilitate cooperation among the scientists in various countries.

* * * Provide foreign service officers with additional training in the social
sciences.'*

Responsibilities of Social Scientists in Policymaking

One result of Senator Harris' hearing was to illustrate the dilemma
faced by social scientists in making recommendations for public policy.
Kalman Silvert outlined to Harris the ideal contributions of a social
scientist to policymaking. To paraphrase his comment :

He should generate data ; order and analyze data ; interpret them and relate
interpretations to a body of social science theory ; and then indicate the costs
and benefits of various alternatives.®*

Silvert added that the present limits of the state of social science
research prevent social scientists from making such contributions. The
objectives of scientific inquiry demand that social scientists not involve
themselves in the application of their findings. Accordingly he called
for the training of a new breed of social scientists, to translate the
findings of social science into material "usable for those persons who
have to make decisions inside Government,"

The Proposal for a Social Science Foundation

The proposal for a National Foundation for the Social Sciences also
received much attention in the hearings and in the press. Some of the
social science witnesses who appeared in the first set of Senator
Harris' hearings favored creation of the Foundation. (The great ma-
jority of statements heard in favor of the proposal came, however, in
the second set of hearings on the bill, when individual social scientists
testified.)

Pro

Those favoring creation of the Foundation gave a variety of rea-
sons. Gabriel Almond said that the Foundation should be created be-
cause the NSF does not support "speculative moral and legal" ques-
tions which are very important in social science research :

I believe the time has come when the establishment of a National Social
Science Foundation ought to be seriously considered. I say this, not out of any
criticism of the record of the National Science Foundation, but only to stress
that the needs and the characteristics of the human and social sciences are
somewhat different from those of the hard sciences. I would feel more com-
fortable myself if the principal Government support for the social sciences
came from an agency which gave some representation to history and the more
speculative, moral and legal disciplines than is true of the National Science
Foundation.""

James Robinson, a political scientist, stated that NSF would never
find it possible to support research on policy.^^ Irving Louis Horowitz
said that because they are in incipient stages of growth, the social
sciences need a big push, and this would be attained only with the
creation of a separate foundation :

Social scientists would feel like stepchildren to a parent organization. I doubt
where they would be content with that kind of rearrangement on a longrun
basis. * * * Social scientists are now in the process of flexing their muscles.

88 Ibid., pp. 59, 59-60, 59, 14.5, and 59, respectively.

8«Ibid., pp. 226-227.

9«Ibid., p. 11.

*i National Foundation for Social Sciences, Hearings, op. cit., p. 714.

153

They are growing very rapidly. I think the formation of a National Foundation
for the Social Sciences in fact would belp that process, would accelerate that
growth."

Con

Those opposed to creation of the Foundation, primarily executive
department and agency officials, the Bureau of the Budget, natural
and physical scientists, and some social scientists, especially those who
had worked for the Government, gave a variety of reasons :

(1) The solution of national problems requires a unified attack by all sci-
entists working in concert ; artificial barriers should not be created :

The interrelationships between the physical, biological, and social sciences are
so extensive and fundamentally significant that it would be an unfortunate
error to fail to take advantage of the opportunities for their improved coordi-
nation already so well initiated in the administration of the National Science
Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. In illustration of the need
for cooperation between the biological and the social sciences, it is no secret
that the social sciences today are environmentally biased and that they very
much need to increase their attention to the biological bases of human behavior."

* * * It would be inadvisable and unlikely for the mission-oriented agencies
to surrender research programs directly related to their agency missions to
organizations unfamiliar with the requirements and without direct responsi-
bility for application of the results."

(2) Social scientists would learn scientific objectivity and quicken the pace
of solution of methodological problems, if they worked with natural and physical
scientists."^

(3) Creation of the proposed NFSS should await results of the NAS studies."*

(4) NSF has experience and established relationships with the social science
community ; social sciences would profit from support for education and training
(provisions for such support were not included in Harris' original bill).^

(5) The proposed foundation would not solve the problems of military spon-
sorship and ethics.**

V. Consequences of Camelot for Government Social Science

Military-spon.sored foreign area research

In its first assessment, the Fascell hearings in 1965, Congress heard
DOD and SOKO witnesses. The committee decried militarj^ sponsor-
ship of foreign area research, but did not legislate explicitly on this
issue. It could do no more than recommend that DOD and State
put their houses in order. Some administrative actions taken in re-
sponse to the committee's recommendations were effective, others were
less so. It is evident that despite congressional calls for "civilianizing"
foreign area social science research, national security considerations
did, and will continue to, command congressional and administrative
support for DOD's sponsorship of such research.

State Department response

Although the subcommittee recommended that State increase its
component of social science research, State's share has gone down,
while DOD's has remained stable or increased. (See table II, p. 130.)

The committee also directed that State and DOD effect better co-

^ International Social Science and Behavioral Research, Hearings, op. cit., pp. 242-250.

!>3 Donald Young. Chairman, NAS Advisory Committee on Government Programs in the
Behavioral Sciences. Ibid., p. 132.

^ Leland Haworth, NSF, In National Foundations for Social Sciences, Hearings, op. cit.,
p. 100.

»3 Don Price, In ibid., p. 395.

°« Fred Haviland, Institutional Social Science and Behavioral Research, op. cit., p. 154.

^ Pendleton Herring, Ibid., p. 112.

»3 Donald MacArthur, DOD, In National Foundation for Social Sciences, Hearings, op.
cit., p. 229.

154

ordination of review so that the conduct of research would not conflict
with the foreign policies of the country. Such efforts have only had a
partial success. The State Department's FAR Council was established
and its procedures promulgated; projects are reviewed for political
sensitivity, but the review process has been challenged and criticized
by social scientists who assert that State is not equipped to review, and
that the review of projects (eliminating those with adverse political
effects) tends to leave only those that are scientifically worthless and
intellectually uninteresting.^^

The Foreign Area Research Coordination Group began to assess
sponsorship and operational problems with the National Academy of
Sciences Advisory Committee on Government Programs in the Be-
havioral Sciences. Late in 1967, the group issued a set of guidelines
which member Federal agencies "° are voluntarily to follow in con-
tracting for social science research. Guidelines include the recommenda-
tions that sponsors should be publicized, author should have full pub-
lication privileges, and that every effort .should be made to keep classi-
fied research out of the university."^ These guidelines, too, have been
criticized. They apply only to contract work with universities, which
may do classified work (in the national interest) ; they do not apply
to grants or to contracts with individuals or with nonacademic institu-
tions; they are voluntary and unpoliced; they do nothing to remove
foreign suspicions that all American social science research is a covert
intelligence-gathering operation.^"^ And above all, they are challenged
as being negative and as not providing for any review of the scientific
merit of research projects or for coordination of Federal foreign area
social science research activities.

DOD response

DOD's research program has continued to be the subject of some
congressional protest against military sponsorship of foreign area
social science research. But the costs of not continuing it have been too
great, and the military has prevailed, with Congress assenting. (Con-
gress has also discovered that many social scientists themselves are
ambivalent toward military sponsorship, and that some prefer DOD
to State on the grounds of available funds, experience in using social
science technology, blanket congressional authorization, and the need
to conduct such researches for the purpose of national security. )^'^^

While the DOD's budget for social science research remained sub-
stantially level, the Department and the National Academy of Sciences
assessed sponsorship and utilization problems. The results of these
assessments suggest that the DOD will continue to exercise research
leadership in the foreign area research disciplines.

»» Dael Wolfle, "Social Science Research and International Relations." Science (vol. 151,
Jan. 14. 1966). editorial.

IP" AID. CIA, Arms Control and Disarmament Agencv. Department of Agriculture,
Health. Education, and Welfare, Labor, State, and Defense (ARPA, ODD R. & E.
International Security Affairs. DIA, Air Force. Army, Navy) : NASA, National Endowment
for the Humanities, NSF, USIA, Executive Office of the President ; and as observers. NAS
and the Peace Corps.

ici rptjp. jrui(jelines were issued by State on Dec. 19, 1967. "Foreign Area Research Guide-
linos Adopted." Department of State Bulletin. Jan. 8, 196S, pp. 55-59. (Containing De-
partment of State announcement, press release 297, Dec. 19, 1967.)

^"^D. S. Grponberg. "Social Science: Federal Agencies Agree To End Covert Support."
Science (vol. 159, Jan. ?,. 1968). pp. 64-66 .

^0' In his recent critique of military sponsorship of foreign area social science research,
Horowitz has given the following reasons to explain why the DOD is "No. 1" in foreign
area social science research : The scope of congressional appropriations, blanket con-
gressional appropriations for DOD. DOD's national security need. (Irving Louis Horo-
witz. "Social Science Yogis and Military Commissars." Trans-action (May 1968), p. 32.)

155

Under the direction of John Foster, Director of Defense Research
and Engineering, and Donald MacArthur, Deputy Director (Research
and Technology) , Defense Research and Engineering, the DOD has
conducted several internal and external assessments of its social science
research program.^o* In July of 1067, the Defense Science Board and
the National Academy of Sciences held a conference to address them-
selves to Chairman Foster's call to determine ''high-piiyoff" areas
of social science research for the DOD. The report of this study was
released in November 1967 for comment. The premise of the report
was that research programs should be continued and increased be-
cause the Department must "* * * wage not only 'warfare' but 'peace-
fare' as well.'' "^ The DOD did not immediately accept all of the rec-
ommendations of the Board. However, in a speech made in November

1967, Donald MacArthur said the DOD concurred in the recommenda-
tions that DOD should continue with Project Themis (to develop
educational centers of excellence while at the same time providing
DOD with research) ; Project 100,000 (to train delinquents to be
good soldiers) ; and with other manpower training, human engineer-
ing and psychological programs. He also stated that DOD would
find particular value in the recommended "high pay-oflT' area of
continuing foreign area social science research:

Another area of importance to national security planning is obtaining broader
and more accurate information on the social, psychological, and economic
characteristics of nations throughout the world. Research in this area is frag-
mented and inadequate in both theory and methodology. Increased under-
standing of attitudes, beliefs, motives, group aflBliations, channels of com-
munications, social-political organizations, and leadership structures are needed,
as well as the process of change in social-cultural patterns. One important con-
cern, within the broader field of social change, is the specific problem of the
consequences of technological innovations in developing societies.^""

And on November 2, 1967, John Foster reiterated DOD's need to
support classified research on university campuses because —

We need to advance knowledge and push technological limits in those fields
of science and engineering that are relevant to long-range defense problems.

We must assist in assuring that the national effort in graduate education
and research in these fields is adequate to the defense needs of our country.^*^

He continued that all basic research supported by DOD at uni-
versities would be unclassified; but DOD support to universities for
"exploratory research" might be increased or contracts with indi-
viduals instead of universities might be used for classified work. To

i°* On Jan. 6. 1967, John S. Foster requested that the Defense Science Board undertake
"(1) a detailed review of each of ARPA's on-goinsr projects In the behavioral sciences both
basic and applied, to determine whether or not the work being- performed Is of direct rele-
vance to DOD and whether or not the description of that work as given In Project Plans
is adequate; and (2) a similar review of on-going projects in the military departments."
(Memorandum from John S. Foster, Jr., to the Chairman. Defense Science Board. App.
A.) In Report of the Defense Science Board Task Group on the Behavioral Sciences. May S,

1968. (Washington, D.C., Office of the Director of Defense Research and Engineering.
p. 9.) Much of the assessment remains to be completed ; the first report. May S, 196S, dealt
with information exchange and the relevance of research. With respect to' the latter, the
Defense Science Board recommended that DOD make sure of the utility of contract
research to the DOD mission before It funds a project (p. 7). Donald MacArthur requested
the NAS study of the Advisory Committee on Government Programs in the Behavioral

Sciences in 1965.

i""' Report of the Panel on Defense Social and Behavioral Sciences. July 5-14, 1967.
Defense Science Board-National Academy of Sciences Berkshire Summary Study (Williams-
town. Mass. (1967)), p. 7.

^«« Donald M. MacArthur, Current Emphasis on the Department of Defense's Social and
Behnvloral Sciences Program. (Invited address presented at the meeting of the Division
of Engineering Psychologists. American Psychological Association, Washington D.C.,
September 1967.) American Psychologist (vol. 53, No. 2, February 1968), pp. 105. 107.

^*" John S. Foster, Jr., On the Relationship Between the University and the Department
of Defense, Nov. 2, 1967. In Academic Research : Foster Defends DOD Support in Univer-
sities. Science (vol. 158, Nov. 24, 1967), pp. 1032-4.

156

avoid any potential escalation of interiiational tensions, foreio-n area
research reports would continue to be reviewed before publication.

The social sciences and the Federal Government

Although the effort to realign the balance of sponsorship of foreign
area social science research had only qualified success, important re-
sults were achieved in dealing with the problems of fashioning a co-
herent relationship of social science to the Federal Government. Here
the influence of Congress was reflected in: (1) Congressional action
to give the social sciences full recognition in the National Science
Foundation, and (2) congressional influence in motivating the admin-
istration and social scientists to undertake an assessment of the prob-
lems that had to be solved before a better relationship could be
established.

The proposal to create a National Foundation for the Social Sciences^
and amendinent of the National Science Foundation
Hearings on the Senate version of the bill to amend the National
Science Foundation were held in 1967 by Senator Edward Kennedy, in
the specially created Subcommittee on Science of the Senate Com-
mittee on Labor and Public Welfare. After additional legislative
action, the bill became Public Law on July 18, 1968.^°^ There was con-
siderable support for passage of the bill. The proposal had been in the
legislative hopper for 2 years ; the committee had heard extensive sup-
porting testimony from over 40 witnesses : and subsequently presented
thorough analyses in justification for organizational changes. In pass-
ing the bill, the Congress apparently agreed with the subcommittee
report, that the administration would not by itself take steps to mod-
ernize the NSF and that it would require legislative initiative.^"® The
two bills (amendment of the NSF and creation of a NFSS) may have
been considered in part as alternatives. In supporting the NSF amend-
ments in the Senate hearings, Senator Harris urged that —

* * * The enactment of section 3(a) [for including tlie social sciences within
the authority of NSF] does not by any means obviate the tremendous need for
speedy enactment of S. 836 * • *.""

It is also evident that Rep. Daddario and Dr. Haworth, Director
of the NSF, judged that the NSF amendments bill would solve many
of the problems identified by Senator Harris. For instance, on
January 17, 1967, in response to questions of the Eeuss subcommittee
investigation of domestic social science research, Dr. Haworth said
that NSF had not taken a stand on the Harris bill. He added that he
personally saw great value in bringing the social sciences into the
closest possible contact with the natural sciences through interdisci-
plinary research projects and collaboration between specialists."

Ill

^"8 U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. National Science
Foundation Act Amendments of 1968. Hearings before the Special Subcommittee on Science
of the * * * on S. 2598 and H.R. 5404, to amend the National Science Foundation Act
of 1950 to Make Changes and Improvements in the Organization and Operation of the
Foundation, and for Other Purposes. Nov. 15 and 16, 1967. 90th Cong,, 1st sess. (Wash-
ington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), 196 pages.

109 "The National Science Foundation: Its Present and Future, op. cit., pp. xi-xii.

^o National Science Foundation Act Amendments of 1968, hearings, op. cit., p. 1.35.

"1 The Use of Social Science Research in Federal Domestic Programs, pt. 4, op. cit.,
p. 117.

157

Rep. Daddario never testified explicitly on the pros and cons of
passage of the Harris bill. On August 2, 1966, after the first set of
Harris hearings had begun, Rep. Daddario inserted into the Con-
gressional Record a statement and editorial of Dael Wolfie, of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science. He said he
was "* * * pleased to note that Dr. Wolfie agrees with the recom-
mendations made by the Science and Astronautics Committee * * *
that improved support for the social sciences can be accomplished to
a considerable extent by the existing National Science Foundation.
The creation of a new agency for this function, he believes, is not
warranted." ^'^ And on November 16, 1967, while testifying before
the Kennedy subcommittee. Rep. Daddario, in comment on the pro-
visions of the Harris bill that the proposed NFSS conduct its own
research, suggested as an alternative that mission-oriented agencies
should "* * * do a great deal of * * * [social science] research in order
to maintain their own capability to perform their mission objectives

* * :H 55 113

The proposal to create a National Foundation for the Social Sciences
still has not been reported out of the subcommittee. Apart from a pos-
sible division on the proposal within the social science disciplines them-
selves, several factors might explain why the bill has not moved. The
NSF proposal was never debated as an alternative to the NFSS bill,
but may have been regarded as such. If so, then passage of the NSF
amendments and the agency's subsequent creation of a panel to review
Federal support and utilization of social science research may have
diminished the urgency of passage of the NFSS bill. In addition,
Members of Congress may have considered some of the criticisms made
of the NFSS proposal. For instance, Congressman Daddario suggested
that a NFSS that sponsored policy research would encounter opposi-
tion from mission-oriented agencies already supporting relevant
research programs.

A companion bill for a NFSS was introduced in the House on Jidy 1,
1968, by Representative Donald Fraser."'^ This bill incorporates
several changes which Representative Fraser evidently felt were needed
to resolve problems cited in the Senate hearings, such as —

(1) Inclusion of provision for the Foundation to support social
science education and training (sec. 6(1));

(2) Inclusion of pro\dsions gi^ong the Foundation authority to
conduct surveys of the state of the social sciences (sec. 6(5));
and

(3) Elimination of the origmal section 7, which would have
allowed NFSS to undertake research for administrative agencies
on a reimbursable basis.

These changes appear to bring the objectives and structure of the
proposed foundation for the social sciences closer to the revised NSF
authority and raise the question as to the contribution of further
legislation.

1^ Dael Wolfle. Government Support for Social Science. Science. (July 29, 1966). In
Extension of Remarks of the Honorable Emilio Q. Daddario. Government Support for
Social Sciences. Congressional Record, Appendix {Aug. 2, 1966), p. A4064.

^^ Senate. National Science Foundation Act amendments. Hearings, Nov. 16, 1967, op.
cit., p. 120.

""H.R. 19242.

158

CongressioTial stim/iblation of adTninistration and leglslatwe assessTnent
of the prohlein

Congressional objectives for fashioning an improved relationship
of the social sciences with the Government are also reflected in activi-
ties by the executive branch and the social science community.

Social science response

Statements on the ethical responsibilities of the social scientist doing
research for the Government have been issued by universities and pro-
fessional groups. Most of the statements hold that universities and
individual social scientists should not do classified research, except
under conditions of extreme threats to national security ; that sponsor-
ship should be known; that author should retain publication rights;
and that review should be performed by the peer group instead of the
Government.^^^

However the most valuable contributions of social scientists are
from activities which go beyond solving the practical and ethical
problems of doing classified and military sponsored research. Social
scientists have increasingly come to assess their responsibilities to
policy formation. For instance, at a conference on ethical issues in
the social sciences, held by the National Institutes of Health, social
scientists concluded that :

We cannot avoid the fact that how we spend [increasing sums of Federal
research money given to us] is no longer simply a scientific problem, but also a
public problem and a political issue. [We may want to maintain free scientific
inquiry] but we can be certain that the behavioral sciences will be used in-
creasingly both in the formation and execution of public policy. We may like
or dislike the ivory tower — it makes little difference for changing social reality
has destroyed the wall."'

AdTninistration response

Tlie executive branch took steps to comply with some of the con-
gressional recommendations and hearings for reorganization of the
formulation of social science policy.

For instance, in February 1968, President Johnson expanded the
President's Science Advisory Committee by appointing Herbert
Simon, the first social scientist ever to be appointed to that group.^^^
And on February 1, 1968, the NSF announced the establishment of
a Special Commission on the Social Sciences. Members of the Com-
mission, will address themselves to: (1) Analysis of mechanisms
needed to improve Federal Government utilization of the social sci-
ences; (2) analysis of the collaboration needed between social and

^^ For Instance, see : Murray Schumach. University of Pennsylvania Clarifies Policy
on Secrrt Research Contracts. New York Times (Sept. 9, 1966) ; Ethics and Social Science
Research, edited by Leonard Reissman and Kalman H. Silvert. American Behavioral
Scientist (vol. 10, No. 10, June 1967),; Ethical Problems of Political Scientists. Political
Science. Newsletter of the American Political Science Association (vol. 1, No. 1, winter
1968). pp. 5-15.

^' Gresham M. Sykes. Peeling Our Way : A Report on a Conference on Ethical Issues
In the Social Sciences. (Sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, Summer 1966.)
The American Behavioral Scientist (June 1967), pp. 8-11.

n' Formerly Chairman of the Board of Social Science Research Council and Chairman
designate of the Division of Behavioral Sciences of the NRC, and currently professor of
industrial administration and psychology at the Carnegie-Mellon University. (PSAC
appointments. Science (February 1968), p. 861.)

159

other "hard" scientists; and (3) analysis of NSF and Federal pro-
gram needs in the social sciences,^^®

A notable reaction to the Camelot affair, and to congressional criti-
cisms of it is the report of the joint NAS-DOD-Russell Sage Foun-
dation-sponsored Ad\dsory Conunittee on Government Programs in
the Behavioral Sciences, released in September 1968. The conclusion
regarding the lack of Federal coordination for the formulation of
social science policy a;ppears to echo congressional views on this mat-
ter:

Behavioral science activities in departments and agencies generally have
evolved in response to program needs, with little systematic attention to overall
requirements and direction within the framework of Federal science policies. For
all intents and purposes, there is no central forum for dealing with common prob-
lems of Jbehavioral science or for giving top-level support to policies designed
to strengthen the behavioral sciences as an instrument of policymaking and
program operations.""

The committee recommended that the Office of Science and Tech-
nology be given the responsibility for formulating policies for the so-
cial sciences ; that mission-oriented agencies establish long-range poli-
cies to better utilize social science knowledge and that they employ
more social scientists; that the Office of Science and Technology and
the State Department draw up long-range objectives for foreign area
behavioral sciences research; that a social scientist be included on
PSAC, that NSF increase its programs in support of the social sciences
(the committee recommended that a separate National Foundation
for the Social Sciences not be created at this time), and that a Na-
tional Institute for Advanced Research and Public Policy be created
to bring together Government officials and social scientists to formu-
late long-range programs to solve social problems.^-"

Conclusion

In the Camelot episode the Congress was concerned with two prob-
lems: (1) Military sponsorship of foreign area social science research,
and (2) establisliment of an administrative mechanism to solve prob-
lems of funding, ethics, and priority in social science research. Several
congressional committees assembled much inform.ation on various al-
ternatives to resolve these two related problems. In addition, the inter-
est in this episode helped to stimulate a broader inquiry and evoked a
considerable literature on the relationship between the Federal Govern-
ment and the social science community in the utilization of the social
sciences for Government purposes.

Although military sponsorship of social science research encountered
little explicit endorsement and much criticism, it was also found hard
to replace : Both strategic and tactical planning needed to be based on

^•"Dr. Orville Q. Brim, Jr., president of the Russell Sage Foundation was elected
chairman. See : NSF Special Commission on the Social Sciences Appointed. National
Science Foundation news release. (Feb. 1, 1968), pp. 1-4. (NSF 68-107.)

"• National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council. Advisory Committee on
Government Programs in the Behavioral Sciences. "The Behavioral Sciences and the Fed-
eral Government." (Washington National Acadei"v of Sciences-National Research Council,
September 1968), p. 78.

MO Ibid., pp. 4-16.

160

the kind of factual and conceptual inputs that the social sciences alone
can provide.

Criticism was also directed at the State Department as being too
negative and lacking in initiative for developing long-range goals
exercising coordination of foreign area research of other Government
agencies. Research by the State Department in the social sciences, like
the Department's interest in science more generally, was said to be at a
minimum. It became apparent that an assessment of the relationship
between the social sciences and the Federal Government needed to
be institutionalized within both the executive and legislative branches.
Effective use for Government purposes of the social sciences, the Game-
lot episode showed, requires concentration of control, legislative re-
forms, and detailed programing.

CHAPTER SEVEN— CONGRESSIONAL CONCERN WITH
THE DECLINE AND FALL OF MOHOLE

I. Background of the Mohole Issue

Early in 1957 there arose in the scientific community an imaginative
proposal to explore through the earth's crust to the heavy underlying-
layer by drilling. Although this feat was judged infeasible from a
continental drilling site, it seemed more likely to be feasible in the
deep ocean, where the crustal depth was much thinner. This proposed
undertaking was called Project Mohole, from the scientific term
"Mohorovicic Discontinuity," signifying the interface between the
crustal surface and the mantle beneath it.

Preliminary experiments with a newly developed tecluiology of
offshore drilling in deep water from a dynamically positioned (un-
anchored) fioatmg drilling rig were successful. However, the techno-
logical difficulty presented by the more ambitious goal of penetrating
in even deeper water to reach the mantle through some 6 miles of over-
burden, was vastly larger than that overcome in the initial experiments.
Some of those who entertained this ultimate goal do not appear to
have assessed it realistically. It was gradually revealed to require a
much larger organization, considerable further development in the
state of the drilling art, and investment in a large floating platform
capable of maintaining stability and life support during a 2y2-year
drilling campaign. The alternative approach of proceeding step by
step to deeper penetrations was not favored, perhaps in part because
of the persistence of a belief that Russian and U.S. scientists were
engaged in a race to reach the mantle. In the latter stages of the project,
the emphasis began to shift, somewhat from that of a one-time project
to a broader program, involving planned use of the large drilling
platform, and other rigs, to conduct an exploration of more general
scope into the ocean floor.

After considerable investigation, some investment in the develop-
ment of drilling technology, and an initial outlay for work on the
platform, the National Science Foundation abandoned the project at
the instruction of the Congress. The instruction took the form of an
explicit denial of further funds for the Mohole project.

This chapter examines the sources of information provided to the
Congress concerning the latter stages of the project. The decision
to terminate it, taken in the summer of 1966, was preceded by a sub-
stantial volume of testimony from the scientific community, almost
all in support of the project. However, the termination was fore-
shadowed by expressions of dissent from several disaffected scientists,
mostly on the grounds that the project had not been permitted to evolve
on a deliberate, step-by-step basis, and that a legitimate scientific quest
for important new information had been supplanted by a try for a
spectacular stunt.

(161)

99-044—69 12

162

Tlie situation facing the earth sciences in 1957

Among the developments that had led in 1950 to congressional
adoption of the proposal for a National Science Foundation, perhaps
the most persuasive was the achievement of nuclear fission explosions —
the atomic bomb. The decisive effect of atomic weapons in the war with
Japan had afforded a convincing domonstration of the relevance of
science to national military power. The continued successes in atomic
physics in the early 1950's heightening the promise of commercial
electric power from fission and yielding a practicable fusion or hydro-
gen bomb, confirmed the wisdom of the Congress in sponsoring a na-
tional scientific effort. The steadily growing budget of NSF provided
sustained expansion in the support for the classical sciences — physics,
chemistry, astronomy, and biology and medicine. However, less sup-
port was being extended to the earth sciences — geology and geophysics.
Proposals for research projects in these latter fields offered incremen-
tal rather than seminal results — the extension of known data, rather
than the breaking of new ground. Much of the national effort in the
earth sciences was conducted in-house by the U.S. Geological Survey,
emphasizing prosaic programs of geological mapping. Under these
circumstances, a broad-gage proposal for a truly spectacular under-
taking in the field of earth sciences had a compelling attractiveness for
members of the earth science disciplines.

Much of the national activity in applied research in the earth
sciences was sponsored by the petroleum companies, relative to the
exploration for new sources of oil in the ground. Following World
War II, there had been a substantial increase in exploratory drilling,
worldwide, and many new oilfields had been discovered. However,
during the late 1950's, the abundance of proved petroleum reserves,
coupled with a recession in industrial activity in the United States,
occasioned a retrenchment in exploratory activity on the part of the oil
companies. Man^ of the petroleiun scientists trained in the exploratory
arts were searching for teaching posts or other occupations.

Lessened support for earth scientists and the low level of scientific
innovation in the earth sciences contrasted markedly with such other
fields as medicine (in which the Salk vaccine had been only one of sev-
eral nationally recognized breakthroughs), and atomic science. After
the Soviet Union's initial successes with earth satellites, in the fall of
1957, the sciences relevant to the "space race" received a great forward
impetus. Even as the United States redoubled the effort to catch up
with the U.S.S.R. in rocketry, and to preserve the threatened lead
in nuclear weaponry, the search went on for additional fields of science
in which to win new national prestige. This lesson was not lost on the
earth scientists. To some of them, the Mohole proposal appeared as an
opportunity for improved stature and recognition, and a stimulus to
recruitment of new talent, as well as a dramatic new direction in
fruitful scientific exploration.

Evolution of Project Mohole

The origin of the Mohole concept had a somewhat frivolous tinge.
Science fiction had often dealt with the topic of penetrating through
the earth's crust. To engage the serious consideration of the idea by
the scientific community became the task of a pseudosociety called
"AMSOC." This was the "American Miscellaneous Society," an after-
hours gathering of highly qualified scientists with an appreciation of

163

the preposterous. AJVISOC had been started in 1952 by two geophysi-
cists, staff members of the Office of Naval Research (ONR). Its orga-
nization was nonexistent, its purpose was entertainment, and its
membership casual. It was an unlikely, and possibly unfortunate,
choice of an organization to sponsor and promote a scientific
spectacular.

The Mohole idea itself was voiced at a panel meeting of NSF to re-
view some 60 proposals for research projects in the earth sciences. Al-
though technically meritorious, the proposals were criticized as break-
ing no new ground. At the meeting, Walter Munk, of Scripps Insti-
tution of Oceanography, suggested that projects were needed that
would be "really f midamental to an miderstanding of the earth.'' More-
over, they needed to accomplish such other objectives as: to "arouse
the imagination of the public"* and "attract more young men into our
science." According to Harry H. Hess, chairman of the geology de-
partment of Princeton University, who was also present, Munk offered
as an example of such a project "* * * That we drill a hole through
the crust of the earth. I [Hess] took him up and said let's do it; let's
not drop it here, and we did go on.'" ^ Apparently it was Hess who sug-
gested that the idea be turned over to AMSOC to implement. In its
own casual and frivolous way, the American Miscellaneous Society
had become identified with such far out undertakings as bringing
Antarctic icebergs to Los Angeles to supplement the city water supply.
Despite the group's reputation for this kind of "thinkmg big," it had
respectable qualifications in the earth sciences. The NSF Panel meeting
was in March 1957. In April, Munk was host at his home in La JoUa,
Calif., to a meeting of AMSOC in which a more formal organizational
character was assumed in order to advance quite seriously the Mohole
concept. In due course, the group shed its nonconformist facetious-
ness,- obtained the sponsorship of the National Academy of Sciences,
applied for a $30,000 grant from NSF for a feasibility study and re-
ceived from NSF a grant of half that sum. At this point AMSOC took
on the full time services of Wiilard Bascom, as executive secretary
Bascom's enthusiasm and energy moved the project forward at a
more rapid pace.

The original AMSOC proposal had been merely for the drilling of
a hole to Mohorovicic Discontinuity. In an article in Science maga-
zine, coauthored by Arthur Maxwell, of the staff of ONR, and Gordon
Lill, chairman of AMSOC and also on the ONR staff, the cost of the
achievement was estimated at not more than $5 million.* The follow-
ing month, AMSOC's executive committee proposed a budget of $14
million for the project. Earlier, in the April 1959 issue of Scientific
American, Bascom had defined his concept of the total project as con-
sisting of a preliminary teclinological development phase, a trial
drilling phase, a reassessment based on actual field trials, and then

1 As quoted in : Daniel S. Greenberg. The Politics of Pure Science. (New York, New
American Library, 1967), p. 174.

2 Reflected in its disciplinary subgroiiplngs, which have been described as "Etceterology,
Phenomenology, Calamitology, Generalology, and Triviology." (Ibid., p. 172.)

* Bascom, a mining engineer and geologist had received his training (no degree) from
Colorado School of Mines, had been a research engineer in oceanography at the University
of California, joined the staff of the National Academy in 1954, and had been U.S. dele-
gate to the IGY Conference on Oceanography In Sweden. He was also serving as executive
secretary on two Academy committees — meteorology and maritime research. (Greenberg,
op. cit.. p. 178.)

* G. G. Lill and A. E. Maxwell. The Earth's Mantle. Science (May 22. 1959, vol. 129.
No. 3360), pp. 1407-1410.

164

the ultimate objective of a hole to the mantle. Bascom also clearly
envisioned not one hole to the mantle but several, at several different
locations.^

Thus, by late spring, 1959, the NSF was engaged in funding an
earth science project originating with those responsible for review-
ing earth science projects submitted to NSF. The proposal was sub-
mitted to NSF under the aegis of the National Academy of Sciences,
responsible by charter for providing advice to agencies of the Govern-
ment. The project itself was under the direction and management
of an academy committee (AMSOC), organized on an ad hoc basis
for the purpose, with members drawn from both the academic and
the Government communities.^

The funding was provided by NSF and the technical direction was
supplied in part by a full-time executive secretary (later "technical
director") of AMSOC and in part by the conunittee itself that met
occasionally and sometimes adopted policy positions on the project
that differed from those of its full-time staff. Such a loose-knit orga-
nization would be tolerable for a small and short-lived project, a policy
review, or an evaluation of a proposal ; it was clearly unsuited for the
direction of a long-term, difficult, costly, and exceedingly complex
undertaking. The enthusiasm and optimism of Bascom are revealed in
these early stages of the project ; although his words convey a tech-
nically precise description of the difficulties (as well as of the scientific
gains) of the project, emphasis was on feasibility rather than obstacles.

Moreover, the role of the NSF in the undertaking was not unequivo-
cal. Although instructed in its charter not to operate its own labora-
tories, the Foundation seemed to be skirting close to the edge of this
forbidden territory. Not only was the project conceived in its cham-
bers ; later on, the project was to be placed in the hands of a commercial
organization paid by the Foundation and acting under its technical
instructions.

Mohole's administrative grotoing pains

With NSF funding, AMSOC prepared its feasibility report on
Project Mohole, issued in September 1959.'^ It noted that there were
places where the "Moho" was only about 31,000 feet below the surface of
the ocean — the ocean being some 15,000 feet deep. At one such location,
the Clipperton Island area in the Pacific Ocean, the Moho was reported

s Willard Bascom. The Mohole. Scientific American (April 1959, vol. 200, No. 4),
pp. 41-49.

« Members of AMSOC at this time included :

(Gordon G. LIU, Chairman ; Geophysics Branch, Office of Naval Research, Wash-
ington, D.C.
George Colchagoff, Air Force Research and Development Command, Andrews Air

Force Base, Md.
Maurice Ewing, Lament Geological Observatory, Columbia University, Palisades,

N.Y.
William B. Heroy, The Geotechnical Corp., Dallas. Tex.

Harry- H. Hess, Department of Geology. Princeton University, Princeton, N.J.
Harr.v S. Ladd. U.S. Geological Survey. Washington, D.C.

Arthur E. Maxwell, Geophysics Branch, Office of Naval Research, Washington, D.C.
Walter Munk, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, Calif.
iRoger Revelle, Scripps Institution of Oceanography. La Jolla, Calif.
William W. Rnbcy, U.S. Geological Survey, Washinerton, D.C.
Joshua I. Tracey, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
Leonard S. Wilson, Office of the Chief of Research and Development, U.S. Army,

Washington, D.C.
Willard Bascom, Technical Director.
T National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council. AMSOC Committee.
"Drilling Through the Earth's Crust : A Study of the Desirability and Feasibility of
Drilling a Hole to the Mohorovicic Discontinuity." Conducted by the AMSOC Committee,
Sept. 1, 1959. (Washington, National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council,
1959, publication 717), IS pages plus appendix.

165

to be only 28,100 feet deep. The study identified the many scientific
potentialities of the project, described the types of measurements that
should be made, and developed the concept of dynamic positioning of
a drilling ship in deep water. The objective was described as a series
of holes into the ocean floor, "Culminating in one that pierces the
IMohole and samples the mantle." The project was divided conceptu-
ally into three sets of tasks: Phase I would be to modify an existing
drilling ship for deep water operations, and to core as deeply as possi-
ble using existing technology ; phase II would be the design and con-
struction of a new ship, assembling best possible equipment, shakedown
tests, and then hole to the mantle ; phase III (which would overlap the
two other phases) would include continuous inspection of cores, anlysis
of samples, and preparation of reports. Cost estimates were regarded as
realistic for phase I (using a maximum of contributed and surplus
material). For this phase an outlay of $2.5 million was forecast.
AMSOC candidly stated that costs of phase II could only be guessed
at because "an estimate of the cost of phase II depends on what is
foimd out in phase I." The best guess at that time as to the total cost
was $15 million.^

The first test of the ]\Iohole concept, in March- April 1961, under the
loose organization of AMSOC direction and NSF funding, was sig-
nally successful. An offshore drilling ship. Cuss /, was equipped with a
stabilizing system of outboard powerplants and propellers, and brought
to a succession of drilling sites between Los Angeles and Guadelupe
Island, off the coast of Baja California. After a brief learning period
at La Jolla, the drilling team in its final demonstration lowered its
drill pipe through 11,672 feet of seawater, and drilled 601 feet into the
ocean floor.

A triumphant report on the completion of the phase I test program ^
was issued in April 1961. The necessity for an organizational revamp-
ing was already apparent." AMSOC was told by the NAS ]May 22,
1961, to disassociate itself and NAS from any management obligations
for Mohole, and the AMSOC chairman, Gordon G. Lill, promptly
agreed that AMSOC should "concern itself with matters of scientific
policy, engineering review, and budget." ^^ From this point on, AM-
SOC and its technical staff busied themselves with papers, studies, and
detailed questions of hardware and design. The decision function was
taken up by NSF.

At this point some of the complications resulting from the "make-
shift" organization of Mohole phase I began to appear. AJVISOC rec-
ommended to NSF that phase II be performed under contract by a
qualified industrial or academic organization, and that the contractor
should be committed under the contract to take the technical staff of
AMSOC into its own organization. The Mohole budget recommenda-
tions prepared by AMSOC also reflected ambiguities. Although the
staff of AMSOC had called for an "intermediate" drilling ship, the
committee itself had apparently been responsive to an expression of

^Ibid.. p. 18.

» National Research Council. "Experimental Drilllns in Deep Water at La Jolla and
Guadalupe Sites." 'The AMSOC Committee of the Division of Earth Sciences (Wash-
ington, D.C.. National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, 1961, Publica-
tion 914). 179 pajres.

lo Testimony of WlUard Bascom, Director. Project Mohole. In U.S. Congress. House
Commmittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries. "Oceanography 1961 — Phase 2." Hearing
before the Subcommittee on Oceanography of the ♦ * * on Project Mohole. May 22, 1961.
87th Cong.. 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961), p. 103.

" Greenberg. Op. cit., p. 184.

166

urgency from the President's Scientific Advisory Committee (PSAC) ,
and proposed that work proceed at once on the "ultimate" drilling
vessel.^^

On July 27, 1961, a bidders' briefing was held at NSF to launch the
competition for the contract to manage the Mohole project. Bids were
received September 11, and a review procedure undertaken. On Febru-
ary 28, 1962, NSF Director Waterman announced the selection of
Brown & Root, of Houston, Tex., to execute the project. The task for
which the contractor was engaged was described in the contract as
follows :

The contractor will plan, manage, supervise, perform, and/or coordinate all
activities and furnish or procure all services, material, and facilities necessary for
the drilling, sampling, and logging of a hole through the crust of the earth for
scientific purposes, at a site to be selected in collaboration with the National
Science Foundation.

As later paraphrased in 1963 by Dr. Haworth, who replaced Dr.
Waterman as Director of NSF, the task encompassed five stages, as
follows :

(a) The accomplishment of an engineering plan and cost study after con-
ducting appropriate research and development covering the various aspects
of the work ;

( b ) Site services and recommendations ;

(c) Developing, producing, manufacturing, procurement, and testing of
components, instrumentation, and systems required for the job ;

{(l) Recommendations for a selection and procurement of a drilling plat-
form ; and

(e) Conduct of the drilling operations and provision of necessary logistics
for a period of up to 4 years to carry out the scientific programs."

A major study ^* of the design of an "intermediate" drilling vessel
was completed by the AMSOC technical staff, April 30, 1962. In it,
the AMSOC staff announced that they had left the Academy to form
a new corporation. Ocean Science & Engineering, Inc., under the
leadership of Willard Bascom.

Progress of Mohole under the management of Brown & Root was
slower than had been anticipated, (In May of 1961, Bascom had told
a House subcommittee : "Within 5 years we can reach the Moho." x\t
the same hearing, an NSF official spoke of "3 to 5 years" as his own
estimate.) Between the time the contract became firm and its termina-
tion at the end of August 1966, the contractor had prepared designs
and placed a construction contract for the "ultimate" drilling plat-
form; an initial drilling site had been chosen; estimated acquisition
costs of the system had begun to near $100 million ; important improve-
ments had been made in drilling technology ; but the capability of the
system to perform the ultimate mission still remained in doubt and

" Baped on an account by Greenberg. Op. cit.. p. 186. Comments Greenberg : "Why this
top-level advisory body [PSAC] should have felt urgency in this matter is not clear, but
technological spectaculars — such as the manned lunar program suddenly announced by
Kennedy a few months earlier— had become a highly effective technique for providing a
financial uplift for all fields of science and technology, and possibly PSAC regarded Mohole
as a master key for opening the treasury to all the earth sciences. In any case, both the
White House and AMSOC's own drilling panel said the 'ultimate' ship should be the next
step."

^^ Testimony of Dr. Leland Haworth. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Appropri-
ations. Independent Ofiices Appropriations, 1964. Hearings before a Subcommittee of
the * • * Pt. II, 8Sth Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1964), p. 2308.

" National Research Council. AMSOC Committee. "Design of a Deep Ocean Drilling
Ship." (Prepared by) the technical staff of the AMSOC Committee, Division of Earth
Sciences. (Washington, D,C., National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council,
1962, Publication No. 984), 172 pages.

167

unproved. During this period, especially in the Senate, criticisms were
voiced concerning the selection procedure employed by NSF that had
chosen Brown & Root to manage the project. The contract itself was
closely reviewed. The evidence of a "race to the mantle" was increas-
ingly suspect.^^

Unfavorable effects on the image of the Mohole project as a venture
in "pure science" probably resulted from such developments as (a)
the intense commercial competition for the contract, with its at-
tendant (and probably inescapable) allegations of political influence;
(b) the metamorphosis of the accomplished ocean drilling team under
Bascom from an Academy of Sciences staff group into a commercial
company ; (c) the conflict among leading scientists over the time phas-
ing of the project (the "intermediate" versus the "ultimate" drilling
vessel controversy) ; and (d) the infirmity of cost estimates and esti-
mates of time to completion, regardless of whether these reflected
changes in the scope of the project, or improved appreciation of the
difficulties of the first penetration to the Mohole.

The Mohole episode provided instructive lessons as to the im-
portance of unified control, clear-cut objectives, and effective manage-
ment of a large science project sponsored by the Government. It
illustrated the hazards of departing from established policy and
procedures in order to "get on with the job." In particular, it showed
that the rather casual management exercised by a research team uni-
fied by a common enthusiasm for a scientific quest provided a poor
foundation for expansion into a major system development project.

Issues raised by the Mohole episode

A fundamental issue involved in the Mohole project was as to the
allocation of funds for a large project in basic research — particularly
in competition with other claimants for research sponsorship. The
scientific rewards of the Mohole project were unquestioned, and the
more notable because they were widely distributed among ocean-
ography, paleontology, physical geology, and geophysics. However,
as projected costs rose steadily from the very beginning, there was no
basis at any point for a firm decision as to how much (conjectural
but highly probable) scientific information justified the (indetermi-
nate but increasing) level of funding.

Another issue concerned the goals of the project. From the first,
the purpose had combined scientific discovery with scientific spectacu-
lar. It was evident that a more modest drilling program, with more
holes, geographically dispersed, to lesser depths, would yield much
new information at much less cost. The dramatic achievement of a
hole drilled all the way to the mantle, while sure to yield information
of great scientific interest, would probably raise more questions than
it answered ; much of its attractiveness lay in its spectacular character.
To secure reliable information about the mantle and the zone above
it would probably require several holes at different locations. Since
each drilling would take 2 to 3 years, the cost of combining (a) urgent

15 According to Greenberg, op. cit., Edward Wenk, Jr., Chief of the Science Policy Re-
search Division of the Legislative Reference Service, Library of Congress, "after conver-
sations in Moscow with high-level Soviet science administrators," had concluded that there
were no Soviet plans to drill explicitly to the Mohorovicic Discontinuity. (P. 177n.) Green-
berg adds : "All along there had never been anything but the flimsiest evidence of Soviet
interest in a Mohole project, but this did not prevent the proponents of Mohole from
projecting the impression of a frantic race with the Russians."

168

achievement of a spectacular with (b) protracted data collection em-
ploying a large and expensive tool for scientific research, began to
reach disturbing levels.

Related to the question of purpose was that of management. If the
emphasis was to be on the collection of scientific data, then the loca-
tion of drilling sites — and their number — became of paramount im-
portance. Management decisions in the development of project hard-
ware would need to optimize for flexibility, transportability, low cost
of maintenance, and orderly provision for analysis of specimens and
data. If the emphasis was to be on a spectacular achievement, then the
design and use of the drilling system needed to be coordinated to the
extremely difficult task of drilling a single hole to the mantle. jMore-
over, the frequent reference in the contemporary literature to the pos-
sibility that the Russians would be first to reach the mantle placed a
premium on haste. Achievement of a platform and technology ade-
quate to reach the mantle in an environment of urgency boostt^d the
costs. It called for too large an element of engineering design risk —
too large an extension beyond the state of the art all at once. When it
became evident that to maximize its scientific yields the costly drilling
platform would need to be kept in operation for some 20 years, the
life operating costs were seen to exceed a quarter billion dollars, to
be added to the acquisition cost of the drilling system.

Then there was the confusion inherent in the generation of conflict-
ing technical guidance from AMSOC, the contractor, the Office of
Science and Technology, the xVcademy leadership, and the NSF it-
self. The AMSOC scientists were concerned with maximizing the
scientific returns from the drilling. The contractor understandably
sought to confine the project as nearly as possible to a straightforward
engineering task. Meanwhile, OST was concerned over the interna-
tional and prestige aspects of success or failure of the project, par-
ticularly if there was indeed a race on. The Academy leadership was
concerned to preserve the prestige of science, free from controversy,
and therefore sought to mediate the issue with least tension. The NSF
was divided in its sympathies among all these conflicting views; it
sought to sustain the impetus of an important project in earth sciences
but at the same time to support orderly progress in all other fields
of science it was sponsoring.

A lesser issue, but one that tended to obscure the more fundamental
questions, was as to the preservation of the "purity" of a scientific
project when the very large costs of the undertaking compelled re-
sort to an "industry oriented" approach. In the selection of a man-
agement contractor for the Mohole project, NSF had been guided by
such considerations as: demonstrated competence in managing large
marine engineering construction, and relative disinterest in the ex-
traction of petroleum from the ocean floor. The contrast between the
comparatively low cost, makeshift performance of the phase I experi-
ment by AMSOC and the more elaborate, commercially organized, and
very expensive project managed by Brown & Root under the tech-
nical direction of NSF, tended to place the latter at a disadvantage —
in effect tarnishing the political image of the project as the contrast
widened.

169

Relevance of the Mohole experience for the future

Clearly there are many lessons and many unanswered q^uestions that
derive from the Mohole episode. If the resources the United States is
prepared to invest in basic scientific research are limited, as they are
bound to be, then it seems necessary to assure that they are not pre-
maturely committed to wasteful projects that the decisionmaking proc-
ess in the United States judges should be terminated before they be-
come productive. It also seems essential that criteria should be avail-'
able to enable sound and lasting judgments on the allocation of funds
as between big basic science projects and small projects, as between
projects in basic research to advance knowledge and projects in ap-
plied science that are intended to contribute specific social advantages.

Among the questions to be considered are : What were the changes
in circumstances as between 1961-63, when the Mohole project was
acceptable to the Congress, and 1966, when it was not? If the issues
had been properly structured, and pertinent evidence on the issues
had been made available in 1963, would the project have been termin-
ated then instead of being continued until 1966? Any of the large
projects in basic scientific research, such as particle accelerators, the
International Biological Program, the space program, research in
meteorology, oceanographic research, and various projected uses of the
national laboratories, might invite the same start-and-stop sequence
that occurred with the jVIohole project. The importance — for both
scientific progress and frugal use of resources — of sustained effort on
scientific programs seems unmistakable. "^^-Tiat provisions for scientific
advice, consultation, and analysis, available to the Congress, would
assure that congressional approval and acceptance were sustained
throughout each incremental stage of each major j^roject? On this
point, there seems to be a relationship between two comments on Mo-
hole. One of these, that appeared in Fortune magazine, in April 1964,
was that ; "* * * Jf publicly aided basic science is to flower, it must
be shielded from operational interference by any sustaining govern-
mental agency." [And also:] "Clearly we still have no formula for
sound handling of a big science project financed by Government." ^^
The other comment was that in a report by the Comptroller General,
April 23, 1968, which suggested :

* * * Major research and development projects involving totally new or
exploratory concepts would be conducted in a number of sequential phases.
Each phase would represent a specifically limited agency commitment whereby
it would be determined :

Whether the project objectives could be met;
What means would be necessary to attain these objectives ; and
Whether the objectives would be worth the costs involved before a con-
tractual commitment was made for the procurement of the necessary equip-
ment and the actual operation of the project."

In its rejoinder to this report the National Science Foundation
observed that "this suggested approach * * * would not have brought
about any decrease in the estimated cost of this project." Nevertheless,
the sequential approach would have had the advantage of maintaining
a closer working relationship between those responsible for managing

18 "Mohole Regress Report." Fortune r April 1064), p. 106.

"U.S. General Accounting Office. "Administration of Project Mohole by the National
Science Foundation." Report to the Congress b.v the Comptroller General of the United
States. (Washington, D.C., GAO, Apr. 23, 1968), 45 pages plus appendixes.

170

the project and the Congress which had the ultunate responsibility
for its approval and funding. Instead, the pomt was made Iniown very
belatedly that —

The prime contractor and, to the best of our knowledge, the National Science
Foundation, did not recognize at the time the contract was executed that phase I
did not provide a sound basis for proceeding with phase II. Recognition that the
problems faced in the two phases were dissimilar came later. Members of the
former AMSOC technical staff were employed by the prime contractor as consult-
ants, as soon as i)ossible, for the purpose of passing on the knowledge gained from
their experience in phase I. It then became apparent that the publicized success-
ful phase I operation did not contribute to resolving the many complex engineer-
ing problems of phase II.'*

It is still contended by NSF and by Brown & Root that construction
and use of an intermediate drilling ship, as recommended by AMSOC
and its technical staff, would not have reduced the total cost of the
project, and perhaps would not have accelerated the achievement of
the ultimate goal. But the experience that would have been gained
with such an intermediate drilling vessel would have —

Enlarged scientific knowledge of the ocean floor and its various
layers ;

Defined the technological problems of deeper drilling;
Enabled the testing of specific new drilling components and
techniques; and

Increased the confidence level of those responsible for techno-
logical and political decisionmaking, in the ability of the United
States to achieve the ultimate goal.
In broader and more general tenns, the advantages of the kind of
approach recommended by the General Accounting Office would
include —

More orderly development of technological capability and
minimization of engineering risk:

Orderly production of basic research data yielding opportuni-
ties for continuous exploitation through applied research and
technological development throughout the evolution of the
program ;

Solid demonstration of the merits and socially useful contribu-
tions of research to satisfy the political decisionmakers as to the
advantages to the United States of a large-scale, costly, and sus-
tained research effort in the earth sciences;

Training of needed personnel in the many skills required as the
project (or program) expanded, with consequent expansion in
the manpower with skills in related applied fields; and

Avoidance of the element of cost inherent in a crash program
constantly tending to exceed the state of the art.
In short, equipped with a better store of information, and more sub-
stantial political support, the NSF would presumably have been in a
stronger position to present to the Congress a realistic set of cost esti-
mates, more reliable estimates of the time required for the sequential
stages of the ultimate goal, and a more tangible and more extensive
set of statements as to the probable scientific and teclinological yield
of the program.

^^ Letter from William M. Ricp, project manager, Bro^vn & Root, Inc., to General Account-
ing Office, August 11, 1967. In Ibid., p. 57.

171

It is also relevant to note that the task is still to be accomplished and
the assessment of its scientific merit in 1966 is still valid. The technol-
ogy required to achieve the task has now been more clearly defined.
The alternative or intermediate drillmg program, although not identi-
fied with the Mohole project, is well underway. The scientific oppor-
tunity of the ultimate goal remains to be exploited. The funds expend-
ed in the first assault on the Moho are a minor fraction of the cost
that will be paid when the project is ultimately carried to completion.
What would seem to be required at this point is a dissociation from
the scientific goal of exploring the earth, of those unfortunate aspects
that led to congressional disenchantment with the project as it existed
in 1966.

II. The Case ix Congress

The Mohole issue evolved gradually. It is difficult to identify the
point at which the rising dollar costs of the project — in effect — began
to be regarded as excessive in relation to the anticipated benefits. The
early successes of the project were greeted with universal enthusiasm.
On scanty evidence, the existence of a race with the Russians to "inner
space" was posited. Important additions to scientific knowledge and
drilling technology were acknowledged and the promise of great fur-
ther rewards recognized with enthusiasm. The initial impetus of the
successful first experiment in deep water drilling — almost certainly
overvalued to the detriment of the program as a whole — carried the
project well into the next phase before the rising costs compelled reas-
sessment. The highest echelons of the scientific community gave Mo-
hole their strong endorsement, and the only area of technical dissent
concerned its rate and sequencing.

Possible congressional response to AM SO C first feasibility report

It is interesting to speculate on what might have been the response
of the Congress to the issuance in 1959 by AMSOC, through the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences, of the first feasibility report of Project
Mohole. This report said the project was feasible, acknowledged that
it would be a spectacular achievement as well as an arduous under-
taking, and characterized the important scientific returns it would
provide. What directions might have been taken in a congressional
examination of the issue at that early point? Granted, the little evidence
and the many imponderables obscured the precise magnitude of the
costs. But would it have been worthwhile to consider at the outset
whether the United States attached value to spectacular scientific ac-
complishment, and if so, in what proportional relation to other goals of
society? Precisely what value do scientific spectaculars provide? If a
scientific spectacular is decided upon, then how is it to be held in
proper proportion — in allocating public resources relative to the less
exciting business of making things work better in the cities, the national
economy, trade, commerce, transportation, health, poverty, and the
myriad of other public problems to which science offers hope of con-
tributing to solutions? On what criteria, and from what sources might
the members of AMSOC, the National Academy of Sciences, the leader-
ship of NSF, or \h^ Congress itself, have derived guidance on such
questions as these ?

172

It is not evident that any such sources could have been found in
1962; or is there any such source available today. Project Mohole, like
Topsy, "jest growed."

It is a persuasive idea that any scientific innovation, in its earliest
stages, cannot hope to marshal congressional support — cannot meet
the tests of a pragmatic society. Freedom of basic scientific inquiry
implies freedom to transcend the limitations of the "practical mind," of
traditional experience, sometimes even of traditional values. Pre-
sumably it was this precise reasoning that led the Congress to create
the National Science Foundation in the first place — ^to give infant
ideas and concepts enough of a chance of life to test their potential
worth and significance.

If so, then perhaps it is unnecessary — even undesirable — for the
Congress to attempt to provide criteria of social worth for science
projects in their earliest stages. Such a conclusion, however, does not
dispose of the question ; it merely postpones it. At what point in the
evolution of an inherently vast scientific program, which the Congress
will be asked to fund, should the congressional decisionmaking ap-
paratus become involved ? When does it become too late to turn back ?

Congressional assessment foil-owing phase I success of Mohole

Upon completion of their successful demonstration of the feasibilitv
of deepwater drilling, early in 1961, AMSOC began the difficult task
of converting itself from an operational team into a technical ad-
visory committee. The NSF, having funded much of the initial exper-
ment, now began to accept responsibility for initiating the next stage
of the progi'am. The questions to be resolved at this point were :

The maximization of the scientific yield of a project to be
conducted in the name of science; i.e., establishment of the
priorities ;

The administrative formula required to manage the continua-
tion of the program :

The programing of follow-on work ;

The development of a realistic assessment of the costs, technical
difficulties, and time required for the total program.
All these questions were interdependent. Decisions as to tlie "next
step" depended on a realistic evaluation as to the difficulty of achieving
the ultimate goal. The scientific rewards of various approaches needed
to be related to alternative estimates of costs. The time required to
achieve the ultimate objective depended on such considerations as the
priority to be accorded the physical feat as against the acquisition of
scientific information. Even in the acquisition of scientific informa-
tion, it was necessary to determine priorities— as between extensive
drilling to obtain more knowledge about tlie total crustal structure,
and intensive drilling to obtain a first set of data regarding the sub-
crustal composition and structure. (This last was uncommonlv difficult
because the opportunities for acquiring scientific information in this
unexploited area were so vast that almost any effort would be scientific-
all v rewarding. The great wealth of opportunitv made selectivity
difficult.)

In the appropriations hearings in the House of Pepresentatives,
shortly after completion of the intial deep water drilling experiment,,

173

testimony was presented by Dr. Waterman, Director of NSF, Dr.
Robertson of Ids staff, and Dr. Rubey, oceanographer at the Univer-
sity of California at Los Angeles and a member of AMSOC. The
request for Mohole funding, by NSF, was for $1 million for the fiscal
year 1962. The justification language said, in part :

* * * To continue a program of research in the geology and geophysics of
the deeper layers of the earth by drilling in the ocean floor. The ultimate
objective of this program is to obtain samples of actual materials from the
deeper layers of the earth's crust and from the mantle, which lies beneath
the crust and constitutes the bulk of the earth. Cores from such depths would
I)rovide invaluable information on a number of critical questions in geology and
geophysics.

[The program just completed] will provide the scientific and technical data
required in preparation for drilling to much greater depths * * *.

The funds requested for fiscal year 1962 will provide for the evaluation of the
information obtained in the initial phase and for engineering studies and
design work required to construct or modify a drilling barge and equipment
capable of drilling in water 15,000 to 20,000 feet deep and of penetrating the
floor of the ocean by 15,000 to 30,000 feet.''

Ill reply to a question, Dr. Waterman briefly summarized the initial
accomplishments of the program. Dr. Rubey elaborated further on
this subject, noting that the work just completed "opens up a tre-
mendous new picture for oceanography." The question was then
addressed to Dr. Rubey as to ''what is the next step?" To which he
replied :

The immediate plan is to look over the data that were obtained to try to design
a barge that will be able to handle more drill stem and pipe. The plans are for
a ship that can drill to the Mohole.

That would be the plan for this next year, with money also being spent in the
meanwhile trying to pick the best place for a deeper drilling, a site for the
Mohole that would not be too deep.""

At this point, Dr. Waterman interposed: "* * * We are now en-
gaged in finding out what the next step should be." This next step
was a ".serious one." There were many teclmical problems, such as the
limitations of materials for deep drilling. He then invited Dr. Robert-
son of the NSF staff to enlarge on this point. Dr. Robertson said there
were "two roads we might take in parallel."

One is more drilling in deep water, relatively shallow drilling * * *. This will
give us a great deal of interesting geological information * * *. On the other
hand, we have to push ahead at the same time to plan for the very deep drilling
'■'■ * * to get down into the mantle * * *.

Our budget for this * * * contemplates primarily getting on with the engineer-
ing studies relating to the very deep drilling.

Another direction the program is taking is that people who have been thinking
about oceanographic ships now feel that there should be a certain number of
oceanographic ships with a drilling capability built in. I believe we are going
to get a proposal in the near future for [another] oceanographic ship [contain-
ing] built into it, a center well and so on. for drilling in water up to 20,000 feet
deep, and drilling 2,000 feet below the bottom.

Dr. Robertson estimated that the "cost to go 15,000 feet" would be
"something like" $15 or $20 million. At this point in the program, NSF
had spent $1,570,000. The budget for 1962 called for the apportion-

^*U.S. Congress. House Committee on Appropriations. Independent OfBces Appropriations
for 1960. Hearings before the subcommittee of the * * *. 87th Cong., 1st sess. pt. 2.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961), p. 444.

20 Ibid., p. 445.

174

ment of the requested $1 million for Mohole among five categories of
effort. (See table.)

Fiscal year
1962 amount

(1) Conduct of engineering studies necessary for the modification

of the barge to be used as the drilling platform $300, 000

(2) Final site surveys 200,000

(3) Design, development, and acquisition of certain logging devices

and other scientific equipment 300, 000

(4) Scientific studies of logs and samples from phase I 100,000

(5) AMSOC committee staff and panel work 100,000

Total ' 1, 000, 000

1 Ibid., p. 447.

Separate hearings on Mohole were conducted by the House Sub-
committee on Oceanography of the Committee on Merchant Marine
and Fisheries, under the chairmanship of Representative George P.
Miller, May 22, 1961. The purpose of the hearing, according to the
chairman, was "* * * to ascertain whether legislation of a helpful nature
will be necessary, whether specific funding authorization will be use-
ful, or whether any other matter developed by the hearing requires the
support of the Congress." ^^

Much of the hearing was taken up by a detailed account by Willard
Bascom about the Cuss I drilling voyage. In concluding his account,
he made a number of points :

The most important asset the United States has in this new technology is the
competence and unique knowledge possessed by the small team of men [who
carried out the deep water drilling experiment].

A great many problems remain to be solved before we can design a ship
capable of drilling to the Moho * * *. This means we must have an experimental
ship to try out ideas and develop equipment. [He went on: "To those who say
'Why not immediately build a ship to drill the Mohole?' I answer, 'We do not
know enough yet.' "]

Simultaneously with some of this [development] work, we will begin the
design of the Mohole drilling ship and place on order the long leadtime equip-
ment. Within .5 years we can reach the Moho.

[Finally, in a delicate allusion to the "race" he said : "If a modest sum of
money is provided, we can put the United States far ahead in the exploration
of the oceans."]^

In response to the questions that followed his presentation, Bascom
identified four sets of values of the Mohole project: (1) Geophysical
discoveries, (2) geological studies, (3) oceanographic engineering,
(4) drilling technology. He estimated that actual drilling to reach
the mantle could start in 3 years, and that the cost of doing the
complete job of reaching the Moho — assuming that a suitable Navy
hull would be available as the drilling platform — would be on the
order of $15 million, although he qualified this estimate as being very
time-dependent.^^

Paul S. Bauer, consultant to the subcommittee, asked Bascom:
"What does the project need to get the most done in the shortest
time?" Without directly answering the question, Bascom cited the
need for strengthened organizational arrangement, immediate fund-
ing, and authorization to proceed with the next phase of the project.
On the question of suitable organization, he concluded :

21 Oceanography 1961 — Phase 2. Hearings, op. clt., p. 101.

^ Ibid., pp. 104-105.

M Ibid., pp. 105-106, 121, 122.

175

I have been with the Academy [of Sciences] for some 7 years. I am a very
loyal fan and supporter of the Academy. I would like to stay on there. It has
been a very pleasant association. However, there are certain philosophical
difficulties in whether or not the Academy should become an operating organiza-
tion. I think the Academy doesn't want to be, but they are willing to be persuaded
to it in some circumstances.

I think the Science Foundation doesn't want them to "operate," and, of course,
the Foundation is not an operating organization either. So the question is how
does one set up to support our group of people in the best possible manner. My
second choice, if we cannot stay at the Academy, is that we either affiliate with
some existing nonprofit corporation or form a new one to go ahead and do this
job. I think it would be probably a real mistake to go to any other course."^

Followino- Bascom's testimony was that of Dr. William A. Benson
of NSF. He assured the committee that his agency would "make every
effort to get the necessary funds for proceeding with the Mohole
project as expeditiously as possible." The Foundation was studying
the problem of management, but had come to no firm conclusion.
There was indeed a controversy as to the next step. He himself favored
the intermediate ship, because it could be put to good use after it was
built and tested. Funding was not a problem. As to the timing of the
completion, he concurred in Bascom's estimates.^^

The concluding witness. Dr. Koger Revelle, reported to the com-
mittee concerning the "wave of excitement and enthusiasm there is
among scientists all over the country and in many fields in this pro-
posal to drill into the interior of the earth." ^^ It was an outstanding
achievement :

We have done this. We have drilled through roughly 100 times as much water
as any oil company has ever drilled through before, and we have drilled into
the bottom about 10 times as far as any oceanographer has ever done before.
This was done on the very first attempt. I think this is quite an accomplishment."

After graphically describing the possibilities for the discovery of
important scientific information, he concluded :

As far as I am concerned, I would divide the drilling into two parts. I think it
is quite essential that we get to the Moho. This is a very high priority project
for a variety of reasons, not the least being that it demonstrates the scientific
and technical competence of the United States.

I think it also important that we drill a lot of holes through the sediments.
I would like to see several hundred holes * * *.

What I would like to see us do is divide this project very shortly into two
parts, one essentially an oceanographic program of exploring the ocean by drill-
ing, as well as by the geophysical methods ; secondly, an engineering program
designed specifically to develop the techniques and the technology, the know-how,
to gain the experience, which will enable us to get down into the mantle of the
earth.=*'

Dr. Revelle's estimate as to the time required to reach the mantle
was 3 years: "* * * i year with this intermediate drilling ship and
then a year to put everything that has been learned into the big drill-
ing ship and then 1 year more to do the drilling." His estimates to
the cost was between $20 and $25 million.^^

The requested $1 million was granted by the House, and concurred
in without further comment by the Senate. No effort was made to
prescribe the organizational form the project should assume. The tech-
nical question as to priority of research emphasis, Congress had been

•• Ibid., p. 123.

== Ibid., pp. 124-127.
« Ibid., p. 127.
•'Ibid., p. 128.
* Ibid., p. 134.
» Ibid., p. 135.

176

assured, was under study. Ail witnesses were agreed that the task of
reaching the mantle was difficult and expensive, but all were confident
it was feasible, within at least 5 years. Possibly spokesmen for the
petroleum drilling industry might have expressed a more pessimistic
assessment of the feasibility question. Several years later, a petroleum
geologist. Dr. Frank B. Conselman, in a letter in Science magazine,
wrote with asperity on this matter. The achievement by AMSOC, he
said, had been a "stunt" which "in all probability could have been
accomplished by private enterprise in less time, with less expense, and
with infinitely less fanfare." He suggested that it would "* * * take
more than press releases and self-serving propaganda to effect the
transition between a wine-breakfast inspiration and an extremely diffi-
cult if not virtually impossible engineering accomplishment." ^^

While these two sets of hearings in 1961 identified many of the prob-
lems that later became troublesome, they were not judged by either
the witnesses nor the committees as sufficiently serious to warrant spe-
cific action at that time. A sense of urgency overcame any latent in-
clination to defer further teclinical decisions until the promised studies
had been completed. If the witnesses turned out later to have been
unrealistically sanguine, at least their knowledge and experience in
the subject at hand was collectively as adequate as could be expected.
Even more important, it was all mutually consistent, with few hints of
contradiction. Uncertainties remained, but the impression left by the
witnesses was that these could be resolved in due course by careful,
objective, deliberative processes.

C ongressional review following Mohole contract placement

The decisions made in the early part of Mohole's second phase con-
trolled its destiny to the end. The decision to emphasize the spectacular
rush to the mantle imposed a need for an accelerated program. The
difficulty in achieving the goal imposed the need for a contractor with
special skills in an unprecedented kind of marine construction. Both
of these requirements added to the cost of the ultimate achievement.

As soon as NSF had received its appropriation for the fiscal year
1962, the Foundation j^romptly began the process of selecting a con-
tractor to manage the second phase of Mohole. The growing magnitude
of the prospective undertaking underscored its attractiveness as a
contract, and some 80 organizations were represented at the initial
bidders' briefing session, July 27, 1961. Members of Congress took a
considerable interest in the proceedings that followed; this was an
occasion of doldrums in the aerospace industry, and many large com-
panies were searching at the time for new market areas as opportunities
for diversification. Among the companies that entered the competition
for the Mohole contract were Aerojet-General Corp., General Electric,
General Motors Corp., Melpar, Litton Systems, Inc., General Dynam-
ics, Texas Instruments, and Minneapolis-Honeywell, as well as a num-
ber of oil companies. Among the not-for-profit corporations in the
competition were the University of California, System Develop-
ment Corp., Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory, and Battelle Memorial
Institute.

Subsequently, NSF received 12 proposals. After a protracted screen-
ing process, Brown & Root of Houston was chosen as the contractor.
This choice elicited adverse comment from some Members of Con-

^ Dr. Frank C. Conselman. Letter to the editor. Science (vol. 143, 1964), p. 994.

177

gress. In particular, Senator Thomas H. Kuchel, of California, asked
the Comptroller General of the United States, by letter of March 30,
1062, to inquire into this contract award. In response, an 18-page
analysis was prepared by the General Accounting Office and trans-
mitted Jmie 18. It observed that in the initial screening process, NSF
had used criteria and weights comparable to those used by other
Government agencies in selecting contractors for research and devel-
opment projects when the primary emphasis w^as on ''the managerial
and technical qualifications of prospective contractors." The fact
that Brown & Root and the other bidders had included cost estimates
in their proposals should not be regarded as of commanding impor-
tance. It was doubtful that "meaningful estimates of cost could have
been developed for a research project such as Mohole * * *." The
policy factors considered in the final evaluation were legitimate and
germane. Accordingly, the GAO report concluded, "we are unable to
conclude that the award to Brown & Root was not in the public in-
terest."' Nor had the GAO scrutiny of the award procedure revealed
evidence of abuse or misuse of NSF's contracting authority .^^

Senator Gordon Allott, of Colorado, also interested himself in the
Mohole contract and conducted an extensive interrogation of Director
Waterman of NSF during Senate appropriations hearings in 1962.^^
However, the main thrust of his inquiry on this occasion concerned
tlie contract awnrd procedure rather than the technical aspects that
underlay it — and in the last analysis controlled both the magnitude
of the task, the magnitude of the cost, and the micertainties confront-
ing the contractor and NSF.

Although the Congress, on the basis of its own investigations and
that of the GAO, found no reason to intervene in the contract between
NSF and Brown & Root, the impression was apparently widespread
that the selection process was tainted.^^

The interTriediate versus the ultimate dnlling vessel

Brown & Root disclosed the preliminary design for the ultimate
Mohole drilling platform in the spring of 1963. It called for a large
structure (279 by 234 feet surface area) costing on the order of $40
million to iDuild. It would achieve the stability required for the climac-
tic drilling task of reaching the Mohole. But it would do so at consider-
able cost in mobility and ease of transiting — it could not pass through
the Panama Canal, or enter many of the principal harbors of the
world. It was too large to be drydocked. It could move at only 10 knots.
Its annual operating cost was estimated at $9 million (later $13 mil-
lion) . The large size and sophisticated design only anticipated the tool-
ing to be installed on the platform for the ultimate drilling: more
de^'elopment work would be required to complete the design of the
drilling system.

21 Letter to Hon. Thomas H. Kuchel. U.S. Senate. Reproduced In : U.S. Congress. Senate.
Committee on Appropriations. Independent offices appropriations, 1963. Hearings before
the subcommittee of the * * * on H.R. 12711, maliins; appropriations for sundry inde-
pendent Executive Bureaus, Boards, Commissions, Corporations, Agencies and Office, for the
fiscal .year ending June 30, 1963, and for other purposes. 87th Cong., 2d sess. (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962), pp. 1388-1394.

32 Ibid., pp. 1371-1426.

2' For e-^ample, Greenberg, op. cit.. In comment on the GAO report to Senator Kuchel,
observed that "* * * ■whether or not the selection was in the public interest. Its appear-
ances were so suspect that, in addition to the growing confusion over ob.iectlves, Mohole
now bore the stigma of being involved In a questionable political deal." The effect, he
added, was to bestow on Mohole a "detrimental political Image," p. 191.

99-044—69 13

178

The submission of the Mohole platform design only served to in-
tensify the opposition by Dr. Hedberg ^* and some of his AMSOC asso-
ciates. The cost of acquisition and maintenance of the platform threat-
ened to absorb resources that they would prefer to see employed in a
wider range of less ambitious drilling.

Although up to 1963 AMSOC appears to have been ambivalent on
the question of whether the emphasis of Mohole should be on reaching
the mantle or exploiting the technology of submarine drilling to ac-
quire scientific information, the underlying purpose was undoubtedly
the latter. The spectacular aspect of the former goal appears to have
been accepted as necessary to win popular support and funding for the
scientific purposes — especially as reinforced by the notion of an inter-
national competition. However, as the cost of the spectacular continued
to mount, the prospect dwindled of achieving commensurate scientific
information. To many members of the AMSOC committee, the pros-
pective scientific yield of Mohole appeared to be limited to that to be
acquired incidental to the drilling of one deep hole. Accordingly, by
late 1963, Dr. Hedberg was motivated to develop and present his case
that Mohole's objectives should be redefined, and its programing
changed. Although he made clear that he spoke only for himself, he
described his views, as substantially those of the other members of
AMSOC and, indeed, widely held.

As matters stood, at the end of October 1963, most of the AMSOC
committee members were in opposition to the plan of NSF and Brown
& Root for the immediate construction of the ultimate Mohole plat-
form. The issue became paramount in hearings before two congres-
sional committees, and substantially the same testimony from many of
the same witnesses was presented at each. One was the House Subcom-
mittee on Oceanography (October 31, November 12, 1963) ; the other
was the Senate A})propriations Subcommittee on Independent Offices
Appropriations (October 28, November 1) .

Before both committees. Dr. Hedberg presented his case for an inter-
mediate drilling program. Said Hedberg of Mohole :

* ♦ * This project can readily be one of the greatest and most rewarding
scientific ventures ever carried out * * *. It can just as readily become instead
only a foolish and unjustifiably expensive fiasco if there is not insistence that
it he carried out within a proper concept and in a well-planned, rigorously
logical and scientific manner. There must be insistence that it not be allowed
to degenerate into merely another costly publicity stunt. [His aim and AMSOC'a
was to keep the project] on a sound and rational basis which will give to science
and engineering and to this country a maximum return in value received for
dollars spent * * *. i would far rather see this project killed where it now
stands than to see it carried out in a manner not worthy of its potentialities
or in any way which will not insure that the country gets its maximum money's
worth * * *.=»

The belief that a science spectacular was needed to win popular sup-
port, according to Dr. Hedberg, was erroneous.

3* Dr. Hollis D. Hedbere:, a vice prpsident of Gulf Oil Co. anl part-time professor of
geology at Princeton, had become chairman of AMSOC Dec. 9, 1961. He was also presi-
dent of the American Geological Institute and a past president of the Geological Society
of America.

35 Independent Office Appropriations. 1964. op. clt.. pp. 16.S7-38 ; U.S. Congress. House.
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries, Mohole project. Hearings before the
Subcommittee on Oceanography of the * * « June 25; Oct. 29, 30, Sli; Nov. 7. 12. 1963.
RSth Cong., first sess. Serial No. 88-14. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office.
1963), pp. 39^0.

179

It is my opinion [he said] that there is a steadily growing ground swell of
informed public opinion rising against the thought of a poorly planned, foolish,
and extremely costly attempt to unnecessarily "shoot the works" by trying to drill
an ultradeep hole to the mantle before we have anywhere near enough informa-
tion on the rocks above the mantle to know intelligently what we are doing * * *.
The initial false glamour of the Mohole idea is wearing off in the face of
realities, and I am sure the informed public now finds a much greater appeal
in a broad, sensible program of crustal investigation carried on at a moderate
rate rather than a crash Mohole stunt.**

Moreover, there were sound technical reasons why the intermediate
"experimental-exploratory stage" should not be bypassed. An inter-
mediate drilling vessel should be built and tested because of —

(1) The greater mobility of such a smaller vessel and its ability to move
readily from one ocean to another ;

(2) The lesser delay involved in its construction and the consequent
advantage of earlier returns of data ;

(3) The need for experience with a moderate-depth drilling vessel in
order to decide what should be the final character of the ultimate vessel ;

(4) The advantage of having further experience available for utilization
in the design and construction of drilling equipment ;

(5) The need for continuing investigation of alternative and supple-
mentary sites during the long interval in which the ultimate vessel will
be tied up on its initial Mohole effort, estimated at maybe 2 or 3 years :

(6) The overall long-range economy to the project which it could effect
in terms of results obtained for money expended ; and

(7) The fact that such an intermediate vessel would find immense and
continuing service in the long-range national investigation of ocean crustal
sediments which is quite certainly to be anticipated after the immediate
objectives of the Mohole project have been fulfilled."

The information that would be acquired from the operation of an
intermediate drilling vessel would be meritorious in itself, as well as
essential to the proper planning of the ultimate Mohole project:

(1) The information to be obtained from a number of strategically located,
moderate depth, oceanic holes is essential to the proper choice of the best loca-
tion for a Mohole.

(2) The information from such holes is essential background for adequate
interpretation of the results of a Mohole when drilled.

(3) The information which can be obtained from any one of the moderate
depth holes will be, at this stage in our knowledge, a contribution to science
and national prestige at least equally as great as may be expected from pene-
tration of the Mohole, and can be attained much earlier and more certainly.

(4) The drilling of moderate depth holes in oceanic waters will furnish
invaluable experience in vessel design and drilling techniques for use in ultimate
Mohole drilling, which may very conceivably mean the difference between
success and failure in attaining the ultimate objectives of the project.

(5) Experience and knowledge gained in preparatory drilling may well result
in overall long-range economy and reduction in costs for the project as a whole.

(6) The more easily accomplished initial moderate depth holes will provide
definite insurance for the success of the project, regardless of success or failure
to reach the Moho, by the early attainment of other goals of major importance,

(7) The program of the intermediate stage approach is in harmony with the
broad framework of the project as previously approved by Congress.^*

Hedberg criticized the "narrow and oversimplified concept" that had
developed of the project. The geology of the earth had been misrepre-
sented; in reality the picture was infinitely more complicated and
confused. Not one hole but many holes of various depths and at various
locations were needed to reveal the true situation. He did not tliinkr
it made sense to "strain wildly for a single deep hole to the mantle'"

"Mohole project, Hearings, op. clt., p. 45.

'" Ibid., pp. 44-45.
5« Ibid., pp. 44-45.

180

without first learning something about the upper layers and where
best to drill. It might not even be possible —

' We have really no assurance that the rock character at depth is such that
it will stand open in a hole to Moho depths and temperatures, or that a hole
to the deep mantle will even be possible. We hope that such holes will be eventually
attainable* * *.""

In short, what he recommended was —

* * * that the Mohole project be carried forward only by a route which
involves as an initial and integral part of the project an adequate preparatory
stage of moderate depth, experimental exploratory oceanic drilling * * * by
a mobile vessel of moderate drilling depth capacity * * *. We believe this is the
sane, logical, and economical approach which will not only provide the best
promise of an eventual successful sampling of the deep mantle but will also
provide a maximum return in national scientific prestige through its early
contribution of numerous discoveries in the suboceanic sediments and deeper
crust of equal or even greater scientific importance, prior to a possible eventual
Moho penetration. We believe that this approach offers positive assurance of
a successful project, whether or not the Moho is attainable * * *.*°

Dr. Hedberg was supported in the Senate hearing by Lewis Rupp
(Captain, U.S. Navy, retired) chairman of AMSOC's naval archi-
tecture panel. He said that he had advocated the intermediate vessel as
"an ideal tool for continued investigations of ocean sediments and
intermediate crustal layers after completion of the pre-Mohole de-
velopment and exploration phase." The alternative of going directly
to the desi^ of the ultimate vehicle entailed highest cost and en-
gineering risk. He concluded :

Even at this date, I firmly believe that the public and the scientific commu-
nity would be best served by carrying out a two-ship program.

Immediate investment in a modest intermediate vessel, with deferral of con-
struction of the ultimate vehicle until some of the development problems are bet-
ter defined, would not only save the public considerable dollars, serve the sci-
entific community more fully with earlier concrete results, but also minimize the
risk of a major fiasco.*^

Dr. Leland J. Haworth, who as Director of NSF presented the ad-
ministration's position on Mohole, saw merit in both shallow drill-
ing and the ultimate program, and suggested they be performed in
tandem: moreover, the intermediate drilling was a necessary prelim-
inary to the ultimate hole. "The only controversy with respect to this
intermediate drilling program," he said, "is whether or not that drill-
ing should be done with an intermediate ship or whether it should
be done with the final ship." ^^ He noted that some, but not all, mem-
bers of AMSOC regarded survey drilling to the third layer (i.e., inter-
mediate depth) as having "a higher scientific priority than penetra-
tion to the mantle, which is now conceived by them as an ultimate,
long-range objective rather than an immediate, high-priority goal." *^
In order to derive his recommendation for a course of action, he ex-
pressed the following chain of reasoning :

1, It had been a mistake to consider the Mohole project as a single
action, in cost and time. The facilities to achieve the ultimate goal
would thereafter be used continuously and indefinitely for scientific
purposes.

89 Ibid., p. 45.

^Ibid., p. 46.

*i Senate. Independent oflSces appropriations, 1964, op. cit., pp. 1&54— 1655.

« Ibid., p. 2334.

« Ibid., p. 2335.

181

2. It would be preferable, and he was exploring the possibility of
arranging, to have a "full-time operating scientific institution, such
as a university, an institute, or a national laboratory directly respon-
sible for the program." ("Neither the National Academy nor the Na-
tional Science Foundation is, or in my opinion should be, such an
operating organization * * *.")

3. There was general agi^eement as to the need for an intermediate
drilling program. ("It is well recognized by all concerned that so
difficult a task as this will require the gaining of experience through
the performance of successively more difficult tests, learning, improv-
ing, and augmenting the equipment as the work proceeds.")

(4) The question had been complicated by the fact that such an
intermediate ship would later become available for other unrelated
tasks.

(5) The alternatives, as Dr. Ha worth saw them, were :

(a) To build the ultimate vessel, equip it with the ultimate
drilling system, and "proceed as expeditiously as possible in an
attempt to pierce the mantle." Any preliminary drilling at inter-
mediate depth would be principally to acquire experience and
develop technique.

(b) To build the ultimate vessel, and perform shallow and inter-
mediate drilling for an extended period for scientific purposes
before committing the vessel for 2 or 3 years to the mantle-pene-
tration task.

(c) To complement the large vessel by a small vessel to do the
shallower types of drilling, without encountering any of the prob-
lems or providing any experience relevant to the engineering,
design, or teclinique problems of the deep penetration job.

(d) To design and construct an intermediate vessel equipped
qualitatively to do everything expected of the ultimate vessel
though not capable of as deep penetration, and to use experience
gained with it to provide design and operational guidance for the
ultimate vessel.

(e) Finally, one might "proceed directly to build the ultimate
vessel hull but not equip it initially with the ultimate equipment
designed to drill the Mohole proper." Its initial equipment would
be for intermediate drilling, guided by scientific considerations
and general drilling, while learning the art. The ultimate hole
could be deferred as long as desired.

(6) It was unfortunate that "in parallel with the work of Brown &
Root, there was not a continuous drilling program directed both at
the development of equipment and techniques and at acquiring useful
scientific information, including data bearing on the site selection
question."

(7) "* * * Research and development carried out by Brown & Root
and their subcontractors have reached the stage where further prog-
ress toward the ultimate Mohole ship would be seriously delayed by
the intervention of an intermediate ship."

The course he would recommend, he said was (e) . His reasons were:

This course of action would (1) provide a very stable platform for the
intermediate or "experimental" drilling program, permitting full attention to be
given to the problems inherent in the actual drilling ; this advantage is strongly
emphasized by the AMSOC Drilling Panel; (2) provide a facility for inter-

182

mediate and deep drilling for scientific purposes; (3) provide from the beginning
a vessel capable of supporting the ultimate equipment required for the mantle
penetration, thus avoiding the necessity of constructing two expensive vessels
for the deeper drilling; (4) give assurance to all concerned that piercing of
the mantle remained a firm objective not contingent on a later decision to build
a second full-scale vessel; (5) in my opinion, minimize the cost of the mantle
piercing program.

In addition, he was prepared to recommend a "supplementary-
drilling program not part of Project Mohole, utilizing a much smaller
vessel of, say, 5,000 or 6,000 tons." This would be used for "drilling
in the unconsolidated sediments and into the immediately adjacent
rock." It would require a modest capital investment, of the order of
$1 million."

The recommendations of Dr. Haworth before the Senate hearing
were supported by testimony from William B. Heroy, Chairman of
the Panel on Drilling Techniques of AMSOC. He favored the "crustal
program" but believed that it should not be considered as an integral
part of the whole project. Both should proceed on their own merits.
He said :

I believe that the Mohole project should go forward as vigorously as possible,
not as an "engineering stunt" but as a highly important and challenging scien-
tific program. The geology of the earth beneath the sea may well prove to be as
complex and varied as that upon the continent. A Mohole vessel will, like a
cyclotron or a radiotelescope, be an apparatus that should be useful for many
years in the investigation of the vast submarine areas."

In the House hearing, Dr. Haworth was supported by a delegation
from Brown & Root, whose principal spokesman was Dr. William H.
Tonking, deputy ]3roject manager. Dr. Tonking summarized the
technical progress that had been achieved in the design of the drilling
platform, the drilling system, other major components, and site selec-
tion. He set the cost of the total program at $68 million and fore-
cast its completion by September 1969. As to the controversy over
intermediate ship or intermediate drilling program, he said the plan
was to "walk before we run, but we think that we can do this with one
vessel rather than with two." Subsequently, he added :

The time to accomplish the prime objective, as reflected in our critical path
planning, is controlled by the design, construction, and operation of the Mohole
platform. Any delay in this plan would prolong the accomplishment of this prime
objective. If an intermediate ship were added to the program and designed and
constructed concurrently with the Mohole platform, costs would be considerably
higher and time to reach the mantle would not be shortened.**

The alternatives described by Dr. Haworth had also been con-
sidered, early in 1963, by an advisory panel organized by Dr. Water-
man at the suggestion of the Wliite House. This Panel, under the
chairmanship of Dr. E. R. Piore, a vice president of IBM and formerly
a member of AJVISOC, was asked to review NSF plans for the second
phase of Mohole. A principal purpose of the panel was to help re-
solve the controversy over the intermediate versus the ultimate drill-
ing vessel.^^ The preliminary findings of the Panel, expressed in a
memorandum for the chairman of the National Science Board and
dated July 18, 1963, was presented to the Senate committee by Dr.

« Ibid., pp. 2358-2364.
« Ibid., p. 2372.

*8 House. Mohole project. Hearings, op. cit., pp. 107-160, especially pp. 131-132.
*'' Other members of the committee were Drs. Francis Birch, Jacob P. Den Hartog, John
D. Isaacs, A. B. Klnzel, Konrad B. Krauslropf, and William W. Rubey.

183

Haworth. It said that "the Panel feels strongly that the Mohole
program should be prosecuted with great vigor, and that funds should
be made available now for the construction of the necessary drillmg
vehicles." The Panel "unanimously" agreed that an intermediate drill-
ing vehicle should be constructed "promptly," but that "this should
in no way impede the design and construction of the final vehicle by
Brown & Root." *«

It is evident that by the end of 1963 the scientific community had
dropped the idea of a race to the mantle, in favor of a more cautious,
deliberate, reasonably paced, and hopefully less costly program of
broader scope. The sense of urgency still pervaded NSF and the con-
tractor. Although Dr. Haworth evidently appreciated the force of the
AMSOC appeal for a broad-based program of scientific investigation,
he still gave priority — or perhaps was committed — to the initial goal
of Mohole. A modest program of ocean sediment drilling, proposed
by NSF, failed to win approval of the Bureau of the Budget for
1965, while the NSF was authorized by the Bureau to proceed with
its construction plans for Mohole.

The immediate outcome of the two hearings was that the Mohole
project, including the ultimate drilling platform, received the green
light. The President's 1964 budget message contained an item of $25
million for its continuation. On the other hand, the review brought
no major change in organization of the project. AMSOC as a source
of formal criticism and policy recommendations had been eliminated.*^
And Mohole itself would thereafter remain vulnerable to the charge
that it represented a priority for the science spectacular, at the ex-
pense of a scientific program.

NSF interrogation hy Subcommittee on Scienxie^ Research^ and
Development

A different approach to the acquisition of program information on
Mohole was explored by a subcommittee of the House Committee on
Science and Astronautics. A letter was sent to the Foundation, July
17, 1965, over the signature of Representative Emilio Q. Daddario,
chairman of the subcommittee, presenting more than 100 questions as
to various aspects of the NSF program, policies, organization, and
funding. In one section. National Research Programs of NSF, there
were six questions directed at the Mohole project. Five of the ques-
tions sought information about Mohole's objectives, accrued and ex-
pected benefits, status, platform construction progress, technical prob-
lems and their solutions, the prospect of follow-on activity, expected
completion, and cost data.

The response, transmitted by Director Haworth August 16, 1965,
made clear that NSF was increasingly regarding Mohole as a continu-
ing activity rather than a race to the mantle. While the reaching of
the mantle was the "most difficult objective" of the project —

we consider this Project as bnt one aspect of a program with a much broader
aim of exploring the sea floor by deep drilling in as many of the world's oceanic
regions as possible * * *.

Placing the program in its proper perspective, we may state that the Mohole
project will lead the way toward opening the deep portions of the earth to the
direct scnitiny and analysis of scientists.

^ Senate. Independent offices appropriations, 1964, op. cit., pp. 2376-2377.
* On Jan. 18, 1964, the committee voted unanimously to disband.

184

In addition to the scientific advantagfes of the program (which the
reply discussed at some length) , there were many engineering benefits :
the various jjossible uses of the stable platform to place equipment on
the ocean floor and recover it, to track satellites, and to perform heavy
work at sea; various components developed in the project would be of
direct value to the petroleum industry.

With respect to organization, the subcommittee had asked concern-
ing the "Foundation's plans and prospects for having scientific guid-
ance of the project moved outside of the Foundation." The response
to this question was of considerable interest because in his testimony
in 1963, Director Haworth had indicated his intention to try to ar-
range for management of the program by some academic institution
or research institute. However, at this time he added merely that tliis
was still his intention. There were two groups that had expressed in-
terest : JOIDES (Joint Oceanogi'aphic Institutions for Deep Explora-
tion of the Sea) comprised of Columbia University, the Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, the Scripps Institution of Oceanography,
and the University of Miami ; and GURC (Gulf Universities Research
Corporation) comprised of the University of Houston, Rice Uni-
versity, University of Texas, Florida State University, Louisiana State
University, Southern Methodist University, and Texas A. & M. Uni-
versity. The JOIDES group had indicated that it would not be in-
terested in taking over the project until the Mohole platform had been
operationally demonstrated. There had been one informal and unoffi-
cial visit to NSF by representatives of GURC.

As to the cost of the program, it was now possible to provide a firmer
set of estimates. Bids had been received from four shipyards, and the
apparent low bidder. National Steel & Shipbuilding Co., of San Diego,
had offered a bid of $29,967,000 to construct the platform. The "total
estimated cost of the prime contract prior to drilling is $77 million."
(This was an increase of between $25 and $30 million over cost esti-
mates in 1964.) Operational cost estimates were now set at $11 million
annually. (In 1964, the figTirehad been $9 million.)

The cost summary of the project to date (apparently to the end of
the fiscal year 1964) included :

Phase I $1, 810, 000

Phase II — Funds allocated :

Fiscal year 1962 1. 5M, 490

Fiscal year 1963 3, 289, 100

Fiscal year 1964 7, 977, 338

Fiscal year 1965 24, 699, 300

Total 37, 560, 228

NSF had paid out $1,410,228 for advisory services; the remainder
had been allocated to Brown & Root, of which $22,459,872 remained
uncommitted.

A separate question from Representative Daddario to NSF con-
cerned the report of the Piore panel. Had it ever been released? What
were its recommendations? Were they implemented? The answer was
that no written report was ever transmitted or formalized. The "urgent
points made by Dr. Piore's committee" were :

That work be performed with an "intermediate" drilling imit before con-
struction of a drilling system having full depth capability ;

That it was acceptable to conduct intermediate drilling from a platform
having adequate size and power supply to accept and operate full depth
drilling equipment ;

185

That Mohole be made part of a "well-plaimed national effort in submarine
geology" that would also include shallow drilling in ocean sediments ;

That NSF organization to manage the project be strengthened ;

That a suitable (presumably academic or research institutional) organiza-
tion be selected to assume responsibility for scientific operations.

Said NSF:

All of the most urgent points made by Dr. Plore's committee were taken into
consideration in arriving at the plan for the project now being followed.

Congressional action to terminate the Mohole project

On May 10, 1966, the House of Representatives received the report
of Representative Joe L. Evins, chairman of the Subcommittee on
Independent Offices Appropriations. Concerning Mohole he said :

The subcommittee recommended — and the full committee approved — we are
deferring of further appropriations for Project Mohole at this time. This is a
very costly project with marginal and questionable benefits — a project of low
priority.

In view of the world situation and the pressures and demands on our budget —
priority funding — the committee feels that this is not the time to expend huge
sums of money to dig a hole.

The cost of the Mohole project has already greatly exceeded the original esti-
mate and promises to increase still further. Current estimates are that the
Mohole project will cost somewhere between $80 and $115 million.

Over a period of a decade the costs would be half a billion dollars. No funds
are included in the bill for the Mohole project.

Certainly this is one project that can be deferred.™

Only a few members demurred at this action reported by the new
subcommittee chairman.^^ Several members from Hawaii, where much
of the new drilling would have taken place in the Mohole project,
expressed regret at the loss to science that would result from the ter-
mination. There were regrets also that the program was being scrapped
after so much effort had been invested in it. World interest had been
aroused and would now be disappointed. Several references were made
to the drilling program of the Soviet Union. However, it was evi-
dently true, as Representative George P. Miller, chairman of the Com-
mittee on Science and Astronautics, observed, that the Mohole pro-
gram had "no champion."

But it is important [he said]. It is a part of earth sciences, and the earth
sciences are a neglected field of science, and only now are we beginning to under-
stand and take cognizance of them and what they amount to."

Representative Evins responded that his subcommittee was indeed
interested in science. But "in the opinion of many competent observers,
this project is a giant boondoggle." If it was not stopped, the cost would
rise to a half billion dollars over the next 20 to 30 years, "before it [is]
completed." There were several other marine core drilling programs,
including the JOIDES program, that showed great promise of scien-
tific rewards at less cost. Therefore, he concluded, "I think * * * we
can save this $20 million now and a half billion dollars by terminating
this contract." ^^

=0 statement on H.R. 14921. Independent offices appropriation bill, 1967, Congressional
Record (May 10, 1966), p. 9727.

f^ Representative Evins had assumed the chairmanship of the subcommittee upon the
death of Representative Albert Thomas of Texas, la January 1966.

°- Congressional Record. Ibid., p. 9746.

ssibid., pp. 9746-9747.

186

The House apparently agreed. No separate vote was taken on the
Mohole cut and the appropriation bill was passed by a vote of 296 to
82 with 54 not voting.®*

An effort was made to restore the cut in the Senate. The Subcom-
mittee on Independent Offices Appropriations held 2 days of hearings
on Mohole (May 25 and June 13), at which some 8 witnesses testified
in support of the project. Many Members of the Senate gave testi-
mony or communicated expressions of support, and a number of State
Governors sent letters of support. On May 25. 3 technical witnesses
from outside the Government made presentations. They were:
Prof. Harry H. Hess of Princeton University.
Dr. George P. Woollard, president of the American Geophysical

Union and director of Hawaii Institute of Geophysics.
Dr. Grover E. Murray, chairman, U.S. National Committee on
Geology, Gulf Universities Research Corp., and also repre-
sentative and past president of the American Association of
Petroleum Geologists, professor of geology at Atlanta State
University, vice president of Louisiana State University, and
president-elect of Texas Technical College.

Professor Hess, who had been present at the inception of the Mohole
project, enumerated its many scientific and practical benefits. In re-
sponse to a question from Senator Allott, he admitted to a share of
responsibility for the early miscalculation as to its cost. ("We were
scientists and not engineers, and we took rough guesses at what the
cost of this sort of project would be." Also, "* * * We were largely
doing it on a shoestring or trying to * * *.") ^^

The second technical witness was Dr. G. P. Woollard, whose aca-
demic affiliations were nearest to the proposed Mohole drilling site, and
who accordingly had a special professional interest in the project. He
reviewed the geological aspects of Mohole, referred— as did most of the
other witnesses — to the possibility of Russian achievements in deep
drilling, and sugarested that knowledge of the mantle might contribute
to an understanding of earthquakes, improve the detection of illicit
nuclear tests, and help to establish U.S. claims to mineral risrhts on
the Continental Shelf. The availability of a stable floating platform in
deep water would also have important "direct" benefits for oceano-
graphic research.®^

Dr. Grover E. Murray described Mohole as a scientific and engineer-
ing project "of the very highest order of priority to the earth scien-
tists of the United States whose responsibility it is to maintain and
to locate new reserves of minerals and natural resources of all kinds."
The Mohole platform would be beneficial, he said, in furtherance of
oceanographic research that, in turn, had important implications for
national availability of essential industrial materials, and would con-
tribute to meet the food requirements presented by the population
explosion.^''

M Ihifl.. T>. 9760.

^ U.S. Congrpss. Senate. Committee on Appropriations. Indepenrlpnt Offices Appropria-
tions for Fiscal Tear 1867. Hearings before tlie subcommittee of the * * * on H.R. 14921,
Making Appropriations for Sundry Indepenflent Executive Bureaus. Boards. Commis-
sions. Corporations. Agencies. Offices, and the Department of Housing: and Urban De-
velopment for the Fiscal Tear Ending June 30, 1967. and for Other Purposes. Pt. 2,
Mnv 24. 1966-.Tune 14. 1966. 89th Cong.. 2d sess. Pt. 2. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office. 19661. pp. 1245-1253, especially p. 1250.

68 Ibid., pp. 12.'53-1267.

"T Ibid., pp. 1268-1277.

187

Testimony of administration witnesses opened on June 13. In antici-
pation, Dr. Haworth had sent a letter to the subcommittee chairman,
Senator Warren G. Magnuson, June 1, in which he urged that the
House reduction in NSF funding be restored. The letter said in part:

I strongly recommend that the Senate support a continuation of Project Mo-
hole, an important and unique scientific effort which the House acbon would m
effect force us to cancel. My recommendation is endorsed by the Bureau of the
Budget, the President's science adviser, the National Science^ Board, and a num-
ber of outstanding geologists and geophysicists with whom I have recently con-
sulted Most of the major technical and engineering problems associated witn
this project have now been solved or are about to be solved, and we are now
moving ahead with excellent prospects for successful conclusion and with rela-
tively firm estimates of cost.'*

In his prepared statement to the subcommittee, Dr. Haworth reviewed
the kinds of information that would be obtamed by drilling through
the earth's crust and on into the mantle —

1. A better age determination for the earth.

2. A determination of the age and origin of the ocean basins and their con-
tained sea water. . i V, •

3 A better understanding of how the earth-moon system came into being.

4. An understanding of the distribution of the chemical elements in the earth,
which in turn bears on the origin of the sun and perhaps other stars.

5. An understanding of the origin of continents and whether or not they are
drifting about on the earth's surface. .

6. Knowledge of the mantle's composition and the origin of magnetic and
gravity anomalies that have been discovered beneath the sea.

7. A better understanding of the origin of life and the carbon cycle with which
it is closely connected.^'

He enumerated the many scientific and technical purposes that could
be served only by deep drilling. With respect to the JOIDES pro-
gram, Haworth said it was a complementary program to obtain
samples from shallow depths. He noted :

There seems to be a mistaken impression in some quarters that this program
would be a satisfactory substitute for Project Mohole. Although complementary,
they are, in fact, dissimilar in objectives. In contrast to Project Mohole. which is
aimed at drilling for many thousands of feet in hard rock, the ocean sediment
coring project is directed at securing cores from the relatively soft layers of
sediment just below the ocean bottom. These cores will involve penetrations
ranging from a few hundred to a few thousand feet, depending on the hardness of
the material. The platform and the drilling and station-keeping equipment are not
designed for the longtime drilling required for very deep drilling in hard rock,
nor will there be any capability for hole reentry when it is necessary to withdraw
the drill stem and casing. The samples obtained from the ocean coring project
will permit important studies of the history of the oceans but will yield little or
no information regarding the deeper crustal rocks, and the mantle will of course,
not even be approached.**"

In reviewing the costs of the Mohole program, Haworth said the
total acquisition cost of the fully equipped drilling platform was now
estimated at $85.6 million, with annual operating costs of about $13
million. About $21 million would have been spent by the close of the
fiscal year 1966. Forecast requirements for Mohole funding were:

Millions

Fiscal year 1967 $19.5

Fiscal year 1968 18.5

Fiscal year 1969 13

^ Letter reproduced in ibid., p. 1492.
69 Ibid., p. 1631.
6" Ibid., p. 1636.

188

He noted that because of its size, the Mohole project had been "the
subject of almost continuous review." However, there was, in fact, little
new to be said of it — most of the formal testimony was a rehash of
earlier statements except for the new and larger funding requirements.

Dr. Homig, the President's science adviser, assured the subcommit-
tee that "We consider Mohole a major ingredient in our national effort
on ocean science and deep ocean engineering * * *." ^^ Dr. Frederick
Seitz, President of the National Academy of Sciences, appealed for
restoration of the Mohole project which he said was "still regarded as
a soundly conceived scientific program. It has continued to receive the
support and interest of those most qualified to judge the merits of work
in this field." Dr. Seitz made this comment in the context of a policy
recommendation concerning support of science in wartime. Noting thai
the House had related the proposed appropriation cut to the need for
economy "to recoup some of the expenditures for the Vietnamese war,"
he urged that —

The challenges presented to our Nation today because of world tensions and
conflicts should cause us to redouble our efforts in the pursuit of good science
and engineering and not to blunt them. It is notable that during World War II
when the Soviet Union was fighting for its life as an independent nation it
took important steps to protect work in basic and applied science behind its
frontlines.

The success of the leaders in accomplishing this goal explains in substantial
measure why the Soviet Union was able to have a fission bomb by 1949 and a hy-
drogen or fusion bomb about the same time as we.

It also explains in part why they were able to launch an earth satellite sub-
stantially before we did. Science and its applications represent the lifeline of our
Nation, to the future.*'

The remaining legislative history of Project Mohole is brief. The
Senate Appropriations Committee restored the Mohole funding to the
bill as reported. The Senate passed the amended bill August 10, by a
record vote of 82 to 2 with 16 not voting, '^^ after a proposed amendment
by Senator Allott to delete the Mohole provision had been rejected
by a vote of 46 to 37 with 17 not voting.^* The bill went to conference.
In the conference committee. Senator Magnuson, chairman of the
Senate delegation, agreed that if the House should sustain the cut by
a record vote the Senate conferees would agree to the cut. On August
18, the House voted (108 to 59) to sustain the cut.®^ The Senate on
August 24 agreed to recede from the Mohole amendment '^^ and to
accept the conference report.^'

III. Conclusions

Undoubtedly Mohole must be accounted a failure. After many
brave words about securing supremacy for the United States in the
exploration of "inner space," and investing some $36 million in the
enterprise, those responsible for managing and supporting the project

"1 Ibid., p. 1535.

82 Ibid., pp. 1771-1772.

83 Independent oflfice.s appropriations, 1967. Remarks on the floor of the Senate. Con-
gressional Record (Aug. 10, 1966), p. 18095.

" Ibid., p. 18093.

«5 Independent executive agencies and the Department of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment appropriations, 1967. RemarIvS on the floor of the House. Congressional Record (Aug.
18, 1966), p. 19065.

«* Independent ofQces appropriations, 1967. Conference report. Discussion on the floor
of the Senate. Congressional Record, (Aug. 24, 1966), p. 19637.

6' Ibid., p. 19635.

189

abandoned the eifort. If Russian scientists elect to take up the task
it will be without the stimulus of U.S. competition.^^

Of course, Mohole had many beneficial side effects. It generated a
tremendous volume of educational values — through hundreds of tech-
nical papers, books, and articles about deep ocean drilling, and in-
formative testimony in congressional hearings. There seems to be no
doubt that additional students have been attracted into the earth sci-
ences— oceanography, seismology, geophysics, geology, and others.
Vigorous programs, supported by NSF, are currently underway in
both shallow and deep water drilling. In piarticular, the JOIDES
program, that Dr. Haworth so carefully distinguished from Mohole,
is now beginning more and more to resemble the original AMSOC
plan for a series of "intermediate" drillings,^^ While there is slim pros-
pect that any drilling ship or platform now available can reach the
earth's mantle, a persuasive case could be made that events are in
motion toward that goal.

Many factors contributed to the failure of Mohole. The initial mo-
tivating concept passed too readily from science program to spectac-
ular project. The initial AMSOC conunittee and staff, called upon to
convert itself from a resourceful operational team into a policy con-
sulting group, was not equal to the diseiplinaiy restraint of the ad-
visory function. The NSF was apparently not fully qualified to man-
age such a major undertaking, and, once loaded down with a restrict-
ing contract, found itself unable to enlist a suitable academic manage-
ment to assume the burden of managing an enterprise in which so
many commitments had been made in advance. The synthetic pres-
sure of urgency imposed by the fictional "race to the mantle*' com-
pelled NSF to place the Mohole phase II contract prematurely. NSF
felt compelled to select a commercial engineering manager rather
than pursuing the more deliberate and time-consuming course of
encouraging the formulation of an academic consortium to plan^
develop, and execute a comprehensive and balanced program of
scientific exploration and research, mainly centered on exploitation
of the new capability for deep ocean drilling. The contractor selec-
tion procedure itself left nagging uncertainties. The disagreement
among scientists as to the intermediate versus the ultimate
vessel, complexly linked to the issue of many holes versus one hole,,
weakened the confidence of the Congress in the scientific basis of the
project, as well as in its management and the prospective results.
The contract requirements compelled the contractor into the design of
a ponderous and inflexible platform that would be costly to operate

*8 Although the much-cited Soviet competition during the active life of the Mohole
project lacked sufficient substance to be credible, Soviet drilling programs are continuing.
According to Business Week "* * * Soviet geologists are urging that an attempt be made
to drill through the volcanic rock in the Kurile Islands, off Japan, where the earth's crust
is said to be relatively thin." The account continues : "The Kurile venture might produce
the first scientific evidence concerning the earth's mantle. Penetration of this interior
layer • * * could conceivably provide a key to the riddle of how and when the earth
began." (Dig-we-must project, Soviet style, passes 3-mile mark in search for geological
data. Business Week (Mar. 25, 19fi7), p. 11R).

88 See : Jonathan Eberhart. Drilling Under the Sea. Science News. (Aug. 10. 1968, vol.
94), p. 143. "More than 60 holes will be drilled during the 18-month voyage, and although
none of them will penetrate as far into the crust as would have the 4-to-.5-mile Mohole
(the deepest will reach about 25,000 feet), some may originate in 20,000 feet of water, more
than a mile deeper than the Mohole site." See also : Scientists Launch Coring Program
To Explore Deep Ocean Sediments. Ocean Industry. (November 1967), p. 32; Deep Se:i
Drilling Project: Something for Everyone. Ocean Industry (August 1968). p. 5; Tjeerd
H. van Andel. Deep-Sea Drilling for Scientific Purposes: A Decade of Dreams, Science,
(June 28, 1968, vol. 160), p. 1419.

190

and excessively specialized for the broad range of secondary research
purposes claimed for it. The extreme difficulty of achieving with a'
high probability of success the ultimate goal contracted for, inexor-
ably raised the costs. The freedom with which unauthorized predic-
tions of costs were offered to Congress and the public by unqualified
persons, or with insufficient evidence, added to the unfortunate im-
pression of steeply rising costs of the project. The absence of experi-
enced contract management, with its skills in tight cost control, and
the apparently relaxed attitude toward unnecessarily high standards
of designs for services and facilities, also added to the costs.''" Dr.
Haworth's admission that further exploratory deep ocean drilling
should have proceeded concurrently with the evolution of the Mohole
project and its hardware confirmed the earlier error in scheduling
of the research plan. The subsequent sponsorship by NSF of such
drillings, may have diluted the support for the central Mohole project.
And finally, to the very end, Mohole remained — in the eyes of the
Congress and the public — a project rather than a program. It was
one drilling platform to drill one hole, instead of a comprehensive
research program into the ocean floor.

To be sure, there were extenuating circumstances. A confusion as
to objectives is an unavoidable aspect of every scientific research
program of large scope in a new and unexploited area. It is merely that,
lor NSF, the Mohole project was the first such task to challenge it. The
urgency with which the project was pressed in the early stages merely
intensified its problems. Then, too, NSF had not been able to develop
a program of full exploitation of deep-water drilling. This was in
part because of its manner of doing business. The contractor had a
narrowly defined engineering task and had no interest in making
it more complicated; NSF itself dealt in science "grants," which
depended upon the interests of the academicians proposing researches.
As Senator Allott said :

As a matter of fact, the National Science Foundation was never meant to
handle a project of this kind. They are not equipped to do it, and I honestly
think * * * that that is part of the reason why this particular project has become
such a calamity.'^

The role of the Congress in helping to secure the orderly and business-
like development of a major project can be a commanding one. If, as
Representative Miller said, Mohole was an "orphan" insofar as com-
mittee support was concerned, the project also lacked the advantages
of sustained continuity of congressional committee and committee staff
scrutiny. The development of an expertise in the congressional orbit
would have enabled the generation of progressively more searching
questions. The absence of adequate, objective, scientific, and technical
guidance of the project would, in all probability, have come to the
attention of the Congress, and greater pressure exerted on NFS earlier

'"In comment on the GAO final report on Mohole (Administration of Project Mohole
by the National Science Foundation, op. cit.), a letter by William M. Rice, project man-
ager for Brown & Root, is appended, pp. 57-59, which states: "[The Mohole platform]
was to be absolutely safe, reliable, redundant, multipurpose, self-propelled, typhoon re-
sistant, hurricane proof, with deluxe VIP and scientist quarters, spacious university-
oriented onboard laboratories, all In accord with passenger ship rules, best U.S. Navy
and Marad practices, and having USCG, USPHS, and ABS approval."

" Congressional Record (Aug. 24, 1966), p. 19636.

191

to correct this deficiency. Many other questions do not appear to have
been searched out. Some of these are :

Who was responsible for determining whether the Mohole plat-
form and drilling system were within the state of the art, and on
what basis was the decision made ?

What was the proper rate of progress on such a large scientific
task, and what criteria determined this?

If this project (or program) was aimed at securing national
scientific prestige for the United States, how should this intangible
be weighted against other more concrete values and costs? How
was it to be exploited ? Was there a genuine need for haste ?
In retrospect, there would seem to have been a need for an appro-
priate committee of Congress, and a staff conversant with the details
of the project, to have explored :

The scientific, technological, and social significance of full ex-
ploitation of the deep ocean drilling capability;
The military significance of the evolving project;
The national implications of oceanography, as affected by the
newly developed, deep ocean drilling capability ;

The application of all available criteria of the national interest
to establish the concept for the sort of "tool" that would best
serve the many potential national purposes;

An evaluation of the difficulties to be encountered in the
program.
Finally, the funding of the project seems to have been the crucial
question. It was the sole means by which the Congress exercised con-
trol over the project. As a political device of control, the appropria-
tions process is powerful, l^ut not selective. (The management of ap-
propriations could terminate the project, but could not assure it the
kind of management needed for its success.) Such a control mechanism
is least compatible with respect to the management of basic research.
Fortune magazine hit at one aspect of this when it stated : "Clearly,
we still have no formula for sound handling of a big science project
financed by Government." Also, "* * * if publicly aided basic re-
search is to flower, it must be shielded from operational interference
by any sustaining governmental agency." ^^ Another aspect is that
identified by D. S. Greenberg: "The very nature of basic research
makes it difficult to promise an}i:hing more than tlie probability of a
payoff, but this perhaps makes it all the more important to demon-
strate that this uncertain process will at least be conducted with pru-
dent concern for the taxpayers' money." ^^

For the Congress to decide among the priorities to be assigned
various basic research projects in competition with other uses of
national resources requires basic objective assessment of the technical
values of each project. In the final Senate appropriations hearings on
Mohole, Senator Magnuson described the quandary facing congres-
sional decisionmakers on this matter :

I think the question we have to ask is, Are we going to try and limit the
amount of research within the capabilities of the country, as far as the Federal

•" "Mohole Repress Report," op. clt. (April 1964), p. 106.

''D. S. Greenberg. "Mohole: Senate Is Asked To Restore Funds." Science (vol. 153,
July 1966), p. 39.

192

Government is concerned? Then what are the priorities * * *? What will give
us the best results for the future, in the long run, considering such things as the
spin off? It is difficult to get guidance in this field ♦ * *. Well, we tried. The
Science Foundation tried. The National Academy tried. However, there is in-
tense competition between all segments. The trouble is there is too much com-
petition between scientists themselves, as to just what project they consider
best. They want their own project. Our job is to determine what is the best
overall.'*

Moreover, the priorities do not remain constant. In the earliest
stages the opportunities for scientific discovery and technological de-
velopment are not as evident as they later become. Again quoting
Senator Magnuson :

* * * We don't seem to receive much help from the scientific community on
the question of priorities * * *. We don't receive much help in determining pri-
orities from the agencies.

They all want their projects, and then soon it mounts up, and we get very
little guidance as to priorities within what the country is capable of spending
in the research field. It would be my reaction that if the scientific community
had advised you in the beginning as to the priority on Mohole, they would
have placed it, perhaps, not at. high on tlie list as they might today.

I think that once it has moved along this far, and the earth scientists and
the physicists have seen some of these spin-off benefits developing, the priority
has risen.'"

Unfortunately for the Mohole supporters, their belated efforts to
substantiate the scientific merit of the project were inadequate to the
purpose. Some progress had been made in overcoming the impressive
technical difficulties, but the prospective cost made the project polit-
ically unacceptable.

''* Senate. Independent offices appropriations for fiscal year 1967, op. cit., p. 1276.
" Ibid., pp. 1275-1276.

CHAPTER EIGHT— THE TEST BAN TREATY: A STUDY IN
MILITARY AND POLITICAL COST-EFFECTIVENESS

I. Introduction

The President sent the Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty to the
Senate, requesting its consent to ratification, on August 8, 1963.
Lengthy hearings were held before two committees and after 3 weeks
of debate, the Senate consented, by a vote of 80 to 19, September 24.
This study examines the testimony of witnesses and the expressed
positions of participants, in the process of Senate deliberation on this
issue.

Opponents of the treaty placed great emphasis on its assertedly
adverse consequences for the national security. A salient issue
was whether the treaty should be permitted to slow the rate of the arms
race, on the assumption by opponents that the United States could
otherwise continue to gain disparately in military potency vis-a-vis
the U.S.S.R. Treaty supporters held that although the United States
possessed — and needed — superior military strength, there was no neces-
sity for its indefinite further enlargement. They repeatedly pointed
out that national security was dwindling for both the United States
and U.S.S.R. even while the military strength of both countries con-
tinued to grow.

Although the test ban treaty was recognized bj' a number of its
supporters as primarily political in its effects, the Senate gave little
consideration to its domestic or international political significance.
This was partly because of the great emphasis placed by opponents
on the military aspects of the treaty, and partly because the Ad-
ministration provided insufficient ammunition with which to delineate
and analyze the political factors involved. The underlying issue which
confronted the Senators in the treaty debate was whether to accept
detente with the Soviet Union. This issue, never made explicit, appears
to have been decided in the affirmative. The role of public opinion,
although strongly expressed, was addressed less to detente than to the
issue of radiation hazards from nuclear tests. However, this latter issue
does not appear to have been as salient in the Senate debate as it was
in the press or in public opinion ; many of the technical witnesses who
appeared to testify regarding the treaty offered assurances that radia-
tion hazard, despite a number of specific instances of actual damage or
local concentration, had been overemphasized.

Issues and consequences of the treaty

_ While the Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty of 1963 was under con-
sideration by the U.S. Senate, it was being represented by its supporters
as a symbol or precursor of many other agreements in the grand march
toward a world in which unruly force was replaced by law, and con-
flict by cooperation. It was, they said, and had always been a fore-

(193)

99-044—69 14

194

most element of U.S. nuclear policy. At the same time, opponents of the
treaty were describing it as a trap, a diplomatic defeat at the hands
of the Soviet Union, and a unilateral sacrifice of nuclear supremacy
by the United States.

Once the treaty had been ratified and made effective, it produced
merely a slight slowing down of the arms race, and a modest easing of
tensions between the Soviet Union and the United States. Even as to
nuclear proliferation, supporters of the treaty had hoped it would deter
new entrants to the group of nuclear-armed nations ; yet it did no more
than lend slight rigidity to a status quo. Established nuclear powers
continued underground nuclear tests; the French continued to pre-
pare for atmospheric tests of thermonuclear devices ; the Chinese Com-
munists maintained their quest for an initial nuclear capability ; yet,
the treaty may have influenced other nations with a nuclear potential
to abstain from developing and testing.

The test ban treaty was the subject of 2 extensive sets of committee
hearings and 3 weeks of debate on the Senate floor. The purpose of this
study is to examine the evidence assembled by the committees, to dis-
cover what the Senators were told, and what they themselves said, were
the important features of the treaty. What were the claims made for it ?
Wliat was said in opposition? What criteria did supporters and op-
ponents apply? What were the risks and gains alleged for it? What
kinds of world were postulated to measure the treaty against ?

Ohstacles to acceptance of the treaty

The hurdles in the way of approval by the Senate of the treaty can
be enumerated in 5 broad categories : political aspects involving the
prestige of the Senate itself, military factors, scientific factors, aspects
growing out of the adversary role of the Soviet Union to the United
States, and factors posited by public opinion in the United States.

Before a treaty may be ratified by the President, it must receive
the approval of two-thirds of the Senators present at the vote. Had
the Senate divided on the issue on strict partisan lines, a bare two-
thirds vote in favor could have been mustered.^ However, a number
of Democrats were known to be unsympathetic to the treaty, or at least
in doubt, so that bipartisan support would almost certainly be required
for its approval hy ih^ Senate.^ Dissatisfaction was expressed with the
draftsmanship of the treaty,^ * as well as resentment toward the im-
plication that because nearly 100 States had already signed the treaty
the Senate should not seek to amend it.^

1 Composition of the Senate at the time of the vote stood Democrats 67, Republicans 33.
The late Senator Clair Engle, a Democrat from California, was gravely ill and unable to
be present.

2 An appraisal of the attitude of the Senate toward the treaty, published by the Fed-
eration of American Scientists, Newsletter (XVI, June 1963);, p. 4, identified nine
Democrats as probably opposed, of whom all but two did in fact vote against the treaty,
and eight as needing "encouragement," of whom two later voted against the treaty.

3 For example. Senator Bourke B. Hlckenlooper (Republican, of Iowa), observed that
the "President has no authority to bind this country under the treaty until he has received
the advice and consent of the Senate. That makes the Senate at least an equal partner in
responsibility" (Congressional Record (Sept. 23, 1963), p. 16838).

* Thus, Senator Karl E. Mundt (Republican, of South Dakota), professed himself
"amazed and disappointed at the loose and ambiguous language which was used in the
drafting of this treaty" (Congressional Record (Sept. 23, 1963). p. 16S10).

5 Said Senator Mundt : "We should develop a procedure that would not bring us into
the discussion after 96 other countries sign it and widely publicized reports have been
circulated announcing these ceremonial signatures. Then the administration comes to
us for advice and consent? Oh, no. They come to us for consent and threaten us with the
dire consequences of a negative vote. We are not asked for any advice until after the fact
and our constitutional rights and duties are downgraded and Ignored by such an unwise
and unfortunate procedure in exercise of our treaty-ratifying responsibilities and au-
thorities." (Congressional Record (Sept. 23, 1963), p. 16829.)

195

Military factors presented a second category of obstacles. The treaty
would limit an activity related to atomic weapons on which was based
the military strength of the United States. The weighty importance
of this subject demanded most careful deliberation. Those who
assigned paramountcy to overwhelming military superiority over a
potential adversary would brook no inhibition upon methods of achiev-
ing it. Those who believed the treaty gave an adversary unequal oppor-
tunities for increasing his militarv'- strength might also with reason
oppose it. The military strength of the United States relative to that
of the U.S.S.R. was itself in question, on the basis of assertions as to
the unreliability of U.S. intelligence estimates.^ Further uncertainties
were imposed by the security classification of military and technical
information relevant to the issue.'^

The third category of obstacles, in the area of science and technology,
somewhat overlapped the military area of concern — with particular
reference to uncertainties as to the capability of the adversary, tech-
nical questions as to the precise limitations resulting from the treaty,
and questions as to the relative effect of these inhibitions upon both
side,s. Opposition also lay in the cherished belief that science knew no
limits, and that no treaty should be permitted to constrain the freedom
of science. There were also obstacles inherent in the uncertainty as to
the importance of the hazard of radioactive fallout and in the un-
familiar nature of the field of nuclear science generally.*

The fourth category of obstacles involved various aspects of the
adversary relationship between the United Staters and the U.S.S.R. It
was almost an act of faith to believe that the Soviet Union was fixed
and unchanging in its determination to destroy the United States and
its system of organization, and that accordingly any treaty beneficial
to the U.S.S.R. was automatically disadvantageous to the United
States.^ The So^^et Union could not be trusted." Only by some form of
verifying inspection could the United States safely enter into an agree-
ment with the U.S.S.R. on a matter of such gravity.^^

With respect to the fifth category, although public opinion was not
opposed to approval of the treaty, yet in two respects public opinion did
constitute an obstacle. One was that the public opinion, as measured

'Senator Margaret Chase Smith (Republican, of Maine), who later voted against the
treaty, complained : "I am disappointed in the suggestion made by some proponents of
the treaty that the only way in which the appropriate data can be acquired is to engage
in an all-out nuclear war with the Soviet Union" (Congressional Record (Sept. 20. 196.3),
p. 16740). Senator Smith had reference to the "widespread conflict of opinion and dis-
agreement among the military specialists and nuclear scientists over the probable military
consequences to us if the treaty is ratified."

7 See p. 229. See also p. 196, footnote 13.

8 The hearings and interim report of the Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee of
the Senate Armed Services Committee, chaired by John Stennis (Democrat, of Mississippi),
dealt extensively with the military and scientific factors. See pt. IV.

» Senator .7. William Fulbright (Democrat, of Arkansas), chairman of the Foreign Rela-
tions Committee, in his book "Old Myths and New Realities" (New York, Random House,
1964), discusses this point at some length in specific reference to the test ban treaty.
He observed : "The attribution of an unalterable will and constancy to Soviet policy has
been a serious handicap to our own policy" (p. 60). Also, "A stigma of heresy has been
attached to suggestions by American policymakers that Soviet policy can change or that
it is sometimes altered in response to our own." (Idem.)

^0 In the words of Senator Harry F. Byrd (Democrat, of Virginia), "There is nothing
in Soviet history which would serve as a basis for faith that the Kremlin would enter
into a treaty with us at this time and keep it if they did not think it would serve their
objectives to our disadvantage" (Congressional Record (Sept. 19, 196.3), p. 16650).

" In the words of Senator Smith : "A sound posture on arms control and disarmament
must be based on a strong on-site Inspection control." In a letter to the author, Sept. 2,
1964.

196

in the polls, was profoundly mistrustful of the Soviet Union.^^ The
other was that the communications received by Members of the Senate
urging approval of the treaty tended to be couched in excessively emo-
tional language and to support the treaty almost entirely on the basis
of the fear of fallout, which testimony had not authenticated tech-
nically as an issue. This apparent attitude of the public led some op-
ponents of the treaty to conclude that if possessed of the more substan-
tive facts about the effects of the treaty, the public might have re-
versed its verdict." Kelated to the general question of public opinion is
the question of whether the adoption of the treaty might induce a re-
laxation of vigilance against the threat of Communist expansion. This
concern, which General Maxwell discussed under the term of "eupho-
ria" a,s a long-term threat to sustained military preparedness, caused
anxiety also among Members of the Senate.^*

Considerations favoring apj/roval of the treaty

In each of these 5 areas, however, there seem to have been counter-
vailing factors that satisfied an adequate majority of Senators that
the treaty could be safely and wisely approved. Thus, in respect to the
political role of the Senate, the long history of consultations with the
Senate by the administration before and during the negotiations, the
respectful tone of the President's statements and communications on
the subject of the treaty as he strove to build nonpartisan support for
it, and perhaps also the political acceptance by the Senate itself of the
Russell amendment, gave reassurance that senatorial prerogatives
were duly preserved and acknowledged.

The assertedly adverse military aspects of the treaty were most
strongly stressed by the leading opponents of the treaty. Yet there
were important military points in favor of the treaty, such as the
authoritative opinion expressed by the Secretary of Defense that the
treaty would prolong the existence of U.S. technological superiority
and obstruct nuclear proliferation.^^ Of great importance was the
support given the treaty by the witnesses representing the Depart-
ment of Defense, and especially by the Chairman and members of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff." The fact that this approval was explicitly

'2 One article on this subject, by Sidney Draus with Reuben Mehling and Elaine El-Assal,
"Mass Media and the Fallout Controversy," Public Opinion Quarterly, XXVII, No. 2 (Sum-
mer, 1963). pp. 191-205. concludes from an examination of a population of 2."6 persons that
(p. 205) "Radioactive fallout itself is preceived as so devastating that when in addition
there is a basic conflict among the scientists to whom one looks for authoritative clarifica-
tion, it is small wonder that no reduction of anxiety was found despite Ivnowledge, media
exposure, etc." Another studv, bv Hazel Gaudet Erskine, "The Polls : Atomic Weapons and
Nuclear Energy," Public Opinion Quarterly. XXVII, No. 2 (Summer, 196.3). pp. 155-190,
noted that (at the public seemed reluctant to endorse atmospheric testing, even after the
Soviet Union resumed it, (6) that women were more concerned with fallout than men were,
(c) that under President Kennedy's administration. Democrats were slightly more opposed
to tests than were Republicans, but that (f?) public attitudes were conditioned by a deep
suspicion of the Soviet Union.

1^ In a letter to the author, Sept. 2, 1964, Senator Stennis wrote : "I am reasonably confi-
dent that the public in general did not have a full appreciation of the technical and military
problems involved in the consideration of the treaty. Even in the most favorable circum-
stances it is impossible to convey to the public adequate information which will provide for
a full understanding of a subject as complex as this. The problems involving security classi-
fication made this situation more diflScult."

"For example. Senator Wallace F. Bennett (Republican, of Utah), told the Senate that
the "greatest risk the treaty will create is the eitect it will have on our attitude. In the end,
our hope for peace may actually be set back. We are being warned against 'euphoria,' but
that Is only a pleasant sounding word which few people understand. Even before the treaty
has been approved, words are being written and spoken about the great relief we will feel.
We are being encouraged to make plans to spend, on peaceful programs, the money we are
told will be saved because of the relaxed tensions." (Congressional Record (Sept. 23, 1963),
p. 16844.)

15 Soe footnote 12.

i« See pp. 213-215.

197

conditioned on specific safeguards, which the Preparedness Investi-
gating Subcommittee endorsed for implementation, and on wliich
administration action was vigorously initiated even before the treaty
was reported out of committee, lent weight and substance to the
approval of the senior military ofScers.^^

The scientific and technical obstacles to approval were countered
by assertions as to the marginal value of further atmospheric tests,
assurances as to the continuing utility of underground tests, and
explanations that progress toward goals deemed important in military
technology did not require tests at all.^^ Science, a preponderance of
technical witnesses maintained, had significant limitations in the
development of both offeiisive and defensive weaponry.

Factors favorable to the treaty were of 2 general kinds : One had to
do with the mutual benefits ito both the United States and the
U.S.S.R. ; and the other concerned ways in which the treaty was con-
sidered to benefit the United States at the expense of the Soviet Union.
Of mutual advantage were the reduction of tension, control over pro-
liferation of nuclear weapons to other States, the slowing of the arms
race, reduction of radioactive fallout, and establishment of a basis for
further arms negotiation.^^ Inferred as of benefit to the United States
were the expectations that the treaty would promote a division between
the Soviet Union and the Chinese Communist regime, and encourage
pluralism within the Soviet Union itself. -°

Mention has already been made of the fact that the fifth category
of obstacles — in the area of public opinion — was essentially indirect,
with the direct effect being in favor of adoption of the treaty. In the
eyes of the general public, the overriding issue appeared to be that of
radioactive fallout and the hope that the treaty would eliminate this
threat. Other notable advantages were considered to be the lessening
of tensions, slowing of the arms race, reduction in the possibility of
atomic warfare, reduction in the costs of military preparedness, and
progi-ess toward disarmament.^^

Apart from the question as to whether or not the limited nuclear
test ban treaty was generally desirable to both the United States and
the U.S.S.R., it is possible that both its substantive benefits and the
military risks were overstated.^^ Nevertheless, the treaty contributed
a number of positive gains. In its effect on the public in the United
States, the treaty undoubtedly reduced both the existence and the fear
of radioactive fallout. Senate consideration of the issues surrounding

" Speaking in favor of the treaty, and on the subject of these safeguards, Senator Henry
M. Jackson (Democrat, of Washington) said : "In light of the testimony that has been
given and the understandings that have been reached with respect to the policy of the
administration In safeguarding the national interest ♦ * * i believe that the Senate may
prudently give its advice and consent to ratification." (Congressional Record (Sept. 13,
1963). p. 16082.)

IS The testimony of Dr. Harold Brown. Director of Defense Research and Engineering,
before both the hearings before the Foreign Relations Committee and the Preparedness
Investigating Subcommittee was especially telling on these matters. (See p. 217.)

i« See pp. 20S-209.

20 On this point see U.S. Congress, Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. "Report on
the Nuclear Test Ban Treatv," on Exeeiitlve M, S8th Cong., 1st sess.. Executive Report
No. 3, Sept. 3, 1963 (Washington, U,S. Government Printing Office, 1963). pp. 25-26.

21 See page 196n. However, in his letter to the author. Senator Stennis wrote: "Most
of m.v mail indicated only a superficial knowledge of the issue — militarily, politically,
or scientifically."

^ In a discussion with the author, Feb, 10, 1965, Urie Bronfenbrenner gave it as his
experience that citizens of the Soviet T^nion assigned greater beneficial significance to
the treaty than did U.S. citizens. Professor Bronfenbrenner, a social psychologist at
Cornell University, has been a frequent visitor to the Soviet Union in order to study
aspects of Soviet culture and mores.

198

the treaty may have enlarged public understanding of these issues,
and helped to form a national consensus on the important and difficult
task of arms control in a nuclear-armed world.

The demonstration that formal agreement on an arms control issue
is possible between the United States and the Soviet Union may per-
haps have communicated to the people in both countries a recognition
that conflict and cooperation are not necessarily incompatible, and that
additional elements of cooperative behavior may be introduced for
mutual benefit.

Assessment of the frocess of approving a weapons treaty

The process of gaining domestic acceptance of an accommodation
with the Soviet Union on matters of arms control is enormously com-
plex, difficult, intellectually exhausting and highly interdisciplinary.
It is a process that if repeated too frequently would become an in-
tolerable burden on legislators and officials of the Government. But
despite the myriad of obstacles and burdens in the process, the outcome
also demonstrated that the process was feasible.

An important result of the treaty's acceptance by the Senate in
accordance with the constitutional processes of the United States, is
that for the first time since the development of atomic weapons an
arms control issue had passed through not only the previously im-

Eassable hurdle of international negotiation with the Soviet Union,
ut also the previously untested gantlet of domestic acceptance. As a
result of the latter accomplishment, many important criteria of future
arms agreements between the United States and nuclear states in an
adversary relationship were identified and established. Precedents
and procedures have also been established for the process which future
arms agreements must follow, once they have surmounted the hurdle of
international negotiation.

The process of advice and consent in the matter of a treaty involv-
ing control of nuclear weaponry was intellectually demanding. Many
different academic disciplines were called upon to present testimony
regarding them. Doctors, biologists, geneticists, and radiologists were
called on for opinions concerning the dangers of radioactive fallout.
Professional military people, physicists, nuclear physicists, engineers,
and mathematicians were asked to give their views on present and
future relationships regarding warheads, delivery vehicles, and com-
munications systems. International lawyers and diplomatists were
invited to express judgments on questions of historical obligations
under treaties or concerning diplomatic recognition. The scope of
the treaty extended to electro-magnetic phenomena, seismology, blast
mechanics, military intelligence, security classification, systems engi-
neering, sensors, ordnance reliability, military intelligence, and prob-
ably others. By going into all these matters, the hearings provided an
exhaustively educational experience for those who sat in judgment.
It is understandable that in the face of an issue of such ranging
scope, individual Senators searched for simplifications. Was the treaty
beneficial to the United St^^es or was it not? Would it or would it not
advance the cause of peace? Was it or was it not true that Communists
imderstood only the language of force? Was a treaty with a Com-
munist adversary meaningful or not? Was public opinion for or against
the treaty? Did or did not, the preservation of U.S. world leadership
require acceptance of the treaty? As all Senators were aware, no

199

matter how complicated the issues and how wide the scope of the
effect of the treaty, the ultimate decision had to be "yea" or "nay" on
the question of consenting to the treaty — with or without some further
qualification that would also require a "yea" or "nay" vote.

II, Background of the Issue

President Kennedy's leadership was a major factor in persuading
the American people and the U.S. Senate to accept the limited nuclear
test ban treaty. From the moment of his accession to office, the Pres-
ident persistently searched for a way to curb nuclear tests, not only
because he considered a test ban desirable in itself but also because
he regarded it as the first step toward the larger objective of world
disarmament.

Status of nuclear tests in 1961

President Kennedy inherited from his predecessor a moratorium
on nuclear testing, by informal agreement with the Soviet Union, that
had prevailed since late in 1958. (However, see note, p. 200.)
For two years, negotiations to formalize the moratorium had failed
for want of agreement on a satisfactory means of verification. The
Soviet Union had also resisted an alternative American proposal to
ban atmospheric tests on the asserted principle that it would legiti-
matize tests excluded from the ban. The negotiations were also compli-
cated by various technical developments, one of which was the "big
hole" decoupling theory, which held that large underground nuclear
explosions could be successfully concealed from a remote seismic de-
tection system. This theory, propounded by Dr. Albert Latter of the
Rand Corp. in 1959, appears to have been confirmed by tests with high
explosives later in that year.

President Kennedy's search for a test han agreement

During his first year in office, President Kennedy made repeated
references to his wish to conclude a nuclear test ban treaty. In his
first message to Congress he declared : "It is our intention to resume
negotiations prepared to reach a final agreement with any nation that
is equally willing to agree to an effective and enforceable treaty." ^ On
sending Ambassador A. H. Dean to Geneva, March 14. 1961. as head
of the United States delegation to the Conference on the Discontinuance
of Nuclear Tests, the President expressed a hope that new test ban
proposals the delegation were to take with them "will be accepted and
that the negotiators will be able to proceed with all appropriate speed
toward the conclusion of the first international arms control agree-
ments in the nuclear age." ^ In his message to the Congress, May 25,
on "Urgent National Needs," he described a treaty banning nuclear
tests as the "first significant but essential step on the road to disarma-
ment." " Other expressions of his intense concern to achieve a test ban
agreement were contained in a diplomatic letter to President Sukarno
of Indonesia and President Keita of Mali,'^ in an address before the
United Nations General Assembly," in a joint communication with

23 state of the Union message, Jan. 30, 1961, reproduced in "Documents on Disarma-
ment, 1961," p. 19.
« Ibid., pp. 33-34.
»Ibid.. p. 1.58.
2« Ibid., of Sept. 13, p. 427.
'^ Ibid., of Sept. 25, pp. 469-470.

200

Prime Minister Nehru of India,^^ and somewhat more extensively in an
interview with editor Adzhubei of Isvestiya (who was also Premier
Khrushchev's son-in-law) at which he remarked that "one of the first
things that I did on becoming President was to commit the United
States to an earnest effort to achieve a satisfactory agreement with
the Soviet Union on the cessation of nuclear tests." He went on :

I had hoped that this would be one area where we could make real progress.
It would lessen the contamination of the air, it would be a first step towards
disarmament, and I felt that if we could achieve an agreement in this area,
we could then move on to the other areas of disarmament which required
action.**

The foregoing are no more than an illustrative sampling of the
President's numerous expressions in favor of a test ban treaty. How-
ever, two events occurred that postponed achievement of agreement on
this matter until the final months of his tragically abbreviated tenn of
office. The first was resumption of nuclear tests by the Soviet Union ;
the second was the Cuban crisis of October 1962.

Collapse of the test moratoHum

Wlien the Soviet Union, August 30, 1961, abruptly announced re-
sumption of nuclear tests,"" the President with Prime Minister Harold
Macmillan of the United Kingdom offered a proposal to Premier
Khrushchev "that their three governments agree, effective immediately,
not to conduct nuclear tests which take place in the atmosphere and
produce radioactive fallout." *" (Such tests would be self -revealing and
would require no elaborate detection apparatus or the other complica-
tions of onsite inspections.) When Premier Khrushchev rejected the
proposal, September 9, the President and Prime Minister reaffirm.ed
"the readiness of the United States and the United Kingdom to nen;o-
tiate a controlled nuclear test ban agreement of the widest possible
scope." "

President Kennedy reacted to the continuing series of Soviet nuclear
tests, late in 1961; he indicated, November 2, that the United States
was assessing the technical importance of the Soviet tests and might
need to resume atmospheric tests, also. Nevertheless, he said, "We will
continue to be ready to sign the nuclear test treaty which provides for
adequate inspection and control." ^^ His position'was echoed, Novem-
ber 8, In^ an urgent appeal in a TTnited Nations General Assembly
resolution for the conclusion of a test ban treaty among the nuclear
powers.^*

28 Ibifl.. of Nov. 9. p. ,584.

=9 Ibid., p. 650.

''•<' Both the abruptness of the announcement and the fact that the Soviet Union exploded
from 30 to 50 nuclear devices in tests during the rest of 1961 were later to occasion deep
disapproval bv Members of the Senate, who considered these actions as a form of "surprise
abrogation." The elaborateness of the Soviet test sequence veas also interpreted (probably
with justice) as evidence that the Soviet Union had planned the termination of thp mora-
torium long in advance, during the period while Soviet negotiators were exchanging test
ban proposals with the other national delegations to the Eighteen Nation Disarmnment
Committee at Geneva. This too w.ns taken as an evidence of the Soviet Union's bod faith.
FTowever, it should also be noted that the moratorium had been terminated ns of Doc. .^1.
1959. by President Eisenhower in a White House press release. Dec. 29. Thus, the
"moratorium" Inherited by President Kenned.v was rie facto but not by either explicit
agreement or unilateral declaration. Wliile considering the United States "free to
resume weapons testing," the President promised that resumption would not take place
without advance notice. The United States would also continue its "active program of
weapon research, development and laboratorv-tvpe experimentation" ("Documents on
Disarmament. 1945-59." II. pp. 1590-1591K

••'1 "Documents on Disarmament, 1961," p. 351.

=2 Ibid., p. 404.

'3 Ibid., p. 567.

s«Ibid., p. 578.

201

Tlie Soviet Union issued a statement in connection with the resump-
tion of the Geneva negotiations, November 28, 1961, in which some-
thing quite similar to the test ban treaty of 1963 was proposed. It
was a proposal —

* * * To conclude immediately an appropriate agreement on the discontinuance
of nuclear tests in the atmosphere, under water and in outer space [italic in the
original], tliat is, in these environments where the implementation of control is
not fraught with any serious technical difficulties.^

The Soviet proposal was accompanied by a draft agi'eement that pro-
posed a voluntai*y uninspected moratorium on underground tests until
a system of control could be agreed upon. (The Soviet proposal was
accordingly denounced by Ambassador Dean, who assailed the "sheer
effronteiy" and "colossal hyprocrisy" of the Soviet Union in making
the proposal in view of that nation's pledge of August 28, 1959, "never
to be the first to revSume nuclear weapons tests, * * *" and the breach
of tliis pledge in September 1961.) ^°

hnpetus to detente after Cuban missile crisis

Discussions throughout 1962 and up to April of 1963 on the cessation
of nuclear tests centered upon the negotiation of a comprehensive ban
treaty that would provide an inspection arrangement affording an
acceptable minimum of assurance to the United States that the Soviet
Union was not evading it, and at the same time requiring minimum
invasion of the cherished national privacy of the Soviet Union. Prog-
ress in the negotiations was interrupted, however, in early autumn
of 1962, by the Cuban crisis over the sending of Soviet nuclear missiles,
troops and military technicians to support the Castro government. The
dangerous level of tension produced by this confrontation of nuclear
powers was followed in 1963 by an opposite reaction. Premier Khru-
shchev later told Xorman Cousins, editor of the Saturday Review and
an official of SANE, that "after Cuba" he considered the opportunity
for more cordial relations between the United States and the Soviet
Union was improved.

The one area on which I thought we were closest to agreement was nuclear
testing [said Khrushchev], and so I went before the Council of Ministers and
said to them :

"We can have an agreement with the United States to stop nuclear tests if we
agree to three inspections. I know that three inspections are not necessary, and
that the policing can be done adequately from outside our borders. But the
American Congress has convinced itself that onsite inspection is necessary and
the President cannot get a treaty through the Senate without it. Very well, then,
let us accommodate the President."

The Council asked me if I was certain that we could have a treaty if we agreed
to three insjiections and I told them yes. Finally, I persuaded them.*'

The offer referred to by the Premier in his talk with Cousins had
been made in a letter to President Kennedy, December 19, 1962, not
long after the easing of the Cuban crisis. It offered Soviet acceptance
of a comprehensive test ban treaty calling for three unmanned seismic
stations on Soviet soil and two or three onsite inspections of "suspi-
cious" earth tremors annually. Wrote Khrushchev :

You and your representatives. Mr. President, refer to the fact that, without a
minimum number of onsite inspections, it would be impossible for you to persuade

«5 Ibid., p. 662.
«« Ibid., pp. 665, 669.

^Norman Cousins, "Notes on a 1963 Visit With Khrushchev," Saturday Review (Nov.
7. 1964), p. 21.

202

the U.S. Senate to ratify [sic] an agreement on the cessation of testing. This con-
dition, as we understand it, ties your hands and is preventing the signature of a
treaty which would enable all of us to turn our backs forever on the nuclear weap-
ons proving grounds. Very well : if this is the only obstacle to agreement, we are
prepared to meet you on this point in the interest of the noble and humane cause
of ending nuclear weapons tests.*^

Divisions of opinion on test tan scope

It seems likely that by early 1963 there were divisions of official opin-
ion in both the'United States and Soviet Union on test ban questions.
The evidence of Premier Khrushchev's statements to Norman Cousins
appears to indicate that there were two schools of thought in the Soviet
leadership, one willing to tolerate a small but yet astonishingly un-
precedented invasion by an external authority, and the other against
anything of the sort. In the United States the differences extended all
the way from those who wanted no test ban at all to those who were
prepared to advocate a cessation of nuclear tests with little or no as-
surance against covert violation.

At about this same time (February 10) a Eepublican "Committee on
Nuclear Testing," chaired by Representative Craig Hosmer of Cali-
fornia, ranking Republican member of the Joint Committee on Atomic
Energy, issued a report questioning the value to the United States of
any test ban treaty whatsoever, denying the capability of existing sen-
sors to detect remote nuclear detonations, and urging that data con-
cerning these capabilities be made public to stimulate free and open
discussion of the entire issue. The report opposed any moratorium
on nuclear testing in view of the past unhappy experience with such
an arrangement.^^

President Kennedy strongly preferred a comprehensive test ban
treaty. But to some persons, including some of those in leadership roles
in the President's own party, this was going too far. A strong body of
opinion had arisen in opposition. One leading opponent, Senator
Thomas J. Dodd (Democrat of Connecticut) , chairman of the Internal
Security Subcommittee,^^ delivered a painstaking analysis of the com-
prehensive test ban issue to the Senate, February 21, in which he said
that the ITnited States had gone from one concession to another (he
identified 10 of these), that the problem of inspecting a closed society
(the U.S.S.R.) was central to the test ban issue, and that scientific op-
portunities inherent in nuclear technology should be sought unhindered
as long as "mutual security based on mutual confidence" remained out
of reach.^^

At the beginning- of April 1903, prospects for a test ban treaty of
any kind looked dark. France had exploded a nuclear device in the
Sahara, March 18. Senator Dodd's warning against bargaining away
U.S. nuclear superiority under an unenforceable treaty had been
placed before the Senate. The Soviet Union was at odds with the
United States over numbers of onsite inspections. The Joint Chiefs
of Staff were thought to be dissatisfied with the degree of safegitards

»8 "Documents on Disarmament. 1962." II. p. 1241.

39 "Administration in Center of Test-Ban Crossfire." Congressional Quarterly Fact Sheet
(Feb. 27, 1963), pp. 7-9.

« Or more correctlv. "Subcommittee To Investigate the Administration of the Internal
Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws, to the Committee on the .Tudiciary."

« "The Nuclear Test Ban Negotiations and the Ouest for Peace," Thursday, Feb. 21,
1963, reprint supplied by the office of Senator Dodd, 40 pages.

203

the administration was prepared to seek.*^ The Kepublican Confer-
ence Committee on Nuclear Testing had reservations as to tlie desir-
ability of any test ban treaty. It is not surprising that the President
told his press conference, April 24, that "I am not overly sanguine
about prospects for an accord," that he told his press conference, May
8, 'T'm not hopeful, not hopeful," and that a sense of desperation
was evident in his press conference of May 22, when he said "We're
still hoping," but "unless we could get an agreement now, I would
think the chance of getting it would be comparatively slight." ^^

Indications of United States and Soviet Union detente

Still the President persisted. On April 1, the United States and
United Kingdom jointly submitted a recapitulation of their position
on the essential features of a comprehensive test ban treaty to the 18-
Nation Disarmament Committee.** A mild thaw was occasioned by
the Soviet Union's acceptance, April 5, of the American proposal for
a direct teletype link between the two seats of government.*^ On a
less-formal level of negotiation, the President took advantage of a
planned visit with Premier Khrushchev, granted to Norman Cousins,
to ask the editor of the Saturday Review to explore the possibilities
for progress toward a test ban treaty privately. According to Cousins :

President Kennedy, knowing I was to see the chairman, had asked me to try
to clarify the Soviet misunderstanding of the American position on the test ban.
If the chairman construed the American jwsition on inspections to mean that
we actually did not want a treaty banning such testing, then that interpretation
was in error.**

In his interview with Cousins, Khrushchev complained that he
"was made to look foolish" before his Council of Ministers. He still
wanted a treaty. He felt he had been misled as to the position of the
United States. The Chinese, he said, had predicted that if he offered
the United States three inspections they would counter by demanding
six, and so on. Events had seemed to confirm the correctness of the
Chinese assessment : the United States did not want a test ban treaty.
However, Khrushchev concluded his phase of his conversation with
Cousins by saying :

But you can tell the President I accept his explanation of an honest misunder-
standing and suggest that we get moving. But the next move is up to him.*'

Responding to this invitation, the President joined with the Prime
Minister in a letter to Khrushchev "in an effort to see if we could
develop some means by which we could bring this matter to a climax
and see if we could reach an accord * * *."48 "\;\nien Khrushchev's
reply to this initiative was inconclusive, another joint proposal from
the Anglo-American Powers was delivered in Moscow, May 31.*^

*2 According to Earl H. Voss, in a study that appeared during the test ban hearings in
the summer of 1963 "The Joint Chiefs of Staff were reliably reported to have objected
to manv of the major concessions made by the United States in 1962—63," "Nuclear
Ambush, the Test Ban Trap" (Chicago, Henry Regnery Co., 1963), p. 484.

*3 "Documents on Disarmament, 1963." pp. 181, 183, 194.

** "Documents on Disarmament, 1963," p. 141.

'^Ibid., p. 160. This was an agreement In principle. A detailed technical agreement was
signed between the two Governments June 20.

*« Cousins, op. cit.

" Ibid., p. 58.

** President's news conference of Apr. 24, cited above.

*» "A Chronology of Disarmament Developments, 1963," p. 8.

204

The response to the second joint proposal formed a part of the Presi-
dent's speech at The American University, June 10. This speech was
retjarded at the time as somethino; of a milestone in Soviet- American
relations. It was widely acclaimed in the United States as an enlight-
ened attempt toward the construction of a viable world. It was credited
with breaking the tense relations between the United States and the
Soviet Union out of the frozen mold of intransigence.^" It was "printed
in full in both Pravda and Isvestiya and evoked enthusiastic reactions
from Soviet citizens in all walks of life." ^^ It was the subject of a
lengthy intei-view by the editors of Pravda and Isvestiya with Premiei'
Khrushchev.^- According to John McNaughton, Assistant Secretary of
Defense for International Security Affairs, the "speech at American
University was really the thing that opened the door to agreement, as
I see it."^^ In it the President addressed himself to the immediate
question of the test ban negotiations. It was one major area "where the
end is in sight — yet where a fresh start is badly needed * * *." He
then announced that "high-level discussions will shortly begin in Mos-
cow looking toward early agreement on a comprehensive test ban
treaty.'' And also : that the United States would not conduct nuclear
tests "in the atmosphere so long as other states did not do so. Here, too,
he called for a realistic attitude. No treaty, he said :

However much it may be to the advantage of all, however tightly it may be
worded, can provide absolute security against the risks of deception and eva-
sion. But it can — if it is sufficiently effective in its enforcement and if it is suf-
ficiently in the interests of its signers — offer far more security and far fewer
risks than an unabated, uncontrolled, unpredictable arms race."

Guidelines for tlie treaty negotiations

The process of negotiation needed to be conducted in such a way and
to produce such a result as to maximize support in the Senate for
the product. The President hoped to negotiate a comprehensive test
ban agreement. However, this ambition ran counter to a Senate draft
resolution, introduced just 2 weeks before the President's American
University speech by Senator Dodd, with Senator Humphrey, and co-
sponsored by 26 Democratic and six Republican Senators (34 in all).°^
The Dodd resolution, after taking note of the danger of radioactive
fallout, the failure to achieve a satisfactorv treatv banning tests in all
environments, and the technical and political difficulties of achieving a
comprehensive test ban treaty, stated —

That it is the sense of the Senate that the TTnited States should again offer
the Soviet Union an immediate agreement banning all tests that contaminate the
atmosphere or the oceans, bearing in mind that such tests can already be mon-
itored by the United States without onsite inspections on Soviet territory * * *.°"

No Senate action was taken on this resolution. However, its consider-
able sponsorship showed that a comprehensive test ban without satis-

5" Richard P. Stebbins, "The Uniterl States in World Affairs, 19(53," Council on Forei^
Relations (New York, Harper & Row, 1964). p. 2.5.

" Urle Bronfenbrenner, "Allowing for Soviet Perceptions," International Conflict and
Behavioral Science, editor Roger Fisher (New Yorli, Basic BooIjs, Inc., 1964), p. 176.

" "Documents on Disarmament. 196.3," p. 222.

"^ Interview with the author. July 1.5. 1964.

""Remarks of the President at American I'niversity. Wnshinpton. D.C.. .Tune 10. 196''.."
Office of the White House Press Secretary (as actunlly delivered). 7 pp. minipofrrn plied.

5' Of these, the late Senator Estes Kefauver (Democrat, of Tennessee), died suddenly
during the summer, the late Senator Clair Enjrle (Democrat, of California), was incapaci-
tated by a stroke and was unable to vote, and Senator Frank J. Lausche (Democrat, of
Ohio), after cosponsorin;? the resolution, and later a^eeins: to report the treaty itself out
of the Foreig'n Relations Committee without amendment or reservation, apparently had a
chanpe of heart and voted against final Senate approval of the treaty.

*« Mimeographed text supplied by Senator Dodd's office.

205

factory provision for inspection would encounter serious opposition.
Nevertheless, the American team of negotiators that went to Moscow
in July carried instructions to seek, if possible, agreement on a com-
prehensive ban. Only when it became apparent that the Soviet Union
would not accept a comprehensive agreement with the requisite in-
spection provisions, did the American team turn to the limited ban as
an alternative. In this decision, the negotiators were guided both by
communications from the White House and from the British Govern-
ment, which was extremely anxious to complete an agreement of some
substantive nature.^"

However, the outlook for the treaty in the Senate was still not
completely assured. Acquiescence was needed from those Senators who
placed heavy emphasis on military assessment of the consequences of
the treaty for the national security ; from those concerned with pro-
tecting the viability of U.S. research in nuclear science ; and from those
j)rimarily interested in the consequences of the treaty for the whole
edifice of American foreign policy. Support of Senate Republicans
was indispensable. On one hand, the President could rely on the favor-
able votes of those Senators most deeply anxious about radioactive
fallout, and from those most eager for progress toward ending the arms
race. On the other hand, the President could expect certain opposition
from those to whom almost any agreement with the Soviet Union
constituted softness. He could also expect opposition from those whose
concept of national security was exclusively in terms of overwhelming
military power. To achieve the necessary two-thirds vote, the President
needed to enlist the acceptance, if not the affirmative support, of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff. He needed the support of the atomic energy
community and the still broader scientific community; and of the
academic fraternity in the fields of international affairs and diplo-
mac}^ He assuredly needed a mobilization of public opinion at large.

Completion of the negotiation process

The negotiations themselves were handled smoothly, quickly, with
few complications. Effective direct communication was maintained
between the American negotiators and the White House throughout.
The device of having three "depositary governments" would enable
states not recognizing or recognized by one depositary to file acceptance
of the treaty with another. The question of inspection was eliminated
by excluding tests that could not be detected from outside of states.
The problem of distinguishing between weapons tests and experiments
in peaceful uses of atomic explosions was resolved, less happily, by
extending the ban to cover "any other atomic explosion" in the for-
bidden environments of air, space, and water. This expedient left a
loose end which was to be the subject of much discussion by the Senate
and which lingered as a point of uncertainty after the treaty was
ratified.

The negotiators arrived in Moscow July 14. Discussions continued
from July 16 to July 25. The principals were W. Averell Harriman,
Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs (United States) ; Lord
Hailsham, Lord President of the Council and Minister of Science
(United Kingdom) ; and A. A. Gromyko, Minister of Foreign Affairs

s^ This account Is based on the Interview already referred to with John McNaughton,
who went, as general counsel of the Department of Defense, as a member of the U.S.
negotiating team.

206

(U.S.S.K.). The treaty was agreed to and initialed July 25. The
President announced the agreement in a radio-television address the
evening of July 26.

In announcing that agreement had been reached on a test ban treaty
in Moscow, the President claimed for it four advantages : it would
reduce world tensions, reduce radioactive fallout, help prevent nuclear
proliferation, and limit the arms race. The United States should
remain ready to resume atmospheric tests so as to minimize any
advantage to (and thus deter) an adversary from surprise abrogation.
It would be necessary to maintain detection systems to render cheating
as difficult and unrewarding as possible (and thus to deter it). The
President expressed hope that the document would be the subject of
"a historic and constructive debate." It would involve military,,
scientific, and political experts, but it must not be left, to them alone.
He hoped that "all of you will take part in that debate, for this treaty
is for all of us." ^^ In this way the President openly solicited public
expressions of opinion to the Members of the Senate.

The treaty was f onnally signed in Moscow, August 5, by Gromyko ;
Dean Rusk, Secretary of State : and Lord Home, Principal Secretary
of State for Foreign Affairs. The presence at the treaty-signing cere-
mony of Senators Humphrey, Pastore, Aiken, and Saltonstall
symbolized the important role of the Senate in the conduct of American
foreign policy.

The treaty was reported to the President by Acting Secretary of
State George W. Ball, August 8, and was transmitted to the Senate by
tho President the same day. At this point, the center of activity shifted
to the Senate.

III. The Test Ban Treaty Hearings

The Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty was referred to the Commit-
tee on Foreign Relations, chaired by Senator J, William Fulbright,
Because of the technical aspects and military implications of the
treaty, he invited members of the Committee on Armed Services and
the Senate members of the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy to sit
with his committee during the hearings.^^ A complication was intro-
duced by the circumstance that a separate set of hearings^" had been
initiated by the Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee of the

^ "Documents on Disarmament, 19fi3." pp. 250-257.

™ The hearings were held according to the following schedule : During the week of
August 12 : Dean Rusk, Secretary of State : Robert S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense ;
Dr. Glenn T. Seaborg, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff ; and John A. McCone.
Director of the Central Intelligence Agency (In executive session). During the week of
August 19 : Members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (including Gen. David M. Shoup. Com-
mandant, U.S. Marine Corps) ; Dr. Edward Teller, formerly director of Lawrence Radia-
tion Laboratory ; Dr. Robert Strausz-Hupe, director of the Foreign Policy Research
Institute, University of Pennsylvania : Dr. Harold Brown, director of Defense Research
and Engineering, Department of Defense ; Dr. Norrls E. Bradbury, director of Los Alamos
Scientific Laboratory ; Dr. John S. Foster. Jr., director of Lawrence Radiation Laboratory ;
Dr. Willard F. Llbby, former chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission : Adm. Hiewis L.
Strauss, U.S. Navy (retired), former chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission : Harold
E. Stassen. President Elsenhower's Special Adviser for Disarmament : and Norman
Cousins. Also various public witnesses. During the week of August 26 : Dr. Herbert
P. York, former director of Defense Research and Engineering ; Dr. Marshall D. Shulman,
Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, Tufts University ; Arthur H. Dean, formerly
U.S. representative to the Eighteen Nation Disarmament Committee : Dr. George B.
Kistiakowsky of Harvard University and formerly scientific adviser to President Eisen-
hower. Also a number of public witnesses.

"""On Military Aspects and Implications of Nuclear Test Ban Proposals and Related
Matters." Beginning May 7, the subcommittee had heard testimony from Adm. George W.
Anderson, Jr., Chief of Naval Operations : Gen. Curtis E. LeMay, Air Force Chief of
Staff ; Maj. Gen. Robert H. Booth. Chief. Defense Atomic Support Agency ; William C.
Foster, director, and Dr. Franklin A. Long, assistant director, U.S. Arms Control and
Disarmament Agency, and Leland Haworth. Commissioner, Atomic Energy Commission.

207

Senate Committee on Armed Services before the negotiations wore
begun on the test ban treaty. After the treaty had been initialed, the
subcommittee, under the chairmanship of John Stennis, resumed its
hearings having thereafter a substantive focus for its questions.®^

Complications of hearings in tioo convmittees

As a consequence, the Administration had to prepare testimony
simultaneously for two different hearings. The arrangement was made
more awkward in that the Committee on Armed Services had been
invited to sit with the Committee on Foreign Relations. Prioritv at-
tention by Government witnesses was given to the hearings of the
latter committee because the treaty had been referred to it for action.
The effect of this priority was that some witnesses were not able to
appear before Senator Stennis' subcommittee at all, others had to
schedule appearances inconveniently, and security review of the
lengthy and sensitive testimony tended to be delayed. Senator Stennis
complained several times about the "treatment" his subcommittee re-
ceived. On the other hand, Senator Fulbright expressed some dissatis-
faction with the action of the Preparedness Subcommittee in invading
a field that he considered the prerogative of his own committee.''^

The approaches by the two Senate bodies differed. The Foreign
Relations Committee heard some 20 major witnesses, most of whom
favored the treaty. The Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee
heard 13 witnesses, in August, balanced roughly half for and half
against. The questions addressed to witnesses before both committees
were extensive, thorough, searching, and detailed. A somewhat friend-
lier attitude prevailed toward the treaty in the Foreign Relations
Committee, but both sets of hearings produced extremely informative
testimony. The scope of the Foreign Relations Committee was the
broader — as it included consideration of such issues as the effect of
the treaty on the NATO Alliance, the meaning of treaty language,
the Sino-Soviet split, the interests of the non-nuclear States in the
treaty, and the propriety of the use of nuclear explosives for peaceful
purposes under the treaty. The subcommittee confined itself to the
military (or national security) aspects of the treaty. The effect of this
difference in scope was that prepared statements and responses to
questions in the committee balanced military risk with political ad-
vantage; while in the subcommittee, attention was centered on mili-
tary risk and technical disadvantages or limitations regarding the
development of weapons and defensive systems that would result
from the treaty.

When the question of approving the treaty was finally decided on
the Senate floor, September 24, only 2 of the 17 members of the Com-
mittee on Foreign Relations (Long of Louisiana and Lausche), voted
against it. Seven of the 17 members of the Committee on Armed Serv-

81 In the resumed hearinprs, the following witnesses appeared between Aug. 1 and
Aug. 27 : Dr. John S. Foster, Jr. ; Dr. Norris E. Bradbury ; Dr. Edward Teller : Gen.
Maxwell Taylor and the other members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff ; Gen. Thomas S.
Power, commander of the Strategic Air Command: Gen. Bernard A. Schrlever, com-
mander of the Air Force Systems Command ; Dr. Harold Brown ; Admiral Anderson
(then U.S. Navy (retired) ; Gen. Nathan F. Twining, U.S. Air Force (retired), former
chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

82 The conflict in scheduling between the two committee hearings Is illustrated by the
fact that on the opening day of the Foreign Relations Committee hearings, the Secretary
of State presented testimony in the morning (10 to 12 :0.5) and in the afternoon (2 to
4:45), while the Preparedness Subcommittee heard from Dr. Teller all afternoon (2 to
5:.30). Both witnesses were important figures and chanced to be expressing strongly
differing points of view. Members of the Preparedness Subcommittee, invited to attend
both sets of hearings, had to choose between them.

208

ices (Chairman Eiissell, Stennis, Byrd of Virginia, Thurmond, Byrd
of West Virginia, Smitli and Goldwater), 3 of the 9 Senate mem-
bers of the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy (Russell, Bennett, and
Curtis) and 4 of the 7 members of the Preparedness Investi-
gating Subcommittee (Chairman Stennis, Thurmond, Smith and Gold-
water) opposed the treaty. There is at least some inference in the dift'er-
ences in divisions among the several committees that it reflected their
differential exposure to evidence regarding the treaty and its possible
consequences.

Testimony of the Secretary of State

In his brief opening statement to the Foreign Relations Committee
hearing. Secretary Rusk delineated the general plan of the treaty,
after explaining its historical backgromid. Like other witnesses who
followed him, he Stressed the decline in national security that accom-
panied the nuclear arms race.

It is against this prospect, which the world must frankly face, that the Sen-
ate is asked to consider the present treaty. If there may be marginal risks In
it, they are far less in my opinion than the risks that will result if we accept
the thought that rational man must pursue an unlimited competition in nuclear
weapons.

The Secretary noted that article I of the treaty contained the funda-
mental obligation — a prohibition of nuclear tests except underground.
He defined an "underground test" as one in which "the radioactive
debris remains within the country where the explosion takes place."
The treaty did not "affect the use of nuclear weapons in war." It
would, however, restrict nuclear explosions for peaceful pur-
l>oses as they would be indistinguishable from tests. Still, he con-
tended, much useful work could still be done on the Plowshare proj-
ect. Concerning article II of the treaty, he noted that the amendment
process involved a veto which he regarded "as essential to the security
interests of the United States." °* With respect to article III, providing
for "ratification and accession," he assured the committee that no
regime, by the act of subscribing to that treaty, would be able to
"gain recognition by parties to the treaty that do not now recognize
it." ^^ Article IV of the treaty entitled any signatory to withdraw
unilaterally, upon 3 months' notice. Said the Secretary : "Under the
treaty, we alone will decide whether extraordinary events have oc-
curred and whether they jeopardize our supreme national interests."
In such an event withdrawal under the 3 months clause might be
necessary. But if the Soviet Union started to test in violation of the
treaty, "the United States could, if it chose, consider itself released
from its reciprocal obligation and could resume testing without
delay." ^^

Secretaiy Rusk then identified "concrete gains" thalt the treaty
offered. These were : a slowing-down of the upward spiraling nuclear
arms race, an inliibition upon the proliferation of nuclear weapons

«3 U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. Nuclear Test Ban Treaty.
Hearings on Ex. M, SStli Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1963), p. 13. Tlie treaty banning nuclear weapon tests in tlie atmosphere, in outer space,
and underwater, signed at Moscow on Aug. 5, 1963, on behalf of the United States of
America, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics.

84 Ibid.

05 Ibid., p. 14.

e« Nuclear Test Ban Treaty. Hearings, op. clt., p. 18.

209

to additional countries, and a reduction in ''radioactive pollution of
the planet." But the most important advantage of the treaty was
what it might symbolize.

* * * If the promise of this treaty can be realized, if we can now take even
this one small step along a new course, then frail and fearful mankind may find
another step and another until confidence replaces terror and hope takes over
from despair.""

As to the proposition that the Soviet Union was not to be trusted,
he replied that he did not believe "an agreement of this sort can rest
upon the element of faith and trust." Fortunately, he said, "We will
know if there are significant violations of this treaty, we will be free
to do whatever is necessary in our own security, and I would think
that this is not a matter of trust." *^^ He added that the withdrawal
clause had been written into the treaty at the request of the United
States: the Soviet Union did not require one "simply on the thesis
that sovereignty permits the denunciation of a treaty in any event."

The question of the "minimum deterrent" versus "superior strategic
force" was raised by Senator Jackson, who asked whether Secretary
Eusk believed the United States could afford a position of "parity or
equality with the Soviet Union in nuclear weapons technology and
systems ?" The Secretary replied :

Senator, I believe that the United States must maintain overall nuclear
superiority with respect to the Soviet Union. This involves primarily the capacity
to demonstrate that regardless of who strikes first, the United States will be in
a position effectively to destroy an aggressor.*

A point of major importance was as to the role of the Department
of Defense in the formulation of foreign policy. The issue was first
raised by Senator Stennis who noted that no military adviser had
participated in the treaty negotiations. This was "just unthinkable"
to Stennis who asked : "Why did you not take someone or send some-
one?"^° On the other hand, Senator Morse invited the Secretary to
clarify the relationship of the Department of Defense to treatymaking,
and expressed gratification "that you did not take a member of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff to Moscow, for, I think, the symbolism of it
would have been most unfortunate." The Secretary explained that
although i^articipation in the actual negotiation was the function of the
Secretary of State under the direction of the President, nevertheless —

The Defense Department and the Joint Chiefs of Staff, by statute, have re-
sponsibility both for advice and action in the security field and, necessarily,
security and foreign policy tend to merge in very important respects, so I think,
perhaps. Senator Morse, this division could not be made completely mutually ex-
clusive here on this particular point. "^

In concluding, the Secretary said the President had given Under-
Secretary Harriman daily instructions during the negotiation of the
treaty, and the President had the "benefit of the full advice of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff before giving such direction." He did not believe
that there had been any change in the purpose of the Communist
movement, "whether in the Soviet Union or in mainland China, or
anywhere else, to communize the rest of the world." He agreed that it
was a difficult problem to try to move toward an important act of

8' Ibid., p. 20.

^ Ibid., pp. 26-27.

«» Nuclear Test Ban Treaty. Hearings, op. cit., p. 45.

TO Ibid., p. 42.

■" Ibid., p. 57.

99-044—69 15

210

peace while remaining mindful of the hazards remaining. And he
offered a note of hope to Chairman Fulbright :

I think that there is steadily developing in the Soviet Union something
roughly comparable to a public opinion. The question is whether it will develop
fast enough to have a decisive influence on policy in great matters of crisis, but
I think there is no doubt that there is a strong demand in the Soviet Union for
attention to some of these great unfinished tasks of their own society, just as
there is here in our country.''^

Testimony of the Secretary of Defense

The second witness, Eobert S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense,
dealt with military areas in which he judged the treaty to be advan-
tageous or disadvantageous to the United States. The Secretary con-
cluded that on balance the military effect of the treaty favored the
United States. He recalled that he had earlier testified that "the
United States has nuclear superiority." Military strength had also
been increased in the sub-nuclear categories.

I mention this strength [said McNamara] because I regard as essential to our
national security the maintenance of a military posture such that we can absorb
any initial surprise attack and strike back with sufficient power to destroy the
aggressor. My assessment of the proposed treaty is made from that point of
view — from the point of view of what is best for the security of the United
States.'"

The Secretary then took up four areas of concern. In the first of
these, concerning high-yield (tens of megatons) weapons, the Soviet
Union appeared to be teclmologically superior to the United States,
as measured by the standard of yield-to-weight ratio. The treaty would
preclude further developments in this area. However, "the apparent
Soviet teclmological advantage at the upper end of the yield spectrum
has resulted from a considered decision by the United States not to
concentrate effort in this field * * *."

In intermediate and low-yield nuclear weapons, the United States
"appears to be clearly superior in yield-to-weight ratios." This supe-
riority enabled the United States to develop and deploy large
numbers of long-range and intermediate-range ballistic missiles; to
develop "relatively small warheads wliich would be used to assure
penetration by saturation of sophisticated and very elaborate ballistic
missile defenses;" to achieve such desirable characteristics of missiles
as dispersal, mobility, and hardening; to equip missiles with decoys;
to achieve salvo launches ; and possibly to arm a future ABM."*

The Secretary questioned the military effectiveness of very high-
yield weapons because it was difficult and costly to give them the
desirable military characteristics he had ascribed to the smaller-yield
weapons of the United States. Several small weapons, directed at
military targets, he said, "can achieve a higher confidence of kill" so
that "for a given resource input we achieve higher target destruction
with our smaller systems." '^

The second area of concern was the survivability of the deterrent
system of the United States. Here, the U.S. position was secure. "Our
missile force is deployed so as to assure that under any conceivable
Soviet first strike, a substantial portion of it would remain in firing
condition." He was satisfied with the extent of hardening of Minute-

''aibid., pp. 59-79.
'3 Ibid., p. 98.
■^^ Ibid., pp. 99-100.
^5 Ibid., p. 101.

211

man missiles and command/control facilities; also, many Polaris sub-
marines at sea, and strategic aircraft aloft or dispersed, would survive
a first strike.'^

As to the third area, the anti-ballistic-missile system, or ABM, he
did not judge the Soviet Union to hold any advantage.

The ABM system which we are now designing will provide us with a high
confidence of achieving a low miss distance, a short distance between intercept-
ing missile and the incoming warhead. At such miss distances, the ABM war-
head designs which we now have or can develop through underground testing
will provide a high probability of killing Soviet warheads even if they incor-
porate advanced technology far beyond what now exists.

In the other required characteristics of an ABM system — reaction
speed, missile performance in accelerating, traffic handling capacity,^
and capacity for decoy discrimination — further progi'ess was domi-
nated by factors unrelated to nuclear testing.

With respect to his fourth area of concern, the Secretary said that
U.S. weapons "have and will continue to have'" capability to pene-
trate enemv defenses. There were some marmnal uncertainties. Vul-
nerability of an incoming warhead to the blast effect of an exploding
AB]M warhead could not be fully tested underground. Also, "We have
not, and we believe that the Soviet Union has not, explored by full-
scale high altitude tests the vulnerability of reenti-y vehicles to "blast."

But. regardless of the design of any Soviet ABM system, in view of the war-
head improvements w^e can make under the treaty, of the massive U.S. force
available to saturate their defenses, and of the array of penetration aids 'which
are being developed and will continue to be developed and improved, by under-
ground testing where necessary, the United States will continue to have the
capability, and most importantly, the Soviets will know that we will continue
to have the capability — to penetrate and to devastate the Soviet Union if a re-
taliatory blow is required."

The Secretary next examined the possibility of Soviet "cheating"
by means of clandestine tests, concluding that such "would clearly
not be a simple, easily concealed, high-confidence operation." To deter
surprise abrogation, it would be "firm national policy" to retain a
"readiness to test in every relevant environment." '^^

In conclusion, the Secretary summarized the military advantages
of the treaty as "retarding the spread of nuclear weapons," and afford-
ing an opportmiity, at minimum risk, "to test the sincerity of Soviet
protestations about their desire to explore more sweeping arrange-
ments for preserving the peace." The one serious danger he perceived
in the situation was the "risk of euphoria." Progressin arms control
arrangement with the Soviet Union depended "critically" on the pres-
ervation of the military strength of the United States, and on the
condition of mind that would maintain that strength.''^

The question of the role of the JCS was raised again with Secretary
McNamara as it had been with Secretary Rusk. In response, he said*:
"I presented my statement to the Chiefs for word-by-word approval
but it is based on hours of discussion." ®° In resjDonse to a question by
Senator Russell, Chairman of the Armed Services Committee, as to
whether there were plans, "if we go into the area of disarmament and

■^« Ibid., p. 102.

" Ibid., pp. 103-104.

78 Ibid., p. 107.

79 Ibid., pp. 108-109.
8« Ibid., p. 114.

212

reduction of arms, to have military people available for consultation?"
the Secretary responded :

Absolutely. The Chiefs have met on literally hundreds of occasions in the
last 2 years to consider the proposals that have been under study during that
time and I am certain if disarmament proposals are considered by our Govern-
ment iu the next 2 years that it will require similar action on their part.

They consider these both separately and also during sessions with me and
with the President. Their advice is absolutely es.sential as a foundation for proper
consideration of any proposals dealing with our military forces.*^

As to the "degree to which the military have been kept informed and
consulted with reference to the treaty," the Secretary explained :

I believe they have been both thoroughly informed and frequently consulted
on the subject matter of the treaty. Over a period of years this was the custom
of the previous administration and I think it has not only been carried on but
I believe furthered by this administration.

As a matter of fact, in May of this year General Taylor, the Chairman of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff, was added formally and officially to the Committee of
Principals which is the organization in the executive branch which reviews pro-
posals such as this before they are finally presented to the President.

This was more a formal move than one of substance because prior to that time
both he and his predecessor, General Lemnitzer, during my period in the De-
partment, and I think it was true prior to the time I was in the Department, ac-
companied the Secretary of Defense to the meeting of the Committee of Principals.

But in order to insure there was no misunderstanding about the importance of
the role of the military advisers, the Chairman was formally added to the com-
mittee in the month of May of this year.®"

Asked whether the JCS in giving subsequent testimony to the com-
mittee would be under administrative constraint, the Secretary said
there were no such instructions, "either on this treaty or on any
other subject." The JCS, he went on, "have the right and the
responsibility [by law] to appear before the appropriate congressional
committees to express their views at their own initiation when they
believe that actions are being taken contrary to our national security."
Moreover, "they have that right by practice in my administration of
the Department." ^^

Secretary McNamara was also invited to comment on a speech by
Senator George McGovern, who had urged a reduction in defense
expenditures on the ground that an asserted excess of nuclear weapons
and delivery systems (which he called "over-kill" capability) had
already been achieved so that still more force was unnecessary. The
gist of his reply was that the term "over-kill" seemed to be propa-
gandistic and was technically unsound. A nation whose strategy
involved accepting an attack and then responding must assume that
a substantial portion of its arsenal will be destroyed before it is used.
It must accordingly have an excessive inventory to be sure that enough
of its weapons survive an attack to be able to deliver a punishing
second strike.

TestiTnony of the Chaii^man of the AEC

Dr. Glenn T. Seaborg, Chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission, stressed the need for continued readiness to test, in order to
deter surprise abrogation,®* called for a vigorous program to utilize
nuclear explosives for peaceful purposes (the Plowshare program),

«Ihid., p. 111.
^^'Ibid., p. 119.

^ Ibid., p. 202.
«*Ibld., pp. 208-209.

213

and expressed confidence that under the treaty the program could be
carried on to encompass a wide variety of interesting experiments.^^
The danger of radiation from radioactive fallout, he said, was far
from posmg a danger, but it could easily become one with unrestricted
testing.^^ Senator Kussell inquired if it was correct to calculate the
relative blast effect of an atomic bomb as the cube root of the yield ;
Dr. Seaborg agreed that it was "approximately correct."' ®^ He gave
assurance that the AEC would maintain readiness to conduct atmos-
pheric tests, would carry on a strong program of underground testing,
and would maintain strong and healthy laboratories.^^ He assured
Senator Russell that it would be possible to complete an "antimissile
missile"' without further atmospheric testing, and that, in fact, "We
already have a number of warheads that are eligible for this pur-
jDose * * *." ^^

In the course of Dr. Seaborg's testimony, the chairman of the
committee introduced into the record a letter from Dr. I. I. Rabi of
Columbia University, reporting a survey he had conducted of 35
Americans who were Nobel Prize winners, all of whom recommended
approval of the treaty.

Testhnony of the Chairman of the JCS

Gen. Maxwell Taylor, Chairman of the JCS, told the committee
that "the broader advantages of the test ban treaty have led the Joint
Chiefs of Staff to conclude that it is compatible with the security
interests of the United States and we support its ratification." ^ The
JCS, General Taylor said, had focused their analysis "on this par-
ticular treaty at this particular point in time." They had established
four criteria of acceptability relative to the national security, which
are paraphrased as follows :

1. Limitations on U.S. testing would be unacceptable in
any militarily important area of nuclear weapon technology in which
the Soviet Union had or could achieve a significant advantage.

2. A test ban treaty would be unacceptable if the Soviet Union could
conduct clandestine testing that would have seriously adverse effects on
the relative balance of military power.

3. Withdrawal from the treaty should be uncomplicated — permitted
without delay in event of treaty violation or if national interests were
imperiled.

4. If criteria (1) and (2) were not completely met, the treaty must
convey compensatory advantages elsewhere.^^

The JCS recognized that the Soviet Union led the United States
in the technology of high-yield nuclear weapons, but lagged somewhat
in low-yield weapons. In the ABM field, progress did not depend on
nuclear testing. In tactical nuclear weapons, the United States was
"probably ahead."" They concluded :

s^Ibid.. pp. 210-211.

^ Ibid., p. 214.

^" Ibid., p. 215. The slgniflcance of this exchange ma.v not have received full recognition.
It signified that the destructive power of a 100-megaton bomb was only about 1.7 times
as great as that of a 20-megaton bomb, and only 4.6 times as great as that of a 1-megaton
bomb. In view of the great weight penalty of the larger yield bomb (since yield and
weight are about in direct proportion). Its military advantage as a weapon of destruction
is doubtful.

« Ibid., p. 222.

89 Ibid., p. 217.

»f Ibid., p. 275.

»i Ibid., p. 272.

214

As to net superiority in ability to inflict damage on the enemy, the JCS consider
that the United States at present is clearly ahead of the U.S.S.R. in the ability
to wage strategic nuclear war, and is probably ahead in the ability to wage
tactical nuclear war, whereas the Soviets have developed a substantial midrange
ballistic m.issile capability.*^

As seen by the JCS the treaty presented a number of specific mili-
tary disadvantages, to one side or both. The United States would be
unable to overtake the Soviet lead in high-yield weapons. The Soviets
would be able to overtake the United States in low-yield tactical
weapons. Neither side could achieve as effective characteristics of an
ABM system, although both sides could probably develop one. Eate of
acquisition of scientific knowledge of weapons effects would be slowed.
Proof tests and environmental tests of weapons would be halted.
Clandestine tests might give the Soviets further advantages, although
such advantages were considered a "relatively minor factor in relation
to the overall present and probable balance of military strength if
adequate safeguards are maintained." Safeguards were particularly
important to minimize the advantage of the Soviets might gain from
a surprise abrogation. Accordingly, the JCS recommended four sets
of safeguards. These were :

'te'

(a) The conduct of comprehensive, aggressive, and continuing underground
nuclear test programs designed to add to our knowledge and improve our weapons
in all areas of significance to our military posture for the future.

(&) The maintenance of modern nuclear laboratory facilities and programs in
theoretical and exploratory nuclear technology which will attract, retain, and
insure the continued application of our human scientific resources to these pro-
grams on which continued progress In nuclear technology depends.

(c) The maintenance of the facilities and resources necessary to institute
promptly nuclear tests in the atmosphere should they be deemed essential to our
national security or should the treaty or any of its terms be abrogated by the
Soviet Union.

(d) The improvement of capability, within feasible and practical limits, to
monitor the terms of the treaty, to detect violations, and to maintain our knowl-
edge of Sino-Soviet nuclear activity, capabilities, and achievements."

General Taylor concluded his formal presentation by expressing
an apprehension that a state of "euphoria" might "reduce our vigilance
and the willingness of our country and of our allies to expand
[expend?] continued effort on our collective security."®* He assured
the committee that the JCS had been consulted during the development
of the treaty, and during the Moscow negotiations he himself had
served as intermediary to keep them informed and to express their
views to the White House. He acknowledged that the Soviet Union
was not to be trusted. He assured the committee that the United States
would not observe the treaty if it were not in the national interest
(but would observe the 00-day waiting period before withdrawing
from it) , that the JCS saw nothing in the treaty to prohibit the use
of nuclear weapons in warfare, and that the limitation upon the
proof-testing of systems was probably the hardest condition for them
to accept.

Mr. McCone, Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, then went
before the committee in executive session, to discuss classified matters
concerning what Secretary Rusk had earlier described as the "high
degree of confidence" in U.S. abilitv to detect "anv violations" of the

"2 Ibid., p. 27.^.

"3 Ibid., pp. 274-275.

«* Ibid., p. 276.

215

treatv.^^ In his testimonv, McCone "imqualifiedlv endorsed this treaty,
with the four [ JCS] provisos * * *." ««

T estiTnony hy opponents of the treaty

The main opposition to the treaty in the Foreign Relations Com-
mittee hearing was supplied by Dr. Teller. He was impressed with
the unpredictability of nuclear science, the unreliability of intelligence,
and the importance of peaceful uses of nuclear explosives which he
said the treaty would hamper. He regarded unrestricted tests as bene-
ficial to the United States: in his view the Soviets were "ahead" in
numerous categories of development involving nuclear testing, an
ABM system was feasible, the treaty would not halt nuclear pro-
liferation, and because testing in outer space could not be policed it
should therefore be permitted. He feared the test ban would impair
relations with allies of the United States and prove generally a source
of instability. He said: "The reason that I am w^orried about this
treaty is because I believe that this treaty is a step not toward peace
liut rather a step away from safety, possibly a step toward war." ^^
Indicating that intelligence had been wrong in estimating when the
Soviet Union would achieve a nuclear capability, that Soviet prepa-
rations for the surprise abrogation of the test moratorium had not
been anticipated, that the Russian sputnik had been a surprise, and
that it was generally difficult to glean intelligence from a police state,
he concluded : "On the basis of the past performance of our intelli-
gence, we cannot be comfortable and we cannot say that we know what
the Russians know." ^^ As to the ABM, he said : "A few years ago I
firmly believed that missile defense was hopeless. I am now convinced
that I was wrong." ^^ With respect to Plowshare, Teller said :

We can make harbors, we can make sea level canals, we can deflect rivers, we
•can throw off overburden from deep deposits, deep mineral deposits and increase
our wealth and the wealth of other nations. AYe can do it in a very clean way.
We can do it in such a way, I believe, 2 years from now it will be possible to
make an explosion that will have made a crater and land in this crater as soon
as the dust has settled, in 15 minutes, without exposing ourselves to more radia-
tion than we have taken year in and year out in our laboratories. All this can
be done. But there will be some measurable radioactivity, and this treaty pro-
hibits the deposition of any radioactivity outside the territory of the United
States.^""

The future of nuclear development, said Teller, was unpredictable,
and the —

* * * development of a rapidly moving field such as that of atomic energy, is
completely beyond my predictions. I have made the historical introduction to
demonstrate to you by the surprises of the past that surprises must be expected
in the future.

They might be in offensive or defensive weapons, and would surely
be in peaceful uses.^-^ In Teller's judgment, the "Russians have worked
much harder" and "are already ahead" in nuclear development.^"^
'\'VTiile it was true that the treaty might have "exacerbated the Sino-
Soviet difference," he saw no other way "in which this treaty might
retard or disturb the Communists."

** Ibid., p. 19.

^ Statement by Senator Mansfield, Ibid., p. 490.

"" Ibid., p. 418.

"« Ibid., p. 422.

«» Ibid., p. 420.

^'^ Ibid., pp. 426-427.

^f^ Ibid., p. 435.

>«> Ibid., p. 448.

216

On the contrary, by driving a wedge between us and our allies, I see how this
treaty might facilitate the further expansion of communism.^"'

Dr. Robert Strausz-Hupe, of the University of Pennsylvania, an-
alyzed the treaty in terms of the relationship between a free society
and a Communist or closed society. He expressed fear that the treaty
might weaken the NATO alliance. The 90-day withdrawal provision
of the treaty, he believed, unduly favored an unscrupulous state that
did not honor it, and might give rise to endless uncertainties — or even
worse, to lags m the response by an open society to suspicion of treaty
violation by a closed society. Another weakness of the treaty in his
view was that it set a precedent for uninspected arms agreements.
And finally, the goal of tension reduction was of dubious merit in
dealing "with an opponent who seeks world domination * * *." ^°* Ac-
cordingly, he recommended that the Senate accede to the treaty, but
only subject to stipulations involving assertion of the right to use nu-
clear weapons in war, to transfer them to allies at any time, to instant
abrogation if necessary; also, stipulations asserting the inspection
principle, assurance of nonrecognition of the East German regime,
and the need for periodic reports of various kinds.^*'^ In the absence
of any of these, he advocated rejection of the treaty.

Technical support for the treaty

A principal technical witness for the Administration was Dr. Harold
Brown, Director of Defense Research and Engineering and earlier
director of Lawrence Radiation Laboratoiy, Livermore, Calif. Dr.
Brown systematically analyzed the effects of the test ban treaty upon
various categories of weaponry- and concluded that, if fully observed,
it would "actually improve somewhat the position of the United States
vis-a-vis the Soviet Union * * *." Moreover, he said, "I do not believe
that the Soviets can impair to an important degree our strategic
superiority."

Having satisfied myself as completely as is humanly possible that the
proposed treaty cannot substantially impair our strategic superiority if we
take the steps which we can to continue our nuclear developments and remain
prepared, and that indeed it could enhance our strategic superiority com-
pared with unlimited testing. I find the arguments for it on broader grounds
persuasive, and I fully support its ratification.^"*

It was true. Dr. Brown conceded, that the Soviets had bested the
Ignited States in the "upper end of the yield spectrum" because of a
"considered decision by the United States not to concentrate effort
in this field." The attention to smaller yield devices had facilitated
the development of ICBM and IRBM weaponry by the United States.
IVIoreover, "with our present Iniowledge and further underground
testing we can continue development of relatively small warheads
which would be used to assure penetration by saturation even of
sophisticated and very elaborate ballistic missile defenses." In weap-
ons effects tests, the United States appeared to be generally ahead
of the Soviet Union (a i^oint tliat Dr. Teller disputed). Effect of
Aveapons against hardened missile sites was determined more by ac-
curacy of delivery system than by jaeld of warhead. Similarly, coiu-

■■fs ihifl.. p. 454.
'^"^Ihifl.. p. .51.5.
'"= Ibifl.. p. 517.
it« Ibid., pp. 541-542.

217

mand and control systems of the United States were being hardened,
so that vuhierability of these was not a factor.^°'

In knowledge of the effect of high altitude nuclear bursts on com-
munications blackout, radar blackout, and nuclear weapons vulner-
ability, Dr. Brown said, the United States and the Soviet Union
were comparable. Both countries would be able to "design around our
uncertainties." Also in ABM development, efforts of the United States
"are comparable in magnitude and in success with those of the So-
viets." Dr. Brown did not consider Soviet development of a 100-
megaton bomb of crucial significance :

The actual military worth of 100-megaton weapons to the United States is
not clear either to the military or technical authorities in the Defense De-
partment. Their ix)ssible effects could not have been thoroughly explored by
the Soviets in their development tests. We are sure that two or three smaller
bombs are equally or more effective against important military targets than
one of the large Soviet bombs.^"*^

The various possible modes of "cheating" under the treaty, he
judged, were not worth the effort, or would nm serious risk of de-
tection, or both: "attempted violation carries high risks of detec-
tion wherever there is significant motivation for violation." ^°^ Both
the United States and the Soviet Union needed more information to
develop satisfactory defense postures in weapons effects on hardened
sites and ABM development. However, "preventing a war is far more
important than any knowledge that you might get." ^^°

On the other hand, if they cheat as much as they can, and if they prepare a
surprise under the treaty and abrogate it. if there is a surprise abrogation, I think
that they may gain some small and temporary military advantage. I think that
is the worst that can happen, and in my view that is not a serious argument
against the treaty.^

Following Dr. Brown's appearance, the committee took testimony
from Dr. Norris E. Bradbury, Director of the Los Alamos Scientific
Laboratory, and from Dr. John S. Foster, Jr., Director of Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, both AEC installations. Bradbury favored
ratification of the treaty. He declared that in the nuclear arsenal of
the United States "every weapon delivery system which can effectively
use a nuclear warhead has one * * *." It was true that in yield-to- weight
ratio of the "very largest multimegaton weapons" the Soviet UnYon
"appears to have concentrated more effort than has the United States."
It had been a matter of policy on the part of the United States not
to build such large-yield warheads but it could be done. He stressed the
importance of the development of delivery systems over warheads and
confirmed assertions by earlier witnesses that testing was not a con-
sideration in the development of missiles or an ABM system. He saw
no great risk in the halting of research in underwater nuclear ex-
plosions. ("We certainly have much more experience in underwater
testing area than any other country.") ^^~ The same situation existed
with the study of blackout phenomena, the radio interference effects
in a nuclear explosion environment. Underground testing continued
to be necessary to the security of the United States, and the JCS safe-

^"^ Ibid., p. 529.

i<^^ Ibid., pp. 531-532.

It's Ibid., pp. 531-532.

"» Ibid., p. .544.

1" Ibid., pp. 574-575.

"2 Ibid., p. 581.

218

guards were also necessary to deter the Soviet Union from abro-
gating."^ Dr. Bradbury also said it was possible to test "without undue
difficulty" weapons with yields up to one megaton underground."*
"I suspect we are probably ahead of Russia in warheads." Under-
ground testing would enable virtually every area of weapon develop-
ment to continue. "The only area where we have to rest upon our
current knowledge is in this area of blackout phenomenology." "-^

Dr. Foster was less assured than Dr. Bradbury as to the accept-
ability of the treaty. Without atmospheric tests, he said, "I doubt that
we can develop and maintain the requisite skill in the important area
of the effects of nuclear weapons." Of greatest importance was the
fact that the treaty prevented proof tests of warheads and weapon
systems. I

Missile systems for offeuse or defense [said Foster] are extremely complex,
yet must function not only under the ideal laboratory conditions in which they
are usually tested, but also under the most adverse conditions — those of nuclear
war."'

In this connection Dr. Foster attached particular importance to
problems of blackout and penetration — and to actual tests of pro-
posed solutions. He expressed apprehension "that in an expanding
technology vigorously pursued, there frequently result abrupt increases
in scientific knowledge — rapidly reflected in military capability —
which could upset the balance of power."

The proposed treaty would limit not only our knowledge of the actual state
of Soviet military development, but would also restrict our knowledge of what
may even be technically possible * * *. Thus, from purely technical-military con-
siderations, the proposed treaty appears to me disadvantageous."'

Surprise abrogation by the Soviet Union, he thought, constituted a
greater hazard for the United States than did clandestine tests.^^®
Moreover, because of the closed and secret nature of the Soviet society,
the treaty would favor the Soviets if rough parity in weapons capability
prevailed in the two countries.^^^

The testimony of Willard F. Libby, a former chairman of the
Atomic Energy Commission, was cautiously in support of the treaty.
Said Libby : "In summary, I think on the whole I probably would
favor the treaty, but I would have to see the latest on the 100-megaton
problem and have Plowshare reassurance before doing so." The
problem of maintaining the laboratories was "largely a matter of
funding." ^^o

&•

Legal and 'political considerations^ pro and con

Adm. Lewis L. Strauss (U.S. Navy, retired), another former chair-
man of the Atomic Energy Commission, was more critical. Judging
that "early ratification of the treaty now appears probable," he urged
upon the committee "two Senate reservations and four actions" to
reduce the risk of the treaty to the United States. The reference in the
treaty to "or any other nuclear explosion" should be clarified to per-
mit employment of nuclear weapons at any time to defend the United

^ Ibid., p. 582.

"* Ibid., p. 5S7.

"sibid., p. 601.

"8 Ibid., pp. 614-615.

^'' Ibid., p. 616.

"8 Ibid., p. 617.

119 Ibid., p. 619.

"» Ibid., p. 641.

219

States or any other nation against armed aggression, and that in such
action the "three months" waiting period should not apply ; also the
use of nuclear explosions for peaceful engineering at home or abroad
should be preserved regardless of the treaty. Three of his suggested
legislative actions concerned measures to maintain the nuclear research
laboratories in a high state of readiness and competence. The last
called for immediate reports by the President to the Congress of any
seeming violation of the treaty.^^^

Harold Stassen, who had served as President Eisenhower's Special
Adviser on Disarmament, recommended Senate approval of the treaty
as serving "the best interests of mankind," as a factor to inhibit the
spreading of nuclear weapons to additional states, and as an encour-
agement to successful resolution of a divided Germanv.^-- The Soviet
Union, he noted, had abided by both the Austrian Treaty and the
Antarctic Treaty.

Xorman Cousins, editor of the Saturday Eeview, whose role in
paving the way for the reopening of the test ban negotiations has
already been described, also recommended approval of the treaty.
While acknowledging that the Soviet Union had not abandoned its
objectives of world communism, he observed that the Soviets had
chosen to pursue them on the "nonmilitary battlefield." ^^^ Second, he
judged that Khrushchev had chosen between rapprochement with the
Chinese Communists and with the United States : the test ban treaty
symbolized his decision. National security depended more on control
of force than on accumulation of more force.^-*

A hearing of public witnesses occupied the committee on Friday,
August 23. An analysis of the 19 public witnesses in the hearings ^^^
shows that five were opposed to ratification of the treaty and 14
favored it. A reasonable expectation might have been that the public
witnesses favoring the treaty would have been mainly concerned with
the beneficial consequences of a test ban for reducing radioactive fall-
out in the environment. Considerable attention had earlier been given
to the rising levels of radioactivity caused by nuclear tests, and in
particular to the apparently exponential rate of increase in intensity
of such dangerous isotopes as strontium 90, or iodine 131. However,
six witnesses made only slight reference to this hazard and three made
none at all. Three cited it as a major issue and two addressed them-
selves to radiation as the foremost advantageous aspect of the treaty.
Among the professional witnesses, on the other hand, while there was
general agreement that any increase in level of radioactivity was
undesirable and potentially harmful, the issue was judged to have been
grossly exaggerated.

After hearing the public witnesses the Foreign Relations Commit-
tee on Monday, August 26, called upon Dr. Herbert York, chancellor
of the University of California at San Diego and previously Director
of Defense Research and Engineering. He concurred in testimony
given earlier by Harold Brown: that, in accuracy and reliability, a
number of small-yield weapons were preferable to a. single large-yield
%yeapon ; that it would be better to improve payload capability of de-
liverv^ vehicles than to improve yield-to-weight ratios of warheads;

^ Ibid., pp. 676-677.

^ Ibid., pp. 699-700.

^ Ibid., p. 707.

^ Ibid., p. 709.

^ Ibid., pp. 725-758, 879-966.

220

tliat the ABM problem was probably insolvable, so that attention
should instead be concentrated on deterrence by attack capability ; and
that it would not be possible to forecast with scientific precision the
nature of a future attack upon the United States. Concurring with Dr.
Brown, he noted that "ever since shortly after World War II, the
military power of the United States has been steadily increasing;
over the same period the national security of the United States has
been rapidly and inexorably diminishing." ^-'^ Dr. York believed that
for this paradoxical dilemma there was "absolutely no solution to
be found within the areas of science and technology." ^^^ Both the
United States and the Soviet Union were unilaterally capable of in-
flicting damage on the other, and on each side the capability was grow-
ing, although the United States has "always been way ahead of them
in this matter." ^-^ The effect of the test ban treaty would be merely
to retard slightly the rate at which the national security is diminishing.
On the question of the possible effectiveness of an alleged deployed
ABM system in the Soviet Union, Dr. Brown, in response to a ques-
tion by Senator Lausche, had earlier replied: "All I would want to
say in open session is that there is evidence of possible anti-ballistic-
missile activity. I do not believe that there is a completed anti-ICBM
installation." Dr. York saw no merit in the ABM concept :

Senator Lausche. Would you mind expressing an opinion as to wliy Red
Russia deployed an ABM system if it is not the effective one that they think
they have?

Dr. York. Yes. Some of their scientists or engineers sold them a bill of goods.
That happens here, too.^

Analysis of political im'pacts of the treaty

The testimony of Dr. Shulman, of the Fletcher School of Law and
Diplomacy, dealt with the question as to why the Soviet Union was
interested in a test ban treaty at the given time, and the import of
this time-related situation for the United States. Internally, he said,
the Soviet system was then preoccupied with "shortcomings in the
economy," a reshuffling of second-tier leadership, and ideological ad-
justments among Soviet intellectuals vis-a-vis the regime.

Externally, the Soviet Union was confronted with two sets of prob-
lems— one in relation to other States in the Communist bloc, and the
other in relation to non-Communist States. The former set related
mainly to the ideological dispute between an intransigent "Stalinist"
faction led by Communist China which took exception to the more
flexible concept held by Soviet Eussia of "peaceful coexistence." Other
divisive problems attributable to the "increasingly complex imperial
structure" of the Soviet Union and its system of Eastern European
satellites were also generating economic strains and political tensions
in Eastern Europe.

The second set of problems, involving those States external to the
Communist bloc, was characterized by diminution of prospects of
success for achievement of Communist expansionist goals.^^° Soviet
leadership appeared to have concluded that the test ban would con-
tribute to the favorable resolution of these problems. As perceived by

^8 Ibid., p. 761.
"^ Ibid.. M. 762.
J^ Ibid., p. 76S.
129 Ibid., p. 571.
"«Ibid., p. 793.

221

tlie Soviet leadership, the effects of the test ban could be expressed as
(in paraphrase) :

1. A reduction in international tensions without rendering the Soviet
Union "vulnerable to a Chinese charge of 'capitulation to the
imperialists'."

^. Exploitation of the Soviet "peace*" issue, causing the Chinese to
appear to be the "war" faction within the Communist bloc.

3. The resultants of the reduced tensions between East and West
would cause reduced pressure by the West, promote divisions within
NATO, reduce stimulus for appropriations and mobilization of mili-
tarj^ resources bj'^ the West, inhibit Western reliance on the nuclear
deterrent, and tend to expand long-term opportunity for economic
and political detente with the West.

The consequences of these actions for the United States, as Shulman
analyzed them, would be (in paraphrase) :

1. Soviet acceptance of the "noninevitability of war." From the
American point of view this would be a desirable shift.

2. Although military superiority of the United States over the Soviet
Union remained essential, "measures which we may take in the uni-
lateral pursuit of security which call into question our intentions may
have the effect of diminishing our security, if they serve to intensify
adversary action or preparations, particularly in research and de-
velopment which may lead to destabilizing technological advances."
The treaty dramatizes the fact that the Soviet- American intei'action is
a "limited adversary relationship," extremely serious but neither total
nor absolute. Our securit}- is interlocked and makes j)0ssible some kinds
of mutually advantageous safeguards.

3. The Soviets have come to a sober realization of the advantages
of arms control or "partial measures."

4. "* * * There is a substantial amount of interaction between
Soviet policy and our own, and * * * the condition which has most
favored the evolution of Soviet policy in the direction of modera-
tion has been a firm resistance to Soviet probes, combined witli demon-
strated political and economic vitality on the part of the non-
Communist nations." ^^^

Shulman warned that the Soviet-American relationship contained
dangers if the Western alliance were pennitted to deteriorate or appear
as less than a solid front, and also if a sense of "euphoria" resulted in
reduced vigilance on the part of the military forces and the support
of them.^^-

Arthur Dean, who had served as chairman of the delegation to the
Nuclear Test Ban Conference at Geneva in 1961, as chairman of the
U.S. delegation to the Eighteen Nation Disarmament Conference at
Geneva until December 31, 1962, and as a member of the T^.S. delega-
tion to the United Nations and the 16th and 17th General Assemblies,
told the committee that he favored approval of the treaty but urged
continued efforts to achieve agreement on a comprehensive test ban.^^^

The concluding technical witness. Dr. Kistiakowsky of Harvard,
endorsed particularly the testimony of Harold Brown, and stressed
the inherent lag of ABM technology relative to offensive missile tech-

i« Ibid., pp. 795-799.
i»2 Ibid., p. SOO.
^ Ibid., p. 845.

222

nology. He saw greater risk in continued unrestricted testing than
from the treaty. As to the issue of whether testing in outer space
(prohibited under the treaty) could be conducted clandestinely with
advantage, he suggested that solar flares would confuse the results
from such tests.^^*

In the questioning that followed his prepared statement, Dr.
Kistiakowsky took specific exception to Dr. Teller's assertion that
the Soviets led in ABM development and stressed instead the im-
portance of maintaining a retaliatory capability.^^^ Without the treaty,
he said, both the United States and the So'Ndet Union might pursue the
development and testing of very high-yield weapons, other nations
would embark upon nuclear weapons programs involving atmos-
pheric tests, radioactivity in the atmosphere would increase, and the
only outcome would be war."^ He discounted the importance of the
limitation imposed by the treaty upon the Plowshare program.^"

The point at which Dr. Kistiakowsky appeared, in the light of his
senior position as a scientist and presidential adviser, and the extent
to which his testimonj^ rebutted that of Dr. Teller (often explicitly),
suggests that he had been called upon to counteract the very con-
siderable effect of Dr. Teller's testimony.^^^

Hearings hefore Preparedness Investigating Siihco7nmittee

The separate test ban hearings conducted before the Preparedness
Investigating Subcommittee, under the chairmanship of Senator John
Stennis, were begun May 7, 1963, and continued through August 27.
They filled two volumes, of which the first dealt mainly with policy
regarding the earlier comprehensive test ban proposal.^^^

The hearings held by the Preparedness Subcommittee after the treaty
had been submitted to the Senate for approval, August 8, duplicated
much of the matter presented before the Foreign Relations Committee.
Because the subcommittee limited its scope to the military aspects of
test ban matters — and the treaty — choice of witnesses before it tended
to emphasize active and retired military officers. (See table.) The tenor
of the questioning was also distinguished by a more military flavor.

1=^ Ibid., p. 857.

135 Ibid., pp. 859-860.

i3« Ibid., p. 863.

"7 Ibid., p. 870.

138 Examples of the concern shown by treaty supporters for the statement-s by Teller
are abundant throughout the hearings. It is likely that a concerted effort was made to
establisli as weighty an accumulation of informed professional opinion a.s possible to
counteract the statements by Teller, for future use in the debate on the Senate floor
For example :

Senator Hdmphrey (to Dr. Brown) : "Finally, did Teller have access to information
that is not available to you ?" p. 578.

Chairman Fulbkight (to Dr. Bradbury) : "Have you read, had a chance to read,
Dr. Teller's testimony?" Ibid., p. 584.

Chairman Fulbkight (to Dr. York) : "I don't like to deal with personalities but he
(Teller) was the most effective witness and he testified all day with a very large attend-
ance and obviously made a large impression upon the committee and through the televi-
sion on the country." Ibid., pp. 763-764.

Chairman Fdlbright (to Dr. Kistiakowsky) : "On the basis of your past professional
contact with Dr. Teller, who is undoubtedly the leading opponent of this treaty in the
scientific field, could you tell us the reasons, in your opinion, for Dr. Teller's dogmatic
and very positive .judgment with regard to agreements to control nuclear weapons tests?"
Ibid., p. 860.

"B The Senate hearings were in two volumes, pts. 1 and 2: U.S. Congress. Senate.
Committee on Armed Services. Military Aspects and Implications of Nuclear Test Ban
Proposals and Related Matters. Hearings before the Preparedness Investigating Sub-
committee. 8Sth (L'ong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1964).
Pp. 1-390 dealt with test ban matters generally and with the comprehensive test ban.
Beginning on p. 391, and continuing through p. 540 of the first volume and all of pt. 2
(pp. 541-981. exclusive of the index), the testimony received by the subcommittee re-
lated specifically to the Limited Test Ban Treaty.

223

Table I. Table of witnesses

Witnesses appearing before both Foreign Affairs Committee and Pre-

pareaness investigating iSubcom7nittee
Dr. Norris E. Bradbury, Director, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.
Dr. Harold Brown, Director of Defense Research and Engineering.
Dr. John Foster, Director, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory.
Gen. Curtis E. LeMay, U.S. Air Force, Chief of Staff.
Adm. David J. McDonald, U.S. Xavy, Chief of Xaval Operations.
Gen. Maxwell D. Taylor, Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff.
Dr. Edward Teller, University of California.
Gen. Earle G. Wheeler, U.S. Army, Chief of Staff.

Witnesses heard only by Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee

Adm. George W. Anderson, U.S. Navy (retired), formerly Chief of
Naval Operations.

Adm. Arleigh Burke, U.S. Navy (retired), formerly Chief of Naval
Operations.

Gen. Thomas S. Power, U.S. Air Force, Commander, Strategic Air
Command.

Gen. Bernard A. Shriever, U.S. Air Force, Commander, Air Force
Systems Command.

Gen. Nathan F. Twining, U.S. Air Force (retired), formerly Chair-
man, Joint Chiefs of Staff.

Military opposition : The theory of maximum deterrence

Gen. Thomas S. Power, U.S. Air Force, Commander of the Stra-
tegic Air Command (SAC), declared at the outset of his testimony
that : "I am not in favor of the test ban treaty." He enumerated many
details of operational missiles with nuclear warheads in the arsenal
of his command that had not been proved out. "We have never com-
pletely tested any of the nuclear weapons in SAC's arsenal," he
declared. "We are dealing with the security of the United States,
and if facts can be obtained I want to have them." ^^° General Power
proceeded to outline a comprehensive philosophy probably shared by
many opponents of the treaty. He said, in part :

We could not be in the position of talking with confidence that we could
prevent a thermonuclear war unless we were strong, and we basically got our
strength through these weapons and through testing. I just feel that the surest
way to prevent war — and that is my goal, and I feel very strongly about it —
is to have overwhelming strength so that it is ridiculous for anybody to even
think of attacking the United States. That is what it has been in the past, and
that is what it is today.

It has unpleasant features, yes, but the surest way in my opinion of pre-
venting a thermonuclear war is to have overwhelming strength, and I think
this is the one area in which we can beat anyone.

I think our science, our economy, and everything else can help us win this
race. We have won it in the past, and I think we can continue to win it. But
it takes the will to do it. That is an ofE-the-cufC summation about how I feel
about it.^*^

General Power said it was important to test the survivability of
hardened missile sites under actual missile attack.^*- He discounted
the "overkill" theory and remarked that "not every bomb is going
to arrive at the target." The purpose was to "make this thing so sure

^^^ Ibid., pp. 779-780.
^" Ibid., p. 782.
^« Ibid., p. 785.

224

that it will deter anyone'' and thus prevent war,"^ Disarmament, he
said, was "a proven concept to get you into a war."

In other words, you have an aggressor, and he never attacks unless he has
a victim, somebody whom he can attack and get a profit out of it. He looks for
a weak nation, a nation that disarms itself.^"

Adm. George A. Anderson, Jr., made two appearances before the
Preparedness Subcommittee. His first appearance was June 26, when
as Chief of Naval Operations, he spoke on behalf of the JCS to oppose
the comprehensive test ban proposal of the United States. His second
appearance, on Friday, August 23, was shortly after his retirement
from active duty at which time his statement was "strictly personal."
First, he noted that both the United States and the Soviet Union
enjoyed certain advantages which the treaty would tend to perpetuate.
There was "far less risk" under the limited ban than there had been
under the proposed comprehensive ban because "we are not placing
unwarranted reliance on trust to avoid violations or depending upon
inadequate inspection measures in this regard." ^*^ He recommended
that the Senate clarify the conditions under which "general and com-
plete disarmament," as mentioned in the treaty preamble, would be
feasible; he also called for clarification of such treaty terms as "any
other nuclear explosion," "territorial waters," and the definition of
underground test."^ With respect to safeguards, he endorsed the views
of the JCS, and urged —

* * * that the possible consequences of this treaty are so vital to our national
security, yet so uncertain in the light of known Soviet objectives that, in addition
to the foregoing, it should be the sense of the Senate in connection with ratifica-
tion to require the Joint Chiefs of Staff to make frequent and periodic reports
to the Secretary of Defense, to the President, and to the appropriate committees
of the Congress of their continuing assessment of the military balance of power
and the military risks to our national security.^"

Subject to these "stipulations," Anderson said : "I believe the Sen-
ate of the United States should ratify this treaty." "^

On the day before he appeared before the Foreign Relations Com-
mittee, General LeMay was a witness before the Preparedness Sub-
committee. In the latter enviromnent he went into considerably
greater detail concerning the specific disadvantages of the treaty as
he saw them, although he believed that "if we carry out the safeguards
in an efficient manner" then "the risk of losing any more ground is
small." On the other hand, he said, "we may get some very great
rewards out of the political field if indeed the predictions come
true." "^ The main rewards he identified as the division of the Chi-
nese and the Russians,^^° slowing of nuclear proliferation,^^^ respond-
ing affirmatively to the hopes of other nations, and, conversely, the
propaganda benefits to the Soviet Union of rejection of the treaty by
the United States.^^^ In this context General LeMay was asked what

"2 Ibid., p. 792.

1" Ibid., p. 810.

^« Ibid., pp. S92-893.

"« Ibid., pp. 892-893.

^" Ibid., pp. 893-894.

1" Ibid., p. 894. The terminology used by the admiral wag not precise, In that the rati-
fication process is performed by the President ; the function of the Senate Is to contribute
its "consent" under the Constitution to enable the President to ta.ke this action. However,
the error was a common one.

!« Ibid., p. 722.

^0 Ibid., p. 738.

1^ Ibid., p. 754.

^2 Ibid., p. 751.

225

his position would be if the treaty were not yet signed but merely in
the proposal stage. The following exchange took place :

General LeMay. I hadn't thought of it in that light before. I think that if we
were in a proiwsal stage that I would recommend against it. I think one of the
factors that weighs heavily with me was the situation we find ourselves in in
having signed it. I think that is important.

Senator Thurmond. You would recommend against it if it were in the pro-
posal stage?

General LeMay. I believe I would ; yes, sir.

I haven't given it much thought in this atmosphere but just a quick answer I
would say that is what I probably would do.^°^

General Schriever, Commander of the Air Force Systems Command,
told Senator Stennis that he would not feel seriously handicapped in
carrying out his mission of weapons development under the treaty.^^^
There would be restraints on the development of high-yield weapons,
a matter which he considered of marginal importance,^^^ proof tests
would not be permitted which meant that some extent of overdesign
would be necessary ,^^^ and in the effects area, "we are extremely lim-
ited"' with particular respect to blackout phenomena and reentry.^^''
He attached great importance to the vigorous im.plementation of the
four JCS "Safeguards," and identified the Secretary of Defense and
the AEC chairman as the Government officials principally responsible
for carrying them out.^^* The deployment of an ABM system was less
crucial, although he thought one should be developed.^^^ There was
risk associated with the treaty, but the United States, he believed, had
a "considerable strategic superiority" over the Soviet Union and
could improve the sundvability of its deterrent force without atmos-
pheric testing.^^°

The last two witnesses to come before the Preparedness Subcom-
mittee were two retired military officers. Admiral Burke and General
Twining. Burke said he was opposed to the treaty because it provided
for no inspection within the Soviet Union. "Without a system of
inspections which makes it possible to enforce realistically the sin-
cerity of stated intentions, a test ban treaty cannot lead to the results
which are claimed for it." ^^^

He was sure that no pressure had been brought to bear on the JCS
to support the treaty. If the treaty was to be approved by the Senate,
he recommended that the Senate assure itself that the JCS safeguards
were "carefully, clearly, and distinctly spelled out [and also] that the
safeguards are carefully implemented and continued to be imple-
mented throughout the life of this treaty." ^^-

General Twining, the concluding witness, believed that "political
considerations aside, the treaty will eventually weaken our military
capacity." He noted that the Soviets had surpassed the United States
in high-yield weapons, had tested weapons that were "exceedingly

'■^ Ibid., p. 757. However, before the Foreign Relations Committee hearing, the following
day, in answer to the same question, he replied : "I had not given any thought to that
particular one. This is an important question. I would think that I would have beea
against it.

"But I am not sure until I spend some time on the problem." Op, eit., p. 372.

1" Preparedness Subcommittee hearing, op. cit., p. 821.

'^ Ibid., pp. 837, 841.

^ Ibid., p. 821.

"7 Idem.

i« Ibid., pp. 823-825.

'68 Ibid., p. 829.

'w Ibid., pp. 830-831.

i« Ibid., p. 938.

"» Ibid., p. 939.

99-044—69 16

226

clean," and could overcome by testing underground the U.S.
lead in low-yield weapons. There were military disadvantages for the
United States in the treaty if it were faithfully observed. Moreover,
the attitude of the Soviet Union toward treaties was one of expedience.
He was apprehensive about the reasons behind Soviet willingness to
accept the treaty. He feared apathy in the United States. He regretted
that the treaty contained no provision for inspection and veritication.
Peace depended on U.S. superiority in wea]Dons. Therefore—

It is my fervent hope that if this treaty is ratified, the legislative branch of the
Goverumeut of the United States will take appropriate and concurrent action
to guarantee that the safeguards recommended by the Joint Chiefs of Staff are
aggressively pursued.^**

In clarification of his position. General Twining noted that it was
based on military considerations alone. He reserA^ed judgment on the
total question as there were "political considerations that the military
men never hear about because they are not told to the military." ^^*

TV. Reports of the CoMMiTrEES

To some degree the findings in the repoii:s of the two Committees,
and the subsequent votes of their members on approval of the treaty,
reflected the scope of the issues as differently defined in the two sets of
hearings. As the Foreign Relations Committee wrote in the conclusion
to its report :

A good part of the committee's time and attention during the hearings was
devoted to military considerations. This treaty does bear, though perhaps not
heavily, on the military balance. But its thrust is political. And among other
things, it illustrates that military considerations cannot be divorced from po-
litical considerations ; they are inseparable, especially in the nuclear age. The
maintenance of a strong military position is clearly essential to the national
security of the United States. But exclusive, or excessive, reliance on military
considerations could undermine national security by encouraging comparable
military efforts by others, thereby strengthening the destabilizing forces adrift
in the world, possibly creating new ones.

This treaty offers the prospect of a gradual lessening of tensions, of a start
toward the progressive elimination of the danger of nuclear war. Thus, the com-
mittee (by a vote of 16 to 1) recommends that the Senate give its advice and
consent to the ratification of the pending treaty.^'"

Although the Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee recognized
in its Interim Report that there were "other factors which, while not
within the scope of this report, are pertinent to a final judgment on
the treaty," it stressed "very strongly" that "Soviet secrecy and du-
plicity requires that this Nation possess a substantial margin of supe-
riority in both the quality and the quantity of its implements of
defense." "^

In considering the impact and effect of the proposed test ban [declared the
report] it is important to remember that for nearly two decades this Nation has
been confronted by an adversary who has openly and repeatedly proclaimed that
his dominant goal is to destroy the nations of the non-Communist world. Only
because we have maintained clear military superiority and the ability to inflict

W3 Ibid., pp. 972-973.

18* Ibid., r>. 975.

1*^11.8. Congress. Senate. Report of the Committee on Foreign Relations, The Nuclear
Test Ban Treaty, on Exec. M, Exec. Rept. No. 3, Sept. 3, 1963, 88th Cong., 1st sess.
(Washington, 1963), p. 26. Ordered to be printed.

1"^ U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee ou Armed Services. Investigation of the pre-
paredness program, Interim Report by Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee, under
the Authority of S. Res. 75 "on the Military Implications of the Proposed Limited Nuclear
Test Ban Treaty," printed for the use of the Committee on Armed Services (committee
print) 88th Cong., ist sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963), p. 12.

227

unacceptable damage upon him has the would-be aggressor been deterred. The
basis of our deterrence is military superiority which, in turn, is based on our
nuclear weapons programs and nuclear retaliatory forces.

It is vital to our survival that no step be taken which in any manner would
impair the integrity and credibility of our deterrence or degrade the ability of
our military forces to protect our security if we should be challenged militarily
by a hostile nuclear power.^"

Both committees accepted the need for the preservation by the
United States of a nuclear deterrent — and for an unmistakably su-
perior nuclear force. The issue lay in the relative degree of impor-
tance— and the consequences foreseen — in combining this force with
efforts in the political sphere to break the ideological deadlock between
East and West. The first quotation suggests that the Foreign Eela-
tions Committee was feeling its way toward this concept. Yet the com-
mittee devoted most of its effort to searching carefully for pitfalls.
Tliese turned out to be mainly in the area of military technology : "In
assessing the balance of technical and military risks of the treaty, the
committee sought to compare the technological as well as the military
capabilities of the United States and the Soviet Union." ^^^

Possibly because the Preparedness Subcommittee limited itself to
consideration of only the military aspects of the test ban treaty, a
majority of its members by their eventual vote on the treaty, Septem-
ber 24, showed that they regarded the military aspects as of command-
ing importance and decisively adverse. The possibility that there
were genuine military advantages in the treaty does not appear to have
been seriously entertained. This interpretation may be reinforced by
tiie words of Senator Saltonstall, a member of the subcommittee whose
dissenting view was i^resented at the conclusion of the interim report.
Senator Saltonstall said that he favored ratification of the treaty, and
that, while the factual data contained in the report were accurately
stated, "its general findings and conclusions are unduly pessimistic as
to the effect of this treaty, if ratified, upon our national security." "^

The two reports each demonstrated a substantial consensus within
the respective committees. The Foreign Relations Committee report
was approved by a vote of 16 to 1 (the lone dissident later identified
himself as Senator Long of Louisiana) ,^^° although Senator Lausche,
who voted to approve the report, later voted against the treaty in the
final action on September 24. The Preparedness Subcommittee's in-
terim report was signed by six of its seven members, although Senator
Symington, while praising the hearing as "the most complete record
ever made on this vital subject," agreed with Senator Saltonstall that
the conclusions drawn in the report were "overly pessimistic." He
said : "Based on the record, I am worried about the treaty ; but more
worried about the possibility of an all-out nuclear exchange some day
in the future — particularly if there is a proliferation of nuclear weap-
ons among more countries." He saw^ the treaty as a first step in impos-
ing control on nuclear weapons and declared his intention of voting
for it.i'i The dissident member of the Preparedness Subcommittee,

18" Ibid., p. 1.

I'* Report of the Committee on Foreign Relations, op. cit., p. 10. In point of fact, the
committee's report, 26 pages in length, devoted 314 pages to historical background,
3% pages to the substance of the treaty, IVa pages to a tabulation of witnesses, 13 pages
to military technology, 2V2 pages to Plowshare, fallout, and procedural matters, and
2 pages to political considerations.

1^ "Interim Report by Preparedness Subcommittee," op. clt., p. 14.

^•"Congressional Record (Sept. 20, 1963), p. 16730.

1" "Interim Report by Preparedness Investigating Subcommittee," op cit., p. 13.

228

Senator Saltonstall, expressed the belief that insufficient attention had
been given to testimony of responsible Government officials before the
Foreign Relations Committee that had tended to counteract, for him,,
the "overly adverse" conclusions of the interim report.^^^

Findings of the Foreign Relations Gonvmittee

The report of the Foreign Relations Committee dealt systemati-
cally with the various issues that had been raised in the course of the
hearings, either by witnesses or by Members of the Senate themselves.
It stressed the bipartisan nature of the treaty and that it was "an
American proposal.*' Also, that the United Kingdom, closest ally of
the United States, supported it.^"^

Why had the Soviet Union, after a long history of opposition to this
form of test ban, changed its position ? While admitting the specula-
tive nature of its answer, the committee adduced five reasons for the
Soviet reversal. First, progress in Soviet nuclear teclmology had pro-
\dded assurance that the Soviets could accept the teclmological conse-
quences of the test ban. Second, the Cuban missile crisis of 1962 had
been "a sobering experience." Third, the test ban might have been
regarded by Soviet leaders as a means to strengthen Soviet leadership
of the Communist States in view of the "Sino-Soviet scliism." Fourth,
the "social and political ferment in the Soviet Union" was seen as a
motivation to impel the Soviet leadership to enlarge production of
peaceful products for consumers at the expense of the military sector
of the economy. Fifth, "Soviet leadership seems to share Washington's
concern with the problem of proliferation of nuclear weapons." ^'*

In describing tlie treaty itself, the committee accepted the views and
interpretations of the Secretaries of State and Defense. The treaty
"in no way" prohibited the use of nuclear weapons in time of war.^'^
Any amendment to the treaty "must be submitted to the Senate and
approved before it can take effect." ^^^ The treaty would not effect the
recognition of "regimes" wliich the United States had chosen not to
recognize.^" The 90-day waiting period before withdrawal from the
treaty (as provided in article IV) was clarified as to meaning, but also
as to its effect on resumption of testing : "As a practical matter * * *
the committee was told that with a high state of readiness, even the
simplest nuclear test series requires 2 months' preparation, develop-
ment tests 3 months, and effects tests 6 months." ^^^ The committee had
also been told that the withdrawal arrangement had been inserted in
the treaty to satisfy the JCS.

In anticipation of the question as to the function of the Senate in
advising on the treaty before the fact, the report assured that body
that "The committee was periodically consulted by the executive
branch during the course of the negotiation of the treaty." ^'®

Committee citations of pnncipal points in testimony

The report reviewed the positions of witnesses, noting that the
treaty was favored by all but one (Dr. Foster) of the Government wit-

-" Ibid., p. 14.

1" Ibid., p. 2.

"* Ibid., pp. 2-3.

i"' Ibid., p. 5.

"8 Ibid., p. 6. This statement In the report, which the President categorically confirmed,
was questioned by Senator Russell, who prevailed upon the Senate to insert a proviso in
the resolution of ratification, reasserting the rights of the Senate in this regard.

"7 Idem. Also, pp. 7-8.

1™ Ibid., p. 7.

1™ Ibid., p. 8.

229

nesses, by Presidents Eisenhower and Truman (in communications),
by 5 of 8 other persons with special knowledge or qualifications who
appeared as witnesses; a majority of the 25 public witnesses also
favored the treaty.^^'' The committee then took note of its own difficul-
ty in resolving differences of opinion on the part of highly qualified
technical witnesses who dealt with abstruse and highly classified mat-
ters. Alluding to questions as to Soviet superiority in high-yield weap-
ons, and to the three questions of penetration capability of missiles,
antiballistic missile development, and survival capability of missile
sites and systems as influenced by communications blackout caused by
nuclear blast and radiation, the report said :

* * * The committee was presented with a great deal of highly technical
testimony, some of it sharply conflicting. For example, two distinguished scien-
tists challenged the testimony of a number of other distinguished scientists. It
was necessary for the committee to bear in mind that some witnesses had the
advantage of possessing all of the relevant information — technical and military
information, together with intelligence. These witnesses who were able to dis-
cuss the questions against so broad a background included the Secretaries of
State and Defense; the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency; the Chair-
man of the Atomic Energy Commission ; the .Joint Chiefs of Staff ; and the Di-
rector of Defense Research and Engineering of the Department of Defense.
Each of these witnesses supported the treaty.^^

The report noted that questions by committee members had been
concentrated on the effects of the treaty "on the present and future
military balance of power." While some questions remained impre-
cisely or indeterminately answered —

Nevertheless the committees did produce a record containing a large body of
information, much of it new and only recently top secret, that should give re-
assurance to the American people that the treaty represents a net advantage to
the United States; that the risks it contains are acceptable; that the nuclear
strike forces of the United States are superior in number and variety to those
of the Soviet Union. ^*-

The report quoted witnesses and expressed the conclusions of the
committee as to the effect on penetration capability of U.S. missiles (it
posed no serious risk), on ABM development (unlikely in any event,
but not seriously inhibited), on survival capability of U.S. missile
sites (the U.S. deterrent was adequately secure against a first strike
by an adversary ).^^^ The risk of gain by the Soviet I'nion through
clandestine testing of nuclear devices or from planned surprise abroga-
tion was discounted as minor.^**

Importance ascribed to military safeguards

The report then turned to the Joint Chiefs of Staff "safeguards"
which it described, with an indication of the support by the adminis-
tration for their implementation. It concluded :

It is the committee's clear understanding and opinion that the safeguards will
be maintained for just as long as the security of the United States and its
allies requires continued nuclear development and testing programs, together
with elaborate means of detecting and identifying the nuclear activities of other
nations." ^*^

'8c ibirt., pp. 8-9.
1^1 Ibid., p. 11.
's^Ihiri., p. 9.
^M Ibid., pp. 11-18.
^54 Ibid., p. 1 P.
i"* Ibid., p. 20.

230

Findings as to proliferation^ Ploioshare, radiation^ military acce/ptance

The treaty would not affect the "cooperative relationship between
the United States and the United Kingdom on nuclear weapons
matters." It would prohibit transfer of nuclear weapons, materials,
or information to any country that was testing or preparing to test
in any of the prohibited environments. It would not seriousl}^ inhibit
the Plowshare program.^*'

With respect to the issue of radioactive fallout, the report observed
that most informed ojDinion considered it below the level of hazard
although "Geneticists have shown greater and more specific concern."

It is feared [the report continued] that continued, or stepped up, atmosplieric
nuclear testing would increase the damage, genetic and otherwise, induced by
increased exposure by population groups to radiation. The treaty, in halting
the release into the atmosphere of radioactive fallout, offers a distinct benefit.
Moreover, great numbers of people around the world have been deeply disturbed
by the implications of this fallout. It may be that their concern has been highly
exaggerated. Nevertheless, it exists. The ability of this treaty to ease their
concern must also be regarded as a beneficial consequence."^

The final issue with which the report dealt was that of sufficient
and effective exposure of the treatymaking process to the views of the
JCS. It was concluded that the testimony of the Secretary of Defense
and the JCS "showed that the Chiefs of the miiformed services had
been intimately involved with the question." ^^^

Findings of Preparedness Investigating /Subcommittee

The more narrowly focused interim report of the Preparedness In-
vestigation Subcommittee concluded that the treaty offered "serious —
perhaps even formidable— military and technical disadvantages to the
United States" by obstructing attainment of "the highest quality of
weapons of which our science and technology is capable." Any mili-
tary and teclmical advantages the treaty conferred would not "counter-
balance or outweigh the military and technical disadvantages." Mean-
while the Soviet Union would not be "similarly inhibited in those
areas of nuclear weaponrv' where we now deem them to be inferior." ^*^
The subcommittee identified 19 "test objectives" which it considered
"desirable or necessary in any future U.S. nuclear test programs." ^^°
The subcommittee did not attempt to distinguish between "desirable"
and "necessary" items. However since some of the items enumerated
were virtually impossible of achievement and others were declared by
the JCS to be undesired, the force of this table is conjectural. Of the
items on the table, six were declared feasible under the treaty, one
partially so, and 12 not. With respect to most of the items prohibited by
the treaty, the United States possessed superior knowledge and experi-
ence to the Soviet Union and it is not clear that the treaty was disad-
vantageous on this account. The subcommittee seems to have been
generous in its assessment of Soviet capabilities to bring its weaponry,
in lagging areas, up to U.S. standards.

Tlie report then tabulated eight "military disadvantages" of the
treaty, which — with accompanying exphmations deleted — were as
follows :

i8« Idem.

18T Ibid., pp. 21-22.

188 Ibid., p. 22.

189 Ibid., p. 2.
"o Ibid., p. 5.

231

1. The United States probably will be unable to duplicate Soviet achievements
in very high yield weapon technology.

2. The United States will be unable to acquire necessary data on the effects
of very high yield atmospheric explosions.

3. The United States will be unable to acquire data on high altitude nuclear
weapons effects.

4. The United States will be unable to determine with confidence the perform-
ance and reliability of any ABM system developed without benefit of atmospheric
operational system tests.

5. The United States will be unable to verify the ability of its hardened under-
ground second-strike missile systems to survive close-in high-yield nuclear
explosions.

6. The United States will be unable to verify the ability of its missile reentry
bodies under defen.sive nuclear attack to survive and to penetrate to the target
without the opportunity to test nose cone and warhead designs in a nuclear
environment under dynamic reentry conditions.

7. This treaty will provide the Soviet Union with an opportunity to equal
U.S. accomplishments in submegaton weapon technology.

8. The treaty will deny to the United States a valuable source of information
on Soviet nuclear weapons capabilities.^"'^

Tlie interim report then turned to the subject of the "safeguards"
upon wliich the approval of the treaty by the JCS had been contingent.
It noted that Senator Jackson had moved in the subcommittee that the
JCS be called upon to report the actions taken to implement these
safeguards, and that Senator Russell, chairman of the Armed Services
Committee, had transmitted a letter to the JCS to request a statement
in response to the motion."^ "Wliile indicating its firm intention of
monitoring the implementation of the safeguards in the event the
treaty was ratified, the subcommittee emphasized that "even the most
rigorous and conscientious implementation of the JCS safeguards
will not alter, modifj^, or reduce the military and technical disadvan-
tages listed herein which will result from this treaty." ^^^ Moreover,
the problem of cheating still had not been laid to rest. Under the limited
treaty, "problems of detection, identification, and verification still
remain although they are of a lesser order of magnitude than would
be true of a treaty banning underground testing." ^^^

It might have been noted by the Preparedness Subcommittee that
there were some militarj^ advantages to the treaty. It is true that the
interim report presents a section of about a page in length titled
"Counterarguments." But these were mostly qualifications of state-
ments against the treaty. The closest to a positive statement was the
following :

In summary, it was the contention of witnesses who supported the treaty that
It will tend to stabilize the advantages which the United States now maintains
in military nuclear superiority over the Soviet Union. While recognizing that
doubts concerning the quality of some of our weapons systems do exist, they
maintained that these doubts can be compensated by "brute force" techniques
by which quantity is substituted for quality at considerably greater cost to
achieve approximately the same results in military system effectiveness.

The effect of this statement is weakened by the "interesting and
sobering" observation, immediately following, that the Soviet Union
in several of its publications had also proclaimed its own superiority
over the United States in nuclear weaponry.^^^

'^1 "Interim Report by Preparedness Investigation Subcommittee," op. cit., pp. 7-S
Origrinal in Italic.
"2 This material appears in the interim reports Ibid., p. 10.
les Ibid., p. 10.
»* Ibid., p. 11.
!»» Ibid., p. 9.

232

Military advantages neglected hy the siibcormnittee

But in point of fact there were a number of important military
advantages accruing from the treaty. It was evident to the subcom-
mittee that the United States had performed many more tests than
had the Soviet Union of very small-yield, lightweight warheads, and
that the United States had had far more experience with both under-
ground and underwater testing than had the Soviet Union. For both
strategic and tactical applications, these small weapons — available
in large numbers — gave the United States a military superiority over
the Soviet Union which the test ban treaty would make more durable.
The "inverse cube" blast ratio referred to above ^^^ denigrated the sig-
nificance of the so-called big bombs, insofar as blast effect is con-
cerned. No reference was made to the probable military desirability of
inhibiting the proliferation of nuclear weapons, nor to the contribution
of the treaty to this end. The inability of U.S. scientists, under the
treaty, to adduce information about Soviet weaponry on the basis of
air sampling and other external techniques was accounted a disad-
vantage ; conversely, cessation of tests would deny Soviet access to in-
formation about U.S. tests.

However, an important and the most obvious military advantage
was not developed in either report. The function of military power is
to provide security and not merely to maintain a capability to wipe out
a potential adversary. By reducing military emphasis on atomic
weaponry, effort and resources might be released from the conduct of
hypothetical nuclear general war, and made available to support the
real conflict actually in progress in combating insurgency and insta-
bility in the developing nations. The utility of nuclear weapons to deter
this kind of military challenge had demonstrably been negligible, even
during the period of U.S. monopoly of atomic weapons, 1945^8. Yet
the subject of a partial inhibition on nuclear testing was approached on
the hypothesis that achievement of overwhelming nuclear superiority
was the sole and complete requirement for national security, bearing no
relation to other forms of military preparedness.

V. Final Senate Decision Process on the Treaty

Senate debate on the test ban treaty began September 9, 1963. It had
been preceded by the report of the Foreign Relations Committee,
September 3, by extensive statements and documentation from the
press, pro and con, discussions of reported dangerous concentrations
of radioactivity and their adverse psychological consequences, and
by evidences of popular support based on public opinion polls. Beyond
the obvious issue of whether or not to accede to ratification — which
in most quarters was regarded as a foregone conclusion — there were
three other important issues involved:

1. How to approve the treaty without weakening it in the
process ;

2. How to assert, the coequal status of the Senate with the
President in treatvmaking without weakening the treaty ;

3. How to decide the underlying issue of how to secure the
national security in a nuclear age.

"« See p. 21?!.

As statement followed statement in support of the treaty, it be-
came evident that the necessary two-thirds vote was assured unless
opponents could discover a persuasive new objection. Most of the
debate repeated or enlarged upon points that had been presented
earlier in the hearings; periodicallj^ there were reflexes in the form
of supplementary statements and fact sheets supplied by the Ad-
ministration to satisfy or silence specific protests. Most of the opposi-
tion \"iews derived from the testimony before the Preparedness In-
vestigation Subcommittee, and from the conclusions it had drawn.

Early in the debate, on Friday, September 13, Senator Stennis in-
troduced into the Record the first 14 pages of the interim report of
liis subcommittee, dated September 9. This report stressed the
"serious, and perhaps formidable, military- and technical disadvan-
tages" of the treaty and had expressed doubt that the treaty offered
military advantages.^^^

Preservation of the treaty from '"'' eroding'''' amendments

Various amendments and understandings to qualify tlie treaty were
offered, mainly by treaty opponents. These seem generally to be char-
acterized by an effort to extract further concessions from the Soviet
Union, evidently under the impression that the Soviet Union wanted
the treaty more than did the United States and might be coerced into
paying more for it. Chief among these was a proposal by Senator Gold-
water to "make the effectiveness of the treaty contingent upon the
removal of the Soviet military presence in Cuba." ^^^ When the Senate
took up the Goldwater amendment on Monday, September 23, it was
tabbed by Senator Fulbright "inappropriate, unwise and irrelevant"
and the majority leader charged that its purpose was to destroy the
treaty. When the Goldwater amendment came to a vote it was defeated
( 17 yeas, 75 nays, and 9 not voting) ?^^

Another amendment, by Senator Miller, proposed that the treaty not
become effective until the Soviet Union had paid up the arrears of its
financial obligations to the United Nations. This amendment was
withdrawn immediately after being introduced. ^°° However, the issue
was taken up by Senator Tower who demanded a record vote ; it was
rejected, 11 yeas, 82 nays, with 7 not voting.^"^ Senator Tower also
proposed a "reservation" to remand i\\Q treaty for renegotiation to
insert a provision for onsite inspection to verify compliance. The
Senate turned back this proposal by a vote of 16 yeas, 76 nays, with
8 not voting.-°2

An "understanding" was proposed in absentia by Senator Long of
Louisiana, to clarify the expression "or any other nuclear explosion"
in the treaty as not meaning tlie restriction of nuclear weapons in
armed conflict. This action was tabled (in effect — without prejudice)
by a vote of 61 yeas, 33 nays, and 6 not voting."°^

Accordingly, the treaty went to the final vote almost entirely without
emendation or qualification by the Senate. Only tlie Russell amendment
to the resolution of ratification was added. And the purpose of this

'"' Congressional Record (1964). pp. 16071-16075.

i»s Congressional Record (Sept. 12. 1964), p. 16020.

i»» Congressional Record (Sept. 2.3, 1964), pp. 16804-16S10.

sw'Ibid.. pp. 16R17-1681S.

=<" Ibid., p. 16S21.

-"2 Ibid., p. 16821. This vote had considerable significance in that it indicated a hard
core support of the principle that inspection should be the sine qua non of any arms
control treaty.

2«3 Ibid., r,. 16S32.

234

action was merely to reassert the constitutional role of the Senate in
treatymaking.

Protection of Senate prerogatives in treatymaking

Two actions were entertained to establish the coequal status of the
Senate with the President in treatymakino:. One was an amendment
to the resolution of ratification, proposed and then withdrawn by
Senator Mundt. He had expressed objection to the procedure that had
been adopted by the original parties to the treaty in opening it up to
the signatures of other States before the Senate had an opportunity
to vote on it. This move he considered had imposed undue pressure on
the Senate to accede to the treaty without change. ^°^

Of greater consequence was an amendment by Senator Russell, chair-
man of the Armed Ser^aces Committee, September 12, that, he said,
"would make perfectly clear that any future amendments to this treaty
must be submitted to the Senate for its advice and consent, as in the
case of the original treaty." ^"^ Subsequent discussion of the Russell
amendm.ent made evident that agreement had been reached among the
Senate leadership to accept it.-"'' A move to table was defeated, 8
yeas, 79 nays, and the amendment was adopted, 79 yeas, 9 nays.^"''

In addition to the acceptance of the Russell amendment, several
other efforts were made to satisfy the Senate that its participation in
the treaty process had been properly respected. An extensive account
was presented by Senator Humphrey of the numerous occasions on
which the Administration had consulted with the Senate on the test
ban treaty, both before and during the neo-otiations.-^'' A similar list
had earlier been supplied by the majority leader, September 20, in his
speech introducing the subject of the test ban to the Senate.^"^ Other
assurances were supplied by the Department of State that "no amend-
ment to the treaty can enter into force unless and until the United
States has deposited an instrument of ratification" ^^° and later, "The
TT.S. Government has never deposited an instrument of approval of
an amendment to a treaty without first going back to the Senate." ^^

However, the strongest assurance of the Senate's role was provided
in a letter from the President, read to the Senate by the minority leader,
September 11, in connection with his own endorsement of the treaty.
Altliough the terms of the letter dealt mainly with aspects of the
national security, the effect was that of a declaration of the President's
own "imderstanding" as to the terms under which the treaty would be
acceotable to the Senate."^

The abundant assurances the Senate received from the administra-
tion as to its past and future roles in treatymaking, plus its own
assertion in the Russell amendment, evidently sufficed to answer the
question.

Preservation of the national security under the treaty

The most fundamental question to be resolved was whether, on
balance, the political, military, and technological (enAdronmental)

20* Ihid. (Sept. 23. 19R3>. pp. 16810-16816.

205 Ibid., pp. 15968-1.5969.

2o« Senator Dlrksen said (ibid., p. 168-36) : "There was a discussion of this matter -with
the distingruished Senator from Georgrla. • * •" And Senator Javits said (p. 16837 >
he realii^ed "that an arrana-ement has been made • * *."

^ Ibid., pr>. 16841-16842.

*«Ibld. (Sept. 13. 1964 >. pp. 16124-16126.

=06 Tbid., pp. 16744-16745.

"oihld., p. 1.5969.

2" Ibid., p. 16003.

^"^'Ibid., p. 15915.

235

benefits under the treaty would be bought at too great a cost in
increased risk to the national security. There seemed to be no question
but that the treaty involved risk to the national security. But there
were also risks in failing to act. As Majority Leader Mansfield said :

The truth is that there are risks in this as in any venture in foreign relations.
But I remind the Senate that there are also risks in failing to venture, in standing
still in a world which does not stand still for this or any other nation. And at
this moment in the world's time, the risks of a paralyzed uncertainty may be
far greater than those which might stem from the pursuit of this venture/**

He sufiTOfested that there were eight criteria to be considered. These
were, in paraphrase:

1. Might some "nth country" reach nuclear parity with the
United States by testing while'^the United States did not?

2. Were U.S. atmospheric tests needed to neutralize some dem-
onstrated Soviet advantage?

3. Would the treaty hamper the United States more than it
would the Soviet Union ?

•i. Were there legal advantages under the treaty that the Soviet
Union could exploit but not the United States ?

5. Conversely, did the treaty forbid the United States to do
something permitted to the Soviet Union ?

6. Could the Soviet Union cheat on the treaty without being
detected ?

7. If the Soviet Union did cheat, and was detected, would the
United States still be bound by the treaty ?

8. Might surprise abrogation by the Soviet Union "so alter the
balance of military forces between the two nations as to increase
the risk of military attack upon us?" -"

Other risks were cited by Senator Jackson (paraphrase) :

There is the risk that we will relax and fall back into a state
which the Senate has learned to call euphoria.

There may be a serious misjudgment of the basis for the change
in Soviet policy.

It is generally conceded that the Communist Cliinese are now en-
gaged in a substantial nuclear weapons program and that in the
very near future they will be testing in the atmosphere. The ad-
vent of this new unchecked nuclear power may well require us
to withdraw from the agreement.

It is altogether possible and indeed * * * probable that a group

of nations, with Soviet encouragement, will seek to amend the

treaty * * * so as to ban underground tests without inspection or

with wholly inadequate arrangements for inspection.

However, notwithstanding these risks, said Senator Jackson, he still

found the treaty acceptable :

Provided, that it is firm national policy to keep alert and to protect the present
and future credibility of our military deterrent ; and provided, furthermore, that
it is firm national policy to use the protections provided in the treaty when, as,
and if needed to guard vital national interests, including the right of withdrawal
and the right to exercise the veto by withholding our consent under article 2
to any attempt to change the treaty by amendment in a form imperiling our vital
interests.^

2isib1d., p. 154RR.

"*■ Ibid., pp. 15462-15463.

215 Congressional Record (Sept. 13. 1964), pp. 16078-16084, especially pp. 16078-16079.

236

Much of the testimony in committee hearings had concerned this
question of risk ; and, particularly in the foreign relations hearings, on
how to reduce it. In the debate on the floor of the Senate, there was
some dissatisfaction with the stress placed by military witnesses on the
risks alone, rather than on the total question of risks and benefits.
Moreover, in the Military Preparedness Investigation Subcommittee
hearings, the risks were described by opponents of the treaty primarily
in terms of military or technological handicaps. Concerning this abun-
dant array of objections, Senator Humphrey protested:

"We rely chiefly on the testimony of generals, colonels, majors, and scientists.
Yet we are supposed to understand the political, the economic, and the social
forces. Paradoxically, Senators are trying to decide on the size of weapons and
ballistic missiles, whereas they should be considering economics, history, and the
social and political forces which are at work in America and throughout the
world."'

And Senator Morse was even more emphatic :

If the time ever comes when American foreign policy is determined by Amer-
ican military authorities, we are on our way to inevitable war. I speak weighing
fully the meaning and implication of every word that I utter. If we permit the
American military to determine American foreign policy, or have the determining
voice in American foreign policy, we are on our way to an inevitable war and the
destruction of our country, for all of history points out that unless we keep mili-
tary forces in control, they will lead us to a manifestation of their art, which is
the art of war.'"'

The four JCS reservations provided the focus for ways in which the
risks were to be obviated. There were several pledges by and to the
Senate, during the debate, that these provisos would be fully adhered
to. The fullest expression of this matter was in letters from President
Kennedy to the majority leader and the minority leader; Senator
Dirksen read his to the Members September 11. The President's pledges
in the letter may be paraphrased as follows :

1. Underground testing will be vigorously pursued under the
test ban treaty, if it is approved.

2. The United States will keep ready to resume atmospheric
testing, and will promptly resume such testing if the Soviet Union
should violate the treaty.

3. Capability to detect clandestine nuclear tests will be im-
proved,

4. The President of the United States is in no way limited by
the treaty in the use of nuclear weapons for the defense of itself
or its allies.

5. If Cuba is "used either directly or indirectly to circumvent
or nullify this treaty, the United States will take all necessary
steps in response."

6. Approval of the treaty will not "change the status" (i.e., re-
sult in U.S. recognition) of the "authorities in East Germany."

T. The United States will maintain strong weapons laboratories.

8. Development of peaceful uses of atomic explosions will be
diligently pursued: when such uses become practicable, "the
United States will seek international agreement under the treaty
to permit such explosions." -^®

^" Ibid. (Sppt. 10. 1963), p. 15766.
21- Ibid. (Sept. IS, 19G7). p. 164S8.
"'8 Ibid., p. 1.5915.

237

On the question as to the role of atomic weaponry in national secu-
rity, the debate in favor of the treaty appeared to rest on three un-
related and even incompatible points :

(1) The nuclear arms race was itself a source of danger to the
national security. ^^^

(2) Progress in maintaining technological and numerical su-
periority of the United States in nuclear weaponry would not (and
should not) be halted by the treaty,

(3) The preservation of U.S. military security depended on
other factors than nuclear weaponry.^-"

Much less attention was given to the expected benefits from the
treaty than to the question of military technological risks. However,
there were a number of evident benefits, mainly in the political aspects,
and also a number of political disadvantages. Among the political
advantages claimed for the treaty were :

The further estrangement of Kussian and Chinese Communist
States from each other ;

The commitment of the Soviet Union to a policy of "peaceful
coexistence" ;

The identification of nation states that accepted the U.S. policy
of searching for ways to "lessen the atomic peril and to promote
disarmament" ;

The promotion of a climate of international agreement and
cooperation.
However, there were also a number of political disadvantages, such
as — ■

The further alienation of France, whose leadership had re-
solved on a couree of nuclear armament and could not or would
not subscribe to the treaty ;

The threat of impairment of the NATO Alliance ;
The risk of a lessened vigor and initiative in the United States,
a condition that military leaders had termed "euphoria." ^^^
Eventually the debate ended; the amendments, resolutions, under-
standings, and amendments were cleared away; and the vote was
taken. The Senate on September 24 approved the resolution favoring
ratification by a vote of 80 yeas, 19 nays, comfortably in excess of the
required two-thirds margin.-^^

319 As the majority leader put it : "This furious and frantic race for superiority In the
capacity to inflict nuclear devastation In mass or In caliperic refinement In the interests
of national security In the end has provided security to no nation. It has provided only the
assurance that the prospect of Immediate and massive destruction to others will be at
least as great as that prospect Is to ourselves" (Ibid., p. 15467).

^° On this point, said Senator Fulbright : "Security * • * Is not merely a military and
technological commodity, but a combination of many elements, all of which must be taken
into account In the shaping of national policy." It was a "dangerous oversimplification to
regard national security solely in terms of weapons systems and military technology"
(Congressional Record (Sept. 9, 1964), pp. 15662-15663).

2^ Virtually all administration witnesses supporting the treaty warned against
"euphoria." The word seemed to take on a special meaning in the hearings. Instead of re-
taining its dictionary significance as a sense of good feeling and ebullience, it began to
sound like a one-word precis of Tennyson's "Lotus-Eaters." Unfortunately, the State
Department presented no counterpart theory as to the need for keeping up its own intel-
lectual guard. Secretary Rusk, or a spokesman for his Department, might have suggested
that the objective of the United States in its foreign policy was to induce in the Com-
munist States at feast the same degree or greater of euphoria than prevailed in the United
States.

2=2 Ibid. (Cong. Rec. (Sept. 24, 1964), pp. 16909-16910).

238

VI. The AiTERMATii and the Significance of the Test Ban Treaty

From a vantage point of 5 years later, it appears that the test ban
treaty has proved neither the great boon its strongest proponents
believed it to be, nor the path to early disaster foreseen by its strongest
adversaries. A mild condition of "detente"' had indeed prevailed be-
tween the Soviet Union and the United States, as foreseen among the
benefits of the treaty. Eelations between the two major Communist
states have indeed worsened, as was also foreseen. However, the
cohesion of the NATO alliance, and relations with France, as foreseen
by treaty opponents, may also have suffered.

Testing of nuclear weapons has continued in tlie permitted environ-
ments by both the United States and the Soviet Union. France, and
the Communist Chinese have both conducted tests in the air, which the
treaty forbids. Most of the other nations of the world joined in the
treaty and have observed its terms.

With the nomination of Senator Goldwater as a presidential candi-
date in 1964, since he had been an outspoken opponent of the treaty,
it became an issue in the 1964 campaign, but not a very salient one.

Various nuclear explosions underground have occurred in the Plow-
share program, which has probably been impeded but not halted by
the treaty.

The net level of atomic radiation in the environment has undoubt-
edly been reduced.

The ABM development which the treaty was claimed to retard, if
not render impossible, has continued at a modest level of priority. It is
not evident that the treaty has affected its progress seriously: other
more significant factors have been the higher priority of other weap-
ons, and other military requirements.

It is probable that the assassination of President Kennedy only 2
months after the ratification of the test ban treaty affected the impetus
of exploitation of the detente it had generated. The escalation of the
conflict in Vietnam has further obscured the situation, insofar as con-
tinuation of the detente is concerned. It has also dramatically illus-
trated the point made by some advocates of the treaty that nuclear
weaponry might shape the nature of military confrontations but would
be unlikely to be used to resolve them.

Expectations of President Kennedy for the treaty

For President Kennedy's own assessment of the implications of the
treaty it is necessary to rely mainly on his statements and messages
before the Senate action was completed, plus the few references he
made during the short interval thereafter before his assassination.
There is no question but that he attached great importance to the
treaty as a symbol. The President certainly hoped that it would pro-
vide a turning point, a way to break out of the circle of fear, distrust,
conflict, insistence on strength, demands for guarantees, insistence on
the unchanging and implacable hostility and activist role of the Soviet
Union, and the futile search by the United States to bring back the
total security of the preatomic period.

The President probably also hoped the debate on the test ban treaty
would inform the Congress and the electorate on some apparent
propositions applicable to the futile and dangerous nuclear arms race.
These propositions are, in sum :

239

That the offense, technologically speaking, could always beat
the defense.

That there could be no tecluiological assurance of security.

That no new scientific weapon was likely to provide an easy
route to the restoration of the military preeminence enjoyed by
the United States in the short period between Hiroshima and the
exploding of the first Soviet nuclear device.

That national security for both the United States and the Soviet
Union had continued to deteriorate even as the cax^ability of each
state to inflict destruction on the other had continued to increase.

That there could be no guarantee that the Soviet Union would
not violate or abrogate the test ban treaty as it had violated so
many others in the past when abrogation proved more in its
short-run interest than continued observation.

But, that miless the Soviets were afforded opportunities to
demonstrate their good faith — preferably in ways involving little
risk to the United States — the circle of fear and mistrust could
never be broken.

Future guidance afforded hy the treaty debates

One useful product of the Senate's consideration of the test ban
treaty is that it provides a format for future arms control and disarma-
ment treaties, and their approval. By its very comprehensiveness, its
minute and exhaustive nature, the Senate's examination of the 1963
pact gives future Administrations a splendid array of criteria by which
to measure its treatymaking in the field of arms control and disarma-
ment. Future Administrations might expect that their treaties will be
tested as follows :

( 1 ) Is it in the best interest of the United States ?

(2) What assurance is there that a major adversary who has
cosigned will not trick the United States by a surprise abroga-
tion 'I And what arrangements can be made by the United States
to abrogate promptly and effectively if an adversary does?

(3) Is the treaty enforceable? IVliat assurance is there that
it is not being violated by stealth, and what reliable arrange-
ments are being undertaken to be sure about this ?

(4) Have military leaders participated in the preparatory
stages, and in the actual negotiation of the treaty ? Do they approve
of it from the military point of view — or, at least, do they con-
sider the military disadvantages tolerable in relation to explicit
"broader" political advantages ?

(5) What tangible gains does the treaty afford the United
States?

(6) Can a reasonable case be made that the treaty benefits the
United States at least as much as it does the Soviet Union — and
preferably more?

(7) Have all technical and scientific questions been fully
explored ? Is there a good sound answer to every substantial reser-
vation that the scientific community might raise ? And do a pre-
ponderant number of the Nation's most respected senior scientists
favor the treaty on scientific grounds ?

(8) Has any opening been provided that will afford opportu-
nity for exploitation by an ingenious and persistent adversaiy to
the peril of the United States ?

240

(9) Does the treaty deprive the United States of any essential
freedom or useful course of action — particularly if such depriva-
tion is unnecessary to the purjDoses of the treaty ?

A future arms control treaty will almost certainly receive a more
searching inquiry as to its financial implications. The cost of carrying
out the precautionary provisions recommended by the Joint Chiefs
of Staff — on which the Senate Military Preparedness Subcommittee
set such store — has reached an impressive total, and seems destined to
amount to a significant cost for as long as the treaty remains in force.

The Senate underwent an exhausting exercise in the absorption of
highly classified and highly technical information. The proposition
was demonstrated that extreme competence in some scientific areas does
not necessarily qualify a witness to express authoritative judgments
over the entire scientific spectrum. The proposition was also demon-
strated that the self-discipline that scientists impose on themselves in
their own fields does not necessarily extend to their expressions of view
on other matters. The result is an increase of skepticism as to the abil-
ity of science to achieve all things.

It is difficult to assess the effect on the Senate decision that was con-
tributed by public attitudes, and attitudes of witnesses, toward radio-
activity. There was no question but that weapons tests raised the level
of radioactivity in the environment, that some radioactive isoton<vs
were so hannful to human physiology that concentrations of these iso-
topes in the environment needed to be kept below" some "safe" level.
The determination of such "safe" levels was never satisfactorily
resolved, however, because it involved proving a negative ; accordingly,
it had become a political rather than a technical question. Undoubt-
edly the test ban treaty would result in a reduction in the quantity of
radioactivity dispersed into the environment. Undoubtedly also, this
beneficial effect was well established with the Members of the Senate.
However, it appears to have been accepted as a general "plus" rather
than specifically advanced as an urgent and decisive reason for apj) rov-
ing the treaty.

CHAPTER NINE— ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PEACE

CORPS
I. Introduction

President Kennedy established a temporary Peace Corps by Execu-
tive order, :March 1, 1961/ A subsequent administration proposal to
authorize a permanent Peace Corps was adopted with substantial bi-
partisan support, September 2. The technological transfer goal inher-
ent in ahnost all foreign development programs was, in this statutory
agency, to be approached by indirection. Means rather than ends were
stressed in its statement of objectives :

* * * To promote world peace and friendship [by making] available to interested
countries and areas men and women * * * qualified for service abroad and
willing to serve, under conditions of hardship if necessary, to help [such peoples]
in meeting their needs for trained manpower, and to help promote a better
understanding * * *.^

The statutory program was funded for the fiscal year 1962 at $30
million. Both the administration and the Congress viewed it as frankly
experimental ; manifestly a few thousand young people, demonstrat-
ing and using rudimentary technologies of the developed world, could
not produce instant development of many lagging economies. How-
ever, the pioneering aspect of a low budget, semistructured program of
service abroad might attract a previously untapped and highly moti-
vated group, which might catalyze small, local developments — in
eilect, create seedbeds of technological, economic, and democratic
progress.

Goals of U.S. foreign aid programs are both political and economic,
intended to support both the growth of democracy and, as its pre-
requisite, the economic advance of lagging economies. Economic aid, in
turn, depends on and supports the transfer of technological informa-
tion and hardware. The Marshall plan and the Point IV program
relied on the assumption that the preferred route to technological and
economic advance was by the infusion of technically trained man-
power and massive capital investment. Increasingly, there was a sus-
picion that social, cultural, and psychological differences as between the
United States and the aided countries were major intervening vari-
ables in the effective transfer of technology. The lack of attention
given to these obstacles received criticism by the economists, Theodore
Geiger and Roger D. Hansen, in their recent view of the information
bases of U.S. foreign policy ; they observe :

Only very occasionally in designing the technical-assistance projects were in-
vestigations conducted to evaluate the consistency between the new techniques
and methods to be introduced and the existing attitudes, values, and expectations

1 Executive Order 10924, "Establishment and Administration of the Peace Corps in the
Department of State." The White House, Mar. 1, 1961 ; In U.S. Congress, House. Committee
on Foreign Affairs. Peace Corps Act ; report of the * * * on H.R. 7500, To provide for a
Peace Corps to help the peoples of interested countries and areas in meeting their needs for
skilled manpower, S7th Cong., 1st sess. ; House Report 115 (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, Sept. 5, 1961), p. 63.

" Peace Corps Act, title 1, sec. 2.

(241)

99-044—69 17

242

of the people who were supposed to adopt them ; to identify the particular agents
in each village, local, or national society who were willing and able to he inno-
vators and whose examples would be followed by others * * *."

The Peace Corps was designed to supplement ongoing technical
assistance programs, particularly the Point IV program, not only by
direct technological transfer at the community level, but also by giving
specihc attention to the cultural dimension in technical assistance.
Congressional sujDport appears to have responded to both aspects.
Development of this understanding was attributable to the special
efforts made by the Peace Corps at the outset in presenting the Con-
gress with an objective overview of the problems to be encountered in
implementing a program to transfer teclmology at the grassroots
level.

The primary mission of the Peace Corps was to provide develop-
ing comitries with an infusion of youthful and flexible Americans
who could familiarize urban and rural peoples with a technological
orientation — with the skills of teclmical training and with the activi-
ties of a teclinically developed society. It was designed to pro\ide
manpower to work with and teach these peoples how to solve the basic
problems of underdevelopment — to purify water, devise educational
programs, build bridges, organize administrations, contrive proce-
dures, wash clothes, vaccinate, and — in short — imbibe some of the
"do it yourself" spirit congenial in the American culture.

An effective program needed a highly structured underpinning.
Americans who would serve overseas would have to be properly se-
lected and trained. They w^ould have to be taught to understand the
complex cultural, economic, political, and technological obstacles to
development. They would have to be familiar with the basic technical
tools of the specific tasks they would face : to understand the mores
and traditions of the societies to which they would be sent and to com-
municate with its peoples.

The program that resulted had several shortcomings : neither the
Congress nor the administration had explored intensively the subject
of specific technical training and supporting research, and the l^ro-
gram did not call for adequate followup of results. Xotwithstanding
these fairly secondary exceptions, it appears to have been that intended
by its authors, and that sought by the Administration.

II. Identification of the Issue

The notion of a technological army of youth to serve at the grass-
roots to demonstrate skills and techniques to people in developing na-
tions was long in germinating. The idea was linked to William James,
early 20th century philosopher,"* and refined by Heinz Rollman, an
American industrialist, who proposed a "Peace Army of 5 million
American men and women who would be sent to the world's under-
privileged, imderdeveloped countries." ^

3 Theodore Geiger and Roger D. Hansen. "The Role of Information in Deoisionniaking on
Foreign Aid," in "The Study of Policy Formation," edited by Raymond A. Bauer and Ken-
neth J. Gergen, (New York, the Free Press, 1968), p. 355.

^U.S. Peace Corps, "Peace Cori)s Presentation of FY 1962 Program to U.S. Congress,"
May 29, 1961 (Washington, mlmeo. 1961). p. 1.

■^statement of Heinz Rollman. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations.
The Peace Corps, hearings before the * * * on S. 2000 (A bill to provide for a Peace
Corps to help the peoples of interested countries and areas in meeting their needs for skilled
manpower), .Tune 22 and 2.3, 1961, S7th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1961), pp. 124-134.

24S

The first Federal program to use youth in a service capacity, but
only domestically, was the 19;');3 Civilian Conservation Cori)s. The CCC
was a depression-time organization to provide jobs and improve nat-
ural resources. It employed teenagers and young adults to build parks,
clean and restore barren lands, plant trees, and work on farms and
irrigation projects.*' David Lilienthal, former Chairman of the Tennes-
see Valley Authority, advocated a universal public-service plan in
whicli every educated American Avould devote a number of years to
Federal service at home or abroad.' Various voluntary, nongovern-
mental, people-to-people programs of educational and technical as-
sistance in developing countries appeared after World AVar II : the
Experiment in International Living (for teenagei-s), Cross-Roads
Africa (summer work for college students in Africa), and the Inter-
national Voluntary Services (established in 1953 to coordinate U.S.
religious mission activities in underdeveloped area). When Point IV
legislation was being considered in Congress, Dr. Dewey Anderson,
director of the Public Affaii*s Institute, recommended that 1^50 work
centers, staffed by skilled American workers and natives, be established
in underdeveloped countries.^ Similarly, Victor G. Reuther of the
United Auto Workers Institute suggested that the United States par-
ticipate in a ''Point 4 Youth Corps" to be administered through the
United Nations.^

Congressional proposals hy Reuss and Neuherger

Representative Henry S. Reuss, after reviewing American techni-
cal assistance efforts in Cambodia in 1958, told an audience at Cornell
University that he favored the formation of a ''Youth Corps" under
the Point IV program.^° Later Mr. Reuss described this proposal as a
corrective supplement to enlarge the scope of the aid program, put
more workers in the field, and redress the balance away from military
overemphasis. He criticized the existing program as inadequate and
"suffering from bureaucratic hardening of the arteries.*' A more fun-
damental criticism was its orientation to the status quo —

Too often we seem to emphasize military alliances with corrupt or reactionary
leaders: furnishing military hardware which all too frequently is turned on the
people of the country we are presumably helping * * *. Would we not be farther
along if we relied more heavily on a group of some thousands of young Ameri-
cans willing to help with an irrigation project, digging a village well, or setting
up a rural school? "

In 1959, Representative Reuss and Senator Richard Xeuberger intro-
duced bills which called for a study of a bilateral "Point 4 Youth
Corps." Their objectives, which resembled those of the program later
enacted, were defined by Representative Reuss as follows :

To make additional technical manpower available * * * in underdeveloped,
friendly, foreign countries :

To assist in broadening the understanding by the peoples of other nations of
the ideals and aspirations of Americans ;

To broaden [the] understanding [by American youth] of the problems facing
other peoples * * *.

« Rov Hoopes, "The Complete Peace Corps Guide" (New York, The Dial Press, 1961). p. 11.

•Ibid., p. 21.

''Ibid., p. 22.

^ Paper prepared at Mr. Rpiither's sng-gestion and distributed at a meeting called by
Representative Henry S. Reuss at the Capitol. Dec. 20. 19C0.

"' Hoopes. op. eit.. p. 24.

^1 Henry S. Reuss, "A Point 4 Youth Corps," The Commonweal (May 6, 1960), pp.
146-147.

244

Arthur H. Darken, a specialist in U.S. foreign affairs of the Legis-
lative Reference Service of the Library of Congress, prepared an
analysis of the tasks of the proposed study for Representative Reuss,
who then asked Congress to appropriate funds for a nongovernmental
organization to assess —

Types of projects ;

Use of private and nongovernmental groups ;
Questions of draft exemption for volunteers ;
Size and salary ;
Type of training needed ;
Use of noncollege graduates ;

Administrative organization and proposed semiautonomous status of the State
Department ; and
The link of the program to ongoing technical assistance programs."

The proposals of Reuss and Neuberger, passed as a rider to the
Mutual Security iVct of I960," provided that the President contract
for a study of —

* * * the advisability and practicability of a program, to be known as "The
Point Four Youth Corps," under which U.S. citizens would be trained and serve
abroad in programs of technical cooperation.

There was already sentiment in the Congress favoring enactment of
such a program. For example the House Foreign Affairs Committee
rejiorted :

The committee believes that the United States is failing to utilize one of its
important assets by not developing a program for using such services. If young
Americans with farm backgrounds and adequate technical training, who are
willing to live in the villages and share in the daily work of the people and who
would serve with only a minimum salary and subsistence allowance, could be
carefully selected and sent to the less developed countries, they could be unusually
effective representatives of the United States.

Should this study support the committee's present belief that there is substan-
tial merit in the proposal, the committee will prepare specific recommendations
for getting the program underway, and will expect the Executive to make a
serious and constructive effort to put the program into effective operation."

Ten thousand dollars was provided for the study, which was assigned
to the Colorado State University Research Foundation,

The Peace Corps hill introduced hy Senator Huiiifhrey

Meanwhile. Senator Hubert H. Humphrey proposed an immediate
Peace Corps. He told the Senate, June 15, 1960, that in his judgment,
"There is sufficient evidence now in hand to justify moving directly to
the formation of such a corps now, rather than waiting for a study to
be made,^^ He introduced, that same day, a bill to establish a "Peace
Corps" to —

* * * Develop a genuine people-to-people program in which talented and dedicated
young American men will teach basic agricultural and industrial techniques,
literacy, the English language and other school subjects, and sanitation and health
procedures in Asia, Africa, and Latin America."

" Arthur H. Darken, "Anal.ysis of a Proposal for the Establishment of a Point 4 Youth
Corr)s," Dec. 17. 1959, cited by Hon. Henry S. Reuss, "A Point 4 Youth Corps — To Enable
More Young Americans To Participate in Technical Assistance Programs," Statement upon
introduction of H.R. 96.38; Congressional Record (.Tan. 14, 1960), pp. 491-494. The late
Senator Neuberger's bill was S. 2903, introduced Jan. 26. 1960.

13 Sec. 203(c), H.R. 11510, approved May 14, 1960, as Public Law 82^72.

" U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Foreign Affairs. Report on the Mutual Security
Act of 1960. House Report 14'64. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office), Apr. 8,
1960.

1= Senator Hubert H. Humphrey, "Establishment of Peace Corps," Congressional Record
(June 15. 1960), p. 11732.

" S. 3675, Ibid., pp. 11782-11734.

245

The Humphrey bill provided for a 3-year term of enlistment. An
"essential part of the whole program" would be that the first year of
sei-vice should be devoted to training;. Six months would be allocated
to intensive area and language study, and study of American public
policy and contemporary thought. During the second 6 months, the
trainee would go to the country to be served for further training in
language and technical skills. Tender the Humphrey plan —

The Peace Corps would be a separate agency, but would work
in cooperation Avith the Department of State, USIA, and ICA. It
could be placed in another department for administrative purposes.
The first year's program would be limited to 500 men; and
should increase to 4,000 men in the fourth year of operations.
Academic credit might be earned for orientation work.
Members of the Corps would be carefully selected, must he at
least 21% years of age and qualified in a skill, must be dedicated,
physically fit, mature, and prepared to ser\^e in primitive areas.
A 3-year term of service would be equivalent to peacetime mili-
tary draft ; but no veterans benefits would be allowed.

Salaries would be equivalent to those paid to military enlisted
men.

Volunteers vrould serve in a country only if they were requested ;
a binational commission would coordinate operations in each
country.
Xo action was taken on the bill in the Senate. Nevertheless Senator
Humphrey's request that the "* * * bill * * * be presented and appro-
priately referred so that it would be the subject of intensive study
during the coming months * * * " i" ^yas heeded. The Senate Foreign
Relations Committee sent the bill to the Department of State, U.S.
Information Agency, International Cooperation Administration, and
the Bureau of the Budget.^^ These agencies reported to the committee
in early August of 1960, a few weeks before the Congress was
adjourned.

Ths Kennedy proposal

During his campaign for the Presidency, Senator John F. Kennedy
told a San Francisco audience, November 2, 1960, that he favored the
formation of a Peace Corps. He said in part :

Think of the wonders skilled American personnel could work, building good
will, building the peace. There is not enough money in all America to relieve the
misery of the underdeveloped world in a giant and endless soup kitchen. But
there is enough know-how and enough knowledgeable people to help those nations
help themselves.

I therefore propose that our inadequate efforts in this area be supplemented
by a "Peace Corps" of talented young men willing and able to service their
country in this fashion for 3 years as an alternative to i^eace-time Selective
Service — well qualified through rigorous standards — well trained in the language,
skills and customs they will need to know * * *?^

Public reaction pro and con to the Peace Corps plan

Representative Reuss, and Senators Humphrey and Kennedy, re-
ported having immediately received a great deal of mail, unanimously
favorable, regarding the proposal. "° It was especially popular among

'■ IiU-m.

^' U.S. Congrress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. Legislative Calendar, 86th
Cong.. No. 20 (Aug. 17, 1960), p. 36.

^» New York Times (Nov. 3. 1960). p. 32.

^ Dr. Samuel P. Haj-es, "An International Peace Corps," "The Promise and Problems"
(Washington, D.C., the Public Affairs Institute. 1961), p. 23.

246

college students, some of whom began to ^jganize their own pilot
programs. Students at Harvard, the University of Michigan, and else-
where, established organizations to recruit students."^ The National
Student Association, representing more than a million college students
registered its support and began to study the concept."- On Novem-
ber 11, 1960, a "Conference to Discuss the Challenge to American
Youth from the World's Emerging Nations," was held at Princeton
University. Conferees consisted of students and educational, labor, and
technical assistance experts from the eastern seaboard, plus repre-
sentatives from the stall' of Senators Kennedy and Humphrey. The
conferees concluded that a massive Federal youth program consisting
of draft-exempt and trained men would help solve many of the prob-
lems of the underdeveloped world.-^

Additional support came from all levels of American public opin-
ion. In mid-January 1961, the American Institute of Public Opinion,
the Gallup poll, reported that 71 percent of all Americans favored the
proposal, while only 18 percent opposed it. It was favored by both
Democrats (74 percent) and Republicans (67 percent) as well as by
Independents (73 percent).

Criticisms of the Peace Corps plan centered on its personnel selec-
tion, training aspects, and the Kennedy suggestion for exemption from
selective service. For example, Josephine Ripley, in the Christian Sci-
ence Monitor, concluded that dedicated young Americans might not
be as attracted by it as the "undergraduate drifter.'* This, she said, was
the "most common criticism of the Youth Corps plan * * *." Standards
of selection were accordingly "the most important problem." -*

The Wall Street Journal objected, editorially, to the draft exemp-
tion and suggested that the economic contest inherent in the cold war
could never be won without a greater infusion in the foreign aid pro-
gram of highly technically trained manpower :

Thp idea of giving one lad a uniform and another a passport to Indonesia pre-
supposes a screening for which no objective criteria exist * * *.

What the backward countries * * * need is trained, experienced technical help.
One slvillful man in field boots, slogging through a paddy to teach natives how to
grow more rice, is worth a dozen aid dispensers in air-conditioned retreats. Cer-
tainly such skill and experience are not acquired during a "cram" course in
Washington. It would better serve U.S. interests abroad — and American "pres-
tige," if you will — to send no technicians rather than young and inexperienced
ones.

But perhaps the worst feature of Mr. Kennedy's "Peace Corps" is its gimmick-
type approach to the deep and intractable problems of cold war. It purports to
offer a dramatic solution to problems which simply are not susceptible to easy
solution.^

III. Assessment of the Issue

Formal congressional consideration of the Peace Corps proposal
began with tlie introduction, on June 1, 1961, of an administration bill
by Senator Humphrey and Representative Thomas E. Morgan, chair-

21 .Josephine Ripley, "Exploration of a Youth Peace Corps," Christian Science Monitor
(Dec. 9. 1960). editorial.

23 Helen B. Shaffer, "Government Youth Corps," Editorial Research Reports (Jan. 4,
1961). p. 4.

^Alan C. Elms, "New Frontier: The Peace Corps," The Nation (Dec. 3, 1960), pp.
4.3n-4.?2.

-* Christian Science Monitor (Dec. 9, 1960), p. 1; see also editorial: "Youth Corps Bi-
partisan Project" (Nov. 5, 1960). p. 1.

^ Wall Street Journal (Nov. 15, 1960), p. 1.

247

man of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. However, assess-
ment of the concept was initiated long before June by interested Mem-
bers of Congress, experts on contract to Senator Kennedy,
nongovernmental groups, and the Peace Corps task force Director
R. Sargent Shriver. By the time the Congress came to consider the
legislation, most of tlie spadework had been completed, controversy
eliminated, operational plans designed, and a pilot program begun.
Throughout this evolutionary period the Congress was kept well
informed.

International versus National Peace Corps

An early Peace Corps study was prepared at Candidate Kennedy's
request by Dr. Samuel P. Hayes, professor of economics at the Uni-
versity of Michigan and former director of its foundation for re-
search on human behavior. It first appeared as a memorandum in Sep-
tember 1960, and was subsequently amplified into a pamphlet report
for general circulation.^*^ The Hayes plan was based on the concept
that national volunteers would operate under the administrative or-
ganization of a United Nations International Youth Service. Exten-
sive training and orientation would be prerequisites for service ; volun-
teers would not be exempted from military obligations. The U.S. con-
tingent in this International Peace Corps would consist of some 30,000
to 50,000 volunteers.-^ _

A more comprehensive study was presented to the President-elect
on December 18, 1960, by the Committee on Educational Interchange
Policy of the Institute of International Education, chaired by Harlan
Cleveland, dean of the Graduate School of Citizenship and Public
Affairs of Syracuse University.-^ This study recommended that the
youth service program should make volunteers available to private
agencies engaged in development work, as well as to other govern-
ments, and that the proposed agency serve as a funding and clearing
house for all public and private volunteer assistance programs. Other
recommendations were : one 3-year term of service, 1,000 volunteers
in the field the first year, and no exemption from military service.-''

Evolving scope of the plan through professional reviews

A third study for the President-elect, prepared in December 1960,
was conducted by Dr. Max ]\Iil]ikan, director of the Center for Inter-
national Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It recom-
mended—

No exemptions from the selective service ;

Incorporation of tlie program into a broader foreign aid effort;

Hiffli standards of selectivity and training ("extensive language training in
native dialects, even with native instructors, * * * irLstruetion in the economic,
cultural, social, and political characteristics of the region to which the partici-
pant will be assigned, [and appropriate] technical training") ;

Operational rather than advisory program ("* * * Explicitly designed to fill a
temporary shortage of indigenous persons with the necessary qualifications in

28 "An International Youth Service," September 1960. Cited by Hayes, op. clt., p. 7.

^ "An International Peace Corps • • • the Promise and Problems,' op. eit., pp. 92-94.

-'' Other members were : Leo Dowling, associate dean of students. Indiana University :
liUther H. Evans. Brookings Institution; William Fels, president of Benning'ton College;
Fred W. Heehinger. education editor of the New York Times ; Margaret Hickey, public affairs
editor of the Ladies Home .lournal ; Kenneth Holland, president. Institute of International
Education ; John Ivey, president of the Midwest Council on Airborne Television Instruction ;
Benjamin R. Shute. former Director of Intelligence of the United States High Commissioner
in Germany ; and Donald .7. Shank, executive vice president of the Institute of International
Education ("Details Proposed for Pea^ce Corps," New York Times (Dec. 19, 1960). o. 19),

» Idem.

248

the host country.") (Also — salaries commensurate with the local standards for
these skills) ;

Supervisory volunteer team leaders stationed in each country where volunteer
workers were serving.'*"

Millikan preferred a gradually evolving program starting "on a
limited basis with no more than a few hundred members." The new
agency should not itself directly administer overseas programs. There
should be a "large amount of experimentation" especially in the
early years. Organization and operation of the program should be
the subject of continuing research and evaluation. The program should
be closely linked to the foreign assistance activities of the United
States, and provision should be made for host country citizens to be
trained to take over functions initially performed by Peace Corps
volunteers.^^

The Reus8 conferences on Peace Corps proposals

Representative Reuss, an early sponsor of the Peace Corps concept,
regarded the election of President Kennedy as a mandate for its enact-
ment,-- To further the program by elicitmg public reaction to various
alternative approaches, he sponsored a series of conferences in De-
cember 1960, in New York, at the Brookings Institution in Wash-
ington, D.C., and in the House Banking and Currency Coimnittee
hearing room. At these meetings he addressed some 50 Members of
Congress and representatives of Federal agencies, student leaders,
and spokesmen for various public organizations. Apparently a con-
sensus emerged out of these meetings as to the general principle of the
Peace Corps, and on the proposition that it should not be an alterna-
tive to selective service. The conferences were beneficial, also, in con-
tributing ideas and data to the study being conducted of the Peace
Corps program by the Colorado State University Research
Foundation.

Peace Corps evaluation contract for the Congress

Of especial interest, as an effort by the Congress to obtain by con-
tract a direct social science evaluation in advance of a legislative pro-
posal, is the study commissioned to the Colorado State University
Research Foundation, To the congressional allocation of $10,000 for
the study, the univer.sity added $50,000. The foundation designed and
circulated questionnaires to thousands of American citizens, soliciting
opinions and suggestions about the idea ; it surveyed nationals, admin-
istrators, technical assistance experts, and labor leaders in 10 countries
of Asia, Africa, and Latin America, where Peace Corps programs
would be established ; and it participated in and interviewed attendees
of the Reuss conferences. The preliminary report of the foundation
in February 1961 endorsed the concept and recommended that the
Congress enact permanent authorizing legislation. Its recommenda-
tions as to training and implementation were (in summary) :

Volunteers should be provided only with a subsistence allowance ;
Service should not be an alternative to the draft ;

30 [Dr. Max Millikan.] International Youth Service, press release, press office of John F.
Kennedy, Stanhope Hotel. New York. N.Y., Jan. 9. 1961. (Mimeo, 1961), pp. 3-7. Also re-
printed as a task force report in "New Frontiers of the Kenned.v Administration : The Texts
of the Task Force Reports Prepared for the President" (Washington, D.C., Puplic Affairs
press, 1961), pp. 146-159.

^ Ibid., pp. 4, 7-S.

=2 "Youth Peace Corps Held Essential," New York Times (Dee. 20, 1960), p. 30.

249

Men and women should be allowed to serve ;

Volunteers should have at least a high school education ;

Optimum age would be 20 to 30 ;

The length of service should be about 2 years ;

A high level advisory board should be formed ;

A small staff should be provided, but major support should come from ICA
or its successor agency ;

A binational board, composed of United States and Peace Corps host country
nationals would be formed to set iwlicy, approve projects, provide staff, and
plan pilot programs ;

The cost should run to about $50 million for 5,000 volunteers.*'

The final report of the research group was not presented to the Con-
gress until June 5, 1961,^* well after the Peace Corps pilot project was
underway, after Mr. Shriver had completed his task force studies, and
after legislation had been introduced in the Congress. Two recom-
mendations not in the preliminary report were included in the pub-
] ished version of the final study : (1 ) the program should start slowly
and on a small scale only :

Interviews found a sul)stantial unanimity, among both U.S. nationals and host
country nations, concerning the policy that Peace Corps programs should be
initiated in the countries as pilot project.*, with limited numbers of participants.
There was caution to "start slowly and plan carefully." ^

(2) There should be an extensive program of in-house and external
research :

All parts of the Peace Corps program must be studied carefully to ascertain
which parts would have research and evaluation built into them.'^

It is difficult to assess the precise impact of the Colorado study, or
even to identify this impact apart from that of the many other studies
conducted of the same subject at about the same time. Members of
Congress made reference to the existence of this research ; principal
officers of the interim Peace Corps, including the Director, had access
to its literature. Some of the findings and conclusions of the study were
apparently incorporated in official Peace Corps testimony, as well as
serving as an independent yardstick by which this testimony was
evaluated by the Congress. The Colorado project appears to have been
a conscientious and painstaking effort at opinion and data collection.
Its findings confirmed tliose of other study groups. Had this not been
the case, it is possible that a congressional consensus favoring Peace
Corps legislation might not have been achieved so readily. It is also
to be noted that the obtaining by the Congress of an explicit assess-
ment, by a group independent of the executive branch of the Govern-
ment, of a new concept of cross-cultural teclmological transfer marks a
different legislative aj^proach from that taken in the course of de-
velopment of Point IV legi-slation.

^ Colorado State University Research Foundation. Preliminary report, "A Youth Corps
for Service Abroad," by Maurice L. Albertson. Pauline E. Birkv, and Andrew E. Rice, (Fort
Collins. Colo.. February 1961, revised March 1961), pp. 9-11, 13, 23.

»» Congressional Quarterly Almanac, 1961 ( 1961 ) , p. 325.

^The final report presented to the Congress was transmitted to that body by the Inter-
national Cooperation Administration : United States. International Cooperation Adminis-
tration. Peace Corps. Final report. A study by Colorado State Universitv Founda-
tion, Fort Collins, Colo., M. L. Albertson and A. E. Rice (The Administration, Washington
1961). It ha.s not been made available to the researcher. However, the authors of the study
later published their report, slightly revised, for the general public. This quote is taken from
that publication : Maurice L. Albertson, Andrew E. Rice, and Pauline E. Birky "New Fron-
tiers for American Youth, Perspective on the Peace Corps" (Washington, Public Affairs
Press. 1961), p. 3.5.

38 Ibid., pp. 128-129, 142-143.

250

Peace Cor^ps task force report to the President

Shortly after taking office in 1961, President Kennedy established
still another Peace Corps task force, this one headed by R. Sargent
Shriver, former president of the Chicago Board of Education, to
study the feasibility of immediately organizing a Peace Corps. Robert
V>. Textor, a social scientist, has suggested that the new President
judged that congressional acceptance of the program would be im-
measurably improved by having already underway a provisional pro-
gram with many volunteers already in training." He adds that the
proposal was "* * * faced with the overwhelming concern of simple
political survival * * *."' The new agency, engaged in an uncertain,
transcultural program, required funding support for a long enough
period in its provisional status to prove itself ; it also had to contend
with a "* * * general skepticism * * * shared widely among members
of what might be called the 'overseas establishment,' the State De-
partment Foreign Service Officers, Agency for International Develop-
ment * * * personnel, foundation officials, missionaries * * *"' and oth-
ers, who perceived the Peace Corps as "* * * an insult, a threat, or
both." ^^ Sargent Shriver has confirmed this view.^'-'

Consistent with the previous efl'orts to bring a wide range of ex-
pertise to the planning of the Peace Corps, Shriver gathered together
men with broad academic and foreign policy experience to assist him.*°

Shrivers report to the President, February 22, 1961, was broad in
scope. It set objectives for the Peace Corps to aim at; proposed selec-
tion and training methods for future volunteers; suggested technical
assistance projects in which volunteers would be most likely to be ef-
fective (education, community development, public health, construc-
tion projects, government administration, and agriculture) ; discussed
relationships of overseas contingents of volunteers with U.S. diplo-
matic missions; and advised the formation of a National Advisory
Council "to permit criticism and review by some of the best men and
women in the field of world development * * *.*' Shriver did not
favor exemption of Peace Corps volunteers from selective service,
nor did he endorse suggestions for a substaiitially international pro-
gram.^^ The report acknowledged the work of Millikan and Hayes,

=" Robert B. Textor, Introduction. In Robert B. Textor, ed., "Cultural Frontiers of tlie
Peace Corps" (Cambridge, the MIT Press, 1966), j). 3.

a' Ibid., pp. 1-2.

^Sargent Shriver, "Five Years With the Peace Corps," Saturday Review (vol. 49, No. 17,
Apr. 2.S, 1966). pp. 14, 18. 54, 57.

40 Warren Wiggins, Deputy Director of the International Cooperation Administration, who
had written a paper entitled "The Towering Task" based on ICA experiences, later to become
Director of Program Development and Operations of the Peace Corps ; Dr. Max Millikan.
who had studied the proposal for the President-elect ; Dr. Samuel Hayes, who had studied
the plan ; Dr. F. Gordon Boyce. director of the Experiment in International Living ; Edwin
R. Bayley, former newspaper reporter; Morris B. Abraham, a lawyer; Albert G. Simes. of
the Institute of International Education, who was in charge of studying affiliations with
universities ; Dr. Howard A. Rusk, consultant on health affairs for the Peace Corps ; Louis
B. Martin, newspaper editor, to work with international organizations ; Thomas H. E.
Quimby, business executive to work on recruitment ; Arthur S. Adams, president of the
American Council of Education, to work on training programs ; Lawrence E. Dennis, vice
president in charge of academic affairs at Pennsylvania State College, to survey fulfilling
training objectives ; Forrest Evashevski, athletic director, to act as a training consultant ;
Lester Gordon, deputy assistant director for planning and economics of the Development
Loan Fund ; John D. Young, management consultant ; Bradley Patterson, to establish an
executive secretariat ; Carl Bode, of the Agency for International Development ; Harris
Wofford, in charge of programs for Africa ; Richard Goodwin. Deputy Assistant Secretary
of State ; William Josephson. lawyer and first Peace Corps General Counsel ; and .Tames
Grant. Assistant Secretary of State for the Near East. (George E. Sullivan, "The Story of
the Peace Corps' (New York, Fleet Publishing Corp., 1964). pp. 30-32; and New Peace
Corps, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists (April 1961), p. 161.)

••1 U.S. Peace Corps, "Report to the President on the Peace Corps From Sargent Shriver,"
Feb. 22. 1961 (mimeo. 1961), pp. 1—4, 8-10 ; and U.S. Peace Corps, "Summary of Next Steps
From Sargent Shriver" (to the President), Feb. 22, 1961 (mimeo, 1961), pp. 1-4.

251

the Institute of Inteniatiuiiul Education, the Xational Student Asso-
ciation, and the Colorado State University Kesearch Foundation. It
acknowledged also a debt to consultations with Representative Reuss
and Senator Humphrey.''^

Two of Shrivers conclusions differed from the recommendations
set forth in previous supporting studies. While the "Peace Corps
should take its place as a basic component of our whole overseas
[foreign aid] program," it should be established as a semiautonomous
entity within the State Department as a "* * * new experiment in
international cooperation"' so that its staff must have ''great flexi-
bility to experiment with different methods of operations."" If it were
made a subdivision in the ICA the new program "would share the
public, political, and bureaucratic disabilities" of the older organiza-
tion. Continued the report —

This is not to detract from the very real worth of ICA's present assistance
programs. But the idea of a Peace Corps has captured the imagination of a great
many people. Support for it cuts across party, regional, ethnic, and other lines.
The Peace Corps, therefore, offers an opportunity to add a new dimension to
our approach to the world — an opportunity for the American people to think
anew and start afresh in their participation in world development. That oppor-
tunity should not be jeopardized. Beginning the Peace Corps as another ICA
operation runs the risk of losing that new appeal."

As to timing, he urged that the President establish the Peace Corps
as soon as possible and on a substantial scale :

How and when should the Peace Corps be launched? The Peace Corps can
either begin in very low gear, with only "preparatory work" undertaken between
now and when Congress finally appropriates special funds for it, or it can be
launched now and in earnest by executive action, with sufficient funds made avail-
able from existing mutual security appropriations to permit a number of sub-
stantial projects to start this summer."

IV. iNFORMATIOlSr ASSESSED BY THE CoNGRESS

Immediately after the administration bill had been sent up and in-
troduced, the Peace Corps transmitted to the Congress a very detailed
67 page proposal for the fiscal year 1962.^^ Much information about the
temporaiT agency had gone earlier to the Congress, on March 21, 1961,
when the Senate Foreign Relations Committee held a hearing on the
nomination of Sargent Shriver to be director of the Peace Corps.'**^ Ad-
ditional hearings on the President's proposal were held by the House
Committee on Foreign Affairs in August, and the Senate Committee
on Foreign Relations in June.^' In addition, the Peace Corps staff
through its congressional liaison officer, William Moyers, and others,

■"-"Report to the President on the Peace Corps From Sargent Shriver," op. cit.. p. 1.

^3 Ibid, pp. 4, 10, 11, 12 ; and "Summary of the Next Steps From Sargent Shriver,' op. cit.,
p. 1.

** "Report to the President on the Peace Corps From Sargent Shriver," Ibid., p. 1.3.

^ U.S. Peace Corps. Presentation of fiscal year 1962 program to U.S. Congress. May 29,
1961 (mimeo, 1961). 67 pages.

*' U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. Nomination of Robert Sargent
Shriver, Jr., to be Director of the Peace Corps. Hearings before the ♦ * • on the nomi-
nation of Robert Sargent Shriver. to be Director of the Peace Corps. Mar. 21, 1961, 87th
Cong., 1st sess. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961), 58 pages.

*" U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Foreign Affairs. The Peace Corps. Hearings before
the * * * on H.R. 7500. A bill to provide for a Peace Corps to help the peoples of interested
countries and areas in meeting their needs for skilled manpower. Aug. 11 and 15, 1961.
87th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961), 1.32 pages; and
U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. The Peace Corps. Hearings before
the * * * on S. 2000, A bill to provide for a Peace Corps to help the peoples of interested
countries and areas in meeting their needs for skilled manpower. June 22 and 23. 1961.
87th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961), 254 pages.

252

endeavored to provide tlie (^ongress with c/jmplete iiiforniation about-
planning and current training operations of the first Peace Corps con-
tingent at Kutgers University.

Members of (^ongress, both in committee, and in general debate, ex-
pressed satisfaction at the quantity and quality of information they re-
ceived from the temporary agency. For instance in the House hear-
ings, Representative Marguerite Church conmiended the communica-
tions efforts of Mr. Shriver and his staff :

* * * I know of no other program about which so much advance information
has been sent to the Congress. I know of no Director who has made such an effort
to bring this story personally to Members of Congress. It is phenomenal, this
way in which you have really attempted to contact us personally, and I credit
it as due to your sagacity as well as to your own enthusiasm for your program."

Grassroots technology (wpects in Peace Cor^s presentations

The information presented by the Peace Corps to the Congress ex-
plained how the program differed from ongoing foreign aid programs
and why middle-level manpower would help the introduction of tech-
nology to the developing countries. The Colorado study had included
a survey of middle manpower needs in the developing counties and had
elaborated upon the potential use of volunteers in teaching, agricul-
tural and rural development, health, and large-scale construction and
industrial projects.*^ Drawing on this material, the presentation urged
that the program receive substantial flexibility and independence. It
was evident that it would not be a comfortable -i-year vacation for
persons seeking to avoid Selective Service obligations. Its contribution
would be mainly technical :

The miasing link in many of these [underdeveloped] countries is manpower at
the middle level : teachers, electricians, home economists. Government clerks,
nurses and nurses' aides, farmers, water and sanitation experts, medical techni-
cians, and so on. Rather than to advise and counsel the local people on how to
accomplish these jobs. Peace Corps volunteers will go to help do the work and in
the process will teach local people how to do it themselves.^"

Detailed appendices elaborated on this theme in discussing selection,
training, and summaries of the training of the country projects already
underway for Tanganyika, Colombia, and the Philippines.^^ As to
recruitment, the statement emphasized that while college graduates
would comprise the bulk of volunteers, special efforts would be made
to recruit noncollege graduates with agricultural and labor skills.^- In-
formation detailing criteria and methods of selection was jn-esented :

Information on quality will come from the comprehensive battery of Peace Corps
entrance tests which measure * * * knowledge of American history, institutions
and values, language aptitude or achievement, and jol) competence. Optional tests
will measure skills in such areas as teaching ability, farming and animal hus-
bandry, basic mechanical engineering, and basic health and child care. [Candidates
will also be given psychological and medical examinations.] ^

A detailed training program had been developed to prepare the
volunteer for grassroots contact with foreigners. Training would take
place first on U.S. college campuses and might be continued in selected
overseas training stations in order to simulate circumstances that the
volunteer would encounter. It would last 3 to 6 months and would
include training in —

« House. The Peace Corps. Hpn rings. • • * op. cit., p. 2.S.

« Presentation of fiscal year 1962 program to U.S. Congress, op. clt., pp. 4-5.

™ Ibid., pp. 1-2.

^^ Respectively, appendixes D, E, B-1, B-2, and B-3, In Ibid.

^ Ibid., p. 5.

« Ibid., pp. 5-6.

253

Skills and knowledge required in the project ;

Methods of organizing and communicating skills and knowledge to accomplish
project goals ;

U.S. history, democratic institutions and international relations ;

The geography, culture, and government of the host country ;

Language training to enable the volunteer to manage his everyday living
requirements and to communicate with people with whom he would work ;

Physical conditioning and training in health and personal adjustment to
different environments."

Further appendixes to the report described medical training and
planned health care for volunteers (app. G) ; details of interagency
and field relationships (app, H) ; departmental personnel policies
(app. F) ; administrative support and cooperation with the Interna-
tional Cooperation Administration (app. I) ; and a detailed estimate
of annual cost per volunteer for training and field operations (app. A) .

V — Congressional Hearings and Enactment of Legislation

Each committee held 2 days of hearings on the administration bill.
Testimony was taken from Sargent Sliriver and other Peace Corps
officials, representatives of religious missions, labor unions, and other
groups with programs in international development. The only aca-
demic witness was Dr. Andrew E. Eice, of the Colorado State
University Eesearch Foundation, who briefly testified before the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee. In addition, numerous sup-
porting statements, supplementary memorandums from the Peace
Corps, and newspaper articles were inserted in the record of the hear-
ings. The majority of witnesses enthusiastically supported the proposal
and discussed how they might support the operation.

Both committees favorably reported the legislation and recom-
mended a $40 million appropriation.^^ The committees commended the
spadework done by the Peace Corps, by the Colorado State University
Research Foundation, and by other students of the issue. Apparently
a consensus was reached regarding the experimental nature of the pro-
gram and the need for a flexible, experimental operation. For instance,
the Senate Foreign Relations Committee concluded :

The committee strongly recommends the full .$40 million authorization. It is of
the opinion that the request is justified and that the Peace Corps should be
permitted enough flexibility to try the methods of approach it envisages. Only
in that way can it be known whether the program offers opportunity to assist in
the development of nations seeking assistance.^"

Peace Corps authorization and appropriation was the subject of
several days of discussion on the floor of the House and Senate.^^ Con-
gressional reaction, both in the hearings and on the floor was generally
favorable. The record of both hearings and floor debate contained
voluminous testimonials from those wishing to serve, favorable re-
views of intensive training programs in progress at Putney, Va.,
and Rutgers University, eyewitness accounts by legislators who had

'■* Ibicl., pp. 6—7. The.se points are summarized.

^3 U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations, "The Peace Corps : Report of
the * * * on S. 2000," Senate Kept. 706, 87th Cong., 1st se.ss., Aug. 10. 1961 (Washington.
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961). 24 pages ; and U.S. Congress. House Committee on
Foreign Affairs. "Peace Corps Act : Report of the * * * on H.R. 7500, to provide for a
Peace Corps to help the peoples of interested countries and areas in meeting their needs for
skilled manpower," House Rept. 111.5. S7th Cong., 1st sess., Sept. 5, 1961. (Washington.
U.S. Government Printins Office. 1961 ). 7iS pages.

M The Peace Corps. Report of the * * • on S. 2000, op. eit., p. 18.

"June 1 ; Aug. 23-25 ; Sept. 13-20, 1961. Congressional Record (1961).

254

visited the training camps,^'' and results of public opinion polls taken
by legislators of their constituents and by independent polling orga-
nizations of the general public showing support of the program.'^**

Ohjections

Minor objections to the program on the floor dealt primarily with
selection of volunteers, and administrative and legal problems. There
was the i^ossibility of religious proselytizing by missionary groups, if
allowed to assist the program ; the potential size of the group and age
limits of volunteers were questioned as was the propriety of an oath
of allegiance (as enacted, the volunteers were required to take an
oath) ; and there was the possibility of discrimination by foreign
nationals of American volunteers of particular ethnic or religious
background."*

Several trimming actions were taken to the legislation on the floor,
such as reducing the employment of foreign nationals and inter-
national organizations in training of volunteers, and eliminating a
proposed Career Planning Board to lielp returned volunteers find jobs
in Government or otlier service; also dropped from the bill was
authorization for volunteers to work for international programs, and
an exemption of returned volunteers from taking Civil Service exams
to qualify for Federal employment.

C 07nj)at}hility of the Peace Gorfs with U.S. foreign policy and goals

On two related issues the Congress took a firm stand contrary to the
views of the administration proponents of the Peace Corps :

As to tlie role of volunteers in the ''ideological struggle" of the
cold war;

As to the compatibility of the program with the broader ele-
ments of U.S. foreign policy.
The views of the Peace Corps and its proponents on these two issues
are indicated in the following two quotations :

(a) There is no better way to counteract anti-American propaganda than
by providing contact between Americans and citizens of other countries. Such
propaganda is inevitably most effective among people who have never had an
oi»portunity to get to know, or even to meet, Americans.*"

(b) Because the Peace Cori)s is so unquestionably different [from ongoing
foreign policy and technical assistance programs] there is simply no organiza-
tional reason why it should be part of the new foreign aid agency. The mere fact
that it operates abroad is almost all that it has in common with ICA or with
its successor organization."^

In the hearings, Eepresentative Chester Merrow insisted that volun-
teers engage not only in technical assistance but also in ideological
competition. Director Shriver offered assurances that both purposes
would l3e served by the work of volunteers trained in the culture and
language of the local people, and that they would also be trained in
principles of American Government, democracy, and tactics of Com-
munist agitation. Plowever, to provide further assurance on these two
issues, the Congress added two provisions to the final legislation to
link the Peace Corps more closely to I^.S. foreign ])olicy objectives and
operations, (a) It required that volunteers be trained in Communist

8s Congressional Record (Aug. 24, 1961), p. 15724.

^" For instance, see: House, "Tlie Peace Corps. Hearings. * * *" op. cit., p. 2.3.

«" Respectively : Senate, "The Peace Corps," Hearings * * * op. cit., pp. 19, 41, 51, 29, and
97, and Congressional Record (Aug. 25, 1961), p. 1.5491.

•" "Peace Corps : The Need for the Peace Corps," Congressional Record, op. cit., pp. 1C882 -
16883.

255

philosophy, strategy and tactics; (b) while making the Corps a semi-
autonomous agency, insisted that it be subject to general policy direc-
tion and supervision of the Secretary of State.

Language training

The only substantive facet of the proposal which was challenged
at any length in the Congress related to language training. Senator
Carl Curtis of Nebraska, citing examples of ineffective foreign service
due to a lack of adequate language training, proposed the Peace Corps
l)e required to give each volunteer a speaking knowledge of the par-
ticular language of his place of assignment, and where such language
was written, an ability to read and write it.*^- The Peace Corps felt the
amendment to be unduly '"restrictive" and objected to it. Spokesmen
said that although they agreed with the objectives of the amendment,
u* * * j|. ^yQi^ifi impose an impossible burden and unbearable cost on
the Peace Corps." *^^ Moreover, it would unduly lengthen the training
program, and would be astronomical in cost. Their alternative was
to focus on a program of training "* * * so that each Peace Corps
volunteer [would] be able to engage in simple conversation in the
primary language of the country of assignment.'' '^'^ They would not
require fluency in speaking and writing. The Peace Corps reservations
were noted and agreed to, and the Curtis amendment was replaced
with a requirement of "reasonable proficiency'' in language.

Enactment of the Peace Corps legislation

Opposition to the final passage of the legislation came from those
Members unwilling to create another foreign aid agency, or who
objected to the size of the proposed organization, or who preferred
to wait until the interim Peace Corps, operating under Executive
Order, had completed a full year of operation under funding from the
President's foreign aid contingency fund. Although the bulk of objec-
tions were offered by Republican Members, the final vote for i^assage
was substantially bipartisan.*'^

VI. Assessment of Consequexces

As of 1968, the Peace Corps had been in existence for 7 years. Con-
gressional support remained substantial with appropriations rising
from $30 million in fiscal year 1962 to $107,500,000 in fiscal year 1968.
From its inception until 1967, 28,000 volunteers had served overseas.

The Peace Corps itself has endeavored to improve its organization
and overseas operations. For example, in October 1965, the Congress
amended the Peace Corps Act at the request of Sargent Shriver so
that no staff' members above the grade of GS-9 would be permitted
to remain employed in the organization longer than 5 years. The in-
tention of this amendment was to avoid ''bureaucratic arteriosclerosis,"
and to encourage the employment in Washington headquarters of

«- Congressional Record (Aug. 25, 1961), p. 15941.

M U.S. Peace Corps, Differences between S. 2000 (S) and H.R. 7500 (H) as passed by
Senate and House. Sept. 18, 1961. Attachment : "Peace Corps Language Training," non-
published, p. 2.

e^bid., p. 1.

«5 The Peace Corps bill was passed in the House on Sept. 14, 19i61, 288 yeas to 97 nays.
(Democrats. 206 yeas to 29 nays: Republicans. 82 yeas to 68 nays.) The key roUeall vote
on the bill In the Senate was on the Hickenlooper amendment, proposing to reduce the
fiscal year 1962 appropriation authorization from $40 million to .^25 million. It was
rejected by a vote of 32 yeas to 54 nays. (Democrats, 8 yeas to 51 nays; Republicans, 24
yeas to 8 nays.)

256

qualified returned volunteers in "associate, deputy or representative
jobs" so that their experiences and recommendations might improve
operations.*^*^ The Peace Corps has also sought recommendations of
volunteers regarding improvement of operations. All volunteer coun-
try teams are interviewed together a few months before their own tour
of duty ends. Periodic conferences of returned Peace Corps volunteers
in Washington have focussed on evaluation of the impact of Peace
Corps programs overseas and on the potential contribution that could
be made by returned volunteers to domestic social improvement pro-
grams such as VISTA and the Teacher Corps.*^'

Nevertheless the Peace Corps has encountered increasing criticism
from the Congress. For instance the supplemental views of several
House Foreign Affairs Committee members in 1968 included the fol-
lowing points :

[Because the Peace Corps consistently returns funds appropriated to it. and
doesn't train as many volunteers as it anticipates, there must be a lack of
qualified volunteers] ;

* * * Poor administration is slowly choking the high ideals that marked the
inception of the Peace Corps. Retrenchment in expenditures is our most pressing
national need. Trimming the bureaucratic fat and the slick public relations
posture of the Peace Corps will make a modest contribution to a better fiscal
situation * * *."^

Textor has completed extensive research based on data obtained
in numerous interviews with returned volunteers and has suggested
that the Peace Corps has not met all of its objectives.''^ Although the
Peace Corps has taken steps to remedy some difficulties, its record in
influencing development, he says, is uneven because of deficiencies in —

General training (some teachers are inadequately prepared, there is not enough
technical training) ;

Making training more culturally relevant (the Peace Corps has begun to experi-
ment with training volunteers in the host country rather than in the United
States) ;

Lack of in-service training in the field for volunteers in service ;

Evaluative feedback from the field ;

Lack of stabilized relationships with training institutions (early training
contracts were determined on the basis of requirements for political distribution
of contracts) ;

Lack of integration of Peace Corps experience and later educational training.""

Other deficiencies mentioned by Textor relate to the developmental
process in the host country itself: a socially closed society; political
instability; and cultural factors (the volunteer must try to relate to
nnd modify the attitudes of both the elite and the lower classes, who
often have contradictory objectives and forms of behavior). ^^ Other
defects cited were administrative inefficiency, brevity of the volim-
teer tour, underqualification of some volunteers, inappropriate assign-
ments, and inadequate continuity of Peace Corps programs in the host
country.^^

«<i Memo from Robert B. Textor, PDO/EE, to Franklin H. Williams, chairman, Talent
Search Panel, "A Plan To Keep the Peace Corps Permanently Young, Creative, and
Dynamic," Dec. 11, 1961, in Textor, ed., op. cit.. p. 3.50.

"• For example, a conference was held on Mar. 5-7, 19G5, Congressional Quarterly
Almanac (1965), p. 491.

"5 Supplemental views. In U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Foreign Affairs. Peace
Corps, Report (to accompany H.R. 15087), 90th Cong., 2d sess., Rept. No. 1519, June
5, 1968 (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1968), pp. 6-7.

<=" "Roliert B. Textor, Conclusions. Problems, and Prospects." In Textor, ed., op. cit., p. 229.

™ Respectively, Ibid., pp. 305, 328, 329, 332, and 332-333.

" Ibid., pp. 206-220.

■-Ibid., pp. 320-22.

257

Neglect of research as a major program defect

According to Textor, the major deficiency in Peace Corps programs,
is neglect of research. In this diagnostic finding liis opinion is shared
by a^number of Peace Corps administratoi'S and other informed ob-
server. Says Textor:

* * * There are simply not sufficient data available on which to base [con-
clusions evaluating performance and impact]. It is doubtful if even Peace Corps
Washington has sufficient data. The measurement and prediction of cultural im-
pact is an immensely complex problem involving careful observation of many
variables. An enormous — and expensive— amount of research is usually re-
quired * * *.'"

Neglect of this essential fimction, he continues, is attributable to
hard choices made by both the agency leadership and the Congress :

During its first 5 years, the Peace Corps has been a highly pragmatic organi-
zation, little given to research of a deliberate or deeply probing nature. Its Di-
vision of Evaluation has focused primarily on troubleshooting insi>ection trips
which have been valuable as a means of detecting and obviating immediate op-
erational problems, but of little value in developing deeper or more systematic
understanding of persisting intercultural problems. Senior officials at the Divi-
sion of Evaluation have tended to be lawyers and journalists rather than social
scientists. Often, these oflacials have lacked previous experience in the host
country in which they are evaluating Peace Corps operations, and .sometimes
they have lacked previous transcultural experience of any kind. During the
Corps' second 5 years, it is to be hoped that this nonprofessional, pragmatic em-
phasis will gradually be supplanted by a more professional, searching approach
aimed at discovering the deeper origins of operational problems. More ex-volun-
teers with relevant social science credentials are needed in the Division of
Evaluation.

* * * Much more research on the Peace Corps is needed. In particular, we
need to know more about processes of transcultural adjustment, about ways and
means of more effectively preparing and assisting the volunteer to achieve cul-
tural proficiency, and about the Corps' developmental impact in various host coun-
tries. If even 1 percent of the total Peace Corps budget were devoted to research —
a much smaller percentage than a forward-looking industrial firm would spend —
the quality of administrative and policy decisions could be greatly improved.''*

Many of the reports presented to and consulted by Sargent Shriver
in 1961, containecl -well-formulated and detailed recommendations for
extensive research and evaluation. In addition to Dr. Millikan's recom-
mendations (see pp. 2^7-24:8 above), the Colorado State University
Research Foundation recommended research in the f ollowincr areas :

Short-range and long-range program planning, establishment of objectives,
development of personnel progi-ams [study of the] impact [of volunteer opera-
tions] on individuals and groups [over.seas], project evaluation, organizational
structure and operational procedures, and establishment of fundamental
principles."^

With i-espect to research on volunteer training and performance the
Colorado group suggested that indigenous social scientists should be
used ; this would insure more valid results and provide foreigners with
training in American social science research methods."*^

The Colorado group also reconunended "fundamental or basic re-
search * * * on the * * * basic principles underlying the reasons for

•3 Ibid., pp. 312-3.

■^^ Tester, Ibid., pp. 337-338. For a concurring view on the need for better coordination
of research and evaluation in the Peace Corps see Meridian Bennett, "Evaluation and
Change," Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science (May 1966),
p. 127.

'^ "New Frontiers for American Youth : Perspectives on the Peace Corps," op. cit., p. 128

'« Ibid., pp. 228-229.

99-044 — 69 IS

258

certain results or consequences * * *." For instance they recom-
mended research on (summarized) :

Group interaction : How Peace Corps volunteers as individuals and in a group
interact or work with individuals of anotlier culture.

Group dynamics : The development of successful leadership while operating
under conditions of severe stress from internal or external factors.

Conununications: Meaningful transference of an idea between persons with
diverse cultural backgrounds.

Decisionmaking : What are the best procedures for successful decisionmaking,
and who should participate? What problems tend to arise when individuals with
unlike cultural backgrounds are involved in decisionmaking, and how can the
problems be anticipated and avoided or solved?

Cultural change : How can the volunteer introduce cultural change? "

These recommenda;t.ions seem not to have been lieeded by the Peace
Corps itself; there was virtually no reference made in the Peace Corps
presentation materials to the need for extensive research. The only
reference, made in passinjr, related to the potential tasks of private
agencies which might be invited to undertake such programs. In dis-
cussing the proposed functions of educational institutions which
might contribute to tlie development of training programs, research
was not mentioned.'* The only Peace Corps reference to the need for
research in hearings before the Congress came when Mr. Shriver was
testifying before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on his
nomination. In response to a question by Senator Wayne Morse,
Shriver stated that while the Peace Corps felt a research program was
needed, and was receiving suggestions about it from the Colorado
group, the National Research Foundation, the American Psychological
Association, and the Brookings Institution and the Princeton Educa-
tional Testing Service, "* * * we have not resolved now exactly how
that evaluation of that research should be carried out." "^

In sum, there was no request from the Peace Corps in 1961, and no
provision in the 1961 legislation, for a program of research.

There were only two other instances in Congress when the need for
research was made explicit. The first came from Dr. Albertson, in his
])rinted testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.**"
And the second came from some Republican Members of Congress,
who, while not calling for authorization of a research program, wanted
to wait to evaluate the first year's experimental program before enact-
ing permanent legislation.

The Peace Corps expenditures for research studies in fiscal years
1962 and 1963 were relatively small: $111,689 and $175,385, respec-
tively. In the fiscal year 1964, the agency spent $554,857 on reseaix;h and
evaluation studies. In an apparent effort to win congressional ap-
proval for a substantially expanded program of research, the Peace
Corps in 1965 asked the Congress for $1,400,000 which Sargent Shriver
justified before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee in terms of
such elements of program improvement as better recruiting and im-
]:)roved preventive health care for volunteers and country represent-
atives.^^ The Congress denied this request, holding that in relevant

" Ibid., pp. 142-143.

IS Peace Corps. Presentation of fiscal year 1962 program to U.S. Congres.s, op. clt.,
pp. 14, 16.

™ Senate. "Nomination of Robert Sargent Shriver, Jr., to be Director of the Peace Corps,"
Hearings. * * * op. clt., p. 33.

so The Peace Corps, "Hearings Before the • ♦ • on S. 2000," op. clt., p. 142.

51 U.S. Congress, Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, To Amend the Peace Corps
Act, Hearings Before the ♦ • ♦ on S. 1368, A Bill To Amend Further the Peace Corps
Act, as Amended, Apr. 26, 1965, 89th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1965), p. 51.

259

ureas other Federal agencies were already carrying out research whose
results the Peace Corp could use.®*^

Despite denials of duplication of research by the Peace Corps and
by the Agency for International Development,^^ subsequent requests
for increased fimds for researcli have not been met by the Congress.®*

Technology transfer in the Peace Corps

Evaluation of the technology transfer function of the Peace Corps
must relate to the assumptions and objectives of the program, i.e.,
highly technically trained volunteers versus moderately trained vol-
unteers who are culturally and linguistically prepared to demonstrate
the rudiments of technological skills needed for a particular task. It
must also relate to research on technical training and impact — as
yet decidedly inadequate components of the program.

Legislative inquiry relating to the technical assistance facets of the
program per se in 1961 was limited to brief exploration of the rela-
tionship of the Peace Corps to the Point IV program. Those legislators
who inquired into the relationship appeared to agree with the reply
that the Peace Corps would provide practical technicians :

Now in between that actual physical help, physical capital resources, and
technical advice [of the ongoing overseas aid programs of the United States]
we believe there is room for actual workers, for doers, for practitioners of
what we preach. So that if a man preaches and teaches about how to cultivate a
farm, he will have a Peace Corps volunteer who actually goes out and practices
and does what the technical adviser preaches/"

Apparently it was assumed tliat in tliis admittedly experimental pro-
gram, appropriate technical training would be provided by the Peace
Corps after projects were selected. It is also likely that not enough
was known at the outset — or indeed subsequently — about the complex
processes of intercultural transfer of technology. However, there is no
evidence that the Peace Corps foresaw much difRculty with the tech-
nical training and technical assistance components of the program.
The idea was to send over volunteers as quickly as possible, and to rely
on their iniriative; whatever degree of proficiency in particular tech-
nological skills that was required could be quickly introduced into the

^^U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Report on the Peace Corps
S. Rept. 267', in United States Code, Congressional and Administrative News (1965),
p. 2766.

*^ Included in the Senate Foreign Relations hearings on the Peace Corps authorization
for fiscal year 1966. was a memo from the Agency for International Development stating
that while the research programs of the two agencies are complementary, they are different
and duplication is avoided. "To Amend the Peace Corps Act," op. clt., 1965. "p. 8(2.

** In fiscal year 1969 appropriations hearings, Jack Vaughn, Director of the Peace Corps
stated :

Peace Corps research supports applied research that will help the Peace Corps better
to carry out its operations. The strategy adopted capitalizes on Peace Corps staff talent
through a program of in-house studies and selected contracted research. A major focus of
I'eaee Corps research concentrates on overseas performance of the volunteers through
studies of programing and impact. These studies are designed to measure tlie effectiveness,
or impact, of volunteers in helping host countries, and to study systematically how Peace
Corps programs can be improved to increase this impact. Other studies deal with improv-
ing Peace Corps recruiting, selection, training of volunteers in skills such as community
development and teaching, language training of volunteers, programing in new areas such
as tuberculosis control, agricultural improvement, etc. Much more research is needed
than can be carried out under the budgetary amount requested ; only the most crucial
projects have been carried out in fiscal year L96S and planned for fiscal year 1969. The
Peace Corps research budget is less than one-half of 1 percent of its total budget. (U.S.
Congress. House Committee on Appropriations. Foreign assistance and related agencies
appropriations for 1969. Hearings before a subcommittee of the • * * Part 1. 90th Cong.,
2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1968, p. 795.)

* Statement of Robert Sargent Shriver. In "Nomination of Robert Sargent Shrlver, Jr.,
to be Director of the Peace Corps," Hearings, op. clt., p. 49.

260

program as needed.^^ It is also evident that the extensive administra-
tion and congressional inquiries into the social underpinnings of the
program, and into the legal, policy, and management aspects left little
time for consideration of the very difficult and not very salient prob-
lems of technology transfer.

Nevertlieless, the technical assistance facets of the Peace Corps pro-
gram have encountered increasing criticism. Textor suggests that
"tecluiical training, especially, has often lacked a realistic relationship
to host country conditions and problems." " Donald Shea, a political
scientist who has worked with the Peace Corps, concludes tliat there
was no way for administrators to know what specific technical training
and tasks would be required and that only completion of intensive
evaluation of many volunteer contingents could provide appropriate
answers.'*

More attention to the technical components of tlie Peace Corps
program in 1961 and in subsequent years might have improved the
program. Over one-half of the projects contemplated for 1969 relate
directly to highly technical skills, as for instance, in electronics,
surveying, city planning, occupational therapy, geology, X-ray
technology, civil engineering, agronomy, forestry^, marine biology, and
wdldlife management. The other half, while based in larger measure in
experience in the social sciences and humanities, as for instance, in
marketing, hotel management, journalism, elementary education, law,
library science, public relations, and secretarial skills, are all based on
a substantial familiarity with industrial technology and practical pro-
fessional experience." In addition, it is generally held that project
requests for volunteers tend to place increasing emphasis on tecluiically
trained individuals. Jack Vaughn, Director of the Peace Corps, has
recognized the inadequacies of the technical assistance components of
the problem. He has detailed the dearth of hoped-for technically
trained volunteers :

Liberal arts graduates have always made up a large percentage of our volun-
teers, but in the early days we always had hopes of finding more applicants with
technical skills. However, we have now resigned ourselves to the fact that tech-
nically trained volunteers, who usually have children and a mortgage, are just
not available in large enough numbers to meet all demands.

He adds that liberal arts graduates are given training in specific tech-
nical skills required :

Consequently, we have retooled our recruitment, selection, and training pro-
grams toward these liberal arts graduates (we call them A.B. generalists). Now
we train them in the needed technical skill, such as secondary school teaching,
poultry, simple construction techniques, or some aspect of public health. "If you
can teach public health to a Nigerian mother," one of our staff doctors said of a
health program developed for Niger, "you can certainly teach it to an A.B.
generalist." Or as we put it : "If you can't teach it — whatever it is — to a liberal
arts graduate in 3 months, you probably can't teach it where we are going." *"

*:This is a conclusion of Dr. Donald R. Shea, a political scientist and administrator of
the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Peace Corps Training Center. He has also partici-
pated in official seminars evaluating the Peace Corps training program. "The Preparation
of Peace Corps Volunteers for Overse^as Service: Challenge and Response." Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science (Mav 1966), p. .SS.

8" Textor. op. cit., p. 305.

s'* Shea. op. cit., p. 38.

^ Extrapolated from "Training Directory Index in U.S. Peace Corps," Factbook and
Dire.-tory, 196S (Washington. Peace Corps [196,8]). pp. 49-.51.

"'^Jack Vaughn. "The Peace Corps: Now We Are Seven," Saturday Review (Jan. 6,
196S), p. 22.

261

VII. Conclusion

Although the Peace Corps proposal of 1961 encountered mild skepti-
cism in both Democratic and Republican quarters, there were at work
strong forces in its favor. The enthusiastic tenor of public opinion, the
Antality of the new Administration, and the relatively low initial cost of
the phin helj^ed insure legislative success. However, congressional re-
ceptivity to this proposal, and the eventual marshaling of legislative
support for it were largely attributable to the Administration's inclina-
tions to secure preliminary information and to consult fully with indi-
vidual Members of Congress and with the relevant committees. This
was a well -planned procedure, for several Members of Congress them-
selves had initially authored similar proposals. It is also evident that
the intensive analysis done by President Kennedy's staff before inaugu-
ration and Shriver's staff after January, coupled with the strategy of
presenting Congress with a well-run and established program, helped
insure passage.

Nevertheless, there were two major informational requisites for
legislative success. First, the Administration had to convince the Con-
gress that this new people-to-people approach to foreign relations could
be advantageous. The Peace Corps had to convince Congress that this
new foreign aid program, virtually unrelated to ongoing programs of
technical assistance or the transfer of technology (particularly military
technology), could make a positive contribution to the national secu-
rity. The Administration's efforts to devise a small and unassuming
program, without guaranteeing immediate positive results in economic
development and improvement in foreign relations, were apparently
successful.

Second, the Peace Corps had to familiarize the Congress with some
of the details of the developmental tasks envisioned. The Congress was
not told that thousands of trained and willing Americans were ready
to serve for 2 years in some jungle slum or barren desert. The Congress
was provided with information detailing the complex cultural variables
which would make it difficult for Americans to modify opinions and
attitudes and to teach a technological orientation to peoples of develop-
ing nations. The Congress was presented with details of the immensity
of differences between traditional and modern cultures; with detailed
information about the health hazards and cultural variants volunteers
would encounter. Similarly the Congress was presented with detailed
information about the steps that would be taken to insure the program's
success: highly selective recruitment, intensive language training; and
education in the culture, traditions, histoi*y and technical needs of the
country to which the volunteer would be sent. Three and one-half
months after introduction of the legislation, Congress, with only minor
technical modifications granted the requested program and gave the
Peace Corps a mandate to begin. In order to explain and implement a
technical assistance program accounting for cultural variables, the
executive branch made considerable use of social scientists in fashion-
ing its program. Undoubtedly their efforts and conclusions were
filtered to the Congress through testimony and helped in the fashioning
of the necessary legislative consensus.

The Congress, and individual Members, had undertaken their own
efforts to obtain social science advice independent of the executive

262

branch and prior to the introduction of the administration's bills. It
had enacted legislation enabling the granting of a $10,000 contract
to the Colorado State University Research Foundation to study the
proposals introduced by Senators Humphrey and Neuberger and
Congressman Eeuss. The final Colorado study was presented to the
Congress on June 5, 1961 — regrettably late and after the Peace Corps
had already been established by Executive order. Nevertheless the pre-
liminary findings of the Colorado study were timely and useful and
reinforced the executive branch's efforts. However, the Congress did
not investigate the merits of two recommendations contained in the
Colorado rej)ort, for formation of binational plamiing boards and
for intensive research and evaluation of training and field operations.
Congress continued to withhold its approval of these conclusions.

Dr. Rice, of the Colorado group, who briefly testified before the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee, was the only social scientist or
technical assistance expert to testify in 1961. There has been no con-
certed effort subsequently to secure further advice in this field respect-
ing the Peace Corps. Such experts would probably advocate an increase
in the program of supporting research on substantive, operational, and
interface problems of the Peace Corps, and refinement of technical
training (as is illustrated by positions presented in this case study).
The Congress might also search out and evaluate the justifications for
such changes. And, in a broader sense, the congressional oversight
function might conceivably benefit from such an evaluative contribu-
tion of both social scientists and technical experts to a genuinely experi-
mental and still remarkably flexible program of technical assistance.

CHAPTER TEX— HIGH-EXERGY PHYSICS : AX ISSUE

WITHOUT A FOCUS

I. Introduction

The substantial expansion of the field of high-energy physics, largely
with Government funding, may be attributable in part to the fact that
few issues in this field have been permitted to come to a head. A pos-
sible explanation of this absence of controversy is that the science
community, or that substantial portion of the scientific leadership
that is committed to preserving U.S. eminence in high-energy physics,
attaches so much importance to this field of basic research that it
makes a positive effort to preserve a solid front, with virtually all
issues mediated within the community. Another possibility is that the
close relationship between the Atomic Energy Commission and the
high-energy physicists, and the close relationship between the AEC
and the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, insure that issues are
resolved at the technical level, before they burgeon into political
controversies.

Since 1945, Government support for basic research in high-energy
physics has risen from $3.9 million to more than $150 million annually.
The subject of this field of science is the ultimate structure and com-
position of the atomic nucleus. Penetration of the nucleus can be
accomplished only by particles accelerated to extreme velocities by
high-energ3^ accelerators. Decisions have been taken leading to Gov-
ernment-funded construction of a 33 billion electron volt (Bev.)
accelerator at Brookhaven Xational Laboratory, costing some $30
million; a 20-Bev. linear accelerator at Stanford University, Palo Alto,
Calif., costing some $114 million ; and a 200-Bev. accelerator at Weston,
111., to cost an eventual $280 million or thereabouts. In prospect is an
800-Bev. accelerator, estimated to cost some $800 million. As a rough
rule-of-thumb factor, tlie annual operating cost of these large, experi-
mental machines is between one-third and one-half of the acquisition
cost.

During the evolutionary period in the discipline, after World War
II and particularly in the past decade, a number of issues regarding
one or another of the programs of new research hardware in the field
might have expanded into major controversies, but did not. One was
as to the marring of the landscape near the Stanford accelerator by
the powerline to the project. Another involved the acceptance or
rejection of an accelerator of novel design to be sited in the Middle
West, which was turned down by President Johnson as an economy

(263)

264

measure in early 1964:.^ The Weston accelerator generated a brief flurry
of controversy as to its site — both in general, as a matter of competition
for the privilege of receiving it, and later with particular reference
to open housing ordinances in nearby communities. However, none
of these controversies seriously interrupted the continuation and even
expansion of the national elfort in high-energy physics. Today an
important fraction of the total Government investment in basic re-
search (more than one-third of all Federal outlays for physics; more
than one-tenth of all outlays for the physical sciences) is being chan-
neled into this field. At no time has the research eifort encountered a
serious setback ; if the decisions to retard the program somewhat, taken
in 1967 and again in 1968, should be continued in future years, the
effect — although encountering criticism from the scientists in this
field — will nevertheless leave high-energy physics still in a command-
ing position relative to other scientific claimants for Government
sponsorship.

The underlying issue of high-energy physics is as to the allocation
of funds to basic research in this costly field. This issue leads in turn
to a considerable range of related issues :

(1) As to the division of funds for new starts of construction
on accelerators to extend research capability versus full use of
accelerators already in being (and the subsidiary question as to
the rate of effort and suj)port to hasten new construction already
authorized) ;

(2) As to the effect of the generous support for basic research
in high-energy physics, as a discipline that is already strongly
established, manned, supported, and productive, upon less favored,
new or lagging disciplines that may be judged to have more
important potential implications for social or technological
contributions ;

(3) As to the broader question of allocation of funds for basic
research versus support for applied research and technological
development having more direct and immediate social utility ;

(4) As to the feasibility of measuring basic scientific productiv-
ity, so as to apply cost /effectiveness criteria in the evaluation of
programs in competition for public support ;

i|The unsuccessful campaign to obtain Federal funding of the FFAG (fixed field alternat-
ing gradient synchrotron) accelerator, developed under the auspices of MURA (Midwest
TTniversities Research Association) consortium is described in considerable detail by
Daniel S. Greenberg. "The Politics of Pure Science" (New York, The New American
Library, 1967), chapter X, High Energy Politics, pp. 209-260. The FFAG was a hisrh-
intensity beam device, of 12..o-Bev. energy level, employing a colliding particle principle,
to be located at the University of Wisconsin. An estimate of its cost was .f170 million,
although uncertainties as to design made this figure less than firm. Issues concerning the
FFAG, in addition to that of budget, were: the relative merits of a beam of high particle
density versus a beam of high energy, the relative merits of a new technological concept
versus" a more conventional approach, the question of a national laboratory versus one
managed by a university consortium, and the regional Issue of Midwest versus east /west
coast as locus for a research center. Location of the 200-Bev. accelerator in Illinois may
have served as a part-compromise of some of these issues.

265

(5) As to the applicability of criteria for the relative scientific
significance of competing research programs.^

Priority of high-energy physics mnong basic research disciplines

High-energy physics has been fortunate in its acceptance by the
scientific community, in the number and eminence of advocates for its
support, and in the explicitness of plans for its development. The
leaders of the discipline have provided the Congress with a succession
of reports, studies, assessments, and policy documents over the past
decade, all conveying essentially the same themes :

An understanding of the fundamental forces and nature of
matter is essential to provide an underpinning for all science;

The quest for knowledge in high energy physics is exciting,
vigorous, rewarding, and intellectually extending;

Most of the major recent scientific contributions to high-energy
physics have been made in the United States ;

Costs of research in high-energy physics are rising and larger
support by the Government is essential to further progress;
The field is ripe for further exciting discoveries:
The manpower for research is available (and, indeed, there is
a surplus generated by the field) ;

Close internntional collaboration in high-energj^ physics has
helped establish good relations, thereby "improving the image
of the United States abroad and * * * lessening of world
tensions." ^

- Dr. Philip H. Abelson, director of the Geophysical Laboratory, Carnegie Institution of
Washington, in a round table discussion in hearings before the Subcommittee on Research,
Development, and Radiation, of the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, Mar. 3. 1965. pro-
posed 3 major criteria by which to guide national policy in the allocation of funds for
basic research. These were ; "* * * importance to science, philosophical values, and con-
tributions to the material needs of society." U.S. Congress. Joint Committee on Atomic
Energy. 'High-Energy Physics, Research, Development, and Radiation of the * * * on
High-Energv Phvsics' Research." Mar. 2, 3. 4. and 5, 1965 (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1965), pp. 209-21]l.

Relative merit of several scientific activities follows :

High-energy nuclear Uninanned space

physics 10-' electron Materials sciences exploration Molecular biology

volts

Past Future Past Future Past Future Past Future

Importance to science:

Practitioners 5 55 55 55 5

Scientists in other fields 3 54 44 45 5

Philosophical values:

Intellectual values. __ 5 53 34 45 5

Interest to nonscientisls. 3 34 45 55 5

International prestige 4 54 45 55 5

Contributions to needs of society:
Energy, food, clothing, shelter,

transportation, etc 0 0 5 5 2 4 2 3

Health 113 4 12 5 5

Defense 2 25 55 53 3

International trade balance of
payments 0 05 50 33 3

In the table the following scale has been employed:

0 none

1 slight

2 moderate

3 significant

4 important

5 very important

The column headed "Past" refers to the last 10 years; the column headed "Future" is my guess as to
developments during the next 10 years.

3 "Policy for National Action in the Field of High-Energy Physics" (U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission, Jan, 24, 1965i), especially p. 29.

266

In genera], it may be said that tlie field has been firmly established
as a discipline of high scientific i)riority. Many witnesses in congres-
sional hearings have expressed the view that the field has character-
istically attracted the cream of the crop of yonng scientists. Although
the impact of research in high-energy physics on science and tech-
nolog}' generally is not considered or claimed to be preeminent, its
intellectual appeal and challenge are undeniable.

Direct rewards of national investment in high-energy physics

The goal of the researchers in high-energy physics is the exploration
of a complex and mysterious world, difficult of access, whose relation
to the world of human experience is extremely remote and perhaps
totally irrelevant. For them, the exploration of this world is both an
intellectual challenge and an esthetic experience. Presumably, the
reward to those who pay the rising costs of this research is in the
vicarious sharing of the excitment and the gratification of the general
curiosity about the remote places of the universe. However, the grow-
ing complexity of this world has tended to separate it further and
further from the comprehension of those who pay these costs, as well
as of those who must decide on the allocation of resources for national
research and other national purposes. And the growing costs of the
research makes increasingly relevant the cpiestion as to the social re-
turns of an activity so reliant on social resources.

Man's enormous curiosity about his physical universe, the micro-
cosmos and the macro-cosmos, may or may not ever be essentially
gratified. However, the quest goes on in both directions; discoveries
are made and pondered upon; another layer of the cosmos, above or
below, is laid bare and examined. As the search becomes remote and
costly, the role of Government in supporting the quest remains un-
defined, but unmistakably more essential and more onerous if the
search is to continue.

There appears to be no end to the quest to identify and catalog new
particles, or new excited states of previously identified particles. The
question as to whether this particulate population explosion is the
correct view of the ultimate composition of matter or whether all these
particles will utimately be reduced to a coherent and simplifying set of
two or three ultimate-ultimate forms of matter is today one of the
most engaging problems facing high energy physics. The further awk-
ward ])ossibility has not yet been hinted at that when and if this sim-
plifying set is revealed, it will in turn be found — by some enormous
engine of still vaster power and cost — to consist of a further complex-
ity of constituent particles of undreamed-of ])roperties and minuteness.

National security aspects of high-energy physics

The implications of the field for the national security appear to
warrant separate discussion. It was from early experiments wdth the
atomic nucleus that the way was found to release energy from the
atom. High energy physics is an extension of this same kind of re-
search. It enlists the interest of the same kinds of scientists who were
instrumental in producing the atomic bomb, who manned the Man-
hattan District and the subsequent Atomic Energy Commission. The
modest dollar investment in studies of the atomic nucleus before 1940
resulted in a tremendous impact on science, technology, and strategic
warfare. The analogy is clear: an area of pure science unexpectedly

267

[)roduced a technological capability of great military and industrial
consequence; the same area, with snnilar people, might yield another
unexpected bonus. In view of the large and well-documented research
etfort in this field in "Western Europe, and the even larger potential
effort underway in the Soviet Union,* the implication is also clear
that a kind of indirect race involving the national security is under-
way, to ''prove a negative." That is, to secure an exhaustive knowledge
of the ultimate constitution of matter, in order to show conclusively
that it affords no further contributions analogous to the atomic bomb
and atomic energy. Unfortunately, there is no assurance that an
"exhaustive"' knowledge is obtainable; meanwhile the quest for it
rises exponentiall}^ in cost.

Ind'irect social benefits of high-energy fhysics

Tlie undeniable benefits of this national science effort are largely in-
direct. Great ingenuity is displayed by the high-energy physicists to
design experimental apparatus to serve in a field in which the basic
hardware and the associated instrumentation are growing in size, com-
plexity, sophistication, precision, and cost. Linear accelerators are
longer; cyclotrons of greater radius; bubble chambers of larger vol-
ume. As the dimensions grow, so does the cost of acquisition and main-
tenance: it is not evident, howe\-er, that such derivative benefits as
technological gains, spin-off inventions, and industrial expertise
continue to accrue commensurately. With increasing size, much of
the cost goes into repetitive hardware (magnets and klystron tubes
and the like) , housecl in expensive but not extraordinary structures,
and supported by a growing army of highly trained but narrowly spe-
cialized technologists.

Those wlio direct and use these installations receive training in the
solving of extremely com]:)lex and difhcult problems at a high level of
abstraction. These learned equalities are broadly transferable, and un-
doubtedly strengthen the national resources in problem solving.

In a more specific and material way, the outlays for large accek^ra-
tors provide ancillary benefits. The keen competition for the site of
the 200-Bev accelerator suggests that there are considered to be prac-
tical economic advantages in hosting a facility that costs a quarter
billion dollars to acquire, and tens of millions annually to operate and
man. Such an activity undoubtedly has an economic stimulus in the
region where it is located.

However, the question might also be raised as to whether the tech-
nological impact on industry of the hardware requirements for large
accelerators might not be actually adverse. The production costs are
inherently secondary to quality as a procurement factor; rate of pro-

* One measure of level of effort is in terms of energy level and number of large acceler-
ators in operation. See table :

TABLE 2.— STATUS OF ACCELERATORS IN UNITED STATES, WESTERN EUROPE, AND

USSR.

Number of 1+ Largest accel-
Bev. accelera- erator in opera- la
tors in operation tion (Bev.)

Accelerator

irgest planned

(Bev)

UnitedStates 11 33

200

Western Europe (CERN) 9 28

U.S.S.R . 5 76

300

268

duction of hardware and components is not crucial, wliile rejection
rate is likely to be high — especially in items close to the state of the
art; useful applications to commerce or even to other fields of science
of the skills required do not appear to be consequential. In the jargon
of economics, the industrial skills associated with a large accelerator
might be dysfmictional for capacity to produce goods economically to
satisfy other human requirements in competitive markets.'

IMoreover, if the justification of support for high-enei-gy physics
is based on benefits that are irrelevant to the purposes that motivate
the scientists, while tlie costs are directly related to these purposes,
then a social anomaly is at hand. Costs and benefits to society are on
ditierent scales of values; they are independent variables, and the lat-
ter cannot logically be used to justify the former.

To the extent that there is merit in acquiring national prestige
through excellence in an undoubtedly prestigious scientific field, this
factor might also warrant consideration. However, it appears that this
sort of prestige is costly to acquire and highly perishable. In 1968,
after nearly three decades of steadily rising national contributions
to the high-energy physics effort in the United States, during which
period the Members of Congress were repeatedly assured that the
United States was in the forefront of the science, an advisory panel
on high-energy' physics of the Atomic Energy Commission warned
that "Leadership in high energy physics is expected to pass from the
United States to Western Europe and the I'.S.S.R. in the next few
years unless the U.S. funding trend for this frontier field is radically
modified." ^

ConsideroJions of conthiued Government support

In summary, the quest for knowledge about the ultimate composi-
tion of matter involves scientific curiosity, indirect benefits (educa-
tional, economic, cultural, technological) accruing from a vigorous
program of basic research, the advantages of enhanced national
prestige, and the possible implications for national defense.

The costs of the quest are rising steeply, both to acquire larger and
more powerful accelerators, and to operate them. Progi-ams of research
in Western Europe and the Soviet Union parallel those in the United
States. No evident cutoff point in the further pursuit of knowledge in
the field has been found. There is no assurance that the projected
200-Bev accelerator will resolve the fundamental questions of matter,
nor indeed that they will be answered by a projected 800- to 1,000-Bev
accelerator now under study funded by the AEC.

In short, each increment of increase in power or intensity of
accelerators, sensitivity of detection apparatus, and skill in data
management and analysis, opens the way to further disclosures but at
the same time raises new questions that can be answered only by further
incremental increases of greatly increased magnitude in research
capability. And each further incremental increase in research capa-
bility is provided at an exponential increase in costs.

s "The Status and Problems of High Energry Physics Today," a report of the High Energ>'
Physics Advisory Panel of the Atomic Energy Commission, .Tan. .30, 1968 ; In U.S. Congress
Joint Committee on Atomic Energy," AEC Authorizing Legislation, Fiscal Year 1969. Hear-
ings Before the * * * on Nuclear Rocket (Rover) : Space Electric Power: Physical Re-
search ; Raw Materials ; Isotopes Development ; Biology and Medicine ; Plowshare : Special
Nuclear Materials ; Communitv ; Program Director and Administration ; Training, Edu-
cation and Information and Weapons." Feb. 7 and 21. 1968, pts. 1-3. 90th Cong., 2d
sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1968), pp. 12,07-1(222.

269

The question to be explored in the remainder of this chapter is:
What arrangements for the flow of technical information and advice
have been in effect that have produced so positive a congressional
response in a field so abstruse and unrelated to j^olitical values ? How
has the Congress met the problem posed by the circumstance that the
rate of increase in costs is independent of the benefits to society that
the research effort provides ?

Recapitulation

High-energy physics deals with the essence of all physical being —
the ultimate nature of matter itself. Xo basic research field illustrates
more elegantly the modern dilemma of Government sponsorship of
science. Thus :

(1) Tlie field of inquiry has long been one of the most central to
the concerns of man.

(2) The field is said to attract the most highly gifted, educated,
and motivated of research scientists.

(3) Research into the atomic structure three decades ago yielded
results applicable to tlie creation of a new technology of warfare in
which offense was decisive, defense dubious, and destructiveness
intolerable.

(4) Further penetration of the intricate complex of energies, masses,
motions, fields, and interchanges within the atomic nucleus, is certain
to yield further basic information — but is equally sure to yield ques-
tions and challenges calling for still further research.

(5) The quest for knowledge of these mysteries is endorsed by
groups of outstanding scientists in many foreign countries, and
most notably in the Soviet Union ; efforts abroad threaten to match or
to outpace those in the United States.

(6) Tlie possibility, or the fear, that further research discoveries
will yield applied results comparable to those produced by earlier
atomic research, while not apparently the motivation for the
researchers, is an important reason for public support of high-en-
ergy physics. Although expectations of further shattering discov-
eries are not widely shared by the scientists themselves, the possibility,
while remote, cannot be totally dismissed.

(7) Costs of the research have been mounting with each, new incre-
ment of capability for further penetration of the nucleus, with a single
installation — the most advanced now entertained in concept — ap-
proaching a billion dollars.

(8) Wide participation in the use of the largest facilities — and their
employment as training tools as well as for research — begins to be
precluded by their size, cost, need for tight scheduling, and specialized
skills associated with their use. Some of the educational reasons for
Government sponsorship of science are thus weakened by this trend.
The purpose of the very largest high-energy facilities is restricted to
front line research in the hands of the most qualified and advanced
scholars. The process of separation and specialization seems likely to
continue, as the size and power of the newest facilities continue to
increase.

(9) There is no end in sight, no final goal can yet be defined, in the
quest for knowledge about the ultimate composition of matter. It is
altogether possible that complete characterization of all the "ultimate"

270

particles to be found in matter (now approaching 150) will eventually
be explained in terms of a composition of two or three particles of
still finer mesh — in the same way that the atomic elements were reduced
to combinations of the electron, proton, and neutron. Or it may be that
there are merely more and more different kinds of particles or clifferent-
sized pieces of energy /matter dislodged from the nucleus by different
energies of impact.

(10) As the research proceeds, fewer and fewer researchers, more
and more remote from the rest of the scientific community, equipped
with more and more costly accelerators, supported by more and more
elaborate and costly recording and computing equipments, are making
discoveries more and more remote from public understanding, and
more and more unrelated to human reality.

The dilemma presented by these 10 circumstances is that —

To halt the research is to expose the Nation to the fear that
discoveries by other nations will jeopardize U.S. security;

To pursue the research at the rate desired by the scientists who
are engaging in it, for an indefinite future period, would be to
})reempt resources from other sciences, throw the national scien-
tific effort out of balance, reduce research and educational oppor-
tunities, and delay progress toward U.S. objectives other than in
science ;

To pursue the research at a lower level, on a "stretched out''
schedule, would result in frustration of those engaged in the in-
quiry, lessened efficiency in the use of facilities, increased possi-
bility that scientists elsewhere would achieve more rapid results
damaging to the security and prestige of the United States ; and

To enlist the scientifically minded nations of the world in a
more tightly organized and fully international research program
might reduce the costs to each, and reduce the possibility of some
technological surprise in nuclear weaponry, but might also reduce
the quantitative opportunities for participation by U.S. scientists,
and the national prestige of the United States through eminence
in the field.

II. AD\^CE TO THE COXGRESS ON HiGH-ExERGY PhYSICS

In the presenting of a case to the Congress for Federal funding, no
field of basic research has approached high-energy physics in the vol-
ume, scope, variety of forms of presentation of data, detail of cover-
age, and number and eminence of advocates. Immediately after World
War II, several Government agencies shared the task of supporting
this area of basic research. The Office of Naval Research, and later
the Air Force Office of Scientific Research and the National Science
Foundation, all contributed to the funding of the discipline. How-
ever, the AEC early assumed a predominant role.

Not long after the Soviet sputnik achievement stimulated an en-
larged national scientific effort in the United States, a forum to assist
in the coordination of the Federal support of high-energj- physics was
provided by the Technical Committee on High-Energy Physics
(TCHEP), a committee of the Federal Council of Science and Tech-
nology (FCST). General science policy recommendations were gen-
erated bj^ the President's Scientific Advisory Committee (PSAC),

271

organized in 1951 and substantially enlarged in 1957. Policy guidance
was provided from 196*2 on by the Office of Science and Technology,
and in particular by the President's Adviser on Science and Tech-
nology. Fiscal guidance was exercised by the Bureau of the Budget.
Technical recommendations came from many sources: the General
Advisory Committee (GAC) of the AEC, various advisory panels
of XSF, and advisory groups formed by the National Academy of
Science-National Research Council.

The special relationshi]> that has grown up between the AEC and
the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy (JCAE) also contributed to
a stable and systematic formulation and support of high-energy
physics programs. The JCAE periodicall}^ called for long-range pro-
gram statements of goals, plans for new construction, assurances of
balanced utilization of facilities, indications of expected research re-
sults, and authoritative prescriptions of national policy in the field
of high-energy physics.*'

As a result of all these arrangements for control, management,
])olicy guidance, and program review, the high-energy physics pro-
gram achieved high visibility, accountability, and stable growth.

The technical advisoi'y yanel as a mechanism to advise Congress

Notable use has been made by the proponents of high-energy physics
of the device of the advisory panel, to generate information and tech-
nical recommendations for consideration by the Congress and by pol-
icymaking officials of the Government. Among such panels have been
the following:

NSF advisory panel on ultrahigh-energy nuclear accelerators,
195-1 (Bacher).

NSF advisory panel on high-energy accelerators, 1956 (Ha-
worth ) ,

NSF advisory panel on high-energy accelerators, 1958 (Ha-
worth ) .

PSAC-GAC special panel on U.S. policy and action in high-
energy accelerator physics, 1958 ( Piore) .

PSAC-GAC special panel on high-energy accelerator physics,
1960 (Piore).

PSAC-GAC panel on high-energy accelerator physics, 1963
(Eamsey).

NAS-NRC panel on elementary particle physics, 1964
(Walker).
FCST Technical Committee for High Energy Physics, 1963.
PS AC panel of accelerator users, 1963 (Good) .
AEC repoit : Policy for National Action in the Field of High-
Energy Physics, 1965.

AEC higii-energy physics advisory panel, 1967-68 (Weisskopf ) .
High-energy physics panel reports generally are characterizecl by
(1) an appeal for stronger Government support for the discipline, (2)
assurances that the scientific endeavor proposed is of fundamental
significance, (3) indications of the ripeness of the field for deeper pen-
etration, and important discoveries, (4) various indications of the
ancillary benefits of such research, (5) a proposed schedule of addi-

" The "special relationship" of the JCAE is discussed by Harold Orlans. "Contracting for
Atoms." See espeeiallv ch. VIII, "The Joint Committee on Atomic Energy" (Washington,
D.C., the Brookings Institution, March 1967), pp. 154-171.

272

tional hardware to be built, and (6) an assessment of the status of
U.S. research vis-a-vis that of Western Europe and the U.S.S.K

The Ramsey panel, 1962-63, may be considered a typical example.
Its report, completed April 26, 1963, and released to the public May
20, presented the views of the President's Scientific Advisory Commit-
tee and also the views of the General Advisory Committee of the AEC
However, "In its deliberations, the panel has been assisted by the rep-
resentatives of the Technical Committee on High-Energy Physics of
the Federal Council for Science and Technology, by the staffs of Gov-
ernment agencies supporting this research, by representatives of the
laboratories interested in new accelerators, and by a number of other
individuals."' (See participants, p. 273.) The report of the Ramsey
panel also called attention to the fact that "the membership of the
panel included specialists in several fields of physics other than high
energy." ^ It acknowledged that "By its very nature, the field of high-
energy physics is costly and any significant growth requires large ex-
penditures," but offered assurances that the program it recommended
was "* * * limited and selective in the number of new facilities to be
provided." Then the report established the basic scientific bona fides
of the field of research — •

The principal unanswered questions about elementary particles lie today in
high-energy physics, the study of particles in the subnuclear domain, (p. 1695)
Study of the elementary particles is central to the quest for a more profound
understanding of the structure of matter, (p. 1696)

The leadership and prestige of the United States in the field was
applauded —

Over the last decade, most of the major inventions and discoveries in high-
energy physics have been made in U.S. laboratories. Several of these have been
recognized by the award of the Nobel Prize.

This U.S. leadership was identified as the direct result of generous
Government sponsorship —

* * * Based primarily on the willingness of the U.S. Government to sup-
port * * * construction and operation of accelerators of many different character-
istics, and also the support of extensive high-energy physics programs using such
accelerators, (p. 1696)

The "teclniological byproducts" of this sponsored research were
enumerated :

Tabic of high-energy physics byproducts

H.E.P. item Commercial input

Cyclotron High power transmitting tubes.

Linear accelerator Klystron.

Van de GrafC generator Use of same in radiology and radi-
ography.

Alternating gradient principle Electron tube applications.

General technology required Advances in —

high vacuum techniques, cryogenics,
superconductivity, solid state appli-
cations, ultra-high-speed electron-
ics, computer data processing.

"> Report of the Panel on High Energy Accelerator Physics of the General Advisory Com-
mittee to the Atomic Energy Commission and the President's Science Advisory Committee
Apr. 26, 1963. [Ramsey panel]. In U.S. Congress Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, AEC
Authorizing Legislation, Fiscal Year 1965, Hearings * • • 88th Cong., 2d sess., 3 parts
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1964), p. 1695.

8 Id.

273

Participants in the Ramsey panel —

Panel member.s : Norman F. Ramsey, Chairman, Harvard University ; Philip H.
Abelson, Carnegie Institution of Washington ; Owen Chamberlain, University of
California ; Murray Gell-Mann, California Institute of Technology ; E. L. Gold-
wabser. University of Illinois; T. D. Lee, Columbia University; W. K. H.
Panofsky, Stanford University; E. M. Pureell, Harvard University; Frederick
Seitz, National Academy of Sciences ; John H. Williams, University of Minnesota,

Ex-officio members: Randal M. Robertson, National Science Foundation (rep-
resenting the Technical Committee on High-Energy Physics of the Federal
Council for Science & Technology) ; David Z. Robinson, Office of Science and
Technology.

Executive Secretary: Johannes C. Severiens, Atomic Energy Commission.

Participants : Air Force Office of Scientific Research — J. E. Duval, A. W. Har-
rison, Jr., L. A. Wood; Argonne National Laboratory — A. V. Crewe, R. H.
Hildebrand.

Atomic Energy Commission : L. J. Hawoith, Commissioner, S. G. English, G. M.
Kavaragh, G. A. Kolstad, L. J. Laslett, P. W. McDaniel, R. P. McGee, D. R. Miller,
W. A. Wallenmeyer.

Brookhaven National Laboratory : M. Goldhaber, Director, J. P- Blewett, C. E.
Falk, G. K. Green, G. F. Tape, L. C. L. Yuan.

Bureau of the Budget : F. C. Schuldt, Stanley Small.

University of California, Los Angeles: J. R. Richardson, B. T. Wright.

Columbia University : Melvin Schwartz, Robert Serber.

Cornell University: D. A. Edwards, R. R. Wilson.

CERN : V. F. Weisskopf.

Department of Defense : F. J. Weyl.

Lawrence Radiation Laboratory : E. M. McMillan, Director, G. F. Chew,
Dennis Keefe, E. J. Lofgren. Lloyd Smith, G. H. Trilling.

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory : C. L. Critchfield, Louis Rosen.

University of Michigan : L. W. Jones.

Midwestern Universities Research Association : Bernard Waldman, Director,
F. T. Cole, Aaron Galonsky, K. R. Symon.

National Aeronautics and Space Administration : Harry Harrison.

National Science Foundation: R. H. Bolt, Wayne Gruner, W. L. Kolthun,
J. H. McMillen.

Office of Naval Research : J. H. Fregeau, S. H. Krasner, W. E. Wright.

Oak Ridge National Laboratory: R. S. Livingston, A. H. Snell, Alexander
Zucker.

University of Pennsylvania : Henry Primakoff.

Princeton University : G. K. O'Neill.

Stanford University : W. M. Fairbank, Robert Hofstadter, P. B. Wilson.

Department of State : Ragnar Rollef son.

University of Washington : R. W. Williams.

University of Wisconsin : M. L. Good. R. G. Sachs.

Yale University : V. W. Hughes, G. W. Wheeler.

The deeper significance of high-energy physics, as to its contribution
to social utility, said the report, lay in its challenge —

Its challenging technical problems have engaged a group of most inventive
and resourceful scientists, on a frontier where technology must be pushed to its
limits. They are a reservoir of inventive energy and broadly based scientific and
engineering skill from which leadership can be drawn for other scientific enter-
prises. It must be recognized that high-energy physics is a unique training ground
for some of our most creative people, (p. 1697)

The dynamic natnre of the field of high-energy physics was demon-
strated by discussion of recent new discoveries. Goals were adduced in
terms of linking up the new discoveries into coherent theorv — with the
aid of further empirical data, to be secured l^y the use of larger and
more powerful (higher energy) accelerators,' accelerators ha^'ing a
higher density of particles (higher intensity) or, preferably, both.

The problem of manpower allocation wasconsidered : large acceler-
ators needed first-class resident staffs, but not so as to deplete the

99-044—69 19

274

teaching ranks, nor preempt the accelerators so that outsiders could
not use them. The report also conveyed concern lest Government sup-
port of high-energj^ physics not be backed by the sustained entluisiasm
of the taxpayer :

High-energy physics is an effort whose basic scientific validity and possible far-
reaching implications are accepted by the scientific community but which has
not caught the imagination of the public. It api>ears reasonable for the Govern-
ment and scientists to encourage a more organized effort in attempting to explain
the meaning and extent of this highly successful U.S. activity both at home and
abroad.*

The report reviewed the potential advantages of various kinds and
levels of particle accelerators, the manpower factors, and the possibil-
ity of various kinds of international cooperation. On this last item, it
noted that cost and liardware sharing Avith the Soviet Union would
be "a major 'breakthrough' " and would establish a contact between
U.S. and U.S.S.R. engineering groups which would be desirable, hut
would require that the Russians take the initiative. Noted the report :

If it did become possible to proceed with a joint U.S.-U.S.S.R. undertaking, the
merits of such a project in the cause of international amity would be so large
that its cost could be legitimately related to expenses in the foreign-policy field
rather than being considered In competition with the national accelerator pro-
gram, (p. 1722)

A similar cost-sharing program involving only Western Europe,
however, had less to recommend it :

A joint accelerator construction and management undertaking involving only
the United States and Western Europe does not appear to offer much advantage
to either side at the present time. Accelerators of the sizes now contemplated are
within the capacity of both the United States and of the Western European
group and such accelerators are needed on both sides of the Atlantic. Further-
more, technical exchange of information is virtually complete, and access of
scientists from Western Europe to U.S. machines and vice versa is proceeding
on an informal basis in a entirely satisfactory manner. There is, therefore, no need
to complicate the administrative arrangement by a formal joint management
arrangement in the immediate future."

After presenting an indication that its recommendations had been
formulated after full consideration of possible alternatives, the panel
offered 13 specific recommendations for Federal action :

1. Authorize, at the earliest possible date, the construction, by the Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, of a high-energy proton accelerator at approximately 200
billion electron volt energy.

2. Authorize the construction of storage rings at Brookhaven National Labora-
tory after a suitable study.

.3. Support intensive design studies at Brookhaven National Laboratory of a
national accelerator in the range of 600-1000 billion electron volts. Request for
authoi-ization may be anticipated in about 5 or 6 years.

4. Authorize in fiscal year 1965 the construction, by MURA, of a super-current
accelerator, including plans leading to its evolution into a nationally available
facility.

5. Support the construction of the proposed 10 billion electron volt Cornell
electron accelerator, including plans leading to its evolution into a nationally
available facility.

6. Support the development and construction of electron-positron storage rings.

7. Provide strong support for the development and the utilization of new tech-
niques of particle detection, data reduction, and data analysis.

8. Continue to support accelerators in operation or under construction, as well
as their associated research programs, without neglecting the need for new

e Ibid., p. 1708.
"Ibid., p. 1722.

275

facilities. Recognize the special need for expansion in operating and research
budgets of the newest accelerators before they come into full operation.

9. Increase the support of university high-energy users groups for buildings,
major equipment, and computational facilities.

10. Close down or reduce the level of operation of accelerators which become
relatively unproductive. The prime considerations in continuing an accelerator
program are its scientific significance, the suitability of the machine relative to
other available machines, the capacity of the group to carry out the proposed
program, and the provision of adequate support of research programs elsewhere.
Additional factors are the educational function served by the accelerator and
its use in preparing experiments for more costly facilities.

11. Support the study of new accelerator principles and techniques.

12. Recognize the need for adequate visitor housing (both short and long
term) at the above recommended new national facilities.

13. Provide for a review of the high-energy physics program at .suitable
intervals."

In the Eamsey panel report a total pattern of funding support was
proposed in the form of a time-phased schedule of new construction
and subsequent operation of six recommended new elements in addi-
tion to the *'base program." The proposed total national effort called
for would increase from $108 million in 1962 to $268 million in 1967,
to $457 million in 1972, $605 million in 1977, and $600 million in 1981.
The total outlay proposed for the years 1962-81 was $8,262 million.
(See table 3.)

" Ibid., pp. 1728-1729.

276

ootncsi

O t— « to

OOCJ

CNJ CO

o too
ro too

CM CO

CO o to

CO (OLD
CsJ Csj

CSJ CM

CMO tr>
•— 'iri en

CsJ ^

^lo in

CM *-4

<:
_i
—I
o
o

11.
o

o
o

<
a:

^ Si

00 O} -k-^
CT3 (/I O

o— eg

Cvj^^ ^-

C3 --< i^

ror>* fo

o.e

9 ^

=8 o

CEO

unrg ^H

r-- to ^^

C3^^ *^

iDt^ ,— <

o^^ ^^

0.9

as o
ceo

S ^

o3 o
ttO

!Z 00

a. rz
O.o

o
<

Q
o8 o

ceo

= >

o
=8

O.e

S ^

o8 o
£ro

£ o

277

Presidential support for high-energy physics programs

The large magnitude and cost of modem research facilities required
to support high-energy physics has inevitably involved the office of the
President in the programs. Thus, the White House, May 17, 1959, re-
leased a report of the President's Science Advisory Committee recom-
mending Government sponsorship of the 2-mile-long linear accelerator
(SLAC) at Stanford University. President Eisenhower announced his
own decision to support the project before a symposium on basic sci-
ence, May 14, 1959.^^

President Kennedy's attitude toward basic research was reportedly
one of lively enthusiasm, tempered by "* * * a realization that, in the
early 1960's, after 15 years of fantastically rapid growth of Federal
support for basic research, the Congress was feeling sour and restless
about the seemingly endless financial appetite of the Nation's scientific
community.'' ^^ The President, this source continues, "After several
discussions with Wiesner (the President's scientific adviser) on the
most basic and most expensive of the sciences — high-energy physics —
* * * informally gave an assurance that his administration would back
the construction of one major new accelerator about every 5 years

A major review of high-energy physics was undertaken by the
President's Science Advisory Committee together with the Panel on
High-Energy Accelerator Physics of the General Advisory Committee
to the Atomic Energy Commisson (Ramsey panel) , early in 1963. How-
ever, by November 1963, the President had taken no action in response
to its recommendations.

President Johnson, upon his accession to the Presidency, found it
necessary for budgetary reasons to deny the aspirations of the Midwest
Universities Eesearch Association for a high intensity FFAG accelera-
tor. However, the National Science Foundation was permitted to pro-
ceed with the support of a 10 Bev accelerator at Cornell University, and
planning and design continued for both the 200 Bev accelerator by the
Berkeley scientists and the 600-1,000 Bev accelerator at Argonne Na-
tional Laboratory.

At the rec[uest of the members of the Joint Committee on Atomic
Energy (prnicipally Representative diet Holifield), Dr. Donald F.
Hornig, the President's science adviser, transmitted to the JCAE a
policy statement, March 30, 1964, that contained seven principal items,
as follows: (paraphrase)

1. It was in the national interest "to support vigorous advancement of liigh-
energy physics as a fundamental field of science."

2. This was a national program, not identified with any one agency, although
AEC would be its "primary custodian." NSF and DOD support would also be
beneficial.

12 According to Daniel S. Greenberg, "The Politics of Pure Science," op. eit., p. 238, the
President's support of the Stanford accelerator aroused partisan support and opposition in
the Congress. The Joint Committee on Atomic Energy withheld approval of the project,
and an effort to restore the budget for SLAC on the floor of the House was defeated "in a
vote that closely paralleled party lines" (Democrats against: 188 to 10; Republicans in
favor : 118 to 7). The project was subsequently given the go-ahead in 1961.

" As an indication of congressional concern for the increasing costs of science Represent-
ative Holifield observed to Dr. Horni? in the hearings on AEC authorizing legislation for
the fiscal year 1965 (p. 1487) : "There is no doubt * • * that high-energy physics is the
most exciting scientific field we are now working in * * *. We concede that there is no
limit to the scientists* ideas or their ambitions to explore these ideas • * *. But * * * it
seems to some of us that we are getting to the point where we are squeezing to death many
other fields of science. Very frankly, the Congress is becoming alarmed at it."

" Greenberg. Op. cit., pp. 239-230.

278

3. Periodic review was needed of the level and character of support for high-
energy physics, in the context of advances in the field, the relation to other fields
of science, and the existing fiscal situation.

4. There should be two significant steps, the second — on the order of 1.000
Bev — to be available in 15 to 20 years.

o. A sound national program required support for, and utilization of, existing
accelerators; unproductive ones should be clo.sed down or reduced in level of op-
eration ; new accelerators should be "constructed only to provide significant ex-
tension of parameters or a new order of scientific capability."

6. Organizations to manage major new facilities would be critical ; they should
be planned to serve the entire national community of high-energy physicists.

7. Opportunities for international cooperation should be actively explored, "in
view of the high cost of new very high-energy accelerators." ^

Also at the request of the Joint Committee on Atomic Enero;y, the
staff of the AEC prepared, and transmitted January 24, 1965, a "Policy
for National Action in the Field of High-Energy Physics." ^^

This report, in which the AEC commissioners concurred, was de-
scribed by the President as a "useful guideline for decisionmaking in
the development of high-energy physics." This language was obviously
short of a full endorsement of the report as a definitive statement of
administration policy. This impression was confirmed by other of the
President's comments in the transmittal. Said the President: "It seems
to me that this is a particular fruitful field for international coll altera-
tion." Moreover : "We will continue to compare the needs in this field
with those of other scientific fields. In turn, the needs of science as a
whole will be assessed in the light of other demands on Federal
resources." ^^

Hearings he fore the Joint C om.mittee on AtomAc Energy

The Joint Committee on Atomic Energy has maintained a continuity
of membership, and has devoted so much attention to the field of high-
energy physics, as to acquire a considerable degree of expertise in the
subject. Protracted sessions have been held with leading scholars in the
field, and a substantial literature from these sources has been accumu-
lated by the committee. Hearings have been of two general kinds : (1)
the annual sessions to consider authorizing legislation for the forth-
coming fiscal year, in which the AEC presents its total program ; and
(2) such special hearings before JCAE subcommittees as the 1959
hearings on the Stanford Linear Electron Accelerator,^^ and the 1965
subcommittee hearing on high-energy physics research, which prin-
cipally concerned the 200-Bev. accelerator." The latter hearing, in
particular, was an outstanding example of the collection of pertinent
technical information bearing on a difficult subject.

Representative Price, subcommittee chairman, in opening the 1965
hearing, described its purposes as to investigate :

15 AEC authorizing: leiiislatlon. 1965, op. cit., pp. 1510-1511.

"Representative Holifleld had asked, in the hearings on AEC authorizing: legislation,
fiscal year 1965 (p. 1509) : "Do you believe we can have a national policy in this high-energ'y
field that is more definite regarding plans and schedules than we do have?"

1" U.S. Congress. .Toint Committee on Atomic Energy. High-Energy Physics Program :
Report on National Policy and Background Information. Febrnnry 1965, SOth Cong., 1st
sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965), Joint Committee Print, pp.
1-2.

'^ U.S. Congress. .Joint Committee on Atomic Energ.v. "Stanford Linear Electron Ac-
celerator. Hearings before the Subcommittee on Research and Development and the Sub-
committee on Legislation of the * * * on Stanford Linear Electron Accelerator," Jnlv 14
and 15. 1959. .96th Cong., 1st sess. TWashington, U.."^. Oovernment Printincr Office, 1959).
649 pages : U.S. Congress. .Joint Committee on Atomic Energy. "Amending the Atomic
Energv Act and Authorization of Stanford Aocelera,tor Pro.lect, Hearings Before the * * *
on Bills To Amend Sections 91, 161, and 163, of the Atomic Energy Act (S. 2569 — H.R.
8754) and To Authorize Stanford Linear Accelerator Project (S. 2073 — H.R. 7464) Ausr. 26,
1959." 86th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959), 29 pages.

i» High-energy physics research, Hearings, 1965, op. cit.

279

(1) The purpose, objectives, and tools required for high-energy physics
research.

(2) Achievements of the United States and in other countries, and the place
of high-energy physics in the context of the total U.S. research effort. (This will
involve, he said, "an exploration of the relationships of high-energy physics to
other fields of research and education and an evaluation of the effects, if any,
that allocation of funds and scientific manpower to high energy physics may have
on other fields of Government-supported research.")

(3) Examination of the AEO National Policy Report of January 24, 1965,
"Policy for National Action in the Field of High-Energy Physics."

The Chairman noted that research in the field entailed large and
costly equipment, for which the Federal Government was "practically
the sole source of funds.*' (In the fiscal year 1965, he said, the outlay
for Government support of high-energy physics would reach an
estimated $173 million.) He then presented the following points:

(1) The burden * * * rests with the scientists in this field to communicate
to the Congress and the public, the objectives, the needs and the social benefits
of high-energy physics research.

(2) Scientists should not forget that if society pays for the research, there
must be adequate repayment to society.

(3) To assist the public understanding. * * * proponents of any field of fed-
erally supported re.«earch should make an effort to evaluate their research in
terms of public benefits.^

In response to this challenge, the representatives of the scientific
discipline under examination produced for the subcommittee an im-
pressive array of witnesses and testimony. The AEC policy statement
before the JCAE itself consisted of 48 pages of detailed discussion and
fact about the long-range plans for research and research hardware
development, to which were added an analysis by Luke C. L. Yuan of
Brookhaven National Laboratory on the relevance of a 1,000-Bev. ac-
celerator for the many unresolved questions about elementary particles.
Six appendixes to the report contained texts of previous panel re-
ports on national policy in high-energy physics.

The hearings themselves occupied 4 days, and produced some 800
pages of testimony and supplementary exhibits. They included: (a) a
panel discussion of two AEC commissioners, the AEC research direc-
tor, and the President's science adviser : Dr. Glen T. Seaborg, Chair-
man, AEC: Dr. Paul W. McDaniel, Director, Division of Research,
AEC; Dr. Donald F. Hornig, Director, Office of Science and Tech-
nology; and Dr. Gerald F. Tape, Commissioner, AEC; (b) a round-
table discussion of eight leading scientists ^^ under the chairmanship
of Dr. Frederick Seitz, president of the National Academy of Sciences ;
(c) statements by 32 witnesses, including 11 from universities having
high-energy physics research programs, 17 from AEC (mainly from
the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Brookhaven National Labora-
tory, and Argonne National Laboratory) ; plus Dr. Haworth, Director
of NSF; Dr. Hornitr; and Dr. Weisskopf, Director General of the
European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN).

=»Ibid., p. 2.

^ Dr. Frederick Seitz. President. National Academy of Sciences, chairman ; Dr. Pliilip H.
Abelson. director. Geopliysical Laboratory, Carnegie Institution of Washinjerton ; Dr. Oeorge
Kistiakowsky. professor of chemistry, Harvard University ; Dr. William McElroy, professor
of biology, Johns Hopkins T'niversity : Dr. Wolfgang K. H. Panofsky director, Stanford
Linear Accelerator Center ; Dr. Emanuel R. Piore. vice president for research and engi-
neering. International Business Machines Corn. ; Dr. Charles Townes, provost, Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology : Dr. Eugene P. Wigner, professor of physics, Princeton Uni-
versity : Dr. C. N. Yang, professor of theoretical physics, Institute for Advanced Studies,
Princeton, N.J.

280

Added to the hearing were 18 items and 26 appendixes of supple-
mentary statements, technical discussions, and collections of data and
correspondence.

Testimony of the Director of the National Science Foundation

Dr. Haworth testified before the JCAE Subcommittee as Director
of the NSF. Previously he had served as Director of Brookhaven
National Laboratory of the AEC, and as president of Associated
Universities, Inc., the academic consortium that manages the Brook-
haven Laboratory. This is the site of the most powerful accelerator
currently in operation in the United States, the 33-Bev. alternating
gradient synchroton (AGS) proton accelerator. Dr. Haworth's testi-
mony is illustrative of the scope and teclinical detail explored by
witnesses at the hearing. In 11 pages of prepared statement and eight
additional pages of questioning, he covered :

A short history of the evolution to the present of high-energy
physics ;

Descriptions, by time periods, of the prevailing technological
situation with respect to accelerators, particle detectors, and num-
bers of groups engaging in research ;

Detailed descriptions, by time periods, of significant discoveries
of new particles, and the evolving theory of their relationships;
An evaluation, and quantitative description, of the support by
the Federal Government of research in high-energy physics;

A description of the management arrangements by which large

national laboratories possessing accelerators made these available

to user groups from universities.

Dr. Haworth paid particular tribute to the Joint Committee on

Atomic Energy and to the Office of Naval Research for supporting

the research in the discipline. His assessment of the present situation

was:

We are now in a period of exploiting the energy range of tens of billions elec-
tron volts * * *. Until ratlier recently a new generation of accelerators was
begun as soon as * * * the preceding generation was completed.

As you know, there is a considerable timelag between the authorization of an
accelerator and the time when experiments can begin. This interval inevitably
lengthens as the size of machines grows larger * * *.

My concluding impression would be that particle physicists, * * * with the
generous and far-reaching support provided by the U.S. Government, might be
said to have created an entire new branch of physics — one with broader horizons
and a quite different direction from what we started with in 1946 * * *.

This support has been provided in a farsighted and timely fashion, largely on
the recommendations of your committee, and has created a climate in which U.S.
scientists have been encouraged to think creatively through the assurance that
their ideas had some possibility of being brought to fruition.

* * * The net effect has been that in this important field of science which is
concerned with the most fundamental constituents of the universe, our country
unquestionably leads the world.^

Wliile advanced accelerators were very costly, Dr. Haworth ob-
served that their costs were spread out over a number of years, so that
"* * * annual costs do not in any sense overwhelm * * *." Annual
operating costs, on the other hand, might become onerous. The cost of
the Brookhaven AGS, for example, had been spread out over more
than 6 years.

That was .$5 million a year on the average which even in those days was a frac-
tion of the total cost of the program * * *. Although the accelerator costs seem

22 High-Energy Physics Research, Hearing, 1965, op. cit,, pp. 20-21.

281

to stand out like sore thumbs at the time they are authorized, the annual rate at
which the money is spent, even for the next generation, will be only a modest
fraction of the annual spending rate of the total program.

Indeed, to use these accelerators it now costs from a third to a half the con-
struction cost, to use them properly. That is, each year it costs a third or half of
the total construction cost to use them properly.®

Panel discussion hy senior Government o-fftcials

An interesting experiment conducted by the JCAE subcommittee
at the close of the 1965 hearings was a "panel to discuss organization
for management of proposed large accelerators." Those participating
in the panel consisted of the President's science adviser, Dr. Hornig ;
NSF Director Haworth ; Chairman Seaborg of AEC ; AEC Commis-
sioner Tape; and the AEC research director, Dr. McDaniel. The
problem was set forth by Dr. Seaborg :

* * * Because of the large expense of these accelerators [and] also because
of the available scientists, there are going to be only one or two * * * built in
the next 15 or 20 years.

Therefore * * * these accelerators should be under some sort of national man-
agement that makes them equally available to all competent high-energy
physicists.^

He endorsed the proposal of the 1965 AEC report, Policy for National
Action in the Field of High Energy Physics, m the section on manage-
ment. This called for a corporation of universities with active high
energy physics programs to operate under contract the proposed 200-
Bev. facility. He brought out the further point that the Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory at the University of California at Berkeley
was "almost completely integrated" into the university, and "prob-
ably" had less use by outside groups, in consequence of this integration,
than did other of the AEC national laboratory accelerators.

In response to an inquiry by Representative Price, subcommittee
chairman. Dr. Hornig agreed as to the desirability of broadening the
base of high-energy physics research to 40 or 50 universities, if it could
be done "* * * without in any way cutting back on the levels of achieve-
ment and excellence that we have obtained already in the best
centers." ^^ However, he cautioned : "We can't advance as a country in
any field purely by spreading things out."

On the other hand, Dr. Haworth pointed out that in setting up a
university consortium, the university representatives should not con-
sider themselves merely as representatives of their institutions, but as
spokesmen for all scientists. Thus, they should not intercede on behalf
of personnel from their own institutions.

The only time that I know of that a physicist requested a trustee from his
university to intervene on his behalf, to get him a little better chance to do an
experiment (at the Brookhaven National Laboratory), he was so roundly spanked
that it never happened again so far as I know.^

Another management approach, suggested by Commissioner Tape,
was that of a national corporation working with a contractor, as a
kind of joint venture during design and construction. Once the facility
was built, the corporation would assume responsibility for operation
and research.

Representative Hosmer suggested that in the consideration of how
to provide for the management of a very large new accelerator labora-

» Ibid., p. 24.
^Ibld., p. 276.
^ Ibid., p. 378.
=« Ibid., p. 382.

282

tory, it might be a wise move "to get ourselves an outfit that does do
management work and does it successfully, tell them what our problem
is, and try to get them to come up with some reasonable suggestions
based on actually known principles of management and how to go
about it.'] He noted that : "We have two physicists and three chemists
on that side of the talkie. We have a lawyer and a journalist on this
side of the table." The subject was management, and "we don't have
any experts on that subject." The scientists disagreed ; they had had
a great deal of management experience running laboratories, any man-
agement consultant would have to go through a lengthy educational
process in laboratory' management, and, as Dr. Hornig observed :
"This is a management problem for which there is very little experi-
ence outside the AEC." "

Roundtatle dlsoussion inJCAE hearing

Another novelty of the 1965 hearing was a discussion by nine scien-
tists of the allocation of national resources to the support of basic
scientific research.^^

Extracts of the views of the nine speakers are presented in para-
phrase as follows :

Seitz. The scientific community is looking forward to the next generation of
accelerators ; machines are envisaged "which cost hundreds of millions of
dollars and require operating budgets in the range of a hundred or more million
dollars per year for individual machines." To what extent should the Federal
Government support such machines? He admitted that "♦ * * Tensions between
groups of physicists and universities in different regions of the country have
developed out of the fear that individual groups of scientists might be excluded
* * *." However, a meeting under Academy auspices of 2.^ university presidents
had unanimously favored construction of a 200-Bev. accelerator, that it should
be managed by an association of universities under conditions that would assure
access.

Abelson. "Eventually, our Nation must allocate its research resources, both
men and money, more effectively. This will require making value .judgments
among various fields and establishing criteria for making such judgments.
Through application of intelligence we can arrive at an improved method of
allocation." He proposed as criteria : "importance to science, philosophical values,
and contributions to the material needs of society." Since every scientist believed
his own research to be important, a more objective evaluation was the opinion
of other scientists "when self-interest is not involved." He asserted that high-
energy physics "recently has had little interaction with other sciences." It had
made "great contributions" to philosophical values. The subject had produced
Nobel prize winners, but lack of lay interest might limit the prestige value ; the
field had "contributed comparatively little toward meeting needs of society."
TThile it should be supported because of its importance to science and its philo-
sophical values, "the highest priorities should be assigned elsewhere."

KiSTiAKOwsKT. The Government supported high-energy physics because of its
importance for higher education, military and economic technological develop-
ment, world prestige and leadership, cultural values, and the claims for support
of "outstanding people." It was necessary to recognize that "the interplay of
the market, the competitive spirit, has not been able to provide adequate sup-
port * * *." Although he "could not assert that (high-energy physics) rates
highest in all these ways of rating scientific fields." nevertheless "it is certainly
at the top in the cultural and intellectual assessment of sciences."

McElp.ot. "* * * If we are to understand the fundamental building blocks of
matter and the basic forces which determine their behavior, continued research
in high-energy physics is absolutely essential. Biology, chemistry, medicine, and
other related areas must turn to tlie techniques of high-energy physics in order
to investigate in greater detail the submolecular structure of matter. These new
frontiers ai-e the ones that are attracting our outstanding thinkers in the bio-
losieal .sciences."

^ Ibifl.. pp. 3SS^.^.R9.
» Ibid., pp. 204-237.

283

"We can understand the origin and evolution of life itself only when we under-
stand the origin and the evolution of our universe. And before we can do this, we
must understand the fundamental structure of matter."

"I .submit that many of our most productive young scientists today are in high-
energy physics * * *."

Paxofsky. "* * * Control of our natural environment will depend more on our
understanding of the basic laws of nature than on conventional exploration."

"It would indeed violate all our past experience in the progress of science if
nature had created a family of phenomena which governs the behavior of ele-
mentary particles without at the same time establishing any links between these
phenomena and the large-scale world which is built from these very particles."

"There was a time when nuclear physics was just as remote as high-energy
phy.sics is today."

High-energy physics "* * * involves many interactions with technology" be-
cause it "demands tools which exceed the limits of existing art and because the
scientists * * * are willing to work both on improving their tools as well as using
these tools for research."

"* * * High-energy physicists are providing a pool of capable and experienced
individuals who when called upon can cope with demanding problems outside
their specialty."

PiORE. The issue was "* * * whether the field of science will stagnate or not ;
whether the United States will lose the leadership it now has in the field of
science."

To degrade high-energy physics, because at present we cannot pinpoint the
applications, in contrast to the materials sciences * * * and to state that the
materials sciences should be supported at the same rate as high-energy nuclear
physics is not a responsible analysis."

"Shall we permit a very vigorous field, which illuminates a great deal of nature
and which draws to it some of the brightest young people in our country, to
stagnate?"

TowNEs. There were two primary points : "The first is the effect of high-energy
physics and study on the general intellectual tone of our society and of our uni-
versities * * *." He declared that : "* * * A university which is not active and
on the forefront of particle physics is an incomplete university." He challenged
the "statement that hish-energy and particle physics will have little practical
application. Practical applications are frequently not easy to see and understand
in advance."

WiGXtK. The question to be analyzed was ; "* * * bow much, in terms of prog-
ress in other areas of science, is it worth to arrive in, let us say, 30 months, at
the level of knowledge in high-energy physics which would be attained, with
lower expenditures, only after 36 months?"

'•* * * High-energy phenomena are worth exploring * * * should and will be
explored." The question, however, "concerns the rate of exploration ; that is,
whether or not the proposed rate is so fast that it entails a less effective u.se of
the expenditures and scientific manpower than could be attained in other areas."

"What part of our future expenditures and scientific manpower — and this is a
very limited manpower — can we afford to devote to this subject which, in spite
of its importance, is not the only subject and not the only endeavor which is
vital for this Nation?"

"I think there are two principles involved here. One principle on which we
disagree is whether there is one basic principle from which everything else should
be derived or will science always have a loose structure * * *?

"The second question * * * Is physics the basic science and to what extent
is physics the basic science?

"* * * The structure of science is perhaps not so monolithic as to justify that
we support — exclusively support — one part, the most basic part as I say, of
physics. It is not right to support this entirely without regard to the expense
which it makes to other parts of science."

Yang. He referred to an essay by A. ^I. Weinberg, which proposed three ex-
ternal criteria for scientific choice : scientific merit, technological merit, and social
merit. Dr. Weinberg had graded high-energy physics poorly on all three criteria.
With this as.sessment. Dr. Yang disagreed.

"* * * The aim of high-energy physics is very much broader than an under-
standing of nuclear structure. It embraces such fundamental questions as the
basic space time structure and the origin and meaning of electricity."

"High-energy physics, in studying the most minute distances and the shortest
time intervals, should be expected to serve as a source of new ideas and new
stimulation that will be es.sential in [solid state] technological developments."

284

As to social value, "It is not every society * * * that has the opportunity
to support an undertaking with as much potential importance, both intellectually
and technologically, as the proposed high-energy program you are examining."

In the discussion that followed these brief statements, Dr. Seitz ob-
served that there was no opinion that the field should be abandoned
or even stabilized; the question was merely as to its rate of further
expansion. Dr. Piore protested that the position seemed to have been
established that hi^h-energy physics was an expensive area of re-
search, in competition with the rest of science which was inexpen-
sive. Many other branches of science (oceanography, low-energy phys-
ics, space, even biology) were also costly. However, he said: "I think
we all can afford * * * these costly equipments for the good of our
souls and for the good of our society."

Dr. Panofsky proposed that "the ratio of our investment in basic
research should go up relative to the investment in trying to exploit
the basic research." At this point in the hearing a staff memorandum
on allocation of Federal funds to basic and applied research was
introduced, (See table 4.) Then a concluding comment was offered by
Dr. Seitz, who acknowledged that Dr. Abelson's comments "get close
to the heart of issues that all of us concerned with the process of
relating science and society must worry about continuously." It was,
he said, "quite likely" that high-energy physics "will do little to
alleviate the problems of transportation * * * or add very little to
the evolution of household equipment."

TABLE 4 1.— ESTIMATES, FISCAL YEAR 1964— FEDERAL FUNDS
Iln millions of dollars]

A— Total
research

B— Basic
research

A-B— Ap-
plied research

Life sciences (biology, medicine, agriculture)

Behavioral sciences (psychology, sociology, economics, etc.)

Astronomy

Chemistry.

Earth sciences (atmosphere, ocean, solid earth)

Elementary particle physics (high-energy physics)

Nuclear structure (medium-energy physics plus some low-energy)
Atomic, molecular, and solid state (low-energy plus solid state)...

Other physics

Other physical sciences

Mathematical sciences

Engineering sciences

Other sciences

Total

1,084

434

650

200

121

214

201

215

126

574

349

225

146

142

156

153

105

101

1,551

129

1,322

4,571

1,635

2,936

« Ibid., p. 232.

The thing that we have to keep in mind [concluded Dr. Seitz] is
that its ultimate applications may be in spheres which we simply cannot
imagine today because they are either on the periphery or over the
horizon. The important thing about classical high-energy physics, the
nuclear physics of the 1930"s, is that it opened up a completely new
energy source, visualized dimly only by a few.

Similarly, it might turn out that present-day high-energy physics
would play a great role in the devices we develop, for planetary sci-
ence and engineering including matters such as control of the atmos-
phere, and so forth. We simply must recognize that there are many
open doorways which we are not bright enough to peer into at the
present time.

285

III. Status of High-Energy Physics Support After 1965

The extensive JCAE review of high-energy physics plans and ac-
complishments in 1965 appear to have resulted in a tacit decision by
the Congress that continued support should be given to the discipline,
but at a slower pace. The 1965 policy study by the AEC had called
for a steep increase in funding, whereas in fact the support continued
at about the 1965 level thereafter. The economic impact of U.S. mili-
tary action in Vietnam brought pressure generally on civil programs
of the Govermnent, and imposed significant constraints on funding
for basic research, including hi^h-energy physics. Inflation resulting
from the overseas military action, at the same time, operated as a
further discount on the funding level.

A report by the AEC High Energy Physics Advisory Panel ( Weiss-
kopf panel), January 30, 1968, expressed concern over this state of
affairs. The level of funding, said the panel chairman in his transmittal
letter to Dr. McDaniel, director of the research division of AEC, was
insufficient to sustain a "reasonable exploitation of the existing facili-
ties." Moreover —

The development of high-energy physics in the United States is seriously
threatened and cannot be maintained within the expected level of support with-
out most dangerous consequences. The funds are insufficient to maintain the
necessary activities in this field, commensurate with the needs of our universities.
The panel is concerned about the adverse consequences of this situation in re-
spect to the future development of science in this country and expects that the
leadership in this fundamental field will be lost to Western Europe if the financial
situation is not significantly improved."''

The "only positive element" in the situation, Dr. Weisskopf con-
tinued in his letter, was that progress was being maintained on the
200-Bev accelerator.

The decision to proceed with construction of the 200-Bev accelerator
meant that the high-energy physicists in the United States would
possess in due course the most energetic accelerator in the world ; they
would regain this primacy from the Soviet Union, where the Serpu-
khov accelerator had recently become operational.^" Moreover, atten-
tion was being given, in the planning of the new U.S. machine, to
incorporating m it some capability for expansion in its energy level.

It was f orseeable, on the basis of recent experience with the Stanford
accelerator, that completion and activation of the 200-Bev accelerator
would confront the Congress with further awkward alternatives in
decisionmaking. During the fiscal years 1968 and 1969, in part because
of the emphasis on economy imposed by commitments in Vietnam,
funds had not been available to support full utilization of accelerators
already available. The consequences of this situation were described
by the Weisskopf panel as follows (condensation) :

* * ♦ During the last 2 years, all increases in operating and equipment budgets
for high-energy physics have been absorbed by cost escalation and by the advent
of SLAC as a new accelerator facility. Hence, the entire programs at other na-
tional laboratories and at universities * * * have had to operate at constant or
decreasing levels, while the number of university-user groups was growing, and
while many new and existing problems have opened up experimental and theo-
retical opportunities.

* Reproduced as app. 2, p. 1207, in AEC authorizing legislation, fiscal year 1969, op. cit.

»• Dr. McDaniel told the JCAE, Feb. 21, 1968 : "* » • that the Soviet 70-Bev machine
that was constructed at Serpulihov. near Moscow, was completed on, roughly their schedule.
It produced 76-Bev protons when first turned on and is expected to eventually go as high
as 85- to 90-Bev." He added that it was "* * * apparently a very fine machine" (Ibid.,

P- 10*1). . .- .: .

286

In fiscal year 1968 it is anticipated that new user group support will be essen-
tially nil and, indeed, some productive existing groups will be losing their
support * * *.

It has been particularly diflBcult to mount new university-operated experi-
ments using modern electronic detectors.

There was an unmet demand for bubble chamber pictures for analysis,
amounting to 3 years or 15 million pictures at Brookhaven alone.

* * * Every high-energy physics laboratory in the country faces a serioua
overdemand for accelerator beam time * * *.

The fiscal squeeze has produced conservatism in relation to technological
innovation.'^

The effects described were attributable in considerable measure to
the introduction of the Stanford linear accelerator into the national
system of high-energy physics research apparatus. This was the ac-
celerator that President Eisenhower had called for in 1959. It is fore-
seeable that a similar effect, of greater magnitude, will result from
the eventual activation of the 200-Bev accelerator (presumably, some
time after 1973).

The apparent alternatives facing the Congress, in dealing with high-
energy physics, in the face of the rising costs of individual new facili-
ties, are —

(1) To encourage the closing down of least productive accelera-
tors, disregarding their contributions as teaching tools, and their
considerable remaining potential for further scientific discovery ;
'' (2) To insure the distribution of funds among major accelera-

tor installations so as to keep all available machines in operation
at some reasonable partial level of operation — and accepting the
inherent inefficiencies implied by this approach ;

(3) To expand the technological research effort in the develop-
ment of novel accelerator concepts (such as clashing beam and
the "coherent accelerator" concept ^^), to enable a greater energy
and intensity of beam to be achieved at less cost (the effect of
such research, however, was not judged likely to materialize in
time to contribute to the proposecl 200-Bev accelerator) :

(4) To increase the level of fimding for research in high-
energj' phj'sics very substantially.

TABLE 5.— FIVE-YEAR FUNDING PLAN OF AEC FOR HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS RESEARCH i

[In millions of dollars!

Fiscal year

1967

1968

1969

1970

1971

1972

1973

Operatingfcosts

Capital equipment obligations

Construction obligations (NOA)

107.7
21.4
51.8

113.4
15.7
13.3

120.4
22.7
28.0

162.0

39.4

182.9

188.9

61.0

165.4

212.0
52.4
80.6

239.
47.
64.

^ Source: AEC authorizing, fiscal year 1969, pt. 1, p. 358.

Apparently', the alternative recommended by the AEC was the
fourth. (See table 5.) However, Kepresentative Holifield, vice chair-
man of the JCAE, remarked that '** * * the thing that bothers me in
this is the rapid acceleration."

« Ibid., p. 1211.

^ Reference was made to this concept by Dr. McDanlel, pp. 103S-1040, op. clt., along
with an Indication that there were "ver.v exciting possibilities" in superconducting ele-
ments for magnets. Concerning the coherent accelerator concept, John T. Conway, staff
director of JCAE. remarked : "If it does prove to be feasible * ♦ • it is possible to get
Into these multi-Bev energiCB at a very mii'^li less cost than the current projects on th»
200-Bev or 400-BeT and BO-called 1,000-Bev machine."

287

Operating costs under your projected estimates are up from $107.7 million in
fiscal year 1967 to $239.4 million by fiscal year 1973. Your capital equipment
goes up from $21.4 to $47.4 million. Construction obligations, new obligational
authority, goes up from $51.8 to $64.2 million. These are annual expenditures, of
course.

What it amounts to is that it more than doubles. It goes up from $180.9 mil-
lion to $351 million in the next 6 years, which is nearly double.^

In the background was the 1,000-Bev accelerator, concept research
for Avhich was already underway. Dr. McDaniel told the JCAE that
the 1969 budget contained an item of $900,000 "earmarked for gen-
eral advanced accelerator studies * * *." He noted that work on the
200-Bev accelerator had inspired a reexamination of plans for the
longer range future: '"* * * as to precisely what the second step
should be. Should it be 600 to 1,000 Bev, should it be higher, should
it be something a little different ? "' ^*

By the latter part of the calendar year 1968, work was proceeding
on the construction of the 200-Bev accelerator at Weston, 111. Fund-
ing for studies in design of the macliine had been available since
late in 1963; $7,333 million had been authorized for architecture and
engineer work in the fiscal year 1968; and some $12 million for
further architecture-engineering and some construction work in the
fiscal year 1969. At the end of 1968, in the face of many claims on the
National Treasury for military' and nomnilitary programs, for social
and technical undertakings, for applied and basic science, high-energy
physics remained as it had been for more than two decades a major
national effort of high quality in basic research, with questioned rel-
evance for other national programs of research or teclinology.

23AEC authorizing legislation, fiscal year 1969, pt. 2, op. cit, p. 1026.
'* Ibid., p. 1038.

CHAPTER ELEVEN— THE OFFICE OF COAL RESEARCH:
THE USE OF APPLIED RESEARCH TO RESTORE A
"SICK" INDUSTRY

I. Statement of the Problem

The subject of this chapter is the congressional decision to create
the Office of Coal Research, an agency of the Department of the In-
terior. The issue can be approached as a national measure to assist
a declining industry of great magnitude, as an effort to enhance the
utility of one of the most abundant natural resources in the United
States, or as a move to restore balance in the U.S. system of essential
energy. All of these objectives were cited in support of the proposal.
In each case, the assumption was that the application of Federal funds
for applied research to improve one or another of the aspects of coal —
production, distribution, or utilization — would further the objective
sought.

The changing product mix of energy sources

Historically, energy has had two primary functions in an industrial
society : to warm the human environment, and to supplement human
energy in the manufacture of useful products. Up to the founding of
the Republic, the first function was predominant. Wood was almost
the only fuel consumed and water power was crudely exploited. How-
ever, between 1800 and 1900, along with the growth of industry in
the United States, the second function grew in importance and coal
(mainly bituminous) replaced wood as the principal fuel for both
heat and power.

The development of electrical energy — as a form capable of con-
version into power, thermal energj^, or light — further complicated
the energy picture. Its generation from the combustion of coal be-
came a major consumer of that fuel ; its generation by combustion of
other fossil fuels, or from atomic energy or hydroelectric sources, be-
came a competitor of coal.

Coal production and consumption, after rising steadily throughout
the 19th century, reached a peak during and after World War I. Pro-
duction of bituminous, the principal form of coal, was 579 million tons
in 1918 ; by 1932, it had declined to 310 million. It rose again during
and immediately after World War II, reaching a wartime peak of
620 million tons in 1944, and an all-time peak of 631 million tons in
1947. Thereafter it sagged below 400 million in 1954.^

Mechanization of coal mining and handling equipment proceeded
steadily after World War II, accompanied by increased output per
worker and reduced employment in the industry. Peak employment in
bituminous mines was 704,793 in 1923; by 1955, the number had
declined to 225,093. Production in tons per man/day rose from 4.47 in
1923 to 9.84 in 1955. Mechanization also called for capital investment.

\Exeept as indicated, data in this section of the study are derived from various publi-
cations of the Bureau of Mines, and from secondary sources relying- on Bureau of Mines
data. They are to be taken as approximate and only to indicate trends in the coal industry.

(288)

289

Wliereas it had been possible in the 1920's and 1930's to open a mine
with a minimum of capital equipment, by the 1950's the required in-
vestment had about doubled.^

One measure of the pressure on the industry (reflecting the sag^ng
markets and competition for them) is the number of producing mmes.
This figure reached a peak of 9,331 in 1923 ; declined to a low of
5,427 in 1932 ; reached another peak of 9,427 in 1950 ; and declined to
6,130 in 1954.

Another measure is afforded by the pressure of competing forms of
thermal energj'. Just as coal replaced wood as a source of thermal
energ}', so it has encountered increasing challenge from petroleum
fuels, natural gas, and — more recently — atomic power. In 1900, nearly
90 percent of all energy requirements was supplied by coal, divided
roughly one-fourth anthracite, three-fourths bituminous. On the eve
of World War II, natural gas and petroleum had made significant
inroads, and coal supplied only 50 percent of total energy require-
ments. There was a further postwar decline, until, by 1955 coal pro-
vided less than one-third of total energy requirements. (See table).

In all major categories of direct consumption of fuel energy,
changes since 1900 have occurred at the expense of coal. There are
three of these categories : industrial power, household and commercial
spcace-heating, and transportation. In 1900, coal provided almost all
thermal energy for space-heating, for railroad transportation, and for
industrial (steam and steam-electric) power. By 1947, petroleum (fuel
oil) had replaced coal in more than half of all space-heating; there-
after, natural gas became a significant additional competitor.^ Between
1940 and 1955, the quantity of diesel oil consumed by railroads rose
from 1.8 million barrels to 80 million barrels.*

U.S.

PRODUCTION OF ENERGY RESOURCES,

PERCENTAGES BY MAJOR SOURCES

, 1947,

1955,

19651

ming sectors

Prii

mary energy sources

- Total p
energy

Anthracite

Bituminous
coal

Natural gas Petroleum

Hydro and
uclear power

inputs

Total primary energy in-
puts:

1947 3.7 44.0 13.6 34.3 4.4 100

1955 1.5 27.8 23.1 43.9 3.7 100

1965 .6 22.4 30.0 43.1 3.9 100

« Adapted from: Resources for the Future, Inc. U.S. Energy Policies: an agenda for research. A Resources for the Future
staff report. (Baltimore, Resources for the Future, Inc., distributed by the Johns Hopkins Press, 1968, pp. 10-11.)

- According to the prepared statement of Harry LeVIers, chairman of the Committee on
research, National Coal As.sociation, before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research,
Mar. 26, 1957, "A large share of the existing coal mine properties were built and are cap-
italized on the basis of a cost ranging from $3 to $7 or $8 per ton of annual capacity. In
today's markets the cost of constructing new or replacing depreciated plants, with their
highly mechanized natures, is more nearly $10 to $15 per ton of annual capacity." (U.S.
Congress. House. Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Coal Hearings before the
Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * • * on the Establishment of a Research
and development program for the Coal Industry." Pt. 1, Feb. 13, 1957, at Ebensberg, Pa.,
Feb. 15, 1967, at Abingdon. Va., Feb. 22, 1957, at Wilkes-Barre, Pa.; Pt. 2 Mar 9 1957
at Henryetta, Okla., Mar. 11, 1,957, at Pueblo, Colo., March 26, 1957, at Washington, D.C.',
85th Cong., iirst sess., serial No. 3- (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office. 1957),
p. 545.)

3 According to the Resources for the Future study, "Energy in the American Economy,
lS50-197i5," "In 1955, the amount of energy inherent in the 2.753 billion cubic feet of
natural gas used in the residential and commercial sector was the equivalent of 109 mil-
lion tons of bituminous coal. Household use amounted to 2,124 billion cubic feet, of which
it has been estimated that some 1,375 billion cubic feet were consumed for space heat-
ing • ♦ •." (Sam H. Schurr and Bruce C. Netschert et al., "Energy in the American
Economy, 1850-1975, economic study of its history and prospects" (Baltimore, pub-
lished for Resources for the Future, Inc., by the Johns Hopkins Press, 1960, p. 134 )

*Ibid., p. 121.

99-044—69 20

290

Coal consumption for industrial power declined as a factor relative
to total industrial power requirements between 1925 and 1954, both
because of declining use of coal in direct (steam) power,^ and because
of increased efficiency in the generation of electricity from coal.

Chemical, atomic, or mechanical potential energy can be converted
into electrical energy for ease of distribution and use. In 1900 the
predominant source of energy thus converted came from the combus-
tion of coal, and most of the remainder came from hydro sources.
Between 1920 and 1955 the consumption of coal for electric power
utilities rose from 32 million tons to 144 million, an increase by 350
percent. However, the electrical energy production for these same 2
years was 39,405 million kilowatt-hours in 1920 and 547,038 in 1955,
an increase by 1,288 percent.^ Coal required per kilowatt-hour of
electrical power declined between 1920 and 1955 from 3.05 pounds
to 0.95 pounds. In 1920, coal provided 88 percent of all fuel for utility
power (exclusive of hydro) while in 1955, it provided only 69 percent.
(Hydropower generation in 1920 was 56,599 million kilowatt-hours,
and in 1955 it was 116,236 million kilowatt-hours.) The increasing
role of electrical utilities as consumers of coal, however, is reflected
in the fact that coal consumption by the utilities in 1920 was 31.6
million tons (about 5.6 percent of bituminous coal produced) while
in 1955 it was 143.7 million tons (about 30.9 percent). In summary,
while electric power became the largest single market for bituminous
coal, the role of coal in generating electric power was reduced as a
percentage of total fuel and hydroenergy thus converted. This latter
effect was the consequence of invasion by competing fuels, and an in-
crease in the efficiency of the use of coal.

Whether coal will maintain its 1955 position in the future depends
on many factors. For example, in the past 3 years, 1966-68, more
than half of all new capacity construction in the electric power indus-
try was for atomic power. There is room for considerable increase in
efficiency of the conversion of energy from nuclear fission to electricity,
and the development of breeder reactors is expected eventually to free
atomic power from the constraint of uranium availability. The avail-
ability of petroleum and natural gas is another question mark ; how-
ever periodic waves of new discovery have more than kept pace with
increases in the rate of consumption. A third consideration, air pollu-
tion, has constrained the burning of coal for electric power genera-
tion in some localities, and threatens to impose further constraints in
the future ; here the question is whether the processing of combustion
effluent will succeed in reducing the constraint or whether other fuels
or energy sources will receive preference on this account.

Problems and opportunities in coal research

Coal as a mineral fuel presents certain inherent disadvantages in
comparison with liquid or gaseous fuels. The latter can be more conven-
iently processed and purified, standardized, blended, transported, and

s(The categrory "electric motors" as percent of total industrial horsepo'wer in 1925 was
73, and In 1954 it was 84. 7 ; however, in 1939 it had been 89.8, suggesting that petroleum
rather than coal provided most of the remainder (Ibid.).

« Series S 36-43, "Consumption of Fuels by Electric Utilities : 1920 to 1957," and Series
S 15-26, "Net Production of Electric Energy, bv Central Stations, by Type of Prime Mover;
1902 to 1957," in U.S. Department of Commerce. Bureau of the Census, "mstorical Sta-
tistics of the United States. Colonial Times to 1957 ; A Statistical Abstract Supplement."
prepared by the Bureau of the Census with the cooperation of the Social Science Research
Council (Washington, U.S. Government Printing OfBce, 1960).

291

handled in large volume. Coal varies widely in quality, with varying
contents of sulfur, fly-ash, moisture, useful chemicals and volatiles.
It may vary in density, in coking qualities (for blast furnace use), in
flash point, and in thermal content. Since a considerable amount of
coal is produced from small mines, this variability of quality presents
awkward problems in marketing. Accordingly, a good deal of research
has been directed toward converting coal to liquid fuels or into a stand-
ardized ''char" of consistent combustion qualities.

Among the problems of coal research are the fact that its distri-
bution among many small volume producers makes difficult the accumu-
lation of capital reserves to invest in research. The problem is made
worse by the narrow price margin in coal, attributable to the con-
siderable competition for markets with producers of other fuels and
among coal producers. Specialized technology of coal processing in-
clines toward the application of large volume production. Because of
the structure of the industry-, there is insufficient general interest in
broadly applicable research and there are insufficient resources to con-
duct very much research applicable to a particular resource situation.

In summary, by 1955, technology of coal mining had increased the
efficiency of production, but had imposed substantial capital costs
(cost per annual ton of output of $10 to $15), which smaller mines
were not able to afford. The tendency, therefore, wa.s for production
to be increasingly concentrated in larger deposits. Strong political
pressures were accordingly generated at the local level out of the
inability of small mines to compete, to maintain their employment,
and to provide the basis for community income. Much of the Appalach-
ian region, a major coal-producing area, was experiencing increasing
hardship in consequence of the economic concentration of the coal
industry and the diminishing market for coal.

National moves to strengthen the coal industry

Heavy reliance was placed on the coal industry for industrial energ;v',
electric power, space heating, and export to allies during World War II.
After the war ended, exports were expanded to aid the war-devastated
countries of Western Europe. U.S. coal production reached a f)eak in
1947. However, thereafter, energy demands declined, and competing
fuels began to make heavy inroads. The railroads converted rapidly
to diesel power. By early 1950, the coal industry was in the throes of a
labor dispute which motivated President Truman to ask the Congress
for ''legislation authorizing the Government to take over the coal
mines and operate them temporarily as a public service." However,
said the President:

These recurrent breakdowns between labor and management in the coal in-
dustry are only symptoms of profound and longstanding economic and social
difficulties in which the industry has become involved. We can hope to work
toward real solutions of the unstable relations between labor and management
in the coal mines, only if we come to grips with the problems which foster
instability.

I further recommend, therefore, that the Congress establish a commission of
inquiry, including members from the Congress, the executive branch, and the
public, to make a thorough study of the coal industry, in terms of economic, so-
cial, and national security objectives.'

^ Special message to the Congress on the coal strike, Mar. 3, 1950, In U.S. Public Papers
of the Presidents, Harry S. Truman, 1950 (Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1950), p. 190.

292

Four days later, on March 7, the President sent identical letters to the
President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House, requesting es-
tablishment of a commission on the coal industry.® He proposed a nine-
member commission with two representatives each from the Houses
of Congress, and five appointed by the President. Hearings were held
on the measure in the Senate Committee on Interior and Insular Af-
fairs, but no action was completed on the proposal.^

A broader approach to national materials policy, by the President,
was the creation of the President's Materials Policy Commission, early
in 1951. The charge to this Commission, presented in a letter from the
President to its chairman, Mr. William Paley, January 22, 1951, asked
that the Commission study the "broader and longer range aspects of
the Nation's materials prol^lem * * *." Chapter 19 of the Commission's
report ^° dealt with coal. The problem was ; " * * * how to put the vast
reserves to greater use at lower costs." The Commission took note of the
fact that coal had "earlier the reputation of a sick industry," because
of its competitive disadvantage vis-a-vis liquid and gaseous fuels and
because of the diffusion of its producing units. ("* * * Made up of
small companies that are financially unable to invest heavily in re-
search and development.") Research could be highly beneficial, in
improving mining methods, coal transportation, and conversion of coal
to liquid fuel forms. Finally, the Commission concluded that restric-
tions should not be imposed on competing sources of energy but that
the Grovernment should —

* * * acting through the Bureau of Mines, undertake, with the cooperation
of private industry, labor, and private research organizations, a thorough ap-
praisal of present research and development work relating to coal ; and the
formulation of a strong program to advance coal technology to be carried out
by a combination of private and public effort. In light of the needs revealed by
this proposed study, ample funds should be provided by Congress to carry out
the Government's share of a comprehensive coal research and development pro-
gram, with provisions for using such funds in part for contracting to non-Gov-
ernment research organizations.

A similar recommendation was offered February 26, 1955, in a re-
port by a Presidential Advisory Committee on Energy Supplies and
Resources. Said the report :

We recognize that coal is a great national asset and endorse a cooperative
study to determine what research and development could be undertaken. The
coal industry and both Federal and State governments should participate in
this study and its cost."^

In response to this latter recommendation, the Bureau of Mines, in
cooperation with Bituminous Coal Research, Inc., undertook a "survey
of current research on bituminous coal," issued in May 1956, by the
Bureau as Information Circular 7754, "Outlook and Research Possi-

8 Ibid., p. 191.

* U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Fuel Study Pro-
posals." Hearings Before the ♦ * * on S. Res. 239, Resolution to investigate available fuel
reserves and formulate a national fuel policy of the United States ; S.J. Res. 157, a joint
resolution to establish a special bipartisan coal commission : S. 3215, A bill to establish the
commission on the coal Industry ; S. 3383, a bill to promote interstate commerce in coal ; to
provide for the conservation of the coal resources of the Nation, to assure an adequate
supply of coal, and for other purposes ; and S. 6, A bill to aid in preventing shortages of
petroleum and petroleum products in the United States by promoting the production of
synthetic liquid fuels, July 13, 1950 (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1950),
101 pages.

1" U.S. President's Materials Policy Commission. "Resources for Freedom," vol. I, "Foun-
dations for Growth and Security" (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952),
ch. 19.

^ U.S. Presidential Advisory Committee on Energy Supplies and Resources. "Report on-
Energy Supplies and Resources Policy : Recommendations" (Washington, 1955) [issued as-
a White House press release, Feb. 26. 1955], p. 4.

293

bilities for Bituminous Coal." The study identified 209 "research pos-
sibilities" that would need to be exploited "if coal is to be assured its
proper share of total energy demand." i\.mong its problems were cited
the prospect of commercial energy from atomic fission, the pollution of
air and water from the combustion and mining of coal, and the need
for improved management of research data about coal. Considerable
emphasis was placed on the diminishing role of coal in meeting na-
tional energy demands,^^ and the vast reserves of coal remaining in
the United States. (See table.)

REMAINING COAL RESERVES OF THE UNITED STATES, JAN. 1, 19531

Estimated

total reserves Estimated recoverable reserves

remaining in Jan. 1, 1953, assuming 50
the ground, percent recovery

Jan. 1, 1953
(million Million Quadrillion

net tons) net tons B.tu.

Bituminous coal 1,049,457 524,729 13,643

Subbituminouscoal 372,934 186,467 3,543

Lignite 463,356 231,678 3,105

Anthracite and semianthracite 13,992 6,996 178

Total 1,899.739 949,870 20,469

1 Paul Averilt, Louise R. Berryhill, and Dorothy A. Taylor, Coal Resources of the United States, Geological Survey Circular
293 (1953), p. 1.

Congressional leadership in a growing movement to review the situ-
ation of the coal industry was assumed by Representative John P.
Savior of Pennsylvania. Representative Saylor had introduced a House
Resolution (H. Res. 400, 84th Cong., second sess.), to authorize the
Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs "* * * to conduct a full
and complete study on the possibilities of a research and development
program for the coal industry of the United States." The study was to
ascertain how a cooperative research program for coal might be spon-
sored by the Federal Government " * * * jn the same magnitude, and
on the same general organizational basis, as those which have been and
are now currently conducted by the Atomic Energy Commission, the
National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics, the National Science
Foimdation, and similar groups." The research to be sponsored by
such an organization should have as its objective "an economic revival
of the coal industry." Its scope should include technological improve-
ment of coal production, transportation, distribution, utilization, and
development of new uses. The measure received unanimous approval
of the House of Representatives in April 1956. Accordingly, a Special
Subcommittee on Coal Research was created by the Committee on
Interior and Insular Affairs, and was placed under the chairmanship
of Representative Edmondson of Oklahoma, Representative Saylor
was the ranking minority member of the subcommittee. In a prelimi-
nary statement. May 18, the subcommittee announced its purposes,
objectives, and plan for hearings.

^ U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, "Outlook and Research Possibilities
for Bituminous Coal," b.v Bureau of Mines in cooperation with Bituminous Coal Research,
Inc.. Information Circular 7754, May 1956 (Pittsburgh, Pa., Bureau of Mines, 1956),
fig. 1, p. 10.

294

Plan of investigation of the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research

In an introductory statement the subcommittee took note of the
1,900 billions of tons of U.S. coal reserves, the decline in coal produc-
tion and markets, recent technological advances in the industry, and
the importance of coal for the steel and electrical power industries.
In its discussion of the "purpose of the coal study," the statement
noted the plight of coal mining communities, the importance of coal
in the national economy, and the essentiality of coal for the national
defense. The scope of the study would encompass all ranks of coal, and
would seek to determine the jjossibilities for developing new and ex-
panded uses through research programs. The goal was a "stable and
thriving coal industry." To this end, the subcommittee proposed to
obtain comprehensive information on coal with respect to —

(a) Industry problems ;

(b) Recent developments and their possibilities :

(d) The possibilities of solving industry problems and creating new and in-
creased uses for coal through additional and expanded research and development
programs; and

(e) The requirements, feasibility, and degree of urgency of each program that
may be recommended to the subcommittee, the facilities and personnel now avail-
able, and the means by which each program may be initiated and carried through
to success, including the type and degree of private and public participation
and methods of financing.

Each of these factors would be considered in regard to a number of
subjects relating to coal, including, but not limited to —

1. ^Mining 9. Hydrogenation processes >

2. Preparation 10. Carbonization processes ' P

3. Handling 11. Gasification processes ^

4. Marketing 12. Oils and tars from coal

5. Distribution 13. Coal chemicals

6. Transportation 14. Miscellaneous coal processes and

7. Conventional u.sea products
S. Combustion

The subcommittee indicated that in its investigation it would give
special attention to problems and opportunities of smaller mines, as
these had been "hardest hit by the drastic drop in the demand for coal
and by other factors contributing to the unstable condition of tlie coal-
mining industry."

The subcommittee planned to hold hearings in Washington until
congressional adjournment. Thereafter, it would hold a number of
field hearino;s. "Witnesses would be called from industrv, labor, trade
associations, Federal and State agencies, other public and private
research groups, and qualified individuals.

The opening .statement in the initial hearing, June 4, was by
Representative Saylor who repeated the emphasis on the goals of the
investigation —

If we can open the door to steady employment, against the ups and downs that
have prevailed in the past, we shall be affording new hope for a de.serving
segment of our population. At the same time, any progress in this direction will
be a distinct contribution to the Nation's overall economy and to our defense
structure. With God's help, those are the objectives which we want to
accomplish."

^^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Coal." Hearings
before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * * * pursuant to H. Res. 400. to
authorize a study leading to the establishment of a research and development program for
the coal industry, .Tune 4, and R and .Tulv 19. 1956, S4th Cong., 2d sess., serial No. 35-
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1956), pp. 2-5.

295

II. The Investigation by the Special Subcommittee on Coal

Research

In accordance with its plans pursuant to Representative Saylor's-
resolution, the special subcommittee undertook a major investigation
into the problems and opportunities of short-range research in coal.
The subcommittee held 9 days of hearings, 4 in "Washington, D.C., and
5 in three coal-producing States. There were 58 witnesses, and 579 pages
of testimony and exhibits were taken."

The initial hearings, in Washington, were to establish the basic facts
as to tlie condition of the coal industry, the national reserves of coal,
the status and prospects of researcli in coal, and the interest of the
Congress in ameliorating the condition of the industry. Five Members
of Congress testified as to their anxiety that the industiy's prospects
be advanced. From the Department of the Interior, four members of
the staif of the Bureau of Mines, a spokesman for the U.S. Geological
Survey, and the Assistant Secretary for Mineral Resources, provided
historical and teclmical data. Three representatives of coal industry
trade associations and a spokesman for the United Mine "Workers also
testified.

Tlie 5 days of hearings in the field included testimony from 35 wit-
nesses, with supporting exhibits. The 35 included 13 coal producers,
5 spokesmen for local chambers of commerce, 4 officials of State gov-
ernments, 4 representatives of academic institutions, 3 leaders of labor
unions, 3 representatives of coal associations, a spokesman for the
electric utility industry, and 2 others. The concluding session in Wash-
ington, heard testimony from 3 railroad company officials, 2 spokes-
men for the Xational Coal Association, and the director and two staff
members of the Bureau of Mines.

The findings of the special subcon-imittee, drawn from the testimony
of these witnesses, was presented in its report, August 27, 1957, as
follows :

1. The coal reserves of the United States are this Nation's greatest mineral
resource available for immediate development and use.

2. The coal-mining industry, on a national scale, is a sick industry. Although
a number of so-called captive mines and independent coal producers are doing
well productionwise, due to various advantages which they enjoy and to the
immediate past export situation, the overall picture is one of economic ills,
widespread mine shutdowns, staggering unemployment among coal miners,
and an uphill struggle for survival.

3. Research and development programs of the coal industry and of State-
supported organizations, although genuine and continuing efforts, have been
woefully inadequate. The Federal effort in this field has been relatively small
and has not met the needs of the industry.

4. There is a compelling need, both from the standpoint of a great industry's
liealth and this Nation's future, for a greatly expanded research and develop-
ment program for the coal industry.

5. While some differences of opinion are present in the definition of Federal
responsibility, there is almost unanimous agreement that enlarged Federal activ-
ity in coal research and development is necessary at this time.'^

^^ In 19.56. Ihld. : and in 1957. "Coal. Hearings Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal
Research of the * * • on the Estnblishment of a Research and Development Program for
the Cnal Industry." pts. 1 and 2, 19.57 (serial No. .3). op cit.

^^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. Findings and
Recommendations of the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research. Report of the * * •
Pursuant to H. Res. 94 (S5th Cong.). Authorizing the Committee on Interior and Insular
Affairs to make investigations into any matter within its iurisdietion. and for other pur-
poses." 8.5th Cong., 1st sess., H. Re'pt. 1263 (Union Calendar No 490), (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Aug. 27. 1957), p. 1.

630.6

74.6

599.5

66.3

437.8

49.9

516.3

55.5

533.6

50.2

466.8

47.3

457.2

40.2

296

Scope of testimony in coal research hearings

Many of the witnesses stressed the economic plight of the local com-
munities in the coal fields, which were adversely affected by the fluctu-
ations in coal markets and production. Several of the witnesses related
this characteristic, and the low-profit margins in the coal industry, to
this industry's inability to sponsor an adequate program of applied
research of its own. For example, in a supplementary statement by G.
Don Sullivan, representing the committee on research of the National
Coal Association, in the concluding day of hearings, level of coal pro-
duction was shown to have considerable bearing on the number of coal
producers making a profit. (See table.)

COAL PRODUCTION— PROFIT RELATIONSHIP i

Production Percentof coal
Year (million tons) producers re-

porting a profit

1947

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

1953..

> Adapted from: Coal. Hearings before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the • * * on The establishment
of a research and development program for the coal industry, pt. 2, 1957 (serial No. 3), op. cit., p. 569.

Position of Bureau of Mines on expanded research in coal

The opening witness before the special subcommittee was Felix
Wormser, Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Minerals Resources.
He called attention to the cooperative study by his Department with
Bituminous Coal Research, Inc., reviewing the condition and prospects
of the coal industry and identifying 209 specific areas of opportunity
for expanded research. He expressed confidence that the coal industry
had the prospect of a 50-percent increase in markets by 1975, and
"* * * if coal's proportion is only 40 percent of the total energy de-
mand in 1975, approximately 1 iDillion tons of bituminous coal will
have to be mined." ^^ The current and previous year's status of the
coal industry's production and markets, he said, "* * * exceeded the
fondest expectations of the most optimistic observers." ^^

With respect to an expanded program of research by the Bureau,
he said he had asked it to review its coal research program to identify
current programs that could be "* * * redirected toward more produc-
tive lines of research." More emphasis on coal was probably needed.
Accordingly^ —

Subject to the stringent budgetary limitations, the Department will review the
coal program to determine how more emphasis may be placed on this important
national problem. Let me assure you that the Department of the Interior recog-
nizes the need for a more intensive research coal program and * * * welcomes the
opportunity to cooperate in any possible way with this committee to establish
a sound program of coal research.^

There were, however, limitations on the extent to which coal research
could be expanded. To give full treatment to the 209 areas of needed

" "Coal," Hearings before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * ♦ • pur-
suant to H. Res. 400 ♦ • • 1956 (serial No. 35), op. cit, p. 8.
" Ibid., p. 10.
18 Ibid., p. 10.

297

research, he said, "* * * would run into the hundreds and hundreds of
millions of dollai"s * * *." ^^ Moreover, there was a shortage of trained
research personnel. "Unless you contract with somebody who already
has the necessary personnel to pursue a particular avenue of research,
you are apt to find them depending upon Bureau [of Mines] personnel
to carry on the program." ^° Earlier, he had said —

As with all other natural sciences there is a shortage of competent trained per-
sonnel in all phases of coal research. Every effort should be made to increase the
supply of geologists, fuels technologists, mining engineers, chemists, chemical
engineers, and others necessary to carry out a large expanded coal research pro-
gram. A knowledge that increased emphasis will be placed on coal research in the
future may encourage the formation of a reservoir of capably trained i)ersonnel.^

Secretary Wormser was also reluctant to have the Bureau of Mines
enlarge its scope of coal research effort into short-term projects. For
example —

I think that the Government should confine its research to those fundamental
projects that you cannot expect private industry to undertake because of the
very fact that there is no immediate profit motive involved and yet is a necessary
item of research to add to human knowledge.*^

In response to a question from the subcommittee chairman, the Acting
Director of the Bureau of Mines, Thomas H. Miller, provided a table
of expenditures by the Bureau for coal research over a 5-year period.

EXPENDITURES BY BUREAU OF MINES FOR COAL RESEARCH'

Coal except Synthetic
Year synthetic liquid fuels

liquid fuels (coal portion
of program)

1952 $2,060,000 $5,539,200

1953.... 1,997,063 5,483,300

1954... 2,472,558 2.655,600

1955 1,860,000 2,285,200

1956 1,957,030 2,830,040

1 Ibid., p. 23.

Some criticism was expressed to Secretary Wonnser concermig the
program of applied research in the conversion of coal to liquid fuels.
This program, which had been initiated in 1944, as a response to the
wartime shortage of petroleum fuels, had recently been terminated
by the Bureau. Of this program. Representative Aspinall remarked :
"We got no place. We spent some $45 million or something like that
and had nothing to show for it as far as answers, apparently.'" -^

Wlien the special subcommittee hearings were in their closing ses-
sion, almost a year later, one of the final witnesses was T. Reed Scollon,
chief of the division of bituminous coal of the Bureau of Mines. On
this occasion, a stronger representation was made for participation
by the Bureau in an expanded program of coal research. The follow-
ing are extracts from Mr. Scollon's testimony :

The hearings have reflected almost complete unanimity on the need for ex-
panded coal research in this country.

The coal industry is probably the only industry of any size in the United
States that has been forced to operate on such small profit margins over the
years.

^Ibid., p. 14.
=«Ibl(l., p. 15.

21 Ibid., p. 9.

22 Ibid., p. IR.
« Ibid., p. 17.

298

Research on coal will * * * help to stabilize the industry by providing new
outlets and new markets for coal [and] raise the hopes of the communities and
the people who are engaged in coal mining.

At this point, Mr. Scollon introduced a document titled "Expansion
of Coal Research in the United States," prepared by the Bureau of
Mines.^* The general policy of the Bureau was to "improve the Na-
tion's ability to meet the energy needs of an expanding economy and
to insure the Nation's security." Within this policy, Bureau projects
in coal research were to —

1. Increase (a) efficiency, (b) economic development of the in-
dustry including new uses.

2. Conserve resources through prevention of waste.

3. Investigate mineral fuels belonging to or for the use of the
United States.

4. Improve health and safety conditions in the mineral in-
dustries.

As to whether expanded research should be conducted in-house by
the Bureau, or externally with Government sponsorship, the statement
concluded :

* * * The most desirable method of expanding coal research in the United
States is through chosen projects carried out by a Federal agency with Federal
funds (or with added private funds as is now done at times under cooperative
agreements) and through chosen projects carried out by private interests with
non-Federal funds.^°

Scope of potentially usefvl research in coal

A number of witnesses addressed themselves to the question as to
what applied research in coal might be beneficial. The 209-item table
of "research possibilities for bituminous coal" presented in Bureau
of Mines Information Circular 7754 was before the subcommittee.
This listed the following categories of research projects :

Coal reserves (three items).

Mining methods and equipment (13 items).

Underground haulage (three items).

Roof control (six items).

Ventilation (three items).

Power (one item).

Lighting (one item).

Causes and control of acid mine water (five items).

Underground gasification (10 items) .

Dense-medium washing (four items).

.Tig washing (three items).

Pneumatic cleaners of fine coal (two items).

Wet-concentrating tables (two items).

Froth flotation (two items).

Drying and dewatering (three items).

Crushing and blending coal (one item).

Performance testing of equipment (six items).

Sulfur removal from coal by chemical means (one item.)

Salvage of valuable products from washery refuse (two items).

Surface treatment of coal (two items).

Transportation and storage (seven items).

Improved performance of coal-burning and handling equipment (four items).

Elimination of stack emission (two items).

Utilization of waste products (two items) .

Economic aspects of coal-heat energy and power transmission (two items).

" Cited in "Coal," Hearings Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal. Research of
the * * * on the Establishment of a Research and Development Program for the Coal Indus-
try, pt. 1, 19.57 (serial No. 3), op. cit., pp. 528-532.

25 Ibid., p. 532.

299

Railroad motive power (two items).

Ship motive power (three items).

Industrial motive power (five items) .

Industrial stack emission (seven items).

Other fundamental aspects of coal combustion (three items) .

Other process uses (nine items).

Reverberatory furnaces (one item).

Solvent extraction (eight items) .

Electrode carbon manufacture (one item) .

Manufacture of specific chemicals (six items).

Residential and commercial heating — combustion equipment (six items).

Handling and storage (three items) .

New market areas, farm research (three items).

Availability and quality of coals for coking (four items).

Pretreatment of coals for coking (six items).

High-temperature carbonizing equipment and conditions (five items).

Upgrading primary coke-oven products (four items).

Low-temperature carbonization (eight items).

Special or upgraded products from low-temperature carbonization (four

items).
Production of synthesis gas (six items) .
Utilization of synthesis gas (seven items) .
Coal hydrogenation (seven items).
Physical and chemical properties of coal (nine items).

A counterpart list of research tasks in anthracite coal was presented
to the subcommittee by Joseph T. Kennedy, Secretary of Mines and
Mineral Industries of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The list
had been prepared by the coal research section, Mineral Industries
Experiment Station, at Pennsylvania State University. It consisted of
106 items which were proposed for consideration.^^

An engineering analysis of main lines of research was offered to the
subcommittee, July 19,' 1956, by Dr. Wilburn C. Schroeder, on behalf
of the American 'Mining Congress. He recommended particularly
Government research in the determination of coal reserves, mine-
mouth processing technology, extraction of liquid and gaseous fuels
from coal, development of a coal-based chemical industry, and the
maintenance of statistical data.-" Another spokesman for the Ameri-
can ]Mining Congress, J. D. A. Morrow, spoke in opposition to the use
of Government funds to sponsor research and development in mining
machinery. He said private industry was investing on the order of
$3 million annually in this area.-^

Proposed magnitude of evspanded coal research effort

Xone of the witnesses before the special subcommittee made any
attempt to relate the level of effort in coal research — either generally
or toward specific objectives — to increments of resultant increase in
consumption of coal. At one point, Eepresentative Chenoweth asked
what this relationship might be. The witness (Mr- Scollon) replied:
"I cannot answer your question directly * * *." 29

The Bureau of "Mines Information Circular 7754 had given the fig-
ure of $17 million as the lower limit of annual R. & D. investment in
bituminous coal. The Federal Government's contribution to this was
$4.8 million. "^^ One witness (Dr. Schroeder) contrasted this figure

=« Ihid.. pt. 1. rn. 23«-23.5.

" "Coal." Hearinss Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * * * Pur-
suant to H. Rps. 400 * * * 1956" (serial No. ?..>), op. cit., pp. 134-1.36.

^ "Coal." Hearings Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * * * on
the Estahlishnient of a Research and Development Projrram for the Coal Industry, pt. 1,
1957 (serial No. 3), op. cit., p. 43.

2BIhid.. pt. 2, 1957. p. 53S.

^ "Outlook and Research Possibilities for Bituminous Coal," op. cit., p. 6.

300

with "* * * the petroleum industry's expenditures of about $146
million and the chemical industry at $361 million.'' ^^ Other witnesses
alluded to the substantial support for research in atomic energy.^^

Constraints on the feasible level of effort in coal research were of
several different kinds. One was the ability of the private coal industry
to sponsor its own research- This had been shown to be inadequate.
(See page 296.) Another was the availability of research personnel
and facilities. On this point, a principal spokesman of the Department
of the Interior had expressed his reservations. (See page 297.)

The relationship between the availability of trained research per-
sonnel and the existence of a stable and dependably expanding pro-
gram of coal research was suggested by the testimony of Prof. H. R.
Charmbury, head of the department of mineral preparation at Penn-
sylvania State University. Although his institution specialized in coal
research and training, he said, only 11 of 22 graduates at all levels in
the preceding year had entered the coal industry. He went on —

Upon questioning these graduates who normally would enter the coal industry,
they frankly state, for the most part, that they consider coal on the way out.
This impression is definitely not developed within their instruction courses ; in
fact, their instruction is quite to the contrary.

However, due to the bad publicity about the coal industry, such as the diffi-
culties of a dependable supply due to strikes, railroad car shortages, and per-
manent loss of trained labor in distressed periods, plus the glamorous writeups
about other energy-producing materials, the general impression is created that
the coal industry is dying, if not already dead.

He noted that the newspapers were replete with advertisements ''prac-
tically begging the young engineers, regardless of their specific train-
ing, to enter the field of commercial atomic power, jet fuels, guided
missiles, and the like." The contrast with the prospects for advance-
ment in coal, he suggested was "rather obvious." ^^

Organizational issues in expanded coal research program

There were two overriding questions, in the event that coal research
was to be expanded, as to the organizational arrangement to manage
the expansion. Should a new agency be created, or should the expanded
effort be entrusted t-o the Bureau of Mines ? Should a new agency, if
one was created, be closely associated organizationally with the Bureau
of Mines or the Department of the Interior, or should it be an inde-
pendent agency like the Atomic Energy Commission and the National
Science Foundation ?

The Bureau of Mines had received some criticism from members
of the subcommittee for its handling of applied research in extrac-
tion of liquid fuels from coal. ( See page 297.) Its general responsibility
for research in all mineral resources, at least by implication, might be
considered to diffuse its research effort away from coal. Various spokes-
men for the Bureau had expressed reservations as to whether a broad

SI "Coal." Hearings Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research of the * * * pur-
suant to H. Res. 400 * * ♦ 1956 (serial No. 35), op. cit, p. 134.

^ For example, Harold J. Rose, vice president and director of research. Bituminous Coal
Research, Inc., said that "♦ * • It should be pointed out that hundreds of millions of
U.S. dollars are being spent for research in this country to develop atomic power, with no
assurance that atomic power can in the foreseeable future compete in economy nnd safety
with power from coal" ("Coal" Hearings Before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research
of the * * * on the Establishment of a Research and Development Program for the Coal
Industry, pt. 1, 1957 (serial No. 3), op. cit., p. 28).

" Ibid., pt. 1, 1957 (serial No. 3), p. 54.

301

gage program of applied research was a proper function for the
Bureau. (See page 297.)

An alternative proposal was offered, for an entirely new and inde-
pendent agency, in the hearings. In a prepared statement, the National
Coal Association suggested that there be estal:»lished a "Coal Research
Foundation" to make contracts, grants, and loans to encourage the
development and exercise of a strong research capability in science and
tecluiology related to coal.

Findings of the special subcommittee on coal research

The subcommittee findings and recommendations were published
as a Report of the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the
House of Representatives, August 27, 1957. The report adopted, with
some modifications, the recommendations of the National Coal Associa-
tion for an independent Coal Research and Development Commission.
It would have three members appointed by the President. The level of
effort in the first year should not exceed $2 million, and funding there-
after should be based on the recommendations of the Commission. It
should have advisory committees relating to major elements of the coal
industry and markets (11 were suggested). It should be authorized
to place contracts with public agencies, or private organizations,
profitmaking or not for profit. It should develop a technical informa-
tion system for coal research reports. It might conduct research itself
in its own laboratories in the event no other agency was prepared to
undertake it. Its program should be broad-gaged research, designed
but not limited to —

( 1 ) develop new and more effective uses for coal,

(2) improve and expand existing uses,

( 3 ) reduce the cost of coal production and distribution,

(4) emphasize those uses and developments of particular value
to smaller coal producers.^*

In its concluding paragraphs, the subcommittee's report summed up
the findings on which these recommendations were based. Coal research
in the United States was at an inadequate level, and the industry was
unable to better this situation. The Bureau of Mines "as a matter of
policy, does not concentrate its coal research activities on efforts to
solve the short-range problems of the industry." Short-range research
could be expected to produce "highly beneficial" results. The U.S.
economy and national security would be enhanced. Such a program
would be in the national interest. However, such a program "should be
administered by an independent Federal agency which must not be
shackled and inhibited by such traditional approaches and restrictive
policies as control the research activities of the Department of the
Interior." ^^

III. Subsequent History of the Coal Research Program

The recommendations of the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research
were not acted upon in either House of Congress in 1957. In 1958 a
bill (S. 4248) providing for an independent commission for research
and development in coal passed the Senate, August 14, and a

34 "Findings and Recommendations of the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research,
report ♦ * • 1957," op. cit., pp. %-ft.

35 Ibid., p. 91.

302

similar bill (H.R. 9460) was reported by the Interior and Insular
Affairs Committee of the House, but the House took no action on it
before adjournment. Apparently, there was still some possibility (or
expectation) that the Department of the Interior without further
legislative authority, might be induced to intensify its coal research
efforts — with particular reference to short-range applied research to
improve the demand for coal.^®

Prefiidential veto of Independent Coal Research Agency

In 1959, hearings were held by the Mines and Mining Subcommittee
of the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs on H.R. 6596, in-
troduced by Chairman Aspinall of the full committee, and on 16 other
similar or identical bills, and on six other bills of similar purpose. Main
reliance, however, was still placed on the voluminous hearings in 1956-
57 and the report of these findings from these hearings. In particular,
the report of the committee on H.R. 6596 reaffirmed the findings of
the earlier report. It went on to dismiss the proposal by iha Department
of the Interior for an Office of Coal Research in the Department as not
likely to be "* * * as effective [as if administered] by an independent
coal research and development commission established for the sole
purpose of developing and conducting such a program." ^'^ The previous
year the committee had dismissed the Department's proposal as "little
more than a 'self-defense' proposal offered as a counter to the proposals
for an independent Commission." ^^

A brief 1-day hearing was held in the Senate Committee on Interior
find Insular Affairs, June 10, 1959, to consider coal research legislation.
Before it were two bills, one (S. 49) a companion measure to H.R.
6569, and the other (S. 1362) to authorize the Secretary of the Interior
to place contracts for research in coal. Before the Senate committee
hearing. Marling J. Ankeny, Director of the Bureau of Mines, recalled
that his agency "* * * in its previous testimony has stated that, should
Congress decide on additional research, it would create a new office
within the Bureau which would report directly to the Director." ^^
Nevertheless, the full committee, July 22, reported H.R, 6569, with a
compromise amendment, placing the new agency within the Depart-
ment of the Interior "to give the commission a home and to provide it
with housekeeping facilities." In conference, language making the com-
mission independent of the Department was restored, and the confer-
ence report, was accepted by both Houses of Congress by voice vote.
However, when it went to the President, he rejected it by pocket veto.
In a memorandum, September 16, 1959, he explained that the creation
of an additional agency would dilute the Department of the Interior's
"established interest" and "* * * the result could only be a blurring of
the lines of governmental responsibility in this important area of
concern." However, the President agreed that legislation authorizing

^ In 1939, the House committee reported: "* • * the Department of the Interior has
made no effort to establish an Office of Coal Research as proposed In Its report of Apr. 14,
1958. This is evidence of Its indifference to the coal mining Industry's acute need for
increased and reorganized research and development assistance" (U.S. Congress. House
Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Coal Research and Development Act : report
[to accompany H.R. 6596], May 20, 1959." 86th Cong., 1st sess., H. Rept. 370 (Wash-
ington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959), p. 12.

'" Idem.

■-^Ihld., p. 11.

^^ U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Coal Research.
Hearings Before the Subcommittee on Minerals Materials, and Fuels of the ♦ * * on S. 4'J
and S. 1362. bills to encourage and stimulate the production and conservation of coal in
the United States." June 10, 1969, 86th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1959), p. 40.

303

the Secretary of the Interior to contract for local research would be
'"higlily desirable." Legislation to accomplish this purpose had been
endorsed by his Administration.^"

Finally,*in 1960, the purposes sought in the 1957 subcommittee re-
port reached legislative enactment. A bill introduced by Representa-
tiA-e Saylor (H.R. 3375) would expand coal research by the Depart-
ment of the Interior, by contract ; advisory committees would assist in
shaping the program. As reported by the House committee, February
4, 1960, the bill did not require creation of a new agency, but the com-
mittee report quoted the testimony of the Department as offering
assurances that "If the authority contained in H.R. 3375 is conferred
upon the Secretary of the Interior, it is our intention to establish
administratively within the Department of the Interior an Office of
Coal Research * * * directly responsible to the Secretary * * *," ^^ The
House passed the bill by voice vote, February 15. In the Senate com-
mittee, the bill was amended to make mandatory the creation of an
Office of Coal Research, and in this form the bill was reported. May
31, and passed by the Senate by voice vote, June 27. The House agreed
to the modified version, June 29, by voice vote, and the bill was ac-
cepted by the President, July 7.^-

Praviswns of the Coal Research Act

In its final form, H.R. 3375 directed the Secretary of the Interior
to establish an Office of Coal Research to —

(1) Develop, through research, new and more eflficient methods of mining,
preparing, and utilizing coal ;

(2) Contract for, sponsor, cosponsor, and promote the coordination of, research
Trith recognized interested groups, including, but not limited to, coal trade asso-
ciations, coal research associations, educational institutions, and agencies of
States and political subdivisions of States ;

(3) Establish technical advisory committees composed of recognized exi)erts
in various aspects of coal researcli to assist in the examination and evaluation
of research progress and of all research proposals and contracts and to insure
the avoidance of duplication of research ; and

iA) Cooperate to the fullest extent possible with other departments, agencies,
and independent establishments of the Federal Government and with State
governments, and with all other interested agencies, governmental and
nongovernmental.

Although earlier versions of the bill had proposed that research con-
tracts should be preferentially placed in distressed areas, the final
version (sec. 5) provided that "research authorized by this act may
be conducted wherever suitable personnel and facilities are available."

Implementation of the Coal Research Act

Some dissatisfaction was expressed in Confess at the deliberate
pace with which the Department of the Interior proceeded to carry
out the authority conferred by H.R. 3375. However, the act had been
passed shortly before the opening of the presidential election cam-
paign of 1960, and a new Administraition was in prospect after Novem-
ber. Shortly after the new Administration took office, a series of hear-

*" Memorandum of disapproval of bill creating a Coal Research and Development Commis-
sion. Sept. 16. 1959, in "U.S. Public Papers of the Presidents, Dwight David Elsenhower,
1959" (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959), p. 660.

^ U.S. Congress. House Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Encouraging and
Stimulating the Production and Conservation of Coal in the United States Through ResearcL
and Development bv Authorizing the Secretary of the Interior To Contract for Coal Re-
search." Feb. 4, 1960, H. Rept. 1241, 86th Cong., 2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office. 1960), pp. 2-3.

*2 Public Law 86-599, 74 Stat. 336.

304

ings were conducted, during February 1961, by the House Committee
on Interior and Insular Affairs, on various aspects of the program
of the Department of the Interior. The program and status of the
newly authorized Office of Coal Research came under committee scru-
tiny February 27. In his introductory remarks at that session, John
A. Carver, Jr., Assistant Secretary of the Interior, said: "It is my
understanding that the chairman has requested a rej^ort and the pres-
ence specifically of the Coal Research people. The Office of Coal Re-
search is under the Office of the Secretary, and I have at my side
Mr. Samuel Lasky, the Acting Director of that office and I would
like to present him first." Representative Edmondson, chairman of
the Subcommittee on Mines and Mining, before which this session was
being held, responded: "Fine. There are several on this coimnittee
who are most keenly interested in the progress of this coal research
program." ^^

Mr. Lasky had no prepared statement. After describing the au-
thority conferred by the coal research statute, and noting that an
initial appropriation of $1 million had been given to the program,
he went on —

Very little of that has been spent, because we are not yet staffed. So that
leaves most of that $1 million to be carried over, and we are asking then for an-
other $1 million for the next fiscal year. That would be a working fund, so to
speak, of $2 million if that $1 million is granted.

The Acting Director said that divisions of mining, utilization, and
economics and marketing had been established; a general advisory
committee of (originally) 14 members had been announced; staffing
had been deferred (except for one or two men) until appointment
of a permanent Director; and other preliminaries were underway.**
(By close of the fiscal year 1961, the expenditures of the Office of Coal
Research amounted to $60,000.)

Representative Aspinall, chairman of the full committee, said he
was "not very well satisfied" with this report. "The President ap-
proved the bill as of July 7 [he said], and here we are, 8 months later,
with an Acting Director, with no real value to the coal mining indus-
try as yet, and apparently with some jurisdictional questions still un-
resolved, and no program in mind." Representative Edmondson added :

I think one thing that is in the minds of all of us at this time : most of the
people on this committee on both sides of the aisle felt that this should have been
an independent commission. And we yielded after the veto and put legislation
through for an office within the Department of Interior. But we are curious, all
of us, right now, to know whether you folks in the Department believe this func-
tion can be performed efficiently and with real results within the framework of
the Department of the Interior. Because it certainly has not given any signs
up to now of moving forward under any kind of head of steam.^

At this hearing, also, the Director of the Bureau of Mines, Mr.
Ankeny, described the policies of his agency in terms that suggested
a marked change from those earlier presented by Felix Wormser.
For example

A lot has been said about the functions of the Bureau of Mines being long
range. The Bureau has never said that our function has been long range, and
the Congress has never said that. If you examine our projects, you will find that

*' U.S. Congress, House Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. "Policies, Programs,
and Activities of the Interior." Hearings Before the * ♦ *" serial No. 1 (Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1961), p. 168.

« Ibid. pp. 169-171.

« Ibid., pp. 171, 173.

305

we have projects that must be considered of the shortest possible range. They are
things that we are doing that are of immediate benefit and immediate help to
the coal industry.

In fact, except for the authority to contract research with outside peo-
ple, and to work on patented processes, "* * * tliere is nothmg that this
Office of Coal Kesearch can do that the Bureau of Mines cannot do." ^^

Uncertainties over the goals of the program

At the outset of congressional development of the coal research pro-
gram, in 1956, Representative Saylor had sought "an economic revival
of the coal industry." (See p. 294.) The emphasis of the report of the
special subcommittee had been on finding ways to increase the con-
smnption of coal. The objective of Public Law 86-599 was "to en-
courage and stimulate the production and conservation of coal * * *."
Mr. Lasky, at the 1961 hearing on Policies of the Department of the
Interior, described the objectives of the coal research program as being
"* * * to get miners back to work and to alleviate the distress in coal
mining communities."^^ Subsequently, when he was challenged by
Representative Rogers as to this interpretation, he explained further —

I was going to say that it can make that contribution. Actually, its function,
whether you call it an aid-to-depressed-areas bill or not, is to do something for
the coal mining industry.**

Subsequently, Representative Rogers observed :

* * * What you are actually doing, if you carry this out on the theory of a
depressed area situation, as Mr. Lasky put it : You are using tax money paid
by the producers of other fuels, fuels other than coal, to do research and develop-
ment to provide a more competitive situation for coal, and you are using the
money provided by the other fuels in order to help put them out of business,
are you not?**

By way of conclusion to this top|ic, Representative Edmondson, who
had chaired the special subconunittee investigation in 1956-57, sug-
gested that the objective of the Office of Coal Research was "to be an
effective and a successful adjunct to our Government's effort to
strengthen the country and to make a beneficial use out of one of the
undoubtedly great resources of our country, this particular area of
coal."

We found in our survey of the energy picture of the country [he went on] that
coal presented our greatest long-term physical asset in terms of energy that we
could see on hand and readily available to us at this time, and it was our desire
to see that that resource was beneficially developed and used, and that the
human resources that are today being wasted also in so many coal mining areas
of the country are beneficially used.

I think that inspired this legislation in the first place."*

Status of coal research program in 1968

The annual report of the Office of Coal Research for 1968 indicated
that OCR, since its inception and up to the beginning of 1968, had
received and screened more than 450 research proposals, had placed 58
contracts for research (of which 29 were then active), had issued 39
technical reports, and had received 3 patents (with 8 other applica-
tions and 33 candidate applications pending) .

« Ibid., p. 181.
" Ibid., D. 168.
*8 Ibid., b. 180.
"» Ibid., p. 1S4.
» Ibid., p. 192.

99-044—69 21

306

The character of the program had undergone considerable change
since its initiation. Initially, the program was concerned with funding
of exploratory technological development in promising new areas
which, if successful, would entail the utilization of coal in additional
ways. Some attention was given also to economic analyses of markets
for coal and special problems of marketing. As the program matured,
a concentration of effort along what were judged to be the most signifi-
cant lines was evident. Thus, by the fiscal year 1968, no request for
funding was made by OCR for new (as opposed to continuation) re-
search contracts, and only $300,000 was requested for this i^urpose for
the fiscal year 1969. The bulk of the funded OCR program consisted
in the continuation of ongoing research programs which Director
George Fumich, Jr., testified, in 1968, "are going to require $11,400,000
this coming year, which is more than our present entire program of
$10,980,000." His prepared statement presented more detail on these :

The major portion of the [1969 fiscal year] funding, including the increase of
$2,919,000 for contract research, will be used to continue funding five pilot plant
projects : Consolidation Coal Co. Project Gasoline, $2,400,000 ; Consolidation Coal
Co. lignite gasification (CO2 acceptor process), $2,600,000; FMC Corp. Project
Coed (char-oil-energy-development) $2,700,000; and Westinghouse Electric Corp.
Project Fuel Cell, $1 million."

Apart from the shift in emphasis, it is evident that throughout its
life the total investment of OCR in coal research had continued to
mount. (See table.)

Appropriations for Office of Coal Research, hy fiscal years ^
[In thousands of dollars].
Year Appropriation
19t;i 1,000

1962 1,000

1963 3,450

1964 5.075

1965 6,836

1 Source : Annual hearings before House Appropriations Subcommittee on OCR appropria-
tion requests.

2 Appropriation request.

With respect to the relationship of OCR with the Bureau of Mines,
Director Fumich testified in 1965 that all promising research proposals
received by his office were reviewed by the Bureau of Mines, both for
duplication and as to merit. No projects had been accepted that the
Bureau of Mines had not reconunended. This procedure, he said,
had been instituted in 1964.^- Again in 1967, Director Fumich testified
as to the close relationship with the Bureau : "We have utilized the
Bureau of Mines on several occasions to come up with evaluations for
our program." And again, "We have been using their services and
we hopefully believe we can coordinate this even more in the future."
There was no duplication in research by the two agencies — "I think
our procedures guarantee against that." And Fumich concluded : "I

^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Appropriations. "Department of the Interior and
Related Agencies Appropriations for 196S," Hearings before a subcommittee of the * * *
pt. 2 : Department of the Interior : Geological Survey, Office of Coal Research, Office of Oil
and Gas, Office of the Secretary, Office of the Solicitor ; Related Agencies (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), pp. 155, 157.

^2 U.S. Congress. House Committee on Appropriations. "Department of the Interior and
Related Agencies Appropriations for 1966," Hearings before a subcommittee of the ♦ * *
pt. I, Department of the Interior (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965),
p. 277.

year Appropriation

1966 7,220

1967 8,220

1968 10,980

1969- -13,900

307

think we are getting as much reciprocity as possible now and I believe
there will be even more mutuality in the future." ^^

IV. Assessment of ORG in the Light of Congressional Objectives

It is probably too early to draw any firm conclusions as to the con-
tributions of the Ofiice of Coal Research toward the objectives for the
coal industry or the Congress, or of the witnesses who testified in
1956-57 before the Special Subcommittee on Coal Research. The
•'plight*' of the coal industry, as described in those hearings, was
mainly that of the 90 percent or so of tlie Nation's 8,000-odd coal mines
that might be characterized as "small businesses." It seems almost
inherent that the effect of the increasing capitalization that accom-
panies mechanization of the coal mines, except under the most favor-
able circmnstances, will be to freeze smaller producers progressively
out of the picture. Although the research sponsored by OCR is aimed —
hopefully with success — at expanding tlie markets for coal in the
United States and abroad, it is again inherent in technology itself that
the main benefits of new uses of coal will be felt by the operators of
larger mines in the most extensive and consistent of coal deposits.

Nevertheless, research that elevates coal as a basic material by
deriving new useful products from it can be expected to stimulate
new industries and create new opportunities for employment in the
coal-producing regions, whether in small or large enterprises. And
there is always the hope that small as well as large coal producers can
share in any expanded market for coal.

In a small way, OCR appears to have patterned its operation upon
that of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, and is attempting to
demonstrate the utility of large R. & D. contracts for public purposes
outside of the fields of defense and aerospace. If enough of the pilot
plant programs of the agency mature into economically practicable
and successful industries, then OCR might indeed become the proto-
type for other public investment in the large-scale application of
science and technology to the resources of nature.

Consideration of the information- gathering procedures leading to the
Coal Research Act
The information-gathering procedure of the Special Subcommittee
on Coal Research warrants further analysis. It provided the basic
data on which all subsequent legislative proposals, and legislative
committee action on coal research depended. The subcommittee began
by presentmg its hypothesis as to the need for some kind of action, and
then challenged the best available specialists in the executive branch
to present their proposals as to what the detailed circumstances were
and what action should be taken in response. Then, by going out into
the regions most concerned, the subcommittee was able to obtain at
first hand the relevant sociological data. It secured the opinions of
the producers and workers most intimately concerned, in order to
evaluate the political urgency of ameliorative action. Also, by con-
sulting with a broad spectrum of coal producers, consumers, and
technological authorities in the coal industry, the subcommittee accu-
mulated a partial consensus as to the kind of action that might be

63 House, "Department of the Interior and Related Agencies Appropriations for 1968,"
hearings, op. cit., pp. 144-145.

308

taken. By consulting with the technologists in the industry, and with
academic authorities engaged in coal research, the subcommittee se-
cured supplementary information as to the scope and possible eco-
nomic consequences of a vigorous program of applied research in coal.
Fmally, by presenting a final opportunity for both the specialists of
the Bureau of Mines and the policy spokesmen of the trade associa-
tions of the coal industry to react to the evidence, and to refine their
own earlier testimony, the subcommittee was able to assess the respon-
siveness of both sources to the evidence.

The emphasis on sliort-range research in coal — on one kind of ap-
plied research rather than another — was apparently shown by later
events to be of less consequence than was attaclied to this distinction
by members of the sul^committee. The conclusion seems to be suggested
that all new teclmology matures on its own built-in time schedule,
and that attempts to force it more quickly to exploitation tend to be
costly and wasteful.

The attempt to separate the Office of Coal Research from the Bureau
of Mines, and even from the Department of the Interior, appeared to
relate to a philosophic concept that a long-standing or old-line agency
was unlikely to possess the initiative and vigor to undertake a creative
program yielding a quick and significant economic impact. Although
this is apparently a widely-held view, it is hard to find confirming
evidence. On the other hand, the effort at this separation was beneficial
in that it generated congressional pressure on the Bureau of Mines to
evidence a greater creativity and also dramatized the significance of
contract research as against in-house research in Government labora-
tories. It seems reasonable to expect that intensified competition be-
tween these two research sectors would be healthy. The question re-
mains, however, as to whether such competition is likely to occur under
the institutional arrangements favored by the House Appropriations
Committee and by the Interior and Insular Affairs Committee, that
encourage coordination of OCR research with the program of the
Bureau of Mines.

CHAPTER TWELVE— COXGRESSIOXAL RESPONSE TO
THE SALK VACCINE FOR ESBIUNIZATION AGAINST
POLIOMYELITIS

I. Introductiox

This chapter considers the problem that confronted the Congress in
mid-1955 concerning Government action to make widely available the
first effective immmiization treatment for polio.

From the outset the task was generally recognized as calling for
some degree of participation by the Federal Government. Poliomye-
litis, or polio, was a dangerous disease, widespread in occurrence, caus-
ing frequent death or severe and permanent crippling impairment. The
level of effort inherent in the full, speedy, and effective distribution of
a promising vaccine implied support of such a magnitude as to require
Federal assistance. The vaccine itself had been developed under a pro-
gram supported by broad public contributions of funds: this was
the March of Dimes campaign, whose inspiration had been associated
with President Franklin D. Roosevelt, himself a victim of the disease.

The annoimcement of the successful development of the vaccme, by
Dr. Jonas Salk of the University of Pittsburgh, had been made jointly
by the L^niversity of Michigan and the National Foundation for In-
fantile Paralysis (NFIP) on April 12, 1955. Since the incidence of
polio attacks reached a peak during the summer months, the public
response was to call for a prompt and vigorous national program of
immunization in hope of averting this annual plague. This urgency
provided further justification for participation in the program by the
Federal Government.

On the other hand, the risk inherent in any new vaccination program
was made more extensive by the prospect of national distribution of the
biologic and more intensive by the public insistence on its speedy ex-
ploitation. The established governmental procedures for licensing of
the vaccine were accordingly put under stress, in addition to which, the
participation of the Federal Government in the distribution program
implied an increased extent of obligation to assure the safety and reli-
ability of the new preventative. It quickly became evident that the
employment of polio vaccines was not without some degree of medical
risk.

Increasing incidence of polio in early 1950' s

The menace of polio as a rising problem of national health was
brought out in hearings in 1955. In a report on the Poliomyelitis Vacci-
nation Assistance Act of 1955, the House Committee on Interstate
and Foreign Commerce found the incidence of the disease, its severity,
and the range of ages affected, all on the increase.

* * * Particularly during tbe last decade, a marked increase has occurred. The
death rate has shown a slight but definite increase. In 19.52, for the Nation, both
the case rate and the estimated death rate were the highest since the 1916
epidemic.

(309)

! 310

In recent years, roughly 35,000 to 50,000 cases have been reported. [Rates were
as high in some parts of the country as 200 or 300 per 100,000.]

Moreover, with increasing frequency, the disease was occurring
among the age group of young adults. Among those who contracted it
later in life, the af ter-eflfects of the disease were likely to be more severe.
The number of persons crippled by the disease, moreover, was cumula-
tive: "In January 1952, the Nation had 45,000 patients requiring con-
tinuing care [and] this number in January 1055 reached the figure of
71,000 * * *."i

Present hnmunization treatinents for ijol'w

By 1962 there were available in the United States two types of vac-
cine to prevent paralytic polio. The first, developed largely by Dr.
Salk, is given most usually to persons over 18 years of age. The second,
developed by Dr. Albert Sabin of the Children's Hospital, Cincinnati,
Ohio, and licensed in 1961, is recommended by the Public Health Serv-
ice to be given only to children. Both vaccines were developed with
the encouragement and financial support of the National Foundation
for Infantile Paralysis (NFIP), using funds from the annual March
of Dimes collection campaigns.

The development of the Salk vaccine was made possible by impor-
tant prior discoveries in the isolation of the three strains of the polio
virus, and in advances in tissue culture and virology.^ It is an aqueous
solution of the three types of polio viruses, cultured in monkey tissue,
and inactivated by successive exposure to formalin or combined treat-
ment with formalin and ultraviolet rays. It retains enough potency
to produce antibodies or immunity in the human body. The Sabin vac-
cine produces the same antibody resjjonse. It differs from the Salk
vaccine in that the viruses remain alive in the vaccine; they are at-
tenuated, or made relatively hannless, and may produce a mild intes-
tinal infection in the vaccinated subjects.

Controversy over introduction of the Siolk raceme

The polio immunization treatment developed under the direction of
Dr. Salk was the first to come to public attention. After widespread
testing in 1954 and early 1955, carried out under the auspices of the
NFIP in cooperation with State and local public health officers and
private physicians, the vaccine was publicly declared ready for gen-
eral use. The announcement i)recipitated a chain of responses that in-
cluded considerable confusion over the role of the new Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare in supporting distribution of the
vaccine, difficulties with the process of assuring its safety under con-
ditions of large-scale manufacture, and eventually congressional hear-
ings to air the issues raised by the new development.

One set of controversies concerned the role of the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare (DHEW) in helping to distribute

1 U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce Poliomyelitis
Vaccination Assistance Act of 195.5. Report [to accompany H.R. 7126] .July 14. 1955.
House Report No. 1186. 84th Cong., first sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office. 1955), pp. 2-3.

-For a description of scientific developments leading to the achievement of polio vaccines,
see James A. Shannon. M.D., NTH — ^Present and, Potential Contribution To Application
of Biomedical Knowledge. In U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Opera-
tions. Research in thf> Service of Man : Biomedical Knowledge, Development, and TTse.
A conference sponsored bv the Subcommittee on Government Research (pursuant to S. Res.
218, 89th Cong.) and the Frontiers of Science Foundation of Oklahoma for the * * *.
90th Cong, first sess. Committee print. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1967), pp. 72-86.

311

the Salk vaccine. It involved such questions as whether the Federal
Government should assume direct responsibility for vaccinating all
children or only those of indigent families; ^yhether distribution
should be managed by the Federal Govermnent or by State or local
medical organizations, or by the medical profession privately;
whether DHEW had been sufficiently vigorous in taking appropriate
action when the vaccine became known, or unduly hasty in putting
it to work ; and whether the control over manufacture of the vaccine
should extend to the testing of all lots produced, or merely rely on
detailed descriptions (called "protocols") by the manufacturers of
their production steps.

Another set of controversies centered on the basic soundness of the
Salk vaccine in concept. Dr. Salk's decision to develop a vaccine based
on the controversial use of killed rather than an attenuated live virus
was questioned by Albert Sabin, working on an oral attenuated vac-
cine, and by other virologists inside and outside of the Public Health
Service. These critics challenged Salk's claims about the safety and
efficacy of his vaccine. They "* * * thought the trials were prema-
ture;" there would be "* * * difficulties in killing the polio virus by
the Salk methods;" and there were instances reported of firms pro-
ducing the vaccine who had to reject unsafe lots containing live
virus, without knowing "* * * why some viruses were not being
inactivated." ^

Some dissatisfaction over the Salk testing program may be attrib-
uted to the manner in which the results of the test were announced.
The testing program itself had involved almost 2 million children in
44 States, of whom 500,000 received one or more doses of the vaccine
while the rest received placebos or served as observed controls. Dr.
Thomas Francis, Jr., head of the Poliomyelitis Vaccine Evaluation
Center, University of Michigan, and a renowned epidemiologist, had
directed the field study and the analysis of the data. However, contrary
to the usual medical practice of announcing scientific results in a med-
ical journal, for professional evaluation, the results of the Francis
study were disclosed at a widely publicized press conference, attended
by Dr. Salk, Dr. Francis, and officials of the NFIP and the Public
Health Service, and televised to doctors throughout the country. The
vaf^rine was described as successful because it had proven in this mass
test to be 60 to 90 percent effective in preventing polio.

An immediate technical problem was encountered by the Public
Health Service in licensing the new vaccine.^ The PHS had worked
closely with Dr. Salk and NFIP in setting requirements for the vac-
cine and its commercial production. However, Dr. James Shannon,
Assistant Director of the National Institutes of Health, in DHEW,
had repeatedly recommended revision of minimum requirements to
assure a greater margin of safety of the vaccine. He questioned Salk's
belief that the virus could be adequately inactivated with formalin.
Nevertheless, despite the initial uncertainties over quality control, the
Secretary of DHEW, Mrs. Oveta Gulp Hobby, announced that PHS
had given its approval of the vaccine and that its manufacture had

3 p. J. Fisher. The Polio Storv. (London, Heinemann, 1967), pp. 71-72,
* Section 351 of the Biologies Control Act of the PHS Organic Act instructs the PHS
to set requirements for the safety and efficacy of vaccines proposed for general medical use.

312

been licensed to six pharmaceutical firms. The announcement was
made April 12, the same day as the publication of the Francis report.'

Congressional concern over Salk vaccine distribution

Congressional hearings concerning the Salk vaccine, in late spring
of 1955, had as their focus the proposed Poliomyelitis Vaccination As-
sistance Act of 1955, that would extend grants to the States to pur-
chase and distribute the vaccine to all children to age 20, and to preg-
nant women. The variety of issues described above were raised in these
hearings. Testimony was taken mainly from representatives of
DHEW and persons supporting the administration's proposal for a
limited program of Federal support for a voluntary State-based pro-
gram. These included State health officers and spokesmen for the
American Medical Association. Many Members of Congress opposed
the limited provisions of the administration's bill. In its final form,
the Congress took this aj^proach, rejecting proposals to restrict the
assistance program to indigents, and for matching Federal with State
funds.

There were a number of beneficial eilects of the hearings, in addition
to the specific legislative product. They impelled DHEW to tighten
its arrangements for large-scale control of vaccines. The role of the
Federal Government in mass medical programs was more precisely de-
fined. The way was paved for a more orderly introduction of future
vaccines (such as that later developed by Dr. Sabin). Although there
were evident limitations in the hearing process, the Congress was able
to make a finding on the basis of professional testimony that helped
pave the way toward the substantial conquest of polio in the United
States.

II. Congressional Consideration or Arrangements for
Distributing the New Vaccine

On April 22, 1955, in presenting a citation to the NFIP on the suc-
cess of the vaccine. President Eisenhower stated that the NFIP and
Secretary Hobby were looking into the problems of rapid production
and fair distribution.^ Wliile a National Advisory Committee set up
in DHEW was looking at the alternatives for polio vaccine distribu-
tion, the NFIP, using vaccine left over from field trials and additional
sources secured from the other licensed firms, began free innoculation
of all first and second graders through the machinery set up for the
field trials.

On April 27, President Eisenhower told his press conference that he
envisioned a limited Federal role in distribution. "While "I would not
hesitate to use any power of Government, if necessary, I just believe
that others can do it better." He opposed "* * * any compulsory role
for the Federal Government * * * it would slow it up." The National
Advisory Committee would establish sound medical and equitable
priorities for distribution.'^ On May 4, the President announced that
"* * * there will never be a child in the United States denied this

•i Richard Carter. "Breakthrough: The Saga of Jonas Salk" (New York, Trident Press,
1966), p. 311. See also Fisher, op. cit, p. 76.

8 U.S. President Dwight David Eisenhower. Citation presented to the National Founda-
tion for Infantile Paralysis and accompanying remarks. April 22, 1955. In Public Papers
of the Presidents. Dwight David Eisenhower, 1955. (Washington, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, 1956). pp. 415-6.

■^ President Dwight David Eisenhower. The President's news conference of April 27, 1955.
In ibid., pp. 437-8.

313

emergency protection for want of ability to pay for it." ® It was then
reported that the President would submit legislation recommending a
voluntary State progi*am partially financed by Federal funds for
indigent children.

Early difficulties with quantity production

Apparently unknown to the reporters questioning the President on
April 27, it was announced that same day that the Surgeon General
had requested the Cutter Laboratories to withdraw its vaccine lots from
tlie NFIP inoculation program. The Surgeon General reported that
some children inoculated with vaccine from the Cutter lots were getting
polio — in the limb where the injection was made. Other reports stated
that some inoculated children were transmitting the disease to those
not inoculated and to susceptible parents.

On April 30, 18 days after the announcement of the success of the
vaccine, the Surgeon General advised manufacturers that approval of
new lots of vaccine had to await pending revision of PHS minimum
safety and production standards. And on May 8, the vaccination pro-
gram was wholly suspended while the manufacturing processes of all
the licensed pharmaceutical firms were reappraised by PHS. On
May 27, the PHS promulgated revised manufacturing standards and
safety test regulations. Small amounts of vaccine again began to be
released to the NFIP; however, the Cutter contractural arrangements
were canceled. Finally on June 10, the PHS attributed the problem to
faulty manufacturing processes : Clumps of live virus in the vaccine
were not being inactivated by the formalin.

The distribution issue in congressional hearings

The administration's distribution plan was introduced on May 16,
1955, by Senator H. Alexander Smith, Republican of New Jersey,
(S. 1984). It proposed a voluntarv system at the State level aided
by $28 million in grants to the States to vaccinate only children
in low-income groups. Democratic Members of Congress presented
several alternatives for tighter Federal control of distribution, includ-
ing: (a) free vaccination of all children of critical age groups regard-
less of need ; (b) a Federal program to buy and directly distribute the
vaccine to all regardless of means (S. 1781, S. 2147, H.R. 5599, H.R.
5611, H.R. 5696, H.R. 5983, and H.R. 5987) ; (c) standby or permanent
mandatorv Federal controls and regulations for the distribution and
use of vaccines (S.J. Res. 68, S. 1925, S. 1691, H.J. Res. 297, H.J. Res.
298. H.J. Res. 299, H.J. Res. 300, and H.J. Res. 302).

The initial concern of the congressional committees looking at the
issue of polio vaccine was to evaluate the legislative alternatives for
distribution. The questions of safety and efficacy were also cautiously
explored. Legislators questioned whether the committees concerned
with distribution possessed the capability or jurisdictional prerogative
to investigate polio research and PHS safety testing and licensing pro-
cedures. Yet they realized that the technical issue was intimately re-
lated to the legislative alternatives for distribution. Congress sought
assurance that it would not be financing distribution of a hazardous
biological. It received this assurance and proceeded to arrange for
assistance in a national program of distribution. As to the technical
problems in PHS, no legislative action was found necessary.

s President Dwlght David Eisenhower. The President's news conference of May 4, 1955.
In ibid., p. 460.

314

Tliree committees held hearinirs on the alternative proposals for
Federal intervention in distribution programs : the House Committee
on Bnnking and Currency,^ the Senate Committee on Labor and Public
Welfare/" and the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce."

Major testimony before both House and Senate committees in sup-
port of the administration's program for voluntary distribution came
from medical staff members of the PHS and DHEAY. other officials of
the Department, the Bureau of the Budget, spokesmen for the Ameri-
can Medical Association, pharmaceutical producers, and State and
local health officials. Individual Democratic Members of Congress and
spokesmen for the American Federation of Labor testified in support
of a greater Federal involvement.

DiMribution — The admmistration plan

Support for the administration's program was voluminous and
Anrtually the same in all hearings. And despite controversy and in-
tervening testimony relating to the need to revise PHS standards, and
investigation of scientific matters, the bulk of information presented
consistently supported the administration progi-am for voluntary dis-
tribution at the State level. Democratic sponsored proposals for stand-
by and long-term mandatory Federal control received little support.

The House Banking and Currency Committee was the first of the
congressional committees to hold hearings on the distribution alterna-
tives. Dr. Leonard Scheele, Surgeon General of the Public Health
Service, led off for DPIEW. His initial testimony before the committee
(May 6 and 13) was speculative — the National Advisory Committee
in DHEW had not yet prepared detailed recommendations for distri-
bution. Nevertheless, when questioned as to the pros and cons of Fed-
eral control. Dr. Scheele said that a voluntary program would work,
and that medical doctors as well as the pharmaceutical profession had
pledged their cooperation.

Asked by Representative Wolcott as to whether the existence of con-
trols by the Government would speed up the program at all, Dr.
Scheele replied :

No * * * I don't think it would speed it up. As a matter of fact, I have tried
to visualize what we would have to do in establishing the controls. It seems to
me it might slow it down, rather substantially * * *. To place that kind of a
program would mean the acquisition of a substantial staff of the type we don't
have.^^

To various questions about the extent and effectiveness of the statu-
torv^ responsibilities held by PHS in the instance of vaccine distri-
bution, Dr. Scheele continued to support existing regulations:

"U.S. Congress, House. Committee on Banking and Currency. Salk vaccine hearings
before the » ♦ • on H.R. 5599. 5611. 5690. .5987. H.J. Res. 297, 29R, 299, 300. and .302.
May 6 and 13, 1955. 84th Cong, first sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1955). 92 p.

" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Pollomvelitis vaccine
hearings before the * * * S4th Cong., first sess. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing
Office. 1955). 17S p., 2 parts: Part 1, on S. 1984, and S. 2147, June 14 and 15. 1955,
Part 2. on S. 1925, 1976 and S.J. Res. 68. May 16, 1955.

^ U.S. Congress, House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Pnliomyelitis
vaccine hearings before the * * * 84th Cong., first sess. (Washington. U.S. Government
Printing Office. 1955), 228 p., 2 parts: Part 1, on Poliomyelitis vaccination assistance
legislation. May 25 and 27. 1955, and part 2, on scientific panel presentation on polio-
myelitis vaccine. June 22 and 23, 1955.

^ House. Committee on Banking and Currency. Salk vaccine hearings, op. cit., p. 55.

315

Representative Vanik. As a matter of law, shouldn't the Federal Govern-
ment have a greater control of a mass inoculation program than was afforded in
this instance?

Dr. ScHEELE. I personally don't believe so.

Representative Vanik. You think then it is safe and wise, as a matter of gov-
ernmental policy, to permit a private organization, or someone outside of the
Government, to decide whether or not millions of our youngsters should be
inoculated, regardless of what the vaccine is?

Dr. ScHEELE. * * * The final responsibility rests on the individual doctor who
gives the * * * injection.

Representative Vanik. * * * in your opinion shouldn't legislation be enacted
to provide some real effective control of vaccines designed for a mass inoculation,
something special over [and] beyond all other biologicals? This is something dif-
ferent. * * * Where something is being given to a tremendous segment of our
population, an entire generation, it seems to me that we owe a higher degree
of care, a higher degree of control, than we do in the ordinary private case * * *.

Dr. ScHEELE. * * * J think that our present biologicals control act is pretty
adequate.^^

Responding to a question by Representative Patman about equity
in manufacturers' prices, Dr. Sclieele replied tliat the Department con-
sidered the quoted j^rices to be consistent with prices for comparable
pharmaceutical ]^roducts. He assured the committee that there was
no danger of a black market in pricing, that private physicians could
more efficiently inoculate children than could physicians in the PHS
system, that he had assurances from the American Medical Association
that physicians would cooperate in charging only a small fee for in-
oculation or nothing at all, and that manufacturers had agreed that
the NFIP would receive the bulk of vaccine to be produced so that
they could complete their program of vaccinating all first and second
graders.^*

Replying to additional questions about insuring equitable and geo-
graphic distribution in the face of the threat of a 1-6 imbalance in
supply and demand, Dr. Scheele assured the committee that the report
being completed by the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare
would address these questions :

* * * Our Secretary is currently assembling material for a report to the
President, to be made within a relatively few days, which will contain the
whole background of this problem and her recommendations to the President
on these very things. This is not an easy matter to arrive at a quick conclusion
on. as you can, I think, see after the hearing this morning, because of the
varied factors that are currently operating, because of the complicated vaccine
itself and the difficulties in its production.^^

He suggested that the States be given an opportunity to advise the
committee on distribution plans :

The States will indicate * * * to the committee * * * made up of outside people,
how they would like to see distribution as between tax-supported use and com-
mercial distribution * * * and this then, will give equity of supply flow to the
State, and it will give equity as the State and the people in the State see
fit to choose between the two uses.^"

The Secretary's report, outlining a distribution program, was pre-
sented to the President on May 16. That same day Mrs. Hobby and
other officials of the Department appeared before the Senate Com-
rnittee on Labor and Public "Welfare and reported on the recommenda-
tions made to the President on distribution. In ofl'ering 11 specific

13 Ibid., pp. S7, 89.
"Ibid., pp. 12, 15, 20, 37.
15 Ibid., p. 35.
^ Ibid., pp. 78-9.

316

recommendations, Mrs. Hobby emphasized the Department's concern
for safety of the vaccine :

* * * The safety of the vaccine must always be the first consideration. Dis-
tribution must be secondary to safety. The safety of the vaccine released for
use will continue to be the responsibility of the Public Health Service Act, and
the biologies-control provisions of the Public Health Service Act, and is re-
ceiving the constant and diligent attention of the Public Health Service."

Her recommendations detailed the testing responsibilities of PHS
and other departmental responsibilities of DHEW; provided guide-
lines in the determination of priorities for vaccination and distribu-
tion of vaccine by NFIP to fulfill its contract to immunize the Na-
tion's first and second graders ; and proposed establislnnent of a com-
mittee to oversee international distribution of the vaccine. Mrs. Hobby
emphasized that the distribution program could be efi^ectively carried
out under existing law, that it should be voluntary, and that Federal
funds should be used to buy vaccine only for indigent children :

That the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare direct on a national
level the division among the States of the entire output of the * * * vaccine * * *.

* 4! * * * * *

That the supplies of vaccine be allocated to each State on the basis of its
population of children within the 5-through-9 age group until all children of
that group have been vaccinated. [That HEW receive reports from manufac-
turers and physicians regarding shipping, vaccination, and lot number, for
epidemiological study purposes.]

That each State, through an appropriate single agency to be designated by
the Governor of the State, direct the distribution of the vaccine within the
State. [That the State advise HEW on its ratio between dissemination to
public and private agencies.]

[That, commensurate with the bill sent to the Senate] * * * Federal funds
[be made] available to the States for the purchase of vaccine * * * sufiieient to
pay the cost of vaccine for children through age 19 in low-income families.^

In justifying the distribution plan preferred by the administration
Mrs. Hobby stated :

In our opinion it is both practicable and desirable to permit States and lo-
calities to apply these established policies and procedures to their programs
for poliomyelitis vaccination.

* * 4c m * i» 4e

The.se services are well established and accepted in nearly all communities,
and they are provided in a manner which is not discriminatory or offensive.
Seldom, if ever, is any formal "means test" applied. Rather, free injections are
available at clinics or other centers to all who request them, but the great majority
of those who are able to pay prefer to go to their family physicians for preventive
services as well as for treatment. The arrangement is analogous to the availabil-
ity of pediatric services from a "well baby clinic" operated by the local health
department. Many mother.s— particularly in communities where the income is
at least average — prefer to take their children to a private pediatrician or
family doctor, but there is certainly no stigma attached to the use of the public
clinic.

If [States] wish to adopt special programs for this purpose they should have
that privilege, but we see no reason for the Federal Government to require or
promote a separate and different local policy for immunization against one
particular disease. That many States and communities are willing and able to
provide funds for polio vaccination programs is clearly evident. Steps have
already been taken by State legislatures, local governments, voluntary organiza-

^■^ Senate. Committee on Labor and Publio Welfare. Poliomvelitis vaccine hearings,
pt. 2 (May 16, 1955), op. cit., p. 131, citing U.S. Department of Healtli, Education, and
Welfare. Report to the President by the Secretary of * * * on distribution of Salk vaccine.
May 16. 1955. (Washington, D.C., mimeo, 1955), 34 p. plus appendixes.

"Ibid., pp. 129-132.

317

tions, professional societies, and other civic groups to assure the opportunity of
vaccination to children in priority groups. Additional plans for financing the
costs of vaccination programs are currently in preparation in other States and
communities.

We believe, however, that Federal participation in such financing is desirable
in order to provide additional assurance that the opportunity for vaccination will
be afforded to all children in all parts of the country. We also believe that Fed-
eral sharing in the costs of vaccination will serve to accelerate State and com-
munity efforts toward this end, and will help offset variations in State and
local financial resources."

Intensive questionino; of DHEW witnesses continued in the Senate
committee and in additional hearings in the House Committee on In-
terstate and Foreign Commerce. Many democratic Members of Con-
gress objected to the vohmtarism and ''means test" provision implied
in the administration bill and urged that the Federal Government
pro\'ide vaccine to all children regardless of income. Mrs. Hobby re-
jected tills as ""^^ * * socialized medicine by the backdoor * "^ *." -°

Typical of opposition to this view was the comment by Representa-
tive Bennett :

* * * Do you not think it would be better to have the Federal Government
take control of this program, not only as to the allocations of the vaccine, but in
the manner of providing rules and regulations as to the priority of its use and
providing all of the funds that are necessary to carry that out?

* * * My reason for suggesting that is this : This is not a program of socialized
medicine. It is not a program that is of special concern to any locality or State.
It is a problem of great national concern. To meet it, why would it not be better
to have a program of complete Federal control, of complete Fedei-al financing,
of this program, until every child from birth through high school age has been
inoculated?^

Some ^Members of Congress criticized DHFW's distribution and
licensing procedures. Representative Buchanan called the distribution
program "a very sorry mess" and said that the lack of a plan had
caused confusion, fear, and distress among the parents of our country.^-

Other ^lembers asked how DHEW might increase the supply of
vaccine and improve distribution. They foresaw obstacles in such cir-
cumstances as the different and inequitable distribution in the States
and the fact that State legislatures, for the most part, were no longer
in session. An asserted shortage of vaccine was also foreseen. Some
]\Iembers, feeling that PHS had a precedent in controlling the alloca-
tion of important preventive biologies, inquired into the liistory of
PHS control of diptheria, smallpox and tetanus vaccine. Dr. Scheele
said the PHS had no precedents in this area.-^ Congressional attention
was also directed to a comparison of United States and Canadian
manufacturing and distribution programs. (Canada manufactured the
vaccine in a central-government subsidized laboratory and distributed
it through a Province-based operation with national direction.) On
this aspect, Representative Multer's comment to Dr. Scheele was that :

The Canadians were able the day they released the vaccine, as we did
on April 12, at the same time to put into effect governmental regulations as to
the distribution of the product. They made sure that they wouldn't have to wait
for the head of the Government to say that "if and when * * * they hear that

" Ibid., p, 14,

"" Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare, Poliomyelitis vaccine hearings,
Pt. 1. June 14 and 15, 1955. op, cit„ p, 46,

^ House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis vaccine hearings,
Pt. 1 (May 25 and 27, 1955), op, eit„ p. 42.

^ House, Committee on Banking and Currency, Salk vaccine hearings, op cit„ pp, 57-8,

23 Ibid,, pt, 1, p. 21.

318

some child can't get this vaccine because they haven't got the money with which
to pay for the inoculation he will make people listen." The time for this Con-
gress ito make people listen is in advance of that. Mrs. Hobby, I charge, was
derelict in her duty in one of two respects : Either she has the power under the
law to act, in which event she was derelict in not acting, or she doesn't have
the power under the law to act, in which event she was derelict in her duty in
not coming before the Congress and saying "Members of the Congress, we need a
law so that we can regulate this thing." ^

The bulk of the June Senate hearings was devoted to the testimony
of witnesses favoring the administration proposal of a voluntary pro-
gram of distribution with minimal Federal controls. Drs. Julian
Price and Walter B. Martin, representing the American Medical
Association, inserted part of a resolution adopted by the AJVIA House
of Delegates :

* * * disapproving the purchase and distribution of the Salk polio vaccine by
any agency of the Federal Government except for those unable to procure it for
themselves and that such necessary Federal funds therefore be allocated to the
various proper State agencies for .such purposes; and be it further Resolved,
that the American Medical Association urge the Congress of the United States
to ailow the Salk polio vaccine to be produced, distributed, and administered in
accordance with procedures on any new drug or vaccine."''

Dr. Price added that the AMA had requested its members to admin-
ister vaccine only to those groups for whom priorities had been fixed by
the DHEW advisory committee, and that ''In accordance with the
great traditions of medicine no child will be denied a vaccination
because of inability to pay a physician's fee." -^ Dr. Martin inserted a
favorable report on the status of State poliomyelitis vaccine programs
compiled by the Chief, Bureau of State Service, PHS. It stated that
most States and State legislatures were providing for vaccination of
children who could not afford to pay. It commended the excellent
cooperation achieved by medical societies, pharmaceutical associations
and public health officials in developing broad programs. The only
unresolved problem "* * * was equitable geographic distribution
within the State." ~'

Dr. E. H. Hutcheson, chairman of Committee on Federal Relations
of the Association of State & Territorial Health Officers, said his
organization favored :

* * * A voluntary system of Federal distribution of poliomyelitis vaccine
among the several States to go into effect as soon as the National Foundation for
Infantile Paralysis orders have been filled ; that the system of distribution of
poliomyelitis vaccine within the individual States be left to each State to decide
whether the State system is voluntary or mandatory, this system to be determined
by each State agency in charge of the distribution program after consideration of
the needs, resources, and attitudes of the people in that State.^

In justification he added :

I can't see that administrative justification for making a special program out
of something that has nothing special about it except that it has attracted the
attention nationwide, emotional attention, if you will, of the peoples of this coun-
try, and they are clamoring for something to be done immediately.-""

Mr. Basil O'Connor, president of the national foundation, reviewed
the role of the NFIP in development and field testing of the vaccine.

^*Ibid., p. 64.

2s Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Poliomyelitis vaccine hearings.
Pt. 2, op. cit.. pp. 82-3.
23 Ibid., p. 8.'{.
^ Ibid., pp. 90-93.
2'* Ibid., p. 51.
-" Ibid., p. 56.

319

He described consultations with various medical associations and their
assistance in determining priority age groups in carrying out the field
test. He also detailed the NFIP program for distributing vaccme to
all the Nation's first and second graders. He judged the States to have
ample exj^erience and administrative machinery to meet NFIP goals.
He did not comment on the capability of PHS distribution
mechanisms; also, he said NFIP would not accept Federal funds to
purchase vaccine to carry out its program, but would accept vaccine
bought by the Federal Govermnent and given to the NFIP to
distribute.^"

Further support of a voluntary program was expressed in com-
munications from the American Drug Manufacturers" Association
and the American Medical Association.

The bulk of testimony supporting the Democratic proposals for
greater Federal control of the purchase and distribution of the vaccine
came from legislators who had introduced bills supporting this posi-
tion and from George Meany, president of the American Federation
of Labor. He said :

* * * We are concerned that the first announcements listing the representa-
tives who are to be invited [to the HEW Advisory Committee] appear to include
only professional and business groups and not the people who are most con-
cerned— the parents of the children of America. * * * The matter of distributing
the vaccine presents basic economic, social, and humanitarian problems which
are not within the special competence of the medical profession and the phar-
maceutical industry. The American Federation of Labor calls upon the Presi-
dent * * * to broaden the invitations to the conference * * *.

* * * No American child should go without [the vaccine] because his parents
have low income, or live in a place with few doctors * * *. To achieve these
ends an official national policy is necessary, and if any such policy is to be
effective, a substantial part of the supply of the Salk vaccine must be pur-
chased and distributed through the public health agencies.^^

III. The Safety and Efficacy Aspects of the Vaccine

Only one bill, and that indirectly, addressed the questions of safety
and efficacy of the vaccine. These questions were recognized as both
gennane and formidable.^- The legislators appeared divided as to
whether to tackle such technical issues.

On May 6, Kepresentative Joseph P. O'Hara asked :

Is it the responsibility of this committee and within our jurisdiction to deter-
mine whether this is a good product or not or are we concerned solely with the
matter of controlling its distribution to assure its getting to the people who need
it regardless of their financial status?

Representative Abraham Multer assured him that it should be the
responsibility of the committee to consider all problems :

* * * whatever committee gets the bill must consider all the problems involved.
These are necessarily related problems.

Representative Patman, the committee chairman, disagreed:

'^° Ibid., pp. 102-121, especially pp. 113-116.

SI Ibid., p. 122.

^- At that time. In the Congress, the issue of distribution method of the vaccine was
foremost, and questions of efficacy and safety were considered secondary. At a later date,
and on another medical issue, this order of priority was reversed. See ch. 14 on the
Thalidomide case, which dramatized the possible hazardous consequences of premature
wholesale distribution of a new medication.

320

I don't think it is the function of this committee to determine the quality of
this product. If we have to do that, I want to resign now because I am not
capable of going into it. I think distribution is what we are interested in."'

In the Senate hearings, the chairman had stated its concerns in his
opening statement thus :

First, we would like to know whether we now have a safe poliomyelitis
vaccine * * * Secondly, is it sound public policy, from a public health point of
view to encourage and urge our local communities to vaccinate just as many
children as possible, as quickly as the vaccine become available, or as soon as
possible before the onset of the 1956 polio season? ^*

However, Senators Allott and Purtell protested that this double
objective, especially that of looking into technical problems, had not
been agreed to in executive session. They added, furthermore, that the
witness roster, consisting mainly of the Secretary and other spokesmen
for DHEW, would need to be augmented to insure objective coverage.^^

Accordingly, these two committees did not probe deeply into ques-
tions of efficacy and safety of the vaccine, nor was any additional can-
vass made to find disinterested witnesses who could enlighten them on
these technical matters. Scientific and technical information was forth-
coming from PHS and DHEW most usually only in response to in-
tensive interrogation by committee members. Because the situation was
in flux — PHS had suspended the program, revised standards, encoun-
tered manufacturing difficulties, halted production without public ex-
planation, and then renewed it---it was evident that clarification was
needed. Testimony before the two committees did not altogether satisfy
the need.

Initial congressional prohes of the safety and efficacy issue

DHEW spokesmen appeared to be on the defensive. They explained
that they had done everything possible to foresee and to correct faulty
production and testing standards and asserted that the situation was
under control. These answers did not quiet congressional anxieties, nor
serve to allay criticism being expressed in editorial comment at the
time.^^ Congressional inquiry into technical matters touched on —

timing and extent of publicity attached to the Francis report ;

licensing and testing responsibilities of PHS ;

danger of contracting hepatitis from impurities in the vaccine ;

need for additional research ;

need for a substitution of strains ;

the merits of an oral (attenuated) versus an injected (killed)
vaccine; and

factors to be evaluated in determining calculated risk.

In his first appearance before the Congress, in testimony before the

House Banking and Currency Committee, Dr. Scheele explained that

there were three types of virus which caused polio, and that, according

to the results of the Francis report, the Salk vaccine was 60 to 90 per-

^ House. Committee on Banking and CuiTency. Salk vaccine hearings, op. cit., p. 22.

3* Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Poliomyelitis vaccine hearings,
op. cit., p. 7.

35 Ibid., pp. 8-9.

3« Several stories in the New York Times had such leads as : U.S. PHS orders temporary
withdrawal from use of vaccines made by Cutter Laboratories of Berkeley. Calif., as six
cases of paralytic polio occur in children recently inoculated (New York Times, Apr. 28,
1955, p. 1) ; Salk urges thorough probe to determine whether there is link between
vaccine and polio cases (New York Times, Apr. 28, 1955, p. 1) ; Three doctors report
studies indicate vaccine was contributing cause in 10 polio cases in Idaho (New York
Times, May 5, p. 21) ; and, Scheele urges suspension of Inoculations continue until after
plant-by-plant check of manufacturing process (New York Times, May 9, 1955, p. 1).

321

cent effective in preventing paralytic polio in those inoculated. Then
he cautiously gave some indication of the calculated risk theme which
would later be questioned in depth by the House Committee on Inter-
state and Foreign Commerce. He explained that a vaccine cannot be
100 percent perfect :

It is a wonderfully effective vaccine, but like most vaccines and serums we
have developed througli time are never perfect. We are constantly improving
them, and you have probably discovered that even now reports are made on work
that has been in progress for a number of years on types of polio vaccine, other
than the Salk vaccine.^^

When asked if PHS had rushed into licensing the vaccine and if
that was the cause of the current problems, Dr. Scheele answered that
PHS had determined to take a calculated risk, but that appropriate
safeguards had been taken :

* * * Well, that, I think, would be a matter of opinion. It is one of these
difficult problems. A member of my staff tried to describe this thing as taking
all of the scientific data, and the scientists' opinions, of the known and the
unknown — and in science we have many unknowns — and you can spread them
out over a spectrum and they will run through shades of gray, but when it
comes then to decisions as to whether or not smallpox vaccine is ready to go or
typhoid vaccine was ready to go, yellow fever vaccine was ready to go, at a
certain point, someone interested in overall public health, an epidemiologist,
or someone else with similar qualifications, makes a decision as to whether the
factors in the imknown overweigh the factors in the known sufficiently, in rela-
tion to the disease one is trying to conquer to lead us to wait.

Now, we could have waited. There were people who said that the field trials
should not have been done, and there were people who said that this year's
large-scale program should not be done. But those people were also saying in-
directly that another 30 or 40 thousand children should have polio.

So what we have here, I think, both in the case of the field trial, and the
program on a large scale this year, we had a weighed, medical decision that
we should go ahead. We must remember that 5% million children — of that
number, 300,000 or so had Cutter, and we can cross that off as we don't know
the answer to whether that was the problem or not at the moment, we can
cross that off — had vaccine safely, with 12 cases of polio in that group. That
is running below our expected occurrence, that we would expect to occur
naturally.

So, I would say, the balance is way in favor of the decision taken at the
present time, and we have safeguards, we have additional safeguards * * *.^

He then told how the Public Health Service had prescribed re-
quirements for production of the vaccine and for safety testing and
had then proceeded to license six manufacturers to produce the serum.
He explained the limitations of licensing :

A license means that the company, the plant, is good, that there is demonstrated
experience in production of biological products, and that in general, there is
confidence in the ability of the plant to produce a suitable product * * *. A
license does not however clear vaccine for use.**

Dr. Scheele then defined the responsibility of PHS, under the Bio-
logics Control Act, to check the product for safety, PHS, he said, did
not test all lots or even samples of all lots, but relied on the written
history of the manufacturing process :

As the manufacturer gains experience, and as we see ourselves that his proc-
essing is good, we then approve lots of vaccine, after very critical review of a
document we call a protocol. A protocol is a series of about 30 pages of informa-
tion recorded by the people manufacturing the vaccine, giving every stage in
that process, and we are able normally in that review to detect flaws in the

^ House. Committee on Banking and Currency. Salk vaccine hearings, op. cit., p. 10.
^ Ibid., p. 58.
3" Ibid., p. 11.

99-044—69 22

322

production method, if there are any. We are able to review the potency testing
they have done, and able to review the safety testing they have done.""

When questioned about the defects of the Cutter vaccine, Dr. Scheele
explained that no causality had been determined and the matter was
under study.

* * * As of the moment, we are not in a position to say that the Cutter vaccine
caused the polio in these children, and it will be quite some time before we can
determine that, if we can determine it. This is a matter that requires careful
study. All of those materials that were used are under study at the present time,
and we will, of course, in due time see whether we can tell definitely yes or no."

He added that : "There is a possibility that there may have been some
live virus that caused it," and that "There is a possibility that these
cases were sheer coincidences, that these children had polio virus and
would have developed polio anyway." *^

The questions of the safety and efficacy of the Salk vaccine formula
were not raised by PHS in these hearings. In response to a question by
Eepresentative Vanik about whether more testing of the vaccine would
be needed before it could be declared effective, Dr. Scheele replied :

That would be impossible, the experiment has been completed and the efficacy
of the vaccine shown.

Later he added that evaluation of moral issues compelled PHS to
license the vaccine immediately, prior to doing more research :

I think we had had enough testing, that it was worth trying to do something
about polio in 1955, and not wait until 1956 * * *. And the decision was taken at
that time, that the enemy we were fighting in polio was worth moving toward
without taking too much time to do more research before we finally put the prod-
uct into use.^

He then went on to say that investigations of new cases of polio
caused b}' the vaccine would be examined by the recently activated polio
epidemic intelligence activity in the Atlanta Communicable Disease
Center.'*

]\Iany legislators took exception to the statistical conclusions of the
Francis report and the subsequent interpretation of data contained in
it.^ Others were distressed by the rush to publicize the report and the
contribution of this activity to charges of poor PHS administration.
They felt that this action, coupled with the later defects found in man-
ufacturing, had contributed to public apprehension and emotionalism
about the issue.*'

Senator Hubert Humphrey said :

I think it is generally known that this was a major public information ex-
travaganza, so to speak — there was television, there was radio, and there was
press. As a result of that, with the tremendous interest of the American people

<«Ibid.. pp. 12, 17.

« Ibid., pp. 18-19.

«Iblfl.. p. 19.

« Ibid., pp. 87-88.

** Ibid., p. 4.

•^ Ibid., pp. 60-76.

•^ Re^ardlnjr public apprehension, Carter reports on a New York Times story printed
in mid-May 1955. " 'The result of all the confusion,' commented the New York Times, 'has
been twofold. First, the Nation is now badly scared. Never before have reports of the
number of polio cases been so widely publicized and so carefully studied. Millions of
parents fear that if their children don't set the vaccine they may get polio, but if they
do get the vaccine, it might give them polio. This fear was evident in New York State
last week. The National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis * * • received enough of
the cleared Parke, Davis vaccine for New Yorkers. But as many as 30 percent of the
children who had applied for injections last month failed to turn up last week.' " (Carter,
ibid., p. 327.)

323

in the discovery of the vaccine and its final approval, there naturally vras great
interest in the use of the vaccine.*^

He then related this to the distribution testing and policing policies
of PHS and asked Dr. Scheele: ''What part did the U.S. Public
Health Service * * * or the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare, make in this launching of Dr. Francis' report and tlie an-
Qouncement by Dr. Salk of the efficacy of the vaccine?" Scheele denied
any PHS share of responsibility in organizing the presentation,
attributed the publicity to the NFIP, and added :

The role we played on that day was twofold : We were eager listeners. I wasn't
personally, but members of my staff were. And in addition to that, Dr. Workman,
who directed our Laboratory of Biologies Control, was one of the scientific
speakers on the program. He described the standard for the production of vac-
cine at that scientific meeting.**

Dr. Julian Price, of the AlVIA, also criticized the method of pres-
entation of the Francis report. He presented a resolution adopted by
his organization which reaffirmed :

* * * the need for the presentation of reports on medical research before
established scientific groups allowing free discussion and criticism, and the
publication of such reports, including methods employed and data acquired on
which the results and conclusion are based, in recognized scientific publica-
tions.^*

Dr. Martin of the AMA stated that the potential emergency of a
polio epidemic was not as threatening as believed :

We do not feel that there is any emergency in this particular situation that
justified this procedure in this case. I do not think you can generalize completely
on that. Tour decisions have to be made according to the needs of an emergency
situation that might arise with some acute epidemic disease.""

Some committee members sought advice as to whether any legisla-
tive action was feasible to hasten the production of a safe vaccine. Mrs.
Hobby replied that some manufacturers were building additional
plants and beyond this no additional initiatives were needed. Slie re-
ferred the scientific aspects of the questions to Dr. Scheele. He added
that "I do not believe there is anything that can be done to speed up
the process * * *." Upon further cj[uestionino; he revealed where re-
search was needed and indicated deficiencies m present scientific un-
derstanding :

There is something that will help to speed it up, I think. The manufacturers
will be doing research on the methodology of production, and undoubtedly as
time passes they will improve the grade of virus in their culture bottles * * *.

* * * And one of the things that we have started to do and will continue to do
is some research on methodology of testing. And it may be that as the months
pass we will devise different techniques for testing which of themselves may
speed up the rather cumbersome tests that science knows today.

For example, we use monkeys, and we carry these monkeys for 30 or 35 days
before they are sacrificed and the cords in their brains are studied.

With continued research we may devise new methods which may cut down
time and energy that has to be put into production, and by that very device
permits speedups to occur.

He did not recommend, however, that Congress should attempt to
enact legislation to improve the research process :

*" Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Poliomyelitis vaccine hearing, op. cit.,
p. 165.

*s Ibid., pp. 165-6.

"Ibid., p. 82.

00 Ibid., pp. 100-101.

324

But these are not matters of legislation, those are matters for scientists in the
manufacturing plants and scientists elsewhere in the country and universities
and their own laboratories doing their normal job of research.^

Technical questions probed hy House Commerce GoTnmiittee

A deeper inquiry into the technical aspects of the Salk vaccine was
undertaken by the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce, under the subcommittee chairmanship of Representative J.
Percy Priest, which had jurisdiction over PHS. The committee had
earlier held hearings on polio research and had received considerable
information on the pros and cons of attenuated versus killed vaccine.^^
The inq[uiry was renewed in 1955 in connection with a bill introduced
by Chairman Priest, H.R. 6207, to raise the question of investigating
PHS procedures with respect to licensing a vaccine, specifically :

♦ * * For the purpose of raising the question whether permanent legislation
is needed granting powers to the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare,
through an amendment of the biologies control law to control, through regula-
tions, in the interest of public health, the distribution and use of biological
products.^

At the outset of the hearings, the chairman issued a list of questions
which he wanted witnesses to consider :

A. EESPONSIBrLITIES OF FEDERAL GOVERNMENT tJNDEE PRESENT LAW

1. Under present law, what are the responsibilities of the Federal Government
with respect to new drugs as to (a) production and safety ; (&) distribution; and
(c) application and use?

2. Under present law, what are the responsibilities of the Federal Government
with respect to new biological products, as to (c) production and safety; (6)
distribution; and (c) application and use?

3. Under present law, what are the responsibilities of the Federal Government
with respect to certain new drugs, including insulin, and several specifically
enumerated antibiotics, as to (o) production and safety; (6) distribution; and
(c) application and use?

4. What accounts for the difference in responsibilities?

5. Is this difference in responsibilities justified?

B. RAPID MASS APPLICATION VERSUS GRADUAL INDIVIDUAL APPLICATION

6. Are there any public iwlicy considerations which distingiiish rapid mass
application of new drugs from gradual individual application with regard to
(c) production and safety; (6) distribution; and (c) application and use?

7. Do these considerations differ according to whether such drugs are primarily
preventive or curative?

C. RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

8. What are the respective responsibilities (legal and other) in connection with
rapid mass applications of new drugs (a) preventive, or (&) curative of —

A. Governmental agencies (Federal, State, and local) ?

B. Voluntary agencies?

C. Manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, and pharmacists?

D. Medical profession (individually and collectively) ?

E. Others?

9. Are these respective responsibilities the same in the case of rapid mass
application and in the case of gradual individual application of new drugs?

10. Are present Federal laws adequate for the discharge of Federal respon-

Ei Ibid., pp. 142-143.

« U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and ForeiCTi Commerce. Health Inquiry
(Poliomyelitis). Hearings before the ♦ • • on the Causes, Control, and Kemedies of the
Principal Diseases of Mankind. Pt. 3, Oct. 6 and 12, 1953, 83d Cong., 1st sess. (Washing-
ton, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1953.)

" House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis vaccine. Hear-
ings, pt. 2, op. cit., p. 3.

325

sibilities in connection with rapid mass application and gradual individual appli-
cation of new drugs (preventive or curative) with regard to (a) production and
safety; (&) distribution; and (c) application and use?"

The May 25 hearings were opened with the testimony of Roswell B.
Perkins, Assistant Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, who
spoke for Mrs. Hobby. Mr. Perkins described the activities of DHEW
immediately after information had come to the Department that some
lots of the vaccine were causing polio in inoculated children. He re-
viewed how the Division of Biologies Control had dispatched scien-
tists to study the manufacturing process at the Cutter laboratories;
these scientists, May 8, had recommended that the vaccination pro-
gram be temporarily halted pending revision of standards.^^ Dr.
Scheele then told the committee about the destruction of the lots of
Cutter vaccine; however, he could only speculate on what had been
wrong with them. The infected children might have had lower natural
immunity than those who were not infected, or they might already have
been infected by polio \drus from a natural source, or there could have
been live virus remaining in the vaccine.^^

Dr. W. H. Sebrell, Jr., Director of the National Institutes of Health,
recounted the development of the vaccine and indicated some of the
difficulties that PHS had faced in the safety testing of earlier field
trial lots. He reviewed the formation of a vaccine advisory committee
to assist PHS in determining minimum safety requirements. He then
detailed the complexity of the vaccine manufacturing process and illus-
trated the difficulties of arriving at the appropriate margin of safety.

I may say that the production of Salk vaccine is an intricate manufacturing
process. Whenever you move from a laboratory process, you always run into
changes for which you have no previous experience. In making the Salk vaccine,
if you overtreat it, you have nothing. It has no potency, no ability to immunize.
If you do not treat it quite enough, it may have enough live virus in it to cause
paralytic polio. Therefore, you have to operate within a range that is safe within
these two extremes, one, complete destruction of its ability to confer immunity,
and the other, as much safety as you can put around it so that there is not enough
live virus in it to cause disease.

* * * In safety testing you can never be absolutely certain in a biological
product that the product in one particular vial is absolutely safe, because the
only way you could determine that would be to test every drop of stuff in that
vial. Then you would not have anything to use. So you set up the best test you
can devise to reduce the chances to as near zero as you possibly can, and then you
let the product go on the basis of its probability of complete safety. There is no
other way to arrive at that * * *."

Dr. Sebrell also listed the potential human and mechanical pitfalls
in safety testing faced by large-scale vaccine manufacturers. And
finally, for the first time. Dr. Sebrell admitted what had been wrong
with the Cutter vaccine and administrative flaws of PHS in licensing
the vaccine prematurely. In part he said :

The committee was able to learn from manufacturers that inactivation * * *
sometimes fails in the plant for no immediately apparent reason. There was
evidence also that the safety tests were perhaps less sensitive than was desired.
On some occasions, pools of virus, each containing a single type and each negative
after inactivation, were combined into what are called polyvalent pools, which
then gave positive tests * * *.

The supposed margin of safety conferred by inactivation, far beyond the calcu-
lated period, appeared no longer to be fully dependable. The sensitivity of the

^ Ibid., p. 4. . „

5= House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis vaccine. Hear-
ings, pt. 1, op. clt., p. 19.
^ Ibid., pp. 26-29.
" Ibid., pp. 47-48.

326

safety test in the light of the manufacturers' experience was less than satis-
factory. It appeared, though it was not yet establislied, that live virus might be
surviving even the most rigorous processing and escaping detection in the safety
test * * *.

On the basis of this new information, the committee agreed that changes in
the minimum requirements should be considered. They felt that inactivation could
be more rigidly controlled and safety testing could be improved * * *.

[Additional information] indicated that all [the] plants were having problems
in processing that tended to lessen confidence in the safety of commercially
processed vaccine in general * * *.

[Additionally secured] data were studied, and indicated a lack of sensitivity
of the safety test, and this convinced the scientific advisers that even more
stringent criteria must lie applied both to finished lots, waiting to be assessed
for release, and to those still in production or to be produced * * *.

The committee, on May 23, recommended changes in processing controls and
in safety tests.

* * * Some vaccine, but not as much as we hoped, is going to be available
soon.^^

On June 10, 1955, Dr. Sclieele released the technical report com-
pleted by the HEAV Vaccine Advisory Committee on the Salk vaccine.
It was qnite candid in citinpf problems encountered in the inactivation
process itself, and in detailincf mistakes made by both manufacturers
and the PHS. First the report criticized the manufacturers for not
reportino; problems they had encountered in the inactivation process
of lots not reviewed by PHS :

The intensive investigations of the past 5 weeks indicate that the records which
manufacturers were required to submit did not include certain data which are
essential for an adequate as.sessment of consistenc.v in performance. The protocols
sul)mitted related only to lots of vaccine proposed for clearance, and gave no
information concerning lots discarded in the course of manufacture. Further,
the information requested did not bring out certain data on processing and testing
now known to be important.

The total experience of the manufacturers now reveals that the process of
inactivation did not always follow the predicted course, since positive tissue
culture tests not infrequently occurred after the expected completion of the
inactivation process. Greater dependence, therefore, must be placed on sensitive
tests for very small quantities of residual live virus as part of process control
than would otherwise l)e the case.^"

By implication, Scheele's report also criticized the NFIP for its
haste in rushino- to develop and manufacture the vaccine before the
accumulation of adequate scientific knowledge:

The vaccine has progressed from the experimental level to large-scale pro-
duction with unprecedented rapidity * * *,

Events have been telescoped in time that the vaccine has been developed,
tested, and used in a matter of months instead of years. Procedures which
appeared sound and adequate several months ago on the basis of experience
up to that time, have had to be modified in the light of scientific and technical
data now available.""

Included in the report were PHS's new official mandatory regula-
tions for safety testing and processing. Among them were: "Required
uniformity of sampling," "application of more tests at two critical
points in the manufacturing process," necessity for the manufacturer
to "test a random sample of vaccine from the final containers of each

"^sibld., pp. 47-50.

^"U.S. Department of Henlth, Education, and Welfare. Public Health Service. Technical
Report on Salk Poliomyelitis Vaccine. June 195.5 ([Washington], Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare. June 1955. mimeo), p. 3.

60 Ibid., pp. 4, 88.

327

lot," "substitution of less virulent type I strains for the Mahoney
strain," "modification of physical arrangements during processing,"
and revision in several processing and testing sequences.^^

The report also recommended that the Public Health Service take
action to correct the problem. Among the actions proposed were :

Amendment of minimum reqiiirements for the production and testing of polio-
myelitis vaccine ; incorporation of minimum requirements in official regulations
as mandatory standards : creation of a technical committee on poliomyelitis
vaccine ; creation of a division of biologies standards, with strengthened staff
and facilities ; increased on-site plan surveillance and consultation ; reoriented
testing and research program : establishment of poliomyelitis surveillance unit ;
and review of legislative authority.*^

Perhaps the most important action taken by PITS had been reorgan-
ization of the structure and function of the agency to improve the
licensing and safety testing of new biologicals. The Division of
Biologies Standards was created, new staff added, and additional
administrative and testing facilities provided. The division was given
responsibility for testing, as well as devising new safety tests and
keeping up with the "trends, advances, and problems" of biologies
control. A new emphasis was placed on on-site industrial testing so
that PHS officials could both assist manufacturers and test the safety
of new products during the development stage.^^

Additional sources of technical information tapped hy Commerce
Committee
The first 2 days' testimony received by the Commerce Committee
was ])rimarily from executive officials: although in greater depth, it
was similar to that received by the two other congressional committees
which were investigating the matter. Tlien, on June 22-23, to supple-
ment this testimony, the subcommittee opened a 2-day seminar on the
issue. Participants were a panel of scientists, organized for the com-
mittee by the National Academy of Sciences. Representative Priest
explained the need for scientific advice as follows :

I have felt for quite some time that there were two questions involved in the
consideration of the legislation which should be considered separately and apart.
One is a scientific question — a medical question. The other is a social question.
In my opinion it is important that we discuss these two questions separately."

* * * So many conflicting statements had been made by public officials, private
groups, and individuals connected with the production, safety, testing, distriliu-
tion. and application of the vaccine that it was necessary to obtain independent
scientific advice, primarily with respect to the safety of the vaccine, before taking
action on any legislation providing for Federal funds for the purchase of the
vaccine.^^

The panel discussion held by the Health and Science Subcommittee
opened on June 22 soon after the release of the PHS report. Dr. John
R. Paul, of the Yale UniA^ersity School of Medicine served as discus-
es Ibid., pp. 69. 89.
^ Ibid., pp. 4-5.
«3 Ibid., pp. 91-93.

^ House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis vaccine, hear-
ings, pt. 2. op. cit., pp. 131-132.

"^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis
Vaccination Assistance Act of 1955. H. Rept. 11S6. In Congressional and Administrative
News. 1955, pt. 2, p. 3056.

328

sion leader.^'' He outlined the agenda of items to be discussed and
cautioned the panel and the committee that "there may well be dif-
ferences of opinion expressed. * * * and that * * * the popular be-
lief * * * that scientists should not disagree * * * is subject to some
modification." ^'^

The first discussant, Dr. Albert Sabin, described the incidence of
polio within the country and detailed epidemiological variations due
to type of virus, age, and types of infection and presence of natural
immunity.*^^

Dr. Joseph Smadel, virologist with the Army's Walter Eeed Medi-
cal Center, gave a detailed comparison of the advantages and dis-
advantages of inactivated (Salk) vaccine and attenuated (Sabin)
vaccine. (Although Congress did not directly treat this question, it
was salient for the scientists debating the continuance of the Salk
vaccine program.) Advantages of the live attenuated virus included
the small amount of vaccine required for antibody production and ease
of manufacture. A disadvantage was the difficulty in finding a good
mild strain that would be l>oth potent and safe. The advantage of the
killed virus was that any strain could be used as long as properly
killed. Its disadvantages were that several large injections of vaccine
were required for effectiveness; immunity was probably only tem-
porary; and achievement of the proper degree of inactivation was
difficult without harming the potency of the virus. Moreover, the in-
activated vinis vaccine contained animal tissue, used in culturing the
vaccine, so that there was a possibility that the inoculated person might
contract hepatitis or other infection.''^

The discussion then moved to an assessment of both types of vaccine.
Dr. Francis asserted that the Salk process was sophisticated enough
to remove all hazardous animal impurities which might cause
infection.'^"

Dr. Stanley stated that it would be much too expensive for the com-
mercial manufacturer to eliminate all of the potentially hazardous
animal protein. Salk asserted that all studies done on humans inocu-
lated with the vaccine, which contained kidney tissue, showed that the
hazard of infection from animal impurities was nil.'^^ However, Dr.
Smadel concluded that :

When one considers all of these theoretical advantages and disadvantages, most
virologists usually conclude that a good live attenuated virus is preferable to
a dead one * * *.''"

"^ other panelists were : Dr. Daniel Bergsma, commissioner of health, New Jersey, and
vice president, Association of State & Territorial Health Officers ; Dr. John F. Enders,
Children's Hospital, Boston ; Dr. Thomas Francis, Jr., School of Public Health, University
of Michigan ; Dr. Horace L. Hodes, pediatrician in chief. Mount Sinai Hospital, New York,
and member. Committee on the Control of Infectious Diseases, American Academy of Pedi-
atrics ; Dr. Frank L. Horsfall. Jr., Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, New York ;
Dr. Colin MacLeod, Bellevue Medical Center, New York ; Dr. Manfred M. Mayer, School of
Hygiene and Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore ; Dr. Julian P. Price,
member, board of trustees, American Medical Association ; Dr. Thomas M. Rivers, Rocke-
feller Institute for Medical Research, New York ; Dr. Albert B. Sabin, Children's Hospital
Research Foundation, Cincinnati : Dr. Jonas E. Salk, Virus Research Laboratory, University
of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh; Dr. James A. Shannon, Associate Director, National Institutes
of Health ; Dr. Joseph E. Smadel. Army Medical Services. Graduate School, Walter Reed
Army Medical Center ; and Dr. Wendell M. Stanley, Biochemistry and Virus Laboratory,
University of California, Berkeley.

<" House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis vaccine, hearings,
pt. 2. op. cit., p. 132.

esibid., np. 1.34-136.

89 Ibid., pp. 139-141.

'"Ibid., p. 141.

71 Ibid., pp. 145, 147.

" Ibid., p. 141,

329

Dr. Salk gave a detailed presentation of the theory and history of
the production of his vaccine. Upon questioning he assured the panel
and the committee that the advantages of using the controversial
Mahoney strain, the most virulent paral;vi:ic strain then isolated, over-
weighed the disadvantages because the inoculated individual would
then have immunities against this extremely severe form of polio. He
added, however, that work was continuing on development of a less
\drulent vaccine. He also assured the panel that the manufacturing
process was designed to insure that the viruses do not become reacti-
vated after inoculation; the inoculated child could not transmit the
disease unless there was sometliing wrong with the vaccine.'^

Much of the panel presentation concentrated on the manufacturing
process and safety precautions used to insure that all the virulent virus
had been inactivated. Dr. Stanley described the inactivation process —
the chemical reaction between formalin and the virus proteins. But as-
surances of safety could not be given by chemists, he concluded, until
they learned about the inactivation process. At the same time, they
were working on the use of ultraviolet rays as a complementary
inactivating agent. '^^

Dr. James Shannon, assistant director, National Institutes of Health,
gave an overview of the manufacturing methods and of safety precau-
tions. He stated that not only the Cutter laboratories, but all of the
producers had difficulty with clumps of live virus remaining in the
vaccine. He presented an overview of revised PHS safety regulations :
revision in the time schedule for killing and checking the virulence of
the virus, improvement of culture tests to discriminate between positive
and negative virus, and the addition of more safety tests, especially
after the lot had been declared safe.^^ There followed a lively debate
between scientists asked by Eepresentative Wolverton as to whether to
recommend complete suspension or continuation of use of the Salk
vaccine, and whether to recommend substitution of a less virulent
strain for the Mahoney virus in that vaccine. Dr. Sabin, who was
then working on the development of an oral attenuated polio virus,
was most outspoken about halting the Salk program. He stated that
while the new safety tests were an improvement, the vaccine was still
not safe because of the use of the virulent Mahoney strain. He added :

I am fully aware of the excellent humanitarian motives of those people who
do not want to wait until the best possible vaccine has been developed to provide
this protection to those who may get it now. Their motives are of the best and
highest * * * But in attempting to do it at a time when we cannot be absolutely
certain of avoiding another incident such as has occurred, we may eventually do
more harm than good by going too fast. For that reason, the decision I have
reached for myself * * * is that it would be much better as of now, for the manu-
facturing companies to stop further production of this current vaccine with the
dangerous strains, and immediately get to work * * * to see whether or not they
can produce antigenically equally as good vaccine with the other strains which
are now available.™

Eepresentative "Wolverton pressed for an immediate vote of the panel
on the two issues : the use of the Mahoney strain and the continuation
or suspension of the program. Sabin stated his position, and inserted a
letter agreeing with him from Dr. W. McD. Hammon, a panelist from

wibid., pp. 150-158.
'* Ibid., p. 171.

'■> iDia., p. IV 1.

7» Ibid., pp. 162-166.

wibid., p. 170.

330

Dr. Salk's University of Pittsburgh, who could not appear at the hear-
ing. The other panelists did not want to commit themselves at this
point and continued the debate.

Dr. Stanley of Walter Reed criticized the NFIP methods of publi-
cizing the report, saying that it did not advance scientific inquiry.

This is the first time in history * * * when a scientific program has gone ahead
pretty much on the basis of not completely unpublished work ; but work which is
not readily available to scientists generally.

He added that the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis had
tried to speed up the process by appointing a coimnittee to oversee re-
search and analysis, but that the procedure was faulty and should not
be repeated.

I would hope that in the future that scientific accomplishments and discoveries
would be published and made available to all throughout the world for checking
and double checking * * *."

The panelists then explored the merits of PHS testing procedures.
Dr. Shannon stated that improvement of such techniques was under
study. Dr. Salk said that currently used techniques were sufficiently
precise and did show the presence of dangerous live virus in the Cutter
vaccine lots. Other members of the panel withheld judgment on the
question either because they had not been provided with all necessary
information, or because they said, they were not qualified to answer.'^^

As the pressure for taking the vote mounted, Dr. Paul repeated that
both panelists and committee members would have to interpret the de-
cision made as one of calculated risk :

* * * What we will be discussing and voting upon is a problem of calculated
risk. This problem comes to every clinician who treats sick patients a dozen times
a day. There are dangers in doing this, there is good in doing this ; there is no
arbitrary answer. It is a question of calculated risk.™

Chaimian Price told the committee and the panelists that the com-
mittee did not have the responsibility for making scientific decisions,
but that he wanted it made known that he expected the information
presented in the panel to help the PHS in solving many of the prob-
lems brought out m the discussion :

This committee * * * has the responsibility to decide whether this legislation
should or should not be reported to the floor of the House. Of course, this decision
involves scientific questions relating to the safety and effectiveness of the vaccine
which is to be used * * *.

I want to point out * * * this committee does not have the responsibility nor
could it ever hope to discharge the responsibility of determining what the mini-
mum requirements should be which the Public Health Service should insist upon
with regard to the manufacture of any particular vaccine.

* * * The committee could not hope to decide whether the protein matter
remaining in the vaccine should be strained out by the manufacturers or can
safely remain in the vaccine. Nor could the committee decide * * * whether
individual phy.sicians should or should not give the vaccine to children * * *.

Finally this committee does not have the responsibility of determining whether
any private organization should or should not go ahead with any program * * *.

I am aware, of course, that the testimony which was presented here * * * will
no doubt have indirectly some effect on these other determinations which the
Public Health Service, individual physicians, private organizations, and * * *
the parents of this country will have to make.'"

" Ibid., p. 178.
wibld., pp. 192-195.
'"Ibid., pp. 191-192.
s°Ibid., pp. 183-184.

331

^Mien the final vote was counted, eicfht of the 1?> panelists voted to
continue the inoculation program: two declined to vote saying they
were not competent in the area ; one, Dr. Salk, abstained ; and three,
Drs. Sabin, Hammon and Enders voted to discontinue the program.
Of those voting, all supported substitution of a less virulent strain for
the Mahoney virus.

Acceptance of enabling legislation for distrihution of vaccine

The Poliomyelitis Vaccination Assistance Act of 1955 (Public Law
377, signed by the President on August 12, 1955), was a compromise
measure. It represented agreement of both House and Senate that
existing State mechanisms should be used to distribute the polio
vaccine. The Senate report had concluded :

* * * that the objective of protecting the Nation's children against paralytic
poliomyelitis * * * could be realized without the creation of any new govern-
mental mechanisms and without any major departure from established Federal,
State, and local public health patterns.^i

The House Subcommittee on Health and Science reported the bill
to the full committee on July 8. The full committee favorably reported
an amended bill, H.R. 7126 on July 14." After debate on the floor,
the House version was passed on August 1. It would have provided
50-50 matching grants to the States to provide vaccine only to needy
children.

The Senate committee reported its version of the bill, S. 2501, on
July 13, 1955. It did not require matching State funds for Federal
grants. Even before the Senate hearings had ended, the administration
had amended its bill by removing provisions which would have pro-
vided Federal funds to vaccinate only needy children. Thus, the Senate
bill also authorized a broad program of Federal grants to the States
to vaccinate children regardless of need. It was passed by voice vote,
July 18.

The conference committee dropped the House provisions for match-
ing funds only for need}- children and substituted the Senate's broader
grant authorization formula. The Senate and House agreed to the con-
ference report on August 2, 1955, the last day of the session.

The sum of $34.5 million was appropriated for the program for
fiscal year 1956. At the request of the President, the program was ex-
tendecl in 1956 to July 30, 1957, and an additional $72.8 million was
appropriated.

IV. Assessment of the Congressional Information Process

It was apparent throughout the 1955 hearings that the Congress was
not inclined to favor the proposals for tight Federal control and sup-
port of the national distribution of the Salk vaccine. The report pre-
pared by the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare sup-
ported the administration's view that existing distribution machinery
was adequate. The Department and its Public Health Service, as well
as the American Medical Association and State health officers, all testi-

^ U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Amending the Public
Health Service Act to authorize grants to States for the purpose of assisting States to
provide children and expectant mothers an opportunity for vaccination against polio-
myelitis. Report [to accompanv S. 2501.1 S4th Cons., first sess. S. Rppt. S.''>9 (Calendar
No. 847). (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office. July 13. 1955), p. 1.

82 U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Poliomyelitis
Vaccination Assistance Act of 1955 [to accompany H.R. 7126] H. Rept. 1186. (Wash-
ington. U.S. Government Printing Office, July 14, 1955.)

332

fied in op]:)Osition to a tifrhtly controlled Federal program. With the
support of these groups, the administration was able to win acceptance
for a program wntli a minimum of Federal involvement.

The technical issues of efficacy and safety of the vaccine were more
difficult to resolve. Some members of congressional committees investi-
gating the distribution issue questioned their own qualifications or
jurisdiction to weigh these matters. The PHS had taken measures to
strengthen its procedures concurrently with the hearings. While these
actions were initiated by PHS after its own assessment of the vaccine
management procedures, congressional pressure may have helped to
motivate PHS assessment and subsequent corrective action. Un-
doubtedly, many Members of Congress were gratified by the changes
in PHS procedures. Yet there still remained unanswered questions
about both the PHS procedures and the vaccine itself.

The public had been led to expect wide distribution thajt season of
an effective vaccine ; this was in question by late June. Confusion about
vaccine quality and safety had been evidenced in PHS management
throughout the spring : PHS had licensed the biological, suspended its
approval, reviewed the manufacturing process without revealing its
findings, promulgated new standards, and then renewed the program.
Members of Congress sought to learn more about the steps taken by
PHS to correct deficiencies in its licensing procedure. Moreover, not
wanting to underwrite distribution of a potentially hazardous bio-
logical, they wanted to learn how great a calculated risk was involved.

One flaw in the Salk vaccine procedure was attributable to the un-
precedented nature of its sponsorship. The National Foundation for
Infantile Paralysis was funded by donations from millions of Amer-
icans in annual voluntar^^ campaigns. It was eager to fulfill its pledges
to the pu])lic, and had extensively publicized Dr. Salk's vaccine as the
first major fruit of its work. The unorthodox manner in which the
medical development was publicized hampered its acceptance by the
medical profession. ]Many physicians and public health authorities
hesitated to take a stand on its use because the results of the testing
program had not been circulated through the normal channels of scien-
tific and medical literature. Medical periodicals could not publish the
report in time for the vaccination program to begin before the start
of summer. The National Academy of Sciences had declined to sponsor
a conference to announce the results of the report. And Carter asserted
that the NFIP had refused an offer from the American Medical Asso-
ciation to uiidertake a prepubli cation review of the field trial results.^^

Congressional review of PHS procedures in bringing the vaccine to
quantit}' production turned up other flaws, although PHS and DHEW
witnesses released the details of the operation piecemeal and with ap-
parent reluctance. The nature of the calculated risk, which the Francis
report had said was based on an estimated 60 to 90 percent effectiveness
of the vaccine, was rendered suspect by the manufacturing variables
associated with large-scale production. It began to appear that PHS
had not fully evaluated safety requirements, and had miscalculated
the procedures needed to assure an adequate safety margin for quaiitity
production. A ccording to Fisher, the vaccine advisory committee estab-
lished by NFIP had "* * * lacked sufficient safeguards to prevent

«3 Carter, op. clt, pp. 247-248.

333

possible * * * dangerous action." ^* He also alleges that the foundation
had conmiitted itself to large orders of vaccine from commercial pro-
ducers, who stood to lose if the program fell behind schedule; this
circumstance contributed a further source of urgency.®^

The interaction of safety and quantity production had many aspects
of concern. Dr. Shannon and others in PHS had, indeed, questioned
the validity of Dr. Salk's process for inactivating the virus with
formalin. Another question had been with respect to the use of mer-
thiolate as a preservative.^^ ]\Iore generally, Dr. Jolin Enders, who
later received a Nobel Prize for his contribution to virology research
that had opened the way to development of the Salk vaccine, had
predicted that:

For a long time, researchers will be concerned with such matters as the dura-
tion of immunity, the determination of whether dissemination of the virus is
reduced in the community, and whether resistance established as the result of
vaccination will be reinforced and maintained, as Dr. Salk believes, through
repeated inapparent infection of natural origin.^"

One difficulty encountered by PHS in disclosing its own share of
responsibility for error in the development of quantity production of
the vaccine derived from the legal constraint that prevented public
disclosure of problems encountered in manufacturing processes over
which it maintained surveillance.^^ However, the June 10 report of
PHS to the President publicly revealed both a deficient scientific base
and a generally deficient industrial base in manufacturing operations.
Although somewhat belatedly, PHS recognized these problems,®^ and,
as indicated in the June 10 report, took steps to correct them.

To cut through the uncertainties that had accumulated about the
vaccine and its safety, the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce resorted to a panel of scientific experts as a source of
objective advice on the situation. The panel was able to draw on the
information in the June 10 report, as well as on data from its own
sources. The panelists reflected the controversy prevailing in the scien-
tific community about the vaccine. However, it was contrary to cus-
tomary scientific procedure in the resolving of the issue, to put pres-
sure on the group of scientists to poll their membership on the matter ;
a more usual method is the systematic and deliberate winnowing of
the evidence, and if necessary the gathering of new evidence, until a

8* Fisher, op. cit., p. 71.

86 Ibid., pp. 73-74.

*8 Carter, op. cit., p. 261, observed that PHS officials had insisted on the use of merthio-
late as an additive, while Dr. Salk had not. Field experience revealed that it reduced the
antigenicity of the type I virus strain in the vaccine. Thereafter, PHS requirements
omitted this item.

^ As quoted in Carter, op. cit., p. 260.

»' According to the Code of Federal Regulations. "Information in the records or posses-
sion of the [Public Health], Service obtained by the Service under an assurance of confi-
dentiality which the Surgeon General or his authorized representative determines to be
necessary for the purpose of any research, survey, investigation, or collection of statistical
data may be disclosed only with the consent of the person, association, or agency to
which such assurance was given . . ." or if necessary to prevent epidemic or oppose legal
action against a U.S. employee. Information relating to the licensing of a biological may
be disclosed, at the discretion of the Surgeon General, ". . . only to Federal, State, or

8» See : Technical Report on Salk Poliomyelitis Vaccine, op. cit. Detailed statements on
the lack of adequate science base were not given by the PHS in congressional testimony
in 1955. Later statements detailing the problems were made in congressional testimony :
Testimony of Dr. Leonard Scheele, in U.S. Congress, House Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce. Extension of Poliomyelitis Vaccination Assistance Act, Hearings before
a subcommittee of the * * * on H.R. 8704, a bill to extend through June 30, 1957, the
duration of the Poliomyelitis Vaccination Assistance Act of 1955, January 24, 1956 S4th
Congress, 2d session. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1956), pp 11-12 and
James A. Shannon, M.D., Director of the NIH. PHS, U.S. Department of Health. Educa-
tion, and Welfare. "NIH — Present and Potential Contribution to Application of Biomedical
Knowledge." Op. cit., pp. 72-86.

334

genuine consensus is arrived at. It was evident, on this occasion, that
the panelists resisted the taking of such a vote on the continuance of
a program that some of them said should be further studied and dis-
cussed. Nevertheless, when confronted with the need to arrive at a
decision, the panel did not recommend halting the program. Appar-
ently it was compelled, reluctantly, to conclude that PHS corrective
actions were reasonably adequate. These conclusions helped to allevi-
ate congressional concern, and encouraged the decision to sponsor mass
public distribution of the vaccine.

In addition, the panel served usefully to provide the Congress with
objective information about the issues at stake, and to inform the
committee about the components of the calculated risk the program
involved. It also served to make public a scientific debate that in-
formed the public that there was some risk to be encountered in the
wide public use of the vaccine.

The House Commerce Committee report made it clear that the
committee regarded the panel presentation as valuable in allaying
fears about proceeding with the program on the basis of a calculated
risk :

The panel presentation made it clear that the use of the Salk vaccine involved
certain risks. However, on the basis of the panel presentation, the committee
believes that the experts, on the whole, feel the risks involved are small in
comparison with the benefits which they expect can be derived, from the applica-
tion of the vaccine. Furthermore, there is a distinct possibility, according to
the testimony, that the vaccine will be made still safer by substituting a less
virulent strain of the virus for one of the strains now used in the production of
the vaccine.*"

While the committee did not consider legislation to strengthen PHS
administration, it took notice of the procedural changes made in the
agency and added its interpretation of the need for PHS obligations
in future vaccine development and surveillance:

* * * The committee is happy to note that the Public Health Service has an-
nounced the formulation of a research program which includes the consideration
of other strains of poliomyelitis virus for inclusion in the vaccine. It is gratifying
to the committee to know that this research program will be participated in by
university, industrial, and governmental laboratories. This cooperative endeavor
appears to give renewed assurance that the development of an even better vaccine
will be pursued aggressively and on a cooperative basis.

Finally, the committee feels that compression of time has been responsible in
several instances, in connection with development, testing, and licensing of the
poliomyelitis vaccine, for a great deal of confusion and the taking of unnecessary
risks. Under these circumstances, the committee feels all the more that sufficient
time should be allowed to the States to develop the best possible vaccination pro-
grams and to use a vaccine which gives every assurance that the risks inherent
in its use are as slight and the benefits as great as scientific knowledge may make
possible.®^

Smooth acceptance and distri'bution of Sabin vaccine

In evaluating the consequences of the congressional investigation
of the Salk vaccine in 1955 and the result of congressional recommen-
dations, it is useful to review the activities of the PHS in 1961 with
respect to the licensing of the Sabin oral vaccine. On May 14, 1961,
President Kennedy requested that Congress appropriate $1 million for
the "stockpiling" of the Sabin vaccine in case of polio outbreaks in the
United States. At the same time he requested continued use of the Salk

"o House Report No. 1186, cit., p. 3057.
« Ibid., p. 3063.

335

vaccine. As of that date, no applications had been filed with the PHS
by pharmaceutical manufacturers for licenses to produce the Sabin
vaccine. The Health and Science Subcommittee of the House Com-
mittee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, immediately held hearings
on the matter (March 16 and IT, 1961) .""

Several significant changes, detailed in these hearings, were made by
the PHS in dealing with the development and licensing of the Sabin
oral vaccine. The reorganization of the PHS in 1955 had provided for
the establishment of the Division of Biologies Control, charged with
keeping the PHS fully informed of the development of new biologi-
cals, and taking part in onsite industrial inspection of plants while the
new vaccine was being developed.

By 1961, the Sabin vaccine had been licensed and extensively manu-
factured and used in Great Britain, the Soviet Union, and other Euro-
pean countries. The delay in American licensing can be attributed to
two factors: (1) the lack of a suitable U.S. population in which to test
the efficacy of the oral vaccine because of the extensive Salk vaccination
program; and (2) the cautious and deliberate response of PHS.

Even during the early 1950's the Congress had encountered the con-
troversy over the relative merits of an oral (attenuated) versus a killed
(inactivated) vaccine. Most virologists agreed that an oral vaccine
would be cheaper to produce, would be easier to adminster, and would
provide longer immunity. Nevertheless much more research would be
needed before an oral polio vaccine could be licensed. For example,
the fact that an "attenuated virus' vaccine actually induced a mild
infection j^rovoked some question as to whether the virus might be-
come dangerously virulent after passage through the human intestine
and cause a polio epidemic in the community. Conversely, if the
whole community were vaccinated at the same time would the chain
of transmission of the disease be broken ?

Profiting from experience with the Salk vaccine, the PHS antici-
pated research and potential requests for licenses for an oral vaccine. It
took precautions to maintain surveillance over the research clone on the
Sabin vaccine by the manufacturers.

On June 30, 1958, the PHS established a Committee on Live Polio-
virus Vaccine. From that date until licensing, the committee met some
15 times. Numerous articles were published in scientific periodicals by
members of the committee as well as PHS officials to report to the
scientific community on progress and problems in the development of
the vaccine. PHS issued several interim reports and lists of proposed
standards to manufacturers, issued warnings about hast}' production,
attended international conferences treating the matter, and frequently
consulted with industry to discuss the safety and efficacy of the vaccine.
Thus, despite charges of a "polio vaccine gap" between the Unitecl
States and the Soviet Union, the PHS, cautious about potential haz-
ards, refrained from yielding to the pressure of public opinion. Gradu-
ally, each of the three strains of the Sabin vaccine was licensed. PHS
continued to maintain surveillance over the vaccine once distribution

^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Polio vaccines
Hearings before a subcommittee of the • * ♦ on developments with respect to the manu-
facture of live virus polio vaccine and results of utilization of killed virus polio vaccine
Mar. 16 and 17, 1961, 87th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1961).

336

began, and later issued recommendations that the Salk vaccine be given
primarily to adults, and the Sabin to children.

Undeniably, the introduction of the Sabin vaccine followed a more
orderly and deliberate course than had the Salk vaccine. To some ex-
tent, this was attributable to the fact that the edge had been taken off
the public fears of polio by the earlier treatment. The reduced pressure
for an instant preventive allowed the systematic processes of scientific
evaluation and validation to operate.

The question is unresolved as to whether the experience with the
Salk vaccme has conferred any lasting lessons applicable to some new
solution for a hitherto intractable disease such as cancer or lukemia.
The complex jurisdictions prevailing in medicine, the deepseated
policy positions concerning its organization and control, and the urg-
ency of making generally available some promising remedy for a
widely feared disease, might precipitate a future repetition of the
confusions generated by the Salk vaccine. Possibly the enlarged re-
search effort and capability of the NIH gives some assurance of im-
proved coordination of large-scale medical programs in the future.

CHAPTER THIRTEEN— THE "WATER POLLUTION CON-
TROL ACT OF 1948, THE DILEMMA OF ECONOMIC COM-
PULSION VERSUS SOCIAL RESTRAINT

I. IXTRODUCTIOX

The subject of tliis chapter confronted the Congress shortly after
World War II : How to deal with the growing problem of polluted
streams and other surface water.

The question arose out of public awareness that the quality of water
in U.S. rivers and streams was deteriorating noticeably. Industry, after
nearly a decade of depression doldrums, had experienced 5 years of
war and postwar boom, and an expanding population required new
housing and urban facilities ; both of these developments increased the
extent of use of the Nation's waterways, and virtually every such use
increased the level of impurities they carried. In addition, during a
decade of depression, the Government had undertaken many civil
works, to dredge cliannels and impound streams behind dams; these
had the combined effect of slowing streamflow and decreasing the rate
at which impurities were carried away. Moreover, a lively technology
had created new pesticides, new detergents, new fertilizers, and many
other new chemicals for use in home, industry or farm, that poured
into the Nation's drainage system.

The Congress, in 1948, was asked to decide what priority of water
values society required, and who was to pay the costs resulting from
the priorities selected.

The issues of national loater pollution aiid pollution control

The problem was to achieve a balance between the economic values
of unrestricted industrial and municiiDal uses of water on the one hand,
and on the other the ethical values of cleanliness, esthetic quality,
preservation of the ecology of nature, and human health. The health
issue was less salient because household use of water required elaborate
processing in any event; such processing not only eliminated bacterial
pollutants but also filtered out or neutralized dangerous industrial
contaminants.

From the economic standpoint, each industrial user of water re-
quired some initial level of quality for his purposes. He might under-
standably claim a constitutional right to this use, including the right to
discharge pollutants into an adjacent stream, as essential to his com-
petitive position. However, as streams became more polluted, more
investment was required to process the wat^r before it was usable by
industry. Also, each industrial or municipal use of water added to the
load of impurities as the water proceeded downstream. Thus, usei^
upstream added to the costs of water use to users downstream. Down-
stream industry, accordingly, had more economic interest in pollution

(337)
99-044—69 23

338

control measures than industry upstream. Industry upstream impaired
the property right in water of industry downstream.

Plant management might feel an obligation to the public to mod-
erate the pollution it caused in a stream — to invest in bjqoroduct
research, in treatment facilities after use of the water, in settling
ponds, and other appropriate measures — but there were practical
limits to what the individual company could do without destroying
its competitive position and itself.

In the issue of water pollution, tliere were many rival claimants —
tliose upstream and those downstream, those having an economic
interest in streams as sources of process water or as waste disposal
systems and those having an ethical or social interest in preserving
the relative purity of water for swimming, boating, fishing, recrea-
tion, and general environmental satisfactions. There were also tliose
having an economic interest in real estate whose value depended on
the preservation of the adjacent noneconomic values.

The Congress also was faced with many other complicating factors.
Some of these were:

(a) The issue of national governmenfaJ authority versus States''
rights. — Although river systems frequently involved several States,
the i]idividual polluter could be considered as operating within a
single State. Regulation of pollution accordingly posed a thorny
problem of State versus national legal jurisdiction.

(5) The Issue of admmlstratlve jurifidictwir among Federal agen-
eles. — Pollution related to public health, civil engineerino' and con-
struction, conservation, agriculture, url)an problems, industry, and
commerce, among other elements of public concern. Assignment of ad-
ministrative res]ionsibility for implementation of programs or formu-
lation of policy had inescapable complications of agency jurisdiction.

(c) f'onf/'et of local Interest and national pollej/. — ]Many local
communities had a parochial interest in the prosperity of their own
local industry, as source of employment and income, and as a tax
base to support community services. Some local communities had a
parochial interest in the quality of adjacent waters. Proposed national
policies or actions respecting pollution invariably had a wide range
of possible different local impacts, making inescapable a conflict of
national and local interests as to type, direction, level, timing, pay-
ment, and management of corrective action.

(d) Assignment of costs for preventing or tolerating water pollu-
tion.— Costs were involved, both economic and noneconomic, regardless
of whether pollution was corrected or tolerated. Manv kinds of eco-
nomic and intangible costs were involved. Competitive position of
industry, construction of facilities, loss of tax revenues, alternative
methods of disposal of wastes, and additional processing arrangements
were all factors that could be measured in quantitative dollar terms.
Factors like odor, bacterial content, reduced game fish population, dis-
coloration, oil slicks, sediment, and the like, were less amenable to
measurement but yet constituted costs. However, at some point the load
of pollutants would foreseeably become so heavy that a stream would
lose not only its intangible recreational value, but also its economic
value. Determination of the allocation of costs and benefits, and estab-
lishment of quality standards, were among the most difficult and
controversial aspects of pollution control.

339

(e) The timing of action to control^ haU, or correct pollution. — The
timing of Government action, or of private action with Government
sponsorsliip, depended on the resolution of a number of variables that
determined the comparative economic, ethical, and political costs and
benefits of action at various possible alternative times. Some of these
variables included —

the advantage of early action to prevent a worsening of the

problem, further increase in vested interest in opposition to action,

or an enlargement in the costs of action ;

the advantage of prompt action jnelding early benefits versus

the advantages of postponing action until an economic recession

occurred; and

the taking of prompt action to prevent a worsening of national

problems of pollution versus the deferral of action until public

dissatisfactions became strong enough to provide an unmistakable

mandate, including public willingness to defray the high costs of

corrective action.
These were among the issues raised by witnesses and considered by
the Congress when the first Water Pollution Control Act was adopted
in 1948.^ The legislation enacted was explicitly temporary and experi-
mental. It was intended to be reviewed, after it had been implemented
for a 5-year trial period. Then it was to have been revised on the basis
of this experience. Greatest opposition had come from those parties
who would be compelled to bear the economic burden of cleaning up
their water — industries and local governments. Congress was aware
of these factors and recognized the imi:)ortance of these interests.
Justification for enactment thus was based on concern for only one
problem caused by pollution — concern for maintenance of pul^lic
health. Consideration of water ]iollution within the scope of national
effort to conserve and improve the Nation's water supply for multiple
uses had to wait until later. Eight years went by before a first perma-
nent measure became law. During this period, appropriations had
been substantially less than had been requested, perhaps insufficient to
provide a fair test of the provisional legislation, or of the advantages
of Federal water pollution regulation generally.

HoAvever, once the legislation became pennanent. in 19.56, it was
thereafter progressively further strengthened by amendments in 1961,
196.5, and 1966.- Continued degradation of water quality helped
sharpen the congressional and national perspective as to the water pol-
lution problem. Passage of the Water Quality Act of 1965 ensured
that antipollution measures would legally have to account for many
other criteria of water quality. Creation of a Water Pollution Control
Administration and transferral of that agency from the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare to the Department of the Interior
indicated recognition of the need to coordinate water pollution activi-
ties with those of water conservation and water resources research.
The outlook is for a continuation of this process, in response to the
growing need for control and the growing technological and adminis-
trative capabilities for providing it.

1 Publif Law 80-845. signwl June 30, 1948.

2 Pnbllo Law 84-660. aiiproved July 9. 1956. amended by the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act Amendments of 1961. Public Law 87-88. approved July 20. 1961. Water
Quality Act of 1965, Public Law 89-234, approved Oct. 2. 1965, and Clean Water Restora-
tion Act of 1966, Public Law 89-753, approved Nov. 3, 1966.

340

The thrust of the present study, however, is to demonstrate the dif-
ficulty encountered by the Congress in designing legislation to satisfy
two sets of unrelated constraints — economic and ethical— in a matter
with both a national and local aspect, with dispersed administrative
jurisdiction, incomplete technical foundation for decisionmaking, and
a virtual absence of standards of value.

Evolving prohlons with loater pollution in preioar years

Concern over water pollution in the United States had existed long
before passage of the 1948 law. The discharge of increasing quantities
of untreated industrial and human wastes had come to overtax the
natural capacities of the Nation's vraterways for self purification.
Swimming areas had to be closed down for reasons of public health.
Estuarine pollution killed oft' many shellfish beds, destroying the
industries that depended on them. Even though public expenditures
for sewage treatment plants continued to ascend, the capacities of such
plants lagged further behind the need.

During the first half of the 20th century numerous abortive efforts
were made in Congress to enact legislation asserting Federal control
over water pollution, to increase research on aspects of pollution
abatement, and to fund control measures carried out by States and
municipalities. Between 1900 and 1948, 90 bills were introduced in the
Congress to achieve one or more of these goals.^

In 1936, a water pollution control bill was introduced by Senator
Barkley and Representative Vinson. This bill was first adopted and
then turned back on a move to recommit in the closing hours of the
session. The same bill was again passed in 1938, but was vetoed by
President Roosevelt on the basis of technical defects in the provision
for grants and also of the question as to the bill's constitutionality.

In 1939, the Special Advisory Committee on Water Pollution of
the National Resources Committee reported to President Roosevelt:

Water pollution is a problem of national concern. It is especially serious in
the relatively populous and highly industrialized northeastern section of the
country. * * *

Pollution comes from three major sources : municipal sewage * * * mining
waste * * * industrial waste * * *. These wastes are inimical to the public
interest in a variety of ways. The receiving waters may carry substances which
cause disease, obnoxious tastes, odors, and colors, which decrease the utility
of water for industrial purposes, corrode structures, prevent or jeopardize
recreation, and reduce aquatic and other forms of wildlife.*

The report urged that the scope of pollution control be enlarged
beyond public health considerations and encompass the objectives
of conservation of wildlife and development of recreation; pollution
control should be included in the planning for the development of
river basin projects; the hazards of pollution should receive pub-
licity ; and intensified research in causes and corrective measures
should be undertaken by Government and industry. Emphasis should
be on regulation by the States but Federal legislation was needed
(in substance) to provide—

3 The Library of Congress. Legislative Reference Service. Water Pollution Control Bills.
Inserted in : U.S. Congress. House Committee on Public Works. Water Pollution Control
Hearings before the * ♦ * on H.R. 123, H.R. 315. H.R. 470, bills to provide for water-
pollution-control activities in the U.S. Public Health Service, and for other purposes.
June 11, 12, 18, and 16, 1947. No. 12. 80th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1947), pp. 117-117 (hereafter referred to as House hearings, 1947).

■• U.S. National Resources Committee. Advisor.v Committee on Water Pollution in the
United States. "Third Report of the * * • Message From the President of the United
States Transmitting a Report on Water Pollution In the United States." 76th Cong., Ist
sess., H. Doc. 155. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing: Office. Feb. 16, 1939), p. 1.

341

A Federal agency, Trorking in cooperation with the States, to
study and report on water pollution and pollution abatement
projects, to determine criteria for water quality.

Loans or grants to public agencies, and loans to nonpublic
enterprises for construction of waste treatment plants.
Federal assistance to the States in technical areas.^
A new bill somewhat along these lines was tried in Congress in
1940; this time the bill was defeated over a ditference between the
Senate and House versions. Thereafter, interest in the subiect waned
until after World War 11.^

II. Postwar Coxsideration of Antipollution Legislation

The issue of legislative control over water pollution was revived
almost immediately after World War II. Four days of hearings were
held by the House Committee on Eivers and Harbors on the subject
in Xovember 1945. Urgency of such legislation was stressed by repre-
sentatives of the Izaak Walton League who asked for an early pro-
hibition of further sources of pollution, and provisions for Federal
funding of corrective measures. A different position was taken by
Abel Wolman, former chairman of the National Eesources Com-
mittee's special advisory committee on water pollution. He viewed
water pollution as a serious and continuing problem, but one on
which action could be deferred until the outlay would serve the double
purpose of pollution abatement and providing unemployment relief
during economic depression. For the most part, he implied, industries
and municipalities could manage the financing of needed works.^
Congress took no further action on the matter in that session.

The following year, under the sponsorship of the Conference of
State Sanitary Engineers, a national meeting was convened, in Novem-
ber, of representatives of State and national health agencies, conserva-
tion organizations, and technical societies, to discuss water pollution.
This meeting produced a legislative proposal vrhich became the basis
for the 1948 act.

Legislative proposals for water pollution abatement in 191^7

An initial bill, sponsored by Senators Barkley and Taft, S. 418, was
introduced, January 29, 1947, that embodied the recommendations of
the conference. The Barkley-Taft bill called for (in substance) —
Eesearch and technical assistance to State and interstate agen-
cies for investigation of water jwllution from sewage and indus-
trial Avastes ;

_ Federal grants to States and interstate agencies for investiga-
tion and promotion of water pollution control with annual
appropriations at $1.5 million for an indefinite period;

5 IblcL, pp. 82-87.

8 For legislative history of this period, see : U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Com-
merce. Water-Pollution Control. Hearings before the * • * on S. 1691, a bill to prevent
the pollution of the navigable waters of the T'nited States, and for other purposes Mar 22
23, and 27. 1939. 76th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office'
1939), 177 pages ; U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Commerce. Water-Pollution Control.
Report to accompany S. 685. 76th Cong., 1st sess. Report 120, (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office. 19.39), 4 pages; U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Commerce, cre-

Water Pollution. Nov. 13, 14, 15. and 20, 1945. 79th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1946), p. 67.

342

Partial grants and loans to municipalities and industries for
construction of pollution abatement works witli annual appropria-
tions at $100 million for an indefinite period;

Grants for advance planning of pollution abatement works to
States, interstate agencies and other public bodies;
Development by watersheds for pollution control ;
Promotion of interstate compacts ;

Enforcement of pollution abatement, of interstate waters only,
through Federal court action without public hearings or State
consent ;

Establishment of a National "Water Pollution Control Advisory
Board; and
Administration by the Surgeon General.
Companion bills were introduced in the House.^
Extensive hearings were held on these bills in subcommittees of
the Senate and House Committees on Public Works.^ In the Senate
subcommittee, testimony was received from 88 witnesses during 10
days of hearings (403 pages of testimony and exhibits) : in the House
subcommittee 40 witnesses appeared during 4 days of hearings (270
pages of testimony and exliibits). Views were obtained from repre-
sentatives of the Federal Government, State health organizations, in-
dustry and trade associations, chambers of commerce, conservationists,
sanitary engineering consulting firms, and municipal officials.

Communications from interested Federal agencies mostly supported
the objectives of the proposed legislation, while differing on details.
The Federal Security Agency, and the Public Plealth Service (later to
be incorporated in the Department of HEW) reconnnended that the
legislation be in the form of an amendment to the existing Public
Health Service Act.^° The Department of Agriculture recommended
that the bill positively prohibit new sources of pollution." It also pro-
posed that if a State failed to act, cases could be brought to court, by
authority given to the Surgeon General. The Department of the Inte-
rior expressed resen" ations as to the extent of enforcement desirable at
that time:

* * * Some exercise of the police power [saifl the Departmental statement] i.s
probably necessary to implement an effective pollution program but it is very
doubtful whether stringent methods should be resorted to at the present time,
or within any narrowly limited time after enactment of appropriate legislation.'"

The Bureau of the Budget said that authorization of Federal grants
or loans for the construction of pollution abatement projects should be
deferred until results were available from the studies and investiga-
tions envisioned under other provisions of the proposed legislation."

* Thf Sf wprp H.R. 315. intrnrtucpd by Rppresentativp Snpnce. and H.R. 470. introflncpfl
by Rpprpsontativp Elston. .Tnn. 6. 1947 ; a separatp bill by Reprpspntativp Mundt. H.R. 12.S,
introfliifpr] .Tnn. ?•. ]947. diffprpd from tlip othprs in (1) probibitiiicr new snnrrps of pollu-
tion nnlpss approvpd by tliP Surgeon General and State health fifflcials. (2) iiroyidiiifr an
ppoape clause from Federal court action in the case of financial or technical inability to
oomrdy with nn otherwise lecally enforceable administrative order.

"House. Committee on Public Works. Water pollution control. Hearings op. clt. : U.S.
Congress. Senate Committee on Public Works. Stream pollution control. Hearings before a
subcommittee of the * * * on S. 41.'<. a bill to provide for water-polUition-control activities
In the T' S. Public Health Service, and for other purposes. Apr. 22. 23, 24. and 2S, 1947.
80th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947), 403 pages.
(Hereafter referred to as Senate hearings, 1947).

'" Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C, ch. (5A), .Tuly 1, 1944.

" Senate hearings, 1947. op. clt., p. 11.

12 Ibid., p. Ifi.

^3 Ibid., p. 15.

343

A different approach to pollution control was suggested by the Federal
"Works Agency." This was to consider pollution control as essentially
a matter of civil engineering.

Testimony in support of the water pollution control hill

Testifying in support of S. 418, Dr. Thomas Parran, Surgeon Gen-
eral of the Public Health Service, dealt with the need for pollution
control, the hazards to health of existing levels of pollution, the eco-
nomic losses resulting from fouled streams, the issue of State versus
National regulations, and the magnitude of the program his agency
recommended. Pollution, he said, was an increasing hazard. Wastes
were being dumped into the Nation's streams at an ever-increasing
rate.^^ Industrial pollutants were being increased in both quantity and
variety :

* * * Untreated industrial wastes are damaging otir waterways seriously. Tan-
neries, pulp, and paper mills, textile mills, canning plants, milk wastes, proteins,
and grease, all go into our streams. In providing our tables with meat, the pack-
ing industry has contributed blood, dirt, hair, manure, flesh, and grease to the
pollution our rivers must carry away. Gas and coke plants, oil fields, and re-
fineries, mines, metal industries, dump cyanide salts, acids, culm (coal dust),
waste oil. brine, phenols, into our water courses.

Moreover, [he went on], technological advances further complicate the pic-
ture. The synthetic rubber industry added butadiene and styrene wastes to our
problems. With the development of industries engaged in work related to nuclear
energy, there will be new difficulties in waste dispo.sal * * *. With each new in-
dustry and each new type of water there must be new investigation, study, and
research [by the Public Health Service] in order to develop satisfactory methods
of purifying such waste."

Modern technology had greatly improved the ability of municipali-
ties to assure the safety of their water supplies, said Parran, but as
the levels of pollution in raw water increased the problems of treating
it to achieve safety required "constant vigilance." In his judgment,
conditions in many small cities were already unsafe :

Administrative control over the safety of water supplied in small cities is
clearly inadequate * * *. More attention is necessary in the * * * control of dis-
infection of water * * *. Defects in collection, treatment, storage, or distribution
of water for public consumption are responsible for over three-fourths of the
waterborne illnesses reported in the United States * * *. Unprotected cross-
connections between polluted fire or auxiliary water supplies and public water
systems were the most important single cause responsible for waterborne
outbreaks * * *."

On the other hand, these cities and their industries were intensi-
fying the problem by releasing untreated sewage into the streams :

[P.H.S. studies indicated that] 40 percent, or the sewage from approximately
29.fK)0,000 people, is discharged to receiving waters with no treatment of any
kind * * *. The combined sewage and industrial wastes pollution for the country
as a whole approximates the raw sewage contributions of at least 100.000,000
people."

Economic costs of j^ollution were important, as well as the social,
recreational, and health costs. These included "added cost of treatment

"The Federal Works Agency (FWA) was created In 1939 by recommendation of Re-
orpanlzatlon Plan I. It was intended to consolidate the construction and opera tinfr func-
tions of the WPA. the FWA. the U.S. Housing: Authorlt.r, the Public Roads Administration,
and the Treasury and Department of the Interior in Washington. Administrator of FWA
was Philip B. Fleming, major general, USA (ret.), a former ofBcer of the Corps of
Engineers.

« Senate hearings, 1947, op. clt, pp. 25. 30-3fi.

^» Ibid., pp. 25-26.

" Ibid., pp. 26-27, 43.

" Ibid., p. 26.

344

of public and industrial water supplies, decrease in values of water-
front property, reduction in recreational returns, deterioration in
commercial and sports fishing, loss of sliellfisli groups, [and] water-
iborne disease." For example, there were substantial decreases in
income of small businesses dependent on shellfish-
Study of the waters in the vicinity of Hampton Roads in 1934 showed the total
shellfish production for the State of Virginia dropped from 7,024,000 bushels in
1897 to 3,757,000 bushels in 1932. The effect on the small businessman is demon-
strated by a typical case where one producer's net income dropped from 10,000
bushels ($2,870) in 1910 to 251 bushels ($30.22) in 1936.'°

On the thorny question of Federal versus State regulation, the PHS
position was that State control had proved inadequate bvit that Federal
control would need to invade this field in a gradual way. On the basis
of a compilation of current State laws relating to stream pollution
al^atement, it was found that "* * * Few States have adequate laws
for the prevention and abatement of water pollution and * * * the
majority of the States have only partially adequate laws based largely
upon the prevention of gross nuisances and conservation of water
resources rather than the protection of public health." ^o Pecleral action,
according to the PHS presentation, should include stimulus, coordina-
tion, research, and funding. Thus :

National stimulation, leadership and help are essential if watershed planning
is to take the place of the piecemeal approach we are now taking to the problem
of pollution abatement. To attack the problem most effectively this stimulation
and leadership should include research : assistance to States for carrying out
investigations and preparing plans for pollution abatement ; and financial aid
for construction of facilities ;

There are fine examples of interstate cooperation but there are many more
places where immediate effective cooperation is needed * * *. One of the promising
features of the legislation under discussion [was the provision] for stimulation
of interstate agreements and encouragement of uniform State laws for pollution
abatement;

Federal sponsorship of cooperative research on common problems that confront
many State and local governments avoids duplication of effort ;

There is urgent need for Federal assistance in working out the interstate
aspects of this prolilem. Practically all our river systems extend beyond the
limits of a single city or State. The community which discharges sewage and
industrial wastes into its streams is seldom affected by that pollution. It is the
downstream city, often across the State border, that suffers.^

PHS testimony gave as the cost of a "practical, comprehensive pro-
gram" based on 1942 construction costs, a total of about $1.6 billion,
including $1.4 billion for municipal sewage systems, and $160 million
for other industrial treatment of wastes.^-

The conservationist \'iew was presented to both Senate and House
committee hearings b}" Kenneth A. Eeid, executive director of the
Izaak "Walton League. Like PHS, he favored the pending legislation,
but regarded it as temporary and stopgap. Stronger legislation would
soon be needed, which would, in summary :

Prohibit new outlets for the discharge of pollution without
the approval of the Surgeon General ;

Place research emphasis on the removal of pollutants from
effluent systems before discharge into waterways, rather than on
water purification at points of intake ;

=3 Ibid., pp. 91. 96. 184.
2" Ibifl., pp. S50, 352-353.
=^ Ibid., p. 29.
23 Ibid., p. 40.

345

Unifonn control on a nationwide basis ;

Require industry to pay for the treatment of its own wastes;
Require industry to pay for research in the treatment of indus-
trial wastes, rather than to make this a Government charge;
Recognize all social costs of pollution, and not merely the public
health hazard ; and

Develop a strong program of Federal regulation."^
Several representatives of State and local governments supported
S. 418. In particular, Arthur D. Weston, chief sanitary engineer for
the ^Massachusetts Department of Public Health, and also represent-
ing the Conference of State Sanitary Engineers, presented the Senate
subcommittee with the results of a detailed survey of existing regula-
tory measures of the States in water pollution abatement. Of these
data he observed :

* * ♦ the most recent data indicate that, in 10 States, stream-pollution con-
trol is vested in the State health department only ; in 11 States, control is vested
in an agency which is separate from the State health department but closely
allied to it, with technical service probably being furnished by the State health
department and a member of the State health department serving on this
separate agency ; in 17 States, the State health department is charged with cer-
tain duties relating to stream-pollution control but there are also other State
agencies involved to some extent ; in four States, there is a water-pollution con-
trol board or similar agency, which is separate from the State health department
and which handles all water-pollution control activities; in six States there ap-
pears to be as yet no State agency which has been charged with pollution-
abatement control.^

Various spokesmen for municipalities gave graphic descriptions of
the unclean waters from which they obtained their domestic supplies.
Typical were the comments of W. R. Kellogg, city manager of Cin-
cinna-ti, Ohio :

The Ohio river, which carries away the human wastes from 18 million people
* * * is the only source of water supply for the city of Cincinnati * * *. The quality
of the raw water supply has progressively deteriorated * * * the situation was
so intolerable that * * * the city * * * about in 1938 had to completely renovate
its water-filtration plant * * *. Since then * * * the situation has become pro-
gressively worse * * * due to new industrial wastes * * *. The only common-
sense thing to do is to eliminate the burden on our water-treatment plants.^

A number of Members of Congress, including the sponsors, took
the stand to testify for the water pollution control bill. In particular,
Senator Barkley, made a strong statement on the need for Federal
action. It was, he insisted, '"* * * in harmony with the theory that Con-
gress not only has the right under the Constitution to control and
regulate commerce among the States, but it has a right to regulate the
instrumentalities of commerce, including rivers and railroads."

* * * There is a Federal obligation [he went on], and no city, no industry, can
do anything that would in any way affect the navigability of our rivers without
the consent of the Federal Government. [Similarly], the pollution of a stream
by any method, either by sewage or by wastage from manufacturing plants, is
not necessarily a local matter. It does affect the local people, but it affects people
[downstream] hundreds of miles from the point where the pollution has taken
place. Therefore, it is in the interest of the national health that the Federal
Government recognize its obligations and cooperate with every agency that is
interested in the elimination of this danger to life and to health.^'

-3 Ibid., DP- 91, 96, 184.
21 Ibid., p. 274.

^ House hearings, 1947, op. clt., pp. 9f>-97.

^Senate hearings, 1947. op. cit., p. 339. Similar statements were made by Senator Taft,
ibid., pp. 17-18, and by Representative Spence, House hearings, 1947, op. "cit., pp. 11-12.

3,46

Many meetings had been required for the drafting of the legislation,
which represented a compromise among a number of views. It was a
difficult area in which to legislate, and the members made it clear that
they did not expect to dispose of it for once and for all in a single bill,
nor to impose sudden and drastic changes by legislation,-^

Industrial opposition to Federal pollution control

Spokesmen for the industries held mainly responsible for the genera-
tion of industrial pollutants lined up solidly against Federal regula-
tion. They suggested that some degree of industrial pollution should be
tolerated because of industry's contributions to the economic health,
productivity, employment, and tax base of the Nation. State regulation
was adequate. The problem was a local one. Arbitrary application of
national standards vrould be inappropriate, would violate property
rights, and might hamper full utilization of resources. Some industrial
pollutants were harmless, moreover, and some were positively benefi-
cial.

Speaking for the American Paper and Pulp Association, its execu-
tive secretary, E. W. Tinker, said that his industrial group had spent
much effort and many millions of dollars "trying to find practical ways
to treat or utilize their effluents." As to national regulation, experience
in Europe and in the State governments had shown that "the purely
negative method of restraints and controls is not fruitful."

All but a half dozen of the States have enacted legislation which provides
ample funds and authority to study and, where appropriate, control municipal
and industrial discharges. The administration of these laws has become increa'*-
ingly effective. By what the State authorities have said * * * i judge they have
found their most effective tools to be, not the police power, but research and
education, and the cooperation they have been able to elicit from municipalities
and industrial establishments by personal acquaintance and daily contact."'*

The Western mining industry presented similar views. On behalf of
the American Mining Congress, its director and vice president, Donald
A. Callahan presented a resolution which declared that —

Water pollution is a local problem, varying widely in nature and extent, and
be.st dealt with by State and local agencies, supplemented where necessary by
interstate compacts. We oppose legislation vesting control over water pollution in
a Federal agency with power to set rigid standards and to force companies
[to comply?] through action in the Federal courts.^

He added that Federal legislation would "* * * create a threat
which cannot but seriously affect the continued production of metals
and minerals so essential to the security and prospevitv of our people."
In this same vein, A. W. Dickinson, also of the Mining Congress, as-
serted that maximum production in a complex economy required
"* * * balanced utilization of our streams by the individual, the muni-
cipalities, and bv industry." This, he said, was best attained by " * * *
cooperation, and with a minimum of State and national regulatory
legislation." ^° Another spokesman for the congress, Robert M. Searls,
warned that representatives of a bureaucratic agency in Washington
could not "appreciate the relative importance of local i^roblems" as well
as the local authorities in the Western mining States. Moreover, west

27 RenatP hearinpg, 1947, op. clt., pp. 337-338.

» Ibid., pp. 180-181.

20 Ibid., p. 192.

'" House hearings, 1947, op. clt., p. 2.S5.

347

of the Mississippi it was a "very, very minor problem'' that did not
require Federal reg:ulation,^^

A blunt claim of the petroleum industry of the right to pollute was
voiced by Harold L. Kennedy, speaking on behalf of the Independent
Petroleum Association of America, Mid-Continent Oil and Gas Asso-
ciation, National Petroleum Association, and the Western Petroleum
Association. He declared :

It is wpII known that the principal outlet for waste of every kind has from
time immemorial been of necessity through the natural drainage and streams of
the country. This is as true of industrial waste as of other types. The use of water-
ways by indu.stry in general and by the petroleum industry in particular for the
purpose of waste disposal has historically been necessary.^

An economic analysis presented by representatives of the bituminous
coal industry, hard hit after World War I by competitive fuels and
sagging markets,^=^ demonstrated the difficulties that industry would
have in complying with any thoroughgoing laws against stream pollu-
tion. Dr. Walter L. Slifer, research analyst and statistician of the Bitu-
minous Coal Institute, judged the cost to his industry of adequate pol-
lution abatement measures to be 50 cents per ton. He asserted that
"* * * The industry is not in a financial condition to bear it, espe-
cially in the face of competing sources of power — gas, oil. hydroelec-
tric." Additional costs would have to be met by increased prices of man-
ufactured products, which would result in inflation.^* A technical anal-
ysis of the coal industry's problems with stream pollution was pre-
sented by Henry Otto, of the Hudson Coal Co., Scranton, Pa. There
were, he said, no technical solutions available to reduce coal mine ef-
fluents. His analysis was as follows (in summary) :

CONTRIBUTING POLLUTANT ANALYSIS

Mine water and wash water containing Technically impossible and ecouomi-
sulphuric acid. cally prohibitive to neutralize with

lime ; also the need to di.spose of the
resultant polluting sludge.
Water containing fine coal and refuse Prohibitive capital cost to install purl-
in su.spension, resulting from wet sep- fying equipment ; if installed, a re-
aration of coal for market. suiting nuisance is caused by the dust

retrieved.
Fine coal in suspension resulting from Impossible to protect heaps from ero-
erosion of waste heaps from coal sion, many are on abandoned proper-
mined during the preceding 125 years. ties not covered by law.

Other coal industry spokesmen agreed. Jesse V. Sullivan, of the
West Virginia Coal Association claimed it would be impossible to
neutralize acid mine drainage that seeped into surface streams. The
only alternative would be to seal coal mines, which would put men
out of work, in addition to being only 50-percent effective.'^ Dr.
Harold J. Rose, vice president and director of research of Bituminous
Coal Research, Inc. declared: "It is research, that is needed, not more
legislation.'' ■'''' The special case of the bituminous coal industry was the
basis of an appeal by Harry Gandy, Jr., representing the National
Coal Association. If it were decided to adopt antipollution legislation,

*i Senate hearings, 1947, op. cit., pp. 204-205.

'^ House hearings, 1947, op, cit., p. 151.

''^ See ch. 11.

^ Senate hearings, 1947, op. cit., p. 254.

«6 House hearings. 1947, op. cit., pp. 201-202.

M Ibid., pp, 257-260.

348

he urged, "* * * then by the measure's specific terms the bituminous
coal industry shoukl be exempted." ^^

Some industry witnesses were not convinced that their effluent was
in any way harmful, and some even attributed beneficial qualities to it.
Andrew B. Crichton, president of the Johnstown Coal & Coke Co. of
Pennsvlvania, and director of the National Coal Association, remarked
that: '

As a matter of fact, acid mine drainage acts as a germicide and renders harm-
less great quantities of sewage pollution now flowing into the streams of the
Nation. Any attempt to compel the treatment of mine drainage * * * is an
economic waste, as it robs the people of the benefit of the purifying action of
the streams * ♦ *.^

The claim was substantiated by Otto who quoted from a U.S. Geo-
logical Survey paper (Water Supply Paper No. 8) to the effect that
acid mine drainage helped to create a potable source of drinking water :

The purifying effect of acid mine water [said the USGS report] will prevent it
from becoming a nuisance and damage to realty values * * *. The Susquehanna
River could not be used in its raw state for household purposes if no mine drain-
age was turned into it.^*

Another witness told the committee that turbidity from mining
fines had been found beneficial to fishing in Western rivers.^°

Ambivalence of State and 7mimclpal vieios on Federal legislation

Although a few of the representatives of State and local govern-
mental agencies had professed themselves in favor of Federal legisla-
tion, a majority were somewhat ambivalent. They agreed that water
pollution was a serious and growing problem, but tended to resist an
extension of the authority of the Federal Government in dealing
with it. Reed W. Digges, manager of the Hampton Roads Sanitation
District Commission, and j)resident of the Virginia Industrial Wastes
and Sewage Association, Norfolk, Va., in his opening testimony before
the House committee, declared that :

* * * Now is the time to start a large national program for antipollution, and
I beg of you not to delay. It is inevitable because all of our flowing streams, the
larger the more so, are open sewers."^

However, he opposed any control, because he did not think it would
be accejjtable to the Congress, and he did not think it would work if
it did pass.

I think the way to approach pollution abatement is by lending a hand rather
than holding a sword over the heads of the people * * *.

Every area knows its problems and is ready and willing to do something about
it, should they get financial help, engineering plans, working drawings and
sj>ecifications. The Government can make these things possible through helping
in the financing and you will not need a court action brought by the Surgeon
General or others to force areas to abate pollution/^

Instead of Government grants-in-aid, he favored financing by
revenue bonds or loans.

By having the Government accept second lien revenue bonds for one-third
of the costs of a project, the financing of the remaining cost of the project would
be facilitated, and will be accomplished on more advantageous terms than
otherwise.

37 Ibid., p. 272.

3^5 Ibid., p. 244.

3" House hearings, 1047, op. cit., pp. 70-71.

*" Senate liearings, 1947, op. cit., p. 289.

" House liearings, 1947, op. cit., p. 42.

« Ibid., p. 43.

349

If, due to local laws or other reasons, revenue bonds could not be issued by a
municipality, or district, to finance the costs of treatment facilities, and tax
bonds or public assessment bonds must be issued, a Government loan in an
amount not exceeding one-third of the estimated cost of the project might
be made * * */'

Louis Aiierbaeker, counsel of the Passaic (New Jersey) Valley
Sewage Commission, also opposed Federal enforcement. Existing ar-
rangements for court action relating to the formation of interstate
compacts were already prescribing and enforcing methods of treat-
ment and proper standards for allowable effluent. He expressed the fear
that, under the new legislation, the Surgeon General might issue regu-
lations that would be prohibitive in cost to the taxpayers of an area :

Our concern is lest a new agency come in, with headquarters in Washington,
that will say that these standards [already enforced locally] are not proper
for handling the waters of that river, and that they do not think it should be
treated in that way. That would mean all the local sewers would have to be
rearranged and reconstructed for all these municipalities, and it would impose
a staggering cost upon the inhabitants and taxpayers of that district."

Others, echoing industry users, wanted Federal intervention limited
to "coorciinating and stimulating and planning function (s),*^ or to
researcli.'*'' Richard ]\Iartin, director of the Connecticut State "Water
Commission, said the Federal Government could materially assist in
the pollution abatement program by enacting legislation to give Fed-
eral tax credits for industry's expenditures for pollution abatement.'*''
Walter J. Shea, chief of the Division of Sanitary Engineers, Rhode
Island Department of Health, objected to the provisions requiring
promulgation of uniform regulations :

* * * we can't require the same degree of treatment in any sensible way,
because in some instances the same waste from the same industry would require
very little treatment due to the large dilution, and in other cases it would require
extensive treatment.^*

The New Jersey State Department of Health presented to the House
hearing a chart illustrating the number and types of sewers and sewage
treatment plants in that State, as of May 19-i7. On the basis of the
chart, the State's attorney general told the committee flatly that the
States were better qualified than was the Federal Government to con-
trol pollution from local sewage effluent. He said :

stream pollution is of local concern. It can be abated by State and interstate
action. The bad effects of stream pollution are local and thus responsibility
for controlling it rests upon the localities concerned. In this respect, it is likt'
Dolice and fire orotection.

The enforcement of stream pollution laws oftentimes necessitates a balancing
of advantages and disadvantages requiring discretion which can be exercised by
local authorities. Sometimes a decision must be made whether to force the
closing of an industrial plant or the suspension of its operations * * * [or] to
embarras.s a municipality financially * * *. Such measuring of relative advantages
and disadvantages can best be done by a State or interstate authority * * *.^

Interagency contest over pollution control jurisdiction

Sponsors and supporters of the water pollution bills generally agreed
that the Office of the Surgeon General and the Public Health Service

« Ibid., p. 51.

" Ibid., p. 77.

*5 Statement of Edwin R. Cotton, engineer, secretary of the Interstate Commission on
the Potomac River Basin. In Ibid., p. 223.

^« Statement of Walter J. Shea, chief, division of sanitary engineering, Rhode Island
Department of Health. Hearings, 1947, op. clt., p. 105.

« Ibid., p. 131.

«Ibid., p. 105.

« Ibid., pp. 365-366.

350

would have principal responsibility for implementation. However, in
the conrse of both Senate and Plouse hearings, an alternative plan was
advanced by Administrator Fleming of the Federal Works Agency.
He otfered the committee a draft of a substitute bill which proposed to
deal with the problem of water pollution as an ingredient of a large
public works program; FWA would share administrative responsibili-
ties with the PHS for its imi)lementation. Echoing the earlier pro-
posal of Abel Wolman, Fleming suggested that the public works
spending envisioned under the legislation might he deferred until it
would be useful to help alleviate a depression. He saw pollution control
as primarily an engineering problem —

* * * requiring the services of professionally qualified and exi>erieiiced sani-
tary engineers who have actually been engaged in building sewage-disposal sys-
tems, in preparing or reviewing plans and specifications therefore, in making
engineering surveys, in evaluating the engineering feasibility of various types of
treatment plants, and otherwise in supervising and inspecting the day-to-day
construction activities both above and below the ground * * *. Personnel qualified
to perform these technical engineering functions are not available in a public
health organization.™

It would be a waste of "money, time, and personnel" he said, if the
FWA were not given shared responsibility for administration of the
program." PHS would have to retrain its staff to provide for the func-
tions needed. In a subsequent House appearance, Fleming presented
a 24-page document detailing the educational and professional quali-
fications of his staff, outlining the history of the agency, and giving
an overview of projects undertaken.^^

In opposition to the Fleming proposal. Senator Barkley said he did
not concur that water pollution abatement was primarily a matter of
civil engineering. Nor did he agree that projects should be deferred
until some future depression in order to save money. "* * * It seems
to me [said Senator Barkley], we ought not to consider necessarily
the amount of money involved when human life is involved." A wit-
ness for the Izaak Walton League suggested that the Fleming pro-
posal was intended to "perpetuate the life of the agency," (and, in
fact, it was shortly to be reorganized out of existence by the creation
of the General Ser^dces Administration).^^ Moreover, he challenged
the idea that water pollution was neither a public health nor a con-
servation matter, but a public works matter. Said this witness (Mr.
Reid) :

AVhile we have long contended that treatment plants for the correction of
water pollution represented a perfect natural for public works projects to relieve
unemployment, and wherever needed should have top priority over any other
public works, we strongly disagree with the theory that the need or lack of need
from an unemployment standpoint should be the determining factor in the loca-
tion and timing of treatment plants * * *. a Federal works agency * * * has no
expert knowledge of the problem, or the means of orderly program for its cor-
rection."

Swmmary of fOH^f'wn^ of grovj)^ for and agaim^t the leghlat'wn

Support for stringent antipollution legislation came primarily from
38 States, regional, and local public health and sanitation officials, and
from spokesmen from the Izaak Walton League. Although several

" eo Ibid., p. 217.
»i Ibid., p. 219.

" House hearings, 1047, op. cit., pp. .305-.330.
•3 Senate hearings, 1947, op. clt.. p. 1S7.
•* House hearings, 1947, op. cit., p. 194.

351

public health and sanitation officials were opposed to the bill, the prin-
cipal opposition, in part, or whole, came from industrial and profes-
sional association spokesmen. Ten industrial and ])rofessional associa-
tion witnesses and four State, local, and resrional sanitation officials
opposed the principle of Federal enforcement in the courts. One in-
dustrial spokesman proposed that State consent be made a prerequisite
for Federal enforcement in any instance. Five industrial spokesmen
opposed extendinof Federal loans and grants to public bodies; six State
and local officials and engineerino; firms, took the same position. Un-
qualified rejection of the proposal in any form came from three State
and local officials, two coal industry spokesmen, and one engineering
firm.

Final coi\qre^HW7\al aofion on 19J^8 irnfer pollution control hill

In reporting favorably on S. 418, July S, 1947, the Senate commit-
tee told that l)ody that the hearings had abundantly shown that water
pollution had in many areas become "a matter of grave concern."

* * * Its damaging effects on the public health and national resources are a
matter of definite Federal concern as a menace to national welfare * * *. The
Federal Government should take the initiative in developing comprehensive plans
for the .solution of water pollution problems in cooperation with the States.^

The controls proposed, said the report, were purposefully gradual
and ^progressive —

* * * Enfor^-ement procedures are to b" initiated only after reasonable time is
given to a State or interstate agency or industry to comply with the remedial
measures recommended by the Surgeon General to abate the pollution and then
only with the consent of the water pollution agency * * * of the State in which
the agency or industry is located.^"

However, the report reflected some lack of confidence that a real
solution had been found; it recommended that the legislation should
be regarded as experimental, reviewed after a trial period, and revised
on the basis of experience with its operation. But —

Unless the cooperative measures, and what the committee deems to be very
reasonable enforcement procedures provided for in the bill, bring about the
recoernized needed results, it is reasonable to anticipate that a later Congress will
enact very much more stringent enforcement legislation.^^

The report also attributed Senate amendments in financial aid au-
thority to the recognition of "the present favorable financial position
of most political subdivisions * * *'" and to the beliefs that loans would
be sufficient to stimulate construction and that Federal grants-in-aid
were not justified if there were other available sources of financing.
Amendments in committee lowered the grant authority, and also gave
a share of responsibility to the Federal Works Agency. With little
debate, the Senate then adopted S. 418, as amended by the committee
July 16, 1947.

Almost a year later, April 28, 1943, the House Committee on Public
Works reported S. 418 with its own amendments; the House commit-
tee version eliminated loans to private industry, increased the total
funding, restricted grants to the States, authorized construction of a
research center, and limited the authority of the act to 5 years. Later,

^U.S. Congress. Senatp. Committee on Public Works. Stream pollution control. Report
tto accompany S. 418]. July 8, 1948, 80th Cong., 1st sess. Senate Kept. No. 462. (Wash-
Insrton. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947), p. 2.

6« Uiid., p. 1.

" Ibid., p. 6.

352

in conference, the differences in Senate and House versions were re-
solved somewhat in favor of the House. Then by voice vote the bill
was passed by the House, June 18, and the Senate, June 19 ; it received
Presidential approval June 30 as Public Law 80-845.

As passed, the measure provided a wide authority for planning- and
assistance to States and municipalities in planning for pollution con-
trol, including research into industrial waste disposal, facility desi.gn,
watershed plans, promotion of interstate cooperation in maximizing
all socially valuable uses of water, and adjustment of interstate dis-
putes. It authorized construction of a research center. All these activi-
ties were to be supported by $5 million in expenditures and $22.5 mil-
lion in lending authority annuallv, under the joint administration of
PHS and FWA.

III. Gradual Evolution of Comprehensi\^ Pollution Control

Abatement of pollution by Government stimulation went slowly in
the 8-year interval between 1948, when the first experimental act be-
came effective, and 1956, when the first permanent w\ater pollution
control measure was passed. This interval was one of maneuver and
tentative efforts at control, and countervailing efforts of those resisting
control. Funds appropriated to implement the PHS authorization to
regulate pollution were a limiting factor. The commitment of Presi-
dent Eisenhower's Administration to the revitalization of the author-
ity of the State Governments, and the encouragement of a climate
favorable to private enterprise, tended to blunt these first tentative
efforts at regulation.

After 1948, attention of supporters of water pollution control was
directed toward the activities of the PHS ; Federal efforts were ex-
panded cautiously and not until September 29, 1960, was the first en-
forcement suit actually filed.^® Some administrative and research prog-
ress was accomplished during these early years. After FWA was
phased out in 1950, the PHS received oversight responsibility for
construction. The Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center was
constructed in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1952. iPlans were contributed by
PHS to various river basin commissions for river pollution abatement
under interstate compacts. PHS also created a consultative organ on
industrial pollution — the National Technical Task Committee on In-
dustrial Wastes.

Nevertheless, funds appropriated were insufficient to meet the tasks
outlined in the act. Before extension of the act in 1953, President
Truman included budget requests only in 1950 and 1951 for grants and
loans authorized under the act. None of the $22.5 million authorized
for extension of loans for construction of abatement works was spent.

National assessment of loater needs and resources

An analysis of the Nation's water pollution problem was completed
in 1950 by the President's Water Resources Policy Commission. Re-
porting that "Our major streams are gravely affected and the problem

B8 "Fedoral Water Pollution Enforcement Actions." In U.S. Department of the Interior.
Federal Water Pollution Control Administration. Program of the Federal Water Pollution
Control Adminif5tration. Prepared by Office of Program Plans and Development. Federal
Water Pollution Control Administration. July 1967. (Washington, U.S. Department of
the Interior, 1967), p. 24.

553

is Nationwide," the committee recommended a six-point program of
legislative action (summarized) : ^^

1. •'Thorough testing" of local-State-Federal cooperation for
abating pollution.

2. Increase of previously "inadequate appropriations for the
effective discharge by the PHS of its functions under the act" and
for additional construction.

3. Appropriation of funds for and development of water pol-
lution plans on the basis of comprehensive river basin develop-
ment.

4. Study of and provision for funding of waste treatment plants
to enable reuse of wastes.

5. If the existing pattern of control mechanism proves to be a
failure within 10 years — enactment of legislation to provide for
Federal enforcement without State consent.

6. "Further research is required on industrial waste treatment
methods and dissemination of that knowledge throughout indus-
try," and a concentrated effort to educate the general public in the
hazards of pollution.

The first legislative response to these recommendations did not take
place until 1956, and concerted action was delayed for a decade beyond
that.

Resistance to amending legislation^ lOd^-lQoS

In 1954, the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare held
further discussions on the need for imjDroved water pollution control
legislation with 14 national associations representing professional, in-
dustrial and conservation interests, the Association of State and Terri-
torial Health Officers, and the Council of State Governments. A bill,
based upon compromises reached in the conference and additional com-
ments from Federal agencies, was drafted by the Department and later
introduced in Congress as S. 890.^°
It called for :

Matching grants to States and interstate agencies for general
pollution activities ;
Expansion of research ;

Revision of enforcement subject to a public hearing before the
Surgeon General ; also elimination of provisions for State consent
before instituting jDroceedings ;

Development by States of Federal water quality standards for
interstate waters ;

Expansion of the advisory board to include representatives of
the Atomic Energy Commission and National Science Founda-
tion as recommended by the Bureau of the Budget ; and

Elimination of loans for construction of sewage treatment
plants.
The Izaak Walton League and other conservationist groups sup-
ported the bill but it found little support elsewhere. A poll reported in
the Engineering News Record, March 17, 1955, of State pollution offi-
cials, found that only one gave his unqualified endorsement. Industry
representatives objected primarily to the provisions relating to estab-
lisliment of quality standards and liberalized Federal court procedures.

E» Ibid., p. 195.

^ Introduced by Senator Martin (Pennsylvania), Feb. 1, 1955.

99-044 — 69 24

354

When the Senate Committee on Public Works held hearings on the bill,
the following points were advanced in opposition to it (summarized) :

1. States and interstate agencies were not sufficiently consulted
in the preparation of the bill.

2. Authority for Federal grants to States and interstate agencies
for water pollution control programs was unnecessary as grants
were not needed by the States, was undesirable as it might mean
Federal control of State programs and was an undependable
source of funds which discouraged rather than stimulated in-
creased State appropriations.

3. Authority for establislmient of Federal water quality stand-
ards at State boundaries was unnecessary and was an unwarranted
usurpation of State authority.

4. Modification of enforcement procedures authorizing Federal
court action against an interstate pollutor without consent of the
polluting State was an invasion of State's rights and sovereignty.

5. There was no provision for control of pollution from Federal
installations.*'^

A compromise bill, meeting some of these objections was passed by
the Senate and endorsed by the Public Health Service, but was not
acted on in the House.

Pai^sage of the 1956 amendme'nts; 'preXulential reservations

Following adjournment of the <S4th Congress in 1955, State officials,
industry and the Government held a series of conferences to develop
proposed substitute legislation. Many of the compromises worked out
were incorporated into legislation introduced in 1056. Additional liear-
ings were held, and after extensive debate and conference committee
action, S. 890, amended, was passed and signed bv the President on
July 9, 1956 (Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1956) . In a
press statement released upon liis signing of the act. President Eisen-
hower indicated that the act went beyond the recommendations of hi.s
administration by providing funds for Federal grants for construc-
tion. He added that the bill was premature ; the Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare should first have prepared criteria for
eligibility of applicants for Federal aid. Although a sujjplemental
appro]>riation for the full amount of errants authorized was passed
soon after t'he President signed the bill, the Bureau of the Budget
Avaited o months before releasinc; the construction grant funds for
allocation by the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.

The 1956" act (70 Stat. 498) strengthened the Federal pollution
authority of the 1948 law (which expired Ju7ie 30, 1956) and extended
it to 1971. The new measure brought in the concept of prevention
as well as correction, and added protection of the wildlife environ-
ment as an objective. Collection and dissemination of basic data on
water quality, and other research authority, were enlarged. A Water
Pollution Control Advisoiy Board was created. Uniform antipollu-
tion laws in the States were encouraged. The expenditure of $500
million was authorized for construction of municipal treatment
facilities.

President Eisenhower continued to oppose Federal pollution con-
trol throughout his second term; in particular, he vetoed a 1959 bill

«i T'.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1955. Chronology of their development, Congressional and public opinion.
Sept. 8, 1955. (Typed, in-house report), p. 11.

355

to expand and liberalize pollution grants."^- However, in 11)61 the
views of President Kennedy favored enlarged Federal activity, and a
series of additional legislative proposals for control of water pollution
received strong endorsement by the incoming Chief Executive.

Renewed activity in Federal control legislation after 1960

In 1961, President John F. Kennedy called for strengthening ot
tlie Water Pollution Control Act. Legislation embodying most of
his request was passed and signed into law as Public Law 87-88,
July 20, 1961. This legislation modified the existing law in five prin-
cipal ways:

1. At the request of a State Governor, the Federal enforcement
authority could be extended to interstate waterways.

2. Construction and research grants were substantially en-
larged.

3. Authority to extend grants to support State and interstate
water pollution control programs was broadened.

4. Administration of the program was assigned to the Secre-
tary of Health, Education, and Welfare.

5. The requirement that Federal suits against pollution offend-
ers have previous approval of the State Governor was abandoned.

Other legislation, passed in 1965 and 1966 also strengthened the
pattern of Federal regulation. The Water Quality Act of 1965
strengthened the administrative organization of Federal pollution con-
trol by creating an Office of Assistant Secretary of HEW to admin-
ister the act, and a Federal Water Pollution Control Administration
to implement its instructions. It increased grants for construction, and
for development of techniques for handling the storm drainage/
sewerline proljlem. It provided for the establishment of water quality
standards for interstate waters (the Secretary of HEW was to promul-
gate such standards in the absence of effective State action). It also
encouraged the use of the device of pollution conferences to stimulate
appropriate remedial action.

Further recognition of the need for a concerted large-scale effort
to clean up the Nation's waterways came on February 28, 1966, when
President Johnson reorganized Federal water pollution control activi-
ties. The Federal Water Pollution Control Administration was trans-
ferred to the Department of the Interior: the Secretary of Health,
Education, and Welfare's responsibilities for public health aspects of
pollution control were rettained: and most other functions which had
belonged to HEW were transferred to Interior. The purposes of the
reorganization, according to the President, were to bring about elimi-
nation of duplication of activities, as well as to bring water pollution
control activities under the jurisdiction of the agency having respon-
•sibility for river-l)asin planning, multiple-purpose water and related
land resources projects, and water resources research.*^^

Another important measure was the Clean Water Restoration Act —
Public Law 89-753 — November 3, 1966, which expanded appropria-

«2 This was H.R. 3610. introduced Jan. 29, 1959, by Representative Blatnik.

"^Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1966. Prepared hy the President and transmitted to the
Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress, Feb. 28, 1966. In U.S. Congress. Sen-
ate. Committee on Government Operations. Reoreanization Plan No. 2 of 1966 (Water
Pollution Control). Hearings before the Subcommittee on Executive Reorganization of the
* * * on Reorganization Plan No. 3. of 1966. prepared in accordance with the provisions of
the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended and providing for reorganization of certain
water pollution control functions, Apr. 6 and 7, 1966, 89th Cong,, 2d sess. (Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966). pp. 5-11.

356

tions authorizations for water pollution control activities by $3.66
billion over the $245 million already authorized for programs under
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act for fiscal years 1967-69.*^*

The act also strengthened the enforcement powers of the Secretary
of the Interior, extended it to international waters, and provided in-
centives to States to impose water quality standards. Ceilings were
eliminated on individual grants. Grants were expanded for the con-
struction of sewage treatment plans, for research, and for demonstra-
tion projects.

Sigmrficance of the 191^8 act for subsequent pollution control

The Water Pollution Control Act of 1948 was tlie first Federal effort
to establish statutory controls to abate water pollution. It was experi-
mental and partial. An abundance of evidence by the Public Health
Service and others defined the scope, nature, and urgency of the need
to deal with water pollution. Yet, as passed, the act contained only
mild provisions for meeting the Nation's needs in research, regulation,
and treatment. Those interests who were presumed to be the target of
regulatory action, or who would have to bear the costs of effective
research and treatment, opposed the bill in such terms as States' rights
and belief in the effectiveness of State laws already in force, freedom
and value of industrial expansion, natural riparian rights, and the
harmless or even beneficial properties of particular pollutants for wild-
life and public health.

Nevertheless, as passed, the 1948 act established the legitimaxjy of
the Federal role in coming to grips with the problem of water pollution.
It created an administi-ative mechanism to keep the Congress and the
public informed as to the growing seriousness of the problem. It served
warning on new industry to consider the possible implications of undue
reliance on streams as Avaste disposal outlets. It created a nucleus for
further amending legislation, as the need became better characterized,
and as administrative and technological competence became better able
to share corrective programs. It provided an organizational center for
the further coordinated study of such problems as permissible levels
of pollution, standards of water quality, identification of major sources
of riverine pollutants, and the like.

However, the fundamental problem was not clearly expressed in the
hearings before adoption of the 1948 act, and still remains unresolved
in 1969. This is the question of relative national priorities of economic
values and noneconomic values. Senator Barkley touched on this ques-
tion when he suggested that human lives and safety warranted a higher
priority than dollar economies. Other noneconomic values, however,
received scant attention.

It has long been possible to express in dollar terms the tangible costs
and benefits resulting from the activities that pollute streams and
also the tangible costs and benefits of pollution abatement. But the
incorporation into the cost-benefit equation of such noneconomic values
as the human satisfactions derived from a healthier, cleaner, and more
attractive environment, remains as intractable as ever.

^^ Confrressional Qiinrterlv Almanac, 1966, vol. XXII (Washington, D.C., Congressional
Quarterly Service, 1967), p. 632.

CHAPTER FOURTEEN— THALIDOMIDE: THE COMPLEX
PROBLEM OF DRUG CONTROL IN A FREE MARKET

I. Introduction

In an earlier chapter the generalization was oifered that all applied
research aims to improve the compatibility between man and his en-
vironment. The unic|ue quality of applied research in the fields of
medicine and drugs is that it aims to improve this compatibility by
altering man himself. The subject of this chapter is the case history of
tlie thalidomide episode, 1961-62, which concerned a drug that made
modest contributions to general human compatibility with environ-
ment, but at a cost of selective but extremely grave incompatibilitj^ to
some. The purpose of the study is to ascertain how information about
this defective drug came to the Congress, and what responses were
elicited by the information.

The thalidomide case involves a drug whose purpose was to over-
come the relatively minor physiological inconveniences of insomnia and
morning sickness. Its defect was that under some circumstances it
produced delayed side effects of tragic and disastrous magnitude: in
particular, it inhibited the formation and growth of arms and legs of
unborn children. Longstanding methods of drug testing had not
brought to light these adverse consequences, which were functionally
related to the circumstances under which it was used. These conse-
quences were not discovered until the drug had been introduced into
wide commercial and prescription usage, both by itself and as an in-
gredient in drug mixtures.^

Owing to a chain of fortunate circumstances, the United States
escaped almost unscathed from the consequences of the drug. How-
ever, the narrow escape was well publicized, and served to dramatize
the need for strengthening public control over procedures for the
introduction of new drugs into use.

Medical and "phai^maceuticaX ethics in a free enterprise economy

Intractably complex and virtually unresolvable issues are raised
in the political consideration of the control of biochemical prescrip-
tions for sickness, or for the control over management and procedures
in the drug industry. Various attempts, over the years, have been
made to find a political solution to the contradictions growing out

1 Once a drug has entered general use, its incorporation into other drugs can be extensive.
Later hearings showed that this had happened with thalidomide. Eventually, it was found
to be available in drugstores (with or without prescription) under different names and
in different mixtures aggregating 100 or more forms. It is not evident that any of these
forms were obtainable in the United States, but it is established that they were widely dis-
tributed elsewhere, and might come to the United States through nonmedical channels. For
a discussion of this problem, see U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Government Opera-
tions. Interagency drug coordination. Report of the » * * made by its former Subcommittee
on Reorganization and International Organizations, pursuant to S. Res. 27, 8Sth Cong., as
amended, extended by S. Res. 288, 88th Cong., resolutions authorizing a study of "Inter-
agency Coordination, Economy, and Efficiency." Activities of the Federal Government in
drug research, resrulation. clinical use. and purchases, 80th Cong., 2d. sess. S. Rept. 1158
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1066), pp. 16-17. (Humphrey report.)

(357)

358

of the divided objectives of the proprietary driiir industry. This in-
dustry strives, on the one liand, to earn a profit for its activities in
tlie development, manufacture, and sale of its product. On the other
hand, it strives to serve the public by makin<r available an increas-
inorly extensive array of biochemical means of treating disease.

In its efforts toward the former goal, the proprietary drug indus-
try invites supervision along with all other major inciustries, as to
its conformity with public policy regarding competition, pricing ar-
rangements, tax and accounting practices, and the like. In its role
as an adjunct of the medical profession, reinforced by its extensive
interaction with physicians in the testing and evaluation of its new
products, and the extensive emploj^ment of physicians for its leader-
ship and research, the drug industry is confronted with public ex-
pectations of ethical standards, progress in the development of effec-
tive drugs, assurance as to the reliability of its products, and a share
of the responsibility imposed on itself by the medical profession.

The interface within the drug industry itself, between the profit-
making aspe<it and the medical aspect, presents untoward difficulties.
The profitmaking aspect is reflected in a preoccupation with sales,
dramatic innovations, advertising, "detail men*' on the road, patent
protection of unique features, and horse tradinsf of licensing arrange-
ments. The medical aspect is reflected by the. involvement of the in-
dustry in the lives and recovery to health of human beings, the issu-
ance of pure and reliable drugs, and in the intricate technical problem
of insuring the effective and safe, restrained, medically controlled
use of powerful new biochemical agents that induce major changes
in human metabolism, resistance to disease, genetic transmission of
characteristics, and organic and external ph3^sical structure. The com-
mercial problem of introducing new product lines by techniques that
build and sustain a healthy profit picture overlaps the medical prob-
lem of communicating to prescribing physicians the best available
guidance as to the contributions, constraints, and side effects of these
same new drugs to achieve the goal of a healthy public.

Emphasis on heightened economic motivation of the drug industry
to insure to the consumer the benefits of intense price competition
was the primary concern of the drug hearings that immediately pre-
ceded the thalidomide episode. Insistence on this aspect may not in
the long run turn out to be compatible with the maintenance of tight
control and high ethical responsibility of a national institution inti-
mately involved with the health of the public.

Background of the thai IdoTnide episode

For most of human histor}^ drugs came from nature, from the work-
ing of simple natural processes, and from common chemical substances.
Thus, tannic acid (a treatment for burns) w^as leached from oak bark
and acorns. Ethyl alcohol, both a drug and a solvent for manj' drugs,
was produced by fermentation of sugar or starch, and distillation of
the product. The two chlorides of mercury were useful as drugs, one as
a physic and the other as a powerful and higlily toxic disinfectant. A
major source of drugs was alkaloids extracted by alcohol solution
from plants, such as digitalis (foxglove), morphine (opium poppy),
atropine (nightshade), quinine (cinchona tree), and strychnine (nux
vomica) .

359

More sophisticated chemistry contributed importantly to the de-
velopment of diiigs in the 19th century. The first organic synthesis
was reported in 1828, and toward the end of the century numerous
drugs were being derived from the complex material, coal tar. For
example, German chemists introduced aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid)
as a specific for headache and fever in 1899. By the early 1930's the
science of organic chemistry began to burgeon as laboratory tech-
niques of synthesis were expanded and techniques for characterizing
various structures of complex organic molecules were developed. It
became possible to identify and characterize the active molecules in
natural drugs, and to reproduce these molecules — or even deliberately
designed variants of them — by synthesis in the laboratory. Most
drugs today are analogies of natural compounds, with purposeful
modifications.

Many remedies, medicines, and nostrums were available on the mar-
ket by the beginning of the present century, when Congress found
it necessary to regulate this traffic in the interest of national health and
safety. The Pure Food and Drug Act, approved by President Theodore
Roosevelt, June -30, 1906, forbade interstate commerce in adulterated
or improperly labeled drugs. Laboratoi-y findings were to be the re-
sponsibility of the Bureau of Chemistry of the Department of Agricul-
ture. In 1912, this act was extended to the prohibition of false claims
as to the therapeutic eft'ects of drugs in interstate commerce.

Stronger legislation was proposed in 1933 by Senator Eoyal C. Cope-
land, former commissioner of health for New York City, in order to
assure tlie proper testing of drugs before they were admitted to gen-
eral use. In mid-1937, when the drug sulfanilamide came into use as
an antibiotic, a chemist produced a liquid form of the drug by dis-
solving it in di ethylene glycol, a toxic solvent. Before the "elixir sulfa-
nilamide" had been witlidrawn from tlie market, 108 persons had died
of its effects. To prevent a repetition of this disaster, the Congress by
an act of June 1938, embodying part of the Copeland proposal, re-
quired that before new drugs entered interstate commerce they must
be qualified by the Food and Drug Administration as safe under the
recommended conditions of use.

After 1940, the march of science in the practice of medicine, and in
the synthesis of new therapeutic compounds by organic chemists, ren-
dered the management and control of drugs increasingly complex and
difficult. A veritable explosion in new drug development occurred dur-
ing and after World War II. Penicillin, which had been discovered
in 1928, became widely available commercially in 1944, and was shortly
joined by a variety of similar antibiotic compounds. The steroids ap-
peared, first in the form of cortisone in 1949, and prednisone and others
soon after. The tranquilizers came into use about 1952, and quickly
proliferated into a whole family of compounds with similar effects.

360

These and other new families of drugs have achieved unprecedented
orders of effectiveness and potency, and are credited witli major con-
tributions to the practice of modern medicine. The ability to construct
and modify complex organic molecules in purposeful ways re-
sulted in the production of tens of thousands of compositions, with
members of each group varying in slight degree, and with many subtle
differences in their effectiveness as drugs, and also in their side effects.
New m.olecules are continually being developed, in an attempt to re-
produce the therapeutic effect of a prototype drug, while minimizing
its adverse side effects. A wide range of individual responses of pa-
tients to these drugs is also characteristic, and a further complicating
factor. Elaborate trade-off calculations are thus involved in drug de
velopment. Among the variables involved in these trade-off calcula-
tions are (a) the statistical probability of genuine curative effective-
ness, (b) the statistical probability of any improvement in prognosis,
(c) the statistical probability of any benefit, (d) the statistical dose-
related toxicity, (e) the statistical probability of (sometimes dose
related) adverse side effects, (f) the seriousness of the disease being
treated in the light of the effectiveness and hazard of a particular drug
in question, in relation to alternative drugs or other methods of treat-
ment. Acceptance and sorting-out of all this new technology by the
medical profession has posed problems without precedent.

Traditionally, the medical profession had learned to employ drugs
as a major tool of the healing art by the accumulated and recorded
experience of years of use in treatment. With perhaps 400 new drugs
and drug combinations appearinir on the market each year, this grad-
ual, careful, and evolutionary development of experience wath each
new drug was no longer feasible. The spectacular effectiveness of the
new antibiotics, compared with the slow and uncertain benefits of
previous drugs that they replaced, compelled their expeditious accept-
ance by the medical profession and the public. Similar pressures for
rapid acceptance occurred with other important categories of new bio-
chemical agents.

The remarkable efficacy of some of the new drugs made tliem news-
worthy, attracting public attention to these medical advances. The pub-
lic began to expect, and even to demand, their benefits. To some degree,
tlie writing of medical prescriptions was reported to be responsive to
publicity about certain new "wonder drugs." A tendency was also re-
ported for the public to expect to be given these drugs for ailments or
conditiojis for which less potent drugs would suffice, and thereby to de-
velop sensitivities to the more potent drugs that would obviate their
use when they were really needed. Protection of the ])ublic against its
own eagerness to serve as guinea pigs become an important added
medical service.

Testing procedures for new dnigs tended also to be less thorough
than established practice called for: innovations appeared that were
minor molecular modifications, or assertedly "synergistic" combina-
tions, of known and well-tested compositions; when their performance
conformed with expectations in some particulars, it was assumed
throughout. Testing procedures could not possibly be maintained at
optimal levels with so many candidate drugs for testing and only a
limited number of appropriate patients in a limited number of institu-
tions qualified to participate in drug trials. Even so, the reporting of

361

data on medical experience with treatment ^Yas so voluminous that
no physician could reasonably be expected to maintain familiarity
with an appreciable fraction of new findings, nor to evaluate and inte-
grate the widely dispersed bits of fragmentary and partial data con-
cerning some particular drug in question. According to one authority,
''The legitimate medical journals have multiplied like insects; one
must now seek his information from 5.000 journals (over 600 in the
United States alone) containing about 100,000 articles a year." More-
over, one general journal publishes 6,000 pages of advertising a year
and another medical specialty journal carries 1,300 pages. This au-
thority then comments that "Little wonder that few physicians have
the stamina to struggle with the overwhelming task of keeping abreast
of new developments through their own medical literature.'' - It was
indeed understandable that the tendency was reported for the medical
profession to rely on the data collected by dnig manufacturers respect-
ing new products that they were introducing, and that the chamiels
for such information included advertisements in medical publications,
brochures mailed directly to individual physicians, and visits to indi-
vidual physicians by traveling representatives ("detail men") of the
drug manufacturers.

Traditionally, the physician has occupied a special and unique role
of community leadership, concerned with the general health of all and
the personal recovery of those who take sick. The ethical self-regula-
tion by the profession has maintained extraordinary standards and
has commanded general respect of the layman. Self-regulation has
extended not only to medical practice, but to standards of education
and training, supervision during apprenticeship, and to the mainte-
nance of quality standards of the tools and medicines used in medical
practice. To some extent, moreover, medical practitioners have entered
the drug manufacturing industry, serving in such essential activities
■'s tpstmg of drugs, designing testing programs, establishment of
quality standards, and sometimes in the management of companies
and distribution of products. In consequence, the standards of ethics
maintained by the phj^sicians have tended to be transferred over to
the management of the ethical drug industry. Government interference
or regulation in the medical profession has been reluctant and tenta-
tive, partly because of the extent and quality of self-regulation by the
medical profession. To some extent, governmental regulation of the
dm g industry has also been inhibited by these same factors.

By 1960, medical practitioners were being supplied with an
enormous volume of literature about new drugs and combinations of
drugs. Drugs were advertised to the profession by brand and trade
name, so that a single generic drug might appear under many names,
sometimes in slightly different form. Drugs underwent mandatory test

- Charles D. Day. M.D. Dppartmpnt of Perliatriosj. CoUegre of Physicians and Surgeons.
Coltimbia University. N.T. "Selling Drugs by 'Educating' Physicians." Reprinted from
.Tournal of Medical Education. Vol. .SO. No. 1. .Tannary 1961. In U.S. Congress. Senate.
Committee on the .Tndiciary. Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings before the Subcom-
mittee on Antitrust and Moriopol.v of the * * * Pursuant to S. Res. -"2 on S. 1.".52. A hill
to amMid nnd supplement the antitrust laws, with respect to the manufacture and dis-
tribution of drugs. ^'Tid for other purnoscs. R7th Cong. 3st and 2d sess. Parts: Pt. 1 . AMA
and :Medical .iuthorities. .Tnlv .5. r>. IS. 19. 20. 21. and 2.=>, 1961 : Pt. 2. AMA and Medical
Authorities fanpcndix) : pt. .3. Patent Provisions, Oct. 16. 17. l.«. .31. Nov. 1 and 9. 1961 ;
pt. 4, Pharmaceutical ;Manufa<^turers Association. Dec. 7. 8. and 9. 1961 : pt. 5, Government
Agencies and Organisations. Sert. 1.3. 1.^, Dec. 12. 1.3. 18. 19. and 20. 1961: pt. 6. Adver-
tising Provisions. .Tan. 30. .31. Feb. 1. 6. and 7. 1962; and pt. 7. Advertisincr Provisions
(appendixt. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961 and 1962), pt. 1,
pp. 959. 961.

362

before use, and the Food and Drug Administration required submittal
of test data along with each api^lication for release ; however, if the
FDA did not act in 60 days, the approval was automatic. The public
acceptance of novel drugs, and the generally favorable experience of
the medical profession with potent new formulations, meant that
drugs had an assured market irrespective of price, as long as the
prescribing physician could depend on the reliability of the drug
houses, and as long as the drug houses could continue to meet the
demand for new remedies. Since the market was limited to persons
requiring medical care, the effect was to generate a highly profitable
but very limited market for new drugs. The new market needed to be
created and consolidated quickly. The process needed to be repeated
as often as possible.

The situation that resulted from these various trends was one of
potential hazard. Many physicians and pharmacologists were out-
spoken in their criticism of it. Leaders of the American Medical Asso-
ciation voiced concern and devised a new and more intensive control
plan to improve the information available to physicians about new
drugs. However, the understaffed FDA did not advise the Congress
of the growing problem, nor did it seek stronger controls or larger
staffing. And within tlie drug industry, technical quality and pro-
fessional standards in the scientific sector were increasingly jeopard-
ized by the urgency expressed by the business and mechandising sector,
in the face of the very substantial financial rewards for good sales
records.

/
II. Criticism of Ethical Drug Industry in Antitrust
In\^stigation, 1959-61

A voluminous set of hearings directed at the financial aspects of
the drug industry was compiled by the Subcommittee on Antitrust
and Monopoly, of the Senate Committee on the Judiciary, under the
leadership of Senator Estes Kefauver of Tennessee. By the time the
report of this drug investigation was submitted. May 8, 1961, the
subcommittee had accumulated 11 volumes (8,669 pages) of testimony
and exhibits bearing on the management and operations of the drug
industry in the United States.'' The purpose of the investigation,
according to the chairman, was to examine a number of typical indus-
tries thought to be characterized by "administered prices." In such
industries, the question to be explored was "How to bring about an
equitable distribution of the fruits of scientific progress" and, it was
observed, on this matter "there is no existing public policy." *

s U.S. Congress. Senate. Commltte*^ on the Judiciary. Administered prices. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on Antitru.'Jt and Monopoly of the • • * Parts: [Entitled] Ad-
ministered Prices in the Drug Industry. Pursuant to S. Res. 57, 86th Cong. 1st and 2d
sess. Pt. 14 (Corticosteroids), Dec. 7, 8. 9, 10, 11, and 12. 10.59; pt. 15 (Corticosteroids —
appendix) pt. 16 (Tranquilizers). .Inn. 21, 22. 26, 27. 28. 20. 1060: pt. 17 (Tranqnilizers —
appendix). Pursuant to S. Res. 283. a6th Cong. 2d sess. Pt. 18 (General: Physicians and
other Professional Authorities), Feb. 25, 26, Apr. 12, 13, 14, 15, 1960; pt. 19 (General.
Pharmncentlcal Manufncturers Association), Feb. 23, 24, and Apr. 20, 1960; pt. 20 (Oral
Antidiabetic Drugs), Apr. 26, 27, 28, May 3 and 4, 1960; pt. 21 (General: Generic and
Brand Names). Mav 10. 11. 12. and 13. 1960 ; pt. 22 (The Food and Drug Administration :
Dr. Henrv Welch).' Mav 17, 18, June 1. 2, 3, and 6, 1960; pt. 23 (The Food and Drug
Administration: Dr. Henrv Welch — appendix) ; pt. 24 (Antibiotics), Sept. 7, 8. 9. 12. 13,
and 14 19R0; pt. 25 (Antibiotics — app. A); pt. 26 (Antibiotics — app. B). (Washington,
U.S. Governmpnt Printinsr Office. 1960-1961). pp. 7837-16505.

*U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on the Judiciary. Administered Prices. Drugs. Re-
port of the * • • made bv its Subcommittee on Antitrust and Monopoly, Pursuant to
S. Res. 52. 87th Cong. 1st' sess.. Together with individual views, to study the antitrust
laws of the United States, and their administration, interpretation, and effect. Study of
Administered Prices in the Drug Industrv. S7th Cong. 1st sess. S. Rept. No. 448. (Wash-
ington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961). p. 2.

363

With particular respect to the drug industry, there were additional
unique features: its critical bearing on public health and welfare, the
fact that drugs were purchased by the patient but selected by the
physician, the fact that demand for drugs was inelastic (not respon-
sive to price changes), and the fact that large production was pos-
sible with small capital investment. Given these facts, the subcom-
mittee asked, How^ well did the industry serve the public, and how
competitive were its commercial practices?

In its final report, the subcommittee called attention to the wide
spread between costs and prices of ethical drugs. The research efforts
of drug manufacturers, adduced as justification for high prices, had
yielded meager returns, while effort was wasted on minor molecular
modification of drugs to get around patents. Wasted research was
also evidenced by drugs of doubtful effectiveness, and drug com-
binations, turned into a source of income by promotional rather than
medical skills.^ The subcommittee was impressed with the outstand-
ingly profitable nature of the drug industry, which had led all other
industrial groups since 1956.'' This profit picture was attributable to
"control over the market" which, in turn derived from (a) the grant-
ing in this country of pix)duct patents on drugs, (b) intensive and
costly advertising and sales efforts directed to the physician, and (c)
the success of the drug companies in persuading physicians to
write their prescriptions in terms of brand names rather than generic
names.'^

According to one authority, the total cost of direct mail advertising
to physicians amounted to $210 million a year. This same commen-
tator compared the figure with an asserted $194 million for drug
research.^

The patent system in the industry led to such consequences as —
Emphasis on minor molecular manipulation to create new
drugs ;

Vigorous exploitation and promotion, while the exclusive
patent right remained valid, and before the competition could
come up with a patentable modification ;
Speedy testing of new modifications;

A vast literature of test data concerning an enormous array
of drugs that differed in slight degree.^

Professional critlcisin of drug indust?y and drug control

However, for the most part, the physicians who testified before the
Kefauver subcommittee were not particularly exercised over the finan-
cial condition or the favorable profit picture of the drug industry.
Rather, they were concerned over quite specific weaknesses in the total
system for the control of the safety and efficacy of new drugs, and the
reliability of the information that the prescribing physician received
about them. For example. Dr. Louis Lasagna, of the Johns Hopkins
University School of JVIedicine, said that "the average physician today
is incapable of serving as an expert in evaluating the totality of adver-
tising." He was "inundated" by advertising literature for several hun-
dred new drugs each year, caught on the dilemma of being either out

6 Ibid., pp. 126-132.

" Ibid., p. 55.

"Ibid., p. 105.

8 Ibid., p. 163.

» Ibid., pp. 105-154, especially pp. 127-130.

364

of date, or prescribing- on the basis of insufficient information. "Ade-
quately controlled comparisons" of drugs were "almost impossible to
iind." There was a "plethora of poor compounds, and of new mixtures
of old agents." In short: "I think the physician today no longer serves
as a satisfactory shield for the patient against drug toxicity, ineffective
drugs, and high costs * * *," ^°

Nathan S. Kline, M.D., director of research, Rockland State Hos-
pital, Orangeburg, N.Y., said that some ch"ug firms "seem to have
adhered to the statement of ethics set up by the Pharmaceutical Manu-
facturers Association, but others [did not]." He said there was need for
an authoritative source of information on new dnigs, with particular
respect to "psychopharmaceuticals." He concluded :

Misrepresentation of the properties of drugs can only contribute to the confusion
of the general practitioner and ultimately discourage him entirely from their use.
As a result, there are unquestionably thousands upon thousands of patients today
who would show marked improvement if the appropriate drugs were adequately
administered, but who are not being properly treated. The industry does do much
by way of educating the general practitioner, and if the distortions could be cor-
rected its service would be truly commendable."

Many of the medical witnesses expressed variations on the theme
that "no drug study is foolproof." ^^ For example, there was always a
considerable uncertainty factor which the layman did not generally
appreciate.

But the amount of work that goes into testing any compound is almost
incredible, and the amount of work that goes into the establishment of one simple
scientific truth is enormous. People expect that everything will come out in black
and white. Sometimes these are matters of judgment. That is to say, there is a
certain amoimt of subjective evaluation.

Somebody is an enthusiastic observer and his resiilts may be a little bit better.
This is not to say that he is dishonest. He may be by his enthusiasm able to make
his patients feel better without regard, say. to the specific pharmacologic effect
of what he is giving. This is, I think, well recognized by most investigators. They
try to back away as far as they can. They have got what they call the double blind-
fold method of testing, so that a blank pill and an action pill are given under
certain circumstances when neither the physician nor the patient knows when he
is getting an active substance or something that is not active. Then after the
results are in, the doctor finds out which way the patient reacted. Did this drug
in fact produce the effect or was the effect nearly as good with inert material? "

There was an "almost unbelievable barrag-e" from the "advertising"
and public relations specialists" of the pharmaceutical firms to exploit
the products of "questionable" research, primarily for profit, according
to Dr. Haskell J. Weinstein, director of the Chest Hospital, Hope
Medical Center, Duarte, Calif. One example was "the molecule
maniDulation intended to bvDass patents * * * which has resulted in the
flood of 'me-too' products." ^*

The physician's problem [he went on] is further multiplied by the fantastic
number of new drugs appearing constantly. Many of the.se are marketed before
the definitive information about them is available. The physician's problem
is complex and it is not fair, even impossible to demand that he bear almost the
entire brunt of the defense of the patient from such an overwhelming onslaught.
The pharmaceutical manufacturers must bear the burden of proof that their
products are exactly what they say they are, and further that they will do what

w Administered prices. Hearings * • • on Administered Prices in the Drug Industry,
pt. 14. op. clt., pp. 8138-8141.

" Ibid., pt. 16, pp. 9319. 9321.

^ "Administered Prices, Drugs." Report of the * * ♦, op. clt., p. 182.

13 "Administered Prices." Hearings * * • on administered prices in the drug industry,
pt. 16, op. clt., pp. 10341-10342.

" Ibid., pt. 18, p. 10242.

365

is claimed for them. The final responsibility will always be the physician's and
cannot be shared. However, it is essential that he be given the best possible in-
formation in a reasonable, adult manner.^^

It was more than a problem of guarding the patient from individual
drugs of potentially dangerous ettects, according to Dr. William Bean,
of the School of Medicine, Iowa State University :

It is in the widespread use of new compounds which may have serious risk of
cumulative toxicity, sijecial sensitizing proclivities, or other effects where the
problem is serious. Responsible i)ersons in medicine, government, and industry
must face these issues together, honestly and courageously, lest there be truth
in the statement that the public is now screening new compounds so that phar-
macologists in their laboratories know their toxicity before they study them in
guinea pigs."

There were now availfible, he said later, "a tremendous number of
very powerful drugs whose therapeutic virtue runs almost in parallel
with their danger." These were "chemicals which alter basic functions
of the human organisms." As a result, he suggested, "perhaps the mar-
gin of safety is smaller." ^" Acute toxicity, he said, could be detected by
ordinary clinical trials. But, "where the difficulty arises is when a de-
layed reaction, a cumulative reaction, or a sensitivity reaction occurs
that could not be predicted." These could not be anticipated "* * *
except on a wider trial over a longer period of time." ^^

During the Kefauver hearings an illuminating controversy arose
between the respective proponents of two alternative oral medications
for diabetes. One compound, known generically as tolbutamide, had
undergone extensive tests and evaluation since its original discovery
in Germany. Brought to the United States for study, late in 1955, it
had been tested in 38 major institutions, its effects studied with some
20,000 patients, and its therapeutic characteristics reviewed and eval-
uated by a succession of national conferences of leading physicians.
At one of the final such conferences, under the sponsorship of the
New York Academy of Sciences, some 100 physicians and scientists
participated. The medication was submitted for review to FDA in
March 1957, supported by 23 volumes of data of accumulated ex-
perience with it. On June 3, 1957, the drug was released by FDA for
general prescription use.^^

Before the same hearing. Dr. Henry Dolger, an internal medicine
practitioner specializing in diabetes, attached to jNIount Sinai Hos-
pital, and past president of the Xew York Diabetes Association,
praised the thoroughness of the tolbutamide testing program. How-
ever, he said, there had been another sulfonylurea derivative that had
been introduced into the United States in 1957 under the generic
name of chlorpropamide. He was critical of the developmental plan-
ning and testing of this compound.

In a very limited fashion [he said] the exploration of the effects of this par-
ticular agent was explored somewhat fitfully and attempts to arrive at appro-
priate dosage were accompanied by pharmacologic studies which revealed hither-
to unknown delayed rates of excretion which made decreasing dosage impera-
tive. At the time of application to the FDA some 2,000 case reports were sub-
mitted and despite the inclusion of 43 deaths and a number of instances of
jaundice the drug was passed for public sale in 1958.^

16 Ibid., p. 10246.

w Ibid., p. 10338.

" Ibid., p. 10340.

18 Ibid., pp. 10346-10347.

" Account based on hearings, ibid., pt. 20, pp. 11008-11015.

20 Ibid., p. 11146. Apparently Dr. Dolger later clarified this statement, explaining that
only 8 of the 43 deaths were attributable to the medication referred to. See ibid., pp. 11226-
11227.

366

Dr. Dolger's criticism of the merits and development procedure of
chlorpropamide was promptly challenged by an official of the company
responsible for its development in the United States. He presented a
detailed description of its test and evaluation history, and other physi-
cians present — qualified as experts in diabetes — confirmed the present
safety and efficacy of the drug. It had been the product of extensive
laboratory research in organic chemistry. It had been tested extensively
on dogs, then on rats and monkeys, for indication of chronic toxicity.
Further test procedures had been blocked out by the company and re-
viewed by FDA ; modifications were suggested and adopted. Four sets
of further tests on dogs at different dosage levels were conducted for
the company by an independent research group. Next the testing pro-
gram proceeded to human pharmacology, to develop comparative data
on the action of chlorpropamide in diabetic and nondiabetic subjects.
After this, clinical studies by more than 100 independent physicians
were arranged for, yielding 2,062 case reports of findings, to form the
basis for recommendations on dosage, indications, and cautions. Stud-
ies were made of these reports. A new drug application was submitted
to FDA, supported by 8,000 pages of case reports of clinical testing,
chemical and pharmacological studies, and data covering a 1-year pro-
gram of research. To acquaint the medical profession with tlie new
drug, a symposium had been held jointly by the company and the New
York Academy of Sciences, at which 68 papers by 168 physicians and
scientists were presented on research and testing aspects of chlorpro-
pamide. In particular, it was noted that the reports included results of
"double-blind and cross-over studies." (These were defined in the hear-
ing as follows : "A double-blind study is one in which the drug and
placebos * * * are given to patients with neither the physician nor
the patient knowing which is the drug and which is the placebo. A
cross-over study is one in which two or more drugs are given alternately
to the same patients.") Emphasis was also placed on the information
contained in the "package insert" and a pamphlet distributed by the
company, containing information with respect to chlorpropamide on
its chemistry, pharmacology, comparative potency and duration of
effect, clinical studies, indications, patient selection, dosage, side effects,
precautions, and contraindications. It was estimated that at the time
of the hearing, more than 60,000 patients had received chlorpropamide
therapy.^^

The controversy over the respective merits — safety and efficacj — of
tolbutamide and chlorpropamide usefully revealed the complicated
nature of drug evaluation, and also the many uncertainties and judg-
ment factors it involved. For example, tolbutamide had an excellent
safety record; chlorpropamide sometimes caused undesirable side ef-
fects, especially with unnecessarily high dosage. Tolbutamide was more
effective with a majority of patients who responded to this kind of
medication, but had to be taken frequently ; chlorpropamide was some-
times effective with patients who did not respond to tolbutamide medi-
cation, and remained longer in the system so that it could be taken less
often.

Several days later, on May 3, 1960, another piece of medical testimony
was presented by Dr. Samuel D. Loube, associate in medicine at the
George Washington University School of Medicine, associate at the

21 Ibid., pt. 20, pp. 11104-11116.

367

University Hospital and the District of Columbia General Hospital,
and past president of the Diabetes Association of the District of Co-
lumbia. Dr. Loube reported the results of an analysis of 15 volumes of
case studies submitted to FDA by the company producing chlorpro-
pamide. He concluded that the drug had been effective in some cases
(excellent control in 196 and good in 123, of a total of 41o cases exam-
ined) . He oifered it as his personal opinion that both tolbutamide and
chlorpropamide represented "valuable additions to our therapeutic
armamentarium in the management of diabetes." The side effects of
chlorpropamide were not "prohibitive of the effective use of this medi-
cation when properly administered." However, its side effects were
"distinctly of sufficient importance to be carefully brought to the atten-
tion of any physician who plans to use chlorpropamide * * *." ^^

Preceding Dr. Dolger's appearance that had triggered the episode,
the subcommittee had taken testimony from Dr. Alexander Marble of
Boston, associated with the Joslin Clinic, specializing in diabetes. He
had observed that tolbutamide had been "remarkably free from im-
portant side effects," but that the "position of chlorpropamide had
been diffidult to evaluate." Dr. Marble deplored the paucity of "exact
data as to the total number of cases (of jaundice induced by the
drug)." He concluded:

Because of this initial success, it can be confidently predicted that as time goes
on new and different oral hypoglycemic agents will he developed and introduced.
With regard to each new compound as it appears, the physician must always ask
the two questions mentioned earlier: (1) Does it work? (2) Is it safe? In the
present age when advances are being made with such rapidity in the synthesis of
new compounds which have a variety of effects in the body, it is imperative that
all concerned use great caution in employing new agents in human beings.
Chemical agents must first be evaluated thoroughly in animals. On the other
hand, the application of knowledge gained in the laboratory and the cautious
trial of new drugs in human patients must continue if advances in therapy are
to be made.^

The need for strengthening of arrangements for drug evaluation

One of the last witnesses to appear before the subcommittee was Dr.
Maxwell Finland, associate professor of medicine at Harvard Medical
School. He suggested that there was a need for a more thorough, sys-
tematic, and objective arrangement for the testing and evaluation of
drugs before their admission to general use. It was evident, he said,
that "the evaluation of new therapeutic agents must be in the hands of
individuals who are as competent, well trained, and well motivated as
those engaged in any other research ventures and that they are as likely
to tjurn up new fundamental findings as others with equal skills, but
they are also more certain to provide useful results of immediate im-
portance." He testified that he had tried to interest both the National
Research Council and the drug industry "to set up subcommittees or
panels in different medical areas for the independent evaluation of
drugs, supported from funds provided either by the pharmaceutical
industry as a whole, or by governmental or other nonprofit agencies
but not tied to individual products or firms." ^4

An alternative approach might be the creation of study sections
under the National Institutes of Health to fund testing centers, where
there would be "an adequate supply of clinical materials, proper staff,
and the necessary backgi'ound for such activities."

»Ibld., pp. 11185, 11326.

S3 Ibid., p. 11138.

2* Ibid., pt. 24, p. 13932.

368

Under such auspices [he went on] the endorsement of inferior products that
are not in the best interest of the public, is much less likely to occur than when
the support for testing the product is furnished by the individual producer.

Some mandatory legislation or regulation would be required in order to get
the products tested in this unbiased manner before approval, licensing, or certi-
fication. This would, of course, also include some safeguards for the interest
of the inventor or producer and would not preclude arrangements privately
made by the manufacturers with other groups. The same panels or similar ones
set up to deal with different classes of drugs could also serve in an advisory
capacity to the Food and Drug Administration for the licensing, certification
and release of new pharmaceutical products.""

It was necessan^ to liave both testing and evaluation of tests per-
formed by a group that had no personal interest in the drug.^'^ A
weighty responsibility rested on those who evaluated test results be-
cause the judgment factor was paramount. He said : "Now you can
give a drug to a lot of people, and get a lot of testimonials about its
being of value, and never learn whether it is of value or is dangerous
until it is examined by people who have competence in evaluating it,
and this is the big difficulty." " Information provided by drug manu-
facturers was not all of uniformly high quality, although it was an
important factor in determining which drugs were prescribed :

Dr. Finland. There can be no doubt that the representatives of the phar-
maceutical companies have a great deal of influence on the prescription of drugs.
And I think also that there cannot be any doubt that the quality of informa-
tion that is given by different drug houses varies with the quality of the per-
sonnel in that drug house, and also with the integrity of the individuals in these
drug houses. 28

Senate conclusions of drug investigation

The final report of the long investigation into administered prices
in the drug industry. May 8, 1961, centered on economic aspects. How-
ever, the minority — while disagreeing generally with the economic
findings and conclusions of the report — took particular exception to
the consideration and findings of medical and pharmacological as-
pects, as being beyond the scope and competence of the subcommittee
and its staff (p. 362). Medical aspects were dealt with mainly in the
discussion of "Advertising and Promotion" (pp. 155-222) and "Ge-
neric Names versus Trade Names" (pp. 223-253) .

In the opinion of the majority of the subcommittee, the advertising
and promotion aspects of the drug industry had contributed to a num-
ber of conditions the subconnnittee judged to be inconsistent with the
public interest which the drug industry was exiDccted to serve. These
disadvantages were : the advertising was costly, voluminous, unreliable
(p. 165, sq.) , time-consuming, encouraged the use of useless drugs, in-
volved "seeding" (defined, pp. 176-177, as placing a drug with a medi-
cal center or influential physician before general release to establish
the name and ability of the drug early), shotgun therapy (the use of
drug mixtures), the misuse and overuse of drugs, the insistence of
patients on inappropriate medication (pp. 183-184), the release of
drugs inadequately tested or tested by unqualified personnel (pp. 187-
190), and the subservience of "some medical journals" to the drug in-
dustry (pp. 180-181).

Two minority statements were included in the report, one by Sena-
tors Dirksen and Hruska, and the other by Senator Wiley. They ob-

=5 Ibid., p. 13933.
=" Ibid., p. 139.34.
='Ibid., p. 1.3943.
28 Ibid., p. 13944.

369

jected generally to the airing of issues as to the efficacy of particular
drugs (p. 358) , and thought it was "pointless" to be concerned with the
question of brand names versus generic names (p. 359). The role of
the drug industry as a successful element in the national system of free,
competitive, private enterprise was stressed throughout. Subsequently,
Senator Dirksen epitomized the majority report as follows:

The majority view is a voluminous fantasy which appears to be nothing more
than calculated review of choice quips, statements, and exhibits which were
presented by biased witnesses rather than a judicious evaluation of all evidence
presented, thereby making the majority views a boon to business haters and drug
industry baiters.^

III. Proposals To Stkexgthen Control of New^ Drugs 1961-62

Various efforts were initiated following the close of the Kefauver
investigation, that may have been inspired by some of its findings.
Although the purpose of the hearings had been to look into economic
questions, tlie considerable emphasis by medical witnesses on the po-
tential hazard of existing arrangements for the introduction of new
drugs appeared to have diverted attention in that direction. Programs
were initiated bv the American Medical Association to strengthen the
providing of new drug information for the medical profession. A re-
view of the drug controls exercised by the FDA was undertaken by the
National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council at the
request of Arthur Flemming, Secretary of Health, Education, and
Welfare. In the Congress, identical bills were introduced by Senator
Kefauver (S. 1552) and Representative Celler (H.R 6245), April 12,
1961, that dealt mainly with economic controls but were also substan-
tially responsive to the appeals of the physicians for tighter controls
over new drugs and drug information. The proposed bills provided, in
part —

For FDA to pass on the efficacy as well as the safety of new
drugs ;

For assuring that physicians were fully and reliably informed
about adverse as well as favorable effects of drugs ;

For inspection and licensing of drug manufacturing plants ;

For establishment by FDA of official or generic names of drugs,
and making mandatory the use of such names in information and
advertising literature.

Improved drug information program of AM A

In the the spring of 1961, the Kefauver subcommittee opened a new
set of hearings, to consider legislation corrective of the conditions
identified in the previous investigative hearings. The first witness to
come before the subcommitee was Hugh H. Hussey, M.D., chairman
of the board of trustees of the American Medical Association.
Dr. Hussey told the subcommittee, July 5, 1961, that the AMA board of
trustees had "recently (May 27-28, 1961) approved a greatly ex-
panded drug information progi'am * * * to bring to physicians even
more complete information and sound, considered opinions on drugs
as currently, expeditiously, and scientifically as possible." The pro-
gram had four parts :

» "Brief Summary of Administered Prices, Drugs — Minorltv Views bv Senator Everett
M. Dirksen." In Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings * * *. Pt. 1, op', cit., p. 16.

99-044—69 25

370

(1) Submission by drug manufacturers to AMA of the same data they supplied
to FDA on new drugs ;

(2) AMA analyses of these data (and others). Publication in the Journal of
the American Medical Association (JAMA) of a preliminary report, with follow-
on information in a column on "New drugs and developments in therapeutics."

(3) Inclusion of all such data in a monograph on "New and NonofScial drugs,"
in hard cover, indicating for each drug after several months of its general use,
the following categories of information :

Chemical or biological identity, including pertinent properties ;
Actions and uses;
Associated side effects :
Toxicity and precautions ; and
Dosage and routes of administration.

(4) Annual publication of an AMA Handbook on Drugs, presenting evaluated
information for single-entity drugs and drug mixtures under class headings, to
inform the physician on —

(a) The nonproprietary and trade name or trade names of the drug:
( & ) The name of the manufacturer or manufacturers ;

(d) The claimed indications for the drug ;

(e) The stated contraindications, side effects, and precautions ;
(/) The manufacturer's recommended dosage;

(g) The available dosage forms ; and
( h ) An overall appraisal of the drug.*"

In addition, the AMA board of trustees had proposed to the U.S.
Pharmacopeial Convention a joint program on drug nomenclature,
with provision for final authoritative decisions in case of failure to
reach accord with the manufacturer. Provision would be made also
for coordination of this program with international bodies having
related functions.*^

Objectives of the AMA were described by Dr. Hussey as follows :

We want all physicians to be well trained and fully informed on all aspects
of the practice of medicine.

We want this body of knowledge and reservoir of skills to include a high degree
of competency in the selection and proper use of drugs.

We want a continuing and expanding flow of useful drug products placed at the
disposal of these physicians.^^

It does not appear that the AMA program was responsive to the
problem of the drug industry with the issue of economics versus pro-
fessionalism. Its acceptance of the flow of new drugs into use was
unqualified, as was its confidence in the capability of the medical
profession to regulate both itself and the drug industry. Nevertheless,
the measures proposed by Hussey seem to have been constructive, and
to provide a starting point for national coordination of new drug
safety.

Exception was taken to the AMA position — that drug efficacy was a
matter for determination by the individual physician — by William B.
Bean, M.D., professor of internal medicine. School of Medicine, Iowa
State University. He believed efficacy was a subject that required deter-
mination on the basis of controlled clinical investigation by qualified
investigators, followed by reasonable and expert evaluation. He con-
tinued :

Very few people, be they laymen or practicing physicians, have any groundodly
learned comprehension of the extraordinary complexity and the great difficulty
of e.-^t.nblishing even the smallest scientific fact. Because of its very real and

-' Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings, * * * pt. 1, op. eit., pp. 39-41.
•^ Description of this program is contained in a statement reprinted in full in Ibid, dd
4R-49.

■"« Ibid., p. 39.

371

serious apprehensions of the centralization of Federal authority, the American
Medical Association in its fear has euchred itself into the astonishing posture of
supporting the position that it is better to have nonefBcacious drugs or those whose
efficacy is as yet unestablished released freely to the American physician and
the American public, rather than have those made available only when their
usefulness in therapy has been determined or its probability is of so high an
order that no one could object.

As I understand Dr. Hussey's statement, he believes that the practicing physi-
cian, dealing with individual patients, should be the one who determines the
efficacy, the reliability, and potency as well as the particular effect of a drug,
realizing that the effect varies from patient to patient and in a given patient
from time to time, depending on circumstances, as influenced by the biological
and biochemical individuality of each person. It takes great experience and
clinical wisdom to be able to dissect out the features of existence which are
natural and those related to disease. It is a wise physician who can elevate the
alterations, if any, and their direction and degree, as they are induced by a
specific therapeutic regimen or the employment of a particular drug or combina-
tion of drugs in a single patient, and generalize his results. Granting with him
that we frequently imply "on the average" when we speak in general terms, when
we deal with a patient we are considering only one person. Let me emphasize a few
difficulties of allowing the good old American do-it-yourself approach of using
the wonderful yeomanry of practicing physicians and the mass of patients in the
United States as a willing army of guinea pigs to determine the efficacy of new
drugs or to specify the degree and nature of established ones. Every physician his
own Pasteur.^

Recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences

The review of FDA that Secretary Flemming had requested be made
by the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, was
completed and a report submitted September 27, 1960. It warned that
"The increasing rate at which medical research is expanding and new
and powerful drugs are being developed is multiplying the number of
potential hazards to be controlled.'' Accordingly, the report offered
11 recommendations, of which five were of particular relevance to the
thalidomide episode that was shortly to develop. These recommenda-
tions were:

(1) The FDA should be given statutory authority to require proof of the
efficacy, as well as the safety, of all new drugs. Treatment of a patient with
an ineffective drug in place of an effective one may jeopardize his recovery.
This is true even though the drug may not be intrinsically harmful, and even
though the specific condition for which the drug is given may not be ordinarily
regarded as life-threatening.

(5) The committee believes that the information supplied to physicians
concerning drugs should be not only accurate, but also complete, and that the
date of such information is essential to its proper evaluation. It therefore
endorses the proposed amendments to present labeling requirements published by
the Commissioner in the Federal Register for July 22, 1960.

(6) The committee considers that the advertising of pharmaceuticals requires
more careful regulation than that of products unrelated to the prevention and
cure of disease. It therefore recommends that careful study be given to the prob-
lem of coordinating the supervision of labeling, promotional material, and other
advertising of drugs, now divided among several agencies of the Government, and
to means of ensuring that all information concerning drugs conveyed to the
profession and the public by whatever media be in conformity witli scientific
fact.

(8) The staff members responsible for processing applications should be
supported to the utmost in their efforts to obtain submission of truly dependable
scientific information on the efficacy and safety of the products. The data
initially submitted by the manufacturer are not always of sufficient quality and
quantity to permit a sound decision as to the merits of the product.

(10) The committee urges the Commissioner to seek such authorization as
may be necessary to establish an advisory organization of scientific and technical

33 Ibid., pt. 1, p. 267.

372

experts as a recognized resource for advice on criteria, procedures, and policies
for the execution of the reponsibilities of the FDA.^*

All of the NAS-NRC recommendations were promptly endorsed by
Secretary Flemming- except item 6 which, he said, would require
further study.^^ It is worthy of note that the NAS-NRC committee
that developed these reconmiendations was made up of eight physicians,
all associated with medical schools.^*' Their recommendations might
be read as essentially an endorsement of the medical and drug efficacy-
safety aspects of the Kefauver-Celler bill.

Senate hearings on Drug Industry Antitrust Act

The hearing before the Senate Subcommittee on Antitrust and
Monopoly (Kefauver) followed somewhat the same pattern as had the
earlier investigative hearings. They were similarly compendious, with
seven volumes (4,217 pages) of testimony and exhibits, 115 witnesses,
and 28 days of hearings extending from July 5, 1961 through February
7, 1962. Emphasis, again, was on the economic and antitrust aspects
of the drug industry while the medical witnesses generally focused
on the aspects of drug safety and efficacy, and the troublesome ques-
tion of generic names.

One notable difference in the second set of hearings was the tone of
the testimony by a spokesman for the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers
xissociation, (PMA). In the investigative hearings, the effect was that
of a hostile confrontation, relative to the expressed purpose of the
hearings. However, in the legislative hearings, the tone was concilia-
tory, and it was evident that the PMA was making every effort to
cooperate in acliieving generally acceptable and effective compro-
mises. On the efficacy and generic names issues, in particular, the
PMA appeared to be in full accord with the purposes of the proposed
legislation.

The principal witness was Eugene N. Beesley, chairman of PjMA
and president of Eli Lilly & Co. He commenced his testimony by stat-
ing the proposition that "Our industry has a primary responsibility
to maintain the most painstaking and exacting standards in every step
of scientific research, development, manufacturing, and distribution.
In fact, we believe that our own individual standards of excellence
should be higher than any that might be imposed by law." He accepted
the responsibility for changing any unsound practice, and for introduc-
ing improvements. He also urged that, "in view of the growing com-
plexity of medical science and health care," the responsible Govern-
ment agencies should be given more assistance in fulfilling their role,
which was :

* * * to establish minimum production and quality standards ; to inspect
periodically to insure that these standards are maintained; and to deter or
punish any irresponsible producer who ignores such standards.

^ Reprinted in ibid., pp. 460-i61.

»Ibid., pp. 463-4G7.

38 Members of the committee were :

Dr. C. Phillip Miller, Chairman, professor of medicine, University of Chicago School of
Medicine.

Dr. John H. Dingle, professor of preventive medicine, Western Reserve University School
of Medicine.

Dr. Maxwell Finland, associate professor of medicine, Harvard Medical School.

Dr. Colin M. MacLeod, professor of medicine. New York University College of Medicine.

Dr. Karl F. Meyer, director emeritus, George Williams Hooper Foundation, University of
California Medical Center, San Francisco.

Dr. John R. Paul, professor of preventive medicine. Tale Unlversit.y School of Medicine.

Dr. Carl F. Schmidt, professor of pharmacology. University of Pennsylvania School of
Medicine.

Dr. Wesley W. Spink, professor of medicine, University of Minnesota Medical School.

373

As to new legislation, he said, ''we support, in substance, those pro-
visions of S. 1552 which would serve to advance health progress," His
organization also favored some additional proposals. The PJVIA po-
sition is summarized as follows [paraphrase] :

1. PMA "believes strongly that a drug should be effective for the uses which
the manufacturer claims for it." Therefore the manufacturer should be required
to submit to FDA "substantial evidence" that the drug was safe and that it
produced the results claimed for it.

2. Drug manufacturers bhould be required to register with FDA.

3. Drug manufacturers should be "subjected to regular mandatory inspec-
tion by FDA at least once every 2 years '■= * *."

4. FDA inspection powers should be broadened "to enable it to determine ade-
quately whether there is a violation or potential violation of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act."

5. "Increased funds should be provided to enable FDA to undertake these
broadened responsibilities." '"

With respect to the issue as to whether "efficacy" of new drugs
should be made a matter for FDA determination, Mr. Beesley offered
tlie following observations : "In the entire realm of medical science,"
he said, "nothing is more difficult and more subject to honest differ-
ences of competent opinion than the determination of the therapeutic
merits of drugs in human beings." He was concerned that "premature
or arbitrary judgments, or judgments based on imprecise standards,
could deprive the American people of many important health bene-
fits." There were different schools of thought in medical practice; the
FDA should not impose its own views on the medical profession, and
therefore —

The only sound standard * * * jg ^■j^^^^ ^j^g drug must be safe and that there
must be substantial — but not necessarily preponderant — evidence showing that
the drug has produced the .specific physiological effects claimed for it.^

Dr. Lasagna, who returned to testify at the second set of hearings,
contributed further thoughts on the problem of drug safety :

It was pointless to divorce safety and efficacy. A drug's safety could not be
.iudged in vacuo, but only in relation to its purpose.

One must have reliable evidence of therapy, just as one must demand adequate
evidence of safety.

The history of medicine is, unhappily, replete with examples of useless drugs
employed for years, decades, or centuries, by countless physicians before a few
properly conducted experiments proved the drugs to be without value.

If a drug is very poisonous but may cure cancer, that drug should be on the
market. If the drug is very poisonous but only may cure mild headache, it
should not be on the market.

* * * Modern therapeutics is too difficult and too dangerous for today's
doctor to go it alone. He needs help, and from many sources, including the
Government.

Dr. Lasagna described for the subcommittee the "unsatisfactory
atmosphere now surrounding new drug developments."

At present, when a drug of unquestioned merit is put on the market, the com-
pany whose imagination and know-how has been responsible for the break-
through is faced with the possibility that within a short period of time a half-
dozen or more pharmacologic shadows will be introduced by comix'ting firms,
almost all of them representing minor advances or no advance at all. but one or
more of which may purloin a good share of the market away from the first
drug. The result is a fantastic pres.sure on drug houses to assemble data in a
huri-y and to market at the earliest possible date.

Were this pressure merely to speed up the process of drug development, no
one would have any serious objection. But the stage is also set for hasty and

" Ibid., pt. 4. pp. 1996-1997.
3«Ibid.. pp. 1998-1999.

374

premature decisions based on inconclusive data of dubious merit. This un-
favorable atmosphere is not, I might add, a mirage of my own imagination. It
has been criticized by many responsible figures in the field of medicine, including
such well-known medical editors as Dr. Joseph Garland and Dr. Walter Modell,
who decry the "unnecessary expansion in the number of new products marketed
each year" and the inability of the medical profession to "deal with the plethora
of new drugs expertly, safely, effectively." ^^

It had been contended, he said, that all new variants of useful molec-
ular configurations should be allo^Yed because they might be useful with
some patients. This, he said, was a "dangerous reductio ad absurdum."

First of all, it implies that all possible relatives of a useful drug should be
marketed, since it is patently impossible to rule out the remote chance of bene-
fiting one patient out of 100,000 in preliminary premarketing trials.

Second, this line of reasoning can lead to deterioration in medical care, because
a large number of therapeutically similar drugs of varying merit may result
in suboptimal care for those patients unlucky enough to he treated first not
with the best drug of the group, but with the weakest.*"

Dr. Walter ISIodell *^ agreed that a variety of drugs might be needed
for some particular purpose, but too many (for example, 35) would
"create nothing but confusion and harm.''

Nothing but good [he concluded] can come of the application of restraints to
the exuberant growth of new and poorly tested drugs and the extravagant claims
made for them and to the barrage of confusion laid do\\m by biased promotion
and meaningless and distracting nomenclature. I believe it will benefit the health
of the Nation, improve the practice of medicine and, strangely enough, increase
the profits of the drug industry.*"

No reference to thalidomide appeared in the seven volumes of the
hearings before Senator Kefauver's subcommittee, which ended Feb-
ruary 7, 1962. Although there had been an epidemic of phocomelia *^
in West Germany in the spring of 1961, and thalidomide had been
tentatively identified as its cause by late November of that year, na-
tional attention was not drawn in the TTnitecl States to the dangerous
nature of the drug until mid-July 1962. The New York Times, in mid-
April, had reported a lecture on this epidemic by Dr. Helen Taussig,
delivered in Philadelphia before the American College of Physicians,
and when this report was called to the attention of Senator Kefauver's
staff, a researcher had been assigned to follow up on the story. Then,
May 24, a graphic description (with slides) of the effects of thalido-
micte was presented before a House subcommittee chaired by Repre-
sentative Celler and considering his bill (H.R. 6245) paralleling
S. 1552. No notice was taken in the press of Dr. Taussig's testimony.
In comment on this point, the principal staff member of Senator Ke-
fauver's group working on S. 1552 was later quoted as remarking "I
tried to talk Celler's people out of using Dr. Taussig." (And then:)
"It's too early to s]:)ring this kind of story. All the various bills are
still far from reaching the floor of either House, and it's clear that the
thalidomide story, or something like it, is just what we need to ram
through some legislation. In a situation like this, timing is vital." **

3fllbid.. pt. 1, p. 281.

" Ibid., pt. 1. p. 2R2.

*^ Editor of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, editor of a biennial text, DruKS of
Choice, member of the revision committee of the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, chairman of the
formulary committee of the New York Hospital, director of clinical pharmacolog.y, and
associate professor of pharmaeolo^ at Cornell University Medical School.

«=Ibid., pt. 1, pp. 310. 329-3.30

" Phocomelia. Literally "seal extremities." In phocomelia, the lonp bones (arm, leg) may
be absent or deformed, and the hands or feet appear at the end of the shortened bone. There
may be many variants and further complications.

** This account is talcen from Richard Harris. "The Real Voice." (New York, the Mac-
mlllan Co.. 1964. pp. 154-155. 160-161.)

375
IV. The Thalidomide Story

There are several accounts of the origin of the drug thalidomide
According to Dr. Helen B. Taussig, an authority on the drug, she was
told in Germany that "the drug was first conceived of as a sedative by
a Swiss pharmaceutical firm, compounded by them in 1954, tried on
animals and found ineffective and therefore discarded." ^^ Subse-
quently, it was reinvented ("several years later"') b}- Grunenthal. Ac-
cording to an official of the American company that sought to intro-
duce the drug into the United States, the drug was "first synthesized by
Chemie Grunenthal G.m.b.H., Stolberg, West Germany, in 1953." *'
The molecular structure of the compound was such that it was viewed
as a candidate for usefulness as a sedative or sleep-inducing drug.
Again, according to Dr. Taussig, Grunenthal tried the drug on ani-
mals, and found that it had no effect. However —

This firm went one step further and thought it must be a good drug. Perhaps
it would be good for epilepsy. The company made and marketed the drug as an
anticonvulsant. The drug was found worthless for epilepsy but it made man
sleep. Thereafter it was .sold as a sleeping tablet. It had a prompt action, gave
deep natural sleep and left no hangover. It was a ''safe" drug. Man could not
commit suicide. The drug was manufactured '"by the ton" and its sale was tre-
mendous. By 1960 it became Germany's most popular sleeping tablet and tran-
quilizer.^

As told by the Merrell Co., "The drug was tested in animals and
then in humans. Grunenthal found it to be highly efficacious as a seda-
tive-hypnotic, producing normal sleep. The toxicity of thalidomide
was extremely low in both animal and clinical testing. No LD-50
(median lethal dose) could be established." "^^ It does not appear that
thalidomide was introduced into the German market with undue haste.
Although synthesized by Grunenthal in 1953 (or possibly 1954) it was
not placed in commercial u.se imtil 1957.

The drug evidently caught on. It sold as a sleeping tablet, a sedative,
a tranquilizer: as an additive along with other drugs it was used as
a medication for grippe, neuralgia, asthma, and as a cough medicine ;
it was also found useful as an antiemetic in early pregnancy. Dr. Taus-
sig noted that it was an excellent and inexpensive sedative, and that its
sale was tremendous.

*6 The chemical characterization of the compound, as given by Frank N. Getman, Wil-
liam S. Merrell Co., is "alpha (N-phtalimide) gliitarimide.''

^ Prepared statement of Dr. Helen B. Taussig on H.R. 6245. In U.S. Congress. House.
Committee on the Judiciary, Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings before the Antitrust
Subcommittee (Subcommittee No. 5) of the * * * on H.R. 6245, a bill to amend and supple-
ment the antitrust laws with respect to the manufacture and distribution of drugs, and
for other purposes. Mav 17, 18, 23, and 24, 1962. Serial No. 32. (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1962) , p. 430.

" Circular letter "to all physicians" signed by Frank N. Getman, William S. Merrell Co.
Included in pt. 1, p. 121, of IJ.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations.
Interagency coordination in drug research and regulation. Hearings before the Subcom-
mittee on Reorganization and International Organizations of the * * * agency coordination
study. (Pursuant to S. Res. 276, 87th Cong., S. Res. 27, 88th Cong., and S. Res. 27, as
amended. 8Sth Cong.) Review of cooperation on drug policies among Food and Drug
Administration, National Institutes of Health, Veterans' Administration, and other agencies.
(Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 196.3 and 1964.) Pt. 1, Aug. 1 and 9, 1962;
pt. 2. Supplementary exhibits and index to pts. 1 and 2, Aug. 1 and 9, 1962 ; pt. 3, the
Bureau of Medicine in the Food and Drug Administration, Mar. 20, 1963 : pt. 4, Testimony
and exhibits (including subsequent correspondence) on specialized drugs and drug prob-
lems : (1) Drugs for mental illness; (2) Antibiotics; (3) Drug testing; (4) Neonatal
pharmacy; and (5) Communication on drug emergencies, Mar. 21, 1963; pt. 5, Testimony
and exhibits (including subsequent 196.3-64 correspondence) on (1) Commission on Drug
Safety; (2) Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association: (3) Medical education on drug
therapy and other drug issues. June 19, 1963 ; and pt. 6. Testimony and exhibits (including
subsequent 196.3-64 correspondence) on drug activities of the American Medical Association
(hereafter referred to as Humphrey hearings, parts).

« Helen B. Taussig. M.D., "A Studv of the German Outbreak of Phocomelia." JAMA.
(Vol. 180. June 30, 1962. pp. 80-88.) Reprinted in Humphrey hearings, pt. 1, op. cit., p. 103.

*^ Circular letter, op. cit., in Humphrey hearings, pt. 1, p. 121.

3*— r*
iKi

Rights to markt't the drug were sold to pharmaceutical firms in many
countries, and in one way or another tlie drug found its way into
(among others) England, Canada, Australia, Hong Kong, Belgium,
Holland, Finland, iSpain, Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Switzerland,
Italy, Turkey, Iran, Iraq, Palestine, Greece, Pakistan, India, Japan,
and Brazil. (According to some accounts, it was widely used through-
out many Latin American countries. )^°

Thalidomide was sold under many trade names; in addition to its
production by foreign companies under license, it was incorporated in
many drug mixtures. An unconfirmed report, in Switzerland, described
a list of nearly 100 drugs or brand names for preparations containing
thalidomide. However, the accompanying list of 53 such items was
collected by Dr. Taussig and presented in an article in the New England
Journal of Medicine.

Trade names under ivliich thalidomide was marketed °'
Trade name, 5-100 mg. amount

Contergan

Sedimide

Lulamin

Distaval

Thalin

Sleepan

Softenon

Sedoval K17

Valgis

Kevadon

Isomin

Talargan

Talimol

Neurosedyn

Profamil

Imidene Ipnotico

Neurodyu

Sedisperil

Quetimid

Xeosedyn

Sedin

Quietoplex

Noxodyn (40 mg.)

Amount not

know

•n

Slip

Verdil

Imidan

Sedalis

Neurofatis

Oudasil

Noccus

Trade name, 20-25

mg.

amount

Algosediv

Shin-Nibrol

Imidene

Bonbrain

Noctosediv

Sodatum

Glutanon

Sanodormin

Ulcerfau

New-Nibrol

Tliaiiinette

Small amount

Asmaval

Polygripan

Pro-Ban M

Admadion

Polygiron

Tensival

Enterosediv

Preni-Sediv

Valgraine

Grippex

Gastrinide

Peracon Expectorans

A particular virtue of thalidomide as a sleeping potion was that,
unlike many other preparations for this purpose, it was not found
harmful when taken in excess. According to the Merrell Co. —

Of particular importance, an overdose of thalidomide did not induce depression
of respiration and heart action, which eliminated the possibility of accidental
death and suicide through its use. Clinical reports have been published on 17
persons who survived following ingestion of excessive amounts of the drug. One
intended suicide ingested 144 times the usual dose. There are unpublished reports
on many other intended suicides. No deaths from overdosage are known.^^

In retrospect, it seems altogether reasonable that an American com-
pany should seek the U.S. distribution rights to this successful Ger-

™ Humphrey hearings, pt. 4, op. clt., pp. 1920-1923.

" Reprinted in Humphrey hearings, pt. 4, op. cit., p. 1921. Reference to Swiss list is on
p. 1923.

«2 Circular letter, op. cit., Humphrey hearings, pt. 1, op. cit., p. 121.

377

man drug in 1960. Up to that time the drug had had some 5 years (or
at least, three) of experimental testing and 3 years or more of wide
commercial use without reported incident. In some countries, including
Germany for 15 months, it had not even required prescription. Ac-
cording to Dr. Taussig, "at that time no one had reported any out-
ward side effects from thalidomide," ^^ j^ fact, later on, one of the
difficulties encountered by investigators who tried to identify some
drug as the cause of phocomelia, was that mothers of afflicted offspring
did not remember having taken Contergan (the German brand of
thalidomide) ; it was of no more consequence or more memorable
than aspirin. It had been available (up to April 1961) without pre-
scription. Moreover, ". . . nurses in German hospitals dispense sleep-
ing tablets as freely as nurses in the United States give laxatives." =*
There was no reason to suppose it to be anything other than a safe,
efficacious drug with no known side effects, and one that could properly
be sold very widely with a minimum of control. In short, a highly
profitable and useful product.

E%rly evidences of thalidomide side ejfects

Xo indication of adverse side effects of thalidomide appear to have
been reported, according to Dr. Taussig, until the latter part of 1960,
when German medical journals carried reports of a "new polyneuritis
associated with long-term use of the drug." ^^ At about this same time,
a letter to the editor of the British Medical Journal described four
parallel cases, all of whom had taken 100 mg. of Distaval (the British
brand of thalidomide) daily for 18 months to 2 years. Symptoms in-
cluded tingling and coldness of feet and hands, impaired muscular
coordination, and nightly leg cramps. The symptoms apparently dis-
appeared when the drug was suspended.^*'

A representative of the clinical research departm^ent of the British
drug company producing Distaval responded, in a later issue of the
same journal, to say that on the basis of 4 years of clinical investiga-
tions there had been no indication, from either animal experimental
work or human clinical studies, to indicate "any significant toxic
hazard." However, early in 1960, "isolated reports were sent to [the
company representative] from various parts of the country describing
symptoms and signs suggestive of peripheral neuritis occurring in
patients receiving thalidomide regularly for periods of 6 months or
more." "^^^lile thalidomide had not been confirmed as the cause, the
writer went on, the company had been including warning informa-
tion about the possibility of this undesirable side effect in its literature
since August of 1960.^^

As time went on, apparently, this side effect was regarded by the
medical profession in Europe with increasing apprehension. The ques-
tion implicit in this concern (which was recorded explicitly in the
American re\aew of the drug's safety at about this time) was as to
whether the drug's contribution to human comfort and well-being
was enough to justify an evident but imperfectly defined medical

" Helen B. Taussig, M.D. "The ThaUdomlde Syndrome," Scientific American, (August
1962. vol. 207, No. 2), pp. 29-35. Reprinted in Humphrey hearings, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 110.

=*Ibid., p. 112.

«Ibid., p. 110.

6« British Medical Journal. (Dec. 31, 1960), p. 1954. Reprinted in Humphrey hearings,
op. cit., pt. 1. pp. 17-18.

=*' British Medical Journal, (Jan. 14, 1961), p. 130. Reprinted in Humphrey hearings,
op. cit., pt. 1, p. 18.

378

risk. In Germany, the question was "resolved" by requiring that it be
decided in each individual case by a physician in attendance — in other
words, by placing the drug under prescription. As Dr. Taussig said :

In April 1961, a new form of polyneuritis appeared : tingling of the hands,
sensory disturbance, and later, atrophy of the thumb and motor disturbances.
It was soon recognized that the long continued use of Contergan in adults was
responsible for polyneuritis; furthermore, unless the drug was promptly dis-
continued, the polyneuritis was irreversible. Thereafter, the drug was placed
upon prescription.'*

Medical determination that thalidomide was associated with pho-
comelia

A more seridus side effect of thalidomide gradually came to light
during 1961-62, when statistically significant evidence was developed
indicating that when the drug was taken during the first 3 months
of pregnancy there was as much as a 50-,50 chance (elsewhere, more
than two chances in five) that the child would be deformed. The mech-
anism causing the deformity was not characterized at this time; it
was suggested that the action of the drug was not positive, but indirect,
because some expectant mothers exposed to the hazard were delivered
of normal offspring. The tentative conclusion appears to have been
that thalidomide was coupled with some fairly common genetic char-
acteristic to bring about phocomelia.

The incidence of phocomelia occurred at different periods in different
countries, depending on the availability of the dnug to expectant
mothers. Its effects were first evident in Germany, where the drug first
came on the market. In retrospect, the medical profession seems to
have been slow to appreciate the importance of this new disorder.
There had been "perhaps a dozen cases of phocomelia in 1959, whereas
in the preceding decade there had been perhaps 1,5 in all of West Ger-
many." The numbers increased rapidly thereafter.

During 1960 almost every pediatric clinic in West Germany had seen infants
suffering such defects. In Miinster there had been 27, in Hamburg 30, and in
Bonn 19.

In October 1960, at the annual meeting of the pediatricians of the
Federal Republic of Germany, at Kassel, two extreme cases of phoco-
melia were the subject of an exhibit. The physicians who presented this
exhibit "regarded it as a new clinical entity." Despite the considerable
incidence of phocomelia in Germany during the preceding months,
"the exhibit did not attract a great deal of attention."

When the German pediatricians gathered at Diisseldorf for their
1961 meeting. November 20, "almost all pediatricians were aware of
the outbreak of phocomelia." Indeed, "almost every clinic in West Ger-
many had admitted three times as many such infants in 1961 as in 1960.

^ Helen B. Taussig, M.D. "A Study of the German Outbreak of Phocomelia." op. cit.. in
Humphrey hearingrs, op. cit.. pt. 1, p. 103. Apparently Dr. Taussig's referencp to the "new"
form of polyneuritis was not Intended to differentiate it from the form reported in England ;
however, her description of its symptoms and prognosis indicate that it was somewhat
more serious than the earlier English accounts had suggested.

370

See table.^^ The clinical syndrome had been characterized by H. R.
Weidemann.^"

First medical suspicions that thalidomide was associated with phoco-
melia apparently occurred almost simultaneously in Australia and
Germany. In Australia —

* * * W. G. McBride, a physician in New South Wales * * * saw three newborn
babies with severe phocomelia during April 1961. In October and November he
saw three more. From the histories of the mothers he found that all six had
taken Dlstaval in early pregnancy. McBride notified the Australian branch of
Distillers Ltd. and it cabled his findings to the London headquarters on Novem-
ber 27. This and the news from Germany caused the firm to withdraw the drug
on December 3.

In German}^ the identification was made by Widukind Lenz of
Hamburg, on the basis of questionnaires to the parents of deformed
infants and their attending physicians, and subsequent followup
interrogations.

On November 15 Lenz warned Grunenthal (the manufacturing company) that
he suspected Contergan (the German name for thalidomide) of causing the
catastrophic outbreak of phocomelia and he urged the firm to withdraw it from
sale. On November 20. at the pediatric meeting, he announced that he suspected
a specific but unnamed drug as the cause of the "Weidemann syndrome" and
said that he had warned the manufacturer * * *.

On November 20 Grunenthal withdrew the drug and all compounds containing
it from the market. Two days later the West German Ministry of Health issued
a firm but cautious statement that Contergan was suspected as the major factor
in causing phocomelia.

It is unlikely that the total impact of phocomelia attributable to
thalidomide will ever be determined with any degree of precision. The
drug was distributed almost worldwide. Moreover, some of the factors
that delayed original detection of the relationship between drug and

«« Incidence of phocomelia in the various university pediatric clinics.*

1949-59 1959 1960

Bonn... _. 2 19

Bremen 4

Frankfurt 1 4

Gottingen___ _ 3 1

Hamburg (Lenzperson) _ 1 16

Hamburg (Lenzletter) 1 3o

Heidelberg. _ _ 2 5

Kiel 2 4

Munchen 3 2 14

Munster__. (i) 3 27

Birmingham 4

Liverpool. - 8

Stirling

*"A Study of the German Outbreak of Phocomelia," op. cit., p. 101.
' 4/ypar.

•0 Material and quotations in this selection except as indicated are taken from the two
articles by Dr. Taussig, both cited earlier, in JAMA and Scientific American. The character
of phocomelia was described by Dr. Taussig, based on the Weidemann source, as follows :

As in most malformations, the severity varies but the pattern is remarkably specific. The
essential feature of the abnormality concerns the long bones of the extremities. The prehen-
sile grasp is lost. The hand arises directly from the distal end of the affected bone. The
radius is absent or both radius and ulna are defective ; in some instances only one short
bone remains ; in extreme cases the radius, ulna, and humerus are lacking and the hand
buds arise from the shoulders. Both sides are affected but not usually with equal severity.
The legs may be affected in the same manner ; in most instances the deformity of legs Is
less severe. The tibia fails to form. The fibula also may not form and the femur may be short.
The hip girdle is not fully developed and there is a dislocation of the hip with external
rotation of the stub of the femur. The feet are externally rotated. Polydactylism and
syndactylia of the toes are common. In the extremely severe cases the arms and the legs
are missing. In some instances the external ear is missing then the internal auditory canal
is abnormally low. Usually hearing is not grossly impaired. Unilateral facial paralysis is
relatively common. The vast majority of children are of normal mentality.

1961

In 3 years

154

185

126

380

syndrome continued to obscure the magnitude of the disaster; these
were :

Wide availability of the drug without prescription or record of
use.

Absence of formal arrangements for the recording of births of
abnormal infants.

IJeluctance of parents to reveal infant abnormality.
Unprecedented medical character of the disaster.
Timelag between cause and effect.
Apparently innocuous nature of the cause.

The \ariety of diiferent brand names and mixtures associated
with the drug.

The absence of systematic national or international warning-
system.

The possibility that there were (and are) other causes of fetal
abnormality than thalidomide, and the fact that thalidomide did
not invariably cause abnormality even when taken in the "sensitive
period"' of fetal development.^^
Numbers of cases are not meaningful by themselves because the ex-
tent of injury varied from minor to total. Apparently, about one-third
of the deformed infants did not survive. However, the extent of phys-
ical and emotional wreckage that resulted was widespread.'^"

Fortunate exclusion of thalidomide from U.S. markets

An application for approval of "Kevadon" (the United States and
Canadian name for thalidomide) as a new drug was received by the
Food and Drug Administration from the "William S. Merrell Co.,
September 12, 1960. Tlie application was assigned to Frances O. Kelsey,
M.D., of the FDA staff for processing. It was her first assignment. The
application would receive automatic approval in 60 days— on Novem-
ber 13, 1960 — if not previously acted upon. However, FDA could re-
turn the application on grounds of "insufficient data" which would
have the effect of delaying the beginning of the 60-day period. Dr.
Kelsey repeatedly exercised this option, which distressed the applicant.
From the company's point of view, a drug in common use in other
countries without any reported adverse side reactions was being
arbitrarily blocked by bureaucratic officiousness. Later on, however,
the company would have reason to be extremely grateful for this de-
laying action which was to save countless lives, prevent an epidemic
of phocomelia of untoward proportions, and obviate the possibility of
financial liability in the millions, even billions, of dollars.

Dr. Kelsey was later to explain that her repeated requests to the
company for further information were motivated by the fact that
thalidomide in the body "* * * behaved rather differently from other
drugs that were rather closely related ; and furthermore, animal studies
did not parallel human experience." ^^ When she learned, by chance, of
the first British report of peripheral neuritis, early in 1961 (from the

•« This sensitive period was deflned as "between the 28th day and the 42d day Onclnsive)
after conception or the .^Oth to the 60th day after the first day of the last menstrnal period."
(Helen B. Taussisr. M.D. "Medical Intellisrence." New England Journal of Medicine (July
11, 10(53). pp. 02-94. Reprinted in Humphrey hearings, op. cit.. pt. 4. p. 1020.)

«= Newsweek magazine reported (Mar. 4, 1968), p. 80, that "of the .5.000 thalidomide
babies born in Germany only about 2,600 are alive today. There are about 400 Knglisl] tlialid-
omide children still living." The article describes some of the prosthetic technology being
devised to alleviate their physical incapacity.

83 Humphrey hearings, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 15.

381

letter to the editor in the Journal of IMedicine, issue of Dec. 31, 1960) ,
Dr. Kelsey was even more concerned. It is probable that one
factor in her initial consideration of tlie case was the fact that the
drug was used to deal with minor disorders, but which would involve
the i)rospect of enormous usage. Such a drug, if it had any inherent
possibility of hazard, would unbalance the risk/benefit calculation, in
terms of the potential range of unwanted consequences versus tlie rela-
tive unimportance of the desirable consequences. Moreover, there were
already a number of drugs of proved effect on the market to deal with
these same minor disorders. However, when the side effect of peripheral
neuritis became known, her apprehensions seem to have been sharpened.
According to one account. Dr. Kelsey had discovered in the course
of her World War II research on the effects of quinine on rabbits, that
drugs that irritate the nerves of adults sometimes operate so as to de-
form and stunt a fetus when absorbed into the system of a pregnant
female.*'* The first entry in Dr. Kelsey's FDA record of thalidomide
transactions with the Merrell Co. that raises this possibility was for
May 11, 1961. The entry reads in part :

* * * regarding neurological toxicity * * *. We discussed certain points as
being ones on which more information was necessary. These included both
animal studies and clinical information. It was at this conference that we speci-
fied a need for evidence that the drug would be safe during pregnancy. [Hand-
written note on original reads : This was based on peripheral neuritis symptoms
in adults.] At this time our concern was only on theoretical grounds.^

The impression that thalidomide was associated with phocomelia be-
came general at the end of November 1961. The last entry in the FDA
record on thalidomide before this time was a memorandum of a tele-
phone interview by Ealph G. Smith, M.D., Dr. Kelsey's superior, with
a medical representative of the Merrell Co., dictated September 6, 1961.
It read in part : "After checking with Dr. Kelsey I informed him [the
company representative] that other changes in labeling were required
in connection with exclusion of use in pregnant women * * *.'' ^

Some criticism has been expressed because of timelags from the
point at which the serious effects of thalidomide on tlie fetus were
discovered and thalidomide was withdrawn from the German and
British markets (Xov. 26 and Dec. 3, 1961) to the time at which it was
withdrawn from the Canadian market (3.1arch 2) and to the time that
the U.S. new drug application was withdrawn (March 8). There was
also criticism, in Canada, of the slowness and incompleteness of the
action — governmental and private — to halt sale of thalidomide (known
there as Kevadon or Talimol). A feature article in MacLean's maga-
zine, for example, indicated that the drug was still being sold — and
even prescribed — as late as April 10, 1962."'

The thalidomide testing fro grain in the United States

The concept and criteria of the conduct of experimental trials of new
drugs was described to a Senate subcommittee by George P. Larrick,
Commissioner of the FDA, on August 1, 1962, in a general congres-
sional review of the process by which a new drug is introduced into the
United States. Commissioner Larrick explained :

8* Richard Harris. The Real Voice. Op. clt.. p. 185.
«s Humphrey hearings, op. cit., pt. 1, pp. 78-79.
•« Ibid., p. 96.

8^ MacLean's. (May 19, 1962). Article reproduced in Humphrey hearings, op. clt pt 1
p. 277.

382

When a firm decides to use a new drug for experimental clinical trials, they
have to get from the person to whom they want to ship this drug a statement
purporting to show that he is an expert, and why — that he is connected with the
principal hospital in a major State, that he has this facility and that facility. And
then they have to keep a careful record of whom they shipped it to and how
much they shipped.**

That information, he said "* * * is available to us if we go and ask
for it." He added, later on, that "* * * this whole business of drug test-
ing has to be a very carefully watched procedure, and a very carefully
balanced procedure, because on the one hand you can deny the public
drugs for which they have much need for their health and safety, or you
can make mistakes in the direction of doing great harm." ^^

The FDA also attached importance to the question of pre-natal ef-
fects of drugs that might be taken by pregnant women,

* * * One, [said Commissioner Larrick, in answer to a question] that the drug
is specifically offered for pregnant women — each one of the doctors in the New
Drug Section pays particular attention to the evidence that it is safe for those
women. If it is silent on the question of pregnant women, and it is a drug which,
by the very nature of the thing, would be taken by all women, pregnant or not,
the New Drug people are requiring a specific statement in the literature to the
doctor which says this has not been tested for this purpose. [And later] Food
and Drug requires it, on each new drug application.'"'

The FDA also attached importance to the question of prenatal ef-
fects. This policy was in line with a recommendation by the Committee
on the Fetus and Newborn, of the American Academy of Pediatrics,
which had recommended :

(1) Existing drugs and agents that are developed in the future for use in the
fetus and in infants must be subjected to more extensive preclinical investigation
than is being carried out at the present time.

(2) In order to pursue these principles, it is recommended that drug labeling
should specifically indicate the extent of existing information concerning the use
of the agent in the fetus and the infant."^

Arrangements for the clinical testing of thalidomide were set forth
in exhibit 42 of the hearings by Senator Humphrey's Subcommittee on
Interagency Coordination in Drug Research and Regulations, under
the title '' 'Kevadon Hospital Clinical Program' of the William S.
]Merrell Co." '- This exhibit included a manual which "* * * had been
used in connection with a meeting which the firm had held for its em-
ployees October 25 and 26, 1960." Objectives of the program, as set
forth in the manual, were :

(1) To contact teaching hospitals (any hospital having a resident-intern train-
ing program) and the chief and senior members of the departments of surgery,
medicine, anesthesiology, and obstetrics-gynecology for the purpose of selling them
on Kevadon and providing them with a clinical supply.

(2) To eventually accumulate a series of clinical reports on Kevadon's in-
dications as they apply within different departments of a hospital.

(3) To perfect and develop the best iK)ssible detail story for the national
introduction of Kevadon.

The scope of the planned program was to set up "approximately
800 established studies, averaging 20 patients per study." Said the man-
ual : ""We are principally interested in contacting the most influential
physicians who would have occasion to use Kevadon."

68 Humphrey hearings, op. cit., pt. 1, p. 42.
88 Ibid., p. 43.
•" Ibid., pp. 44-45.

Ti "The Effect of Drugs Upon the Fetus and the Infant." Pediatrlca, (October 1961,
vol. 28. No. 24), p. 678, reproduced in Ibid., pp. 45-46.
'2 Ibid., pt. 1, pp. 259-267.

383

The manual included a word of caution to employees :

Bear in mind that these are not basic clinical research studies. We have firmly
established the safety dosage and usefulness of Kevadon by both foreign and
U.S. laboratory and clinical studies. This program is designed to gain widespread
confirmation of its usefulness in a variety of hospitalized patients. If your work
yields case reports, personnel communications or published work, all well and
good. But the main purpose is to establish local studies whose results will be
spread among hospital stafE members. You can assure your doctors that they
need not report results if they don't want to but we, naturally, would like to
imow of their results. Be sure to tell them that we may send them report forms
or reminder letters but these are strictly reminders and they need not reply.
Their reports or names would not be used without getting their express per-
mission in advance.

At the beginning of your interview, don't be secretive — lay your cards on the
table. Tell the doctor that present plans call for Kevadon to be marketed early
in 1961. Let them know the basic clinical research on Kevadon has been done.
Don't get involved by selling a basis [sic] clinical research program instead of
Kevadon. Appeal to the doctor's ego — we think he is important enough to be
selected as one of the first to use Kevadon in that section of the country.

Attention of employees was directed, in the manual, to the require-
ment of FDA that a "qualified investigator statement" must be signed
by any clinician and be in the hands of the company before the com-
pany could legally ship Kevadon to the clinician. Moreover —

One of the prerequisites for obtaining an NDA is that the application contain
full reports of investigations which have been made to show whether or not
such drug is safe for use. In order to allow for the investigational testing of
a drug, section 505(i) of the act was passed which provided that the Secretary
of Health, Education, and Welfare may promulgate regulations for exempting
from the operation of section •50.5(a) drugs intended solely for investigational
use "'by experts qualified by scientific training and experience to investigate the
safety of drugs."

The Secretary has passed such regulations. The requirements that have been
set forth are that the investigational drug bear a label carrying the statement —
"Caution: new drug — limited by Federal law to investigational use," and that
such shipment be made only to a qualified expert investigator. A further stipula-
tion is made that the company that introduces new shipment into interstate com-
merce must obtain, prior to the shipment, a statement signed by such expert
showing that he has adequate facilities for the investigation to be conducted
by him. and that the drug will be used solely by him or under his direction.

Successive bulletins and communications to the "special Kevadon
representatives" provide evidence that the company's estimate as to
the interest of the medical profession in thalidomide was correctly
foreseen. On November 8, 1960 it was announced that "In 1 week
you have already established 162 studies, totaling 6,648 patients!"
On November 15, the company had reached 55.3 percent of its "goal"
with 418 studies, involving a predicted 15,373 patients. On November
29, it was announced that the program had achieved 762 studies
involving 29,413 patients."

The Humphrey subconunittee in its final report expressed criticism
of what it called the "peculiar aspects of the 'test'." The company had
distributed 2^2 million thalidomide tablets to 1,267 investigators,
who distributed them to 19,822 patients including 3,760 women of
child-bearing age, of whom 624 were pregnant. Fortunately, most
of tliese received the drug late in pregnancy."* However, said the
repoit :

"3 Exhibit 43 (consisting of internal correspondence of William S. Merrell Co., provided
by FDA). In ibid., pp. 270-27.'',.

''* Senate. Committee on Government Operations. "Interagency Drug Coordination "
Report. * * * S. Kept. 1153 (1966). op. cit., pp. 22-26. The figures are derived from an
FDA press release, dated Aug. 23, 1962, and are reprinted in full in Humphrey hearings,
op. cit., pt. 1, pp. 248-249.

384

[To distribute such a large quantity of] what was still in the United States
au "experimental" drug exposed a very considerable number of potential patients
to some degree of risli (p. 22) .

Of the 1,2(57 doctors who received the drug, only 276 gave written reports to
the manufacturers; 102 doctors gave verbal reports (p. 28).

[Of the 1,267], only 647 doctors stated that they had signed a statement of
qualification (p. 23).

Hundreds of "investigators" failed, contrary to the traditions of science, to
keep adequate records. They did not know which patient they had given the
drug to, at what dosage, or when (p. 25).

In addition to drawing its own conclusions, the report also quoted
the opinions of a number of other critics who vouchsafed such views
as the following :

In some respects the pharmaceutical industry manifests a split personality.
A most unfortunate example of this was the manner in which the clinical
evaluation of thalidomide was conducted. While the clinical testing of this
drug was managed by the medical department, it was handled in the usual
professional manner. But when clinical research was taken over by business
enterprise it became tainted with some of the worst features of commercialism.

It is unfortunately true, as the thalidomide incident so well illustrates, that
the drug industry does not now always adhere to high standards, either in
planning the investigation, selecting the investigators, or providing the investi-
gators with full information about the hazards that may be expected in con-
ducting the clinical trial.

Certainly, the most casual observer would reject the desultory returns from
over 1,200 physicians, to whom was entrusted the clinical trial of thalidomide.
Their results could have no scientific significance or validity. Yet. this formula
for deriving new drug introduction and acceptance has obtained for many years.

The final toll of thalidomide was reported on by FDA for the sub-
committee, September 28, 1963, as follows :

Our final figure for such deformity cases, in which the drug was taken or
reportedly taken during the first trimester of pregnancy, is 17.

In 10 of these cases, the drug was produced in the United States and given
by American inve.stigators. The deformities which occurred in these cases were
as follows :
Deformities : Numier

1. Absence of legs and forearms 1

2. Deformed hands and arms 2

3. Absence of arms and hands 1

4. Deformed arms and legs 2

5. Webbed toes, 3-chambered heart 1

6. Cleft palate, deformed sex organs 1

7. Absence of both arms and 1 leg ; red birthmark on face 1

8. Deformed arms, hands and fingers, and feet ; red birthmark on nose

and upper lip 1

In the remaining seven cases, thalidomide from foreign sources was reportedly
taken during the first trimester, and the resulting deformities were as follows :
Deformities : Number

1. Absence of legs and forearms 1

2. Deformed hands and arms 2

3. Deformed arms and legs 1

4. Internal organs reversed, deformed heart 1

5. Deformed arms, hands, fingers, and feet ; red birthmark on nose

and upper lip 1

6. Underdeveloped right ear, no soft palate, heart murmur, facial

paralysis 1

Commented the subcommittee report: "Thalidomide triggered a vast
educational process which is still continuing * * *."

The United States has been saved from mass disaster by the good fortune that
a new drug application (1 of over 400 in any given year) had landed on the

385

desk of a particular reviewer ; the existing system was not adequate to prevent
a mass tragedy ; serious flaws endangered the public safety."^

V. Congressional Response to the Thalidomide Near-Disaster

The first formal congressional response to the appearance of the New
York Times account of Dr. Taussig's findings about the German thalid-
omide disaster occurred, May 24, 1962, when Dr. Taussig appeared
before Eepresentative Celler's Committee on the Judiciary. She pro-
vided a detailed description of the history of German experience with
the drug, including slide projection illustrations of infants born with
the deformities called phocomelia.^*^ The Taussig testimony received
no particular attention or emphasis, however.' ^

Dr. Taussig's testimony developed the thesis that "it is awfully
hard to really be safe." There was more danger from a widely used
drug for minor disorders than from a more powerful drug used to
treat an extremely serious disease.'^ As to thalidomide, the circum-
stantial evidence was "overwhelming" that the drug, "if taken during
a sensitive period, may cause phocomelia." ^^

The thalidomide story became a "headline" in the United States
when it was invested with drama in a front-page feature story in the
Washington Post, by Morton Mintz, on Sunday, July 15. The account
began :

This is the story of how the skepticism and stubbornness of a Government
physician prevented what could have been an appalling American tragedy, the
birth of hundreds or indeed thousands of armless and legless children.

The story went on to describe how Dr. Kelsey had carried out her
duty, "living the wliile with insinuations that she was a bureaucratic
nitpicker, unreasonable — even, she said, stupid." ^° Presented in these
terms, the thalidomide story remained for some time a sensation,
sustained not only by subsequent testimony in committees, and floor
statements by Members of Congress, but also by follow-on human
interest stories, such as that of a Phoenix, Ariz., housewife who vain-
ly sought a legal abortion in the United States to escape the conse-
quences of thalidomide medication in early pregnancy and subsequent-
ly journeyed to Sweden to obtain the operation.®^ In these ways, the
emotional impact of the tragedy was sustained throughout the sum-
mer of 1962 while drug legislation was before the Congress.

"= Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Interagency Drug Coordination. Re-
port. * ♦ • S. Rept. 1153 (1966), op. cit., pp. 12-13.

^^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on the Judiciary. Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hear-
ings before the Antitrust Subcommittee (Subcommittee No. 5) of the * * • on H.R. 6245.
A bill to amend and supplement the antitrust laws with respect to the manufacture and
distribution of drugs, and for other purposes. May 17, IS, 23, and 24, 1962. Serial No. 32.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962), pp. 415-442. Hereinafter cited as
House. Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings (1962).

" According to the account by Richard Harris, The Real Voice, op. cit., p. 161 : "To the
astonishment of those who attended the hearings, not a word about Dr. Taussig's testimony
appeared in the newspapers. There were some darli mutterings about a press blackout, but
actually nothing so sinister had occurred. It was simply that Celler's staff had not an-
nounced that a witness was about to say something important. Several weeks later, when
the thalidomide story suddenly hit the front pages of every newspaper in the country, a
wire service reporter assigned to the Hill complained about (this lack of advance
notice) • • ♦."

"s House. Committee on the Judiciary. Drug Industry Antitrust Act. Hearings. * * »
(1962), op. cit., pp. 424-429.

'"Ibid., p. 417.

M Morton Mintz, "Heroine" of FDA Keeps Bad Drug Off Market. Washington Post (July
15. 1962), p. 1.

« The Real Voice. Op. cit., pp. 188, 201, 216.

99-044—69 26

3S6

Presidential interest in drug efficacy and safety

The lengthy investigative liearings by Senator Kefauver into the
drug industry and the further lengthy hearings on S. 1552, had em-
phasized the enforcement of price competition and patent licensing.
Similar emphasis had characterized most of the Celler hearing on the
companion bill, H.E. 6245. However, President Kennedy had taken
the position that the protection of the consumer with respect to drugs
was primarily a matter of safety and efficacy, rather than prices.
In a special message to the Congress on protecting the consumer in-
terest, March 15, the President called for legislation to "strengthen
regulatory authority over foods and drugs." New drugs were being
placed on the market (9,000 in the last 25 years) with "no require-
ment that there be either advance proof that they will be effective in
treating the diseases and conditions for which they are recommended
or the prompt reporting of adverse reactions." He claimed that more
than 20 percent of the new drugs did not live up to the manufac-
turer's claims. Accordingly, the President recommended legislation to
authorize the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare ( among
other things) , to —

Require a showing that new drugs * * * are effective for their intended use —
as well as safe — before they are placed on the market ;

"Withdraw approval of any such drug * * * when there is substantial doubt as
to its safety or efficacy, and require manufacturers to report any information
bearing on its safety or efficacy ;

Require drug * * * manufacturers to maintain facilities and controls that will
assure the reliability of their product ;

Require batch-by-batch testing and certification of all antibiotics ;

Assign simple common names to drugs.

The President also called for "legislation to authorize the Federal
Trade Conmiission to recjuire that advertising of prescription drugs
directed to physicians disclose the ingredients, the efficacy, and the
adverse effects of such drugs." ^^

Shortly after the Mintz article had appeared, the President alluded
to the thalidomide episode directly. At a meeting with the Consumers'
Advisory Council, July 19, he made reference to "the work done by
one woman. Dr. Frances Kelsey * * * in regard to saving thousands
of babies from crippling deformities by failure to give approval to a
suspicious drug." ^^

The President opened his August 1 news conference with an an-
nouncement that his administration was reviewing the steps that
could be taken administratively to make the introduction or investiga-
tion of new drugs less dangerous. Also, a 25-percent increase in FDA
staff and increased funding had been requested and provided by the
Congress. Nevertheless, "additional legislative safeguards are neces-
sary." As reported by the Senate Judiciary Connnittee, July 19, he
said, S. 1552 "does not go far enough * * *." He gave support to the
"administration bill introduced by Congressman Oren Harris, of
Arkansas, in the House." It contained such additional safeguards as
the right of FDA to remove a new drug from the market immediately
"where there is an immediate hazard to public health." *'

^= U.S. President (John P. Kennedy). Special Messagre to the Conjrress on Proteetinj? the
Consumer Interest. Mar. 15, 1962. In Public Papers of the Presidents. John F. Kennedy,
1962. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963), pp. 239-240.

^ U.S. President (John F. Kennedy). Remarlis at a meeting with the Consumers' Advisory
Council. July 19, 1962. In ibid., p. 564.

** U.S. President (John F. Kennedy). The President's news conference of Aug. 1, 1962.
In ibid., p. 590.

387

Tlie administration bill, H.K. 11581, introduced May 3, was de-
scribed by its sponsor, as follows :

H.R. 11581, referred to as "Drug and Factory Inspection Amendments of
1962." proposes to authorize the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
first, to issue regulations requiring drug manufacturers to maintain facilities
and controls that will assure the reliability of their products; second, to re-
quire a showing that new drugs and biologicals are effective for their in-
tended use — as well as safe — before they may be marketed ; third, to withdraw
clearances granted on new drugs when there is substantial doubt as to the
drug's safety or efficacy ; fourth, to require manufacturers to advise the Food
and Drug Administration of clinical experience and reports of any adverse re-
actions to new drugs and antibiotics ; fifth, to require the same safety testing and
certification procedures for all antibiotics as are now applicable to only a few
antibiotics ; sixth, to assign generic names to drugs ; seventh, to establish an
enforceable system of preventing the illicit distribution of habit-forming bar-
biturates and amphetamines ; and, eighth, to institute more effective factory in-
spection for all projects subject to the act.

It would also authorize the Federal Trade Commission to require the disclosure
of ingredients of prescription drugs, their efiicacy and their adverse effects in
advertisements directed to physicians.*^

Tlie President's reference at his news conference to the search for
administrative measures to make safer the investigation of new drugs
may have had reference to new regulations under study by FDA. On
August 10, FDA amiounced a set of proposed regulations, which
would require drug firms to indicate in advance their plans for the
investigation of a new drug, to monitor closely the execution of the
plans, and to report immediately any adverse findings; such investi-
gations were not to be used for promotional or market development
purposes.^®

T^rhen, at length, the drug reform bill was signed by the President,
October 10, he paid tribute to its sponsors, and to the bill which, he
said, """is designed to provide safer and more effective drugs to the
American consumer." He also took note of the role of the thalidomide
episode in bringing about this result :

[Said the President:] The Congress is to be congratulated in moving so
quickly. Fortunately, prior to the revelation of the dangers posed by drugs like
thalidomide, the foundation for legislative action on drugs had been laid down
in exhaustive hearings conducted by Senator Kefauver and others who intro-
duced the present bill in its first version and in a legislative proposal on drugs
and factory inspection introduced in the House by Congressman Harris.''

The spate of drug testimony available to Congress

A crushing weight of testimony had been accumulated, and continued
to grow, in the committees of Congress concerning drug problems and
legislative remedies. There had been the 8,669 pages of the first Kefau-
ver investigation and the 4,217 pages of the second; Representative
Celler's committee had accumulated a further 908 pages of evidence
(4 days of hearings, 40 witnesses) ; another 709 pages of evidence (8

*s U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. Drug Industry
Act of 1962. Hearings before the * * * on H.R. 115S1. A bill to protect the public health
by amending the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to assure the safety, efficacy, and
reliability of drugs, authorize standardization of drug names, establish special controls
for barbiturate and stimulation drugs, and clarify and strengthen existing inspection
authority with respect to any articles subject to the act ; and to amend related laws •
and H.R. 11.582, A bill to protect the public health by amending the Federal Food, Drug'
and Cosmetic Act to require a premarketing showing of the safety of cosmetics ; assure
the safety, efficacy, and reliability of therapeutic, diagnostic, and prosthetic devices ; and
amend the act with respect to cautionary labeling ; and for other purposes. June 19 ''0
21, 22; Aug. 20, 21, 22, 23, 1962. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962)'
p. 1.

6u rpjjg PDA proposed regulations are reproduced in ibid., p. 219, sq.

*' U.S. President (John F. Kennedy). Remarks upon signing the drug reform bill October
10, 1962. In Public Papers of the Presidents, John F. Kennedy. 1962, op. cit sec 443

388

days of hearinG:s, 53 witnesses) had been recorded by the House Com-
mittee on Interstate and Foreifrn Commerce, chaired by Eepresenta-
tive Harris: and Senator Humphrey had accumulated 774 paires of
testimony and exhibits (2 days, 10 v/itnesses'l on the management of
the investigative phase of thalidomide in the United States. (His Sub-
committee on Reor.o'anization and International Orfjanizations of the
Committee on Government Operations would continue its agency
coordination study, throus-h further hearinsrs in 1963, totaling; 3,228
paofes of documentation, and would issue its final report May 5. 196(1.)

There was abundant evidence as to the need for strenjithened legis-
lation to control the management of prescription drufjs in the United
States. There was also a considerable consensus— amone: physicians,
the pharmaceutical manufacturers, and their respective associations —
as to specific provisions the leffislation should contain. A major diffi-
culty, however, lay in the fact that the initial sponsor, Senator Kefau-
ver, had sought to combine druT and medical reform with economic
reform. The Administration had be«n content to focus on the issue of
drug safety and efficacy, gi^nng almost no attention to the price and
monopoly issues.

The various hearings presented many indications of interactions
and conflicts between ]orofessional motives of medical health and eco-
nomic motives of profit and competitive advantage. It might well have
appeared to Senator Kefauver and his associates that part of the
motivation for (or at least, acquiescence in) commercial promotion of
drugs with insufficient attention given to formal requirements of drug
safety lay in the highly profitalile nature of the drug industry. How-
ever, this emphasis tended to create an adversars^ atmosphere in the
Kefauver hearings, and to divert attention from the very consider-
able consensus on the fundamental requirements for drug safety. The
latter set of correctives might perhaps have been regarded as useful
to provide a "coattail" effect, to win congressional acceptance of the
economic reforms. However, there were inherent difficulties in combin-
ing these two sets of legislative actions. The combining of them
threatened to jeopardize acceptance of any legislation, it intensified
the complexity of an already nearly unmanageable problem, multiplied
the separate issues, and superimposed economic significance on issues
in which there was sometimes no technical agreement among phy-
sicians themselves. Among the issues that emerged from the various
hearings, the following aspects of medical health and safety seem to
have been particularly salient :

1. The equivalence of generic drugs from various drug houses:

2. The amenability of the drug industry to control by the application of the
free enterprise methods of profit and competition :

3. The desirability of a limitless num.ber of additional drugs, differing in
greater or less degree from those already available :

4. The competence of the practicing physician to judge for all his patients
the efficacy, safety, and economy of any particular drug, and to decide on the
trade-offs among these factors in view of —

Numbers of innovative drugs with minor differences ;

Numbers of detail men from drug houses ;

Numbers of tests, each inherently partial, of variant drags:

Volume of information about medicine, and the need for specialization ;

Increased pressures by patients to participate in diagnosis and treatment ;

Pressures on physicians to work with brand names ;

Tendency to associate drug quality with brand or drug house; and

Pressure on drug houses to expand and develop new markets.

389

However, there were many other questions that were more or less
relevant to the question of drug safety :

1. Should the law require the physician to obtain a patient's consent before
prescribing an experimental drug for him? Was this indeed feasible?

2. Should testing on animals be mandatory before experimental drugs are used
on humans?

3. Should drugs be required by law to be identified and prescribed on a generic
rather than on a brand name basis?

4. Should those conducting experimental testing or use of new drugs be for-
mally qualified?

5. Should there be an approved "plan of investigation" of a new drug, before
the testing phase was permitted to begin?

6. Should test reports, in writing, be made mandatory for all investigators of
new drugs?

7. Should Government control be exercised over the selection of generic names
for drugs?

8. Should drug investigators be required to register for each investigative
assignment they accepted?

9. Should each individual investigator testing a new drug be required to report
his results directly to a Government agency, like the FDA?

10. Should the review period before FDA approval of a new. drug be lengthened
substantially beyond the 60 days?

11. Should the Federal laws regarding medical and drug practice be clarified
and doctors better informed as to what the law required?

12. Should drugs be tested for efiicacy and safety, taken together, rather than
tested for safety alone? (I.e., should drugs intended for au extremely serious
disease or condition affecting a small portion of the population be accepted after
less extensive testing than that required for a drug to treat a minor disease or con-
dition affecting a large portion of the population?)

13. Should FDA have authority to compel a drug to be withdrawn from dis-
tribution or inventory, on grounds that it is found unsafe subsequent to having
been approved for distribution by FDA?

14. Should FDA personnel have full access to premises and records of drug
manufacturers, including their test data?

15. Should FDA (or some other agency of Government) have an approval
function of drug advertising as well as drug labeling?

16. Should all previously FDA-approved drugs be reviewed anew, under some
changed criteria, such as safety/efficacy? (I.e., should the safety/efiicacy require-
ment be made retroactive, and if so, how?)

IT. Should a formal (national, or even international) system of detection and
communication be established to shorten the time of response to a drug-connected
(or perhaps more broadly, general medical) threatened disaster?

Confronted by so many medical issues, and also the suggestive evi-
dence of high drug prices, the Congress was given an unreasonably
difficult task of sorting and evaluation. There was the practical diffi-
culty of winnowing fact from more than 15,000 pages of testimony
and exhibits — plus much additional interpretation and supplementary
material appearing in the Congi'essional Record, the press, and in the
releases supplied by interested parties. There was the intellectual dif-
ficulty that on some aspects and issues the medical profession v/as not
in agreement withiji itself — for example:

As to the extent of reliance by practicing physicians on drug promotional
literature.

As to the need for pharmacopoeia! versatility versus maximum reliability
through long experience with a lesser range of different drugs.

As to the proper combination of formal scientific testing and repeated em-
pirical findings of general practice.

As to the clinical equivalence of generic drugs from different sources and
brands, with differing marketing configurations.

Unmistakable throughout all the deliberations after July 15, how-
ever, was the persistent recognition that prescription drugs would

390

remain a serious menaoe as well as a niaojnificent boon to society, and
that their risk needed to be kept from outstripi)ino: their benefits. As
the reiwrt of the Humphrey subcommittee later observed, "most of the
educational value from the thalidomide tragedy can be credited to the
enterprise of American journalism." The Mintz article was singled out
for praise. "However, the July 15, 1962, news article set off a chain
reaction whicli is o;enerally credited with having contributed to ynani-
mous congressional approval of the Kefauver-Harris drug law." ^*

Burdened with so much information from so many witnesses about
so many issues, the Congress performed remarkably in being able to
frame so coherent and comprehensive a piece of legislation as the Drug
Amendments of 1962. The emotional appeal of the thalidomide shock
was undeniable, and a potent motivation toward passage of drug con-
trol legislation; but it did not impair the quality or rationality of the
act that came out of the crisis. There has been abundant evidence since
1962 that drug control in the United States still presents many un-
resolved questions. But that incompleteness is attributable to the vast-
ness and complexity of the subject, the persistent want of authoritative
findings about many of its issues, and possibly the changing institu-
tional nature of medical practice in the I^^nited States. It cannot be said
that there was less than a total and dedicated eti'ort to secure all of
the information, from the best qualified sources, then available. And
as ^'resident Kennedy observed in signing it, the 1962 measure that
finally emerged was "very effective legislation."

Provisions of the 1962 Drug Act for increased Federal control

Shortly after the drug bill became law, an HEW (FDA) publica-
tion was issued summarizing its provisions. Its purpose was to insure
the reliability of prescription drags by imposing Federal controls to
establish their safety and efficacy; these controls dealt with research,
manufacturing, distribution, and use of drugs. (Paraphrase) :

1. Adequate quality control measures were required in the manufacture of drugs
to assure their safety, identity, strength, quality, and purity,

2. To be acceptable for prescribing and marketing, a new drug must meet the
criteria of both safety and efficacy ; it must be shown by "substantial evidence"
that the drug will have the effect it is represented to have — which was interpreted
to mean "adequate and well-controlled investigations, including clinical investiga-
tions, by experts qualified by scientific training and experience to evaluate the
effectiveness of the drug involved, on the basis of which it could fairly and re-
sponsibly be concluded by such experts that the drug will have the effect it
purports or is represented to have under the conditions for use prescribed, rec-
ommended, or suggested in the labeling or proposed labeling thereof."

3. A drug already in the market might be withdrawn by FDA order, if on the
basis of reevaluation in the light of new evidence, it was found that there was a
lack of substantial evidence of its effectiveness.

4. Approval for the marketing of a new, or an established drug, might be
withheld by FDA on the basis of false or misleading labeling.

5. An established drug found unsafe might be immediately ordered off the
market by FDA ; this authority extended to drugs manufactured under unsatis-
factory conditions of quality control.

6. FDA could also use the marketing disqualification authoritv to compel drug
manufacturers to maintain proper records, and to provide FDA access to the
records.

7. The time allowed for FDA consideration of an application for approval of
a new drug was considerably loosened from the previous provision.

8. FDA was authorized to require the recording, and reporting promptlv to
FDA, of any adverse effects, relative to safety and effectiveness of new drugs, or

™ Interagency Drug Coordination. Report (1966), op. cit., p. 28.

391

antibiotics already on the market. Full records of test data were to be kept by
manufacturers.

9. "A firm and explicit statutory basis" was provided for the impo.sition by
FDA of detailed procedures for the testing of new drugs, including such matter's
as preclinical tests and reporting of their results, close control over the u.-^e of
new drugs by investigators on human subjects, certification of investigators,
notification (where feasible) of patients that new drugs are to be used, main-
tenance of records of new drug use and results.

10. Authority to inspect drug manufacturing facilities, including all records
(except financial data) and the records and facilities of consulting laboratories
serving drug manufacturing firms on a fee basis ; the inspection authority was
extended to all establishments handling such drugs.

11. Drug firms were required to register with the Department of Health. Edu-
cation, and Welfare annually and were to be inspected by FDA at least bi-
ennially.

12. Provision was made for the establishment by the Secretary of Health. Edu-
cation, and Welfare of a .standard "oflicial" name of each drug, when desirable ;
such ofiicial names were to be used in any ofiicial drug compendium.*"

13. All active ingredients of prescription drugs designated by brand name
should be indicated, as to quantity contained, in the container label, and the
established (i.e., ofiicial) name for the drug and each ingredient was to be
printed in type at least half as large as the brand names used on the label.

14. The same requirement as in Item 13 was to be imposed on all advertise-
ments for prescription drugs ; in addition, an accurate indication of adverse
side effects, contraindications, and effectiveness of the drug should be included
in such advertisements.

15. Batch certification and testing was required of antibiotic drugs, and 30
groups were added to the five required to be certified under previous legislation.*®

VI. Aftermath of the Thalidomide Episode

So many rnmifirations developed out of the public agitation trig-
gered by the thalidomide episode that it is not feasible to discuss them
all. Undoubtedly, the Kefauver-Harris bill improved the level of na-
tional safety relative to national control of the introduction of new
drugs and the use of drugs in medical care. Many constructive actions
were taken, or initiated, to correct the weaknesses in the system that
had been exposed by the near disaster. Commissioner Larrick. in-
deed, went so far as to say, March 24, 1964, before tlie House Com-
mittee on Government Operations, that the bill passed in response has
''plugged all the known loopholes" in the Federal regulation of drugs.
However, the sampling of developments since 1962. described in this
section, conveys the impression that much remains to be done. The
progress of medical and pharmacological science has enlarged the
numbers and the complexities of problems a.ssociated with rendering
man compatible with his environment.

Iimplementation of the Drug Amendments of 1962

Even before the Kefauver-Harris bill became law, the FDA had
drafted and circulated new proposed regulations to tighten Federal

^ The statement enlarged on this authorization, as follows :

"With a view to the exercise of this authority, the Secretary is requirerl to review the
ofBcial titles of drugs in official compendiums within a reasonable time after enactment of
the new law and at other times as necessary to determine whether revision is necessary or
desirable. Before designating an official name, except when he does so upon request of an
official compendium, the Secretary is required to invite the appropriate compendium to
submit a recommendation. If the Secretary approves a name so recommended as useful, he
is to desigmate that name as the official name. If no recommendation is submitted, or if he
does not approve the name recommended, the Secretary may nevertheless designate an
official name which he finds to be useful. Designation of an official name by the Secretary,
after consultation with the appropriate official compendium, is to be by regulation promul-
gated after standard nonformal rulemaking procedure." (P. 7.^

80 Paraphrased from U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Food and Drug
Administration. Summary of the Drug Amendments of 1062. (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, November 1962, reprinted October 1963, pp. 1-8.)

392

control over the testino- and introduction into use of new drufjs. The
action prompted some inquires as to whether further congressional
action was needed. However, upon passage of the act, the FDA further
amended and strengthened its proposed regulations, based on the
added authority the act conferred. The new regulations went into effect
in February 1963, and an FDA conference with the drug industry
was held February 15, 1963, to explain their purposes and terms.^^

Some strengthening of FDA personnel and resources also followed
passage of the 1962 measure. The agency was reorganized November 1,
1963, and during the fiscal years 1963 and 1964 it recruited 66 additional
physicians and 651 other scientists. A medical director was appointed.

Significant new drug regulations [were] issued. Interagency coordination has
been strengthened. Progress has been made in strengthening FDA relations with
State regulatory authorities. A National Food and Drug Advisory Council has
been appointed and has held its first meeting. A Medical Advisory Board is soon
to be activated. Helpful discussion has been held with an important new Drug
Review Board of the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council."^

On the other hand, the Second Citizens' Advisory Committee on the
Food and Drug Administration reported, October 25, 1962, a long
list of recommended actions to strengthen FDA, and professed itself
"deeply concerned" over the lack of response to earlier recommenda-
tions the Advisory Committee had presented. In particular, the estab-
lishment of a Food and Drug Institute under a scientific director was
considered by the Committee as an urgent requirement.^^

Criticism of the FDA, in 1966, in a report by the Government Opera-
tions Committee of the Senate, suggests that the agency had not yet
responded fully to its enlarged charter of responsibilities. Tlie report
recommended :

Further strengthening of interagency coordination on drug issues ;

Consider possible new Cabinet "Department of Health" ;

Assure efficient, economical procurement of drugs by agencies ;

Make FDA a center of excellence :

Review periodically the implementation of the 1962 drug law ;

Improve FDA teamwork with professional organizations ;

Foster greater respons^iltility by private scientists and professional orga-
nizations :

Strengthen Federal intramural and extramural drug research, including
key disciplines ;

Assure observance of patient consent to experimentation ;

Set up modern agency and interagency administrative information
systems ;

Establish Federal network of information on the literature of science ;

Modernize patient records in Federal hospitals ;

Improve reporting and evaluation of adverse reactions and accidental
poisonings ;

Foster specialized information centers on drugs ;

Improve reporting and analysis of maternity and birth records ;

Foster advances in undergraduate and postgraduate education and infor-
mation on drug therapy ;

Establish nationwide, physician-to-physician telephone computer service
for emergency needs ;

Strengthen Federal communication to practitioners ;

Protect privileged information ; make available other scientific informa-
tion:

"1 U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Food and Dru? Administration.
Proeeedlnsrs, FDA Conference on the Kefauver-Harris Druir Amendments and Proposed
Regulations, Feb. 15, 1963. ( Washinfjton, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963.) 85 pp.

*" Interagency drug coordination. Report * * * (1966), op. clt., p. 31.

82 This report was reproduced in part in Humphrey hearings, pt. 2, op. cit., pp. 428-447.
See especially pp. 440-441.

393

strengthen communication to the public ;

Encourage voluntary compliance and deter infractions ;

Strengthen international teamwork on drugs.^*

Eventually FDA set up a mechanism for the retroactive evaluation
of drugs already in use, and began a project of nomenclature standard-
ization, as well as tightening the arrangements for evaluating new
drugs for both safety and efficacy. Some degree of control was also
exercised over the promotion of new products by drug manufacturers.
However, by 1968, the achievement of a generally acceptable, safe,
efficient, and economical system of pharmacological service in the
United States was still in the future, and many of the criticisms that
had been voiced to the Kefnuver subcommittee in 1959 and 1960 were
being repeated to the Subcommittee on Monopoly of the Select Com-
mittee on Small Business (Nelson subcommittee).^^

Evaluation of cfjicacy^ safety^ and comparative inerits of drugs

An important feature of the Kefauver-Harris amendments was the
requirement that FDA establish and apply criteria of both safety and
efficacy m certifying the acceptability of new drugs, and in reviewing
the acceptability (or requiring the withdrawal from the market) of
drugs already established and in use.

With respect to new drugs, FDA regulations have been described by
an FDA official thus :

Require the person who sponsors shipment of a new drug for clinical trial to
report to the Food and Drug Administration, before the testing starts, the facts
that satisfy him that it is proper to conduct the proposed test.

The report should include, among other things, evidence that adequate animal
tests have been made to show the probable effects of the drug and the ill effects
that should be watched for by the investigator ; evidence of adequate chemistry
and manufacturing control to assure a product of uniform and desirable compo-
sition ; a showing that the clinical investigator has good information about the
earlier tests so that he can make his decisions as to the desirability of administer-
ing the product to man, and the conditions of administration, on a soimd scientific
ba.sis. The report should furnish assurance that the individuals selected as in-
vestigators are in fact qualified to investigate the safety or effectiveness of the
drug, or both depending upon the nature of the experiment. There are certain
recordkeeping requirements as there has always been a need for records in con-
nection with .sound scientific work. And especially important, the report must
show that there is a sound plan for the investigation to be conducted.'**'

Among actions that FDA sought to halt were cases of gross failure
to adhere to accepted principles of medical ethics * * * in which there
was essentially no preliminary animal testing" or an inadequate plan
of investigation, or "a situation in which it appeared that a drug was
in fact being marketed commercially under the guise of clinical
testing.''

Clearly (said the same speaker), measures designed to require adequate pre-
clinical investigations, a sound plan for investigation and the use of properly
trained clinical investigators by drug firms are calculated to upgrade the level

M Interagency Drug Coordination. Report • * *. (1966), op. clt., pp. 3-S.

85 U.S. Congress. Senate. Select Committee on Small Bu.siness. Competitive Problems in
the Drug Industry. Hearings before the Subcommittee on Monopoly of the * * * on
Present Status of" Competition in the Pharmaceutical Industry. Six parts : pt. 1, May
15, 16, 17, June 7, and 8. 1967 : pt. 2. June 27, 28, 29, July 24, and Aug. 8, 10, 1967 ;
pt. 3. Sept. 13. 14, 29 and Oct. 13, 1967 ; pt. 4. Oct. 31. Nov. 9, 15. and 2S, 1967 : pt. 5.
Dec. 14, 19. 1967, Jan. 18, 19, and 25, 1968: and pt. 6, Nov. 29, 1967; Feb. 6, S, 27. and
29. 1968. 90th Cong. 1st and 2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1967 and 1968), 2752 pp.

^ Winton B. Rankin. Assistant Commissioner of FDA. "Recent Legislation and the
Development of New Drugs." Third Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and
Chemotherapv, American Society for Microbiology. Washington, D.C. Oct. 28, 1963. Re-
produced in Congressional Record. (Oct. 31, 1963), p. A6S00.

3.94

of research in the United States. General acceptance of recognized procedures and
curtailment of the poor or pseudo-research that has sometimes been followed
will necessarily improve research on drugs to the benefit of science, the subjects
of investigations, and society.

With respect to new drugs, FDA — after its expansion in staff — was
able to keep up with the industry. However, the review of combined
safety /efficacy of established drugs was an "overwhelming task." Fi-
nally, in January 1966, Dr. James Goddard became commissioner of
FDA and sought the assistance of the Division of Medical Sciences
of the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council to
help FDA with the added task. In June a proposal was submitted and
in July a contract was signed. During the summer of 1966, 180 experts
in 30 panels were assembled, supported by a professional staff of 13.
The drug industry was invited to submit briefs on all drugs that had
entered the market from 1938 to 1962. When the project got underway,
it was found that 237 firms had submitted 2,824 briefs covering about
3,600 drug formulations. About 85 percent of the formulations submit-
ted were prescription drugs; 40 percent were combinations of two or
more active principles. The assessment of these drugs entailed some
10,000 to 15,000 separate therapeutic judgments. Where there were
many different brands of the same generic drug, the panels decided to
assume "therapeutic equivalence." (For example, there were 140-odd
brands of reserpine, and to "ask for well-controlled studies on all
brands would be to ask for the impossible.") By November 11, 1968,
87 percent of the planned reports by the Academy had been made to
FDA. Findings were that about 6 percent of drugs examined were "to-
tally ineffective." Some drugs were found effective for all claimed pur-
poses: others were effective for some. It was important that "in respect
of about two-thirds of all drugs reviewed, it has been recomnj ended
that important changes in labelling be made." *^

As the reports of the NAS-NRC drug evaluation panel were com-
pleted, they were turned over to FDA and in due course were acted
upon, by the issuance of FDA findings. Drugs found ineffective would
be withdrawn from the market, either voluntarily by the manufacturer
or by legal proceedings if necessary. Manufacturers of drugs found
"possibly effective" would be given an opportunity to provide the re-
quired "substantial evidence" to support labeling claims; if such evi-
dence was not forthcoming, or was found insufficient by FDA, such
drugs would also be removed from the market. According to Herbert
L. Ley, Jr., who replaced Dr. Goddard as FDA Commissioner, "The
one thing I've tried to make clear is that we've still got a big stick and,
where appropriate, we will still use it." ^^

The first NAS-NRC report on drug effectiveness concerned a group
of bioflavonoid compounds, derived from citrus skins, and assertedly
specific for various forms of bleeding. These the panel rated "in-
effective" for the purposes alleged. The question as to what would
happen when FDA attempted to effect the withdrawal of these com-
pounds from the market on the basis of the panel finding was raised
by one medical journal, which stated :

"^Material in this paragraph derived from: R. Keith Cannan. The Drug Efficacy Study
of the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council. Council for the Advance-
ment of Science Writing. Nov. 11. 1968. Evanston, 111. Multilith, 15 p.

88 Morton Mintz, FDA Report Notes Sale of Many Useless Drugs During 1938-62. Wash-
ington Post. (Sept. 15, 1968), p. A5.

395

The case of the bioflavonoids is highly siiprnificant for the future of the re-
Aiew. The question it poses is : What legal weiglit do the scientific judgments of
the NAS carry? If the FDA, or a hearing examiner, or the courts were to rule
that the drugs were even possibly effective, a great shadow of doubt would be
thrown over the entire scientific credence of the review and would create a strong
scientific backlash against the entire project.*"

The issue of generic verms hrand-name drugs; clinical equivalence

A persistent question concerning the regulation of prescription drug
information is whether drugs should be identified, advertised, and
l^romoted by brand name or by generic name. The issue involves both
safety and economics. It was asserted, for example, that thalidomide
had been marketed under something like 100 different trade names.
The prolixity of aliases had seriously complicated the urgent and
important task of tracking down and removing from the market
all the different brands, which might or might not have had the
word thalidomide appearing on the label. Attempts to warn the pur-
chasers of such dangerous drugs encountered similar difficulties. A
related question was as to whether physicians should be permitted, in
collaboration with pharmacists, to identify prescriptions only by num-
ber (perhaps in order to withhold dangerous knowledge from the
patient) or whetlier it should be mandatory to disclose the prescription
to the patient. A further question was as to whether the disclosure
(mandatory where feasible, under the Kefauver-Harris amendments)
to the patient that an experimental drug was to be used, should include
reference to the drug by generic name.

From the economic standpoint, it was claimed that w^hen physicians
prescribed, they frequently specified a particular brand, which denied
the patient the opportunity of purchasing the least expensive available
form of the generic drug. This raised the question as to the practical
equivalence of different brands of the same generic drugs. It was dem-
onstrated in the Kefauver hearings that the same drug was sold by
brands at widely differing prices. It was also asserted by some physi-
cians that they regarded some brands as more reliable than others, and
that patients' reactions differed with different brands of the same gen-
eric drug.

The Kefauver-Harris amendments sought to correct the confusion
over drug nomenclature by authorizing the Secretary of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare to intervene to establish "official" generic names of
drugs, and required that when such names had been established — by
Government or other action — the names should appear on drug labels
and in drug advertising.

Both major issues — the establishment of and prescribing by official
generic name, and the issue of biological, clinical, or therapeutic equiv-
alence of various brands within a single generic drug — were recently
under review by the Nelson subcommittee. The chairman declared, at
the opening of his hearings. May 15, 1967 :

It has been frequently asserted by respected authorities that doctors quite
commonly prescribe expensive brand-name drugs when cheaper equivalent ge-
neric drugs are available because the doctor is not informed that there actually
is a cheaper equivalent available.

There has been a continuous and vigorous controversy over the question of the
therapeutic equivalency of brand-name drugs versus generic drugs. This is an
important question because for a substantial number of the most widely used

»9 The Hard, Long Look at 3,600 Older Drugs. Medical World News. (July 5. 1968). p. 34.

396

brand-name drugs there is a generic drug available at a substantially lower
price.

Many manufacturers insist that generics are not equivalent. However, many
expert authorities outside the drug industry insist they are equivalent.'*'

Differences among various brands of generic drngs were found in an
investigatipn of the subject at Georgetown University School of Medi-
cine. The investigation, conducted under an FDA contract, was re-
ported in the Journal of the American Medical Association, August
26, 1968. It showed "significant differences in amount and rate of
absorption" of different brands of the same generic drug, in the case
of three, antibiotics. Seven others were scheduled for future testing.^°^
A^ continuation of research to "determine the biological equivale^ncy
of important chemical equivalents should be continued by the De-
partment of Health, Education, and Welfare on a high priority basis"'
was recommended bv the HEW Task Force on Prescription Dru2:S,
August 30, 1968.

The issue of therapeutic equivalence is now stressed by FDA, which
is requiring drug m.anufacturers who seek to produce a new version
or brand of an established generic drug to prove that tlieir new brand
is equivalent in effect to the approved prototype.^°-

A report by the HEW Task Force on Prescription Drugs (which
C. Joseph Stetler, president of the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers
Association, called "an illusion") found that considerable saving to
older patients would accrue from ]:)urchasing drugs by generic rather
than brand name. The study, of 175 million prescri})tions written for
elderly people in 1966, indicated such savings could amount to $41.5
million.^°^

Problems in the exchange of drug information

Deficiencies have been alleged to exist in almost every aspect of the
communication system by which information is disseminated to physi-
cians about drugs and the uses, as well as side effects, of new drugs.
The thalidomide episode showed that a considerable number of tragic
cases of drug injury could occur simultaneously in a number of clinics
(in Germany) without attracting general attention, or sounding a
general alarm. It also showed that international communication about
a dangerous drug was unsystematic. Information essential to the man-
agerial control of tests of new drugs was also shown to Ijc sometimes
laxly maintained. Medical reliance on drug advertisements and on the
information provided by "detail men" whose employment depended
on sales of brand name drugs of the drug houses they represented, was
established as a significant factor in medical "education" in the use
of prescription drugs.

The Kefauver-Harris amendments dealt with these deficiencies by
requiring formal identification of generic drugs, and strengthening
reporting arrangements for tests of new drugs. Other deficiencies
seemed more amenable to administrative than legislative action. One
early action, announced January 18, 1963, was taken by the World
Health Organization of the United Nations, to assure international
exchange of information at the official governmental level concerning

!« Competitive Problems in the Drug Industry. Hearings, op. clt., pt. 1, pp. 2-3.
i<a JAMA (Aug. 26. 1968, vol. 20.5. No. 9), pp. 23-24. 30.

102 "Hard Pill for Drug Makers To Down." Business Weelc (Aug. 10, 106R>. pp. 59-60.
3 "Brand-Name Drugs Cost Elderly .$41. .5 Million More in 19/66." Washington Post (Nov.
8, 1968), p. A-3.

397

dangerous new drugs, as well as proposing the establisliment of "basic
principles and minimum requirements" for evaluating the safety and
efficacy of drugs.^°*

A Conference of Professional and Scientific Societies on Drug
Safety, meeting in Chicago, 1963, under the sponsorship of the Phar-
maceutical Manufacturers Association, led to a conclusion that there
was a need for consolidation of pertinent, reliable information for
groups of related drugs in review articles directed to physicians by
field of special interest; and for a compendium of objective drug data
in a single source book containing information pertinent to the sj^ecific
clinical decision. ^°^

A report on drug literature prepared for tlie Humphrey subcom-
mittee by the National Library of Medicine, August 30, 1963, con-
cluded:

It is difficult to try to summarize the findings of this report in terms which
are simple, yet not simplLstic. One can only say that there is a great amount
and variety of publication in what may be called the "drug literature" ; that
there are a great many secondary sources of information ; that no single source
is all-embracing in the needs it serves. This is not surprising ; a problem involving
many complex substances, varied biological activities under varying circum-
stances, different aspects, different uses, different audiences, millions of words,
dozens of languages, not to say differences of judgment and differences of inter-
pretation, and a myriad nomenclature, is not a problem which is susceptible
to easy solution, or solution that is readily apparent. It is probable that there
is no solution, only solutions. It is certain that a wide variety of tasks remain
to challenge the best talents which chemists, biologists, pharmacologists, physi-
cians, documentalists, and libraries can bring to bear.^'*^

Many of the recommendations of the Humphrey subcommittee dealt
with the problem of information exchange : calling for strengthened
medical education in drug therapy, information centers on drugs,
modernized files of drug data, a Federal network of automated infor-
mation management, reporting systems for adverse reactions, mater-
nity and birth records, and "international cooperation in drug re-
search, regulation, education, and information." ^'^

In the field of drug advertising, the FDA has apparently been active
in applying the powers conferred by the 1962 amendments. There were
33 formal public actions against 26 manufacturers, involving 45 drug
products, under the regulations against false and deceptive advertising,
mostly in 1967-68. ^Slore effective, according to one report, is the device
of an obligatoiy "corrective letter" which the manufacturer agrees to
send to correct a major untruth ; tliese are mailed to 280,000 individual
physicians in each, instance. Between Fel^ruary 1967 and Julj' 1968, 21
companies had sent 24 of these letters. (The alternative is for FDA to
seize shipments of the drugs in question.)"^

"♦"U.X. Group To Set Watch on Drugs." New York Times. West coast edition. (Jan. 19,
190?,). p. 2.

1"' American Enterprise Institute for Pulilie Policy Research. .Special Analysis : The Drug
Safety Problem. (Washington. American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research,
Sept. 17, 1964, (Rpt. 12)), pp. 18, 21

1'^ U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Drug literature. Report
prepared for the study of "Interagency Coordination in Drug Research and Regulation." by
the Subcommittee on Reorganization and International Organizations of the * * *. A
factual survey on "The Nature and Magnitude of Drug Literature," bv the National Library
of Medicine. Aug. 20, 196.3, R8th Cong., 1st sess. Committee print. (Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 196.3). p. 39.

^''^ Interagency Drug Coordinntion. Report * * *. (1966), op. cit., pp. Si— S.

'<» Morton Mintz. "Drugs: Deceptive Advertising." New Republic. (July 6, 196S), pp.
19-21.

398

Altliough FDA, under existing- legislation, had been able to exercise
control over the advertising claims of drag producers, there had been
fomid no comparable form of control over the so-called "detail man"
who provided a linkage between the producers and the prescribing^
physicians. The role of such detail men had come in for criticism in
the congressional hearings of 1960-62. While advertising could be used
as evidence, the verbal presentations of detail men to doctors were less
useful as evidence, and were presumably more subject to undetected
misrepresentation. As one critic expressed it: "There is no foolproof
method to scrutinize talks between a physician and a detail man, and
no law purports to try." This source concluded that there were two
alternative approaches to the problem of oral promotion, which is so
extensive that there is one detail man for ever}' 10 physicians in the
United States:

Drug firms might be dissuaded from making any oral presentation about their
drugs whatsoever, thus confining all advertising and promotion to the printed kind
already strictly regulated by the Food and Drug Administration. Or Congress
could devise a system modelled after county agricultural agents, whereby govern-
ment exi)erts would be dispatched to doctors with dispassionate news about drugs
and with nobody's interest to serve but the public's.

The difficulty with the imposition of Government regulation of this
kind, concludes this same critic, is that "unfortunately, detail men are
highly respected by doctors." They were considered in one survey of
medical opinion "the most informative source of data on drugs * * *." ^"^

Proposals for an authoritative dimg compendiu'm

The extremes of attitudes toward drug information are suggested by
the attitudes reflected, on the one hand, in the decision of the New
York Hospital's pharmacological group to stock fewer than 500
well-tried drugs for all purposes, and on the other hand, by the
existence of an enormous range and variety of brands, increasing
rapidly with each passing year. Illustrations of the number and in-
crease are the existence of some 3,600 drugs (screened by the NAS-NRC
review), the addition to pharmacological resources of some 400 new
drug products a year, and the enormous numbers of variants of generic
drugs, such as the 140 different brands of reserpine, etc. Given such
an enormous volume of information about drugs, and the infinite range
of subtle responses of individual patients to various treatments, one
solution is to intensify pharmacological training of physicians.^"" An-
other approach is to reduce the "noise" in the system of drug informa-
tion (i.e., to improve the signal-to-noise ratio) by eliminating the eco-
nomic motivation for the dissemination of inaccurate or unreliable in-
formation about drugs.

i"* David Sanford. The Dniff Peddlers. The New Republic. (Sept. 21. 196S). pp. 16-17.

110 The Task Force on Prescription Drugs, second interim report and recommendations,
Aug. 30, 1968. devoted several pages to recommendations on improved drug information for
prescribing physicians, one of which, (p. vii and p. 65) was that the Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare should "* * * provide expanded support to medical schools, en-
abling them to include a course in clinical pharmacology as an integral part of the medical
curriculum." This should be followed by "continuing education to physicians on rational
prescribing." (U.S. Department of Health. Education, and Welfare. OflSce of the Secretary.
Task Force on Prescription Drugs. Second interim report and recommendations. Aug. 30,
1968. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Ofiice. 196S)).

399

Monitoring of drug advertisements by FDA may also be presumed
to have a beneficial effect."^ However, the achievement of all of these
goals — or approaches — rests ultimately on the concept that inf omiation
about drugs in medical practice can be systematically structured and
compiled. The concept appears to be that pharmacology, like all science,
is a matter of approximations toward reliability. Accordingly, it is
possible to conceive of a drug or pharmacological compendium that — at
any given time — presents the categories of most reliable information,
and indicates the range of uncertainties regarding less reliable in-
formation. This concept emerged early in drug practice in the United
States, with the development of the U.S. Pharmacopoeia. Interest in
it was intensified during and after the Kef auver hearings ; for instance,
in 1964, a review of the drug problem observed :

Nor is there a single source book which supplies in concise, u.sable form per-
tinent information about drugs used and sold in this country. Information is
found in a number of publications with varying coverage, comprehensiveness, and
timeliness. Principal sources are: U.S. Dispensatory, Xew and Xonofficial Drugs
(AM A), Modern Drug Encyclopedia and Therapetitic Index, American Drug
Index, The Merck Index, Merck Manual, Physician's Desk Reference, American
Druggist Blue Book, Drug Topics Red Book, Accepted Dental Remedies, Unlisted
Drugs, The National Formulary, Pharmacopoeia of the United States of Ameri-
ca, American Hospital Formulary Service, and Drugs in Current Use. (The fore-
going list is cited in the text to the Commission on Drug Safety, a study sponsored
by the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association.) In general, the existing com-
pendia are lacking in much of the information pertinent to any si)ecific clinical
decision and at the same time contain much that is irrelevant to such decision.
One of the most widely used compendia is the Physician's Desk Reference which
contains solely information supplied by the pharmaceutical manufacturers. In
the case of new drugs, however, this information must contain the claims, warn-
ings, and contraindications approved by FDA."^

Accordingly, sentiment appears to be growing for action by the
Federal Government to sponsor publication of an authoritative and
objective drug compendium. Such a program was specifically requested
by President Johnson, in his special health message to the Congress,
March 4, 1968. Said the President, on this topic: "The very abundance
of drugs creates problems." When the consumer is a patient, he relies
on his doctor's choice of the appropriate drug. Yet, "the doctor is not
always in a position to make a fully informed judgment" because there
was no "complete, readily available source of information about the
thousands of drugs now available." Therefore —

To make sure that doctors have accurate, reliable, and complete information on
the drugs which are available, / recommend that the Congress authorise this year
publication of a U.S. Compendium of Drugs.

This compendium would be prepared by the Secretary of Health, Education,
and Welfare, in cooperation with pharmaceutical manufacturers who would bear
the cost of its publication, and with physicians and pharmacists.

It will give every doctor, pharmacy, hospital, and other healtJi care institution
complete and accurate information about prescription drugs — use and dosage,

"1 Dr. Philip R. Lee, Assistant Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare and head
of the Task Force on Prescription Drugs, told the Nelson subcommittee, Sept. 26, 196S, that
doctors generally get "scant and insufficient" education in drug therapy while in medical
school and in private practice tend to make little use of "comparative, objective data." He
said that "many if not most physicians rely primarily" on the "advertising and promotional
activities of drug companies." (Cited in Morton Mintz, "Doctors Seen Ill-informed on
Drugs." Washington Post. (Sept. 26, 1968), p. A-3.)

"2 Special analysis : "The Drug Safety Problem." Op. cit., American Enterprise Institute,
p. 21.

400

warnings, manufacturer, generic and brand names, and facts about their safety
and effectiveness."^

Similarly, the FDA task force on prescription drugs recommended,
August 30, 1968, that the Secretary of Health, Education, and Wel-
fare should be "authorized to publish and distribute a drug compen-
diiun listing all lawfully available pi-escription drugs, including such
information as available dosage forms, clinical efiects, indications and
contraindications for use, and methods of administration, together
with price information on each listed product." ^^'*

On the other hand. Medical World News reported, August 16, 1968,
that the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association was '"cool to the
idea" and, as a result of a personal survey of physicians, had found
that 82 percent said that Physicians' Desk Reference was the com-
pendium ''they used most often for drug information.'' (Second choice
was "personal experience.") The survey had been conducted for P^IA
by Opinion Eesearch Corp.^^^ The report, incidentally, made reference
to the "7,000 or so drugs now available," and to "the top 600 drugs,
which account for about 90 percent of all prescriptions written."

A series of articles in the Medical Tribune, by Joseph D. Cooper, a
professor of political science at Howard University, explored in some
depth the pros and cons of such a compendium, and concluded that
for the collection to be of greatest usefulness it should be computerized
with tape copies widely accessible to physicians, so that individual
entries could be called out as needed.^^^ The article presumed the rapid
increase in accessibility and utilization of computerized information
sources.

Report on hlochemicnl meclianisvi of phoconielki from thalidomide
Before the American Chemical Society, at its annual meeting,
September 12, 1968, Dr. Heinz M. Wuest, a New York chemist and
consultant to the Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, de-
scribed research findings concerning the "teratogenic effects" (deform-
ing of the fetus) of thalidomide. The mechanism, he said, involved the
presence in the molecule of two particular acid radicals — those of
phthalic acid and glutamic acid. He noted that glutamic acid, or
"glutamine" is a common ingredient of many foods, but that phthalic
acid was an extremely uncommon ingredient of chemicals for human
use, and that both had to be present in the same molecule to cause the
teratogenic efiects. Dr. Wuest expressed the belief that "no one could
have predicted" the thalidomide disaster, and that "tools are nov,'
available" to prevent a recurrence of such an event.^^'^

A"II. The Continuing Problem of Securing and Using Scientitic

Guidance on Drug Issues

The thalidomide episode provided a climax in a continuing congres-
sional study of public issues related to prescription drugs. It diverted

""U.S. President (Lyndon B. .Johnson). "Health in America." "The President's Messagre
to the Congress Including Five New Ma.ior Goals in His Recommendations." Mar. 4, 1968.
Weelily compilation of Presidential Documents. (Mar. 11, 1968, vol. 4, No. 10), pp. 4.31-2.

1" Task force on prescription drugs, second interim report and recommendations, op. cit.,
pp. vil-viii.

UK "FDA and Doctors Clash on Compendium," Medical World News, Aug. 16, 1968, vol. 9,
p. 17.

ii« The series of five articles were reproduced in sequence in the Congressional Record,
Nov. 1, 1968. pp. 9804-9809.

^'^ Richard D. Lvons, "Thalidomide Effects Are Linked to Acids in Molecule of Drug,"
New York Times (Sept. 13, 1968), p. 30.

401

the emphasis of a regulatory bill, based on extensive hearings on prices
and monopoly aspects of the drug industry, away from economics and
in the direction of regulation of drug products for safety and efficacy.
The change gratified the President whose primary concern was with
health and safety. This changed emphasis was consistent, moreover,
with much of the testimony given to the various congressional com-
mittees considering the legislation, by both medical witnesses and some
spokesmen for the drug industry itself. Even in the investigative hear-
ings conducted by Senator Kefauver, the medical people sought to
draw attention to the existing imperfections in arrangements by which
drugs were tested, introduced into use, and monitored thereafter.
Witnesses also urged the strengthening of the FDA itself, as to —
Manpower requirements to implement the regidations for which
it had long been responsible ;

Enlarged manpower requirements to extend its functions and
take up its new responsibilities in the interest of public health and
safety ;

Quality of professional people in upper level positions ;
Abilit}' to conduct scientific research to sustain and enhance its
professional excellence ; and

Management of the vast and complex task of scientific informa-
tion exchange, with respect to drug literature and test data.
In dealing with such a large, complex, and changing problem as
prescription drugs, the Congress could not reasonably have been
expected to resolve all issues completely and permanently in a single
act. The question does not seem to have been raised, however, as to
whether the importance and technical difficulty of the field warranted
the establislnnent of a separate and continuing committee or sub-
committee to maintain surveillance over it. The subsequent activity of
Senator Plumphrey, himself a former pharmacist, as chairman of a
Government Operations Subcommittee concerned with interagency
drag coordination, met the immediate need to some extent. However,
one of the recommendations of Senator Humphrey's subcommittee
was for a congressional review of results under the 1962 amendments.
Specifically, the report recommended :

Consider in the 89tli Ck>ngres9 a review of results under the Drug Amendments
of 1962. This might include not only analysis of experience under existing
statutory authority, but the soundness of FDA's administrative implementation
and the merit of pending proposals by Government, the professional community,
and industry. As a first step, FDA should make a report to the appropriate
committees of the Congress sometime soon after October 196^. At that time.
Public Law 87-781 will have been on the statute books for 3 years. Such a
report should be received in ample time for consideration by the executive and
legislative branches of FDA's program and budget for the 1967 fiscal year."'

Undoubtedly, the thalidomide episode was ultimately beneficial to
many aspects of drug management in the United States. It motivated —
or helped to motivate — enactment of overdue Federal control legisla-
tion in which all (physicians, industry, and the public) seemed to have
been in agreement ; this agreement was reflected in the unanimous vote
in both houses on final passage of the legislation. The episode stimulated
a continuing inquiry by the Congress, and consequent further pres-
sure on the administration, to seek further reforms in drug manage-
ment. Government functions were enlarged in scientific research into

118 "Interagency Drug Coordination," Report • • • (1966), op. cit., p. 4.
99-044—69 27

402

drug characteristics. There was also a general public, and possibly also
professional, education as to the dangers as well as the values of
prescription drugs : leading to awareness of the need for improved
social management of drug usage, and awareness that small concentra-
tions of chemicals in the environment, over long periods of time, can
have subtle but possibly dangerous effects on mankind.

Some important questions central to thalidomide appear to remain
unanswered, however, in spite of the vigorous legislative and adminis-
trative efforts at correction. Eventually an apparently satisfactory
solution must be found to the thorny issue of "human guinea pigs,"
necessary for the testing of new drugs, and to w^hat extent there
should be unrestricted resort to this process without the justification of
an expectation of significant addition to medical capabilities.^^''

Unrestricted freedom of research in developing new drugs involves
specific risks, not by those conducting it but by those who happen by
accident to be appropriate subjects; moreover, the reward for success
does not seem related either to those who perform the research or run
its risks.

Another issue is that of the choice between a high degree of free-
dom of enterprise (with self-regulation by industry) in the develop-
ment, testing, promotion, and sale of prescription drugs^ versus a high
degree of bureaucratic control of these activities. What combination
of free enterprise and Government control best serves to optimize
social and health values? Wliat form of management of drug control
is calculated to enable the physician to serve the patient best ? Broadly
speaking, drug control and management aims at an optimum balance
of progress toward patient safety, medical effectiveness, medical con-
venience, least cost, and political acceptability of the system. It does
not appear that any of these aspects can be stressed at the expense of
the others — or ignored in the process of considering the others. It is
also apparent that achievement of a perfect and steady state in any of
these aspects is not feasible.

Moreover, drug management is not itself a final or ultimate goal,
but rather one of many means employed by the medical profession to-
ward the achievement of some measure of progress toward the remote
and unattainable goal of making man compatil^le with his en\dron-
ment. The goal is unattainable because man is not himself in a "steady
state," biologically speaking. His genetic heritage changes in the
course of time and every generation encounters its own medical prob-
lems. Moreover, the environment of man changes as the human cul-
ture and its artifacts change — with new micro and macro insults to
the environment. The biological response of man, himself changing, to
these environmental changes, generates a never-ending problem for
the physician. The safety and efficacy of drugs, as one of many medical
tools, must be considered in this changing context. The multiplicity of
drugs with their infinity of purposes, degrees of merit, and ranges of
hazards, is merely one more complicating factor in the total problem.

"9 An amendment to the Kefauver-Harris bill attempted to deal with this problem in this
language : (FDA) regulations shall provide * * * that experts using such drugs for in-
vestigational purposes * * * will inform any human beings (used as drug sub.iects) and
will obtain the consent of such human beings or their representatives, except where they
deem it not feasible or * * * contrary to the best interests of such human beings. Public
Law 87-781, sec. 505 (i). Subsequentlv the amendment was administratively interpreted by
FDA rulings and public policy memoranda from the Office of the Surgeon General. See
Dr. Freeman H. Quimby. Medical Experimentation on Human Beings. Library of Congress.
SP 151, Apr. 24, 1968.

403

The criteria of merit are relative for all these different sets of
parameters.

A single criterion sometimes rises up as salient as was the case
with sulfanilamide in 1938, and thalidomide in 1962. Social or political
actions to rectify gaps or spur lagging parts of the total effort do
not appear to arise in response to scientifically determined needs,
but in response to the shock of recognition of real danger to high
social values. This is perhaps mainly because the values themselves
are not clearly arranged in any generally accepted scientific hierarchy,
such as that a degree of miprovement in one value, such as reduc-
tion in mtensity of pain, is comparable with a degree of improve-
ment in another, such as rate of recuperation or healing. In short,
operationally the goals of medicine are seen as corrective, rather
than progressive. This state of affairs does not seem likely to change
until specific national goals are formulated, agreed to, and made in-
strumental in the field of medicine. Possibly this suggests the need for
a study group or institution to look at medical organization in the
United States in its entirety, relative to national goals of health — or,
in a broader sense, at the arrangements for adapting persons in the
United States to their environment. National goals of health may in-
deed be best achieved by more emphasis on improving and adjusting
the environment to man (with his limited capability for adjustment
to his environment) rather than by relying so heavily on the use of
drugs and related medical strategies for adapting man to his environ-
ment. It is evident that the field is one in which values are deeply
held, strongly expressed, and far from consensual. Objectivity is no-
where more needed, and more difficult to preserve. Decisions as to
whether, on balance, a drug is meritorious involve the exercise of the
highest degi'ee of judiciousness, coupled with the systematic accumula-
tion and evaluation of data generated under rigorously controlled
circumstances. Ultimately, it is not possible to make such decisions
without reference to the total question of the purpose of medicine.
In this area, the formulation of national policy is perhaps at its most
difficult.

At the very least, it can be observed that in view of the cost in time
and effort to produce the tens of thousands of pages and uncounted
thousands of man-days of congressional and professional effort re-
quired to produce the Kefauver-Harris bill, this arduous process can
be employed only sparingly and for the resolution of grave and mo-
mentous questions. It would seem advantageous, also, to clear away
the technical underbrush and to structure the issue with clarity, pre-
cision, and objectivity, before subjecting it to the ultimate processes
of congressional resolution.

CHAPTER FIFTEEN— THE INSECTICIDE, FUNGICIDE,
AND RODENTICIDE ACT OF 1947

I. Introduction

Chemical pesticides developed over the past two i^enerations have
been acclaimed as an indispensable tool of agriculture to produce food
for the rapidly expanding poj^ulation of the world ; they have saved
the lives of tens of millions of persons through control of disease-
carrying insects. They have also been assailed for upsetting the eco-
logical balance of nature, threatening some species with extinction,
causing widespread injury to others, and progressively degrading
man's environment. In regulating commerce and use of these chemicals,
both sets of effects do not appear to have been considered together.
Concern at first centered on the maintenance of their quality and on
the safety of users; later, their undesirable secondary consequences
received attention. This chapter examines testimony received by a
congressional committee in 1946 and 1947 on pesticide regidation, to
explore the reasons for, and the implications of, the lag in awareness
of the adverse secondary consequences of the use of pesticides.

An overvieto of jmblic attitudes on pesticide regulation

To arrive at the significance of this question, it may be helpful to
approach the period in question by retracing subsequent events in
reverse chronological order. By 1967, widespread attention was being
given to the wholesale poisoning of the environment by pollutants.
An important class of these pollutants was the chemical poisons — in-
secticides, fungicides, rodenticides, and the like. The impairment of
the environment by these chemical poisons had provided the theme
for an influential popular treatise by Rachel Carson, in 1962. Much of
the subsequent concern over environmental degradation was attrib-
utable in some measure to the persuasive exposition of the case in Miss
Carson's book, "The Silent Spring."' Her book was based upon a large
number of scattered reports mainly published in the 19,50's, many of
which indicated — sometimes quantitatively — the ways in which toxic
pesticides reached beyond their intended target organisms to strike
down others more useful if sometimes insufficiently appreciated. The
question of regulating the new organic pesticides, with their unprece-
dented potency and effectiveness, had been dealt with by the Congress
only a few years earlier. However, in the assessment that preceded
adoption of Ihe Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1947,^
the issue of adverse environmental effects of wholesale use of the new
chemicals was undeveloped; it had no apparent influence on the form
taken by the legislation nor on its acceptance by the Congress.

The thrust of this chapter is to consider the reasons why the tech-
nological assessment function of the Congress in 1946-47 did not en-
compass the broader social and environmental implications of pesti-

1 Public Law 104, SOth Cong., 61 Stat. 163, approved June 25, 1947.

(404)

405

cides. The inquiry will deal with such questions, relative to the 1946-
47 hearings, as the following :

Should the Congress, or the House Committee on Agriculture
that held the hearings, have been able to sense the potential threat
of mass application of pesticides ?

Should those technical people in the Department of Agriculture
who supported the act have recognized the need for action, and
called this need to the attention of the Congress, not merelv to
provide standards of pesticide quality and user-safety, but also
standards of the controlled use of pesticides?

Did any of the witnesses who testified in 1946 or 1947 on
pesticide legislation identify the need for concern with the pro-
tection of the en\aronment from the secondary effects of long-
lived pesticides?

"Was there available the scientific and technical knowledge at
the time to forecast the growing importance of preserving the
environment of man ?

'Wliat circumstances or factors obstructed recognition of ad-
verse consequences of the widespread use of new pesticides ?
The sequence of cause-and-effect relationships that led to the dilem-
ma that Miss Carson so graphically described in 1962, and which
led to volummous hearings thereafter, was overlooked in 1946.

Trends in seientifi-G agricultwre after 1860

Many factors contributed to make the pattern of agriculture in
the United States sharply distinctive from patterns in the Old "World.
Characteristically, the United States possessed an abundance of well-
watered, fertile, unused land, in a temperate climate. The limiting
factors to production were mainly in labor and farm management.
Smce the settlement of the territoiy of the United States occurred
during the latter stages of the industrial revolution, there was a con-
tinually expanding market demand in urban centers for food and fiber,
the output of tlie farm. Thus, U.S. farms l:»ecame characteristically
factories in the field, with large acreages, capital-intensive production,
and single-crop products. The focus of attention was on cOvSt/effective-
ness methods — on maximum output at least cost. At first, this concept
was pursued on a short-term basis, and actual damage was done to the
land, by taking nutrients out of the soil without replacing them. Later,
as the fruits of national investment in agricultural research began to
appear, the concept of sustained-yield agriculture became orthodox,
involving mulching, fertilization, erosion control, and planting of
ground cover in off seasons. All of these forms of treatment required
the development of specialized equipment for mass application. More
capital equipment meant more need for large acreages, to preserve the
economic balance of the system. IManagement of the farm economy,
like strip mining and early lumbering, tended to emphasize reduction
of direct, short-term, out-of-pocket costs, while tending to ignore hid-
den costs, costs in noneconomic values, and costs borne by persons not
participating in the production cycle.

Between 1850 and the close of "World "\"\^ar II, the ecology of the
United States, in consequence of the spread of large-scale agriculture,
underwent significant alteration. The Nation's agriculture producers,
with specialized machinery, hybrid seed, fertilization, mass processing

406

and marketing methods, and the use of aircraft for spraying and seed-
ing, became enormously productive of food in relation to the man-
hours of labor required. This scientific and technological agriculture
provided the basis for a great increase in urban population, dependent
for food on a small and dwindling number of farmers.

Essentiality of pesticides in single-crop fanning

Cost/ejffectiveness considerations, however, reduced the number of
different crops, and the number of different varieties within each crop.
Single-crop acreages replaced the natural variety of wild growth in
forest or prairie. Great acreages of land were occupied by unrelieved
stretches of identical crops, all planted, ripening, and harvested over
the same annual growing schedule. Simultaneously, this change re-
duced the protective shelter available for insect-eating birds, frogs,
toads, and predator insects; and increased the food supply available
for those insects that were specially attracted to it — wheat, corn, cot-
ton, potatoes, tomatoes, and so on. Given an abundance of food, and
an absence of natural enemies, the insects (or other pests, including
rodents, injurious fungi, and even "pest" birds — like blackbirds and
crows) multiplied prodigiously.

To overcome the menace of freely multiplying pests, farmers learned
to use various poisonous materials. A new industry sprang up, to pro-
duce and market such commercial poisons as Bordeaux mixture (h;^-
drated lime and copper sulfate) , lead arsenate, Paris green (an arseni-
cal copper acetate) , and other poisonous salts. The new science of syn-
thetic orsfanic chemistry ^ began to create new families of pesticides
with a wide array of special properties. During and immediately after
World War II, these new pesticides came into enormous and world-
wide application. For example, in 1946 the U.S. Army Air Corps
sprayed 500,000 pounds of DDT solution (dichlorodiphenyltrichloro-
ethane) in a single operation to curb an insect-borne epidemic disease
in Egypt. Millions of pounds were applied in Europe.

Generous application of these effective new poisons served to control
populations of pests. They may also have been safer than the extremely
dangerous arsenical s they replaced. However, as time went on, reports
began to appear of insect species that had developed immunity to one
or another of the poisons, so that increased dosages — or new combina-
tions of toxic agents— were needed for effectiveness. The chemical in-
dustry was kept active, searching for additional organic compounds
with higher toxicities or special properties in this war against the insect
world, and the legion of other pests in the environment.

Alternatives to chemical control of pests

Although the primary means of controlling pests was by the appli-
cation of chemicals designed specifically to destroy them, a number of
other techniques were selectively applied, with success, in pest control.
Three general concepts evolved. These were: (1) devising a physical
environment or environmental change effectively hostile to the targest
pest at a crucial point in its development; (2) encouraging the multi-
plication of otherwise harmless natural enemies of the target pest;
(8) interference with the reproduction processes of the target pest.
Examples of these three methods of control are: (1) lowering and

"See ch. 14 (thalidomide), pp. 359-360.

407

raising of the water level in reservoirs by 6 inches durinor mosquito-
breeding season, to drown the larvae; (2) spreading of milky spore as
a means of controlling Japanese beetles; (3) eradication of the screw
worm fly by releasing large numbers of infertile males.

Of research in the direction of specific, biological controls, the
PS AC 1963 Panel on Pesticides recommended that "* * * this trend
should be continued and strengthened." '

Federal regulation of agricultural pesticides

Emphasis on cost/effectiveness in agriculture extended naturally to
the criteria for pesticides used by the farmer. IVIanagers of large farms
sought to find pesticides that would accomplish effectively the desired
purposes of keeping pests down, but cheaply enough to keep their
costs competitive. Cost/effectiveness in pesticides suggested such
criteria as —

Low in acquisition cost, in terms of potency or killing power
per unit of cost of material ;

Low in application cost, in terms of compatibility with large-
volume methods of dissemination in the target area ;

Sustained effectiveness, in terms of chemical stability (reten-
tion of killing power) , resistance to being dissolved away by rain
water, and continued service of a single application for the entire
growing season or even longer ;

Low in implied costs resulting from undesired side effects, such
as hazard to farmworkers and farm animals, absence of hazard-
ous toxic residues on agricultural products, etc.
It was in the context of these criteria that the Insecticide Act of
1910 was passed. This act* prohibited manufacture, sale, or interstate
commerce in adulterated or misbranded Paris greens, lead arsenates,
and other insecticides, and also fungicides, to maintain the quality of
commercial poisons in agricultural use.

The 1010 act was repealed by the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodenticide Act ^ which substituted for it a considerable number
of Federal controls over commercial pesticides. It provided for —

Registration of economic poisons before their introduction into
commerce :

Appropriate labeling of poisons on the container, including in-
structions for safe use ;

3F.S. Prpsirlpnt's Science Advisory Committee. Use of Pesticides: A report of the
President's Science Advisory Committee. The White House. May 15, 1963. Exhibit 4 of
pt. I, p. ^1 of: TT.S. Consrress. Sennte. Committee on Government Operations. Interasency
Coordination in Environmental Haz.nrds (Pesticides). Hearinfrs before the Subcommittee
on Reorganization and International Organizations of the * * * Agency coordination study
(pursuant to S. Res. 27. SSth Cong., as amended). Coordination of Activities Relating
to the U«e of Pesticides. S.'^th Consr. 1st sess. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office,
19R4). Eleven parts. Part I : (Including exhibits). May 16, 22, 2.S : June 4, 2.5, 196.3 : App.
I to pt. I Phasic documents submitted by the Department of Agriculture relating to the
use of pesticides) : app. II to pt. I (current research program in the areas of pesticides
(Agricultural Research Service)); app. Ill to pt. I (selected departmental activities
relatinff to the use of pesticides) ; app. IV to pt. I (information circulars of the World
Health'Organization and miscellaneous articles) : app. V to pt. I (status report on Federal
agencies" activities implementing recommendations of the President's Science Advisory
Committee renort on the use of pesticides) : pt. 2 : (including exhibits). .Inly 17. 1963:
pt. 3: (including exhibits), Julv 18 and 23, 1963: pt. 4: (including exhibits). Aug. 20
and 21, 1963: pt. o: (including exhibits). Oct. 7. 1963: pt. 6: (including exhibits).
Oct. S, 1963: pt. 7: (including exhibits). Oct. 9. 1963; pt. 8 (including exhibits), Feb. 18,
1964: Pt 9: (includinsr exhibits). Apr. 7. 8. and 15, 1964; pt. 10: (includine exhibits),
Apr. 16. 21. and 22, 1964; and pt. 11; (including exhibits), Apr. 30, June 29, July 28
and 29. 1964.

< Public Law 152. 61st Cong., 26 Stat. 331. approved Apr. 26. 1910.

B Public Law 104, SOth Cong,, 61 Stat, 163. approved June 25, 1947.

408

Addition of colorino; materials to poisonous white powders to
distinijuish them from harmless white powders ;

Prohibition against misbranding of pesticides, defined as in-
jurious to man, vertebrate animals, or useful vegetation, when
used in accordance with instructions on the label :

Reports concerning delivery, movement, or inventory of eco-
nomic poisons and pesticidal devices.

The requirement for registration was designed to correct an inade-
quacy in the 1910 act, under which the enforcing agency had no way
to know what poisons were being marketed, except by field investiga-
tion. Sometimes the agencv learned of new products only from reports
of hazard or damage with their use. The 1947 act required that such
poisons be made known to enforcement officials in advance of their
being marketed, so that these officials could familiarize themselves
with the formula, label, and manufacturer's claims in advance. This
would help to prevent false and misleading claims, prevent the market-
ing of worthless preparations, and assure that a strong legal case was
immediately available to punish violators of the registration require-
ment and remove their product from the market promptly.

Two subsequent changes were made in Federal law respecting fun-
eicides after 1947. Tlie first was nn amendment to the Federal Food,
Drucr. and Cosmetic Act (the Millor pe^^ticide chemicals amendment
of 1954) which prescribed n method to control the extent of pesticide
residues on marketed airricultural produce. Tlie determination of ques-
tions of nirricultural usefulness and probable resVhie Ipvels involved in
the establ'«bment ^^^ <-oipr;">"ces wn- T'">nr''^ f^ -fnnr^+ion of t1ip F)onp^"''''""p^">t
of Agriculture, while the Department of Healtli, Education, and "Wel-
fare determined question^ of public heaHh. The a^t placed the burden
of proof on persons desiring a r'baufire in Permitted tolerances. Ad-
visory services were to be provided by committees of experts designated
by the National Academy of Sciences.^

The other lesrislative change was an enlnrgement in the scope of
the act of 1947 to include various other toxic or potentially harmful
pesticides.''

Later on, in 1962, when public agitation over the widespread use of
poisonous pesticirVs was stimulated by thf Carson book, the control
mechanisms established bv authority of the existing legislation was
expanded and strengthened bv administrative fiat. Arrangements were
set up for coordination of the various agency programs related to
pesticide control and u'^e, and research into mnnv aspects of pesticide
toxicitv and adverse effects was greatly expanded. Increasingly, after
1962, congressional concern over the pesticide control question became
mereed with a broader concern for the preservation and improve-
ment of the human environment itself, in the light of the total ranq^e of
ecological impairments resulting from human technology and culture.

The dilrmma of peMicirle covfam^r\fif7on and pi^f^enfioVdy

The difRcultv poced by chemical pesticides in the mid-1 960's can
be illustrated by citing two studies prepared by the President's Science

«Pnhlif I.nw 83-?51S. S3.1 Cons.. fiS Rtnt. 511. npnroved July 22. 19.54.
'Tliis wns the N<^iriat-ncif'». Plant Rppnlator. Ppfoliant. nnrj Desiceant Amendiripnt of
1959, Piiblie Law 86-1.^9. 7.3 Stat. 2R6, approved Aug. 7, 1959.

409

Advisory Committee. The first, issued May 15, 1963, warned of the
increasing hazards in the use of pesticides. It said :

The Panel believes that the use of pesticides must be continued if we are to
maintain the advantages now resulting from the work of informed food pro-
ducers and those responsible for control of disease. On the other hand, it has
now become clear that the proper usage is not simple and that, while they
destroy harmful insects and plants, pesticides may also be toxic to beneficial
plants and animals, including man. Their toxic effects in large do.ses are well
known and precautions can be taken to see that humans are never needlessly
exposed. But we must now also take measures to insure that continued expo.'iures
to small amounts of these chemicals in our environment will not be harmful
over long periods of time.'

Accordingly, the Panel recommended a number of measures to re-
duce the hazards inherent in the widespread application of toxic pesti-
cides. Specifically, it recommended that the Federal Government and
the States monitor residue levels in air, water, soil, man, wildlife, and
fish ; that the permissible tolerances of residual pesticides be authorita-
tively revaluated ; and that the use of persistent (i.e.. long-lived) pesti-
cides be reduced — except to control disease — and that "elimination of
the use of persistent toxic pesticides should be the goal." ^

Another report of PSAC, May 1967, was a "Report, of the Panel on
the World Food Supply." It warned that "there are more hungry
mouths in the world today than ever before in history." The problem
of food/population unbalance liad been approached piecemeal, but
needed to be dealt with vigorously, comprehensively, and systemati-
cally, with due regard for all its complex ramifications.^° One element
in tho program was the inf^^'cape in food nroduction. This increase re-
quired a large increase in the use of pesticides. Said the Panel :

Large increases in the use of pesticides are necessary to increase food produc-
tion. All types of insecticides, fungicides, herbicides, nematoc-ides. and rodenticides
are needed. At the present time, only 120.000 metric tons are used in the develop-
ing world, excluding Mainland China. If food production is to be doubled, 700,000
metric tons will be required."

The questions raised in this chapter center on this dilemma: If man
tries to impose total control over pests by chemical means, he poisons
his own environment and that of the myriad of natural life forms on
which in many subtle ways the life of man depends. If man fails to con-
trol the parasitic pests that multiply by consuming his growing food,
man faces mass starvation. Wise management of resources requires the
achievement of a balance between these two opposite hazards. Only by
increasing his understanding of the relationships within nature,*and
of the effects of pesticides on consequential forms of life and their
interrelationships, can man progress toward this balance. This require-
ment is evident in 1069. What effect did it have on the framing of the
Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1947? What was the
relative salience of the two opposite hazards of pests and pesticides?

IT — COXGRESSIOXAL CONSIDERATION OF PeSTICIDE LEGISLATION, 1946-47

Hearings were opened February 5, 1946, in the Committee on Agri-
culture of the House of Representatives on H.R. 4851, "A Bill To

8 Usp of Pesticides, op. cit., p. 38.

»IhirI.. pp. n^^riQ.

^" U.S. President's S<*ieree Advisory Committee. "The World Pood Problem". A report
of the • • • vol. I. Report of the panel on the world food supply. The White House,
Mnv 19fi7. (Washing^ton, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967), "pp. 4-5.

^ Ibid., pp. S6-S7.

410

Regulate the Marketing of Economic Poisons and Devices, and for
Other Purposes." The bill had been drafted by the committee, with
the assistance of the Department of Agriculture and various members
of the trade and industry. In 4 days of hearings, (84 pages of testi-
mony) the committee heard 16 witnesses, including five representa-
tives of trade associations of manufacturers of pesticides, one industrial
groducer, four associations of agriculturists, one representative of
tate government departments of agriculture, and one professional
association (the American Association of Economic Entomologists).
No controversy of consequence developed during the hearings. The
various representatives of manufacturers generally supported the bill,
and suggested only minor technical changes in its provisions. The lead-
off witness was S. R. Newell, Assistant Director of the Livestock
Branch, Production and Marketing Division, Department of Agricul-
ture. He described its purpose and indicated that it was not drastic and
controversial:

It is my impression, Mr. Chairman, that the trade has desired a new bill. They
have gone along on the general principles of this bill, and most of its provisions.
There may be some points to which they would wish to take exception, but gener-
ally I think we have a bill here for which there is general acceptance all the way
around."

Other Government witnesses were Dr. E. L. Griffin, Assistant Chief
of the Insecticide Division, Production and Marketing Administra-
tion, and two spokesmen for the Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior. Dr. Griffin urged that only preparations con-
taining substantial proportions of poisonous materials should be
reached by the law.^^ Donald J. Chaney, chief counsel of the Fish and
Wildlife Service, testified as to the difficulty in establishing standards
of effectiveness (i.e., toxicity) of poisons; he was accompanied by F. E.
Garlough, senior biologist, who testified merely that the rodenticide
known as red squill "varies tremendously in toxicity." ^*

Speaking for the American Association of Economic Entomologists,
A. Edison Badertscher, chairman of the association's legislative com-
mittee, suggested that the authority given to the Secretary of Agri-
culture under the bill to define "pests" for purposes of the bill, be
enlarged to include organisms tliat injured articles or substances (e.g.,
clothing and upholstered furniture) as well as plants, man, and do-
mestic animals.

Although the bill, H.R. 4851, was reported favorably, no action was
taken and the bill was reintroduced in 1947 as H.R. 1237, by Repre-
sentative John W. Flannagan, Jr., who had also introduced the pre-
ceding bill.

Hearings on H.R. 1237, the 1H7 pesticide hill

Committee consideration in 1947 under the chairmanship of Repre-
sentative Andresen of a subcommittee of the House Committee on
Agriculture, occupied only 1 day, April 11 (55 pages of testimony,
communications, and text of the bill). There were 14 witnesses, in-
cluding three from the Production and Marketing Administration,

12IT.S Conjrrpss. House. Committee on AsrioTiUnre. Federal Inseeticirle, Fiinjrieide. and
Rodenticide Act. Hearings before * * • on H.R. 4851. (H.R. 5645 reported), A bill to
regrulate the marketinj;: of economie poisons and devices, and for other purposes. Feb. 5,
fi. 7. and 21, 1946. Serial J. 79th Cong. 2d sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office. 1946), p. 6.

13 Ibid., p. 11.

" Ibid., pp. 9-10, 30. 73-75.

411

one from Fish and Wildlife Service, three from State departments
of agriculture, one farm organization, four industrial trade associa-
tions, and two others. There were also five communications entered on
the record. As in the previous year, no substantial controversy devel-
oped over the measure ; witnesses offered detailed technical suggestions,
and mostly expressed support for the bill.

Representative Andresen opened the hearing by presenting the text
of a revised bill, H.R. 1237, ''a bill to regulate the marketing of
economic poisons and devices, and for other purposes," and then
explained — ■

Extensive hearings were held on similar legislation in the 79th Congress and
in view of the fact that the industry and distributors, and others ; are in pretty
much accord on this legislation, this hearing will be comparatively brief, in order
to hear the views of those witnesses who have indicated that they wanted to be
heard, and to receive suggestions for the record on this bill.'^

He was followed by Harry E. Reed, director of the livestock branch,
Production and Marketing Administration (accompanied by Dr.
W. G. Reed, chief, and Dr. E. L. Griffin, assistant chief, insecticide
division, livestock branch). Declaring his department in support of
the proposed legislation, Mr. Reed indicated that the program under
the 1919 act was budgeted at an annual $294,000 and that the new
measure would cost an additional $285,000 annually. It would also
entail a one-time outlay of $80,000 in new laboratory equipment. His
testimony included a plan of enforcement of H.R. 1237, wMch de-
scribed tlie added responsibilities for the Department of Agriculture,
presented a budget breakdown, and indicated briefly the assignments
of enforcement responsibilities. Noted the statement:

In the enforcement activities, no basic research is contemplated. It will, how-
ever, be necessary to make sufficient investigations to determine the effectiveness
of herbicides, rodenticides, and devices intended for the control of economic
pests ; to determine the toxicity of substances used in economic poisons and what
dangers may be inherent in their use ; to determine the necessity of and standard
for coloring economic poisons ; and to determine adequate directions for use of
economic poisons."

John D. Conner, general counsel of the National Association of
Insecticide & Disinfectant Manufacturers, told the subcommittee
that his association —

* * * Feels that H.R. 1237, as presently drafted, is a well-balanced piece of
legislation and will meet all the needs of the enforcement officials, as well as
assure maximum protection to the consumer. Frankly, the association does not
agree with several parts of this bill, but the bill as a whole has been approved,
and no objection to these specific points is being raised so long as the bill remains
in its present form."

He was followed by L. S. Hitchner, executive secretary of the Agri-
cultural Insecticide & Fungicide Association, who had testified the
previous year on H.R. 4851. He said :

The preparation of this bill and the model State bill has been carefully con-
sidered for more than 2 years by Federal enforcement agencies, other Federal
bureaus interested in pest control, many State enforcement officials, the Council
of State Governments, the National Association of Commissioners, Secretaries
and Directors of Agriculture, the American Association of Economic Entomolo-

^^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Agriculture. Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act. Hearings before subcommittee of the * * • on H.R. 1237. A bill to
regulate the marketing of economic poisons and devices, and for other purposes. Apr. 11,
1947. 80th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing OflSce, 1947), p. 8.

w Ibid., pp. 11-12.

" Ibid., p. 16.

412

gists, the American Phytopathological Society, industry and others. The bill is
the result of many conferences and hearings. We believe this draft represents
the most practical approach to a problem which not only is highly technical, but
involves a variety of conflicting interests. The bill will definitely improve pro-
tection to the public, which is its principal objective."

His views were seconded by Mr. J. M. George, representing the
Interstate Manufacturers Association, and by W. N. Watson, secretary
of the Manufacturing Chemists Association. Mr. Watson also
observed :

This bill represents a long course of evolution. It is a very complicated affair.
It has involved many controversie.-^. The result of a great deal of study on the
part of the administrative officials, State officials, and also members of industry.
We submitted very detailed comments at the hearings held back on Feb. 6, 1946.
I simply want to endorse this bill as now written. We think it will be a very
real contribution to these rapidly expanding and increasingly important fields,
and also will add to the tremendously important problem ot uniformity."

The other witnesses who appeared, and those who submitted state-
ments, either favored the bill, or offered minor technical amendments.
No significant opposition appeared.

The only comment in the entire hearing that suggested that control
of the use of pesticides might be important for the preservation of
the environment was that by William Heckendorn, representing the
National Council of Farmer Cooperatives. The preceding year, Mr.
Heckendorn in supporting the bill, had merely offered several tech-
nical amendments. In the 1947 hearing he again offered technical
suggestions, and supported the bill. However, for his concluding point
he suggested that it might be desirable to require the manufacturers
of pesticides to indicate on the labels of their products, where appro-
priate, the warning that insecticides might kill useful as well as in-
jurious insects. He said he recognized that this suggestion was pre-
mature— «* * ♦ I realize full well [that it] cannot be taken into
consideration in this particular bill because we do not know enough
about insecticides yet." Nevertheless, he went on —

You recall a few years ago a group of us came before you, and asked for a
special appropriation of $12.500,0(X) for Incentive payments in the production
of legume seeds. Since that time, we have set up a program under the Agricul-
ture Research Administration, trying to determine why it is that our yields of
legume seeds have dropped so rapidly.

One of the reasons * • * is the fact that our insecticides will kill everything.
They kill both our beneficial insects as well as our harmful in.sects. And so far
our development in insecticides has been to kill, it has not been to try and
isolate and use certain insecticides that will protect our beneficial insects.

I feel the time is coming when we are going to be obliged to give more con-
sideration to the type of insecticides which we use simply because we now find
bee keepers are unwilling to place their bees in areas where certain insecticides
are being used, simply because their colonies are being killed off."

Heckendorn concluded with the observation that "I may be raising
a question liere that might create quite a controversy * * *." However,
no further discussion of this point was recorded at the hearing.

Legislatkie action on H.R. 1237

The bill to provide control over insecticides, fungicides, and rodenti-
cides was favorably reported from the House Committee on Agri-
culture, April 25, 1947. The report took note of the fact that —

Since 1910 great changes have occurred in the field of economic poisons, and
the present law is now inadequate. New plant materials and synthetic chemicals

18 Ibid., p. 25.
«Ibi(1.. p. 32.
» Ibid., p. 40.

413

developed through research by both private industry and the Government have
greatly increased the number of economic poisons and the scope of their useful-
ness. An important example at the present time is DDT ( dichlorodiphenyltri-
chloroethane), which is revolutionizing many phases of the insecticide industry.
Herbicides are becoming increasingly important in the control and eradication
of weeds as the result of the recent development of 2-4-dichloro-phenoxy-acetic
acid and other synthetic materials."

It noted that the scope of Government control, under the bill, had
been extended to rodenticides, herbicides, and other pesticides. The
control of these materials, in the interest of public safety, would be
improved by seven provisions:

(1) A provision requiring the registration of economic poisons
prior to their sale or introduction into interstate or foreign
commerce.

(2) The inclusion of provisions for protection of the public
against poisoning by requiring prominently displayed poison
warnings on the labels of highly toxic economic poisons.

(3) A provision requiring the coloring or discoloring of dan-
gerous white powdered economic poisons to prevent tlieir being
mistaken for flour, sugar, salt, baking powder or other similar
articles commonly used in the preparation of foodstuffs.

(4) A requirement that warning or caution statements be con-
tained on the label of the economic poison to prevent injury to
living man, other vertebrate animals, vegetation, and useful in-
vertebrate animals.

(5) A provision requiring instructions for use to provide ade-
quate protection for the public.

(6) A provision declaring economic poisons to be misbranded
if they are injurious to man, vertebrate animals, or vegetation,
except weeds, when properly used.

(7) A provision requiring information to be furnished with
respect to the delivery, movement, or holding of economic poisons
and devices.^^

It also noted that prevention of injury required that action be taken
before toxic preparations went on the market —

Under this bill, any economic poison subject to the provisions thereof will be
brought to the attention of the enforcement officials who will have an opportunity
to become familiar with the formula, label, and claims made with respect to any
such economic poison before it is offered to the public. It should be possible, there-
fore, in a great majority of instances, to prevent false and misleading claims,
and to prevent worthless articles from being marketed, and to provide a means
of obtaining speedy remedial action if any such articles are marketed. Thus, a
great measure of protection can be accorded directly through the prevention
of injury, rather than having to resort solely to the imposition of sanctions for
violations after damage or injury has been done. Registration will also afford
manufacturers an opportunity to eliminate many objectionable features from
their labels prior to placing an economic poison on the market.**

The report concluded by listing the various Federal and State agen-
cies, farm organizations, industrial trade associations, and others who
favored passage of the bill.

The bill came to the floor of the House, May 12, Representative An-
dresen explained its purposes, drawing for his text from the report.

=n U.S. Congrress. House. Committee on Agriculture. Relating to the marketing of
economic poisons and devices. Report (to accompany H.R. 1237). Report No 313 80th
Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, Apr. 25. 1947) n 2

*2Idem. ;. f. -«..

•» Ibid., p. 3.

414

Representative Keefe asked why the enforcement was placed with
the Department of Agriculture rather than with the Food and Drug
Administration. Representative Flannagan explained that the bill
was an amendment of existing legislation, and merely extended previ-
ous authorization. Representative Andresen agreed that government
reorganization was necessary, including a consolidation of functions,
but that he hoped "in view of the emergency [nature] of the measure,"
that the question would not be pursued at that moment. Subsequently,
the House passed the bill by a voice vote.-*

^ The Senate gave the bill even more perfunctory consideration. The
bill was reported by the Senate Committee on Agriculture and For-
estry, May 26, without public hearings. The report consisted merely
of a favorable recommendation, and the inclusion of the House com-
mittee report.25 The bill was taken up on the Senate floor, June 16,
Senator Ellender, chairman of the committee, explained its purposes
and said it had received the unanimous approval of his committee.
Then the Senate, without comment or debate, passed the bill by a
voice vote.^^

JII. Growing Awareness of Important Secondary Effects of

PESTICroE RESroUES

Following a series of specific investigations in 1943 and 1944 by the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine of the Department of
Agriculture, and other agencies, a more elaborate series of field in-
vestigations into the toxicity and ecological effects of DDT were jointly
undertaken in 1945 by the Bureau in cooperation with the Fish and
Wildlife Service of the Department of the Interior. A condensed sum-
mary of the findings of the many reports that came out of this study
was presented in Circular 11, DDT : "Its Effect on Fish and Wild-
life," ^^ published by the Department of the Interior in 1946. The re-
port contained such items as the following :

Spray drifting about 150 feet from the sprayed area to a small gravel-pit pond
killed all the golden shiners and pumpkin-seed sunfish in it.

In one drained pond that had been sprayed with 0.1 pound to the acre, there
was a loss of 43 percent among all species.

Within 48 hours after the application of DDT to the final portion of the area
on June 1, the bird population (which had been 1.6 pairs to the acre before spray-
ing) was much reduced. On June 13, the area contained only 0.5 birds to the
acre.

Most of the crayfish on the area were readily killed by the DDT solution applied
at 0.5 pound to the acre.

On July 18 reports were received of the dying of many edible crabs, which
had appeared in the sprayed area : and on July 21, 150 dead or dying crabs were
found over a 200-yard stretch, while those in adjacent upsprayed waters were
healthy.

In all five of the mice that received 0.40 percent of DDT, violent tremors were
observed at the beginning of the third day after the first exposure. Before the
end of the third day, two of these mice had died. The last mouse lived until the
21st day, although decided tremors were evident throughout the period.

Of the quail fed mash containing 0.05 percent or more of DDT, all died.

2* Congressional Record (May 12, 1947), p. 5054.

23 U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Agriculture and Forestry. Regulating the Mar-
keting of Economic Poisons and Devices. Renort (to accompanv H.R. 1237). S. Rept. No.
199, 80th Cong., 1st sess.. May 26, 1947. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1947), 8 p.

28 Congressional Record (June 16, 1947), pp. 7007-7008.

27T'.S. Department of the Interior. Fish and Wildlife Service. "DDT: Its Effect on Fish
and Wildlife." Circular 11. By Clarence Cottam and Elmer Higgins. (Washington, U.S.,
Government Printing Office, 1946), 14 pp.

415

[In reporting an experiment in which wood frog egg masses were treated with
DDT at the rate of 5 pounds per acre:] The experiment resulted in the liilling
within 3 to 5 days of all tadpoles treated with DDT. Those kept as controls or
treated with oil only remained alive and healthy.

In grasshopper oU or unsalted butter fat, as little as five milligrams of DDT
per kilogram of fish was usually lethal to fish starved for 4 days. When given
in very small doses, symptoms were usually delayed 3 days or more, and death
was often delayed 6 to 10 days.

It was discovered that toxicity was increased by higher water temperatures,
by softer water, and by low dissolved oxygen. Younger fishes were more affected
than the older ones.

The investigation went on ; results of tlie work in 1946 were described
in Fish and Wildlife Special Scientific Report 41.^^ A third report,
issued in 1948 as Circular 15 of the Fish and Wildlife Service under
the title, "Effects of DDT and Other Insecticides on Fish and Wild-
life," described results of investigations conducted during 1947.-^

The broader implications of this kind of information were brought
out in several books that appeared in 1948. One was Fairfield Osborn's
"Our Plundered Planet" ^° which warned that "* * * the rub comes
when we kill without knowing enough about the aftereffects." Man
could not live, he declared, if all other living creatures disappeared.

As a somewhat extreme illustration, among many others, [wrote Osborn] take
that form of life that man likes the least — of which the unthinking person would
at once .«ay. '"Kill them all." Insects. Of the extraordinary number of kinds of
insects on the earth — about three quarters of a million different species have
already been identified — a small minority are harmful to man, such as the
anopheles mosquito, lice, the tsetse fly, and crop-destroying insects. On the other
hand, innumerable kinds are beneficent and useful. Fruit trees and many crops are
dependent upon insect life for pollination or fertilization ; soils are cultured and
gain their productive qualities largely because of insect life. Human subsistence
would, in fact, be imperiled were there no insects."

Later that same year, William Vogt, an agricultural expert on the
staff of the Pan American Union, further developed this same theme.
Control of insects by potent insecticides, he observed, was both neces-
sary and hazardous :

Many insects, such as those which pollinate fruit trees and parasitize destruc-
tive insects, are extremely valuable to man, which is one reason why biologists
throughout the world are alarmed by the widespread and unselective use of
DDT. Probably less than 5 percent of the known insect species can be considered
a handicap to man's survival. Nevertheless, the small percentage that do attack
his crops and forests wreak such havoc and are so costly to control by methods
now known that they must be recognized as one of the most stubborn of all
limiting factors. Unfortunately, as modern researches have shown, current agri-
cult'iral methods often tend to increase damage. Furthermore, b.v his carelessness
or unwitting spread of pests, man has greatly increased their effectiveness.^^

To coj)e intelligently with the problems of environmental control,
Vogt contended, would require a great increase in knowledge of
ecology. Thus :

The limiting factors that hold down the numbers of desirable species, from
nitrogen-fixing bacteria in the soil to rodent-controlling hawks, must be known

28 U.S. Department of the Interior. Fish and Wildlife Service. DDT Investigations by the
Fish and Wildlife Service in 1946. Special Scientific Report 41. By Arnold L. Nelson" and
Eugene W. Surber (May 1947) (processed).

29 U.S. Department of the Interior. Fish and Wildlife Service. Effects of DDT and Other
Insecticides on Fish and Wildlife. Summary of investigations during 1947. Circn'-Tr 1.5.
Bv Joseph P. Linduska and Eugene W. Surber. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office. 1948), 19 pp.

30 Fairfield Osborn. "Our Plundered Planet." (Boston, Little, Brown, and Co., 1948), 217
pp.

» Ibid., p. 60.

= William Vogt. "Road To Survival." (New York, William Sloane Associates, Inc., 1948),
p. 30.

416

if useful elements of the environment are to be increased. The normal relation-
ships among the climates, soils, fauna, and flora that produced the environment
invaded by modern man have scarcely begun to be studied — as they must be if
man is not to boggle land management. The factors limiting fungus plant dis-
eases, and destructive insects such as the locust hordes that ravage Central and
South America, also need to be known in order that these numbers may be held
as lovs^ as is desirable."

Thus, as early as 1946 and inereasinorly thereafter, students of
ecology were publicly expressing c/)ncern over the impact of pesticides
on the environment. They showed awareness of the wide differences in
sensitivity^ of various species to toxic pesticides. They recognized the
wide variables in sensitivity reflecting differences in the carrier
medium, wind, temperature, light and shade, duration of exposure,
maturity of victim, and other factors. These preliminary data, how-
ever, were only a beginning. It was not enough to count carcasses of
dead wildlife. The researches needed to go further: to show the intri-
cate and subtle ways in which long-lasting pesticides spread into the
natural enviroimient and along food chains to cause lessened fertility
of valuable SDecies and reduced bioi^roduction for years after the ini-
tial api)lication. Overgenerous and needless dissemination of these
chemicals caused damage in nature uncompensated for by any advan-
tage from their excessive use.

In the field of medicine, the complexity of responses of the human
organism to organic poisons and drugs was beginning to be recognized
also. The differences in response as between acute reacting to signifi-
cant dosages, and the protracted chronic responses to trace quantities
were gradually recognized also. However, these considerations were
not brought out in the 1946-47 hearings.

Medical, interest in human response to insecticide toxicity

The earliest experience with DDT suggested that it was not harmful
to man. Medical attention was focused, instead, on the profound effect
that the potent new insecticide had on disease-carrying insects. For
example, one physician in 1947 proposed that an inexpensive way of
distributing the powder was to throw it on the floors of public build-
ings where traffic is heaviest so that it would be tracked about. This
means of distribution, he said, was "exceedingly effective in reducing
the living fly population in that building." ^*

A Department of Agriculture publication in 1960 commented
that "* * * this insecticide has been applied as a 10-percent dust inside
the clothes of hundreds of millions of men, women, and children by
military and public health officials, and has been applied as residual
sprays in as many homes without one known case of serious toxic effects
to individuals exposed to such intimate insect control practices." ^^
On the other hand, in 1963, DDT was reported to be "cancer produc-
ing according to presently available evidence." It had been "incrimi-
nated * * * in the production of benign and malignant tumors of the
liver, cancers of the lung, and leukemias." ^® These were suggestive of
long-term effects; the short-term etlects were generally agreed to be

33 Ibid., p. 159.

3* .TAMA (May 24, 1947, vol. 134, No. 4), p. 408.

»= E. F. Knipiing. Nature and Fate of Chemical Applied to Soils, Plants, and Anima].<5.
(Affrlcultural Research Services. U.S. Department of Agriculture. September 1960), p. 28.

3« Statement by Dr. W. C. ITueper, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of
Health. "Toxic and Carcinofrenle Hazards to the Human Population from Pesticides and
Pesticide Residues:" In Interagency Coordination In Environmental Hazards (Pesticides).
Hearings • * ♦ op. clt., pp. 706-707.

417

negligible. The PSAC report on pesticides, also in 1963, cited an in-
vestigation into the toxicity of DDT in which a small group of volun-
teers had ingested "up to -35 mg. of DDT per day o\'er a period of
months'- and yet was "reported to show no apparent ill effects during
18 months of gross observation." However, the PSAC report warned
that "possible long-term effects*' could not be predicted for DDT "on
the basis of the limited clinical studies available." ^'

Although no short-term toxicity had apparently been manifested by
DDT as applied to humans, and the effects of long-term exposure were
controversial, there were many other pesticides on the market, some of
which were indubitably toxic. An early warning was expressed in 1948,
by the Council on Foods and Nutrition of the American Medical Asso-
ciation. It took note of the rapid increase in new, potent pesticides
which posed indeterminate hazard to man. An editorial accompanying
the warning spoke of the "phenomenal" introduction of "several thou-
sand" brands of new insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides, intro-
duced on the market, mostly since DDT. "Little is known about either
the acute or chronic pathologic effects on man of these new insecti-
cides." The editorial observed that "when pesticides are poisonous
to insects they are usually poisonous to man.'* It noted that some of the
new poisons were "* * * incor]3orated in the plant tissues and cannot be
removed." These were "particularly insidious." The editorial urged
"prompt voluntary action by the industry" and, if necessary, "suitable
legislation must be considered and effective means of [Government]
control promptly established." Moreover :

Important is the detection of i)esticicle residues by practical methods in fresh
as well as in processed foods. The metabolism of insecticide residues and their
acute and pathologic effects on mammals must also be determined.

The editorial warned that —

Even though added controls may impede the development of pesticides, these
are essential precautions which must be taken in order to avoid the danger of
mass poisoning, which might well offset the jwtential benefits of the new agents."

Appearance of '•^Silent Spinng^'' ; wide impact of its message

Late in 1962, the book by Rachel Carson appeared. More than a dec-
ade had elapsed since the appearance of the Osbom warning and the
AMA statement. The message of the Carson book was simple and clear :
In his conquest of pests, man's indiscriminate use of potent chemicals
had already done great — perhaps irreparable — damage ; it was threat-
ening himself and destroying his environment. Backed by 55 pages of
footnotes Miss Carson declared that, in substance- —

Some pesticides had proved fatal to man after the slightest con-
tact (p. 30).^

Food chains (e.g., grain to hens to eggs; hay to cows to milk)
sometimes concentrated stable insecticides to dangerous extents
(p. 22). _

Some insecticides were 40 to 50 times as toxic as DDT for bird
life (p. 25).

The most toxic insecticides of all — the organophosphates — were
being sprayed in huge quantities from airplanes and motorized
blowers to control agricultural pests over large acreages (p. 30).

^ Reproduced In Hearings • * • Ibid., p. 45.

» JAMA (Aug. 28, 1948, vol. 137, No. 18), pp. 1604-1605.

89-044—69 28

418

Some organophosphates teamed up synergistically (their toxi-
city being thus "potentiated") to multiply their combined toxi-
city 50 times (p. 31).

Among the dangers of herbicides to man were induced tumors,
metabolic disruptions, and genetic damage (p. 36).

Durable insecticides could spread throughout U.S. ground-water
reservoirs, and much U.S. ground water was already thus con-
taminated (pp. 41-42).

Fish were particularly susceptible to poisoning from insecti-
cides ; fish-eating birds were poisoned by eating killed fish, or their
eggs were infertile (pp. 48-49).

Fungicides might destroy essential microorganisms in the soil,
on which food plants depend (p. 57).

From repeated spraying over the years, quantities of insecti-
cides in the soil built up ; peak accumulations had been reported
of 15, 19, 26, 34.5, 60, 113 pounds per acre (p. 58) ._
There were a great deal more of this kind of detailed information,
heavily footnoted, and all recounted in a powerful and moving prose
style. In her conclusion. Miss Carson appealed for research to find ways
of resolving the dilemma. She quoted Dr. C. J. Briejer, director of the
Plant Protection Service, of the Netherlands :

It is more than clear that we are traveling a danfferous road * * *. We are
going to have to do some very energetic re-search on other control measures, meas-
ures that will be hiological, not chemical. Ovr aim should 6e to guide natural
processes as cautiously as possible in the desired direction rather than to usq
brute force * * *. (Italics in Carson text.) "^

Indicative of a rising professional concern contemporaneous with
publication of the Carson book is the increase in field studies of pesti-
cide-wildlife relationships. An annotated list compiled by the Depart-
ment of the Interior, of investigations by States and universities into
pesticide damage to nature through 1964, showed an average of 10
entries per year, 1947-61 ; with 13 in 1961, 30 in 1962, and 63 in 1963.'"'
Indeed, the interest in the Carson thesis was widespread —

The reaction to the raising of this issue extended throughout Government,
the agricultural and chemical industries, conservation and naturalist organiza-
tions, and the scientific community. The Life Sciences Panel of the President's
Science Advisory Committee began a study of the pesticide problem in the late
summer of 1962. On April 4, 1963, Senator Humphrey announced that Senator
Ribicoff u^ould conduct a study on interagency coordination in environmental
health."

At a symposium held in Albany, N.Y., and sponsored by the New
York State Joint Legislative Committee on Natural Resources, Sep-
tember 23, 1063, one speaker said that "The current furor about the
deleterious effects of excessive and indiscriminate use of pesticides
centers mainly around insecticides, as is evident in Rachel Carson's

S9 Rachel Carson, "Silent Spring" (Boston, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1962), pp. 275, 301-355,
and as noted. (Portions of the book first published as a series of articles in The New
Yorker).

*" T'.S. Department of the Interior. Fish and Wildlife Service. Bureau of Sport Fisheries
and Wildlife. Pesticide — Wildlife Studies b.v States, Provinces and Universities : An An-
notated List of Investigations Through 1964. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, May 1965, 30 pp.) Circular No. 224.

" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Interagency Environ-
ment Hazards Coordination. Pesticides and Public Policy. Report of the * * * Made by
its Subcommittee on Reorganizations and International Organizations. (Pursuant to S.
Rf^s. 27. S8th Cong., as amended: extended by S. Res. 288, 88th Cong.) S. Rept. No. 1379.
89th Cong., 2d sess., July 21, 1966 (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966),
pp. 1-2.

419

book and the reactions to it." *^ Another speaker at the same symposium
presented an inventory of State pesticide haws. He said that 47 States
regulate the marketing of pesticides, and 29 regulate their use. Many
of these licensing acts, he noted, "* * * were either passed or amended
during the past two years,'' '^^ Many of the presentations at the session
were implicitly in refutation of one or another of Miss Carson's
assertions.

Thus, some 15 years after the Congress had adojited without opposi-
tion or controversy a substantial piece of legislation to control com-
merce in new potent pesticides, a very vociferous protest arose over the
assertedly indiscriminate use of these poisons. Why was the protest so
widespread and intense in 1962, while in 1947 it was almost non-
existent? Admittedly, the accomplished prose of Miss Carson was
more powerful a stimulus than the modest demurrer of Mr. Hecken-
dorn. It was also true that numerous indications had accumulated
concerning the use and effects of the more potent new chemicals, and
many additional formulations, dangerous to man as well as to pests,
had to come on the market after 1947.

In the case of agricultural poisons, their effectiveness in wiping out
pests was accompanied by the danger of their toxicity to humans ; in
the case of poisons used to control forest pests, their effectiveness for
this use was accompanied by the disadvantages resulting from their
toxicity against fish, birds, wild mammals, and sometimes against man.

Other factors that may have intensified the public response to the
Carson book were : (a) The fact that the gi'owing congestion of Amer-
ican society had heightened the value of remaining wilderness areas and
made any impairment of nature in such areas more salient; (h) the
fact that the growing concern over the hazard of radioactive fallout
from nuclear tests may have provided an instructive analog of chemi-
cal poisons disseminated widely; (c) the sensational disclosures con-
cerning the drug, thalidomide, that dramatized the difficulty of estab-
lishing without qualification, the safety of a new chemical formula-
tions; (<^) various well-publicized episodes, such as a national warning
concerning pesticide-contaminated cranberries and a notable "fish
kill" on the Mississippi, had brought the subject to public attention.

IV. Conversion of Pesticide Issue Into the Issue of Total
Environmental Preservation

Even before the appearance of "Silent Spring," the National Acad-
emy of Sciences had established a Committee on Pest Control and
Wildlife Relationships. At the annual meeting of the National Re-
search Council, associated with the Academy, this Committee was
invited to present a symposium on "the present status of the pest con-
trol and wildlife situation." ^* During 1962 and 1963, the Committee
prepared for issuance by the Academy three reports on various aspects

^ W. E. McQuilkin. Economic and Science Problems in Maintenance of Rijrhts-of-way.
In New York (State). Joint Le^slatlve Committee on Natural Resources. Pesticides —
Tlieir Use and Effect. Proceedings of a symposium. Albany, N.Y., Sept. 23, 1963. Sponsored
by * • * . (Albany, N.Y.. 1963), p. 100.

*3 D. L. Collins. An Analysis and Comparison of Federal and State Le^slatlon on Pesti-
cides. In Ibid., pp. 83. 98.

^* The Committee had been appointed in May, 1960; its first meeting -was .Tune 14, 1960.
Its objectives were to provide technical advice and guidance on its subject to government
and others, to provide critical evaluation of information on pest control effects, to stimulate
research, to foster cooperation, and to provide a forum for the discussion of problems
in its field.

. ^ /420

of pesticide management and effects." These reports sought to place
in proper perspective the issues that Miss Carson's book had raised, to
propose a course of national regulatory action, and to identify areas in
which further scientific research was urgently needed to improve pesti-
cide management.

Also during 1962 and 1963, the President's Science Advisory Com-
mittee was asked by the President to examine the problem ; it prepared
a substantial report on the subject, which was issued May 15, 1963.''^
Subsequently, a vigorous effort, was made by the staff of the House
Appro])riations Committee to restore perspective to the controversy.^'
A partial list of further contacts, extracted from the report, includes
the following :

To obtain information concerning the use of cbemical and noncliemiool means
of pest control, the staff interviewed officials of the Entomology Research Divi-
sion, the Pesticides Regulation Division, and the Plant Pest Control Division of
the Agricultural Research Service (ARS) of the U.S. Department of Agriculture
(USDA). In addition, officials of the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation
Service, the Cooperative State Research Service, and the Forest Service of
USDA, including the Division of Forest Pest Control and the Division of Forest
Protection Research, were interviewed with respect to the use of pesticides.

Officials of the Bureau of Regulatory Compliance, the Bureau of Scientific
Research, and the Bureau of Scientific Standards and Evaluation of the Food
and Drug Administration (FDA), of the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare (HEW), were interviewed concerning the registration and establish-
ment of tolerances and the research activities of FDA.

Officials of the Public Health Service (PHS) of HEW, Washington, D.C.,
including the Bureau of States Services and the Water Supply and Pollution
Control Division, were also interviewed.

Officials of the U.S. Department of the Interior (USDI) were interviewed con-
cerning USDI's pesticide programs and research.

In addition, a member of the panel on the use of pesticides of the President's
Science Advisory Committee, members of the current Pesticide Residues Com-
mittee of the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, and mem-
bers of the staff of the President's Office of Science and Technology were inter-
viewed.

The staff visited and discus.sed operations of 16 laboratories of ARS.

The staff visited five of the 18 district offices of FDA and di.«cussed matters
relevant to pesticides and the various incidents inve.stigated by the staff.

The staff vi.sited two district offices of PHS ; the research facilities of the
Communicable Disease Center, at Atlanta, Ga., and Wenatchee, Wash. ; the Na-
tional Cancer Institute and the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Dis-
ea.ses of the National Institutes of Health. Bethesda, Md. ; and the Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.

The staff observed the research facilities and operation.s of the USDI at Den-
ver, Colo. ; Gulf Breeze. Fla. : and Laurel, Md. ; and discussed with officials of
these laboratories the USDI programs being conducted to ascertain the effects
that pesticide residues have had on fish and other wildlife.

*^ A sympnsixira on pest control and wildlife relationships. By Committee on Pest Control
and wildlife Rel.ntionships. Mar. 10. 1961, 25 pp. (pnblication 897) ; Pest Control
and Wildlife Relationships. Pt. 1 : Evaluation of Pesticide-Wildlife Problems (1962). 2S pp.
(publication 920-A) : pt. 2 : Policy and Procedures for Pest Control (1962) 5.3 pp. (publica-
tion 920-B) : and pt. .3: Research Need.s (196."',). 28 pp. (publication 920-C).

48 "Use of Pesticides." A report of the President's Science Advisory Committee. The
White House. May 15. 1963. op. clt.

*"! "Effects, Uses, Control, and Research of Agricultural Pesticides." (A report by the
surveys and Investisratlons staff). Apr. 19, 1965. Reproduced In: U.S. Conjrress. House.
Committee on Appropriations. Department of Aprlculture Appropriations for 1966. Hear-
ings before a subcommittee of the * * * pt. 1. 89th Cong., 1st sess. (Washington, U.S..
Government Printing Office, 1966), p. 165. This Inquiry was begun In 1964. The staff
intervif'wed more than 185 outstanding scientists and 2.3 physicians, including offlcinLs of
the American Medical Association and university medical school faculties, having knowledge
of tiie properties, the uses, and the known and potential benefits and hazards of the use
of pesticides. Included were biochemists, biologists, chemists, entomologists, nutritionist^^,
plant pathologists, toxicologlsts, zoologists, and a geneticist, as well as experts in agri-
culture, conservation, and public health.

421

OflScials of 15 State departments of agriculture, 11 State departments of con-
servation, fi%'e State departments of health, and the departments of health of
the District of Columbia and of Dade Gounty, Fla., were interviewed concerning
the effects of pesticide residues on man, wildlife, and other animals, as well as
the departments activities with residues in food. OflScials of agricultural experi-
ment stations of eight States and professors at 18 universities were also inter-
viewed.

A major committee investigation of pesticide management was car-
ried on for nearly 2 years by the Senate Committee on Government
Operations.*® As the decade of the 1960's neared its close, the issue of
environmental preservation was becoming more and more acute. The
limited aspect of pesticide management as such appeared to have been
reasonably resolved (except for several local efforts to ban long-lived
insecticides). But the broader issue of environmental preservation
promised to remain alive for an indefinite future.

Resolution of the chemical pesticide issue

There appeared, as the controversy over pesticides subsided, to be a
consensus on the following points: {a) pesticides presented varying
degrees of serious danger to man and his ecology ; (&) they were essen-
tial for agriculture and control of disease vectors; {c) their use should
l>e cautious, selective, controlled, and disciplined; and {d) more knowl-
edge was needed of their consequences for man and for the ecology.
This set of conclusions had been the gist of the findings in the sym-
posium of the National Academy of Sciences in 1961, which concluded
on the following note :

No responsible wildlife biologist would advocate the abrupt prohibition of
chemical pesticides, even if such a prohibition were within the realm of possi-
bility. Properly used by responsible individuals, they serve an important purpose.
All that the biologists ask is that a greater degree of caution and responsibility
be demonstrated all the way from the manufacturer down to the spray-tank
operator and an awareness on the part of all concerned of the potential dangers of
overapplication. We also ask that more attention be given by Federal and State
authorities concerned with pest control in developing methods that will be less
hazardous to beneficial forms of life. When the chemists produce a product that
is specific for individual pest species, as they have already done with the sea
Jamprey, they will find the wildlife biologists leading the applause.^'

The 1963 PSAC report on pesticides observed :

Review of pesticides brings into focus their great merits while .suggesting that
there are apparent risks. This is the nature of the dilemma that confronts the
Nation. The Panel has attempted to state the case — the benefits, the hazards, and
the methods of controlling the hazards. It can suggest ways of avoiding or lessen-
ing the hazards, but in the end society must decide, and to do so it must obtain
adequate information on which to base its judgments. The decision is an uncom-
fortable one which can never be final but must be constantly in flux as circum-
stances change and knowledge increases.^"

Accordingly, the report urged expanded research in the relationship
of pesticides to human disorders, more conservative control of the use
of especially hazardous and persistent pesticides, the gathering of data
on exposure levels of categories of the population in contact with pesti-

*" Interagency Coordination in Environmental Hazards (pesticides). Hearings • ♦ *.
Op. cit. This investigation aecumulated 2.028 pp., covering 20 days of hearings, and 270
exhibits. It consulted 94 witnesses, including 55 representatives of Federal agencies, six
of State agencies, 19 witnesses from private industry, and li2 scientists from academic
institutions or unaffiliated. The final report of the investigation, July 21, 1966, took 86 pp,

*» Ira N. Gabrielson, of the Wildlife Management Institute, In : "Symposium on Pest
Control and Wildlife Relationships," op. cit., p. 25.

™ Interagency Coordination in Environmental Hazards (pesticides). Hearings • • *.
Op. cit, p. 38.

422

cides, the gathering of data on residue levels, and the determination
of residue tolerances of man and the ecology.

The staff report of the House Appropriations Committee suggested
that Miss Carson's book had been one-sided and had "unnecessarily
caused public concern over the ill effects of chemical pesticides on the
public health." Nevertheless, the book had also been beneficial in "col-
lecting information on the improper uses of pesticides and on the re-
sulting possibilities of danger to public health."

Moreover, the author emphasized the need for greater public support of efforts
to (a) discover selective chemical pesticides that would be poisonous only to the
particular insect or other organism to be killed ; (&) develop useful physical and
biological pest-control methods; and (c) intensify the study of acute and chronic
effects of chemical pesticides on man, fish, birds, and other animals. Greater effort
has, indeed, been devoted to such problems since the publication of "Silent
Spring." "

In the Senate hearings before the Government Operations Subcom-
mittee, Miss Carson herself helped to restore perspective to the pesti-
cide controversy. In a colloquy with Senator Ribicoff, who chaired
the hearings, the following exchange occurred :

Miss Carson. That is a fair statement; yes. It would not be possible, even
if we wished to do so, to eliminate all chemicals tomorrow.

A great deal of the discussion of "Silent Spring" and of the issues has, as you
say, been placed on an all-or-none basis, which is not correct. This is not what I
advocated, sir.

Senator Ribicoff. In other words, you recognize that many of these chemical
poisons have produced many benefits both to public health in combating disease,
and to nutritional health in improving the quality of our food supply.

Miss Carson. They have produced benefits. My concern is about the serious
side effects.

I think that we have had our eyes too exclusively on the benefits, and we have
failed to recognize that there are also many side effects which must be taken into
consideration. However, what I have advocated is not the complete abandon-
ment of chemical control. I think chemicals do have a place. In fact. I have cited
with great approval the coordination of chemical and biological controls such
as is applied, for example, in the apple orchards of Nova Scotia.

Senator Ribicoff. And am I correct, then, that your primary objection is
against the indiscriminate use of pesticides and use where they are not neces-
sary, and their excessive use even where they are necessary ?

Miss Carson. That is correct, and I think that instead of automatically reach-
ing for the spray gun or calling in the spray planes, we must consider the whole
problem. We must find out first whether there is any other method that can be
used.

If there is not, then we should use chemicals as sparingly and as selectively
as we can, and we should use them in such a way that we do not destroy the
controls that are built into the environment.

Senator Ribicoff. In other words, you do not believe that next spring will be
the silent spring, but that injury to wildlife and to man himself will become an
ever-increasing threat in the years ahead, unless proper safeguards are de-
veloped and new techniques, such as biological controls, are put into practice.

Miss Carson. I think we must begin now to take account of the hazards to
change our methods where and when we can."

The final report of the Senate pesticide investigation, July 21, 1966,
drew attention to the need to consider every technolo.Qrical innovation
in the light of its benefits and risks. The Carson book had emphasized
the risk side of the equatio7i. In response to this empliasis, some wit-
nesses— said the report — had urged that pesticides "should be virtually

^ Department of Asrriculture Appropriations for 1966. Op. clt., hearings, pp. 169-170.
B2 Interagreney Coordination in Environmental Hazards (pesticides). Hearings * * *.
Op. cit, p. 220."

423

bamied-' while pesticide producers and users, in an overreaction to
this response, had contended that "no problem whatsoever existed."
Government witnesses concerned with administrative aspects of the
problem, had "attempted to oversell their present work and to mini-
mize past deficiencies." ^^ Then the committee offered four groups of
specific recommendations. These were :

1. To strengthen the present regulatory system :

(a) Enact legislation to prevent contamination of the environment by
unintentional release of hazardous substances through industrial waste dis-
posal, used containers, mislabeling, or faulty application. Such legislation
should include registration with the Secretary of Agriculture of facilities for
pesticide manufacture, compounding, processing or packaging, assurance of
good operating practice and product quality control by factory inspection,
sampling and analysis; provision for deeming "misbranded" any pesticide
made in an unregistered or substandard facility ; and Federal court injunc-
tion authority and civil penalties for enforcement of the law.

(&) rrovide Federal grants to the States to promote uniform training,
methods and equipment in monitoring pesticides in the environment and
detecting residues in food stuffs.

(c) Emphasize the education and information requirements on manufac-
turers and Federal recommending agencies with respect to the nonagricul-
tural or nonprofessional user of pesticides.

(d) Arrange international agreements on pesticide residue tolerances,
detection and analysis techniques, monitoring networks and effects on migra-
tory birds.

(e) Enact legislation providing uniform indemnification for bona fide
injuries resulting from legal actions by the Food and Drug Administration,
after accurately following recommendations of another Federal agency or
due to good-faith mistakes by Federal officials performing inspection activi-
ties. The Federal Tort Claims Act now specifically excepts these claims.

2. To improve coordination of Federal programs which affect the environment :

(a) Provide legislative authority for the mission and activities of the
present Federal Committee on Pest Control.

(&) Improve the quality and speed of translation of scientific information
into policy terms, and from scientists to agency decisionmakers.

(c) Improve the coordination of research by requiring agencies to register
programs with the Science Information Exchange: and obtaining annual
budgetary summations of work in different agencies in a common framework
of terminology.

3. To increase human health and longevity with respect to the debilitating
effects of exposure to environmental contaminants :

(a) Encourage, within the DHEW. the rapid formulation of the environ-
mental health program.

(6) Increase, by means of FDA or NIH grants, research in human
pharmacology.

(d) Accelerate the development of nonehemical pest-control methods.

(e) Enact legislation, if necessary, to provide good hygiene practice among
agricultural workers with pesticides.

(/) Foster an awareness of possible danger from improper use of hazardous
substances by educational programs on health in the chemical age.

4. To develop a more adequate basis for future national policy in environ-
mental management :

(a) Establish, within the appropriate science based executive agency, a
program to accumulate factual knowledge on the present and future status
of the environment.

( 6 ) Encourage, as public policy, the concept that Federal activities which
affect the environment shall be administered to provide the greatest net
gain for society in accomplishing broad national objectives.

^ Interagency Environmental Hazards Coordination. Pesticides and Public Policy. Re-
port * * •. Op. cit., p. 65.

424

(c) Accelerate the interpretation of science to the public in order that
the risks and benefits of new technology may be known by the public.

(d) Increase congressional oversight of the administration of the regula-
tory programs which concern those activities capable of affecting man's
relationship to his environment."

However, the essence of the report is perhaps best reflected in the
following short passage :

The public debate over pesticides is but one facet of a wider debate which
reflects a greater sensitivity to the fundamental questions raised by the con-
tinuing and accelerating pace of man's modification of his total environment.
Pesticides are but one factor and we are increasingly aware that our environ-
ment is being altered even more dramatically by air and water pollution, atomic
fallout, and the population explosion.

These are manifestations of the great is.sues of our time — man's relationship to
the world around him. As we come to appreciate more keenly the significance of
this vast, accelerating, irreversible alteration of our environment we recognize
the need for stocktaking and the necessity of endeavoring to take into account
all the multitude of complex relationships between man and his natural and
artificial surroundings."

Pesticides as one of nwrny pollutants of the environment

Shortly before the Senate committee report appeared, another PSAC
report was released by the White House. November 5, 196.5. This was a
study by an Environmental Pollution Panel, which dealt with pesti-
cides as one of numerous factors degrading the human environment.
It observed that arrangements to deal with pollution had evolved on
a piecemeal basis, that consideration of side etTects of some pollutants
(such as pesticides) had been scant, and that it was essential to make
advance evaluation of potentially major hazards before their effects
became widespread. ^° Of 104 recommendations offered by the Panel,
11 specifically mentioned pesticides, and many others liad obvious
implications for the control of pollution caused by pesticides. Perhaps
the best epitome of the report was its first recommendation, under
"principles.'- This was:

The public !<hould come to recognize individual rights to quality of living, as
expressed by the absence of pollution, as it has come to recognize rights to edu-
cation, to economic advance, and to public recreation. Like education and other
human rights, improved quality of life from reduced pollution will be costly to
individuals and governments. [Italic in original.]

It was evident that a considerable increase in official and public
understanding of the pesticide problem had occurred between 1947
and 196.5. However, it is also notable that this growing appreciation of
the problem had not been accompanied by comprehensive legislative
action. Xo comprehensive legislative enactment resulted from the agi-
tation over the "Silent Spring."' This was a "hig'hly technical" matter
in 1947; it was more so by 1962; and it was vastly more so by 1967 or
1968. Public insistence on action is most clear cut when the action pro-
posed is clear and unequivocal. The public appeared ready to demand
action when pesticides were identified as the villian of the piece, in
1962. But the public began to lose interest when the issue turned out
to require a balance between opposites : either the unrestricted use of
chemical pesticides or the absolute prohibition of chemical pesticides

" Ibid., pp. 67-68.

f-s Ihld., p. 66.

■'■^ U.S. Presldont's Sclpnce Advisory Cnmmlttpp. Restorlntr thp Quality of Oiir Environ-
ment. Report of thp Environmental Pollution Panel. President's Science Advisory Com-
mittee. The White House, November 1965. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1965). p. 14.

425

would h;ive spelled disaster. The question was rather: How much
re<T:ulatioii of what kind ?

The answer to this question would chanofe from year to year. PerliajDS
the law passed in 1947 was adequate at that time. The retjulation it
authorized has been found responsive to demands for strong^er controls.
At the same time, there will always be a need for more Rachel Carsons
to demand better and more up-to-date decisionmaking in the balancing
of benefits and risks, as performance tends to lag behind the standards
the public expects or requires. Following the Grovernment Operations
Committee investigations, at the suggestion of the Department of
Agriculture (by letter of August 13, 1965) , Senator Ribicoff introduced
proposed amendments ("Federal Pesticide Control Act of 1965," intro-
duced August 30) to tighten the regulatory control over manufacturers
of coimnercial poisons. However, no action was taken on the proposal.
Other bills had called for the banning of long-lived insecticides and
for a closer control over the use of pesticides in programs funded by
the Federal Government. The Congress may have deferred action after
1963 in order to assess the effectiveness of administrative measures to
tighten existing controls, corresponding efforts in the States, and the
vigorous response of pesticide manufacturers toward self-regulation
under the threat of further Federal action.

The enactment of legislation to restore or preserve the environment
has become increasingly difficult precisely because more is known
about the enormous complexity of the problem. The public has a stake
in the outcome, but the issues of total environmental quality are not
obvious or clear cut. Invariably, there are trade-offs of benefit and risk.
Issues tend increasingly to draw into controversy more and more
groups with special interests, who predictably react against each other
with prejudiced reading of evidence toward foregone conclusions. As
the balancing of benefit and risk becomes more delicate, and failure
more dangerous, the need grows for the development of a new decision
process which permits a degree of separation between the technological
and political aspects of environmental questions. As technology' ad-
vances, it l:»ecomes easier to imagine some new technology that prema-
turely bursts into wide public use before the established routines of
public protection have discovered its concealed potential for disaster.
In the words of another congressional document :

A well intentioned but poorly informed society is haphazardly deploying a
powerful, accelerating technology in a complex and somewhat fragile environment.
The consequences are only vaguely discernible.^'

"U.S. Congress, House Committee on Science and Astronautics. Managing the Environ-
ment. Report of the Siibcomraittee on Science. Research, and Development to the * • *.
Serial S. Committee print. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1968), p. 6.

CHAPTER SIXTEEN— CONGRESSIONAL DECISIONS ON

WATER PROJECTS

I. Introduction

The subject of this chapter is the development of information per-
tinent to decisions by the Cong:ress as to whether to authorize particu-
lar water projects. This perennial task has been a vexing one for a
number of reasons :

( 1 ) Water is a flowing resource ; therefore, it is in dynamic mo-
tion. This implies that the mathematics and the analytical prob-
lems of water are inherently complex and difficult.

(2) Water touches man's existence at many vital points, con-
stituting both property rights and aspects of human survival and
welfare. In this way, it generates many and deeply felt political
issues.

(3) Water projects are large and costly, but are localized in
particular communities; expenditures for such projects are a
significant tax on national resources, but their impact is primarily
restricted to regions where they are sited.

(4) Water, and the relations between man and water, are af-
fected by many changes in the human condition : population num-
bers, political organization, and technology. Water problems thus
need to be redefined and new solutions found for them by each
new generation, invariably in a more complex setting.

Philosophically, it does not matter whether water is considered the
ultimate resource, or whether soil, water, and air — taken together —
comprise the ultimate and essential elements for human survival. Wa-
ter is certainly central to man's existence and welfare. Life itself be-
gan in the water. Without water, human survival is impossible. Man
himself is composed of some 70 percent water, and every living crea-
ture is more than half water. The surface of the earth is 71 percent
water. Water is essential to sustain man — to support agriculture, for-
ests, and animal life. The hydrologic cycle provides rain for the land,
purifies the air, nourishes the rivers that flow back to the oceans, and
replenishes the ground waters that underlie much of the surface of the
land.

Water projects provide civilized man with many benefits; they im-
pose some hazards: and they also alleviate some hazards of nature.
( See illustrative table. )

EXAMPLES OF WATER PROJECT BENEFITS, HAZARDS OVERCOME, AND HAZARDS CAUSED

Hazards or costs Hazards or costs that may

Project benefits alleviated by projects be caused by projects

Transportation Floods -_. Permanent inundation.

Irrigation Erosion Project costs.

Power. Waterlogged land. Losses of local tax revenues.

Municipal water supply. Low flow Losses of scenic values.

Recreation.. Dislocations and removals.

Economic stimulus Microclimatic impairment.

Additional habitat in reservoirs for water-
fowl, etc. Degradation of wild environment and wild-
life habitat.

(426)

427

In short, water is broadly involved with human activity : with the
sociology of human relations, the political science of joint human
enterprises and decisionmaking, the economic considerations of prop-
erty and value and work, the technological aspects of engineering
design of human-built structures to serve dozens of separate and dis-
tinct purposes, and with the broad analytical, statistical, and techno-
logical problem of forecasting and responding to changes in all of
these disciplines.

Growing comflex'ity of Tnodem loater management

A resource so intimately involved with the survival and well-being
of man inevitably reflects the growing complexity of the human con-
dition. Each man's uses of water change its quality and its availability
for successive uses. Human uses of water and needs for water change
in response to the growing density and complexity of an industrial
civilization.

Even the initial decision as to who should make decisions about
water is complicated by the nature of water itself. The products and
ser^nces resulting from public works to exploit water resources have
universal value. But the values from any particular water project
serve only some partial geographical segment. Water projects are
characteristically of precisely defined geographic scope within a com-
munity or region. Since rivers are a primary geographical feature used
to mark boundaries between political jurisdictions (nations, States, or
communities), water projects frequently involve multiple political
jurisdictions. Moreover, the infinity of ways in which water is impor-
tant to man means that as the range of government programs in human
security and welfare grows wider, an ever-increasing number of agen-
cies and departments of government share in decisions regarding
water management and development.

An unmanageably large volume of literature has been produced on
the subject of water management. It would be impossible to sift all
the available knowledge and thought about the technology and man-
agement of this resource. Yet, despite this abundance of data, there
remain great gaps in available knowledge, and significant omissions
in underlying theory. The interactions of water with man and with
other aspects of ecology are endless; an enormous array of research
goals must be achieved before anything approaching a definitive
knowledge of the role of water in relation to man becomes available.

Thus, die effective management of water places requirements on
basic and applied science to reveal more about the resource, and on the
developing skills in information management to bring order and
accessibility to the growing volume of information about it. Rather
than yes-or-no decisions, water development is coming to present prob-
lems of choices among alternatives, conditioned by the particular cir-
cumstances prevailing in a particular environment.

It is becoming increasingly evident that a complete, precise, durable,
and universally accepted set of principles governing the suitability of
plans to exploit water is not feasible. Preferences — choices among
alternatives — can be ascertained, although usually for limited periods
of time, but there appear to be no positive laws that fix for all time
the correctness of findings —

As to which projects should or should not be undertaken ;
As to what priority should be assigned to each project;

428

As to the proper size and scope of services that should be ren-
dered b}' any individual project;

As to the relative merits of economic products and qualita-
tive values ;

As to the organizational structure for water planning and
management ;

As to the charges to be levied on beneficiaries of such projects;
As to the effect of the passage of time on all of these varibles.
Strong reliance on economic criteria has been a characteristic of
20th century government, whether applied by "liberal" or "conserva-
tive" leadership. Measurable contribution to industrial prosperity, the
health and profitability of industry and commerce, rates of expansion
of enterprise, wage and employment levels, tax revenues, and stand-
ards of living have been primary factors by which regional develop-
ment programs have been judged. The constitutional goal of "welfare"
has been interpreted largely in economic terms. Accordingly, a princi-
pal basis for evaluating water projects has been their economic benefits
and costs. It was hoped that by a careful, and increasingly precise,
totaling up of all the beneficial and adverse impacts of a particular
project or assemblage of projects it Avould be feasible to ascertain
whether or not to sponsor them.

The crediting of economic costs and benefits in the management of
water is made complex, however, by the particular characteristics of
water and water projects, such as—

The nature of water itself, as a material occurring in nature
in enormous abundance, having no monetary value of its own,
and valued more or less inversely according to the extent and un-
desirability of the impurities in it: also, as a material that is
constantly replenished by the hydrologic cycle, generally in mo-
tion, and not consumed in the process of being used ;

The nature of attitudes toward water, differing according to
local social values, customs, and laws:^

The fact that some costs and benefits of water projects can be
assigned quantitative values and some cannot ;

The fact that some values of water projects have both quantita-
tive and qualitive elements ;

The fact that different benefits from Avater accrue to different
parts of the total population ;

The fact that some costs and some benefits of water cannot be
monetized relative to those persons most directly affected;

The fact that some benefits result only from an increase in
some costs, both quantitative and qualitative, and that benefits and
costs are distributed differently ;

The fact that an increase in some one benefit from a water
project is often at the expense of a reduction in some other benefit.
The importance of water as a natural resource makes enlarge-
ment of its social utility an important function of Government. With
advancing technology, the variety of the uses of water tends to in-
crease. With increasing population, the inicnsity of tlie use of water

^ For exajnples, reprocessed sewage is nowhere recycled Into reuse, even though it?
quality can be raised to acceptable levels: water from the Hudson River is unacceptable
for use in New Yorl< City, although water from the Delaware River is acceptable to Phila-
delphia, under parallel circumstances ; water law is conditioned regionially by its importance
in use on the land : and although quality is the primary consideration in the utility of
water, it is not assigned any differential monetary valuation to users on this basis.

429

tends to increase. With increasing variety and intensity of use of
water, its degradation by any particular user — municipal, industrial,
agricultural, or powerplant coolant — tends to have an adverse impact
on a wider reach of other users and on tlie ecolog}- or environment. Ac-
cordingly, there has been a progressive tendency in the United States
for an increasing scope, scale, and intensitj^ of exploitation and con-
trol of its uses by the Federal Government, Along with this trend,
the problem has become more critical as to the decisionmaking func-
tion on water projects. Techniques have been sought to solve such
problems as —

The allocation of tax revenues as between current outlays and
investment in capital expansion ;

The allocation of capital inA^estment funds among competing
claims, including water projects ;

The determination, for an^- given water project, of cost distri-
bution among the various benefits that are to accrue from it;

The evaluation of comparative importance of joint values, some
of which are qualitative and cannot be monetized, in recognition
of the competition among values in the planning of any particular
project;

The administration of charges for services rendered by water
projects, to systematize direct repayment for some part of the
investment, from such sources as —
Power revenues ;
Charges for irrigation water;

Use taxes or admission fees for recreational uses of facili-
ties.
Recosfnition of the relationship to water projects of such in-
direct charges or sources of revenue as —

Increased local or regional income tax revenues ;
Stimulus of new capital formation to national economy
and tax revenues :

Esthetic enhancement of the environment.
The Congress is confronted with the need for answers to these
problems, not only to determine the ultimate mode of payment in
return for capital investment in water resource development projects,
but also to determine the relative claims of various projects (or various
regions seeking such projects) in order to establish a rational priority
among many claimants. Decision-making is rendered critical by such
trends as the expanding range of water services, the increasing costs of
providing these services, the increasing needs of the population for
such services, the public demand for progressively higher quality of
ser%4ces, and the limitations imposed by the finite volume of the basic
resource (which is itself undergoing degradation both functionally, as
it moves through, successive uses, and chronologically as more users and
uses appear).

II. EvOLUTiox OF U.S. Policy ix Water Resource Management

A primary consideration of almost all human society and organiza-
tion is the use and development of water. Xew York City grew great
because of its harbor and the Erie Canal that opened transportation to
the hinterland. Los Angeles began its pei-iod of rapid modern expan-
sion when, in 1916, the Los Angeles Harbor was completed, the Pan-

430

ama Canal was opened, and the Owens Valley aqueduct began to bring
water from the eastern slopes of the hii2:h Sierras into the metropolitan
area. A primary purpose of the Louisiana Purchase was to open the
Mississippi River to the world's ocean traffic, and to bring the vast
inland basin into the world's economic orbit. Major cities grew up
along the Nation's watercourses: Pittsburgh, St. Louis, Omaha,
Richmond, Little Rock, Cincinnati, Kansas City, Sacramento, Des
Moines, Shreveport, Dallas, Albany. During the early years of the
19th centuiy, industrialization meant the establislnnent of factory
cities along the fall line, the point at which eastAvard-flowing rivers
dropped from the Appalachian plateau to the tidewater. Exploitation
of waterpower at this point enabled the settlers to operate the spindles
and shuttles of early textile machinery, to mill flour, shape furniture
on turning lathes, and the like, at Richmond, Norwich, Passaic, and
down the valleys of the Blackstone, the Roanolve, the Connecticut, the
Susquehanna. Even before the founding of the Republic, colonial lead-
ers were concerned with the development of water transportation to
open the inland empire to the sea. It is said that tlie Constitutional
Convention itself grew out of the efforts of George Washington and
his Virginia associates to construct a canal to link the Potomac hinter-
land to ocean commerce.^

Earliest action by the Federal Government in water development
concerned the construction of canals and removal of obstructions
to river navigation. Annual appropriations for such work became
routine, 1826-1839, lagged thereafter until the close of the Civil "V"\''ar,
and were revived in 1866. The first postwar rivers and harliors bill
contained an early explicit recognition of the need to couple benefits
with costs; it required cost estimates for each project, and also stipu-
lated that :

[Surveys should indicate] as far as practicable, what amount of commerce and
navigation would be benefited by the completion of each particular work * * *.'

Flood control became a Federal function with the granting of land
to Louisiana in 1849, proceeds from the sale of which would be used
for this purpose.* In the following year, a study program of flood con-
trol for the Mississippi River was authorized ^ but no immediate action
was taken on its findings. After a disastrous flood in 1874, a Missis-
sippi River Commission was established to prepare plans to " . . . pre-
vent destructive floods and promote and facilitate commerce, trade, and
the postal service."^ Thereafter flood-control activity gathered
momentum.

The first hydroelectric power system began operation in 1882 and, in
1890, to resolve the possible threat of conflict between navigation and
power dams, the Congress required that its approval of any such struc-
ture be obtained in advance.^ From this point onward, the issue was
joined between the conservationists and the advocates of private power.
The former held that land and associated water resources should be
classified by their actual value and leased, a method of management
which would enable Federal officials to determine priorities and regu-

- This episode is traced in Cleveland Rodgers. American Planning. Past-Present-Future.
(New York, Harper & Bros.. 1947). pp. 99-103.
3 Act approved June 23. 1866. 14 Stat. 70, 73.
* Act of Mar. 2, 1849, 9 Stat. 352.
5 Act of Sept. 30, 1850. 9 Stat. 539.
' Act of June 28, 1879, 21 Stat. 38.
' River and. Harbor Act of Jan. 27, 1890. 26 Stat. 454.

431

late the conditions of use. The latter favored a laissez faire policy of
exploitation for profit. Differences between the two Houses of Congress
obstnicted legislation to resolve this controversy. The House of Repre-
sentatives generally favored the conservationist position and the Sen-
ate was more inclined to favor private entrepreneurship. Eventually, in
1920, the Federal Water Power Act was passed, reserving to the Con-
gress the right to decide whether the Federal Government should
undertake to construct any recommended project.

The right of exploitation of surface water for irrigation in arid parts
of the country was initially relinquished to State or local control by
an act of July 26, 1866. Federal encouragement of private irrigation
projects followed in 1877. Finally, the Reclamation Act of June 17,
1902, provided for construction of irrigation works by the Federal Gov-
ernment with repayment by users of the water into a revolving fund so
as to amortize the principal in 10 years (with no interest charged).
Irrigated acreage in a single farm was limited from the outset. The
acreage limitation remained thereafter, but the payment time to com-
plete amortization, without interest, was extended by steps up to the
present 40 years (plus 10 years of initial development).

Early in the 20th century, it became apparent that in many instances
entire rivers were the best unit for planning, and that systems of dams,
locks, and powerplants could be designed to manage such streams as
a whole.

At about the same time, the idea gathered force that dams and water
systems could be designed to serve such multiple purposes as flood
control, navigation, and power production all together — thereby inte-
grating benefits while telescoping costs. Congressional insistence on
the concept of multipurpose planning of water projects was first evi-
denced in the Federal Power Act of 1920, which instructed the Federal
Power Commission to issue licenses for the construction of dams only
when —

* * * best adapted to a comprehensive scheme of improvement and utilization
for the purposes of navigation, of water power development, and of other bene-
ficial public uses * * *.*

Then, in the early 1920's, a plan was developed for a huge multipur-
pose project on the Colorado River below the Grand Canyon. The
plan, advanced in the "Weymouth Report," of which a preliminary
version was published as Senate Document 142, 67th Congress, Second
Session, proposed five sets of benefits :

(1) Flood control ;

(2) Power;

( 3 ) Silt reduction downstream ;

(4) Stabilization of low flow (for eventual downstream irriga-
tion and municipal use) ;

(5) Recreation.

Approved in the Boulder Canyon Project Act of 1928, the Hoover
Dam met all of these goals.

The most elaborate water program under single management,
before World War II, was the Tennessee Valley Authority, in which

8 Act of .Tune 10, 1920, 41 Stat. 1063. Earlier, In the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1917,
the Concresg had authorized creation of a Waterwa.vs Commission whose purpose was to
coordinate water studies to resolve questions relating: to navigation. Irrigation, drainage,
forestry, arid and swamp land reclamation, desllting, flow stabilization, flood control, power,
erosion control, and municipal, industrial, and agricultural water supply. (Act of Aug. 8,
1917, 40 Stat. 250.)

432

multiple purpose projects were coordinated in the comprehensive
development of an entire river basin, toward goals expressed in terms
of benefits to the people of the region and the Nation, rather than in
terms of quantitative accomplishment of engineering functions. The
TVA was given a wide charter as a Government corporation to con-
struct dams and transmission lines, to produce and sell electric power
to consumers or to wholesalers of its own choosing, to use power to
operate experimental fertilizer production facilities and sell fertilizer,
to develop river commerce, encourage industry and agriculture, and
to help develop all natural resources in the region. The purposes of
TVA as stated in the Act were :

To improve the navigability and to provide for the flood control of the Ten-
nessee River; to provide for reforestation and the proper use of marginal lands
in the Tennessee Valley ; to provide for the agricultural and industrial develop-
ment of said valley ; to provide for the national defense by the creation of a
corporation for the operation of Government properties at and near Muscle
Shoals in the State of Alabama, and for other purposes.*

The TVA Act itself had such novel features as force account con-
struction, development of recreation facilities, construction of ship-
ping terminals, adjustment of dislocations of populations and com-
munity facilities, and tecluiological demonstration programs. The act
also provided that costs of all facilities acquired by TVA should
be". . . allocated and charged up to (1) flood control, (2) navigation,
(o) fertilizer, (4) national defense, and (5) the development of
power."

The search for coherence in water planning

Unprecedented activity occurred in the field of water projects dur-
ing the 9 years immediately preceding World War II, mainly as a
means of alleviating unemployment. In addition, the "multiplier" ef-
fect of public capital formation and investment, as described by John
Maynard Keynes, was beginning to win credence.^" During these years,
TVA undertook a series of major construction projects. Several great
dams were built on the Columbia River, and others on the Missouri,
in the Central Valley of California, and elsewhere. Elaborate pro-
grams of flood control were initiated.

As a component of a very extensive planning program, a great
deal of planning of water resource development went on throughout
the depression years under the auspices of the National Resources
Committee (later the National Resources Planning Board; this plan-
ning program was terminated when the Congress withheld further
funding for the fiscal year 1943). This organization accepted many
of the approaches to river development that had first received prac-
tical and intensive demonstration in the TVA: the idea of total
planned engineering of a river basin, full use of multipurpose proj-
ects in such a system, recognition of the functional interaction of land
and water, and participation in the planning process by Stat« and
local "grassroots" representatives. However, the committee did not
explicitly embrace other TVA concepts, such as {a) the use of a sepa-
rate, semiautonomous, Government corporation as planning and
operational instrument in each river basin ; ( 5 ) programs of research

» Tpnnessee Valley Act of 1933, approved May 18, 48 Stat. 58.

i« John Maynard Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest, and Money.
(New York, Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1935.) See especially ch. 10.

433

by such corporations in applied technology for the region, along with
data-gathering and economic/technological studies; (c) demonstra-
tion programs of agricultural, silva-cultural, and industrial tech-
nology, related to the development of regional resources.

The National Resources Committee, in one illustrative document
on Public Works Planning ^^ discussed 17 major drainage basins of
the United States. It attacked "orderless, unintegrated treatment of
water problems''' and declared that "sooner or later, the maximum sup-
ply of water that can be made regularly available in each drainage
basin must be put to its best coorclinated use." ^" The report stressed
that plans needed to be flexible, in order to be adaptable to changes
in technology and in requirements :

No fixed or final water p^an is possible. Future water requirements in most
areas can be estimated only approximately and for comparatively short periods.
They will be affected by changes in density of population, in land use, in in-
dustry, and in social conditions. From time to time emphasis doubtless will be
placed upon different uses and problems of water. The nature and extent of
future changes of these kinds will be influenced in turn by the supply of water.
The .«upply now available may be insufiicient even for present needs. The extent
to which it can be increased may be unknown for lack of basic data on pre-
cipitation, infiltration, stream flow, and the like. Such data are lacking to
greater or less degree on both the surface and underground waters of almost
every drainage area. The general removal of these deficiencies in hydrologic
data will require many years even if adequate action to that end is initiated
promptly, since long-term records are indispensable for many major purposes.
The total supply of water that can be made available in a given drainage area
may change through the oi>eration of natural processes or through modification
of surface conditions by human action. For these reasons, any water plan, no
matter how frequently revised, must remain forever incomplete. Contimioiis
planning is necessary.

In calling for a "sound water policy" for the Nation, the committee
offered seven recommendations, as follows (recommendations 1-6
are paraphrased, and 7 is quoted in its entirety) :

1. The concern is not with water but with promotion of public safety, health,
convenience, comfort, economic welfare, and living standards.

2. Promotion of integrated use and control of water, recognizing changing
"considerations of technical feasibility and of economic and social justification."

3 Treatment of drainage basins as complete units.

4. Observance of the rights of the States.

.5. Planning based on thorough fact-finding and definitive study.

G. Costs of projects distributed to correspond with benefits, as far as possible.

7. In determining whether or not water projects are justifiable, and in dis-
tributing the costs of meritorious projects among the beneficiaries, it will take
properly into account social benefits as well as economic benefits, general benefits
as well as special benefits, potential benefits as well as existing benefits, wherever
they are involved. Some of these benefits are not capable of measurement, and
accordingly they commonly have been ignored in the past in evaluating certain
types of enterprises. They are subject to reasonable appraisal, however, and
their intangible nature will not justify their neglect in tlie future. In great
measure, they concern the public at large. A public water policy should assidu-
ously conserve and promote public interests. To this end, social accounting must
take its place with economic accounting. As effective water planning proceeds
year after year without interruption — planning based on fundamental and
exhaustive engineering, economic, and so-cial studies that cover all relevant
conditions — there inevitably will result not only a clearer understanding of
whiit constitutes the public interest, but also a greater opportunity to promote
it through equitable control and orderly development of water resources.

" National Resources Committee. Public Worlcs Planning. December 19.'')6. (Washinyton.
U.S. Government Printing Office, Dec. 1, 19.36), pt. II. Drainage Basin Problems and
Programs, pp. 25-35.

'-'Ibid., p. 32.

99-044—69 29

434

The criteria used by the committee in selecting projects were (in
paraphrase) :

(1) Projects yielding infonnation on which later expanded
programs could be based;

(2^ Projects for whicli adequate data were already available;
(3)' Projects with highest ratio of benefits to costs;

(4) "Multiple-purpose projects having relativel}^ high social
values for comparatively large numbers of people;"

(5) Urgent projects;

(6) Projects presenting no legal or other complications to
prompt initiation;

(7) Projects probably compatible with future comprehensive
plans ;

(8) Projects already authorized by the Congress.
However, the committee admitted that these criteria led to contradic-
tory guidance. It was not jDracticable — ^^indeed, it was "undesirable" —
to ^'assign absolute priorities to projects for the country as a whole,
for regional groups of drainage basins, or even for individual basins."
Moreover, "in the final analysis much depends on the judgment of
the investigators * * *." ^^

The National Resources Committee said it had been hampered by
the sparseness of data regarding river basins. Fortunately, however.
a growing body of information had been accumulatinof since 1927 on
the rivers of the United States. These were the "308 Reports" of the
Corps of Engineers, responsive to specifications in House Document
308, 69th Congress;, first session, and authorized in the Rivers and
Harbors Act of 1927." According to Theodore M. Schad, these were
"the first reports of a compreliensive nature on most of the rivers of
the United States and * * * have formed the foundation for a great
deal of multiple-purpose river basin development in the United
States." 15

During the early months of "World "War II, long-range water project
planning was suspended. Projects already under construction were
halted or accelerated, depending on tlieir relevance for war production.
(TVA's Fontana Dam v\as completed in record time during this pe-
riod.) But as the war neared its close, several countervailing themes
became dominant with reference to water resources policy. On the one
hand, there was a reaction, especially in the Congress, to the centraliza-
tion of Government functions resulting from depression and war: this
Avas expressed in a move to transfer resources planning functions, polit-
ical decisionmaking, and control to the States. On the other hand, there
was a recognition of the national obligation to avert future depressions
by sustaining employment at a high level; capital construction was
generally regarded as an important feature of programs for this pur-
pose. "Water development in particular was firmly established as an
important function of the Federal Government, with basin-wide
programs of multipurpose projects generally favored. Agency respon-
sibilities remain vested: in the Corps of Engineers for flood control

13 Ibid., p. 34.

" Act of Jan. 21. 1927. 44 Stat. 1010.

« Theodore M. Schad. Current Perspective on National Water Resources Planning. Feb. 21,
1962 Paper prepared for presentation to hydraulics division, American Society of Civil
Engineers, Houston, Tex. (mimeo. 1962), 48 pages.

435

and navigation ; in the Department of tlie Interior for irrigation and
reclamation: in the Department of Agriculture for erosion control:
and in the Federal Power Commission for dam authorization. Dam
construction and power production was performed by both the Corps
and the Bureau of Keclamation. Both agencies also engaged in exten-
sive planning of large multipurpose projects and basin studies, such
as the Pick (Corps of Engineers) and Sloan (Bureau of Reclamation)
plans for the Missouri River Basin.

Thus, by 1945, planning leadership in water development was
divided between local and national political jurisdictions with respect
to a multi jurisdictional resource; water functions were divided among
agencies, despite the great emphasis on total basin planning; and
purposes remained uncertain as long as all participants in the planning
represented different regional jurisdictions and agencies with differ-
ent finictional interests. Thereafter, two main lines of approach were
used to provide coherence: (1) the development of methods for tlie
formal evaluation of water projects nationally on strictly or essen-
tially economic terms ; (2) efforts to define national purposes and goals
for water development, and to relate individual projects to these goals.
Oyer the next 17 years, nine major studies of water problems and ad-
ministration were sponsored by the Federal Government to resolve the
issues involved in these contradictions and conflicting goals.

Emphasis of Truman administration studies on social goals

Various attempts had been made to rationalize tlie management of
Federal projects associated with river basin development, before 1945.
For example, in the 1944 Flood Control Act the Secretary of War was
to issue regulations for the use of storage capacity for flood control or
navigation at Federal dams, while the Secretary of the Interior was
responsible for the marketing of electric power, and management of
irrigation works supplied with water from Army dams. In 1943, a
Federal Inter-Agency River Basin Committee was formed by agree-
ment among the Departments of Agriculture, War, Interior,'and the
Federal Power Commission (later joined by Commerce and the Fed-
eral Security Administration — precursor to the Department of HEW) .
However, when the first Hoover Commission reported February 15,
1949, it found "glaring defects" in the organization and coordination
of Federal agencies concerned with water development and use. For
example, there was «* * * no effective agency for the screening and
review of proposed projects to determine their economic and social
worth." There was "* * * duplication and overlap of effort, and
policy conflicts * * *." There was "* * * considerable doubt as to the
proper assignment of capital costs as between irrecoverable costs at-
tributable to flood control and navigation, on the one hand, and
recoverable capital to be reimbursed from reclamation and sale of
water and power, on the other." ^^ Accordingly the Commission
recommended :

• ♦ • The creation of a Board of Impartial Analysis for Engineering and
Architectural Projects which shall review and report to the President and the
Congress on the public and economic value of project proposals by the Depart-
ment. The Board should also periodically review authorized projects and advise

'*The Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government (First
Hoover Commission). Reorganization of the Department of the Interior. A report to the
Congress, March 1949. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1949), pp 26-27

436

as to progress or discontinuance. The Board should comprise five members of
outstanding abilities in this field and should be appointed by the President and
included in the President's Office.

Groioing importance of qualitative criteria

Intan foible and nonmonetary benefit.? of water projects have long
been recognized as significant factors in decisions to proceed with
such projects. Saving of lives as well as reduction of risk of property
loss has certainly been a factor in flood control programs. Provisions
for tourism were made at such major earlier projects as Hoover Dam
and TVA — along with attention to architectural attractiveness of
structures. The Report of the Subcommittee on Benefits and Costs to
the Federal Inter- Agency River Basin Committee on Proposed Prac-
tices for Economic Analysis of Iliver Basin Projects, issued in May
1950 (the so-called "Green Book") , dealt mainly with quantitative eco-
nomic factors of project evaluation. However, it also took notice of the
fact that some effects "cannot be evaluated in monetary terms" and that
these should be "* * * d'^scribed with care and should not be over-
looked or minimized * * *."

Such effects in the field of costs may involve the possible loss of a scenic or
historic site in connection with a proposed dam. On the otlier hand, intangible
benefits may embrace such effects as the strengthening of national security and
the national economy, the substitution of power from replenishable water re-
sources for power produced from limited and nonreplaceable fuel resources : the
encouragement of a more widely dispersed industry; the provision of opportuni-
ties for new homes and new investment; and the provision of new avenues for
the enjoyment of recreation at d wildlife."

The study therefore recommended that all project effects sliould be
fully considered in making project recommendations. Moreover, said
the report:

Project effects which cannot be given monetary values should be recognized
and considered apart from the analy.sis of monetary values. If intangibles are
considered sufficiently significant to influence either project formulation or selec-
tion, it is important that intangible benefits and intangible costs be considered
to a comparable extent. Hince there may be general intangible effects from any
economic activity, any intangible benefits or costs from using economic resources
for project purposes must be considered in the light of tlio.se that would ari.se in
the absence of the project, that is. from their u.se for other expected purposes.
If specific intangible effects are considered important enough to influence the
recommendation for or against a project or the recommended degree of project
development, the minimum value attached to such specific intangible effects in
determining the recommended degree of development should be clearly indicated.
This may result in either curtailing or expanding the scale of development as
compared with that justified by tangible effects.^^

Inasmuch as the fir.st Hoover Commission had been concerned with
the restoration of the administration to a peacetime footing, on the
basis of its existing goals and functions, it made no extensive examina-
tion of the objectives of the executive branch. It dealt instead with the
assignment and distribution of functions already in being. In the field
of water resources development, the question of basic objectives and
means for their achievement became the subject of a different com-
mission, established by the President by Executive order, January 3,
1950. After some 11 months of activity, this advisory group, the

1" Federal Inter-Agency River Basin Committee on Proposed Practices for Economic
Analysis of River Basin Projects. Report to tlie * * *. Prepared by the Subcommittee on
Benefits and Costs. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, May 1950), pp. 26-27.

18 Ibid., p. 27.

437

President's "Water Kesources Policy Commission, made its report."
It was a vokiminons set of documents : Volume I ran to 445 pages, and
two supporting volumes ran respectively to 801 and 793 pages. Unlike
the even more volmninous but more particularized Hoover studies, the
"Water Policy Commission dealt with basic national objectives, policies,
and programs within its scope. "Water objectives were summarized by
the report in these terms :

* * * The maximum sustained use of lakes, rivers, and their associated land
and ground water resources, to support a continuing high level of prosi)erity
throughout the country. They should include the safeguarding of our resources
against deterioration from soil erosion, wasteful forest practices, and floods ;
the improvement and higher utilization of these resources to support an expand-
ing economy and national security ; assistance to regional development ; expansion
of all types of recreational opportunity to meet increasing needs ; protection of
public health ; and opportunity for greater use of transportation and electric
I)Ower.^

The report contained few surprises, and was evidently a compromise
betvreen two opposing concepts, that of strict cost and benefit analysis,
and that of welfare. Thus, the report proposed that the "same standards
and methods'- should be applied to the evaluation of all river basin
programs "to assure uniformity in the application of evaluation pro-
cedures.'' On the other hand, said the report :

The evaluation procedure should also provide that, where the sum of the
benefits so estimated is not suflScient to balance the direct and indirect costs,
the final decision by the basin commission on the merits of the project should
include a judgment as to whether the balance of general welfare benefits and
detriments contributes sufficient additional value to warrant construction of
the project.^

Representatives of the Bureau of the Budget were subsequently
called before the Subcommittee on Irrigation and Reclamation of the
House Committee on Interior and Insidar Affairs, to interpret the
Commission report. The chairman of the subcommittee. Representative
Clair Engle, said he had been "a little disappointed, at least a little
confused at times, as I have looked at this report." ^^ In response to
a question from Representative D'Ewart of Montana, a witness for
the Bureau of the Budget (Mr. Melvin Scheidt, an engineer-economist)
replied :

I think the report contemplates a system of financing in which, bj' agree-
ments with State and local governments with respect to certain secondary
benefits by the establishment of charges based on actual costs including interest for
vendable commodities and by assessing or determining values of general-welfare
benefits, a formiila would be devised whereby a project would be paid for in part
from revenues received from the sale of vendable commodities on a cost basis,
revenues received from water users on an ability-to-pay basis, ad valorem taxes
or other assessments received from special districts or local governments ; pos-
sible contributions from State governments, as a result of their interest
in certain aspects, including perhaps broad flood-control programs and finally

'"The Presidpnfs Water Resources Policy Commission, "A Water Policy for the Ameri-
can People." The report of the * * * 1950. Vol. I: General Report. (Washington, U.S
Government Printing Office, December 1050), 445 pages.

="Ibid., p. 10.

=1 Ibid., p. 11.

'^U.S. Congress. House, Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs. An interpretation of
the recommendations of the President's Water Resources Policy Commission. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on Irrigation and Reclamation of the * * * on an interpretation
of the recommendations of the President's Water Resources Policy Commission. ]Mav 18,
21, 22, 1951. Serial No. 6. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951), p. 3.

438

a meeting by the Federal Government of all additional costs on a straight
appropriation basis.^

However, he said later on, "this report, like the Bible, can be used as
an authority bv taking any passage out of it and lifting it out of
context * * *." 24

It was notable that the President's Commission had tried to integrate
many new values along with the conventional financial values of water
development. For example, it said of "evaluation" in chapter 4 :

No aspect of multiplepuriwse water resources development has been more
productive of confusion and controversy than the treatment of social, or in-
tangible, values. This is a relatively recent isisue ; it was not present in earlier
single-purpose projects constructed * * * solely for the realization of primary,
tangible benefits, most of wihich could be assigned directly to individual
beneficiaries.

Increasingly, when the Federal Government undertook large-scale multiple-
purpose basinvpide developments, social values became a significant factor in
project evaluation and authorization, allocation of joint costs, assignment of
benefits, and the determination of reimbursement requirements. At this juncture
It soon became apparent that prevalent patterns of thought and methods of
analysis were quite inadequate to cope with this new problem.

The positive social values inherent in water resources were immense
and vital, as were also the negative values, in terms of floods, erosion,
and pollution. There were social values of the highest order in re-
gional balance, in assured permanence of the resource base, in the
"widespread sense of well-being, hopefulness, confidence in the essen-
tial soundness of existing institutions * * * along with a sense of
responsible participation." Also important was the demonstration
to the world "* * * that a democracy can control its own destiny and
can manage its resources for the good of all the people." This, said the
report, "is the ultimate social value for our generation." And such
values "are actually more real and more vital [than material considera-
tions 'which heretofore have dominated our thinking about water
resources development'] because they constitute the motivation for
social action and the ultimate test of social survival." ^^

A different approach was taken by the President's Materials Policy
(Paley) Commission, that reported in June, 1952, in response to the
question: Has the United States of America the material means to
sustain its civilization ? ^^

The primary interest of the Paley Commission was whether essential
requirements of industry for quantity and quality of water could be
met in the foreseeable future.

Supply was mainly a regional matter. However, "supplying indus-
trial water in 1975 * * * -will constitute a major problem." For exam-
ple, the requirements of water for condenser cooling in steam electric
generating plants (44 percent of consumption use in 1950) was ex-
pected to triple by 1975. To increase water supply, the report rec-
ommended four approaches :

(1) Total usable supply in an area may be increased. (By
evening out supply by impoundment and ground cover.)

2»Tbirl.. p. 45.

2* Ibid., p. 67.

^ A water policy for the American people. The report of the * * ♦ 1950, op. cit., pp.
56-58.

2" The President's Materials Policy Commission. Resources for Freedom. A report to the
President by • * *. Vol. I : Foundations for Growth and Security. (Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, June 1952), 184 pages.

439

(2) Quality of a water may be improved tliroiigh treating
water just before use, or by removing or reducing sources of con-
tamination. (Desalting of sea water, for example.)

(3) Industrial users of water may cut consumption or modify
requirements. (Such as by resort to corrosion-resistant equip-
ment to tolerate water containing corrosive impurities.)

(4) In many areas available water can be better apportioned
among different types of users. (For example, less water might
go to irrigation and more to industry.)

The report proposed five principles, in addition to its general en-
dorsement of the findings of the President's Water Policy Commis-
sion:

(1) Planning and developing water resources must compre-
hend all aspects of collection, conservation, and use.

(2) The varied and complex problems of water can be attacked
best by integrated action in each major drainage basin, under
general national policy for use of water resources.

(3) Highest economic use must be made of scarce supplies.

(4) Benefits must exceed costs.

(5) Known beneficiaries should help pay for improvements.
Federal action, the report recommended, should be enlarged in the

areas of (a) basic studies and technological research, (b) the integra-
tion of programs, and (c) the abatement of pollution.

On the subject of pollution control, the Commission conceded that
complete abatement was "not an attainable goal" but that even to
achieve moderate improvement would entail investment of $9 to $12
billion, and : "Clearly it will pay the Nation to do more than it is now
doing." Industrial pollution control measures required cooperation of
Government and industry, but "to the greatest practicable extent pri-
vate sources of pollution should be eliminated at private expense." Al-
though taking note of the enactment of the Water Pollution Control
Act of 1948,^^ the Commission questioned its adequacy and suggested
such stronger measures as (a) a tax on pollution-causing industries,
and ( h ) augmented budget for construction grants and loans to both
municipalities and private industries."*

Allocation of costs and benefits: the role of economic analysis in
'planning
As long as water projects were devoted to a single purpose, decisions
as to whether or not any particular project should be built, the fixing
of priorities among projects and arrangements for relating payments
among beneficiaries, though difficult, were manageable. But when proj-
ects began to be undertaken to serve multiple (and sometimes con-
flicting) purposes, decisions became vastly more difficult. Direct costs
and benefits were still relatively specific as criteria — as for example in
the planning of Hoover Dam. However, the problem became enor-
mously complicated when entire river basins were included in the scope
of single projects, and when an array of secondary and intangible
benefits were taken into account.

^ Seech. 13.

^ Resources for Freedom — Vol. I : Foundations for Growth and Security, op. clt.. pp.
50-56.

440

The General Dam Acts of 1006 and 1910 had envisioned Federal con-
tributions to private water power dams, to provide for the direct costs
of locks or other navigation facilities. The idea of joint assumption of
joint costs, and separate assumption of the costs of specific parts of
multipurpose structures was advanced in connection with the Muscle
Shoals development on the Tennessee River, on the eve of World War

J 29

However, the first project in which cost/]')enefiit calculations befcan to
approach their ultimate order of complexity was the TVA. On this
project, the purpose of the cost /benefit calculation was mainly to pro-
vide a basis for the establishment of electric power rates. The act had
provided that TVA should make a findino; as to the portion of the total
capital investment that was attributable to power g-eneration, and that
this portion of the outlay should be amortized liy the sale of power. The
solution, as described by TVA Cliairman Gordon Clapp, was to use the
'"alternative justifiable expenditure method"' for the allocation of TVA
power charges :

That method * * * is this : That portion of the common cost of a niultiple-
puriw-'^e project which any one of the purposes served should bear is of the same
i-atio to the total as the maximum amount which that purpose could justify,
assuming a project were being built to serve that purpose alone, is to the sum of
the amounts which each of the several purposes could so justify.^"

Although this method was apparently adequate for the limited purpose
required, it was less suitable as a tool in the analysis of program
priorities, or to guide decisions as to whether or not any individual
facility should be built. According to one student :

Insofar as rational economic administration of water resources is pos-ible (and
desirable), the objective should be maximization of the complex of benefits rela-
tive to costs rather than maximization of any particular benefit. We have found
no need for allocations of joint costs in the planning of multiple purpose enter-
prise. Indeed, the danger is not inconsiderable that allocations would accomplish
more harm than good by becoming confused in the issues of project or purpose
feasibility. The feasibility of a project is contingent simply upon the relation of
total project cost to total benefits; the feasibility of a purpose at a project is
contingent upon direct cost for the purpose relative to purpose ))enents * * *. We
must conclude that apportionment of [joint cost] is at best a meaningless ritual.
[Moreover] the diflficulties of achieving * * * accurate appraisals are so great
that we question whether it is possible to formulate a program of water resource
development according to strict cost/benefit relations. We believe the effort is
doomed to fail. In the end social considerations and public policy rather than
hypothetical benefit valuations will be found to provide the more honest and
satisfactory guides for public water planning."

After World War II, the conceptual approach became firmly es-
tablished that Federal programs of vrater development should en-
compass entire river basins, with each planned facility to contribute
in balanced fashion all available benefits. The need for an orderly
and systematic method of characterizing an.d comparing costs and
benefits for each facility and each basin quickly became^ apparent.
Accordingly, in April 1946, the Federal Interagency River Basin

^■' Toseph Sirera Ransmeier. The Tennessee V.ille.v Authority. A Cost Study in the Eco-
nomics of Multiple Purpose Strer.m Planning. (Nashville, the Vanderbilt University Press,
194'' 1 pp 19''— 19.5

:»"u S Congress "House. Committee on Public Works. The Allocation of Costs of Federal
Water Resource Development Projects. Renort to the * * *. From the Snhcommittee To
Studv Civil Works. Dec. 5, 19.52. S2d Cong., 2d sess. House Committetj Piint No. 2.S
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952), p. 12.

31 Ramsmeier, op. cit., pp. 420-421.

441

Committee ^- established a Subcommittee on Benefits and Costs "for
the purpose of formulating- mutually acceptable principles and pro-
cedures for determining benefits and costs of water resources proj-
ects.'' ^^ After a year of effort (involving some 6,600 man-hours of
staff work and 50 meetings), the subcommittee produced a first prog-
ress report : the following year, it issued a second; eventually. May 25,
1050. on an accelerated basis, a semifinal report was completed by
the subcommittee and adopted by the parent committee —

* * * as a basis for consideration by the participating ag-eneies as to appli-
cation in their respective fields of activity in river basin development.**

A reason for issuing the document at this time was to provide a
coordinated expression of agency opinion to the President's Water
Resources Policy Commission, then considering the subject, as to
uniform evaluation of the various purposes and functions of water
develo]>ment projects. Purposes of the so-called Green Book ("Pro-
posed Practices for Economic Analysis of River Basin Projects")
were not to provide an arbitrary and exclusive method for determining
whether projects should or should not be constructed, nor even to
establish a relative priority among projects. On the contrary, the
report sought merely to establish that when quantitative data were
collected and analyzed, the procedures should be systematic, consistent,
and theoretically sound, so as to yield comparable estimates of benefits,
and costs.

Tlie status of the Green Book as a general standard of agency prac-
tire was described in 1952 by a House subcommittee in the following
language:

Assuming' that the Federal Interagency Elver Basin Committee should arrive
at proposed uniform standards of evaluation, there is no requirement that any
agency adhere to the findings of this voluntary group. It is reported at the
present time that the Committee is experiencing considerable difficulty in resolv-
ing differences among the agencies as to the evaluation of secondary or indirect
and intangible benefits.**

It was notable that the participating agencies were not willing to
make consistent use of this framework. For example, 2 years later
Secretary of Agriculture Brannan complained that there was "an
increasing tendency in the direction of burdeninnr power investments
with co=ts not related to power development * * *" although he added,
somewhat inconsistently, that "it is a common practice to allocate the
costs of multiple-purpose development to the nonreimbursable func-
tir:ns * * *.*' Speaking for the Department of the Interior, I"^nder-
secretary Searles said that policies regarding the allocation of costs
to reimbursable and nonreimbursable purposes were governed bv eco-
nomic considerations which "are not subject to a mathematical for-
mula."

This is one reason [he went on] why we do not believe in the ."0-year amortiza-
tion period but in amortizing on the basis of the service life of the project.

■^ A volnntarv ortranizntion of rppresentatives of the Corps of Enjrinfiers, U.S. Arm.v : the
Depart-ments of the Interior, Agriculture, and Commerce ; and the Federal Power Com-
mission, formed in 104.''..

'-■! "Proposed Prnotiops for Economic Analysis of River Basin Projects," report to Federal
Interacenc.v River Basin Committee. May 1050, op. cit., p. III.

^,* Idem.

^ U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Puhlic Works. Economic Evaluation of Federal
Water Rpsonrce Development Projects, report to the * * * from the Subcommittee to
Stndv Civil Works. Dec. 5, 10r)2. S2d Con?., 2d sess., House Committee Print No. 24.
(Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952), p. 2.

442

Chairman Buchanan of FPC sought to have his agency relieved
from responsibility for the determination of rates of power produced
at Government dams, and recommended "That the Congress be more
definite in laying down the standards, particularly with respect to
cost-allocation procedures and periods for amortization of invest-
ments * * *." ^^

A review of water project cost/benefit allocation policies was con-
ducted in 1952 by a subcommittee to study civil works of the House
Committee on Public Works. This subcommittee obtained the views of
all the agencies interested in water projects, and was critical of what it
found. It declared that "the approach to the problem differs with nearly
every agency and the agencies themseh^es do not approach each exam-
ple consistently." Moreover — "The absence of clearly enunciated ele-
ments of policy is a major contributing factor to interagency conflicts
and to many of the demands for executive reorganization and for the
establishment of an additional board for coordination and re\aew."

The Subcommittee identified and described the various methods of
cost allocation, such as :

Benefit method.

Alternative justifiable expenditure method.

Separable costs-remaining benefits method.

Use of facilities method.

Separate projects method.

Equal apportionment method.

Priority-of-use method.

Incremental method.

Direct-costs method.^"
It examined the various ways in which projects had been analyzed
according to some of these approaches. It then recommended —

1. That all costs of a water resource development project be allocated so that
each authorized purpose of the project will bear its own fair share of these costs
and share equitably in economies or savings resulting from the use of a multiple-
purpose development.

2. That the proposed allocation of costs for a project to the various purposes of
water resource development be initiated by the pertinent construction agency and
that the comments of agencies properly concerned with the allocation or the proj-
ect be made on such proposed allocation.

3. That the Bureau of the Budget, Executive OflSce of the President, be desig-
nated as the agency of the executive branch to approve both tentative and final
allocations of costs to the various purposes of water resource development
projects.

4. That hereafter all reports to Congress recommending the authorization or
adoption of a water resource development project or in view of an authorized
project include an allocation of all estimated costs together with an explanation
and justification of the method of allocation proposed by the principal reporting
agency and a statement of views thereon of each agency properly concerned with
the allocation or the project.

5. That in the event a change in the method of allocation or the purposes of
allocation is considered desirable subsequent to a report such as contemplated in
paragraph No. 3, supplemental report thereon be submitted to Congress for con-
sideration by the committees responsible for oversight of the project prior to any
firm commitments by the executive agencies on behalf of the Government based
on the revised allocation, such report to be included as a part of any more com-
prehensive report required to be made on the project.

6. That final allocations of capital cost be made only after completion of con-
struction when all investment costs are known.'"

3« Honse. Committee Print No. 23. (1952, op. eit, pp. 9-11).
s^Ihld., pp. 1-4.
»« Ibid., pp. 30-3?.

443

The House subcommittee recommendations, made on December 5,
1952, were followed by a quick response from the Executive Office
of the President. Near the close of the administration of President
Truman, December 31, 1952, the Bureau of the Budget issued Circular
No. A-47, "* * * designed to set forth the standards and procedures
which will be used by the Executive Office of the President in re-
viewing proposed water resources project reports and budget esti-
mates to initiate construction of such projects, submitted in accordance
with existing requirements." It declared that "all reports submitted
after July 1, 1953, * * * must conform to the requirements of this
Circular." This circular required that least cost alternatives should
be considered. Costs and benefits should be expressed in monetary
terms as far as feasible. Amortization of capital outlays should be for
periods of 50 years or less. A method was specified for determining
interest rates into the future. Power costs were to be fully reim-
bursable, and reclamation deficits should be identified as a "subsidy"
to irrigation. Moreover, reclamation projects should be reviewed by
the Secretary of Agriculture as to their relevance to national needs
for production from the area to be developed.

An agreement, March 12, 1954, involving the Bureau of Keclama-
tion, the Corps of Engineers, and the Federal Power Commission,
committed these agencies to use of principal criteria of Circular A-47
in developing recommendations to the Congress on multipurpose water
projects.

Further emphasis was placed on tightening the precision of quanti-
tative cost/benefit analysis, by the Commission on Organization of the
Executive Branch of the Government (second Hoover Commission, in
1955). This advisory body offered three basic recommendations con-
cerning national water policy (paraphrase) :

1. Full exploitation of water resources for national economic growth, strength,
and general welfare, organized by local and regional drainage areas, primarily
relying on State and local initiative ; "* * * before Congress authorizes or appro-
priates funds for Federal participation in any water resource project, it should
have substantial evidence that the project is economically justified and finan-
cially feasible, and that such project is essential to national interest :" consoli-
dation in one agency of hydrologic data collection, and in FPC the regulation of
rates for Federal power ; all pov&er revenues to be covered into the general fund
of the Treasury.

2. Creation of a Water Resources Board of Cabinet and public members, in
the Executive OflBce of the President to determine broad policies and devise
methods of coordination within the Government.

3. Strengthened evaluation of the merits of water development projects in the
Bureau of the Budget.^

The report of the Commission proper was supported by a three-
volume task force report on water resources and power, running 1,783
pages in length, that explored the subject in considerably deeper
detail. It stressed the need for fuller accounting of the costs involved
and for a more rigorous screening of asserted benefits from water
projects. It also suggested that priority should be given to projects
"preponderantly reimbursable" and that under conditions of high-
levef emplovment the benefit/cost ratio should exceed 1 : 25 to I.*'*

*» Conitriission on Organization of tiip ExecutlTe Branch of the Government. A Renort to
the Congress, Water Resources and Power, Vol. 1, June 1955. (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printlnc Office. 1955), pp. 36-39.

«> Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government. Task force
report on water resources and power, June 1955. Three volumes. (Washington, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1955), vol. 1, pp. 104-110.

444

It asserted that:

Tlie Federal Government has used water resources and power development
projects, which should be undertaken exclusively for economic purposes, to accom-
plish indirect social and political ends.*^

Moreover —

The Federal Government has paid too niiieh of the costs of water resource
and power development and has required too little of the beneficiaries.

The Federal Gov'ernment has planned, constructed, and paid for water re-
source and power development projects which are economically unsound and
hence waste the national wealth.

From the standpoint of financial return to the Federal Government, Federal
water resource and power projects which produce, or could produce, revenues
are not operated according to sound business principles, and do not produce
a return fairly related to their value; nor does the Federal Government uni-
formly require adequate contributions, either for the use of its money for capital
outlay or for operation and maintenance costs.*^

Further support for the position taken by the Second Hoover Com-
mission was g'iven by a Presidential Advisory Committee on Water
Resources Policy that reported December 22 of the same year.^^ This
report, rendered by the Secretaries of Agriculture, Defense, and the
Interior, urg-ed decentralization of water projects, with a larger share
of their funding provided locally. Specifically, it recommended :

(a) That, as a general policy, all interests participate in the cost of water
resources development projects in accordance with the measure of their bone-
fits; that the Federal Government assume the cost of that part of projects where
benefits are national and widespread and beneficiaries are not readily identi-
fiable; that power and mimicipal and industrial water users pay the full cost
of development; that where projects are primarily local, and the beneficiaries
are clearly identifiable, the Federal Government's contribution should be limited,
with non-Federal interests bearinsr a substantial portion of the construction
costs of the project as well as the replacement, maintenance, and operation costs;
and that under certain conditions the Federal Government may bear a higher
proportion of the costs.

(?>) That the Federal Government encourage non-Federal assumption of re-
sponsibility for construction of water resources projects by such means as the
payment of costs which would have been noni'eimbursable had the projects been
federally constructed, and the making or guaranteeing of loans to non-Federal
interests for certain purposes under proper safeguards.

Application of the principles advanced in Circular A-47 of the Bu-
reau of the Budcret, coupled witli the principles enunciated by the
Hoover Counin-sion and tlie Pi-esident's Advisory Conmiittee, came
under considerable criticism ]:)ecause of a damping effect on new starts.
Criticism centered on :

(a) The inclusion of tax losses incurred by the construction
of a proiect as a cost :

(h) The arbitrary imposition of a HO-vear amortization ceil-
ing on projects presumed to have a longer life ;
(r) The emphasis on tangible benefits ;

(d) The criterion that pi-ojects not incorporate power gener-
ation features unless power could be profluced from them more
cheaply than by any alternative federally financed source;

(e) The shift from the incremental method to the separable

" IMfl., V. 13.

"Ihid., pp. 14, 17, 22.

"T^S. Prpsidential Advisory Committee on Water Resourops Policy. Water Rpsonrces
Poiicv. A Report hv the * * '* on Water Resources Policy. Dec. 22, 1955. (Washington,
U.S. (Government Printing Office, 1955.)

445

costs-remaining benefits method of figuring costs and benefits of

hydroelectric phmts."**
Dissatisfaction was expressed in the House of Representatives over
the stringent application of Circular A-iT, during 1955, and in 1956
the Senate adopted a resolution, Senate Resolution 281, July 26, au-
thorizing an investigation by the Committees on Interior and Insular
Affairs and Public Works —

In consultation with other appropriate committees and executive agencies,
and to design and to formalize a comprehensive and particularized set of stand-
ards and overall criteria for the evaluation of all proposed projects for the con-
servation and development of land and water resources.

As a result of joint committee study pursuant to Senate Resolution
281, the chairmen of the two committees proposed that recommenda-
tions for new water projects be accompanied by factual (where feasi-
ble, quantitative) data as to direct and indirect costs and benefits, as-
surances of physical feasibility, cost allocations (calculated by at least
three methods) over 50- and 100-year time spans, evidence of interest in
the project by Federal, State, and local government agencies, reim-
bursement schedules, and probable effects of the project on State and
local governments, including tax revenues and taxes foregone. They
also suggested that schedules of planning activities and projects for
river basin developments be provided.^^

This recommendation was explained in the joint report of the Com-
mittee on Interior and Insular Aft'airs and the Committee on Public
Works pursuant to Senate Resolution 281, 84th Congress, It noted
tluit—

The Congress has, in general, established policies and criteria for the land and
water resources program through enactment of specific authorizations. In this
manner, modifications and extensions of policy have been evolved by the Congress
to meet changing conditions and needs. Possibly, the increased magnitude and
technical complexity of the land and water resources program might warrant
congressional reexamination or more explicit statement of criteria and require-
ments. Whenever such reexamination or restatement appears to be needed,
it is a proper function of the executive branch so to recommend to the Congress.
Regrettably, this course has not been pursued. Instead, the executive branch
apparently has instituted changes without congressional approval, and some-
times apparently without informing the Congress that such changes are made.

The report went on to observe that there had been a ''tendency for
the Congress to lose, in part, its responsibility for determining the
land and water resources program." The causes were executive defini-
tion and delimitation of the program and lack of information on
potential projects until they had received "clearances*' within the
executive branch.

Sub.sequently, the recommendations of the joint committee study
were embodied in Senate Resolution 148, which was agreed to January
28, 1958. In contrast with the findings of the President's Cabinet Com-
mittee, which had advocated a tightening of standards, local cost shar-
ing, and centralization of policy control in the executive branch. Sen-

^ Conerress and the Nation, 1945-04. A review of government and politics In the postwar
years. (Washinfrton. Congressional Quarterly Service, lf)G5), n. 832.

*" U.S. Congress. Senate. Committees on Interior and Insular Affairs and Public Works.
Conservation and development of water resources. Supplemental memorandum of the ehnlr-
S.nth Cong.. 1st sess. Committee Print No. 4 (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
1957), 65 pages.

446

ate Kesolution 148 proposed a liberalization of standards, accelerated
approval of projects, and increased participation by the Congress in
the decisionmaking process regarding individual projects, rather than
to have such projects arbitrarily screened out in the budgetary process
before they came to the Congress.

Resolution 148 focused attention on the wide gap in thinking be-
tween the Congress and the President, and appears to have set the
stage for a much more extensive examination of the issues of water
resource development that began 2 years later. This investigation,
which will be discussed in the next section of the chapter, provided
the i^rincipal source of information on which water ):)olicy and legis-
lation were based during the Kennedy-Johnson presidential years. By
1958, however, with executive branch and legislative branch controlled
by opposing political j)arties, and with a host of unresolved issues,
problems of formulating and executing a coherent national policy in
water resource management had become almost hopelessly compli-
cated. There was a limited consensus as to principles —

That planning and development of water resources should deal
with drainage basins as a whole;

That all resource benefits should be recaptured ;

That benefit/cost ratio was relevant to decisionmaking ;

That some degree of uniformity of method was needed in the
evaluative process;

That some degree of flexibility should be maintained in basin
development plans, to accommodate them to changing needs,
national conditions, and technology.

On the other hand, many major issues rem.ained unresolved —

As to the respective decisionmaking roles of Congress and the
Chief Executive;

As to the division of responsibility and the exercise of leader-
ship as between the Federal Government and the States ;

As to whether a single coordinating organization should be
established by the Federal Government for all national water
policy ;

As' to the respective interests and claims of competing agencies
with water resources responsibilities (especially the Corps of
Engineers and the Department of the Interior) ;

As to the extent to which intangible benefits and costs should be
considered along with tangible benefits and costs (in other words,
as to whether scope or precision of benefit/cost considerations was
of greater importance) ;

As to whether (and in what form) administrative organizations
should be established for each river basin ;

As to the source of standards and criteria of evaluation.
It was becoming increasingly evident, at this same time, that the
growing population of the United States was placing heavier burdens
on available water supplies and also on recreational areas. There was
concern with the growing hazards of water pollution. There was
increasing recognition of the serious research gaps that existed in the
field of water science and technology. In the fields of political decision-
making and administration, social invention had not kept pace with
need. Tlie enormous complexity of interests in conflict required clear-
o\\t poVicy guidance, rigorous fact^\il evidence, and sensitive capability
to weigh alternative policies and programs as to both tangible and

447

intangible benefits and costs. These interests were held by competing
economic groups, property owners, functional agencies, political juris-
clictions, competing exploitive users of water, and those with coniSict-
ing philosophies of political economy.

The benefit-cost ratio appears to be central to many of these issues.
The collection, organization, and consideration of quantitative factual
information about costs and benefits is an essential element in decision-
making, in choices among various alternative approaches to the devel-
opment of particular resources, provision of particular requirements,
and applications of limited financial resources to new capital construc-
tion on competing projects. However it has rarely if ever been the
wish of the Congress to be guided exclusively by such quantitative
information. Many intangibles and qualitative values also need to be
considered. The relevant questions in the use of the quantitative
information seem to be:

What relative weight it should receive, as against qualitative
values and considerations ?

Whether a rigorous budgetary- screening process tends to over-
emphasize the quantitative values at the expense of intangibles?
^ Whether a proper balance can ever be achieved as between na-
tional and regional interests that involve both tangible and in-
tangible benefits and costs ?

"\'\niet]ier si^ecifif^. procedures traditionally used for evaluating a
particular value (such as irrigation or flood control) as a part
of total national expenditures continue to be suitable when in-
corporated into an analysis of all benefits and costs of a river
basin project (where it is, in effect, in competition with other
functions of development in that area) ?

Whether, in dealing with entire basins, it is sufficient that the
total benefits outweigh costs, or whether each function should
separately pay its own way in full? (Or, conversely, whether one
paying function should be called on to subsidize a nonpaying
or deficit function ? )

Whether, indeed, the policies suitable in one river basin are
equally applicable to all? (Or, conversely, whetlier such consid-
erations as need for irrigation water, importance of pollution con-
trol in populous areas, and specialized water law, require adoption
of different policies peculiar to each particular river basin?)

Or, more broadly, should requirements for water be served in
accordance with priorities established nationally or regionally?

III. Senate In^-estigatiox Into ^^Tatioxal Water Policy

The widening of the differences between the Congress and the White
House regarding water policy, and an asserted paucity of new starts
on water development, motivated a strong effort in the Senate to pro-
vide a sounder foundation for a national consensus in this field.*® A

*« In the 84th. S5th. and 86th Congrresses. these rlifferences in outlook were notable. The
proposed Rivers and Harbors and Flood Control Act of 1956 (H.R. 12080) was (pocket)
retopd. Aner. 10, 1956. A similar bill, passed by Consrress in 1958 (S. 497) was aeain re-
.lected bv the President. Apr. 15. 1958, and was eventually modified to {rain his approval,
July ?j. A presidential "no new starts" policy was in effect. 1958-60, In public works appro-
priation requests by the administration, while Congress in this period repeatedly insisted
on the enlartrenient of water proiect budgets and plans. In 1959. the President denounced
congressional addition of 65 iinbudcreted new proiect starts, before siprning the Public
Works Appropriation Act : the act for 1960. which included 67 unbudjreted new starts, was
vetoed, slishtly modified, vetoed again, and overridden, Sept. 10, 1959. See Theodore M.
Scliad. "An Analvsis of the Work of the Sennte Select Committee on National Water Re-
sources, 1959-61." Natural Resources Journal. (August 1962), pp. 229-231.

448

A-ig'orous investigative effort v>-as set underway by Senate Resolution
48 of the 86th Congress, agreed to April 20, 1950. It called for the
establishment of a Select Committee on National Water Resources,
directed to study —

* * * the extent to which water resources activities in the United States are
related to the national interest, and the extent and character of water
resources activities, both governmental and nongovenimental. that can be
expected to be required to pro^ide the quantity and quality of water for use
by the population, agriculture, and industry between the present time and 1080.
along with suitable provision for related recreational and fish and wildlife
values; to the end that such studies and the recommendations based thereon
may be available to the Senate in considering water resources policies for the
future.

Manning and staifi.ng of the investigation

The Select Committee on National "Water Resources was to be made
up of IT Members of the Senate, supported by a staff of four, with an
initial budget of $175,000 to engage the services of outside con.sultants
and research groups.

^Members of the select committee were dra^n from four standing
committees : Interior and Insular Affairs, Public Works, Interstate and
Foreign Commerce, and Agriculture and Forestry. Its membership
was :

Robert S. Kerr, Oklahoma, Chairman

Thomas H. Kuchel, California, Vice Chairman

Dennis Chavez. Xew Mexico Frank E. Moss, Utah

Allen J. Ellender, Louisiana James E. Murray, Montana, Ex

Warren G. IMagnuson, Washington Officio

ClintonP. Anderson, New Mexico ]Milton R. Young, North Dakota

Henry M. Jackson, Washington Andrew F. Schoeppel . Kansas

Clair Engle. California Francis Case, South Dakota

Philip A. Hart, Michigan Thos. E. Martin, Iowa

Gale W. McGee, Wyoming Hugh Scott, Pennsylvania

Composition of \\\e select committee, drawn mainly from the arid
Western States, indicated both a regional and an irrigation emphasis.
However, the assurance of a broad approach was provided by the
manning of the staff. By agreement, staff liaison assistants were
provided from each standing committee represented. Additional
advisory assistance was provided by a number of staff members of
water resources agencies of the executive branch. The formal pro-
fessional staff orgnnization of the committee was widely representative
of the water sciences :

The staff director was Theodore ]M. Schad, of tlie Legislative Refer-
ence Service, Library of Congress, supported by the following
consultants :

Dr. Edward A. Ackerman, executive officer of the Carnegie Institu-
tion of Washing-ton, and formerly director of the water resources
program of Resources for the Future, Inc.

W. G. Hoyt, retired hydrologist, formerly vritli tlie U.S. Geological
Survey.

Dr. Abel Wolman. Johns Hopkins laiiversity, and internationally
rerognized con.sulting engineer in sanitary engineering, water supply,
and public health.

449

Dr. Gilbert F. White, chairman of the department of geography, Uni-
versity of Cliicago, an anthority on ilood control damage prevention.

Col, H. C. Gee, a consulting engineer, formerly with the Corps of
Engineers.

The thne-yhaHexl program of committee operation

At a series of ora'anizing meetings (April 27, 1959; June 11, 1959;
July 9, 1959; July ^30, 1959; August 18, 1959), the plan for the select
committee investigation was blocked out in detail. It consisted of five
phases :

PHASE I BACKGROUND DATA COLLECTION AND PLANNING

Preparation of an outline of studies

Solicitation of views of Federal and State agencies on existing
problems

Requests to State Governors for statements of water problems and
recommendations

Definition of interest scope of U.S. water-related agencies

Kequests for initial projections of water and water-related require-
ments

Arrangements for collation of data in terms of major U.S. drainage
basins

PHASE II PKOCUKEMENT OF NON-GOVERNMENTAL TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Arrangement for objective projection of future power demands (a

potentially controversial subject)
Arrangement for technical study of prospects for reclaimed water
Arrangement for information on technological innovation in water

supply and use in integrated multi-purpose water development
Cooperative arrangement with Resources for the Future, Inc.*'

PHASE III DATA COLLECTION BY SELECT COMMITTEE

U.S. Geological Survev report on water use and availabilitv, Julv 9,
1959

Commerce Dept. report on capital requirements for water resource
facilities by 1975, July 30, 1959

Bureau of the Budget report on water resources development in rela-
tion to the Federal budget, July 30, 1959

*" Accorfling to Srhad. "An Analysis of the Work of the Senate Select Committee on
National Water Resources, 1959-61." Op. cit., pp. 236-237 :

As the committee's program began to take form, it was found that Resources for the
Future, a nonprofit research foundation affiliated with the Ford Foundation, was
planning to undertake a study of water supply-demand relationships in the T'nited
States * * *. Aside from the time schedule, the objectives of Resources for the Future
were very near tliose of the select committee. Therefore, it was possible to negotiate
an agreement whereby Resources for the Future would prepare for the committee an
interim report on itsoverall project, meeting the committee's specifications, in return
for the committee furnishing data and projections being developed by the Federal
agencies for each of the various purposes for which water is used. The agreement called
for the preparation of a report on water supply-demand relationships in the various
water resource regions of the United States, to provide answers for the committep on
questions of how much. when, where, and how water resources should be developed :
what levels of cost and expenditure are justifiable for future water development : and
what are the economic limits of water development.

In effect, the staff assigned by Resources for the Future to the prep.nration of its
report functioned in almost the same way as would additional members on the
committee staff.

99-044—69-

450

PHASE IV — FIELD HEARINGS BY SELECT COMMITTEE

Hearings during October-December, 1959: (22 hearings, in 19 States,
with 800 witnesses giving more than 3,000 pages of testimony)

Hearings in 1960: (2 field hearings; 3 days of public hearings in
Washington, D.C. ; 161 witnesses)"^^
A summary of the testimony of the witnesses (aside from siipport for

specific project authorizations) has been prepared b}' T. M. Schad, as

follows: *^

* * * The following suggestions were among those most frequently made : (1)
the small watershed program of the Department of Agriculture, under Public Law
566, as amended, should be speeded up by making more funds and survey crews
available, and should be liberalized by broadening the fields of benefits considered
under the program ; (2) the Federal program of water pollution abatement grants
should be expanded along the lines of the bill which has already passed the House
and Senate and was then in conference between the two bodies; (3) a loan pro-
gram for water supply facilities should be established by the Federal Government
to enable municipalities to borrow money at favorable interest rates for construc-
tion of municipal and industrial water supply facilities; (4) research on all
phases of water resources development should be stepped up; (5) the bill to
establish a Council of Resources and Conservation Advisers in the Executive
Office of the President, and a Joint Committee on Resources and Conservation in
Congress should be enacted: (6) full consideration should be given to recrea-
tional benefits in planning of multiplepurpose developments; and (7) more ade-
quate consideration should be given to fish and wildlife conservation in the
planning of water resources projects.

The Indianapolis hearings attracted many statements in behalf of inland water-
way navigation, with particular reference to the Ohio River. At the hearings in
"Washington, D.C. a number of suggestions on the broader aspects of water re-
sources development policy were received. The printed hearings contained over

« The record of public hearings of the select committee, taken from —

U.S. Congress. Senate. Select Committee on National Water Resources. Report of
the * * * Pursuant to S. Res. 48, 86th Cong, together with supplemental and indi-
vidual views, 87th Cong., 1st sess. Senate Report 29. (Waslilngton, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1961), p. 77, is as follows :

Location of hearing

Date

Number of
witnesses

Part number
of printed
hearings

Page
numbers

Bismarck, N.Dak.. Oct. 7,1959

Laramie, Wyo Oct. 8, 1959^

BMIings, IVlont Oct. 9, 1959

iVlissoula, IVlont Oct. 12, 1959

Boise, Idaho. Oct. 13, 1959

Sacramento, Calif... Oct. 15, 1959.

Los Angeles, Calif Oct. 16, 1959

Huron, S. Dak Oct. 27, 1959_

Sioux Falls, S. Dak Oct. 28, 1959

Detroit, Mich Oct. 29, 1959

Philadelphia, Pa Oct. 30, 1959...

Tooeka, Kans Nov. 18, 1959

Des Moines, Iowa Nov. 19, 1959

Denver, Colo. Nov. 20, 1959

Albuquerque, N. Mex Nov. 23, 1959

Salt Lake City, Utah Nov. 24, 1959

Fort Smith, Ark.... Nov. 28, 1959..

Oklahoma City, Okla Nov. 30, 1959

Alexandria, La. Dec. 1, 1959

Jacksonville, Fla. Dec. 3, 1959

Augusta. Maine. Dec. 7, 1959

Boston, Mass Dec. 8, 1959

Indianapolis, Ind Feb. 5, I960..

Columbia, S.C... May 13, 1960

Washington, D.C Mav 24, 25, 26, a.m.,

1960.

Do May 26, p.m., I960..

43
48
19
24
45
30
27
26
23
44
33
83
31
20
38
39
21
60
56
37
29
35
66
32
56

1-152

153-333

335-424

425-543

545-685

687-839

841-955

957-1047

1049-1099

1101-1317

1319-1447

1449-1676

1677-1840

1841-1908

1909-2101

2103-2276

2277-2316

2317-2427

2429-2657

2659-2771

2773-2914

2915-3048

3049-3233

3235-3353

3355-3682

2683-3920

« Schad. An Analysis of the Work of the Senate Select Committee on National Water
Resources. 1959-61. op. clt., p. 238.

451

3,900 pages, and 972 witnesses were heard or permitted to file testimony, on sub-
jects ranging from the use of atomic explosives for the creation or improvement of
aquifers to dowsing as a means of locating underground water supplies.

PHASE V — TECHNICAL STUDmS ISSUED AS COMMITTEE PRINTS

The select committee prepared and issued 32 committee prints, com-
prising some 2,000 pages, and including 92 reports by Federal, State,
and private groups. There were three general types of report (see Table
for enumeration) : general background studies, projections of future
demands for water and water-related activities, and reports on new
tecliniques and means for meeting demands.

LIST OF COMMITTEE PRINTS ISSUED BY THE SELECT COMMITTEE ON NA-
TIONAL WATER RESOURCES, U.S. SENATE, 195 9-60, UNDER THE TITLE
"water RESOURCES ACTIVITIES IN THE UNITED STATES." ®°

1. "Water Facts and Problems," pictorial charts by U.S. Geo-

logical Survey.

2. "Reviews of National Water Resources During the Past 50

Years," report by Legislative Reference Service, Library
of Congress.

3. "National Water Resources and Problems," report by U.S.

Geological Survey.

4. "Surface Water Resources of the LTnited States," maps and

tabulations by U.S. Geological Survey.

5. "Population Projections and Economic Assumptions," report

and tabulations by Census Bureau, committee staff, and
resources for the future staff.

6. Views and comments of the States. State reports on their wa-

ter resources and problems.

Projections of Future Needs

7. "Future Water Requirements for Municipal Use," report by

Public Health Service.

8. "Future Water Requirements of Principal Water-Using In-

dustries," reports by Business and Defense Services Ad-
ministration and Bureau of Mines.

9. "Pollution Abatement," report by Public Health Service.

10. "Electric Power in Relation to the Nation's Water Resources,"

reports by Federal Power Commission, Rural Electrifica-
tion Administration, Edison Electric Institute, American
Public Power Association, and Resources for the Future.

11. "Future Needs for Navigation," report by Corps of Engineers,

U.S. Army.

12. "Land and Water Potentials and Future Requirements for

Water," report by Department of Agriculture.

13. "Estimated Water Requirements for Agricultural Purposes

and Their Effects on Water Supplies," report by Depart-
ment of Agriculture.

"Select Committee on National Water Resources, Report (1961), op. cit., pp. 74, 75.

452

14. "Future Needs for Reclamation in the Western States," re-

port by Bureau of Reclamation.

15. "Floods and Flood Control,'' report l^y Corps of Engineers,

U.S. Army.
10. "Flood Problems and Management in the Tennessee River

Basin," report by TVA.
IT. "Water Recreation Needs in the United States," report by

National Park Service.

18. "Fish and Wildlife and Water Resources," report by Fish and

Wildlife Service.

19. "Water Resources of Alaska," report- by U.S. Department of

the Interior.

20. "Water Resources of Hawaii," report by U.S. Department of

the Interior.

Techniques for Meeting Xeecls

21. "Evapo-Transpiration Reduction," reports by Department of

the Interior and Department of Agriculture.

22. "Weather ISIodification," reports bv Weather Bureau and Dean

A.M.Eberle.

23. "Evaporation Reduction and Seepage Control," report by Bu-

reau of Reclamation.

24. "Water Quality Management," report by Public Health Serv-

ice.

25. "River Forecasting and Hydrometeorological Analysis," re-

port by Weather Bureau.

26. "Saline Water Conversion," report by Office of Saline Water,

Department of the Interior.

27. "Application and Effects of Nuclear Energy," report by

Atomic Energy Commission.

28. "Water Resources Research Needs," report by Department

of Agriculture.

29. "Water Requirements for Pollution Abatement," report by

Prof. George Reid, I^niversity of Oklahoma.

30. "Present and Prospective ]Means for Improved Reuse of

Water," report by Abel Wolman Associates.

31. "The Impact of New Techniques on Integrated ^Slultiple-

Purpose Water Development," report by E. A. Ackerman A
Associates.

32. "The Supply of and Demand for Water in the United States,"

report by Dr. Nathaniel Wollman, Resources for the Future

PHASE VI FIXAL REPORT OF THE SELECT COMMITTEE

The final report of the select committee, January 30, 1961. consisted
of 147 pages of text: The report proper, 19 pages; substantiating
material, 54 pages; summaiT of committee activities and summaries
of studies, 58 pages; acknowledgements, 5 pages; and supplemental

453

^-iews, 11 pages. T. 'M. Scliacl has described the mechanics of preparing
the report.^^

The -findings and recommendations of the select committee

The final report of the select committee identified five major cate-
gories of effort "needed in the future for meeting prospective de-
mands on a long-range basis so as not to inhibit national or regional
economic growth." These were: (1) regulating stream flow, (2) im-
proving quality of streams through pollution abatement, ' (3) im-
ju-oved use of underground storage, (4) conservation in use of water,
(5) artificial means of increasing availability of water. The com-
mittee found that the increasing complexity in development and
management of water resources required progressive emphasis on
science and technology to meet future requirements. Moreover :

Without question, the number, complexity, and difficulty of the decisions con-
fronting the Congress and public officials concerned with water development and
management will multiply as the range of choice of alternative methods for
dealing with water problems becomes broader.^"

Although many technical issues remained to be studied, this was no
reason for postponing action. Moreover, decisions should not be made
by the National Government in Washington on detailed aspects of river
basin management and development. There should be State participa-
tion in planning, and the views of State and local agencies should be
considered in connection with the formulation andoperation of all
Federal water resources programs.

The meat of the select committee report was contained in its rec-
ommendations, presented as five items (although not the same five as
given in the findings). Although concisely written, each recommenda-
tion covered not only broad policy but specific approaches and action
l^rograms. The five points, taken together were in fact a comprehen-
sive program for national water management, involving coordinated
efforts at all levels of government, all levels of science and tech-

^^ In "An Analyi^is of the Work of the Senate Select Committee on Xational Water Re-
sources." 1959-61. op. cit., p. 240, Schart writes :

By late sprin?. 1960. most of the studies bein? undertaken for the committee had
been receiTed and made available to the consultants for study. Each study was quickly
printed and g-iven wide distribution, so that the committee could profit by the feed-
back of ideas thus stimulated. The committee staff met with the consultants often as
the studies were beinjr completed, and in late May a preliminary draft summ-^rizinf:
the results of the studies then completed was prepared by the staff for submission to
the committee. Portions of this report were necessarily blank, as the overall water
supply-demand study was not yet completed, but it served to put the staffs general
Ideas before th^ committee.

The staff report was the basis for the committee's discussions at sever.al mf^otines
held durinjr .Tune 1960, and the members were asked to contribute their ideas for the
final report of the committee. At this point the session was interrunted for the presi-
dential nominatin,? conventions, and it was not until August 12, 1960. that thp Com-
mittee was again able to meet and approve an outline for its final report. A subcom-
mittee was authorized to meet and work on the report during tlie interim p<^riod prior
to convening the 87th Congress. That subcommittee considered the draft which thp
staff had prepared in accordance with the committee's outline, and at a meeting held
December 10, 1960. gave its directions for the preparation of the final committee
report. This was approved by the full committee at its meeting held .Tan. 12. 1961.
with additional changes of wording agreed to by the committee. At that time. also, the
committee authorized printing of additional material that had been furnished in
rebuttal to statements presented in the earlier hearings and in the committee prints,
and that material was published as a committee print.
^= Select Committee on National Water Resources. Report * * * (1961), op. cit., pp. 1.5-
19. especially p. 16.

454

nology, and all uses of water, for a long-ranfje future period. The
recommendations are accordingly presented in full, as follows :

1. The Federal Government, in cooperation with the States,
should prepare and keep up to date plans for comprehensive water
development and management for all major river basins of the
United States. Such plans should take into account prospective
demands for all purposes served through water development giv-
ing full recognition to non-revenue-yielding purposes such as
streamflow regulation, outdoor recreation, and preservation and
propagation of fish and wildlife, and keeping in mind the ultimate
need for optimum development of all water resources. All prac-
ticable means of meeting demands should be considered. The
executive branch should be requested to submit plans to the Con-
gress in January 1962, for undertaking and completing such studies
in all basins by 1970. Once prepared, the plans should be brought
up to date periodically. Reports on individual projects submitted
to the Congress for authorization should specify how the project
fits into the comprehensive lo7ig-range program, and the range
of alternative purposes that might be served by the resources
needed for the recommended projects.

2. The Federal Government should stimulate more active parti-
cipation by the States in planning and undertaking water develop-
ment and management activities by setting up a 10-year program
of grants to the States for water resources planning. A minimum
of about $.5 million in Federal funds should be made available
annually for matching by the States for use in the preparation of
long-range comprehensive plans for water resources development
along the lines recommended in No. 1 above.

3. The Federal Government should undertake a coordinated
scientific research program on water. This should include both
research into ways to increase available supplies, and ways to
increase eflic^pncy in the use of water required to produce manufac-
tured goods and crops. The Committee recommends that existing
programs be strengthened by taking the following action :

(a) Expanding the programs of basic research dealing
with atmospheric physics, solar activity, hydrology of ground-
water movement and recharge, the ]:»hysical chemistry and
molecular structure of water, photosynthesis, climatic cycles,
and other natural phenomena associated with water in all its
forms. Such research is essential to a major breakthrough in
such fields as short- and long-range weather forecfis^ino-.
weather modification, efficient management of undersroimd
reservoirs, evaporation reduction, desalinization, and pollu-
tion abatement, as well as to major improvements in works for
the storage and control of water.

(h) Providing for a more balanced and better constructed
program of applied research for increasing water supplies
through desalinization, weather modification, and evapora-
tion and evap'-itran^niration rer^uctiop.

(o) Providing for an expanded ]orogram of^ apnh'ed re-
search for water conservation. Special emphasis should be
given to research on improved waste treatment methods, on
ways of increasing efficiency in the agricultural use of water,

455

on fish and Avildlife needs, and on methods of system planning
for the optimum development of water resources of river
basins.

(d) Evaluating completed projects with a view to deter-
mining modifications to enable them more effectively to meet
changing needs, to provide better guidelines for future proj-
ects, and to better detemiine their effect on the local, regional,
and national economy.
The executive branch should be requested to review present re-
search programs in the field of water and to develop a coordinated
program of research designed to meet the foregoing objectives.
This should be submitted to Congress in January 1962, so that it
can be considered along with the budget estimates for the 1963
fiscal year.

4. The Federal Government should prepare biennially an assess-
ment of the water supply-demand outlook for each of the water
resource regions of the United States, as a means of informing
the Congress and the public of current and prospective public ac-
tion needed to meet future demands. The executive branch should
be requested to submit the first such report to the Congress in Janu-
ary 1963.

5. The Federal Government in cooperation with the States
should take the following steps to encourage efficiency in water
development and use :

(a) Regulate flood plain use as a means of reducing flood
damages whenever such regulation provides greater net bene-
fits to the national economy than would be provided through
other methods of preventing flood losses. Additional steps
should be taken to delineate flood hazard areas so that the
public will be aware of the risks involved in occupying flood
plains.

(h) Study the emerging water problems of the areas in
which water shortage will be most acute by 1980, with a view to
finding ways that these water shortages can be dealt with in
such manner as to minimize adverse effects on the economy
of the area.

(c) Study the future needs for major storage reservoirs for
river regulation for all purposes, and report to the Congress
with specific recommendations as to ster»s that should be
taken to preserve any necessary sites so that they will be avail-
able for use when needed at minimum cost.

(d) Provide for public hearings to be held in the vicinity
of federally sponsored water resources facilities whenever
such facilities are proposed for development or whenever any
major change in works or policies is to be made. Prior to the
hearings, the proposed change or develo]:)m-ent should be made
public, and comments should be solicited from _ State and
local agencies and from organizations and individuals
affected.

The committee hopes that appropriate legislation to implement
these recommendations will be introduced in the Senate and
considered by the appropriate legislative committees.

456

C omm ittee rejection of restricted cost effectiveness formulas

The final report of the committee did not explicitly dipcuss Circular
A— iT, the Green Book, or other formulas for determining whether
water projects should or should not be supported. Indirectly, the
report rejected a policy of detailed cost/effectiveness of water projects,
AA-ith each function at each site specifically paying its own way. The
rejection took several related forms:

First, the emphasis on State and local needs and interests tended
to contradict the earlier concept that there should be a national
standard of costs and benefits. The report noted that the dimensions
of tlie Avater problem tended to A^ary from place to place, with many
alternati\'e solutions; this seemed inconsistent AA-ith any formula.
With respect to time, also, it AA-as impossible to maintain a fixed solu-
tion. Indeed, the report stated:

Tt is unlikely that the Nation will eA'er have a uniform polir-y coA^erins' the
fletails of all Avater resources activities in all parts of the country. Conditions
vary from place to place, and from year to year * * *.

The earliest Federal internal improvements in the water resources field were
in response to social pressures for economie expansion and development. In a
later period the emphasis was placed on Federal development as a means of
counteracting: concentration of economic power or monopoly in private interests.
At another time public desire for the conservation of renewable resottrces became
an important motivation for Federal activity in water resources development.

* * * In rlie future the increasing trend toward urbanization may bring about
needs for Federal participation in ways that cannot be foreseen at this time.
Therefore, rather than to attempt to define the boundaries of Federal participa-
tion, the committee believes that its task is to point out \A'ays for the Nation to
prepare itself to perform the tasks which will become increasingly obvious as
the years go by.^

Clearly, urgency of need might liecnme extremelA' acute, at some time
or in some area, thereliy iuA'alidiating precise dollar-formulas of cost/
eiTectiA'eness.

From another point of A'ieAv, the emj^hasis of the committee on total
river basin solutions, and ])lans for maximum utilization, seem to haA-e
been inconsistent with the cost/effectiA-eness formula approach. In-
stead of deA-eloping a fixed approach, the committee seemed to be ad-
A'ocating continuing study of resources and requirements, so that pol-
icie-^ could be adapted to changes in circumstances. Said the report:

The eventual need for full regulation of surface water supplies has led to
suggestions that all reservoirs should be designed and constructed to the point of
optimum deA'elo]iment of the site. This might involve m^^king investments in
additional storage before economic justification could be shown by our present
methods of computing benefit-cost ratios. Flexibility would have to be worked
into the design of the dam and control works so that they could be readily
adapted to use for various purposes at different periods during the life of the
f-tructnre.

.is a me^ns of resolving some of these questions having to do with possible
future needs for reservoirs, the committee believes it would be desirable for a
detailed study to be made by the water t^esources agencies of the Federal Gov-
ernment, in cooperation with appr.opriate State agencies, of the future needs
for reservoirs and availability of reservoir sites in the United States."

On the nue=tion of the use of formulas for the allocation of costs
l^aid in return for benefits from water projects, the report took an
equally relaxed and flexible attitude. It noted that Federal iuA^est-
ment in water facilities tended to be primarily for unrecoA^erable or

•■'Tlii<1.. p. 22.
'•'• Ibifl.. p. 47.

457

intaiiirible benefits. These should receive more emphasis in Federal
phinning of water projects. Techniques should be desio-ned to measure
such benefits, so that they could become better understood and appre-
ciated. However, said the report :

The committee is not overly concerned with the cost sharing aspect of onr
water resources problems, because it believes that the present policies tend to
even out the sharing of costs over the long run, among all the people.^

IV. Impact of the Select Committee's Report

From the standpoint of political impact, the report of tlie Select
Committee on National Water Resources was elfectively timed. Advo-
cating an active program of stewardship of national resources in a
changing world, the report appeared 10 days after the accession to
office of a newly elected Presirlent who had campaigned on an activist
platform. Understandably, President Kennedy soon endorsed the find-
ings of the report. In a special message to the Congress on Natural
Resources, February 23, 1961, he praised the ''very excellent and timely
report of the bipartisan Senate Select Committee on National "Water
Resources issued 3 weeks ago."' He urged the Congress to authorize
the establishment of river basin commissions, promised a "progressive,
orderly program of starting new projects to meet accumulated de-
mands,'' declared that increased attention should be given to municipal
and industrial water and power supplies, and identified the need for
stepped-up efl'orts in pollution control, saline water conversion, and
development of water-related recreation.^*^

Later the President followed this statement with a letter to rlie
President of the Senate and to the Speaker of the House, transmitting
a water resources planning bill that would —

Establish a Water Resources Coimcil (composed of the Secre-
taries of tlie Interior, Agriculture, Army, and Health, Education,
and Welfare), whose first task would be to "establish * * * stand-
ards for formulating and evaluating water resources projects;''
Authorize regional or river basin commissions to prepare and
keep up-to-date plans for development of water and related land
resources ;

Provide for grants to the States for water development planning
purposes.
"\'\"lien delays developed in the enactment of the requested legislation,
the President sent memoranda individually to tlie proposed members
of the recommended Water Resources Council, October 6, 1961, asking
them to ''review existing standards for the formulation and evaluation
of water resources projects and to recommend any necessaiT changes."
In response, the ad hoc Water Resources Council drafted a statement,
"Policies, Standards, and Procedures in the Formulation, Evaluation,
and Review of Plans for Use and Development of Water and Related
Land Resources,'' May 15, 1062.^^ This report the President promptly

^"^ Ibifl.. pp. 22-23.

^ U.S. Prpsicient f.Tolin F. Kpnnert.v). Speoip.l Mpssage to the Congress on Xatnral
Eesmirff"!. Febninry 2.". lOfil. In Piihlie Pnppr<i of the Presirlpnts, .Tnhn F Kennedy,
1901. (Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962), pp. 114-llS : 120-121.

=" U.S. Congress. Senate. Policies. Standards, on Procedures in the Foi-mulation. Evalu-
ation, and Review of Plans for Use and Development of Water and Related Land Re-
sources. Prepared under the direction of the President's Water Resources Council.
Together with a statement by Senator Clinton P. Anderson of Xew ]Mexico. 9Tth Cong.,
2d sess., S. Doc. 97. (Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962), 13 pp.

458

approved, "for application by each of your Departments and by the
Bureau of the Budget in its review of your proposed programs and
projects." The new criteria were circulated to Government agencies
in mimeographed form, and were printed for general use. May 29,
1962, as Senate Document 97.

Easing of departmental criteria for projects

In a number of significant ways the new criteria departed from the
earlier Circular A--47, toward policies recommended by the select
committee :

1. Emphasis was shifted from tangible to intangible benefits,
although the concept that benefits should exceed costs was main-
tained ;

2. The period of analysis was extended from 50 years to 100 :

3. Insistence on use of the "separable costs-remaining-benefits
method of allocating costs among functions was dropped;

4. Costs attributable to "taxes foregoing" were to be ignored:

5. Recreation might be treated as a major purpose in water
development ;

6. Standards for construction of power facilities in multi-
purpose projects were significantly eased ;

7. Greater emphasis was placed on multipurpose planning of
water resource development ;

8. Irrigation standards were eased ;

9. Important emphasis was placed on "water quality control
benefits" as contributing to public health, safety, economy, and
effectiveness in use and enjoyment of water.

In various ways the new President sought to stimulate actions
contributing toward the stewardship approach to natural resources.
In his special message, he insisted that "We reject a 'no new starts'
policy concerning water projects." But although the President urged
an easier screening of new projects, the backlog of water construction
contracts in force from 1961 to 1964 rose only slightly (from $3,157
to $3,187 billion). In several other fields, more proarress was achieved.
Thus, the rate of expenditures for research into desalting techniques
was increased almost tenfold, by amendments at this time.^* Proo-ress
was also achieved in the control of water pollution: the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1961 —

Made pollution control an explicit consideration in the deter-
mination of storage capacity of reservoirs:

Authorized expanded research in sewage treatment, source and
nature of pollutants, and evaluation of augmented flow to control
pollution. ^^
Other aspects of water research were also stressed by the President.

Ivrren.'iPrI affention of Kewpcly ndwAmhfraf'fon to nnafer research

In his special message, the President had said he intended to "ask
the National Academy of Sciences to imdertake a thorough and broadly
based study and evaluation of the present state of research underlying
the conservation, development, and use of natural resources, how they
are formed, replenished, and may be substituted for, and giving par-
ticular attention to needs for basic research and to projects that will

"8 Public Law S7-29.5, 75 Stat. B2R. Approved Sept. 22. 1961.
"» Public Law 87-88. 75 Stat. 204. Approved July 29, 1961.

459

provide a better basis for natural resources planning and policy for-
mulation." At the same time, the Federal Council for Science and
Technology would review Federal research in these areas in an effort
to ''strengthen the total Government research effort relating to natural
resources."

The select committee's third recommendation had proposed research
objectives for water, and had suggested that the executive branch
review its current work and develop a coordinated program. Examples
of specific fields needing research, according to the committee, were:

(a) Eeducing evaporation from the surface of reservoirs.

(h) Elimination of water-loving vegetation (phreatophytes)
along the ed^es of reservoirs and watercourses.

(d) Reducing seepage losses in irrigation canals and other
water distribution systems, and other wasteful irrigation practices.

(e) Reduction of dilution requirements for pollution abate-
ment by development of improved methods for treatment or con-
trol of waste materials that are disposed of in water.

(/) "Waste water salvage.

(g) Reuse, recycling, and elimination of wasteful water use by
industry.

(h) Desalting of saline or brackish water.

(^) Weather modification.

(;/') More accurate quantitative forecasting of meteorologic
events.

(k) Application of nuclear products in research.

(I) Improved use and control of ground water.
On March 4, the President by letter asked Dr. Detlev ^Y. Bronk to
have t]ie Xational Academy of Sciences undertake an evaluation of na-
tional research needs concerning water resources. There were two
separate responses from the Academy. One was a general report, "Nat-
ural Resources," that contained a section on water. It recommended
that research be addressed to the most promising sources of water
or fields of conservation of water (ground water, waste treatment,
u.=e of brackish water, and reduction of losses by evaporation and
transpiration), stressed the importance of "sophisticated techniques"
of annlysis in the complex management of water in entire basins, and
called for more researchers qualified in scientific disciplines relevant
to water.®°

AriOtlier Academy study, limited to consideration of research on
"Water Resource^?." was prepared by Dr. Abel Wolman, who had
earlier participated as consultant in the select committee's investiga-
tion. He stressed the same problems and approaches cited in the other
Academy report, but provided considerable detailed information in
support of his findings.

The Federal Council for Science Technologv had encountered dif-
ficultv in completing its re^^ew of ongoing Federal research in water,
and m September lPfi2. Dr. Wie^'^npr. the President's science adviser
and also Chairman of the Federal Council and Directorof the Office
of S-'ence and Technolocry, convened a task group to assist the Coun-

"^NntioTial Acarlpmv of SciencfS-National Resparch CoTineil. Committee on Natural Re-
sonrces Natural Resources : A Summary Report to the President of the United States.
rWa=fi1njrton Dr.. Notional Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, publica-
tion 1000, 1962), pp. 6-10.

460

cil in its task. This group, chaired by Dr. Koger Revelle, then science
adviser to the Secretary of the Interior, prepared a report on Fed-
eral water research, which the Council accepted at its meeting on
December 20, 1962. The report was transmitted by the President to
Congress, Februar}- 18, 1963. It reviewed Federal research in water,
proposed six measures to increase the availability of trained research
]:)ersonnel, seven measures to support outside research, and seven
measures to improve the coordination of Federal agencies whose pro-
grams overlapped, because of the pervasive nature of water problems.
In particular, the report said :

The task group founcl a need for a continuing independent mechanism, repre-
sentative of the views of tlie scientific and engineering- community interested
in water resources research, to advise tlie Federal Council in identifying longer
range objectives and needs in water resources research and education."

The need for expanded research, identified by the select committee,
the two Academy studies, and the Federal Council, eventually led to a
legislative response. This was the ^Vater Resources Research Act of
1964.'^-

This act —

Provided Federal funding support for State water resources institutes,
to plan and conduct, and train personnel to conduct, reseai'ch related to — ■

Aspects of the hvdrologic cycle

Supply and demand for water

Conservation and best use of available supplies of water

Methods of increasing such supplies

Economic, legal, social, engineering, recreational, biological, geo-
graphic, ecological, and other aspects of water problems :
An expanded program of water research by the Department of the
Interior ;

Coordination and federally supported State research ;
Establishment of a water research data center :

Assignment to the President of continuing management responsibility,
Including :

Continuing review of the adequacy of research ;

Identification and elimination of duplication and overlap ;

Identification of technical needs for research :

Allocation of technical effort among Federal agencies ;

Review of manpower needs for water research :

Review of management policies in water research ; and

Actions to facilitate interagency communication.

(^ oordiiwted deveJopin^nt of drainage system icater lyrojects

The main thrust of the select committee report had been a call for
planned, coordinated efforts nt a^l levels of government, to apply avail-
able technology in a concerted effort to maximize the uses of water for
social ])urpos8S in total river basius, to meet changing circumstances
and future needs. Legislation proposed in anticipation of this recom-
mendation was introduced (as H.R. 3T01-. 86th Cong.) by Chairman
Wayne Aspinall of the House Com.mittee on Interior and Insular
Aff'airs, January 29. 1959. It called for creatioii of river basin commis-
sions, and the adoption of uniform methods of evaluating water prod-
ucts, and allocating their costs among functional benefits. Xo action
was taken in 1959 or 1960 on the Aspinall proposal.

"1 T'.S. Cnnprrpss. Sfnat*^. FprTpral Wafpr Rpsonrpp« Rpsparch Aptivitips, ^lemoranfliiin
cf tlip Chairman to thp Coniniittpe on Intprinr and Insular Affairs. U.S. Senate, trans-
riiittin'T the renort to tlip Prpsideiit on water rpsourcps resparch prppared b.v the Ferleral
Coiineil for Scienco and Tpchnolojrv. Committee print. SSth Cong., 1st .sess., Mar 25,
1903 (Washincton. U.S. Government Printing Offiep. 19fi?!>. 21.S pp.

"-Public Law 88-379, 78 Stat. 329, approved July 17, 1964.

461

The report of the select conuiiittee, and its prompt presidential en-
dorsement, revived legislative interest in tlie concept of comprehensive
water project planning. Companion bills were introduced in both
Plouses''^ to provide for grants to the States, administered by the
Department of the Interior, for comprehensive water resources plan-
ning. A separate bill by Senators Kerr and Case (S. Dak.), intro-
duced May 3, 1961, called for establishment of a "\Vater Eesources
Planning Board, representing interested departments of the Federal
Government, to distribute grants to the States to support the planning
of water development projects.

Eventuallv, the President sent his own recommendations to the
Congress, July 3, 1961. Introduced July 14, as S. 2246, by Senator
Anderson with 15 cosponsors, it called for —

A "Water Eesources Council (consisting of the Secretaries of
Agriculture, Army, HEW, and Interior), to formulate national
water policy, review river basin plans, and administer grants
to the States;

Establishment of river basin commissions :

A system of State grants-in-aid for water resources planning.
P)etween 1961 and 1965, when a Water Eesources Planning Act was
finally signed intolaw,*^^ the subject of water planning remained under
active consideration in the Interior and Insular Affairs Committees
of l)oth Houses of Congress. The general features of the proposed
legislation appeared to be noncontroversial, following the lines rec-
ommended by the select committee. There were a number of technical
issues, however, such as :

The preservation of water rights ;

Division of Federal and State responsibility and authority ;

Participation in river basin commissions ;

Specialized requirements of urban areas ;

Commission decision-making arrangements ;

Authority for prescribing standards and other aspects of the
relationship between the proposed Council and basin commissions;
and

Inclusion of the Federal Power Commission as a member of the
proposed Water Policy Council.
Further testimony was sought and obtained mainly from interested
Federal agencies, and from representatives of the States, on these
issues. The^ Federal-State division of responsibility and authority was
an especially thorny one. Eventualh', however, the Anderson bill
was accepted by the Senate without a record vote, December 4, 1963.
Hearin.gs were" then held by the House Committee on Interior and
Insular Affairs, during the spring of 1964, and the bill was reported
September 2. Xo further action occurred before the session was ad-
journed. In the 89th Congress, the water planning measures were re-
introduced in slightly different form in the two Houses of Congress
(as S. 21 and H!^E. 1111), passed both Houses unanimously (in the
Senate on February 25: and in the House, March 31) : the differences
were ironed out in conference, and the bill went to the President
July 16.

83 S. 1629. STth Cong., b.v Senator Anderson with 15 other sponsors, and H.R. 6487,
bv Rppresentatire Peterson of Utah. Apr. 19, 1961.
■"Public Law 89-80, 79 Stat. 244 (S. 21), approved July 22, 1965.

462

In its final form, tlie Water Resources Planning Act ^^ established
the policy of the Congress —

In order to meet the rapidly expanding demands for water throughout the
Nation, * * * to encourage the conservation, development, and utilization of
water and related land resources of the United States on a comprehensive and
coordinatetl basis by the Federal Government, States, localities, and private
enterprise with the cooperation of all affected Federal agencies, States, local
governments, individuals, corporations, business enterprises, and others
concerned.

The act established a Water Resources Council, composed of the
Secretaries of Interior, Agriculture, Army, and Health, Education,
and Welfare, and the Chairman of the Federal Power Commission. Its
functions would l>e (paraphrase) :

To maintain a study (and report biennially) on the adequacy of
regional water supply ;

To study the relation of regional or river l:»asin plans to tlie
requirements of larger regions, and the adequacy of organization
for coordination of water plans and policies ;

To establish principles, standards, and procedures for Federal
participants in the preparation of comprehensive river basin plans,
and for the formulation and evaluation of water projects :

To review plans prepared by river basin commissions (also pro-
vided in the act) , with special regard to —

(1) The efficacy of such plan or revision in achieving opti-
mum use of the water and related land resources in the area
involved ;

(2) The effect of the plan on the achievement of other pro-
grams for the development of agricultural, urban, energy,
industrial, recreational, fish and wildlife, and other resources
of the entire Nation ; and

(3) The contributions which such plan or revision will make
in obtaining the Nation's economic and social goals.

The act provided that the President might create river basin water
commissions, at the recommendation of the Council or the States con-
cerned. These commissions would coordinate the development of plans
for the regional basin, keep them up to date, make studies necessary for
this purpose, and recommend priorities for projects. The principal task
of the commissions would be the submission of a comprehensive, co-
ordinated, joint plan for the region.

Finally, the act provided for Federal aid to the States "to assist them
in developing and participating in the development of comprehensive
water and related land resources plans."

Administrative support was provided in 1968 by a further consres-
sional enactment, the National Water Cormnission Act,^® creating a
seven-member National Water Commission, with an executive director,
and staff, to "submit simultaneously to the President and to the U.S.
Congress such interim and final reports as it deems appropriate * * *."
These reports were to result from the Commission's assignment of
scope and responsibility as delineated in section 3-a of the act, which
said :

The Commission shall (1) review present and anticipated national water re-
source problems, making such projections of water requirements as may be

"5 Public Law 89-80, 79 Stat. 244-254. approved July 22, 1965.
«« Pnhllc Law 90-515, approved Sept 20, 1968.

463

necessary and identifying alternative ways of meeting these requirements —
giving consideration, among other things, to conservation and more efBeient
use of existing supplies, increased usability by reduction of pollution, in-
novations to encourage the highest economic use of water, interbasin transfers,
and technological advances including, but not limited to, desalting, weather
modification, and waste water purification and reuse; (2) consider economic
and social consequences of water resource development, including, for ex-
ample, the impact of water resource development on regional economic growth,
on institutional arrangements, and on esthetic values affecting the quality
of life of the American people; and (3) advise on such specific water re-
source matters as may be referred to it by the President and the Water Re-
sources Council.

V. Observatioxs ox the Resolutiox of the Water Policy Issue

In the evolution of water policy in the United States, a succession
of additional benefits, one by one, became incorporated into the de-
sign of ongoing water projects. First navigation, then flood control,
then electric power, irrigation, silt control, low-flow augmentation,
recreation, and other valuable returns were added to the performances
expected of individual structures. At the same time, the geographic
scope of water projects also expanded; functional benefits came to
be considered in terms of entire river basins, and specialized as well
as multipurpose projects came into use as system components. Some
projects of low intrinsic benefit were found necessary to round out
these systems (an upstream silt-control dam, for instance, to extend
the useful life of a downstream reservoir) . Changes in technology im-
pacted on the design of water projects: plans needed to be kept flex-
ible and short range, to enable them to adapt to further changes as
they appeared. On the other hand, the large and costly structures re-
quired for water projects sometimes yielded tangible financial benefits
so nearly marginal that to demonstrate an excess of benefits over costs
required calculation of returns over extended periods (60 or even
100 years) at assumed risk-free rates of interest on the invested capi-
tal. The resolution of conflicting interests of many classes of benefi-
ciary overtaxed the decisionmaking system. Traditionally, there were
the issues of private versus public development of economic resources,
the issue of conservative evaluation of benefits and insistence on a
substantial predominance of benefits over costs versus a generous at-
titude toward the balancing of costs and benefits coupled with strong
emphasis on additional intangible values. It became evident, more-
over, that there were intangible costs as well as benefits: losses of
scenic values as well as expanded opportunity for recreation, losses of
unspoiled wilderness as well as increased density of tourism and
forest camping.

By the close of the Eisenhower administration, these conflicts, com-
plexities, and uncertainties presented impossible obtacles to rational
or equitable legislating of water development projects. Multiple struc-
tures were found to have multiple shared, and competing benefits.
River basin systems, with a limited number of dam sites, offered an
infinite array of alternative choices relative to an infinite variety of
local and regional impacts, values, hazards, opportunities, and prop-
erty rights. There were agreements as to some principles, disagreements
as to others, and a general uncertainty^ as to a third group. There was
a general agreement as to the essentiality of water development under

464

Federal sponsorship, but great divergence of views as to the rules to be
followed m applying the principle. The uncritical approach of general
simultaneous development was rejected. The close-pricing approach
frustrated regional aspirations. Multipurpose projects with many in-
tangible benefits were judged profligate by hard-headed realists;
single-purpose projects based on a substantial preponderance of tangi-
ble benefits over costs were judged wasteful by conservationists.

Presentations to the Congress of proposals for new projects dealt
ni specifics related to individual competing projects. Evidence of merit
of individual projects presented by interested parties from the region
concerned v.ould always be suspect. Congresses disposed toward en-
larged development activity might accept such evidence, especially
in connection with a general sympathy for equitable geographic dis-
tribution of projects among States or districts. Congresses less gen-
erous, or confronted with a greater need for economies, might have
more difficulty in choosing among candidate projects, and would rea-
sonably resort to the harder but more restrictive evidence of tangible
costs and benefits. The policy of total basin development ran counter
to both approaches, by calling for regional systems in which projects
might be concentrated in favored (or lagging) basins, and in which
support for individual projects was based on their contributions to
total system performance, rather than item benefit/cost ratio relative
to some project elsewhere.

Individual projects were inherently local or regional. Decisions favor-
ing single projects were accordingly local in elfect, although of course
the total eltect of a generous or a frugal attitude in Congress toward all
such projects had significance for the national economy, defense, em-
ployment, and productivity, as well as on inflation, the national debt,
the stability of the dollar, and on the availability of tax revenues for
other social purposes. In this ^^■ay, national policies and standards for
the assessment of water projects had both a regional and a national
impact. Conversely, projects had to satisfy two sets of criteria: suit-
ability within the region, and superiorit}' in competition with other
projects for limited national investment capital, under varying condi-
tions of relative lenience toward new starts.

Different specific aspects of water projects were emphasized by the
succession of study groups and commissions on water before 1958 :
balanced economic development of regional subdivisions of the Nation
was stressed by the National Resources Committee in 1936. Availability
of adequate quantity and quality of industrial and urban water where
and when needed was the concern of the Paley Commission in 1952.

The first Hoover Commission in 1949 addressed its attention to the
problem of coordinating national water policy, while the second, in
1955, sought tighter and more cost/effective decisionmaking. The Presi-
dent's AVater Policy Commission, in 1950 sought to maximize the
total utility of water for social x^ui'poses. Each study had its own con-
straints and preoccupations.

Events during the Eisenhower administration tended to transfer
responsibility for decisionmaking on water projects and policy to the
legislative branch. Thus, within the National Government, the Presi-
dent referred decisions on policy standards to the Congress. Moreover,
his effort to restore some extent of resource development to private
initiative, and his further effort to return some Federal initiative

465

to the States, carried the implication that private initiative and
the States woukl assume both decision and cost burdens, and respon-
sibility for actual performance. To the extent that this did not happen,
on projects that were ardently sought by local communities and regions,
the pressure for action was redirected toward the Congress to assume
the initiative. Moreover, some spokesmen for State governments also
urged the Congress to act.

Another factor militating toward congressional assumption of pol-
icy responsibility was the difficult}' encountered by the executive
branch in resolving internal differences among agencies. These inter-
agency conflicts were in turn based on built-in clilferences in organic
law and long-standing professional commitments to specialized water
functions. Complex projects required balanced emphasis on all useful
functions; they also required a unity of planning that could not be
achieved by a consortimn of relatively independent agencies; and
any single agency charged with the planning of a project could not
avoid giving priority emphasis to the function for which it had
exclusive responsibility. Under these conditions, neither agreement on
functional emphasis, nor leadership in the formulation of water
policy could reasonably be expected to be provided by the executive
branch.

Nor was there available any useful national consensus as to water
IDolic}'. One obstacle to the fonnulation of such a consensus was the
essentially local character of water resources, such that each region
and each locality was pitted against all others in the quest for project
support. Moreover, the extremely difficult and abstruse technical prob-
lems of technologically advanced management of water made public
understanding hard to achieve. Finally, there was the long history of
conflict among interest groups with competing plans for uses of water
or affected (favorably or adversely) by its development: the coal and
power industries, railroads, conservationists, irrigation farmers, wa-
terway construction industry, public power advocates, farm organi-
zations, and others.

Toward the clase of the decade of the 1950s, there was apparent a
growing need for the Congress to participate more actively in the
formulation of water policy. The need for resolution of the water
policy issue was becoming pressing. There was a general sense of the
national need for a stepped-up rate of investment in j^ublic capital.
A rising population of an increasingly urban character was creating
new requirements for municipal and industrial water supplies, and
at the same time was raising unprecedented problems of pollution.
These new aspects were superimposed on a long list of older considera-
tions of the control and use of water.

"When the select committee was formed, its membership was drawn
mainly from constituencies deeply concerned with water problems.
There was a strong motivation to arrive at a set of findings that would
provide a basis for action. The committee was aided by a highly quali-
fied supporting staff, objectively constituted and largely without pre-
vious agency commitments.

The select committee was able to exploit the fortunate circumstance
that a nationally recognized research institution specializing in re-
source policy problems had its own plan of investigation that was

99-044—69 31

466

closely compatible with that of the select committee. This institution
was able to provide the committee with a wealth of documentation and
studies in depth that could not have been obtained otherwise except at
great expense, serious loss of time, or both. Moreover, Resources for
the Future, Inc., had additional significance as a participant in the
study in that it enjoyed wide professional contacts with the academic
community, and was able to draw on almost the total non-govern-
mental expertise of the Nation in a specialized field that has been
chronically undermanned.

The select committee made a systematic effort of its own to collect
data at both the official and professional staff levels of Federal agencies
concerned with water. It made a systematic effort to collect data at the
State level from both the Governors' staffs and the professional plan-
ning levels. It conducted a comprehensive series of hearings at the local
level to obtain an indication as to what problems and views were
shared from one region to another.

It began to appear that the problem was not one of further increas-
ing the complexity of the technical process of water management or
increasing the arbitrary regulation of projects under national ])olicy.
Instead, the committee recognized that there were local and national
policy issues, and that these needed to be differentiated.

Then, the need was identified for a mechanism by which a single
agency could decide the national issues, apart, from historical com-
mitments, and supported by such analytical tools as the issues required
for resolution.

Third, the need was identified for a regional mechanism, to elicit
local views as to needs and aspirations, to resolve systems problems
concerning single coherent basin programs, and to coordinate national
with regional efforts.

Finally, the need was identified for a general strengthening in the
research activity and professional resources required for water re-
source ]ilanning: mechanisms for managing data, conducting research,
increasing the availability of trained researchers, developing and pre-
senting data to users, developing useful criteria for determining the
relative advantages of alternative solutions to regional problems, and
bringing about a progressive increase in public understanding of the
needs and opportunities of water management.

It was apparently assumed that when these needs were met, the
Congress itself would be able to rely on the new administrative mech-
anisms created to meet these needs, to provide more authoritative,
better structured, more uniform and systematic information bearing
on proposed projects. The projects themselves might still be under-
taken by the agencies with traditional responsibilities in flood control,
irrigation, or power development. The primary representations to the
Congress in support of their authorization might also be by the estab-
lished agencies. But undoubtedl}' the Congress would find beneficial
the added information resources available in an agency charged with
total water policy formulation and coordination, an agency charged
with responsibility for the planning of water development in an entire
river basin, and an agency charged with responsibility for sponsoring
research in all aspects of water science and technology.

467

The findings of tlie select committee included an identific cation of
need for mechanisms for managing research data in water science and
technology, developing and presenting to the Congress comj)rehensive
coordinated plans for development of entire river basins, developing
criteria for priorities of projects and allocations of costs to functions,
ensuring State-iocal-regional interests a voice in planning, maintain-
ing surveillance of national and regional supply and requirements,
support for State research institutes, programs to expand the avail-
ability of water from new sources, and programs to reverse the trend
toward pollution of surface water.

Effective planning for national water policy required that the Con-
gress would in the future be informed of all aspects and issues of
water — as to proposed major programs and contributory projects;
standards and criteria; needs, resources, and proposed corrective ac-
tions; interests of all affected groups, jurisdictions, and agencies; and
recommended decisions to mediate among interests in conflict.

Manifestly, the problem of deciding issues regarding water had
become unmanageable within tlie framework of existing agencies and
laws. The executive branch had been unable to resolve conflicts within
itself. The technical comi^lexity of substantive problems of river basins
presented the Congress with an impossibly detailed set of issues not
amenable to resolution tlirough the usual processes of legislation. The
problem of water, it was abundantly documented, was becoming not
only more complex but also more urgent.

The central information instrumentality that provided the founda-
tion for these congressional conclusions was the select committee. Its
focus was not on the solution of the countless issues presented to it. Its
finding on these issues was merely that some of them were urgent and
crucial, so that their resolution commanded a high priority. Wliat was
of concern to the Congress was to insure that the great array of tech-
nical issues (scientific research directions, management of research
data and findings, reconciliation of agency differences, coordination of
local and national planning) was delivered for resolution into com-
petent and objective hands. Issues that could not be thus resolved, but
which required resolution by means of the traditional "adversary
process," could be beneficially prepared for this process by the same
objective mechanisms of staff* analysis, factfinding, and recommenda-
tions.

The select committee made no effort to make a final decision regard-
ing the i)olicy standards for new projects. But by identifying the need
for specific technical machinery of factfindhig' and analysis at both
the national and the regional level, and by presenting its recoimnenda-
tions at a time and under circumstances that madelilvcly a response
by both the President and the Congress, the select committee helped
to provide the tools by which acceptable criteria and standards could
be devised and brought to bear.

PART II

SUMMARY

(469)

CONTENTS
PART II

Summary

Page

I . Introduction 473

The conceptual framework: Decisionmaking in Congress 473

Congressional management of issues in process 473

The kinds of information required for decisionmaking 474

Acceptance of a problem for decisionmaking 474

Preparation for structuring the problem for decision 474

Structuring and deciding the issue 475

Differences between scientific and political decisionmaking 475

Differences between scientific and political information 475

Procedures and methodology used in the study 476

Scientific and political behavior in contrast 479

II. Fields of congressional concern in science polic}^ decisions 480

Political identification of incompatibilities of man with his

environment ._ 480

Determination of political goals and their relative priorities, in

improving the compatibilit}' of man with his environment 480

The forecasting of technology 480

Establishment of technological goals and priorities 480

Establishment of related basic and supporting research goals and

priorities 481

Applied technological system building 481

Technological assessment 48 1

Technological control 481

Technological transfer 481

Management of technological obsolescence 482

Science policy factors relevant to cases studied 483

III. The technical information function in political decisionmaking:

The cases summarized 484

Case 1 : The AD-X2 battery additive 484

Case 2: The point IV program 485

Case: Inclusion of the social sciences in the National Science

Foundation (1946) 486

Case 4: Project Camelot 488

Case 5: Mohole 489

Case 6: The Test Ban Treaty 491

Case 7: The Peace Corps 492

Case 8 : High energy physics 493

Case 9: The Office of Coal Research 495

Case 10: The Salk vaJccine 497

Case 11: Water Pollution Control Act, 1948 499

Case 12: Thahdomide 500

Case 13: Federal pesticide control, 1947 502

Case 14: Criteria for water projects 504

(471)

472

Page

IV. Some elements of technical information for political decisionmaking 506

Priority of a technical issue embedded in a political issue 506

Some obstacles to the receiving by Congress of technical information... 507

Hypotheses 507

Sensationalism 507

Outstanding personalities as witnesses 508

A list of "near impossibilities" 508

Technical differences of opinion 509

Administration versus Congress 509

V. Technical information-gathering methodologies useful for the Con-
gress 510

Congressional information sources on technical issues 511

Congressional requirements for technical information 513

Ways to secure information pertinent to the issue 513

Assuring authoritative, accurate, objective, technically sound

information 514

Authoritative 514

Accurate 514

Objective 514

Technically sound 515

Arrangements to assure completeness of technical information 515

Staff functions 516

Classes of witnesses 517

Modes of information gathering 518

Data analysis 518

Iterative nature of the process 519

Achievement of maturity and full development of structured informa-
tion 519

Organization of a svstem to achieve and maintain technical perspec-
tive 519

I. Introduction

The purpose of this study is to shed light on the processes l)y wliich
the Congress secures information from the scientific or technological
community in order to decide political issues with a substantial scien-
tific or technological content. The assumption is that a set of detailed
historical accounts of congressional decisions, selected to provide a
variety of illustrations of different subjects, problems, procedures, and
outcomes, will aiford useful guidance about how the Congress obtains
and uses scientific mformation, and how to strengthen these processes.

The conceptual framework : DechiomnaMng in Congress

The functions of an elected legislature in making decisions on scien-
tific and technological issues are assumed to include the following:

Balance operational goals of the Government with the phil-
osophical goals of the society being governed.

Maintain an overall view of the present condition and trends
of society, relative to the operational goals.

Identify various sets of available options for correcting de-
ficiencies or to exploit opportunities, so as to bring the real condi-
tion of society closer to its declared or accepted goals.

Establish a priority among the various sets of options, and
within each set, within the limits of (1) available resources, (2)
attention capacity of the decisionmakerSj (3) technological feasi-
bility, and (4) political feasibility. Political feasibility, in partic-
ular, is related to such social motivations or criteria as the ex-
pressed desires of the public and the total cost/effectiveness
potential of the action under consideration.

Congressional management of issues in process

Before an issue can be settled in the yes-or-no terms of the political
decision process, subsidiary issues must first be cleared away. This
usually means achieving agreement that one alternative is better than
the various other possibilities entertained. Or, in the contemporary
jargon : the preferred alternative is that which best satisfies the cost/
l3enefit criteria drawn from the value systems of the combination of
individual decisionmakers participating in the process.

Congressional decisions are usually structured by committees that
specialize to some degi'ee in the subject matter of the decision. These
committees also serve as focal centers for the receipt of formal and
informal communications from agencies and outside groups interested
in the issue, of testimony from authoritative or interested sources, of
published comment, and of formal and informal expressions from
other Members of Congress interested in the issue. When the two
Houses of Congress arrive at different legislative decisions, the device
of the conference conunittee is used to mediate the difference — to
search for a middle ground acceptable to both. Modification of the
legislation within limits is negotiable in the conference process.

(473)

474

Many political forces and elements are germane to the negotiations
that lead to the final structuring of the decision into yes-or-no form,
and to the decision itself. The question examined in this study is the
process by which the Congress obtains and uses the scientific and
technological information and advice it needs from the scientific com-
munity in order to structure and then decide the yes-or-no issue.

A number of variables influence the decision process. Some of these
are: the way the issue arose (and whether it was a routine matter or
a "sensational" public issue), how the issue came to Congress, the
availability of reliable information about it and how the information
was used, the point in the system at which the decision was rendered,
and what form the decision took. It is also of interest to observe how
the decision was implemented and what the later consequences were.
All of these variables are identified in the cases considered.

In making decisions on political issues, the Congress (and its com-
mittees) can take action in a wide variety of ways. It can enact legis-
lation, create an agency, establish regulations, specify a policy,
appropriate funds for a purpose, make funds available to States and
municipalities, call for reports, arrange for interagency coordination,
recommend future action, require that a subject be studied, provide
advice, bring about an internal review by an agency of its organization
and procedures, cause a reassessment of a program, make some
official of Government responsible for a decision, or withhold action
altogether.

The kinds of infoTmation required for decisionmaking

In the congressional decision process three kinds of information
are needed. These are ( 1 ) information to enable a decision as to whether
to accept the problem into the decisionmaking system; (2) informa-
tion on how to prepare to structure the problem into an issue: and
(3) information bearing on how to structure and then to decide the
issue. Examples of the kinds of questions to elicit these three classes
of information are as follows :

1. Acceptance of a frohlem for decisionmaking. — The questions are :

"WTiat is the problem ?

Can congressional action help to solve it ?

Is it important enough for the Congress to spend time on it?

Wlio is interested in solving it, or having it solved ?

Which groups want it solved which ways ?

Which groups prefer no action be taken to solve it?

How does the problem relate to other concerns of the Congress?

How urgent is it to solve the problem ?

2. Preparation for structuring the prohlem for decision. — The ques-
tions are:

What information is needed to solve the problem?

Wliere can the needed information be found ?

How can it be obtained ?

Wliat are the right questions to elicit the best, complete in-
formation ?

l^^iat is the proper role of the Congress in decisionmaking on
the issue?

Where will the decision ultimately be rendered?

What form is the decision most likely to take ?

475

3. Structuiing and deciding the issue. — The questions are:

What alternative solutions liave been advanced ?

"VVliat are the probable costs and undesirable side effects of each
alternative ?

Wliat are the probable values and useful side effects of each
alternative ?

What are the economic and teclinical considerations relative to
each alternative?

Are the various alternatives feasible teclinically, economically,
politically ?

Are all apparent alternatives politically or technically unac-
ceptable, thus requiring that additional alternatives should be
searched for?

"Wliat are the implications of each alternative for the short and
long term?

What contradictions are contained in the information as re-
ceived ?

Wliat biases and indications of unreliability prejudice the in-
formation ?

What are the relative weights of the technical conclusions and
the information about political values pertaining to the various
alternatives after bias and unreliability have been screened out?

T\Tiat are the relative costs and benefits of adopting the pre-
ferred alternative or of not taking action ?

Differences hetween scientific and political decisionmaking

Scientific decisionmaking tends to be imposed by the method of
science — rather than arrived at by group dynamics. It is stnictured
in temis of the measurable data of experiment and obsei'vation. The
decision is delayed until a working or useful consensus is possible
from the available data. Until the consensus is firm, the method re-
quires that the information-gathering process continue. Decisiomnak-
ing by a political group, on the other hand, is structured more by
external considerations. The preferences of concerned groups are
often the most important consideration. If a political decision depends
upon a prior decision by a scientific group, the scientific group needs
time to achieve consensus. It takes longer to achieve consensus than
to obtain a majority vote. Urgency of the timing of the political deci-
sion process may require decision without the first achievement of
the scientific consensus.

Differences hetween scientific and political information

Scientific testimony tends to be factual, descriptive, quantitative, and
circumstantial; political testimony tends to be value-oriented and
group-preference-oriented. The strength of technical witnesses — the
validity of their testimony — is in the credence they command, by virtue
of reputation and past performance, within the scientific community.
Examples of scientific advice or testimony are: identification of al-
ternative courses, and estimated technical costs and benefits of each ;
the probabilities of various possible outcomes ; and the probable cost/
benefit of each.

The problem of witness bias is universal ; in evaluating testimony
by scientists it involves such considerations as the following: How sen-
ior and how authoritative is the witness within his own field? Is his

476

jud^-ment accepted by others in his discipline? Is his knowledge of the
subject up to date? Does it encompass the particular matter at issue?
Is the witness a proponent of an unorthodox view in his own discipline?
Does he aspire to advance some particular field of research? Does his
own career or academic preferment depend on his success in advancing
a particular teclinical or scientific outcome, or a political decision
favoring such an outcome? Is there some particular i>olitical interest
group whose views are congenial to the scientific course he advocates ?
Does his discipline share an identifiable interest with some economic
institution or faction?

Grovernment scientists are a special case. In addition t/O their dis-
ciplinary bias, they also have an agency affiliation, a commitment to
agency orthodoxy, and an obligation to support agency policies and
programs. They also have an obligation inherent in all civil servants
to assist the Congress. It would seem to be difficult for both the witness
and the congressional committee to keep clearly in mind the complica-
tions of such testimony, when witnesses are simultaneously expected
to observe the canons of scientific objectivity, agency loyalty, and
personal commitment.

In addition to their scientific obligations and affiliations, scientists
cannot help bringing to an issue some measure of political value-
judgment. Scientists vote and affiliate in political parties. They pos-
sess social values. They are members of one or more interest groups
with objectives and programs. They have personal ambitions and favor
particular national goals. In his own field, the scientist can usually
leani to screen out these sources of bias, but in testifying more gen-
erally on scientific matters related to a political issue, the scientist may
unwittingly testify mainly as a citizen rather than as an objective and
disciplined expert. Even if he is summoned to testify as an expert,
he is often invited to express his views as a citizen as well.

Procedures and methodology used in the study

On the basis of a survey of the literature of congressional decisions
since World War II, 14 cases were selected for the study. The criteria
for selection were that the cases should have evoked some debate, in-
volved a definable issue on which a definable decision was reached, had
substantial scientific or technological content, and presented technical
difficulties. It was also important that the cases be broadly representa-
tive of subject areas, kinds of decision mechanism, and kinds of deci-
sions. The following 14 oases were selected :

1. AD-X2 battery additive

2. The point IV program

3. Inclusion of the social sciences in the National Science Founda-

tion

4. Camelot (applied social science research)

5. Mohole (National Science Foundation project in earth

science)

6. The Test Ban Treaty

7. The Peace Corps

8. High energv i^hvsics

9. The Office of Coal Eesearch

10. Distribution of the Salk vaccine

477

11. The Water Pollution Control Act of 1948

12. The Thalidomide case

13. The Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1947

14. National criteria for water projects

The categories of scientific application level, project magnitude,
and broad disciplines involved in the 14 cases are shown in the accom-
panying chart of Categories of Scientific Activity. The second chart
indicates for the 14 cases the kinds of congressional action taken.

CATEGORIES OF SCIENCE AGTIVITT

irv

cr«

•V

•H

CT^

-P

in.

CTv

ITV

«\

-;^

-P

-4-

vJD

■p

ITN

«{

-<t-

•H

r-i

•H

U-N

•H

1 '

H-

l--^

<l>

•V

U-N

i-H

;-!

-p

•H

-p

I-i

<:;

•H

■H

■p

-P

•P

•r-3

-p

-<^

(1)

•H

!-<

•H

cs^

•r1

-P

•P

-P

■H

-P

§=

<iH

•H

■p

-p

m
>>

•5

t>»

<-l

-p

•H

j:;

£i

-p

■P

•*J

•H

-p

(1)

-P

•H

.c!

-p .

&■

•H

r— i

•H

-a

-p

Cti

-p

•H

•!-3

•P

•H

■P

•P

t:!

•H

<l>

•H

«;

P-.

p-i

■-r;

PL,

Basic research
Applied research

Engineering application
Big Science
Little science
Physical sciences
Biomedical sciences
Social sciences

-,-

KltroS OF COHCiRESSIONAL- ACTION TAKEN

478

-ct-

C»

•0

»rv

•H

ir\

t«^

•«

•H

-<f

•»

a»

t-i

vX)

(tt

-4-

•p

•^

i-l

•*

■-*

i-i

LTV

c»\

•H

■;!

•H

«A

•H

■H

r-i

«r>

rt"

•V

trf

■H

■<

ir\

(i>

•*

•H

-p

r-H

••-J

•P

Cjl

~.t

. d

•H

•H-

•H

■p

-p

i-H

•H

•M

•H

^-1

■p

■r-a

tM '

■H

PL.

•rt

• •

1:4

-tJ

•H

■H

i-H

<«

-P

•H

&•

•iH

Pl,

f-i

•iH

■S

i-H

•H

•d

r\i

4->

■H

;«;

•r-j

•p

•H

. M

•d

•H

<??

Treaty approval
Creation of a new agency

Existing agency functions
ejrpanded

Interdepartmental coordi-
nation.called for

Review of agency opera-
tion

Program monitoring pro-
vided

Funding level of Feder-
al agency reduced

Funding level of Feder-
al agency increased

State Ciov't. funding and
policy guidance provided

Regulatory controls imposed

Legislation recommended
Advisory response
Action deferred
Ho action recorded

Program terminated by con-
gressional pressure

Program terminated by ap-
propriation action

Legislation viewed as ex-
perimental

I- 1 .. .

479

After the cases were selected, a literature search was conducted on
each successive topic, and an overview of the case obtained. The central
focus of t)he issue or case was identified. The external circumstances
bearinc: on the case were examined- — and the historical events leading
up to the emergence of the issue, including the way in which the case
was presented as an issue for resolution by the Congress. Then the
various legislative proposals offered as alternative possible solutions
were examined. An overview was obtained of the congressional hear-

ings on the issue — mcluding sometimes both investigative hearings and
hearings on legislation. Examination was made of the qualifications of
witnesses who gave testimony with scientific or technological content,
and as to the kinds of infonnation they provided. Attention was given
to the ultimate stmcturing of the issue for final decision, to the decision
itself, and to its implementation. Finally, an examination was made of
subsequent developments relating to the decision, to provide a basis for
assessing the effectiveness of the information process, the decision
process, and the decision rendered, an each particular case.

/Scientific and political hehavior in contro^st

The general impression gained from these cases is that the Congress
expects the sdientist to be positive, to deal in quantitative infonnation,
to supply authoritative answers to questions of fact and reliable recom-
mendations on matters of policy. In point of fact, the scientist deals in
probabilistic quantities and probabilistic facts ; when he recommends
political policy he steps beyond being a scientist because policy depends
on considerations beyond the scope of science. As a professional man,
the scientist accepts the obligations of his discipline — including the
degree of self-restraint required by the scientist to hold himself within
the bounds of 'liis subject.

Scientists sometimes disagree as to the facts ; when this happens, the
matter is resolved by the accumulation of more facts to confirm or
refute — to make the weight of the evidence adequately conclusive in
one direction or another. Scientists frequently disagree as to the correct
interpretation of the facts; when this happens the matter is resolved
by further review of the rigorousness with which the data were col-
lected, the examination of the data by additional scientists, and per-
haps the accumulation of more data or a finer sensitivity and precision
of observation of data.

To the scientist, factual quantitative relationships define general
principles. These are not invented, but discovered. '\'Vlien the data are
insufficient to narrow the possibilities down to a single principle,
alternative hypotheses may be held. Scientists may search for further
confirming evidence of each possible hypothesis, until all but one are
eliminated. Scientists, being also human, are inclined to favor the
hypothesis in which they are investing their effort. The discipline of
science requires, however, that t\\&y recognize this bias, and be pre-
pared to accept contrary e^ndence. This is a process that Dr. Jeffries'
panel on battery additives of the National Academy of Sciences-Na-
tional Research Council described as the test "in the marketplace of
ideas." However, the ability to analyze scientific evidence and draw

480

valid conclusions is not evenly distributed among scientists. Those best
qualified to judge tend to influence others. Yet tliose best qualified to
judge can still sometimes err. Scientists do not decide a scientific ques-
tion by voting on it; they decide by reaching a consensus. In short,
science is no royal road to truth ; it is, however, the only method of
opening up, objectively, the secrets of nature. In the same way, the
democratic process of political decisiomuaking is imperfect and in-
efficient^yet it is the best way we know of allocating costs and values
in a society. The difference between these two ways of mobilizing hu-
man society is an important one. It needs to be understood if the
political world is to draw upon the scientific world for information
and guidance.

II. Fields of Congressioxal Concern in Science Policy Decisions

The management of the political aspects of technology — or of the
technological aspects of national policy — involves successive interac-
tions of the technical and political systems. Political decisions iuAolv-
ing technology deal with practical and specific issues of science and
government that touch on the following 10 fields of concern :

(1) Political identi-fication of incompatibilities of man ivith Ms
environment. — It is hard to find any example of applied science that
is not concerned with the goal of improving the compatibility of man
with his environment. Incompatibilities are indicated by the evidences
of human dissatisfactions and impairments of human well-being. One
main response of the political system is to enlist science and technology
to effect specific improvements.

(2) Determination of political goals and their relative priorities, in
improvmg the compatihility of mamoith his environment. — ^There are
always more needs and opportunities for feasible contributions of
science and technology' to the correction of environmental incompati-
bilities than society can marshal its resources to exploit. Some incom-
patibilities are more salient, severe, injurious, offensive, or unpopular
than others. Decisions as to the priorities society will assign to their
correction is a foremost task of the political system. These decisions
may rank incompatibilities in order of (a) amounts of resources to
be assigned to correcting them; {h) technical urgency of their correc-
tion, in terms of physical consequences of failure to do so and prospects
of physical advantage of doing so; (c) political urgency of their cor-
rection, in terms of the publicly perceived and expressed need for
corrective action.

(3) Th^ forecasting of technology. — It is impoi-fant for the politi-
cal decisionmaker, as well as for the technological planner, to look
ahead — ^to anticipate in various time frames wliat is likely to be tech-
nically feasible, what changes are likely in the pattern of technological
applications, and what gaps can be foreseen in needed technology for
the future.

(4) E stahlishm.ent of technological goals and priorities. — In view of
the fact that political priorities for correcting environmental incom-
patibilities are continually undergoing revision in response to the

481

chano^ing condition of man, and because technological capabilities for
modifying either man or his environment are continually evolving and
changing, it becomes necessary to make frequent new detenninations
as to which specific tasks of science and technologj^ are the most urgent
and deserve the largest allocations of resources.

(5) Estahlhliment of related hasic and swppoHing reesarch goals
and priorjtjes. — Every environmental incompatibility to be corrected
requires initially the selection of a preferred course of action from
various possible alternatives. In all cases, this selection calls for more
research. In addition, further research is necessary to relate the prob-
lem to the broader environment, to secure detailed information about
the nature and mechanisms of the incompatibility, and to refine tech-
nologically the course of action to correct it.

(6) Applied tecTinological system hidlding. — The effective applica-
tion of technology in the solving of important social problems — the
correcting of important environmental incompatibilities — suggests
that a systematic approach be taken. The direct and indirect impacts
of the preferred course of action need to be incorporated into a cost/
effectiveness analysis. The exploitation of opportunities for additional
benefits needs to be explored. The total technological package needs
to be assembled conceptually and looked at as a" complete, working
entity.

(7) Technological assessment. — Before, during, and after the build-
ing of ia technological system, it is necessary to identify and study the
consequences of its operation. The objective is to improve the man-
agement of the total technolog-ical society, including the minimizing
of consequences which are unintended, unanticipated, and unwanted.
Assessment includes forecasting and prediction, retroactive evalua-
tion, and current monitoring and analysis. Measurements involve non-
economic, subjective values as well as direct, tangible quantifications.
Above all, assessment requires that catastrophic consequences of each
]>roposed new technologv^ be foreseen and avoided before the new tech-
nology becomes entrenched in the socioeconomic complex of human
orgianization.

(8) Technological control.- — In the application of a new technologi-
cal system, there are usually some effects that offer short-term eco-
nomic benefits at the cost of serious long-term social disadvantages.
Some effects may benefit one social group at disproportionately greater
costs to another, or to society at large. Or the use of the system with-
out certain explicit precautions may impose unacceptable risks on
society. In order to exploit the benefits of the system, it is therefore
necessary to establish and apply methods of directing, encouraging, or
inliibiting aspects of its technology. Control may have a considerable
scientific content. It may also need to apply the findings of the social
sciences — ^the measurement of human satisfactions and dissatisfactions,
the design and application of economic controls, and the objective char-
acterizations of levels of human well-being.

(9) Technological transfer. — Successful introduction of a useful
technology at one point in the social system can serve usefully as a
practical test demonstration. It may generate a desire to have the

99-044—69 32

482

teclinolo^y extended elsewhere. However, each region, State, and
community has its own particularities, so that a technology that serves
one region well may not be equally compatible with the economy, law,
or customs of others. The successful transfer of technology may re-
quire considerable advance study of these obstacles ; adjustments may
be needed not only in the teclinology being transferred but also in
the political or cultural climate of the region accepting the technology.

(10) Management of technological ohsolescence. — A socioeconomic
structure is built up in response to every major technological advance.
When, eventually, an aging technology begins to be threatened by a
more viable system, uncomfortable adjustments are imposed on the
socioeconomic structure that is related to the aging technolog;y\ Obso-
lescence may imply the dismantling of a considerable system, the re-
tirement of a large element of economic activity, the transfer of num-
bers of people to new employments, declining value of capital, and
many changes in economic and social patterns. Science may be called
on to ease the conversion, defer it, or find new uses for the obsoleted
resources. Costs of introducing new technology sometimes omit taking
account of the costs of liquidating the technology rendered obsolete in
the process.

The following analytical matrix shows the relevance of the 14 cases
studied for the 10 categories of policy factors of science and technology
listed above. It should be recognized that the inclusion of a factor in
the consideration of an issue carries no implication as to the quality
of treatment. Also, in practice, the 10 factors have a considerable de-
gree of interrelationship ; the separate consideration of some of them
in the management of an issue carries no implication as to the extent
to which the different factors were articulated or harmonized. Those
who wish to pursue one of the 10 categories through some of the 14
cases, in order to see the factor in operation, or to assess its importance,
can identify from the chart which cases are appropriate to consult.

(The chart referred to follows :)

483

Science Policy Factors Relevant to Cases Studied

Case Subject of Case
.No.

1. HD-XZ

2. Point 17

3. Soc. Sci. in NSF
4-. Camelot

5. Mohole

6. Test Ban Treaty

7. Peace -Corps

8. High Energy Physics

9. Off. of Coal Hesearch

10. Salk Vacc. Distrib,

11. V/ater Pollution

12. Thalidomide

13. Pesticides

14-. Water Proj. Criteria

i-H

•H

r-\

•H

•to

•H

crt

•H

■P

•P

-P

•H

^H-

•H

^1
ft

1-1

•

^•u

•H

»d

^s^

■n

•H

1-1

Cd-

r-i

I-)

■P

(r>

•

•a

•

-p

•p

•P

-p

•

r",

r-\

>»

<;h

«rt

-p

•rt

-P

•

• ■

•

-p

-P

E-1

■^

E-i

(i)

(2)

(3)

(I)

(5)

(^)

d') (i) (^)

(Ic

• X

484

III. The Technical Information Function in Political Decision-
iviaking: The Cases Summarized

This section recapitulates briefly the essential features of the cases
discussed at length in chapters 3 through 16.

case one: theai>-x2 battery additive

Background. — -Mismanaged storage batteries failed prematurely;
scrapped batteries were in demand because of a shortage of lead.

Problem. — A vendor of an additive powder to prolong battery life
was challenged by the Post Office Department and the Federal Trade
Commission (FTC), based on laboratory findings by the National
Bureau of Standards (NBS), that such additives had no merit.

Access to Congress. — The vendor appealed to many Members of
Congress and to the Senate Select Committee on Small Business that
he had been unfairly treated. He claimed that he had many satisfied
customers, that NBS tests were unsound; and that battery manu-
facturers had inspired the campaign against him.

The facts. — The additive had no fixed composition. It was sold in
a package containing instructions on battery management. There were
many satisfied customers. NBS tests of the additive had yielded nega-
tive results; tests by other laboratories showed results either inconclu-
sive or interpreted by the vendor as favorable. NBS staff members had
been in direct communication with tlie National Better Business Bu-
reau that circulated criticism of the additive, encouraged by battery
manufacturers. One panel of scientists recommended NBS reorganiza-
tion and an end to contacts with interested parties relatiA^e to testing
of products. Another panel of scientists found NBS battery-testing
procedures sound and the additive wanting in merit. The Post Office
dropped the case against the vendor, and FTC ruled in his favor.

Sources., kinds of technical infoi'miation for Congress. —

NBS Director : Principles and procedures in battery-additive testing,
assessments of findings of tests, worthlessness of testimonials, varied
composition of AD-X2, explanation of apparent differences in test
results, and description of findings of various NBS tests of AD-X2.

Vendor: Personal narrative, literature prepared by his scientific con-
sultant, test data from commercial laboratories, correspondence
with NBS and others, testimonials, and repeat orders.

Vendor's salesman : Personal narrative.

Various technologists: Personal narrative descriptions of experience
in using the additive (mainly favorable), and some test data.

MIT chemical engineer: Descri])tion of tests of AD-X2 (inconclusive
and not interpreted), personal narrative, and comments on labora-
tory versus field tests.

Chemist (formerly vendor's consultant) : No testimony: consultant to
committee, and interpreted MIT tests as favorable to vendor's pro-
duct in a draft report for the committee.
Decision. — No finding as to the merits of the additive; urged fair

treatment of the vendor, taking into account the reasonable doubt

generated by the testimonials.

Decision locus. — Committee and committee staff.

485

Assessment. — Committee review and pressure jjenerated by it
strengthened NBS research function and reduced its activity in the
testing of consumer products. It ended direct NBS contacts with inter-
ested parties to tests. Also, it freed the vendor to merchandise his
product.

Commentary. — Committee expertise was unequal to the task of sci-
entific interpretation of vokiminous and detailed technical test data.
Relevance of much of the evidence was questionable. Limited juris-
diction of the committee obstructed consideration of the political ques-
tion at stake: whether a Government research laboratory should be
used to support regulation of advertising or protection of the consumer
against fraud. The final result was that Government interest in such
regulation was somewhat reduced.

CASE TWO : THE POINT IV PROGRAM

BacJcground. — After "World "War II, U.S. policy called for positive
efforts to encourage development of lagging economies to halt the
spread of communism. Historically, U.S. experience with aid to devel-
oping countries had been meager.

Prohlem. — Although restoration of war-torn economies in Europe
had been successful at moderate cost to the United States, the costs of
effecting corresponding gains in the many lagging economies of the
world in the same way would have been prohibitive; an alternative
approach was needed.

Acress to Congress. — President Truman, in his 1949 inaugural ad-
dress, proposed a "bold new program"' to export technological ex-
pertise to developing countries. Subsequently, State Department staff
members prepared studies and plans to flesh out the President's pro-
posal. These were submitted to Congress.

The facts. — Two basic concepts were evolved; one (mainly in the
Senate) called for the loan of technologically trained individuals to
developing countries, and the other (mainly in the House of Repre-
sentatives) stressed the underwriting of private capital investment
abroad. The program was represented as short range. Proposals in the
Senate for background studies to lay the groundwork for a soundly
based, long-range program were rejected. The assumption was gen-
erally accepted by both the Congress and the administration that the
transfer of new technology to a developing country with a distinctly
different culture offered no difficulties. It was also believed that no
extensive research was needed to design a successful program of for-
eign aid to these countries.

Sources. Mnds of techm-cal m formation for Congress. —
State Department witnesses: outlines of 18 program areas, with esti-
mated funds and personnel requirements; recipient countries
identified.
Other administration witnesses : Reaffirmed expertise and availability

of U.S. technicians with experience in overseas development.
Private businessmen: Opposed Government participation in foreign
area economic development, asked for tax incentives or guarantees
of private capital investment abroad, and offered assurances of their
experience in foreign area development.

486

Keligious mission witnesses : Offered participation by their experienced

personnel.
Labor, trade, and agi"iculture organization witnesses: Offered assist-
ance in manpower training programs; asked for development of
overseas programs in labor-management relations and labor stand-
ards.

Decision. — Presidential proposal to encourage export of technology
became main feature of the bill as passed. Congi'ess added the inipor-
tant element of investment guarantees to encourage export of private
investment capital. The measure was regarded as essentially explor-
atory ; provision was made for annual oversight.
Decision locus. — Conference committee.

Assessment. — This was the first major legislation explicitly aimed
at aid to developing comitries. It set in motion a major activity of
Government that has continued thereafter. It expected private business
to undertake an important share of the program.

Commentary.— T\\^ problems presented by the President's proposal
were not well thought through by the Administration. The Congi-ess
was not advised of important obstacles to effective transfer of technol-
ogy, such as cultural resistance. Many specific problem areas were not
explored. U.S. personnel resources and development expertise were
overstated. The need for Government investment in transportation,
communications, and other "social overhead" capital items was not rec-
ognized. Subsequent controversies arose over the implementation of
the program. Some of the difficulties later encountered were foreseen
in the professional literature while the aid measure was under legis-
lative consideration.

CASE THREE : INCLUSION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN THE NATIONAL

SCIENCE FOUNDATION (1946)

Background. — Li "World "War II, applied science was mobilized in
support of U.S. military strength. As the war ended, ways were sought
to exploit this same expertise in support of peacetime programs of the
Government. Postwar proposals were advanced for a Government in-
stitution to sponsor basic research as the seedbed of applied scientific
creativity. The United States had traditionally been more apt in ap-
plied science than in basic ; the concept was that a National Science
Foundation (NSF) would support basic research directly, and thereby
stimulate applied research indirectly. Initial studies of the concept
were concerned with the physical, biological, and medical sciences.
Later, the role of the social sciences came into question.

ProSZ^m.— Should the scope of the proposed NSF extend to the
social sciences?

Access to Congress. — In his special message on reconversion, Sep-
tember 1945, President Truman requested creation of a science foun-
dation. He explicitly recommended that the social sciences be included
within its scope of interest.

The facts. — At the request of President Roosevelt, Director Van-
nevar Bush of the Office of Scientific Research and Development, a
wartime scientific agency, had prepared a report on postwar science
needs. This report, made public in July 1945, called for creation of
an agency to sponsor basic research in peacetime. The Bush report

487

dealt with the physical, biological, and medical sciences; it did not
discuss the social ^sciences. When the social science issue was raised
by President Truman, the science community in general was not en-
tliusiastic; inclusion of the social sciences within NSF was viewed as
a possible obstacle to congressional acceptance of the NSF itself. The
physical scientists appeared to favor a separate agency for the social
and behavioral sciences. There was some sentiment in Congress for
an omnibus scientific agency, and a bill to this effect was reported by
the Senate subcommittee that had held hearings on the issue. How-
ever, after a conference of Senate leaders with Dr. Bush and some of
his associates, the full committee dropped the mandatory social science
provision in favor of a permissive arrangement. A revised bill incor-
porating the compromise was reported favorably. Amending proposals
were beaten back in the Senate, and the House concurred. Although
the legislation failed of enactment from 1946 until 1950 (for unrelated
reasons) , all subsequent bills reported or voted on during this period
adhered to the compromise formula for the social sciences, including
the bill that became law in 1950.

Sources^ kinds of technical information for Congress. —
The President of the National Academy of Sciences opposed any
Government agency to sponsor basic science; as an alternative, he
favored tax credits to encourage expanded scientific effort by private
industiy.
Leading personalities in the disciplines of the physical, biological, and
medical sciences were strongly favorable to creation of an agency to
sponsor basic science ; lukewarm on inclusion of the social science- ;
questioned whether it was possible to define these as "sciences."
(They lagged behind other sciences.)
Leading personalities in the social science disciplines suggested that
because they lagged behind other sciences, the social sciences needed
Government support most. They were needed to identify needs for
new technology, and to assess the effects on society of technological
change. There were many important "social inventions" but these
rarely received the kinds of recognition or rewards given to inventors
in the physical science disciplines.
Military spokesmen gave mild support for applied social sciences as
usefiil in the development of hardware systems, and as important
for the intellig:ence function of strategic assessment of foreign mili-
tary capabilities.

Decision. — Social sciences were not to be included explicitly in the
new NSF at the outset. The agency would be permitted to add oth^r
divisions (including one for the social sciences) when study by NSF
established the need for them.

Decision locus.- — Informal conference of leading physical scientists
with chairmen of Senate Committees on Military Affairs and Com-
merce devised a compromise that was subsequently incorporated in a
conmiittee bill and reported. The plan was ajDproved by the Senate by
a record vote, and concurred in by the House in subsequent actions.

Assessment. — Congressional skepticism as to the scientific method-
ology of the social sciences had much to do with the decision. Testi-
mony bj' the social scientists had apparently not relieved these uncer-
tainties. The disciplines and the products of the applied social sciences

488

were not clearly distinguished from the routine considerations of the
Congress itself. It was not made clear which was "science" and which
was merely "commonsense." Physical scientists had more concrete
evidence of the potential value of their contributions.

C ormnentary . — ^Mistrust of the social sciences still persists. How-
ever, NSF early resolved the question of the relevance of the disci-
plines in its program. Selective sponsorship of unmistakably "scien-
tific" social science projects led to the expansion of this phase of XSF
acti^dty, and probably furtliered its eventual formal endorsement by
Congress. Initial congressional reservations also had a salutary effect
on the social sciences themselves, resulting in an increase in the rigor of
their methodology. Finally, the apj^lication of scientific methodologies
to social problems in many expanding fields of Government activity
stimulated the various social science disciplines. By 1969, the role of
the social sciences was beginning to be acknowledged generally as
important in the support of the other sciences, and in teclmological
goal-setting, development, assessment, transfer, and control.

CASE foue: project camelot

B(juckground. — The foreign policy of the United States after World
War if involved support for governments of developing countries
threatened with forcible overthrow by internal insurgent forces led by
Communist-trained cadres and aided by Communist-supplied muni-
tions. U.S. military preparedness to assume these obligations required
advance indication of areas likely to seek U.S. help.

Problem. — What policy should be established for Government use
of applied social science outside of U.S. territory ?

Access to 6'onp'/'e.s-.§.— Newspaper revelation that military-sponsored
research had resulted in criticism of the United States prompted
congressional investigation by the House Committee on Foreign
Affairs.

The facts. — Project Camelot was a study of political instability and
potential for revolution in developing countries. It was administered
by the special operations research office, (SORO), at The American
University, with the cooperation of social scientists elsewhere. Disclo-
sure of SORO's activities in Chile provoked criticism by public opin-
ion media in that country. The U.S. Ambassador cabled home an
inquiry about the project. The inquiry became public. Members of
Congress expressed concern as to the potential for disruption of U.S.
foreign policy inherent in the kind of operation represented by
Camelot. Subsequently the issue was broadened into an examination by
the Congress of the policy questions involved. In Congress, the issues
were as to the need for interagency coordination, and the proper spon-
sorship of applied research in the social sciences abroad. Among the
social scientists, the issues were as to the ethics of performing un-
disclosed research, military sponsorship, and the Government-science
relationship.

Sources, hinds of technical information for Congress. — Military
research administrators asserted the need for research in social and
political conditions abroad. Spokesmen for the State Department
attested to lack of interagency coordination.

489

Decision. — Camelot was canceled but the military need for spon-
sorship of such research was accepted as valid. Interagency coor-
dination and formal guidelines for such research were established
administratively.

Decision locus. — Congressional committee and executive branch,
without enactment of legislation.

Assessment. — Pressures on the executive branch generated by com-
mittee interest in the episode prompted cancellation of the project.
It also led to a strengthening of interagency coordination mechanisms,
a debate among societies of social scientists on the ethics of performing
classified Government research in sensitive areas, and fonnation of
social science advisory groups in the Xational Academy of Sciences.
Increased interest in the Congress regarding the uses of the social
sciences in Government led to legislative proposals for a National
Social Sciences Foundation. Supporters of the proposal said that if
established, the proposed Foundation would "civilianize" federally
sponsored social science research and give the social sciences the special
visibility, support, and direction needed to promote rapid growth.
Moreover, the Foundation could support social policy-oriented re-
search, which was not supported elsewhere in the Government. How-
ever, an alternative approach was adopted. This was to instruct the
National Science Foundation to accord the social sciences more em-
phasis, and to extend its sponsorship to some applied research projects.
Supporters of the NSF alternative said that the existing NSF mecha-
nism could valuably support growth of the social sciences. They held
that the NSF already had experience in supporting such research and
that the similarities in methodology and policy utilization between the
social, physical, and biological sciences necessitated unified direction.
Subsequently, NSF created a panel to assess the status and prospects
of Federal utilization and support of the social sciences.

Commentary. — Criticism of the extent of interagency coordination
evidenced by the management of Project Camelot focused congres-
sional attention on the need for more direction and coordination in
Government use of the social sciences. The outcome was probably
beneficial to the relationship of the social sciences to Government.

CASE five: mohole

Background. — Disciplines within the physical sciences attracting
Government sponsorship and able students were those with active,
challenging, and creative research programs — particularly if they were
also in competition for world leadership with Soviet scientists in
similar disciplines.

Prohlem. — "^^Hiether a spectacular and costly program to drill to
the deep underlying mantle of the earth, sponsored by the National
Science Foundation (NSF), should be supported at the level recom-
mended by NSF, slowed, redirected, or denied funds entirely.

Access to Congress. — The program was initially described to the
House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries, in May 1961.
Thereafter it received periodic reviews as a part of NSF appropria-
tion proceedings in the Senate and House Appropriation Committees.

490

Tlie facts. — The plan was conceived in a meeting of geopliysicists re-
viewing proposals to NSF for research projects seeking sponsorship.
It was matured by a group on an ad hoc basis. Subsequently, the
group affiliated as a committee within the National Academy of
Sciences (NAS) ; it sought and obtained an NSF grant to_ conduct a
feasibility test of deep water drilling. The ultimate objective was to
reach the heavy rock mantle underlying the earth's crust. The mantle
is closest to the surface under the deep ocean so that drilling could best
be performed through the ocean floor. Initial tests proved successful.
The NAS group turned to studies of the next step, while NSF assumed
management of the project. The NAS Mohole staff witiidrew and
formed an indef)endent company. NSF chose Brown & Root, Inc., a
Texas firm with marine and construction experience, to manage the
Mohole project. The role of the original Mohole team at NAS dimi-
nished. Extension of a drilling capability to reach tlie earth's mantle
gradually become questioned as beyond the existing state of the art of
drilling hardware and materials. A contract was placed for construc-
tion of a large and costly drilling platform while deA^elopment of drill-
ing hardware continued. The NAS panel was reorganized; the new
chairman declared that an intermediate drilling system should pre-
cede attempts to reach the mantle. The Office of the President con-
tinued to support the program. A review committee convened by NSF
endorsed the plan to proceed directly to build the "ultimate" drilling
platfonn, with which to develop "intermediate" drilling hardware.
Estimated costs mounted steeply. Onset of hostilities in Vietnam began
to impact on domestic expenditures. Political complications arose.
Congressional support waned, especially in the House Committee on
Appropriations. Finally, with evidence of disagreement among scien-
tists as to the feasibility of the project and as to the scientific merit of
the expressed objective, the Congress terminated its funding and the
project was dropped. In the meantime, a consortium of universities and
research foundations, with NSF support, had begini a substantial pro-
gram to take core drillings from the ocean floors on a systematic basis
at moderate depths.

Sources^ hinds of techmoal information for Congress. — -Information
to Congress about the project was accumulated gradually between 1959
and 1966. Early testimony, by geopliysicists, stressed feasibility and
underestimated technical difficulty and costs. Subsequent testimony by
NSF director and staff members represented the project as important,
rewarding, and feasible basic research, proceeding in good order. There
were many direct and indirect references, unconfirmed by evidence, to
a "race to the mantle" involving U.S. and IT.S.S.E. scientists. As op-
position in Congress grew, information supplied by NSF, the coiitrac-
tor, the President's Science Adviser, the President of NAS, and inter-
ested academicians became more detailed about the scientific merits of
the program. Particular emphasis was on the many disciplines that
would benefit from discoveries expected from Mohole. It had an im-
portant place in the Nation's science program and was being watched
by the rest of the scientific world.

Decision. — In the summer of 1966, Congress withheld further fund-
ing of the project.

491

Decision locus. — House Appropriations Committee; decision en-
dorsed by Conference Committee on Appropriations and accepted by
both Houses of Congress.

Assessment. — Mohole had floundered between objectives — generat-
ing; controversy among the scientists themselves, weakening the case
for the project," and raising questions about the validity of "big science"
under Government sponsorship.

Commentary. — Early confusions resulting from the divided man-
agement of the project persisted; this may perhaps be attributed to
the absence of close and continuous congressional scrutiny. The man-
agement goal of the contractor was too narrow to allow for a proper
scope of research. Precisely why costs rose so steeply was never ex-
plained : original underestimates were explained away as having been
made by enthusiastic scientists rather than by qualified engineers. Con-
gressional opposition produced an increased but belated flow of sub-
stantiating information. A possible interpretation of the project is
that ''big science" needs to be insulated from the profit motive — that
it is safer to draw ujDon consortia of universities or research founda-
tions for the management of such projects. A stronger case for the proj-
ect might have been made had the Congress insisted on having detailed
plans for full exploitation of the projected hardware to yield all pos-
sible scientific values, and if the relevance of the design for such ex-
ploitation had been fully explained.

CASE six: the test baiSt treaty

Background. — Numerous test explosions of atomic devices had in-
creased the level of radioactivity in the atmosphere. The intensifying
arms race, and the possibility of nuclear proliferation, prompted con-
sideration of the utility of unrestricted development of weapons of
mass destruction. Efforts at arms control agreement since 1946 had
been unfruitful.

Prohlem. — lYliether the Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty should be
approved for ratification : whether the military-technological inhibi-
tions prescribed in the treaty contained unacceptable risks, or were ade-
quately overmatched by the expected political and diplomatic benefits
of the treaty.

Access to Congress. — Members of the Senate had periodically volun-
teered views on test ban issues and had participated in deliberations
with the Administration leading up to the treaty negotiations ; how-
ever, the formal point of access was the President's request for Senate
approval of ratification of the treaty.

The facts. — The treaty was considered in the Foreign Relations
Committee, while separate hearings were held by a subcommittee of
the Senate Military Affairs Committee.

Sources, kinds of technical informrttion for Congress.- — Before the
Foreign Relations Committee, the Secretary of State described the
terms of the treaty, the Secretary of Defense gave assurances of its
safety, the Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission told the com-
mittee that much promising; research would still be permitted under it,
and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) found it acceptable, pro\dded
four sets of safeguards were maintained. A number of scientific wit-

492

nesses also testified, mostly in favor. Their main points were that viola-
tions of the treaty could be detected outside the violatino- country, that
adequate offensive weapons could be developed without further testing
of warheads, and that defensive weapons had small prospect of success.
One opponent, Dr. Teller, said he opposed it because of its inhibiting
effect on the development of defensive weapons, weapons testing, and
peaceful uses of atomic explosives. In the hearings before the Military
Affairs Subcommittee, witnesses were technical or military. Emphasis
was on ways in which the treaty would impair prospects for future
U.S. weapons development. In both sets of hearings the public appre-
hensions about fallout were discounted as exaggerated.

Decision. — After being favorably reported by the Foreign Relations
Committee, the treaty was debated in the Senate for 3 weeks (during
which the Military Affairs Subcommittee recommended against it),
and was then approved by a vote of 80 to 19. However, during these
proceedings, the opinion was expressed by several members that the
approval of the treaty was a foregone conclusion.

Decision locus. — Formally, by the Senate.

Assessment. — Approval of the treaty may have paved the way for
other arms agreements to ease international tensions and reduce the
intensity of the arms race. It established criteria for acceptability of
arms control agreements. Compliance probably resulted in some re-
duction in fallout. Implementation of the JCS safeguards required a
substantial and continuing outlay.

Commentary. — The process of approving the treaty did not solve
the problem of equating its effects on military technology with its
effects on political or diplomatic status of the United States. It revealed
obstacles in the obtaining of technological information through the
filter of security classification. It also revealed the difficulty of obtain-
ing concrete evidence of political and diplomatic benefits of an arms
treaty.

CASE seven: the peace corps

Background. — Over the years there had been various proposals to
enlist into voluntary public sen-ice the motivation and zeal of young
people — especially recent college graduates. Foreign service was a par-
ticularly appealing feature.

Problem,. — Could foreign aid programs be effectively supplemented
by a minimum-budget program to send young volunteers abroad as
technological missionaries to developing countries ?

Access to Congress. — The Peace Corps proposal received initial im-
petus within Congress itself ; later, after the Corps had been established
by Executive Order, the President asked Congress to give it legislative
sanction.

Ths facts.— The Peace Corps idea gathered currency and substance
through numerous speeches by Members of Congress, studies by ad
hoc panels at the request of candidate John F. Kennedy, and a re-
search study requested in 1959 by Congress and performed by the
Eesearch Foundation at Colorado State University (CSU). It aroused
much interest on many college campuses. An Executive Order of the
new President created an agency to demonstrate the concept in actual
operation, and also to supply information to Congress when the

493

President's request for Peace Corps legislation was taken up. Mem-
bers of Congress later expressed gratification at the quality and quan-
tity of this information. The new agency was ratified legislatively
with little delay. It was generally successful and well regarded.

Sources^ kinds of technical information for Congress. — ^To design
the new social invention required information on preparation and
training of volunteers for service, structure and policies of the sup-
porting agency at home and in the field, relations and functions of
volunteers in site countries, overall specifications for the program,
plans for evaluation of its work, and reactions to the concept by the
U.S. public and in interested countries. Sources of much of this in-
formation were Peace Corps Director and his staff (overall program,
selection and training, identification of cultural obstacles to tech-
nology transfer and ways to overcome them, analysis of deficiency
in middle-level teclmological manpower in site countries that volun-
teer personnel would correct) ; conferences organized by Representa-
tive Reuss (discussion of alternatives, review of detailed questions,
indication of public consensus) ; CSU Research Foundation (need
for research as basis of program, need for postaudit evaluation pro-
gram ; public consensus, views of leaders in potential site comitries) ;
other supporting materials (eyewitness accounts of training program
given by Members of Congress, public opinion polls, newspaper edi-
torials and articles, and extensive expressions of support within the
college community).

Decision. — Enactment of legislation authorizing the Peace Corps
as requested by the President; acknowledgement of its experimental
nature ; $40 million appropriation authorization.

Decision locus. — The legislative process.

Assess77ient. — Favorable reception of the plan was helped by long-
standing congressional interest in the subject and by the intensive
program analysis made available. Some effort was made to examine
cultural problems of technology transfer.

Commentary. — Acceptability was preconditioned by large favor-
able consensus. Extensive preparation had helped eliminate potential
problems and increased its acceptability. The preparation, undertaken
by a temporary agency, was aided by the findings of a preparatory
study authorized by Congress. Current criticisms of the Peace Corps
program have identified lack of needed research and evaluation capa-
bility, and the need to improve the technical training of volunteers
wlio characteristically have liberal arts backgrounds. The former
problem was foreseen during the 1961 hearings but not dealt with;
the latter has evolved subsequently. It is possible that congressional
oversight of Peace Corps operations in the future might benefit from
evaluations made by social scientists and professional consultants in
technical assistance.

OASE eight: high energy physics

Background. — Enthusiasm for Government sponsorship of basic
scientific research after World War II was high. Achievements in the
field of applied atomic science, based on prewar basic research into
the atomic nucleus, exemplified the potential values and importance
of basic investigation.

494

Problem. — How to decide on the funding level to support costly
basic research in high energy physics vis-a-vis research in other basic
disciplines ; in "big science" versus "little science" ; and in basic versus
applied science.

Access to Congress. — Periodically, reports on proposals for costly
new research facilities in high energy physics emanated from the Presi-
dent's Science Advisory Committee, and from advisory groups to
the National Science Foundation and the Atomic Energj^ Commission.
The Joint Committee on Atomic Energy maintained statutory surveil-
lance over atomic matters, including most of the proposals for high
energy research outlaj^s.

The facts. — The discipline of high energy physics takes its name
from the fact that penetration of the very short intranuclear region by
fast-moving particles for research purposes requires very high energies.
The projected particles need to liave velocities measured in billions of
electron volts. Accelerating particles to these energies calls for expen-
sive installations. The cost of this program to the United States has
risen from $3.9 million in 1945 to more than $150 million in 1968.
The 200-Bev accelerator currently under construction at Weston, 111.,
will cost an eventual $280 million to build and some $100 million a year
to operate. Although the United States has achieved world leadership
in high energy physics, interest elsewhere is keen, especially in the
Soviet Union and Western Europe ; any indication of a tapering off
in the rate of increase of U.S. support is criticized by U.S. high energy
physicists as relinquishment of this leadership. The field conmiands
high world respect as a science, attracts some of the ablest research
talent, and is asserted to deal with the most fundamental questions of
science. The social return from the Government investment in this field
is described in terms of (a) information about the ultimate composition
of matter, (b) training of researchers in the skills of problem solving.
Although no claims are advanced that discoveries will be economically
or militarily important, the possibility is not completely discounted.
One panel suggested that the United States and the Soviet Union
might join forces on research in this area : President Johnson encour-
aged further exploration of ways to internationalize this science.

Sources., kinds of technical infommtion for Congress. — In the pre-
senting of a case to the Congress for Federal funding, no field of basic
research has surpassed high energy physics in the volume, scope,
variety of forms of presentation of data, detail of coverage, and num-
ber, and eminence of advocates. Notable use has been made of advisory
panels to assemble information and technical recommendations for
consideration. Reports of such panels generally call for stronger Gov-
ernment support for the discipline, emphasize its fundamental sig-
nificance, stress the ripeness of the field for deeper penetration and
important discoveries, suggest the ancillary benefits, outline schedules
of additional hardware to be built, and assess the relative status of
U.S. and foreign research.

Decision. — No major issue has arisen in the discipline that has called
for a decisive action; decisionmaking has been evolutionary and
gradual, with outlays increasing year by year without radical change
in emphasis or direction.

Decision locvs. — A key role is occupied by the Joint Committee on
Atomic Energy, because of the continuity of its exposure to the tech-

495

nical briefings resulting from its statutory obligation for approving of
budgets for atomic research.

Assessment.— The enthusiasm for this field among many eminent
physicists is unmistakable. Congressional support has been maintained
at an increasing rate. The quality of factual information about research
programs, hardware requirements, time phasing of expansion, and
expected results, has been consistently high, specific, and coherent. Few
issues or dissents have occurred.

Commentary. — The indication is that as required energ}^ levels of
accelerators rise, funds allocated to the field will be concentrated in a
declining number of installations, with fewer students, more specialized
technologists, and a select group of highly qualified researchers. No
ultimate goal can be foreseen; the quest appears endless, with costs
continuing to rise. There is always the possibility that invention of
some new principle of particle acceleration will render obsolete the
large investments in existing research hardware. Members of a panel
of scientists that discussed in 1965 the problem of setting the level of
Government support for high energy physics took notice of the fact
that every scientific discipline had a practically unlimited capacity to
absorb funds, while the available resources for all remained finite. One
paper proposed that the criteria of social gain resulting from basic
research might become more relevant in the future.

CASE nine: the office of coal research

Bachground. — U.S. mining and processing of coal as a source of
thermal and electrical energy declined after 1947, in markets, employ-
ment, and numbers of producing units. Competing fossil fuels and
atomic energy threatened to reduce its share of markets still further.
Hard-hit coal-producing areas sought relief. Enormous reserves of
coal remained available in the United States. Vigorous Government-
sponsored applied research had made possible an abundance of atomic
energy at competitive prices.

Problem. — To encourage applied research programs to improve the
competitive position of coal in traditional markets, and to develop new
economically vial^le uses for it.

Access to Congress. — The President's National Materials Policy
(Paley) Commission had recommended development of a research plan
for coal. Several other presidential commissions had also called for this
action. Impetus within the Congress developed from implementation
of a resolution by Eepresentative Saylor, whose Pennsylvania constitu-
ency included many coal mining cormnunities, for a congressional in-
vestigating committee on coal research.

The ffl'(7f.<f.— Representative Saylor's resolution authorized a special
subcommittee of the House Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs
to investigate the need for a coal research program and how to estab-
lish it. On the basi.s of a substantial investigation, the subcommittee
recommended, August 1957, creation of an independent coal research
and development commission to find new uses for coal, expand existing
uses, reduce production and distribution costs, and aid smaller pro-
ducers. An Office of Coal Research (OCR) was created in the Depart-
ment of the Interior, by an act of July I960. A year later, little action
had been taken to implement the measure but by 1968 the agency had

496

placed 58 research contracts and was concentrating its efforts on de-
velopmental engineering of five pilot plant projects.

Sources, kinds of technical wformation for Congress. — From the
Department of the Interior, four members of the staff of the Bureau of
Mines, one from the U.S. Geological Survey, and the Assistant Sec-
retary for jNIineral Resources, provided historical and technical data,
a research plan, and a survey of U.S. coal reserves. Field hearings
drew testimony from 35 witnesses, including 13 coal producers, five
spokesmen for local chambers of commerce, four officials of State gov-
ernments, four representatives of academic institutions, three labor
leaders, three coal association representatives, and an electric utility
spokesman. At concluding hearings in Washington, staff members
of the Bureau of Mines returned to testify again; other testimony
was taken from three railroad officials and two spokesmen for the Na-
tional Coal Association. The evidence and testimony indicated that
the coal industry was financially ill equipped to fund its own research,
that Federal research had not significantly improved coal marketing
or product development, that there was a compelling need for a
greatly expanded research and development program for the coal
industry, and that Federal funding was necessary to sponsor it. The
coal industry itself proposed an independent agency as the solution.
Decision. — Action was delayed in hope that the Department of the
Interior would take action under its existing authority to exj^and re-
search in coal utilization. "When no such expansion occurred, a bill
was passed by both Houses in 1959 to estalilish an independent agency
for this purpose; it was vetoed by the President as administratively
unsuitable, and in 1960 agreement was reached on a substitute
measure. '

Decision locus. — The legislative process, in response to a decision
on inaction in the executive branch.

Assessment. — The Special Subcommittee on Coal Research pro-
vided the basic data on which the subsequent legislation depended. It
presented a hypothesis as to the need for action, and challenged spe-
cialists in the administration to propose a program. From the regions
most concerned, the subcommittee obtained sociological data, and
opinions as to the political urgency of action. A broad spectrum of
coal producers, consumers, and technological authorities identified
the range of research actions that might be taken and the preferred
form of management. Technologists in the industry and academic au-
thorities engage-d in coal research advised the subcommittee as to the
scope and possible economic consequences of a vigorous program of
applied research in coal. Finally, the subcommittee presented an op-
portunity for both the specialists of tlie Bureau of Mines and the as-
sociation of the coal producers to react to the evidence and refine their
own earlier testimony.

Commentary. — It is probably too early to draw any firm conclu-
sions as to the contributions of OCR in meeting the objectives for
the coal industry identified in 1957 by the special subcommittee. If
enough of the pilot plant programs of the agency mature into econom-
ically practicable and successful industries, then it might l^ecome the
prototype for other public investment in the large-scale application of
science and technology to the resources of nature. Although contro-

497

versy arose during the hearings, and in subsequent reviews of the
operation of OCK, as to whetlier applied researcli should be de-
liberately short range in character, subsequent experience suggests
that all new teclinology matures on its own built-in time schedule, and
that attempts to force it more quickly to exploitation tend to be
costly and wasteful. Evidence is still not available that the impact of
applied research can be beneficial to the coal industry in measurable
terms.

CASE ten: the salk vaccine

Background. — Infantile paralysis or poliomyelitis afflicted increas-
ing numbers of people in the early 1950's. Originally considered a
childhood disease, it was attacking increasing numbers of yoimg
adults. Polio reached an annual peak in midsumer, sometimes ap-
proacliing epidemic proportions. Prognosis tended to be increasingly
mifavorable with increased age of victims. A national voluntary cam-
paign, f mided by the annual March of Dimes, had been maintained
since the early 1930's to prevent and treat the disease, and rehabilitate
crippled victims.

Frohlem. — The Congress was asked whether Government assistance
should be provided to make a promising new polio vaccine available on
a national basis before the midsummer peak in the disease. The double
issue was raised : (1) how should the vaccine be distributed? (2) was it
safe ?

Access to Congress. — ^At first, the President recommended only a
limited Federal role in distribution of the vaccine; later, upon receiv-
ing the recommendations of a Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare (DHEW) National Advisory Committee, he submitted a
revised proposal for Federal funding of distribution without a means
test.

The facts. — Successful testing of the Salk vaccine had been an-
nounced in April 1955 over national television. It was declared safe
and 60 to 90 percent effective as a preventive, on the basis of a na-
tional test involvmg nearly 2 million children in M States. The mamier
of announcement was unorthodox ; usual medical procedure was to cir-
culate reports about new medical experience or tests in the professional
journals so as to bring professional criticism to bear systematically on
claims of improved procedures. Immediately after the announcement
of the test results. Secretary Hobby, of DHEW, annomiced that six
manufacturers had been licensed to produce it. Dr. James Shannon,
Assistant Director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), rec-
ommended tightening of Public Health Service (PHS) safety stand-
ards for the new vaccine. Some of the vaccine was found to produce
polio in those inoculated. All manufacturing and distribution was
halted pending a hastily undertaken PHS investigation. The cause was
eventually attributed to improper manufacturing methods used by one
producer whose vaccine was withdrawn from the program. PHS tight-
ened safety standards, and manufacturing and distribution were
resumed. In the Congress, bills were introduced in May 1955, offering
the alternatives of : grants to the States to aid in vaccine distribution,
arrangements for Federal distribution, and regulatory controls on vac-
cine distribution and use. Three committees held hearings on the bills.

99-044—69 33

498

Initially, the question was as to Federal versus State distribution;
later, in the House Commerce Committee, the question of vaccine
safety was explored.

Sources, kinds of technical information for Congress. — The dis-
tribution issue was not considered in primarily technical terms. Most
witnesses favored Federal aid to the States, to support State and local
distribution. The witnesses were Government officials in DHEW, State
health officers, and spokesmen for the American Medical Association.
As the hearings progressed, evidence appeared of confusions within
DHEW over the safety of a vaccine being offered for mass national
distribution under Government sponsorship. In tlie Commerce Com-
mittee, a series of questions on this issue was raised in advance of hear-
ings. These were discussed by j^hysicians representing DHEW, supple-
mented by a DHEW report on the new vaccine. The strengthened
PHS standards were described. Discussion addressed the relative
safety of inactivated (Salk) versus attenuated (Sabin) vaccine. A
panel of 13 leaders in virology and public health was organized for the
subcommittee by the National Academy of Sciences ; it was chaired by
Dr. John R. Paul, of the Yale University School of Medicine. The panel
explored the various aspects of safety of the Salk vaccine, and agreed
that the highly virulent Mahoney strain should be dropped from the
group of strains used to prepare it. The panel was divided as to
whether the national program of distribution should be pursued.
(Pressed for a vote, the panelists reluctantly divided as follows: for
continuation, eight; for discontinuance, three: abstentions, three.) It
was made clear that the use of any vaccine involved risk, that accelera-
tion of the introduction of the Salk vaccine increased its risk, that any
mass medical program had some statistical probability of a number of
adverse reactions, and that a vaccine tended to become safer as experi-
ence accumulated about its production and use, and as results were
reported of further research into its standardization and medical
effects.

Decision. — Legislation was enacted to provide $34.5 million to the
States for the fiscal year 1956, to distribute vaccme without a means
test. (The House Commerce Committee expressed satisfaction with
PHS improvement of review and surv^eillance procedures.)

Decision locus. — There appeared to be a consensus on the general
prmciple in committees and floor votes of both Senate and House.

Assessment. — The emergency, and congressional interest in it, gen-
erated pressures that caused a review of administrative organiza;tion
and procedures within PHS dealing with certification of vaccines for
national use. Subsequent introduction of other vaccines was handled
with less confusion and more systematic provision for public safety.

Commentary. — The risk inherent in any new vaccine was intensified
in the case of the Salk vaccine by the unorthodox manner of its an-
nouncement. Political pressure caused a further telescoping _ of the
time sequence of its distribution, owing mainly to the short time be-
fore the annual peak incidence of the disease would occur. Risk was
present regardless of whether or not the vaccine wasusecl; but benefit
could come only if it was used. Accordingly, the relative risks involved
in use or nonuse became a political question, although one that only
the medical profession was qualified to examine. The question re-
maining is whether the "adversary proceeding" of the panel discus-

499

sion helped the Congress to decide on its role. It did become evident
that responsibility was primarily placed on the individual physician
administering the vaccine, secondarily on State medical organizations
that distributed it, thirdly on PHS for licensing its preparation, and
finally on Congress for funding the distribution. Improved coordina-
tion of these shared responsibilities and an improved and increased
concern by PHS for the technical details of assuring vaccine safety
appear to have been among the outcomes of the case.

CASE eleven: water POLLUTIOlSr CONTROL ACT, 1948

Background. — Population expansion and industrial growth had
contributed to increased pollution in many U.S. waterways. Numerous
bills had been introduced in Congress since 1900 to provide Federal
anti-pollution control. None had passed. Demands for action came
from conservationist groups, presidential study commissions, and the
Public Health Service.

Problem.. — To define the Federal role and determine the required
level of effort in pollution control.

Access to Congress. — Kepresentatives of State governments, in a
1946 national conference on pollution, prepared a recommended pro-
gram which was the basis of a legislative proposal introduced in 1947
by Senators Barkley and Taf t ; it proposed to extend loans and grants
to States and municipalities for pollution control programs, and to
authorize the U.S. Surgeon General to promulgate regulatory stand-
ards and to exercise enforcement.

The facts. — The issues were technical, economic, and political. The
teclmical issue concerned the relation of pollution to public health
and welfare, the measurement of pollution, establishment of pollution
standards, and the technology of reducing pollution. The economic
issue concerned the allocation of costs and benefits of pollution reduc-
tion in the light of costs and benefits from waterway uses that
caused pollution. The political issues involved the question of Federal
A^ersus State jurisdiction, the right to pollute, and the assignment of
Federal agency responsibility. Hearings were held on these matters
by the Public Works Committees of the House and Senate.

Sources, hinds of technical information for Congress. — The debate
on pollution legislation reflected long-held positions. Interests that
might be considered targets of regulatory control, or who would be
expected to bear the costs of research and abatement action, opposed
the legislation. Their opposition cited States' rights, satisfaction with
existing State legislation, freedom of restraint of industrial expan-
sion, natural riparian rights, and alleged harmlessness or virtues ol
particular pollutants. Advocates of Federal control cited social and
economic consequences of pollution, public health hazards, and the
need for protection of esthetic and recreational values. Particular posi-
tions taken were :

Public Health Service: Descriptive and statistical material on health
hazards, dislocation of industry, and ineffectiveness of State laws.
Analysis of legislation needed and long-term costs.

Izaak Walton League (a conservationist group) : called for even more
stringent legislation based on comprehensive river basin planning.

500

Local, State public health and sanitation officials : Wliile citing pollu-
tion hazards, many felt States already had ample statutory respon-
sibility to ameliorate the problem ; others felt local costs would be
prohibitive.
Federal Works Agency : Felt the problem could best be handled as an
engineering problem under joint jurisdiction of the Public Health
Service and the Federal Works Agency; Also recommended that
implementation of antipollution program await depression cycle
in the economy.
Oil, paper pulp, coal, and mining interests : Cited their own efforts to
solve the problem; impossibility of solving the problem; value of
some pollutants for the environment and prohibitive costs of indus-
trial efforts to clean up effluent.

Decision. — Enactment of experimental and temporary legislation
that declared pollution a national problem, encouraged interstate co-
operation, gave planning aid to States and municipalities, and estab-
lished a Federal research facility.

Decision locus. — The two Public Works Committees, the legislative
process, and Presidential acquiescence (withheld on a previous
occasion).

Assessment. — The 1948 pollution control legislation was the first
Federal venture into this field. It contained compromise arrangements
to satisfy the claims of industrial and States rights opponents. Never-
the less it established the precedent of Federal responsibility in the
field. In passing the act, the Congress made explicit its intention that
further legislative action would be forthcoming as the need was
demonstrated.

Commentary. — Probably the most significant feature resulting from
the 1948 act was the assurance that thenceforth a Federal agency would
share jurisdiction, and be available to advise the Congress on the
status and needs of national pollution abatement measures. The 1948
legislation was concededly tentative, but it contained a potential for
growth, which the Congress subsequently demonstrated by making the
Federal function permanent in 1956, and by expanding its role still
further in 1961, 1965, and 1966.

CASE TWELVE : THALIDOMIDE

Background. — Advances in synthetic organic chemistry before and
during World War II had led to a great proliferation of potent drugs.
The procedures for testing new drugs were elaborate and costly. The
market for any particular medication was limited by the numbers of
persons whose ailment it could ease. New drugs for many purposes
were causing a high rate of obsolescence in drugs generally. Exploit-
ing such a perishable market required aggressive marketing and a
short-range pricing policy. The success of a campaign to market any
single drug might depend on the length of time between its approval
by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and its becoming
obsolete. Maximization of return could be achieved by setting the
price at a high level; by deferring the obsolescence of the drug by
further innovation, packaging, or combination; by telescoping the
preparatory marketing by combining it with the testing phase ; by es-

501

tablishing habits of brand loyalty among prescribing physicians; and
by dividing up the drug specialities among producers so that in each
category of medications only a small number competed. It was a
peculiarity of the practice of medicine that expenditures for drugs
were made by the patient but selection was made by the physician.

Prohlem.—To decide whether (and what kind of) Federal control
of the drug industry, its commerce, and its products, should be im-
posed for the protection of the public as patients or consumers.

Access to Congress. — Senator Kefauver took the initiative to or-
ganize a subcommittee investigation of administered prices in various
industries, including the production of prescription drugs. The m-
vestigation afforded opportimity for expressions of professional crit-
icism of existing standards of drug safety and testing, and led to
legislative proposals for reform in these areas.

^The fcucts. — Testimony about the drug industry and drug control
collected by Senator Kefauver's subcommittee, 1959-61, took some
8,000 pages of testunony and exhibits ; hearings on the resultant drug
bill, 1961-62, took another 4,000 pages. The investigation was spurred
by an initial observation that the markup of prescription drugs was
considerable. The subcommittee reported that drug prices were unrea-
sonably high, that patents were used to support monopolistic posi-
tions, that profits in the industry were exorbitant, that the proprietary
drug industry was heavily commercialized, that the use of generic
names of drugs would benefit purchasers, and that advertising of
drugs was costly, voluminous, unreliable, time consuming, and en-
couraged numerous abuses. A bill aimed at economic aspects of the
drug industry was introduced by Senator Kefauver. A number of oth-
er bills were also introduced, including one in the House, with Pres-
ident Kennedy's endorsement. The President's main concern was the
safety aspect. Drug safety became a headline issue, July 15, 1962,
with the appearance of a sensational news account describing the
disastrous side effects of a German sedative, thalidomide, and the
fact that it had been kept from the U.S. market by the skepticism
and stubbornness" of a "heroine" in FDA. The emotional impact of
the story was maintained by followup accounts of experiences with
thalidomide. The story was credited generally with motivating pas-
sage of drug reform legislation, which the President approved,
October 10.

Soyn'ces^ kinds of technical information for Congress. — A crush-
ing weight of testimony accumulated in congressional committees on
drug problems. Witnesses spoke for the FDA, the American Medical
Association (AMA), drug manufacturers, and pharmacology depart-
ments in hospitals and medical schools. AMA spokesmen stressed the
capability and value of medical self -regulation ; the medical school
pharmacologists questioned the ability of the individual physician
to derive proper guidance from the voluminous and unselective drug
literature; drug manufacturing representatives defended their eco-
nomic structures but agreed as to the desirability of closer regulation
of drugs in the interest of public safety. The thalidomide episode was
not touched upon in either the investigative or legislative hearings
by Senator Kefauver's subcommittee; in the House, Representative
Celler obtained detailed testimony from Dr. Helen B. Taussig about

502

the impact of the drug on German infants, during testimony on drug
reform bills before the House Judiciary Committee. However, Dr.
Taussig's appearance attracted no publicity at the time. Subsequently,
the thalidomide story was influential while the bills were awaiting
floor action in both Houses.

Decision. — Passage of Drug Amendments of 1962.

Decision locus. — This was a process involving successive stages of
negotiation : For the inclusion of drugs in the study of administered
prices; between the industry and Senator Kefauver as to the sub-
stance of the proposed legislation; between the administration and
Senator Kefauver as to the relative emphasis on economics and safety ;
within the Senate and the House as to the extent of regulation toward
both sets of objectives; and, finally, in conference on adjustment of
differences between Senate and House versions. (After the thalido-
mide story gained national prommence there appeared to be general
agreement that some sort of legislation should be adopted.)

Assessment. — Despite the enormous volume of testimony on drug
legislation, 1959-62, and on management of Government controls and
drug information, 1962-64, it is evident that many issues remain un-
resolved. Although much committee staff work was done in anticipa-
tion of the initial investigation, the shift in emphasis from economic
control to medical safety made it largely irrelevant. The qualifications
of the staff in economic analysis were excellent but the issue was medi-
cal. The medical safety question was not well structured, and the
aspects of it that were amenable to legislative reform or suitable for
congressional investigation were not defined.

Commentary. — The highly technical and complicated nature of drfug
regulation suggests that there are three prerequisites to effective con-
gressional action in this field: (1) a competent professional staff with
specialized knowledge of pharmacology to identify the questions to be
examined and analyze the evidence turned up, (2) a continuing com-
mittee specially devoted to the subject and gradually building a solid
expertise in it,' (3) the periodic use of panels of professional pharma-
cological advisers representing a range of different interests and views
to react with each other in the presence of the committee. It is also
apparent that there needs to be a careful division of labor between
]\Iembers of Congress engaged in formulating policy in this field and
members of the medical profession, whether in Government or not,
who are engaged in the endless task of improving the technology of
medical practice, development of medication, information evaluation,
and other specialized functions.

CASE THIRTEEN : FEDERAT^ PESTICIDE CONTROL, 19 4 7

Background. — Scientific farming in the United States reqlnred crop
specialization, a favorable environment for the multiplication of pests.
Legislation in 1910 had provided Federal standards of effectiveness of
commercial poisons for farm use. Developments of synthetic organic
chemistry, by 1946, had produced many new pesticides of miprece-
dented effectiveness and low cost. These were highly beneficial in con-
trolling agricultural pests and carriers of epidemic diseases. They
replaced dangerous arsenical compounds previously used. But the
simple quality control arrangements previously judged adequate for a

503

small number of mineral poisons were incapable of assuring quality
or safety in the use of the numerous pesticides entering the market by
1946.

Problem. — Federal control to assure quality and safety of commer-
cial pesticides.

Access to Congress. — Consultations of staff members of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture (USDA) with the House Agriculture Committee,
after consultations by USDA with the pesticide manufacturing indus-
try and pesticide users.

The facts. — A bill was introduced and hearings held, in early 1946,
"to regulate the marketing of economic poisons and devices." There
was no controversy over the bill. It was favored by the industry and
by farm groups. No chamber action was taken that year and the bill
was again introduced in 1947. The second year, testimony was brief,
the bill was favorably reported, was passed without debate in both
Houses of Congress, and became law.

Sources., kinds of technical information for Congress. — In hearings
before the House Agriculture Committee testimony was presented by
spokesmen for the Production and Marketing Administration of
USDA and the Fish and Wildlife Administration of the Department
of the Interior; by spokesmen for the manufacturing industry; and
by farm organizations and representatives of State departments of
agriculture. The testimony dealt only with minor technical issues;
there was general agreement on the desirability of the legislation. The
questions as to (a) the hazards of residual quantities of pesticides on
foods, and (b) the impact of long-lived, broad-band, high-potency
pesticides on the ecology were virtually untouched.

Decision. — The 1947 Act provided for Federal controls over com-
merce in pesticides including registration of economic poisons before
their introduction into commerce; mandatorj'^ labelmg of poisons,
including instructions for safe use; and reports on delivery, move-
ment or inventory of economic poisons.

Decision locus. — House Committee on Agriculture, endorsed by
chamber actions.

Assessment. — The administrative arrangements provided under the
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1947 were expanded
in scope by subsequent amendment, and supplemented by creation of
an interdepartmental coordinating committee; a separate congres-
sional action provided for control of pesticide residues on foods. With
these tools, the agencies concerned were able to exercise control over
pesticides in use by 1969.

Commentary. — Evidence of the far-reaching, complicated, and de-
layed effects of long-lived ("non-bio-degradabie") organic insecti-
cides (especially DDT) on wild species continued to accumulate. A
powerful indictment of the effects of the new pesticides on the natural
ecology appeared in 196i2. Protracted investigation by several con-
gressional committees led to the general conclusion that pesticides
were both essential and hazardous. Eesearch had been needed to place
pesticides in proper perspective — as to their complicated and indirect
effects on nature. Tliis research had been lacking in 1947. Existence
of a warning system to assess this research and the technology con-
cerned, to determine Government policy, would have enabled the
orderly development of controls. By 1969 it was becoming apparent

504

that pesticides were only one of many additions by man to degrade
his environment.

CASE FOURTEEN : CRITERIA FOR WATER PROJECTS

Background. — Water is broadly involved with human activity as
an essential to life. Government concern with water began early, and
progressed successively to include transportation, flood control, irri-
gation, electric power generation, recreation, municipal water supply,
and wildlife protection. Decisions became more complex as Govern-
ment water functions and water project goals multiplied. Interest in
water policy became differentiated at local. State, regional, and na-
tional levels. Controversies arose over priorities of use as between
agriculture and industry, over priority of function of competing
Government agencies, over State versus National jurisdiction, over
the relative claims of competing regions seeking development, and
over the relative merits of conflicting interests of economic groups.
Many presidential, agency, and congressional studies were performed
in an attempt to define national policy in this field. By 1959 it became
apparent that a fresh approach was required.

Problem. — The establishment of technically sound and politically
acceptable criteria for the allocation of funds to the construction of
water projects. (This problem was subsequently interpreted as: Con-
struction of a system of research, planning, and coordination to
develop information to facilitate the allocation of funds to water
projects on a technically sound, politically acceptable basis.)

Access to Congress. — ^^Congressional interest in water projects and
policy has been sustained. Whether primacy in water policy belonged
in the legislature or with the executive branch sparked livelv contro-
versy in the 1950's. A succession of congressional policy studies led to
the adoption in April 1959, of a Senate resolution creating a Select
Committee on National Water Resources, to undertake a more defini-
tive study of water policy for a 20-year future period, to maximize
uses of water in the national interest.

The facts. — Various landmarks in the evolution of national water
policy after 1920 included the concept of the multiple-purpose project
(Hoover Dam) , the total river basin approach (TVA) , comprehensive
national development of water resources (the National Resources Com-
mittee and the President's Water Policy Commission), standardized
criteria of water plans (the second Hoover Commission and the Green
Book) , and close cost/benefit allocation of Federal capital investment
in water projects (Bureau of the Budget Circular A-47). Congres-
sional committees periodically sought to inform themselves on water
policy issues. The House Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs
in 1951 attempted to have the Bureau of the Budget explain the signifi-
cance of the reports of the President's Water Policy Commission. The
House Committee on Public Works explored the methods of cost/
benefit analysis and allocation in connection with water project plan-
ning in 1952. An investigation of water project criteria was jointly
undertaken in ihe Senate Committees on Public Works and Interior
and Insular Affairs, in 1956-57. This led to a Senate resolution, in
1958, calling for a liberalization of standards governing the selection
and approval of water projects. INIembers in both Houses of Congress

505

were at odds with the administration on water policy during much of
the period 1952-60. Partly to lay to rest this conflict, a vigorous in-
vestigative effort was set underway by Senate Resolution 48 of the 86th
Congress, in April 1959. The data and findings resulting from this
action contributed significantly to subsequent development of water
legislation in the Congress.

Sources^ kinds of techniGal information for Congress. — The Select
Committee on National Water Resources, pursuant to Senate Resolu-
tion 48, was m^ade up of 17 members drawn from four standing com-
mittees, supported by a staff of four c^ualified professionals. It was
also supported by a research foundation specializing in natural re-
sources policy. The committee called upon professional persomiel in
Govermnent departments and agencies, and on State and private
advisory resources. A total of 92 reports were contributed to the com-
mittee by these outside resources. The committee held many field
hearings, and also hearings in "Washine^ton, D.C. A total of 961 wit-
nesses testified. Upon completion of its infonnation-gathering phase,
the staff in consultation with the committee spent more than 6 months
in analyzing the findings and preparing the final report.

Decision. — The recommendations of the select committee covered
five broad policy areas, each supported by detailed program specifica-
tions. The five basic recommendations were :

(1) A national effort to prepare and keep up-to-date, compre-
hensive, basin development plans for all major U.S. rivers;

(2) Aid to States for long-range planning of water develop-
ment;

(3) Coordinated Federal research on water utilization;

(4) Biennial supply/demand analyses of U.S. water resources ;
and

(5) Measures to improve efficiency of water development and
use.

Assessment. — Over the nest 8 years, a concerted legislative effort
resulted, in which action was taken on all of these recommendations.
The President promulgated liberalized standards for water resource
projects; research in desalting technology was stepped up; new water
pollution control legislation was passed ; and action was taken in the
Water Research Act of 1964, the AYater Resources Planning Act of
1965, and the National Water Commission Act of 1968.

Gommentary. — The outgrowth of the recommendations of the select
committee was that the Congress developed authoritative sources of
data, mechanisms for generating planning of wat-er projects and use
at all jurisdictional levels with the effort coordinated within each basin.
Moreover, the effort was coordinated nationally among all basins on
the basis of national criteria of urgency of need. The effect was to
rationalize the decision process. At the same time, research emphasis
was provided to expand the availability of water and to intensify its
utility. Political criteria would still be applied in the ultimate con-
gressional decisionmaking process, in which funds would be appro-
priated for specific basin projects and programs. But to facilitate this
process, the Congress had assured itself of a continuing flow of reli-
able, coordinated and comprehensive technical data that reconciled
the interests of all parties.

506

IV. Some Elements of Technical Information for Political

Decisionmaking

This section offers some observations drawn from the case studies
that may provide insights into the problem of securing and applying
teclinical information bearing on political issues.

Priority of a technical issue einbedded in a political issue

In the management of a political issue with substantial scientific
or teclniological content, the political issue is always larger in scope
than the scientific question within it. In principle, the scientific ques-
tion needs to be dealt with first. It is important that the scientific
question or issue be carefully framed so that the answer to it provides
a useful and significant piece of evidence for guidance in the consid-
eration of the broader political issue.

All of the cases examined in this study involved this situation.
As a general rule, when the technical question was not firmly resolved
in advance, the political resolution of the broader issue tended to be
defective. For example, the Point TV decision would have produced
more effective and durable results had the technical problem of tech-
nology transfer and the anthropological problem of teclinology ac-
ceptance first been defined and studied. The Mohole project would
have been subjected to more effective review, had the nature of its
engineering risk and the limitations of the existing state of the art
been identified for the Congress at the outset. In the development of
the Office of Coal Research, considerable attention was given to the
kinds of research that the industry recommended, but no attempt was
made to translate these into potential future specific impacts on the
markets or technology of coal. In the Salk vaccine case, the primary
problem was distribution, but not until the technical issue of safety
was resolved could the distribution issue be resolved.

The important point is that the identification of a technical issue
embedded in a political issue is frequently difficult. It is easier to see
the technical issue or problem afterwards; but at the time it can be
very difficult to detect. In the AD-X2 hearing, the imderlying tech-
nical issue seems to have been the use of IS1BS to test consumer products
for quality and truth in advertising : Could a great national labora-
tory perform routine testing to support Government regulations for
consiuner protection without impairing the quality of its scientific
research program? Another important technical question was to the
comparative validity of laboratory tests versus user testimonials. The
broader political issue was the general question of protection of the
consumer versus the right of the entrepreneur to meet the test of the
marketplace. All the technical details about the chemistry and testing
of the battery additive were irrelevant to the political problem of
consumer protection versus the rights of business enterprises to market
an unproved product that offered no positive hazard to the consmner
and might be beneficial. The committee could not Imowledgeably
make a finding as to the technical merits of the additive, nor did it
do so, although it tried. But the investment of time and attention in
this question diverted the committee from the questions that were
germane to its function, and to the underlying political issue of Gov-
ernment regulatory policy and procedures.

507

In the case of the high-energy physics program, an understanding
of the goals, plans, and methodology of the discipline was essential
to reasonable decisionmaking in the allocation of research support.
The Joint Committee on Atomic Energy needed to be satisfied that
an orderly process of planning had been carried out, and what the
future costs were likely to be. However, jurisdictional situation in
this case afforded no opportunity for the opposition to be heard. To
the extent that fimds invested in basic research in high-energy physics
were taken from other disciplines, the competing claims of these
other disciplmes could not be brought to bear on the committee's
decisions.

Some obstacles to tha receiving hy Congress of technical information

There seems to be a kind of natural law that few politicians are
scientists and few scientists are politicians. Since, in congressional
investigations, they tend to be on opposite sides of the table, it may be
helpful to identify some of the obstacles to the flow of communications
from one group to the other. Reference was made earlier to congres-
sional difficulties with scientific jargon and terms of measurement.
There are manv other obstacles.

Hypotheses

One example is the different treatment given to hypotheses. Scien-
tific discipline requires that unproved generalizations, or hypotheses,
be rigorously identified and evidence marshaled for and against them.
The degree or probability that a hj^pothesis is valid needs to be shown.
Only when the weight of supporting evidence is overwhelming does
the hypothesis become a law or general principle. On the other hand,
in the field of political realities it is necessary to operate on the basis
of many unproved hypotheses, and to treat them as valid. However,
when a politician needs to resolve a technical issue in order to come
to grips with a political issue, his methodology needs to be compatible
Avith the canons of science. There were a number of examples observed
in the study in which the acceptance as valid of unproved hypotheses
in technical areas led to unsatisfactory decisions. Some of these were :
User experience is a valid test of the merit of a product.
A developing economy will readily accept unfamiliar, advanced
technology.

The study of human behavior cannot be approached scientif-
ically.

Investment in applied research automatically yields quick, tan-
gible benefits.

Environmental pollution can be abated by qualitative measures.

It would appear almost axiomatic that when a large Government

program is being formulated on the basis of a hypothesis, a foremost

teclmical question is to identify, challenge, and confirm the hypothesis.

Sens ationalism

Another obstacle concerns the relationship of a technical issue to
sensationalism. Frequently, issues with a technical content come to
the attention of the Congress as a result of (or in connection with) a

508

sensational news story, event, or episode. Among the cases studied, a
number had this feature. They were :

AD-X2 (journalist's story).

Camelot (newspaper disclosure).

Mohole (the initial success).

Salk vaccine (the television announcement).

Thalidomide (newspaper story).

Pesticide Controversy (Rachel Carson's book) .
The effects of sensationalism on the congressional decision process
are mixed. Sensationalism has a number of valuable consequences.
For example, it sets in motion a series of policy and procedural reviews
which usually result in an administrative strengthening of the system
of government. It makes visible to the public and the Congress some
defect that has previously escaped attention, and motivates prompt
corrective action. On the other hand, sensationalism has many dis-
advantages. It tends to represent a defect in terms out of proportion
to the fact. It is one sided. It generates an emotional reaction when
sometimes what is needed is a calm and deliberate examination of hard
evidence. It tends to create a demand for hasty action when a better
answer might lie in further study of the problem. It may stress the
consequences of the defect, and thereby obscure the important technical
issue of the causes. It attracts many new participants into the decision
process, who may be highly motivated by the situation, but have not
had long previous experience with the technical circumstances in-
volved, and lack the background for sound decisionmaking.

Outstanding Personalities as Witnesses

Similar in effect is the selection of technical witnesses on the basis of
their recognition by the public as outstanding or sensational per-
sonalities." Such witnesses serve the valuable function of making
visible the issue that is the subject of their testimony. Witnesses are
sometimes called upon to make frequent appearances, because of their
recognized eminence, high quality of judgment and experience, and
intellectual versatilitv; such witnesses win the confidence of the Con-
gress and facilitate the decision process. On the other hand, an out-
standing personality may have the effect of diverting attention from
the technical issue. It is natural for witnesses to try to be heljif ul on an
issue even when their qualifications lie in another direction. The judg-
ment of a senior scientist may be of foremost quality, but his expe-
rience with the technical issue at hand may be remote in time or subject
matter. As senior scientists broaden their contacts and fields of interest,
there is a tendency for perspective and generalization to grow at the
expense of familiarity with detail and depth of specialization.

A List of ^^Near-Impossibilities^''

Some kinds of technical information sought by Members of Con-
gi^ess in the cases studied are peculiarly unavailable. The interface
between science and politics contains a number of questions that are
impossible or nearly impossible to answer in technical terms. For
example :

Provino: that some elemental feature or fact is unnnportant, m-
operative, or harmless ; • , i

Proving that a particular field of basic research will be devoid
of useful applications in the f ature ;

509

Attaching economic values to the results of future basic
research ;

Equating dollar values with social or esthetic values ;

Equating the cost/eif ectiveness of basic and applied researches ;

Identifying the total cost/benefit factors of a new or future tech-
nological application ;

Identifying all impacts of a given technology on the environ-
ment ;

Justifying a particular ceiling on level of scientific effort : and

Eliminating all possibility of error, so as to achieve a 100-percent
probability.

Much effort can be consumed unfruitfully in the quest for answers
to the questions implied in this list, or others of like nature. In
particular, the last item on the list presents frequent difficulties. Science
does not deal in certainties but in probabilities. Scientific relationships
are relative, and are usually accompanied by a range of probability or
a margin of error. Thus, when Dr. Astin, Director of the National
Bureau of Standards, was asked, in the AD-X2 case, whether the NBS
analysis of the battery additive had been sufficiently accurate to con-
firm the nonexistence of a beneficial mystery ingredient, he replied in
probabilistic terms that he thought it was. The chance of such an
ingredient existing at all was small ; the chance that NBS had failed
to detect it in an analysis was small ; the chance that even if such an
ingredient existed and was beneficial, that its existence in undetectable
quantity would be significantly beneficial, was small; and the chance
that if it did exist and was beneficial even in unmeasurable quantities,
that NBS would be unable to detect the beneficial effect, was small. The
four improbabilities, multiplied together, made for an extremely small,
ultimate possibility. But not a certainty.

Technical Differences of Opinion

A recurring problem is the situation in which witnesses with out-
standing technical qualifications take opposite sides on a technical
issue. Members of Congress experience an understandable sense of
frustration when they find themselves obliged, as in the Test Ban
Treaty case, to decide on a complex technical matter that ranged out-
standing scientists against each other. The problem in that case was
that the two sets of scientists favored two conflicting hypotheses. Those
opposed to the treaty supported the hypothesis that further scientific
investigation would reveal phenomena that would enable development
of a workable defense against ballistic missiles. Those favoring the
treaty supported the hypothesis that the teclmical problem of over-
coming a defensive technology was inherently much simpler and less
costly than designing a defense — and that therefore the offense would
always keep well ahead of the defense. While there may be many non-
scientific reasons for a bias in a technical witness, there are many
occasions on which the witnesses disagree over unproved — and some-
times unprovable — scientific judgment. In such cases, the disagree-
ment itself is illuminating.

Administration Versus Congress

Mention was made of the particular difficulty of screening out bias
of technical civil servants who come before congressional committees

510

as proponents of technical legislation or programs sought by the exec-
utive branch. It is important to distinguish between cases in which
the Congress took the initiative on the issue and cases in which the
initiative came from the Administration. In four cases (Camelot,
Office of Coal Research, Thalidomide, water project criteria), the
Congress took the initiative over some degree of resistance by the
executive branch ; in each of these cases, a very searching inquiry de-
veloped with the taking of voluminous testimony, with many wit-
nesses, and much useful information. In four cases (Point IV, the Test
Ban Treaty, high-energy physics, pesticide bill) , the executive branch
took the initiative, with the presentation of a legislative package ; in
these cases, there was a tendency for the Congress to raise fewer ques-
tions. Testimony did not always resolve the technical issue involved.

V. Technical Information-Gathering Methodologies Useful

FOR the Congress

Congressional decisionmaking on political issues that have a sub-
stantial scientific or technological content, generally requires that a
technical issue be resolved first in order to provide the basis for dealing
with the political issue. To resolve the teclinical issue requires that it
be: (a) Identified and defined, (h) separated out from the broader
political issue, (c) analyzed to determine subsidiary technical ques-
tions, (d) stiTictured for information-gathering, (ej illuminated by
factual information, and (/) analyzed in the light of the information.
Once the issue has been processed by steps (a) through (d) a search
is then made for persons with sound qualifications to provide the
needed information. The information can be elicited from these per-
sons in many ways :

By staff literature searches and abstracting of previously re-
corded expert opinion and factual evidence ;
By interrogation in unstructured hearings ;
By communications and prepared statements ;
By submitting lists of questions to be answered in writing or
in person ;

By bringing together persons of conflicting views to engage in
a dialog, either structured by advance questions or by a modera-
tor, or unstructured and relying on inadvertent development of a
controversy.

By assembling a group of persons with various qualifications
to testify in sequence, with opportunity for subsequent rebuttals ;
By assembling a panel or roundtable discussion of persons with
a variety of views, to discuss prepared questions, a provocative,
staff- written paper, an outline of issues, etc. ;
By contracting for a prepared study in depth ;
By arranging for a panel or working group representing a
learned society or professional society to examine an issue, a set
of questions, or a problem, and to prepare an analysis with
recommendations.
The accompanying checklist indicates illustrative information
sources tapped by congi'essional committees in connection with the
14 cases studied ; it also indicates some devices and techniques employed
by the committees in information gathering.

511

09-6S6T
'spafojd jajBAA joj Buajuo

XXX ixxx i

Ix 1

Ixxxx XX

zt-9fr6i i ;

'sapjoijsad jo |Oj}uo3 iBjapaj : ;

Ixx

i ***■

i 1 1

Ixx Ix Ix

Z9-6561 'uo.ijEisiSai ';
|OJ}uo3 3nja :8p!UJop!|Bqi ;

X >v >s 'XX

i i**

Ixx Ix xxxx

gt'-st-ei

•}3V |OJ}uoo uojiniiod JajEM

|x>

<x 1

1 Ix

Ixxxx Ix XX

5S6I '3U133BA

>I|BS am jo uo|}riq!J}S!a

1 ; :

i |x

Ixxxx Ix |x

09-9561 'MOJeasay
|Boo JO aoryo )o )uau.ii|S!iqBiS3

X 1

i i**

Ixxxx Ix

89-t^S6I 'd!MS i i
-josuods sojsAqd ASjeua-ijSjH ; ;

XXX Ixxxxx XX XX

, 19-0961
'uo!}E|Si3a| sdJoo aoEad

1 :

X [>

' i i**

XXXXX X X 1

£961 'AieaJi
ueg isai uo sSuueaq aiEuas

1 ;x

Ixx X XXX

99-1961
'8|oqo|A| pafojj jo Ajojsih

X 1

xx>

< 1 1 Ix Ix

S961 'AAamaj }0|auiEO pafojd ;

i i^

1 '>

«X 1 X II

9fr-Sfr61 'uojiBpunoj aouaps
|Euo|}BN uj sasuaps lEpos

1 Ix

XX 1

xxxx

0S-6t61 'uJBJSoJd Al lujod

X 1 1

Ixxxx 1 Ixx

£5-3561 i
'3AIIIPPB Ajaneq jx-QV '^

Ixxx 1

1 jx

: 1 1 Ix 1 Ixx

M
03

=3
Vi

c
o
v>

3
CO

.£

"c5
c
.2
'v>

c
o
u

A. Congressional initiatives:

1. Member study

2. Committee staff study

3. LRSstudies

4. GAO study.

6. Expertconsultantto committee or member

E
E
o
u

E
E
o
«J

c
O

03
DO

>
—

B. information supplied by executive branch:

1. PSAC reports...

2. Statutory reports from agencies .. .

3. Reports by interagency committees...

4. Agency reports based on procured studies...

5. Ad hoc presidential commission reports

b. Ad hoc agency commission reports

7. Agency data supplied to justify appropriation requests

8. Information sunnlled for Cnnorp<!'!inna nv/prcioht

9. Agency testimony on new legislation or other issue

10. Formal letters commenting on new legislative proposals

11. Voluntary studies for Congress by agency personnel...

12. Supplementary data supplied by agency on request

C. information contributions by nongovernmental persons:

1. Authors of landmark studies.

2. Nationally recognized authorities

3. Nationally recognized personalities

c
_o

CCS

3
CT

"to
o
<u

a.
tn

OC'

CO
CO

-a

CO
CU

:i.

512

09-6S6I

'spsfOJd J316M JOJ BIJ9JIJ0

XXXX XX XXX X

.XXX xxxxxx

Zf-9fr6I

•s3piDi}s3d JO I0JIU03 jEjapaj

. XX X

■ X

■ x

Z9-6S6I 'uo!}B|S!33|

I0JIU03 SnjQ lapiujopijBqi

■ xx

X X

X XX

.XX

8*-St6I

'}ov lOJjuoo uoijniioj j3jbm

■ X XX

XXX

■ X

5561 '3ui33eA

5)|BS aqi JO uoijnqijjsta

XXX

XX X

. X XX

xxxxx

09-9S61 'qoJBasaa

|BO0 JO aaijjo jo juaujqsijqBjsg

!xxx XX

X XX

XXX

.XXX

89-tS61 'd!i)s

-Josuods ssisAqd A8J3ua-i|8iH

;xxx X

- X

• X X

XXX

19-0961

'U0l)B|Sl83| SdJ03 33B3(J

XXX

£961 '-^jeaJi

ueg }S3i uo sSuueaq sjeuas

X X

99-1961

'ajoqo^ )33foj(j JO Ajojsjh

XXX

9961 'M9IA8J joiauiEO joafojj

X . •

Sfr-S^ei 'uoijepunoj asuaisg

leuoiJBN uj sasuaps jepos

XXX XX X

0S-6fr61 'uiEJBoJd Al lujoj

X ' X

SS-ZS61

'3A!i!ppB Aj3}}Bq 2X-aV

XX ;

X X

X 1

;

-o

-a

?« i

tJC

><
c
o
E

c=
o
E

c:
o

E.t; .

J- V)

■^ m

— c=
(U o

■> ™

3
O

(/I

E
c

00
o

c
c
_o

-o

CO
Q.
CU

C/)

-a
<x>

*J CO

™ « c«

5 go

d investigati
to structure
srature for c

3
VI

£
E
o
u

og ,

T3 a> •

.12:

3 O ■

c
ra

c
_o

o
a.

o cj

z ° ;
Hi

c
o

</i

Q.
CO

>
"eo

c ■
CD '

T3
CO

o
^ 1

■° .

CO ,
CO 1

o a>

.2 CO
CD C=

from commltte
ns with informal
undtable discus
es in structured
d staff-structure
ns to witnesses

ng pertinent lit

— to

o a>

03 ja

c
o

to-^.—

o'E

esearch agen
pecialized as

ment officia
obbies and tr
ocieties repr

plines

ubIic opinion
rivate busine
on devices a
nvestigative

interrogatio
egislative h

interrogatio
ist of questio
taff consultat
eminars and
ultiple witne
taff-planned
dvance quest
eports abstra
eld hearings
ommunicatio
xhibits and o

.2^

Z^CKCO -JOO

Q-o.-^— — ' — icocoSoo<cru.ouj

cvjco^io cDr^

oo ^ £ ^^ ^^ CO "«:f in to" r^ 00* CTJ o* ^ csj

O ,-i,-..-i

s—

DC '^

^ =

°S

E ?

5.E

= o

H °-

s:sz

*-*

-n

TDJZ
03 QjO

■>^

-Q CO "J^

E °-«

5 03 ®

to c 2.

03 =-S
£-aE

f^ O 03

5L3

Congressional Requirements for Technical Information

Information gathered from many such sources needs to be processed
in forms suitable for use by the Congress. Congressional needs for
technical information bearing on political issues are at two levels:
factual detail for the "specialists'' and the accurate summary for the
"generalists.'' On any given issue, those who are active members of
the interested legislative committees tend to become "specialists."
Other Members are "generalists" with reference to the particular issue.
The information needs of the two groups are different. The specialists
require sufficient detail to enable them to participate in the resolving
of the technical issue ; they need to bring the technical findings to bear
on the resolution of the political issue, in order to report the recom-
mendations of the committee to the total membership of the Congress.
The general membership, on the other hand, needs to be satisfied that
the committee has given to the technical issue competent and full con-
sideration, and that it is reflected in the political decision.

The specifications for the information on technical issues that will
best serve the requirements of the Congress in decisionmaking are that
it must be —

(1) Pertinent to the technical issue, and to the subordinate
technical questions involved ;

(2) Authoritative, accurate, reliable, unbiased, technically
sound ;

(3) Complete, within the limits of germaneness ;

(4) Fully developed and structured ; and

(5) Adequate in scope to reflect relationships with other pub-
lic goals, programs, interests, and institutions.

Each of these five sets of criteria has its own implications as to the
appropriate ways required to meet it.

Ways To Secii^re Information Pertinent to the Issue

The first step in securing pertinent information is the preparation
of a precise definition of the technical problem or issue ; the delinea-
tion of its scope ; identification of subordinate, related qiiestions ; and
tabulation of the information requirements to deal with it. The opera-
tion usually includes —

Initial reconnaissance of the issue ;

Definition of the issue ;

Determination of the subordinate questions ;

Informal consultation within the staff on approaches ;

Informal consultations by the staff with informed persons out-
side ;

Preparation of a staff study ; and

Preparation of a preliminary list of detailed questions about
the issue.
An important distinction exists between investigative and legisla-
tive hearings. A legislative hearing is largely structured by the legis-
lative proposal before it, and questions or information not pertinent
to the proposal tend to be discouraged. On the other hand, in the in-
vestigative hearing the quest for information about the need for legis-
lation, the way a program or agency is functioning, the nature of a
problem, and so forth, is open-ended and needs to be structured by
careful advance planning. Even so, more latitude is needed in an
investigative hearing, by its very nature.

99-044—69 34

514

Qualifications of the staff people who prepare the preliminary study
and questions are important in assuring that the information' sought
is pertinent to the issue. They need to be familiar with the issue ; pos-
sessing mature skills in receiving, interpreting, and evaluating infor-
mation in the technical discipline or disciplines related to it ; and skilled
in the analysis of information relating to technical issues in general.

ASSURING AUTIIORITATTVE, ACCURATE, OBJECTIVE, TECHNICALLY SOUND

INFORMATION

No hard-and-fast rules determine for all cases what kinds of informa-
tion sources meet all or some of these five standards. For this reason
it is important that the staff that organizes the information-gathering
process have the qualifications to identify, by its own analysis of the
technical issue, the best sources for the particular purpose.

Autlioritative

In general, the requirement for "authoritative" information suggests
the need to draw upon the most respected and influential leaders in the
appropriate discipline, who have recently published in subjects close
to the issue. The most authoritative source may be a person uniquely
qualified by experience to give some piece of essential information.
Persons having a formal obligation to maintain standards of quality
of information, such as compilers of census data or persons whose
income depends on the accuracy of their store of information, may
on occasion serve as most authoritative sources. It is suggested that
insufficient use is made of working researchers in the field or labora-
tory, and that infonnation is drawn more often from scientific "com-
municators" than from scientific "researchers." The former can present
a more lucid overview ; the latter are likely to have a closer and more
up-to-date command of the facts.

Accurate

It is a question as to whether any single source can provide accurate
information. The implication of this requirement is that accuracy
is obtained by the comparison or cross-checking of information from
a number of sources of comparable quality. When conflicting data
come from several such sources, two questions arise: (1) "\Yliat is the
truth of the matter? (2) Why does the discrepancy exist? Answers to
these questions can come from a confrontation or adversary proceeding,
or by calling in further witnesses with comparable qualifications.

The body of data accumulated by the investigation needs to be in-
ternally consistent. Anomalies cannot be tolerated ; when they occur,
further investigation is needed. An important staff function is the
scrutiny of the growing body of data to identify and investigate every
apparent inconsistency. Systematic elimination or clarification of such
inconsistencies is essential to assure that the information is reliable.

Objective

Since bias is inherent in all testimony, the elimination of bias auto-
matically calls for a multiplicity of sources of information. The bal-

515

anoing of information sources to cancel out bias is difficult. Those who
testify have many different classes of bias — personal, political, eco-
nomic, ethical, intellectual, institutional, social, associational, rela-
tional, etc. Those who select the witnesses also have biases. Since only
the most extreme forms of bias are obvious, it is not feasible to select
witnesses according to any precise calculus of bias balancing. Indeed,
a person selecting Witnesses is sometimes oblivious to the biases of a
candidate w*hose biases he happens to share. The only feasible answer
to the problem of witness bias is a plurality of witnesses with knovN-n
differences in views; when such witnesses confront one another in an
adversary proceeding they tend to ferret out each others' biases and
expose them to other observers. However, mere numbers of Vvitnesses
testifying as a panel offer no assurance per se of eliminating bias : when
all members of a group share a bias, the tendency is forthe group to
take a more biased position than would be taken by any single member
alone. Finally, those who evaluate the information also have biases. To
cancel out evaluative bias, it may be useful to circulate staff summaries
and reports of the results of information gathering to outside persons
with technical qualifications in the field concerned. Their reviews of
the reports can help to increase the objeotivity of the findings and
conclusions.

TechnicaUy Sound

Since all scientific and technological testimony deals in relativistic,
probabilistic subject matter, it is important that the tech]iical witness
both possess and communicate information in properly weighted and
evaluated form. The witness needs to be knowledgeable about quantita-
tive relationships within his discipline, familiar with the language of
his discipline, and skilled in interpreting the data of liis discipline.
The essential truth is presented in the form of approximations.
Orthodox positions need to be challenged : unorthodox positions m.ust
bear the burden of proof. "^^Hien technical witnesses wrth comparable
professional qualifications offer conflicting testimony, it is necessary to
analyze their testimony and supporting evidence, in order to determine
whether they are operating on the basis of different hypotheses. If so,
the testimony of additional witnesses with comparable qualifications
may be helpful to shed light on the relative validity of the conflicting
hypotheses. Basically, assuring technical somidness is an iterative
process of successive closer approximations.

Arrangements To Assure Completeness of Technical Information

The importance of dealing thoroughly with technical issues is para-

m.ount. Failure to anticipate the hidden dangers in a new technological

situation can be catasJtrophic. Plausible decisions can set in motion

irreversible processes that cause irreparable damage. The concluding

quotation in the report on the Pesticide Case warrants reproduction

here :

A well intentioned but poorly informed society is haphazardly deploying a
powerful, accelerating technology in a complex and somewhat fragile environ-
ment. The consequences are only vaguely discernible.

Clearly, it is the function of the decisionmakers to satisfy them-
selves that all tlie essential questions have been asked and answered.
This does not imply that INIembers of Congress need to make them-

516

selves into scientists and en^ineeT-s. It does su^rgest that every teclmical
decision that provides the underpinning: for a major ]')olitical decision
should receive adennate professional consideration, and that the out-
come and its justification need to be expressed in terms meanino^ful
to those responsible for tlie political decision. It is, of course, a matter
of judgment as to how much time to devote to any particular technical
issue, alwavs beino; mindful that the conirressional day is already des-
perately short. But it is also true that the quality of the decision on a
technical issue depends on the quality of the preparation for examin-
ino; the issue, the number of different — and differins: — qualified "wit-
nesses presenting their views about it, the variety of different ways in
which testimony is obtained, the length of time the issue remains ex-
posed to professional debate, and the leno-th of time the assembled evi-
dence remains under evaluation by a staff that is familiar with the dis-
cipline, steeped in the testimonv, aud skilled in analvtical techniques.
Further discussion of the problem of achievinsf completeness of infor-
mation is presented, in term^s of (1 ) the functions of the cono-ressional
staff, (2) the classes of witnesses helpful to provide information on a
technical issue, (3) useful modes of information gathering, (4) the
process of data analysis, and (5) the iterative nature of the total infor-
mation-gathering process.

Staff Functions

The fimctions of the conqressional staff in the collection of informa-
tion bearinff on a technical issue clearlv imi^lv that i\\^ staff needs to
have, collectively, a demanding arrav of qualifi.cations. It must be fa-
miliar with the political context of the issue, and also with the techni-
cal context. It can advantageously briug a multidisf^iplinary outlook
into the process. It needs skills of technical analysis, and a capacity
for filtering out nonessentials. A knowledo-e of the social or<ranization
and hierarchies of relevant technical disciplines is indispensable.
Equinped with these resources, the staff is able to perform the essential
functions of insuring completness of assessment and resolution of the
technical issue, which include the following elements:

n) Identification of the essential technical issue involved;

(2) Identification of the sub=idiarv technical issues;

(-*>) Establishment of the political importance of resolving the
technical issue;

(4) Preparation of an initial studv or staff report containing
appraisal, analysis, and definition of scope of the technical issue;

(5) Identification of witnesses best able to conti-ibute informa-
tion (meeting established criteria) pertinent to the technical
issue;

('fi) Tvecommendation for appropriate modes of information
gathering;

(7) Participation as consultants in the process of information
exclianrre to insure that all pertinent questions are asked and that
responsive answers are received :

(fi) Analysis of information received, to determine its com-
pleteness;

(0) Procurement of further required information, outside eval-
uations, corrected testimony, and supplementary statements;

517

(10) Analysis of data for interpretation and conclusions;

(11) Report on alternative possible resolutions of the technical
issue, and the comparative cost/effectiveness of each, suitably
documented from the information received ;

(12) Preparation of objective documentation of cost/effective-
ness of the preferred alternative resolution of the issue ; and

(13) Securing of external policy review to filter out inad-
vertent staff bias.

Classes of Witnesses

Witnesses have traditionally been categorized with reference to
their assumed bias or motivation. Traditional classification of witnesses
has distinguished those favoring one or another political part;^, Gov-
ernment versus nongovernmental, the industrial (profit motive or-
iented) versus the academic (disinterested in profit), those with tech-
nical qualifications versus those with liberal arts backgrounds, and
so on. In a highly technical and mobile society, it is suggested, the
traditional ways of classifying witnesses are inexact, inappropriate,
and misleading. Partisan affiliations are irrelevant to most technical
issues. Consulting activities of many academicians tend to remove the
distinction between academic and business affiliation. The frequent
movement of persons from employment in Government to business to
academic to Government again, plus the widespread identification of
mutual interests on the part of those sponsoring programs and those
performing them, tends to render meaningless any categorization of
witnesses as "Government, business, or academic." Nor is there an
important distinction between "technical"' and "nontechnical." The
post-sputnik emphasis on technical aspects in the curriculums of public
education, plus military service, work experience, and indoctrination
courses, tends to blur the distinction. It is suggested that a suitable
set of categories for present-day witnesses is not available. It is possible
that a more useful classification might take such a form as —

Mission oriented versus discipline oriented ;

Short-range objective oriented versus long-range objective or-
iented ;

Task oriented versus system oriented ;

Economic emphasis versus ecological emphasis ;

Technocratic versus antiscience ; and

Specialist versus generalist.
In the absence of a useful, current classification system of witnesses,
perhaps the best that can be done is to recognize {a) that each techni-
cal task relates to a set of scientific or technological disciplines, and
that some witnesses are needed to express the views and contribute the
knowledge relevant in each; (&) that some mput is needed from other,
unrelated disciplines for purposes of cross-fertilization and stimulus
of fresh ideas; (c) that some integrating information is needed from
scientific generalists familiar with the broad spectrum of science and
technology, and the relation of both to politias; and {d) that the inter-
action of man and the machine implies the need for witnesses represent-
ing the social sciences to provide information about the politics of
human factors, and the impact of technology on political man.

518

Modes of Information Gathering

An unlimited number of different kinds of situations, processes, and
devices can be conceived of as useful for congressional information
gatherino;. It is likely that the quality of information received is in-
fluenced by the situation, and that different witnesses respond best to
different situations. Two liypotheses are suggested by observations
drawn from the present case study. One is that adversary proceedings
tend to be more illuminating and produce more information than do
consensus presentations. Another possibly useful hypothesis is that
the more different modes of information gathering tliat are used, the
more complete and satisfactory will be the information secured. Un-
fortunately, none of the cases (with the possible exception of the Salk
vaccine panel discussion) illustrates a deliberate attempt to structure
an adversary proceeding. A valuable inadvertent instance, however,
occurred in the drug testimony reported in the thalidomide case. The
concluding case, concerning criteria for water resources projects, illus-
trates best the hypothesis as to the benefits of a variety of modes of in-
formation gathering.

Data Analysis

_ An important element of the task of assuring completeness of tech-
nical information on an issue is the analysis by the staff of the col-
lected information. Information gathering requires that the staff have
adequate groimding in the relevant disciplines to receive technical in-
formation understandingly : analysis requires that the staff also have
sufficient knowledge and perspective in the relevant disciplines to
focus on essentials, detect and investigate anomalies, record essential
agreements among technical witnesses, and refine the quantitative data
on comparative co-st/effectiveness of the technical alternatives. How-
ever, man}^ other purposes can be served.

The analysis can identify subsidiary issues with scientific content
that may require political resolution, and certifv^ to the adequacy of
technical information needed for such resolution. It can identify those
questions on which the science community sees a need for further ac-
cumulation of data. It can identify aspects on which, in the judgment
of the staff, insufficient technical information has been secured, and
pursue these back to the technical data sources. It can obtain guidance
as to how to insure that further research is conducted that is needed
to provide answers in the future to enable a progressively improving
resolution of the scientific issue. It can identify those interfaces witli
the political world that are of particular interest or concern to the
Congress.

Two modern developments are pai-ticularlv relevant to the analvsis
stage in the technical information function for political decision-
making. One is the systems approach, which imposes on the analyst
a disciplined rigor of procedure, forcino; him to think rigorously
about many aspects and relationships within the issue he is studying.
The other is the digital computer with its capacity for storing very
large numbers of bits of information and retrieving selected categories
of them on instruction. The systems approach enables an orderly anal-
ysis of the dynamic features and interfaces of the issue ; the computer
makes possible the manipulation of the information to yield insights
and reveal quantitative relationships and elements of sensiti-\dty.

519

Iterative Nature of the Process

It is seldom possible to plan an investigation so completely that it
can be carried out from start to finish as a straight-line process. Each
additional element of data tends to alter the direction and emphasis of
the findings. Each time the growing body of data is analyzed, new
questions arise that necessitate further consultations with technical
sources, and the acquisition of further data. The evaluation of a com-
plete study is inherently and desirably a process of repetition and re-
view. It is desirable because the end product of such an iterative opera-
tion is more compatible with all objectiA^es and constraints, and takes
account of more variables and opportunities for error. Ideally, when
the final report has been written, it would be desirable to circulate it
to all persons who contributed information to the project, soliciting
their second thoughts and supplementary papers. These comments
would then be subjected to the same analytical process, and a more
mature and acceptable report would almost certainly result. There
is no substitute for time. Time and patient analysis and repetitive
search for information are indispensable in the maturing of under-
standing of a complex technical problem within an infinitely more
complex human society.

Achievement of maturity and fuU development of structured informa-
tion

The problem of maturity, of allowing for time to ripen the under-
standing of a technical issue, is a critical one in the congressional con-
text. Pressures of urgency and competing demands make difficult the
jDreservation of continuity of congressional attention. Issues cannot be
given the attention and time they need to ripen and develop. Every
Member of Congress is both a generalist and a specialist. The obliga-
tions of office compel him to decide on many issues. His opportunity
to devote the time needed to become a specialist in a chosen area of
legislative concern is limited by the other demands on his time and
attention.

One answer, often proposed, is that the business of Congress be
scrutinized to find ways of eliminating low priority and needless
thieves of time. The computer, work simplification surveys, and other
modern tools suggest themselves in this connection.

A second answer is to increase the reliance on the staffs to Con-
gress— making them larger, giving them more duties, and strength-
ening their professional competence in technical areas and disciplines.
This process is going on, and seems likely to continue.

A third approach, which will l^e discussed in the concluding section
of the chapter, is to devise ways of increasing the amount of time avail-
able for each issue by identifying it sooner. The hypothesis is this:
If an issue can be certified for congressional study at an early point,
and surveillance maintained over it by skilled people, the process of
maturation can occur without consuming congressional time and at-
tention, until the need for action is manifest. Issues might then be
dealt with by the Congress on an orderly time schedule, with less
reliance on crash decisiomiiaking and a reduced frequency of sudden
sensational alarms.

Organization of a system to achieve and mmntain technical perspective

This concluding section of the study suggests a number of congres-
sional needs for scientific and technological information services. No

520

opinion is volunteered on the particular organizational form to pro-
vide these services. The ohserv^ations as to congressional needs for tech-
nical information are drawn from the study of a series of case histories
of congressional decisionmaking in actual operation since 1945. The
general conclusion is that the Congress might benefit from some form
of help in compressing the time between (a) the point at which knowl-
edgeable specialists perceive a need for an important technical policy
decision, and (b) the point at which the Congress judges itself suffi-
ciently well informed to make the required decision.

Put another way, a useful congressional service might be rendered
by (a) an early warning system of the need for teclmical decision-
making, and (b) a, perfected means for supplying technical informa-
tion and information sources to the Congress, These two related serv-
ices, it is suggested, would enable Members of Congress to perform
more expeditiously and more confidently the task of becoming special-
ists to the extent necessary for the decision process on important,
urgent, complex technical issues.

Functions identified in this section could take m.any organizational
forms. Among the possibilities are: additions to staffs of individual
Members or committees; creation of a new and appropriately staffed
joint committee of the Congress; enlargement of the Legislative Ref-
erence Service in the Library of Congress ; creation of a separate con-
gressional aerency, patterned administratively after the General Ac-
counting Ofnce; and perhaps others. For the purpose of conciseness,
the collective arrangement to supply the suggested congressional func-
tions is referred to hereafter as "the Service," but without any impli-
cation that a particular form of organization is intended.

The primary two functions of the Service might be to provide the
Congress with early warninof of tlie possible need for decisionmaking
on technical issues, and to develop information resources in anticipa-
tion of congressional needs to support such decisionmaking. The kinds
of actions to carry out these two functions are so closelv related that
thev cnn he considered together, and actually are difficult to separate.

The Service might maintain a close awareness of changing U.S.
social and economic conditions and goals and changing technical capa-
bilities, in order to translate these into technical goals and issues. The
social and economic goals Avould include those expressed or implied in
the published literature, but the relative importance accorded to the
development of further information about them could be determined
on the basis of expressed congressional interest or by analysis of the
Service ns to anticipated future congressional needs for information.

On the basis of continuinof study, the Service might recommend
criteria to determine the relative importance and urgency of technical
issues, and could assist the Congress by assembling and providing
information indicative of the relative importance and urgency of
national technical goals. The Service might identify, from the litera-
ture and from contacts with technical institutions and informed per-
sons, the potential dangers and hazards to U.S. welfare resulting from
technical artifacts in a changing technical culture; the Service could
keep itself ready to advise the Congress about the technical goals
necessarv to reduce such dano-ers and hazards.

521

Oil the other liand, the Service could point out at an early point the
opportunities offered by potentially important and beneficial new tech-
nology. While it is true that the development of a technology cannot
be hurried except at great cost, it is also true that opportunities for
important social gains from technological innovation can be lost or
unduly delayed for want of prompt recognition and selective
sponsorship.

The Service might make its own estimates of the kinds and scope of
factual information likely to be needed by the Congress in the political
evaluation of teclinical goals and programs needed to preserve U.S.
welfare and safety in a technological environment. It could develop
and maintain bibliographies, data files, and other information re-
sources including computer data bases, to provide this information.
The information might include periodic tabulations of U.S. goals for
basic sciences, applied sciences, and engineering technology, in physi-
cal, biological, medical, and social science fields.

For those technical issues that the Service judged were likely to be-
come politically important and urgent, the Service could develop and
maintain plans that could be offered for congressional investigations
of such issues. The plans might include analyses of the issue and its
implications, lists of salient questions to elicit needed information,
abstracts of pertinent literature, rosters and biographical data about
professionally qualified witnesses, and appropriate methodologies for
gathering and analyzing the technical information about the issue.

The Service could respond to congressional Member and committee
requests for consultation and advice on the factual aspects and conse-
quences of alternative actions relative to technical issues, and to
identify persons professionally qualified to serve as witnesses or pro-
fessional consultants to develop further information about each such
alternative.

The Service might be instructed to publish from time to time con-
cise anticipatoiy reports and forecasts judged helpful to inform the
Congress of the possible or probable emergence of a teclinical issue of
outstanding importance in terms of potential social advantage or po-
tentially serious consequences.

In connection with its function of maintaining contacts with the pro-
fessional and technical disciplines, in universities, professional socie-
ties, foundations, not-for-profit corporations, and private industry, the
Service might be expected to contribute professional studies and papers
to the establislied professional media and at symposia and seminars in
the United States and occasionally elsewhere. Arrangements might be
developed for the substantial interchange of personnel between the
Service and academic research activities on a temporary or loan basis.
If such persomiel on loan to the Service were available as full-time
consultants to congressional committees investigating jiroblems in
areas in which the loan personnel possessed special qualifications, the
congressional resources of information would be strengthened in
breadth of scope, depth of expertise, and degree of flexibility.

Finally, the Service might periodically assess its own operation,
function's, organization, and resources of personnel and information,
in order to report on ways of strengthening the Service to be respon-
sive to the growing and changing needs of the Congress.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Technical information for Congress : report to the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Development of the Committee on Science and Astronautics, U. S. House of Representatives, Ninety-first Congress, first session"

See other formats